OFFICERS' 
MANUAL 


By  MAJOR  JAMES  A.  Moss 

24th  U.  S.  Infantry 


FIFTH  EDITION 
(Revised  and  Enlarged) 

PRINTED  APRIL,  1917 


Being  a  service  manual  consisting  of  a  compilation 
in  convenient,  handy  form,  of  "Customs  of  the  Ser- 
vice" and  other  matters  of  a  practical,  worth-knowing 
nature — things  of  value  and  assistance  to  the  inex- 
perienced— most  of  which  can  not  be  found  in  print, 
but  must  be  learned  by  experience — often  by  doing 
that  which  we  should  not  do  or  by  failing  to  do  that 
which  we  should  do. 

SALES  AGENTS: 

THE  U.  S.  CAVALRY  ASSOCIATION,  FORT 
LEAVENWORTH,  KANSAS,  and  THE  GEORGE 
BANTA  PUBLISHING  CO.,  MENASHA,  Wis. 
$2.50,  postpaid. 


C,  Suggestions  whereby  "OFFICERS'  MANUAL"  may 
.foe.ma.de~  more  complete  or  otherwise  improved  in  any 
ACay, -will  be  thankfully  received. 

C,  The  author  is  especially  desirous  of  getting  ideas, 
"Kinks"  of  a  practical,  worth-knowing  nature — anything 
that  anyone  may  have  found  by  experience  to  be  a  con- 
venience, to  systematize  things,  to  save  time  and  labor. 
C.  Questions  on  "Customs  of  the  Service"  or  any  other 
subject  about  points  not  covered  in  the  Manual  will  be 
gladly  answered.  Permanent  address: 

c/o  The  Adjutant  -General,  U.  S.  Army, 
War  Department, 

Washington,    D.    C. 


Press   of 

THE    GEO.    BANTA    PUBLISHING    Co. 
Menasha,    Wis. 


Copyright  1911  by  J.  A.  Moss 


y&t    fln*>*v 

*  ^*^      ^ 


/ 


&*£ 


358431 


"He  gains  wisdom  in  a  happy  way,  who  gains 
it  by  another's  experience." — PLAUTUS. 

"No  man's  personal  experience  can  be  so  -val- 
uable as  the  compared  and  collated  expe- 
riences of  many  men." — MAURICE. 


PREFATORY  REMARKS 


THIS  Manual  is  a  compilation  of  "Customs 
of    the    Service"    and   other   matters    of    a 
practical,  worth-knowing  nature — things  of 
value  and  assistance  to  the  inexperienced— 
most  of  which  can  not  be  found  in  print,  but  must 
be  learned  by  experience — often  by  doing  that  which 
we  should  not  do  or  by  failing  to  do  that  which  we 
should  do. 

The  idea  of  the  publication  of  the  book  originated 
in  the  need  the  author  himself,  when  a  subaltern,  often 
felt  for  such  a  Manual — a  feeling  shared  and  heard  ex- 
pressed time_and  again  by  fellow-officers. 

Although  the  manuscript  was  prepared  with  much 
care,  patience,  and  labor,  the  author  realizes  the  Man- 
ual is  far  from  perfect,  and  will  merely  say  he  has  made 
an  honest,  sincere  effort  to  place  in  the  hands  of  our 
subalterns,  in  simple,  convenient,  and  useful  form,  infor- 
mation the  need  of  which  he  often  felt  during  the 
early  days  of  his  experience  as  an  officer,  and  the  pos- 
session of  which  would  have  saved  time  and  trouble 
to  himself  and  others,  avoided  the  commission  of  er- 
rors, and  given  a  feeling  of  confidence  and  satisfaction 
instead  of  one  of  uncertainty  and  discomfort. 


NOTE: 

Formerly  this  manual  consisted  of  two  parts — the  book  proper 
and  the  supplement  pamphlet,  the  former  containing  matter  not 
subject  to  change  by  War  Department  orders  or  Army  Regula- 
tions, while  the  latter  consisted  of  matter  subject  to  such  change. 
However,  beginning  with  this  lot  of  manuals  the  supplement  has 
been  discontinued  and  any  reference  thereto  that  may  be  made 
in^the  manual  proper  should,  therefore,  be  disregarded. 

August  17,  1914. 


COMMENTS  FROM  ARMY  OFFICERS 

Lieutenant-General  ARTHUR  MacARTHUR:  "'Officers'  Manual'  contains  a 
great  deal  of  useful  information  regarding  routine  duties  and  customs  of  the  service. 
The  work  bears  the  stamp  of  thought  and  painstaking  preparation.  It  is  a  pleasure 
to  have  the  opportunity  of  expressing  appreciation  of  the  commendable  result  achieved." 

General  J.  FRANKLIN  BELL,  Chief  of  Staff,  U.  S.  Army:  "A  very  valuable 
compilation,  conveniently  arranged,  and  in  condensed  form,  of  knowledge  which  is 
very  useful  to  young  and  inexperienced  officers.  The  manual  will  be  invaluable  to  any 
young  officer  who  really  wants  to  start  his  career  by  doing  his  duty  thoroughly  and 
intelligently." 

General  F.  O.  AINSWORTH,  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  Army:  "A  book  that  will 
be  invaluable  to  the  young  officers  of  the  Army  and  useful  to  a  good  many  of  the 
older  ones." 

Colonel  H.  L.  SCOTT,  Superintendent  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  West  Point, 
New  York:  "An  exceedingly  valuable  book  for  the  inexperienced  as  well  as  a  very 
valuable  book  of  reference  for  all  officers." 

General  THEODORE  W.  WINT,  Commanding  Army  of  Cuban  Pacification:  "A 
very  valuable  book  which  should  be  in  the  possession  of  all  officers  of  recent  appoint- 
ment,, and  which  should  also  be  of  valuable  assistance  to  many  officers  of  longer 
service." 

General  LEONARD  WOOD:  "A  most  useful  book  to  young  officers  and  a 
handbook  of  reference  to  many  others." 

Lieutenant-Colonel  ROBERT  L.  HOWZE,  Commandant  of  Cadets,  U.  S.  M.  A. 
West  Point;  N.  Y. :  "  'Moss's  Officers'  Manual'  fills  a  long-felt  want  and  every  officer 
of  the  Regular  Army  and  the  National  Guard,  from  the  Lieutenant-General  down  to 
the  junior  second  lieutenant,  should  have  a  copy." 

General  CHARLES  B.  HALL,  Commandant  U.  S.  Infantry  and  Cavalry  School, 
Signal  School  and  Army  Staff  'College:  x"It  is  a  source  of  much  satisfaction  that 
we  have  at  last  a  book  that  tells  all  of  us — old  and  young,  the  general  officer  as 
well  as  the  lieutenant  and  the  noncommissioned  officer — just  what  we  want  to  know 
and  exactly  how  to  do  the  things  we  wish  to  do.  None  of  us  are  too  old  to  learn 
and  all  of  us  can  read  'Officers'  Manual'  with  profit." 

General  WILLIAM  CROZIER,  Chief  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  Army:  "A  very 
useful  book  for  young  officers." 

General  J.  M.  LEE:  "A  book  that  will  prove  of  great  advantage  to  all  officers  of 
our  army,  whether  Regulars  of  Volunteers.  I  certainly  commend  the  Manual  for  its 
completeness  in  every  detail — it  is  American  and  for  Americans.  'Officers'  Manual' 
should  be  adopted  by  the  War  Department." 

General  WILLIAM  S.  McCASKEY:  "I  thin*,  so  much  of  this  Manual  that  I 
hope  every  officer,  regardless  of  rank,  will  secure  a  copy.  Everyone  can  find  within 
its  covers  something  that  will  instruct  and  appeal  to  them.  It  is  a  fitting  crown  piece 
to  the  excellent  manuals  we  already  have." 

General  THOMAS  H.  BARRY,  Assistant  Chief  of  Staff,  U.  S.  Army:  "The 
book  should  prove  useful  to  young  officers  just  entering  the  service  and  the  older 
subalterns  who  are  looking  for  a  convenient  summary  of  the  subjects  treated." 

General  E.  A.  GARLINGTON,  Inspector  General,  U.  S.  Army:  "A  veritable 
vade  mecum  for  youngsters  and  a  useful  aide-memorie  for  any  officer  of  what- 
ever grade.  No  staff  officer  or*company  commander  should  be  without  a  copy." 

General  F.  D.  GRANT:  "It  is  full  of  information  which  will  be  most  valuable, 
especially  for  young  officers,  but  all  officers  'would  do  well  to  have  the  Manual  for  use 
as  a  book  of  reference  and  a  guide  in  all  official  work." 

General  C.  F.  HUMPHREY,  Quartermaster  General,  U.  S.  Army:  "A  most 
excellent  book  for  young  officers,  company  commanders,  and  others." 

General  C.  F.  HUMPHREY,  Quartermaster  General,  U.  S.  Army:  "It  is  excel- 
lent, and  I  believe  will  be  of  inestimable  value  to  all  officers  in  the  service." 

General  WILLIAM  H.  CARTER:  "The  book  contains,  in  convenient  form,  a 
mass  of  detailed  information  and  advice  which  should  serve  to  relieve  a  young  officer 
of  the  embarrassment  which  so  frequently  arises  from  doubt  as  to  what  is  expected  of 
him  in  particular  situations." 


General  FREDERICK  FUNSTON:  "A  most  useful  book,  not  only  for  officers 
just  entering  the  service,  but  also  for  many  of  the  rest  of  us.  In  my  opinion,  it  will 
be  found  most  helpful  to  officers  both  of  the  Regular  Army  and  the  Militia." 

General  A.  W.  GREELY :  "An  exceedingly  valuable  contribution  to  our 
military  literature.  The  need  of  such  a  book  has  long  been  evident,  and  it  should 
be  found  in  the  library  of  every  officer  of  the  Army  and  the  National  Guard." 

General  W.  P.  HALL:  "A  most  excellent  publication — a  book  valuable  to 
every  officer  in  the  Army  and  the  National  Guard." 

COMMENTS  FROM  NATIONAL  GUARD  OFFICERS 

General  THOMAS  J.  STEWART,  Adjutant  General,  Pennsylvania:  "A  very 
valuable  book  for  National  Guard  Officers.  It  contains  in  very  condensed,  convenient 
form,  much  valuable  and  important  information,  presented  in  such  a  way  as  to  make 
the  study  of  it  pleasant." 

General  J.  CLIFFORD  R.  FOSTER,  Adjutant  General,  Florida:  "  'Officers' 
Manual'  is  in  a  class  by  itself,  as  it  gives  so  much  information  that  the  citizen 
soldier  seeking  military  knowledge  is  always  puzzled  to  find." 

General  J.  LAUCK,  Adjutant  General,  California:  "The  best  book  of  its  kind 
ever  published  and  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  officer  of  the  National  Guard.  It 
gives  in  concise  form  the  very  information  we  want." 

General  GEORGE  H.  HARRIS,  Commanding  General,  District  of  Columbia: 
"A  most  excellent  book,  whose  study  I  have  recommended  to  every  officer  of  the 
National  Guard  of  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  officer  who  does  not  possess  a  copy 
of  'Officers'  Manual'  lacks  a  very  material  part  of  his  equipment." 

General  THOMAS  W.  SCOTT,  Adjutant  General,  Illinois:  "It  fills  a  long-felt 
want  among  officers  of  the  National  Guard." 

General  CHARLES  J.  ANDERSON,  Adjutant  General,  Virginia:  "A  book  of 
so  much  merit  that  I  have  recommended  its  use  to  the  officers  of  this  State." 

General  A.  B.  CRITCHFIELD,  Adjutant  General,  Ohio:  "A  Splendid  publi- 
cation which  I  cheerfully  recommend  to  anyone  interested  in  military  matters." 

General  S.  W.  HARRIS,  Adjutant  General,  Georgia:  An  invaluable  work  above 
criticism  and  indispensable  to  a  complete  military  library.  I  have  recommended  its 
use  for  the  guard  officers  of  Georgia." 

General  ORTIS  HAMILTON,  Adjutant  General,  Washington:  "I  consider  this 
Manual  one  of  the  most  valuable  publications  that  can  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  an 
officer  of  the  Organized  Militia,  and  I  have  ordered  a  number  for  the  officers  of 
the  State." 

General  JAMES  A.  De  ARMOND,  Adjutant  General,  Missouri:  "However 
great  the  value  of  'Officers'  Manual'  may  be  to  the  subaltern  of  the  Regular  Army, 
it  is,  I  believe,  of  much  greater  value  to  the  National  Guard  officer,  giving  as  it 
does,  in  concise  form,  the  very  information  desired  and  needed  by  him.  The  Military 
Board  of  the  State  has  recommended  a  copy  be  issued  to  every  staff  officer  and 
organization  commander  of  the  Guard." 

COMMENTS  FROM  ARMY  OFFICERS  ON  DUTY- WITH  THE 
NATIONAL  GUARD 

General  CHARLES  KING,  Wisconsin  National  Guard:  "It  should  be  on  the 
desk  of  every  company  in  the  Organized  Militia.  It  deals  with  a  thousand  things 
our  officers  would  like  to  know  and  in  sure  and  simple  form  tells  them.  In  many 
states  the  aim  of  the  officers  is  to  'Do  it  as  it  is  done  in  the  Regular  Army,'  and  I 
have  never  yet  seen  a  book  that  in  so  many  points  and  ways  could  help  them  as 
does  'Officers'  Manual.'  " 

Colonel  B.  W.  LEVELL,  Adjutant  General,  Arizona:  "This  book  should  be  in 
the  hands  of  every  officer  of  the  National  Guard." 

Colonel  JAMES  JACKSON,  National  Guard,  Oregon:  "A  valuable  book  of 
instruction  for  officers  of  the  National  Guard.  It  should  be  in  the  library  of  every 
officer  of  the  Organized  Militia." 

Major. C.  W.  ABBOTT,  National  Guard,  Rhode  Island:  "A  splendid,  excellent 
book.  It  should  be  in  the  hands  of  all  of  our  National  Guard  officers." 


Colonel  C.  A.  DEMPSEY,  National  Guard,  Virginia:  "A  most  excellent  volume 
that  should  be  in  the  library  of  all  military  men.  I  shall  recommend  that  all  Militia 
officers  of  this  State  procure  a  copy  of  this  valuable  book." 

Major  J.  A.  OLMSTEAD,  National  Guard,  Iowa:  "Full  and  complete  in  every 
detail — a  whole  library  of  military  information — the  condensed  experience  of  some  of 
our  best  Regular  officers." 

Capt.  CHARLES  B.  ROGAN,  National  Guard,  Tennessee:  "A  veritable  dic- 
tionary of  things  and  matters  pertaining  to  the  service.  It  fills  a  great  want.  I  have 
recommended  that  the  book  be  issued  to  the  officers  of  this  State." 

General  CHARLES  L.  COOPER,  National  Guard,  Colorado:  "It  is  excellent 
and  is  just  what  is  needed  for  officers  of  the  National  Guard.  I  have  recommended  its 
issue  to  our  officers." 

Lieutenant-Colonel  WILLIAM  GERLACH,  'National  Guara,  Minnesota:  "Full 
of  ripe  and  valuable  experience.  To  officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  it  offers  a  ready 
means  to  obtain  information  of  inestimable  value  to  them  at  home  and  in  active 
service.  If  distributed  broadcast  among  the  State  troops  it  would  answer  a  thousand 
and  one  questions  asked  by  them." 

Lieutenant-Colonel  H.  G.  CAVENAUGH,  Natijnal  Guard,  Delaware:  "  'Officers' 
Manual'  contains  more  real  information  for  young  officers  than  any  book  I  have  ever 
seen.  It  certainly  fills  a  long-felt  want.  I  have  recommended  its  use  for  the  officers 
of  the  National  Guard  of  this  State." 

COMMENTS  FROM  SERVICE  PUBLICATIONS 

THE  ARMY  AND  NAVY  JOURNAL:  "We  know  of  no  other  single  volume 
which  contains  so  large  a  fund  of  admirably  classified  information  of  daily  practical 
value  to  the  young  officer  as  is  assembled  within  the  covers  of  this  interesting  book. 
The  things  which  the  subaltern  should  do  are  set  down  in  plain  and  simple  terms  and 
by  studying  them  the  most  inexperienced  newcomer  in  the  service  will  find  his  path 
made  clear  and  easy.  There  is  hardly  a  question  or  a  situation  that  might  occur  to 
a  young  officer  for  "which  there  is  not  a  direct,  lucid  solution  in  this  modest  little 
book.  Moreover,  there  is  a  wealth  of  information  in  the  work  that  will  command  the 
interest  of  the  civilian  reader  who  wants  to  know  about  Army  organization,  adminis- 
tration, usage,  and  the  customs  of  -the  service.  While  the  Manual  is  a  valuable, 
handy  book  that  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  subaltern  of  the  Regular  Army,  it 
will  be  especially  interesting  and  instructive  to  officers  of  the  National  Guard,  of  the 
Philippine  Scouts,  the  Philippine  Constabulary,  and  the  Cadet  officers  at  the  military 
schools." 

THE  ARMY  AND  NAVY  REGISTER:  "There  is  an  originality  in  ^Officers' 
Manual'  worthy  of  special  mention.  A  thousand  and  one  practical  suggestions,  and 
worth-knowing  ideas  are  carefully  boiled  down,  classified,  arranged,  and  indexed,  for 
instant  reference,  in  one  neat,  handy,  clever  volume.  It  is  a  volume  of  meat  and 
essence,  packed  -with  good  things — a  real  nutshell  volume-^  kind  of  pigeon-hole 
adviser — a  sort  of  hard-nut  cracker — answering  at  once  questions  that  daily  confront 
our  subalterns.  The  book  is  indispensable  to  officers  just  appointed  and  to  subal- 
terns who  may  be  acting  as  adjutants,  quartermasters,  commissaries,  company  com- 
manders, exchange  officers,  recruiting  officers,  prison  officers,  aides-de-camp,  etc." 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 

SUGGESTIONS  TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED. 

Arms  and  Equipment — Reports — Pay — Transportation  and  Mileage — Allow- 
ances— Customs  Affecting  Those  Just  Entering  the  Service — General  Hints  and 
Suggestions  Regarding  Punctuality,  Messing,  Money  Matters,  Military  Courtesy, 
Treatment  9!  Soldiers,  etc. — Personal  Library — War  Department  and  Military  Infor- 
mation Division  Libraries — Relations  With  Civilians  and  National  Guardsmen. 

CHAPTER  II 
HOW  TO  SUCCEED  IN  THE  ARMY. 

A  Few  General  Common  Sense  Principles,  Which  If  Followed,  Will  Spell  Suc- 
cess In  Any  Walk  of  Life — A  Message  To  Garcia. 

CHAPTER  III 

REMARKS  ON  THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY. 

The  General  Staff  Corps — Composition  of  the  Regular  Army — Composition  and 
Functions  of  The  Various  Departments — Classification  of  Enlisted  Men — Composition 
of  the  Post,  the  Regimental  and  the  Battalion  Noncommissioned  Staffs — Composition 
and  Duties  of  The  Line — Authorized  Strength  of  Various  Units,  etc. 

CHAPTER  IV 

THE  MILITIA  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Composition  and  Organization — When  It  May  Be  Called  Forth — Annual  Allot- 
ments— Annual  Maneuvers — Militia  Officers  Attending  Garrison  Schools — Pay  By  The 
Federal  Government. 

CHAPTER  V 

RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL. 

Dual  Amenability  of  Officers  and  Soldiers — Use  of  The  Army  In  Aid  of  The 
Civil  Power — Military  Reservations — Powers  of  Post  Commanders — Civil  Jurisdiction 
On  Military  Reservations — The  Writ  of  Habeas  Corpus — The  59th  Article  of  War — 
Taxation — Citizenship — Residence  and  Domicile — Voting. 

CHAPTER  VI 

THE  POST  ADJUTANT. 

General  Duties — Relations  With  The  Commanding  Officer — Dress  and  Bearing — 
War  Department  Orders  and  Army  Regulation  Paragraphs  Affecting  Adjutants — 
Customs  of  the  Service  Affecting  Adjutants — Business  Routine  of  The  Office — Paper 
Work  and  Correspondence-^-Reports,  Returns,  Estimates  and  Requisitions  To  Be  Sub- 
mitted To  and  By  The  Adjutant — Forms  of  Usual  Orders — Labor-Saving  Devices  and 
Conveniences — Useful  Forms,  Including  Pass  Lists. 

CHAPTER  VII 

THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER. 

General  Duties — Care  of  Property — Reports,  Returns,  Estimates,  and  Requisi- 
tions— Loss  of  Funds — Rubber  Stamps — Labor-Saving  Devices  and  Conveniences. 

CHAPTER  VIII 
THE  POST  COMMISSARY. 

Same  as  Post  Quartermaster. 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  POST  RECRUITING  OFFICER. 

Usual  Duties — Reports  and  Returns  To  Be  Made — Army  Regulation  Paragraphs 
and  War  Department  Orders  Affecting  Recruiting  Officers. 

CHAPTER  X 

THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XI 

THE  POST  PRISON  OFFICER. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XII 

ARTILLERY  DISTRICT  AND  POST  ORDNANCE  OFFICERS. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  POST  ENGINEER  OFFICER; 
THE  POST  ARTILLERY  ENGINEER; 

and 

THE  DISTRICT  ARTILLERY  ENGINEER. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX.    . 
CHAPTER  XIV 

THE  POST  SIGNAL  OFFICER. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XV 

THE  COMPANY. 

Usual  Duties  of  The  Company  Officers  and  Noncommissioned  Officers — Proper 
Treatment  of  Noncommissioned  Officers — Usual  Barrack  Regulations — Arrangement 
of  Bunks,  Lockers  and  Equipment  At  Inspection — Contentment  and  Harmony — Man- 
agement of  The  Company  Mess — The  Library  and  Amusement  Rooms — Rewards  and 
Privileges — Property  Responsibility — How  To  Prevent  Sale  of  Clothing — Camp  and 
Garrison  Equipage — Rubber  Stamps — Forms  of  Usual  Orders — The  Company  Fund — 
Books  and  Records — Meaning  of  "In  Line  of  Duty" — Instruction  of  Recruits,  In- 
cluding Military  Deportment  and  Appearance,  How  To  Deliver  A  Message,  How  To 
Appear  As  A  Witness  Before  A  Court-Martial,  etc. 

CHAPTER  XVI 

PAPER  WORK. 

An  Exhaustive  Treatment  of  The  Subject  With  Simple  Suggestions  For  Sav- 
ing Time  and  Labor, -'Including  Model  Remarks  on  Muster  and  Pay  Rolls. 

CHAPTER  XVII 
DISCIPLINE. 

What  It  Consists  Of — General  Principles — What  Experience  Has  Shown  To 
Be  The  Best  Ways  To  Obtain  and  Maintain  Discipline. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 
AIDES-DE-CAMP. 

Requisites   of  A   Successful   Aide — Usual   Duties — Relations   With    His    Chief — 


Requisites   ot   A   buccesstui   j 
Reports — Forms  of  Visiting  Cards. 


CHAPTER  XIX 

POST  ADMINISTRATION. 

General   Principles — Relations    Between    Post   Commander   and    Staff — "Model" 
Rules  and  Regulations  for  The  Government  of  A  Post — The  Post  Bakery. 

CHAPTER  XX 

CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE. 

A   Complete  Treatment   of  All   Official   and   Social   "Customs   of  the    Service,' 
Giving  Their  Origin  and  Significance — Words  to  The  Army  Calls — Army  Slang. 

CHAPTER   XXI 

FIELD  SERVICE. 

Twenty-six   Pages   of   Practical,   Worth-Knowing    Information   On   This    Impor- 
tant Subject. 

CHAPTER  XXII 

THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XXIII 

THE  POST  RANGE  OFFICER. 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XXIV 

OFFICER   IN   COMMAND   OF  THE   MACHINE-GUN    PLATOON 

Same  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 
CHAPTER  XXV 

THE  SUMMARY  COURT. 

Usual  Procedure — Customs  Regarding. 

CHAPTER  XXVI 
INSPECTION  OF  SMALL-ARMS  PRACTICE 

Sanre  as  Post  Recruiting  Officer,  Chapter  IX. 

CHAPTER  XXVII 
THE  SURVEYING  OFFICER. 

Usual  Duties — Suggestions  Regarding  Completion  of  Papers. 
CHAPTER  XXVIII 

MILITARY  ATTACHES. 

Requisites   of  A   Successful   Attache — General    Duties — Relations    To   The   Am- 
bassador or  Minister — Customs  Affecting  Attaches — Visiting  Cards  and  Stationery. 


CHAPTER  XXIX 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY  AND  PROFES- 
SIONAL STUDY. 

General  Scope  of  Our  Educational  System — Course  of  Reading  and  Study. 
CHAPTER  XXX 

ESPRIT  DE  CORPS. 

Definition — How  Created  and  Postered. 

CHAPTER  XXXI 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  THE  REGULAR  ARMY. 

In  Time  of  War— In  Time  of  Peace— As  A  Posse  Comitatus— As  An  Aid  To 
The  Civil  Authority — For  the  Protection  of  Government  Property — Under  Martial 
Law — Under  Military  Government. 

CHAPTER  XXXII 

THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES  IN  PUBLIC 
CATASTROPHES. 

Nature  of  Obligation — How  to  Proffer  Assistance — Gratuitous  Issue  of  Sup- 
plies— Orders  About  Firing  on  People — Seizure  of  Private  Property  for  Public  Use — 
Relief  Work. 

CHAPTER  XXXIII 

RIOT  DUTY. 

Legal  Side:  The  Military  Subordinate  To  The  Civil — When  The  Regular  Army 
May  Be  Called  Out  For  Riot  Duty — When  the  Militia  May  Be  Called  Out  For  Riot 
Duty — Liability  To  Acts  Done  In  Obedience  To  Orders — The  Seizure,  Use,  and  De- 
struction of  Private  Property — Firing  Upon  Mobs — Arresting  -Rioters  in  Private 
Houses — Difference  Between  A  Felony  and  A  Misdemeanor — Arrest  of  Officers  and 
Enlisted  Men  On  Riot  Duty— Habeas  Corpus— Relations  With  Civil  Authorities- 
Conduct  Toward  Civilians. 

Tactical  Side:  Assembling  of  Militia  Organizations — Leaving  The  Armory — 
Marching  To  The  Scene  of  Trouble — Dispersing  or  Attacking  A  Mob — Attacking 
Houses  and  Barricades — Defense  of  Houses,  Railroads,  etc. — Riot  Strategy. 

CHAPTER  XXXIV 

APPOINTMENT,   PROMOTION,   AND  RETIREMENT  OF 
OFFICERS. 

How  Made — Regulations  Regarding. 

CHAPTER  XXXV 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Publication  of  Books  and  Articles  By  Officers — Officers  Engaging  in  Business — 
Inspection  by  Customs  Officials  of  Baggage,  etc.,  Upon  Return  from  Foreign  Service — 
The  Philippine  Tariff  Law — Returning  From  The  Philippines  Via  The  Eastern  Route — 
Form  For  Proceedings  of  (a)  Board  of  Officers,  (b)  Post  Council  of  Administration, 
(c)  A  Council  of  Administration,  (d)  A  Board  To  Determine  Whether  A  Soldier's 
Service  Has  Been  Honest  and  Faithful — Forms  of  Depositions  and  Certificates — 
Weights  of  Articles  Usually  Taken  into  the  Field — Weights,  Dimensions,  and  Capaci- 
ties of  Tents — Weight  of  Rations — Capacities  of  Wagons  and  Standard  Railroad 
Cars — Allowance  of  Water — Ration  of  Forage — Power  of  Attorney — Form  of  Con- 
tract— Form  of  Will — Declaration  of  Independence — Patents — Copyrights — Domestic 
and  Foreign  Weights  and  Measures — Arrangements  For  Reception  or  Dance — 
Recipes  For  Punches — How  To  Take  Care  of  Uniforms — Pay  of  Officers  and  Men — 
Pensions — Hints  For  A  Philippine  Outfit — Words  To  Patriotic  Airs — Nomenclature  of 
A  Horse,  Saddle,  and  Bridle— Army  Signal  Code. 


INDEX 

Letters  refer  to  paragraphs  and  numbers  to  pages.     "Sup."  means  Supplement. 


ABBREVIATIONS   IN: 

Military    titles    239C 

Paper  work  101 

Preparation  Muster  and  Pay  Rolls. 

Sup.   Chap.   XVI,   Par.   113 

Absence   without   leave   under   A.    W. 

32  &  33,  224 

Acetylene  lamps   ISA 

Acre   , 473A 

ADDRESSES: 

Of  all  officers    48B ;   238D 

On  envelopes 24A;  238B,  C  &  D 

ADDRESSING: 

Communication  to  the  office   and 

not  the  individual    238B 

Officers     |  See  "Titles"  under  "Cus- 

Soldiers    f      toms  of  Service" 

Adjutant    See   Post   Adjutant. 

Adjutant  General's  Department: 

Composition  ..Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  33 

Duties    56C 

Advice,    seeking    34D 

Affidavits,   form    455 

AIDES-DE-CAMP: 

Aiguillettes,  how  worn    

....Sup.    Chap.    XVIII,    Par.    118 
Blank    forms    

Sup.   Chap.  XVIII,  Par.   123 

Calls,  etc 253(7) 

Chief   of   Staff,    relations   to 248B 

Correspondence   254 

Drill   Regulations    

Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  122 

Duties    250A 

Frankness  249B 

Insignia.. Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  118 

Loyalty   249A 

Paymaster's  Manual   

Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  120 

Pointers    252 

Presentation  of  guests   at   recep- 
tions     254(15) 

Reference  books    

Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  124 

Relations  to  the  General 250 A 

Reports,   personal    250B 

Requisites  of    '. 248 A 

Signing  letters  ^ 254A 

Spelling  of  "Aide-de-Camp". .  .Sup. 

Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  18  (foot  note) 

Stationery    255 

Usefulness    251 

Visiting  cards    255 

War    Department    orders,    circulars 

and  decisions  

....Sup.   Chap.   XVIII,   Par.    119 


Wife  of  General   249C 

Aiguillettes,  how  worn    

Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  118 

Airs,   National   490 

Alaska,  equipment 18B 

Allowance  of  Officers 

Sup.    Chap.   I,   Par.    16 

Amenability,  dual  71 

"America"     490 

American   History,  study  of    

38   (foot  note);   383A 

American  Wars,  Early,  books  on....   41 

A  Message  to  Garcia 51 

Alcoholic  drinks.. Sup.  Chap.  X,  Par.  85 A 
Ammunition : 

How  obtained.. Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

To  be  taken  into  field    336;   353 

Analyzing   communications    95(1) 

Animals,  Pack,  capacity  of    464 

Annotation 100B 

Announcement  of  marriage. ..  .26   (note) 
Appointment   of: 

Noncommissioned   Officers    178B 

Officers 436 

Arm  Racks  187   (foot  note) 

ARMS   AND    EQUIPMENT: 

Enlisted  men,  care  of  235 

Officers: 

Dismounted    13E 

General  remarks 16 

Mounted    13B 

Rubber   cape   and   rubber   boots..    15C 
Uniforms    13H 

War   Department    orders,    circulars, 
and 


decisions  regarding   

...Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  153B 

"Arms  of  the  Service" 60D 

Arms,  how  obtained   

Sup.   Chap".  XV,  Par.  99 

ARMY,   ORGANIZATION   OF: 
Adjutant  General's  Department : 

Composition  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  33 

Duties    56C 

Aide-de-Camp    64A 

"Arms   of   the   Service"    60D 

Army  Corps    » 65A 

Artillery  Districts    61F 

Authorized  strength   

Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  30 

Battalion    63C 

Battalion  Field  and  Staff  63F 

Battalion  Noncommissioned   Staff 60B 

Battalions  of  Engineers 60D  ;  61 A 

Battalion  Staff   63F 

Battery,  use  of  term   63B 

Battle  commands 62B 


INDEX. 


ARMY,   ORGANIZATION   OF    (Cont'd) : 

Brigade    64E 

Brigadier-Generals    

..64E  &  G;  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  31 

Cavalry  organization   

..Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Parts  47   &  48 

Chaplains    

58C;  Sup.   Chap.   Ill,  Par.  45 

Chief  of  Staff 55B 

Coast  Artillery   Corps: 

Duties   61 C 

Geographical    organization    61 E 

Tactical   organization    

62E;  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  47  &  50 

Coast  Artillery  N.  C.  Staff 59G 

Commander-in-Chief    55A 

Company  63  A  &  B 

Contract  Surgeons   64C 

Corps,   Army   65. A 

Corps  of  Engineers: 

Composition.. Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  42 

Duties   57F 

Departments,  Geographical 65C 

Divisions,  Geographical   65C 

Division,  Tactical   64F 

Employment  of  the  Regular  Army. 395 
Engineer  Battalions,  organization.. 

..Sup.    Chap.    Ill,    Pars.   47    &   49 
Engineer  Dept.    See  "Corps  of  Engineers" 
Enlisted   M«?n: 

Classification 59  E  &  60  C 

Retired     59B 

Field  and  Staff 63H 

Field    Artillery,    organization 

..Sup.   Chap.   Ill,   Pars.   47   &   51 

Field  Officers    63G 

Fire  Commands   62C 

General  Staff: 

Act   of  Congress,   creating    55B 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  32 

Duties   56B 

Indian  Scouts 58D 

Infantry,  organization   

Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  47 

Inspector    General's    Dept.: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  34    . 

Duties    56D 

Judge  Advocate  General's   Dept. 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  35 

Duties    56E 

Lance  Corporals   59E 

Line,  the    60  C  &  D; 

61    B;    Sup.    Chap.    Ill,    Par.    47 
Lieutenant    General,    appropriate 

command  for   65A 

Major  Generals  

64  F  &  G;  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  31 
Medical   Department: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  39 

Duties   57C 

Mine   Commands    62C 

Noncommissioned  Officers   59E 

Officers,    Retired    59A 

Ordnance   Department: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  41 


ARMY,   ORGANIZATION   OF    (Cont'd): 

Duties    57E 

Pay   Department: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  40 

Duties     57D 

Personal    Staff    64A 

Philippine     Scouts     65E 

Porto   Rico  Regt.   of  Infty 65D 

Post   N.   C.   Staff,   59   F;   Sup.   Chap. 

Privates    59E 

Quartermaster's  Department: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  37 

Duties     57A 

Rank  and  File 59C 

Regiment      63D 

Regimental  Field  and  Staff 63H 

Regimental    Staff    63E&I 

Regimental  N.  C.  Staff   60A 

Regular  Army    55D 

Retired   Officers    59A 

Retired    Enlisted   Men    59B 

Scouts,   Indian    58D 

Scouts,    Philippine    65E 

Signal   Corps: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  43 

Duties     58A 

Squadron    63C 

Staff,    the     60C 

Strength Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.   30 

Subsistence    Department: 

Composition.  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  38 

Duties     S7B 

Surgeon,  the    64B 

The    Line     60C&D;61I> 

The  Staff   60C 

Troop,  use  of  term   63B 

U.  S.  Military  Academy 

58    B;    Sup.    Chap.    Ill,    Par.    44 

Veterinarians     64D 

War  Department    55C 

West  Point 

....See  "U.  S.  Military  Academy" 

ARMY    REGULATIONS: 

Adjutants Sup.   Chap.  VI,*  Par.  56 

Aides-de-camp    

Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  119 

Artillery   District    Ordnance   Officer 

Sup.    Chap.   XII,   Par.   92 

Commissary.. Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  76 
Company   Commanders    

..Sup.    Chap.   XV,    Par.    97 

Engineer  Officer.  ...  ..Sup.  Chap.  XIII 

Officers,   just   appointed    

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  28 

Ordnance  Officer,  Post   

Sup.    Chap.   XII,   Par.   92 

Paragraphs,   amended,   revoked,  and 

interpreted     

....Sup.    Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    156 
Paragraph   most   violated    

240C;    Sup.    Chap.    XVI,   Par.    112 

Prison   Officer    Sup.    Chap   XI 

Quartermasters    

Sup.   Chap.   VII,   Par.   65 


ARMY   REGULATIONS    (Cont'd). 

Recruiting   Officer    

Sup.  Chap.  IX.  Par.  80a 

Signal  Officer Sup.  Chap.  XIV 

Army  School  of  the  Line 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  140 

Army,  use  of  in  aid  of  civil: 

As  a  posse  comitatus,  prohibited 

Relief   purposes,   in  public   catas- 
trophes      401 

Riot  duty   408 

Army    Corps    55£ 

Army   List   and   Directory 48B 

Army  Medical  School 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  ISO 

Army  Signal  School 

..f...  Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  141- 

Army  Slang 306 

Army  Staff  College   . . . .......  •••••'.., 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  142 

Army   Transport    Regulations,    para- 
graphs amended,  etc 

7.  ..Sup.   Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    169 

Army    War    College 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  149 

"Army  Toast  to  the  Bride" 304A 

Army  Transports.  .Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  15 

Arrest    of    Officers 86(3) 

ARRIVAL   AT   STATION: 

Calls    20A 

Reporting   for    duty 19D 

Telegraphing  arrival   18G 

Art  of  War: 

Books  on    34;   381 

Definition   of    33B 

Articles   of   War: 

32d    and    33d 224 

54th  and  55th 345 

59th    78 

Artillery   Districts 61F 

Artillery  District  Ordnance  Officer: 

Duties    168 

Returns,  War  Dept.  orders,  circu- 
lars, and  decisions.. Sup.  Chap.  XII 

"At    Homes" 25A 

Assuming  Command,  making  changes  35 
Athletics:— 

Apparatus,    company    201B 

Athletic    field    362 

Athletic   officer    356 

Field   days    357 

Post    356 

A  True  Copy   •  • 243C(8) 

Attention  to,   calling  and  inviting 23 7 C 

Attention  to  details 32D 

Attention  to  be  paid  certain  people  at 

dances,   etc    26   B-E 

Attorney,   power  of 464 

Austro-Prussian  War 40B 

B 

Badges.... Sup.   Chap.  XXXV,  Par.   153A 

Baggage  Allowance   

Sup.  Chap.  I.  Par.  16,  17,  17a 


Bags,  Cedar 478(b) 

Bakery,  Post   280 

Ball  or  Reception  of  General  Nature: 

Invitation    to    25B 

Management,    etc 474 

Private  ball    25D 

Bands: 

Outside  engagements,   etc 29! 

Playing   on   certain  occasions 288B 

Baptizing  under  regimental  colors. ..  .304B 
Barrack  Regulations  188 

Barrel,  No.  Ibs.  in 472 

Barricades 

Attack  of   428 

Construction    of    431 

Basket  System   112A 

Battalion    63C 

Battalion  Field  and  Staff 63F 

Battalion  N.  C.  Staff 60ff 

Battalion  of  Engineers 60D ;  61A 

Battalion  Staff   ^ .  •  •  63F 

Battery,   use  of  term 63B 

Battery   Mechanics'   School 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  151 

Battle    Commands     62B 

Bedding,   supply  of 16A 

Bedding      and      Professional      Books, 

Shipment   of 18F 

Bedding    Roll,    Officers' 331 

Beneficiary,    designation   of..., 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  1 1 

Bibliography,    Military    37A 

Billiard    Table    199A 

Birth,  changing  date  of    440 

Blackboard    178    (foot    note) 

BLANK    FORMS: 

Adjutant : 

Local    H7 

War  Dept Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.  61 

Commissary.. Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  78 

Company : 

Local 125,  127,  182,  197,  206 

War  Dept..  .Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  107 

Engineer  Officer   

Sup.    Chap.    XIII,    Par.    95 

Ordnance   Officer 

...Sup.  Chap.  XII,  Pars.  87,  88,  92b 

Pass    Lists 133 

Prison  Officer: 

Local    167 

War  Dept... Sup.  Chap.  XI,  Par.  86 

Quartermaster : 

Local     146 

War  Dept.. Sup.  Chap.  VII,  Par.  70 

Recruiting  Officer    

Sup.  Chap.  IX,  Par.  81 

Signal  Officer   Sup.   Chap.  XIV 

BOARD  OF  OFFICERS: 

General : 

Additional  proceedings   453 

Exhibits    452 

Evidence    452 

Form    449 

How   written    452 


INDEX. 


BOARD  OF  OFFICERS   (Cont'd)  : 

Minority    reports 453 

Money   value    453 

Number  of  copies 453 

Paper — kind,    folding,    etc 452 

Signing  proceedings   453 

Uniform    302 

On  Examination   452  (Note) 

On    Retirement    452  (Note) 

On   Soldier's  Service    ...458 

Boer  War,  books  on   43  ;  385(i) 

Books: 

Case  for   115D 

Delivery     89(5) 

For  company  library    199 

T.ist   of,   for   personal   library 37 A 

On: 

Applied   tactics 46 

Art    of   War 39;    44;    380 

Austro- Prussian    War    40 

Boer  War 43;  385  (i) 

Boxer  Troubles   43 

Chinese    Campaign,    1900 43 

Chino- Japanese  War,  1894 43 

Civil   War 41;   384;   387 

Crimean  War 40 

Early  American  Wars    41 

Etiquette    25B 

Food    199 

Fortification    45  ;    386D 

Franco-German  War   40;   385   (h) 

Frederick  the  Great,  Wars  of 39 

India    449 

Italian  War,  1859   40 

Manchuria     446 

Map    reading    45 

Memoirs 42;    386    (f) 

Memory    .  ~ 1 76 

Messing  troops    199 

Mexican  War 41  ;  384  (d) 

Mind    power    176 

Minor  Wars   43 

Napoleonic  Era 384(g)  ;  387 

Organization     386(e) 

Psychology  of   crowds    423A 

Russo- Japanese   Wars    44;    385(i) 

Russo- Turkish  War    41 

Spanish-American   War    43;   j84(f) 

Staff    rides    45 

Strategy    385  (b) 

Supply   45;   386    (c) 

Tactical    rides    45 

Tactics    46;    38ba 

Topography     45 

Transport    45 

Travel    449  A 

War    game    45 

War  of  1812 384(c) 

Will,   the    176 

Purchase    of,    from    Secy.     Service 
Schools,    Ft.    Leavenworth,    In- 
fantry Association,  and  Cavalry 

Association    37B 

Of    reference: 

Adjutant Sup.  Chap.  VI    Par.  60 


BOOKS    (Cont'd): 

Aides-de-camp    

......Sup.  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  124 

Commissary    

Sup.   Chap.  VIII,  Par.  77 

Company  Commander   

Sup.   Chap.  XV,   Par.   109 

Quartermaster    

Sup.    Chap.   VII,   Par.    66 

Publication     of     440 

To  be  read   immediately  upon  join- 
ing     383 

Transportation  of   

•     ...  ...18  F;  Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  17 

Used   in  Garrison  Schools 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.   139 

To  be  gotten  upon  appointment. . . . 

382  (foot  note) 

Boots,  heels  to  front  at  funerals 294C 

"Boxer  Troubles,"  books  on 43 

Boxes,  capacity  of 473 

Box    Lockers    194 

Bridle,    nomenclature  of 492 

Briefing    98a;  242(3) 

Brigade 64E 

Brigadier   General: 

Abbreviation  of  term    239C 

Appointment     438 

Appropriate  command   64E;  65G 

Duties    64G 

How    addressed     289(4) 

Orderly    for    87(9);    88(10) 

British-Boer  War,   books  on 43;    385(i) 

Brooms: 

How  obtained.  .Sup.  Chap,  XV,  Par.  99 

Improvised    353    (foot   note) 

Bug  exterminators 477 

Bugle  calls,  words  to 305 

Buildings: 

Attack    of    429 

Defense    of     430 

Bulletin  board 180  (foot  note);  227 

Bunks,    Field 351 

Bushel,  weight  of 472 

Business,    officers  engaging  in 440 

Buttons,  gilt 478  (Note  3) 

"By  Command" 237B 

"By    Order"    96(5);   237B 


Cablegrams    19B 

Cadets: 

Appointment,   etc 58B 

How   addressed    290(7) 

Visiting    card    309 

Calendar  year Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  27 

"Calling   attention  to"    237C 

Calls,  words  to 305 

Calls  : 

Aboard  ship    253   (d  &  f)  ;  285D 

Affecting  Aides   253(7) 

After  receptions,  teas,  "At  Homes".   25A 
Before    going    on    leave,    or    detached 

service     285 A 

Civilian  visitors  calling  on  C.  O.   .  .285C 


INDEX. 


CALLS    (Cont'd): 

Detached  service,  calls  upon  return 

from 284A&B 

Dinner  and  party 24E 

In    Washington    20B 

On: 

Civil  officials  by  new  C.  O 305 A 

Civil    officials,    New    Year's 386A 

Commanding  Officer    20 A  ;   283  B 

Newcomers    _ 21E;    24F 

Officers  joining  during  one's  ab- 
sence from  post 284B 

People  at   meals    v 284 

Post   and   other   commanders 31D 

Recently  promoted  officer  joining 
station  to  wait  arrival  of  com- 
mand   284C 

Visitors       283A 

On  reporting  for  duty 19D;  20A 

Party  and  dinner 24E 

Returning   promptly    21E 

Upon  return  from  leave  or  detached 

service     284A&B 

Visiting  officers   calling  on   C.   O...285B 

When  made,  and  uniform  worn 283 A 

Camp: 

Making   of    346 

Police  of   352 

Regulations     347 

Selection  of  site 345 

Shelter  tent,  inspection  of 19: 

Camp  Equipage,  company 212,  336 

Campaign  Badges   

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  153A 

Candles,   how  obtained 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Canvas  roll,  officers 331 

Capacity  of: 

Boxes 473 

Pack  animals   464 

Railroad  cars    464 

Tents 462 

Wagons 464 

Cap,  removal  of,  in  offices  of  C.   O. 

and    Adjt 87(6) 

Cape 15B 

Captain,  duties 172  ;  175 

Carbon  copies Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  11 

Carbona  and  carbon  tetrachloride 481 

Card  Record  System 97  (foot  note) 

Cards    See    "Visiting    Cards" 

Card  party,  invitation  to 24C 

Care  of: 

Arms,  clothing,  etc 235;   478 

Feet    355 

Property  left  in  post 343 

Shoes    481 

Cars,    railroad,   capacity 464 

Cavalry,  organization 

Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Pars.  47  &  48 

Cavalryman  thrown   from  horse 294B 

Certificates  and  affidavits,  forms 455 

Changes  upon  assuming  command....    35A 
Channels  of  communication   237A 


Chaplains : 

Appointment     437 

How    addressed    290(6) 

Status  and  duties 47C 

Charges  under  A.  W.  32  &  33 224 

Check  on: 

Clothing    205 

Papers    89(6);    113A 

Checks    made    payable    to    office,    not 

to  individual 238B 

Chief  Musician: 

Extra  pay,  treatment  of 299 A 

How    addressed    291F 

Chiefs  of  squads 187 

Chief  of  Staff   55B 

Chigers,   cure   for 333 

Chinese  Campaign,  1900,  books  on...  43 
Chino-Japanese  War,  1894,  books  on.. 43 
Christening  under  regimental  colors.. 304B 

Christmas  dinners    329B 

Cigars,  number  admitted  without  duty 

442 ;   444 A 

Citizenship    80 

Civil  Officials,  calling  on 305 A;  386A 

Civil,   relation   to   military 71 

Civil  Service  Examinations    227 

Civil  War,  books  on. 41  ;  384 ;  387 

Civil  War  Veterans,  how  addressed, 
uniforms  on  occasions  of  cere- 
mony   291B 

Civilian    clothing     15D 

Civilians,  relations  with   48C 

Clerks : 

Adjutant's   office 90 

Company 188 

Club,    Officers'    27A 

Clothing: 

Care   of 235;   478 

Civilian     15D 

How  obtained.  .Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Pan.  99 

Sale  of,  and  check  on 205 

Club  study    387 

Coast  Artillery  Corps : 

Duties    61C 

Geographical    organization    61 E 

Tactical  organization   

62E;  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Pars.  47  &  50 

Coast  Artillery  N.  C.  Staff 59G 

Coast  Artillery  School    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  143 

Coat    hanger    478(1) 

Code,  signalling 493 

Coins,     foreign      value     in     American 

money    474 

Collar    insignia 479 

Collars,  military   480 

Colors — definition — kept     at     colonel's 

quarters — saluting  at  reviews.. 300 
Command,   best  way  to   govern  258 

Commander  of  the  Guard 272 

Commander-in-Chief    of    Army 55 A 

Commanding    Officer: 
Calls  on  by: 

Civilian    visitors 285C 

Officers  reporting  for  duty   ..19D;  20A 


INDEX. 


Visiting  officers 28SB 

Cap,  removal  of,  in  office    87(6) 

"Desires,"  "wishes"    237D;  302C 

Duties,  staff,  etc 258 

Office  hours    261 

Orderly    92 

"Reporting  to"   87(7) 

Seeing  Adjutant  before  speaking  to 

C.   O 86(2) 

Commissary See   "Post    Commissary" 

Committees,  etc.,  for  dances  and  re- 
ceptions    474 

Communication,   channels   of 237 A 

Communications See  "Papers" 

COMPANY: 

Administration  of 172 

Addressing  officers    232A 

Ammunition.. Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 
Amusement  room  and  library  ...<..  199 

Appearance    229 

Arm  racks   .  .T. 187   (foot  note) 

Arms Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99. 

Arms,  care   of 235 

Athletic   apparatus    201B 

Barrack  regulations 188 

Bathing    187    ("General") 

Billiard  table    199A 

Blanks,  local..  125;  127;  182;  197;  206 

Blackboard    178    (foot  note) 

Books  and  records 221 

Books    of    reference 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  109. 

Box   lockers    194B 

Brooms Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Bulletin  board  ...  180  (foot  note) ;  227 

Camp  equipage   212 

Camp,   shelter-tent,   inspection   of..  192 

Candles Sup.   Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Captain,  duties   172;   175 

Care  of  clothing,  arms,  etc 235 

Carpenters'  tools   201 C 

Charges,  A.  W.  32  and  33 224 

Check  on  clothing .205 

Chiefs  of  squads,  duties 187 

Civil  service  examinations    227 

Clerk    188 

Clothing : 

Care  of   235 

How  obtained   

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Sale  of  and  check  on 205 

Command   of   1 72 

Command,  relinquishing  of 227 . 

Company  clerk    188 

Company  fund  215 

Composition  and  use  of  term... 63 A  &  B 

Contentment  and  harmony 195 

Council,    company    proceedings. ..  .219 
Council  of  administration,  proceed- 
ings    454 

Courtesies    230 

Court-martial : 
Appearance  of  witnesses  before.. 23 3 

Trial  by 202 

Crimes   against   nature 225 


COMPANY   (Cont'd): 

Debts   203 

Delinquency  list    201D 

Delivery   of  messages 232 

Deportment    229 

Disciplinary  punishments    202B 

Drills    226 

Drunken  and  obscene  men 203 

Duties  of: 

Captain   172  &   175 

Chiefs    of   squads 187 

Company  clerk   188 

First  sergeant 176  &  180 

Lieutenants   173  &  175 

Mess  sergeant   185 

N.  C.  O.  in  charge  quarters 185 

N.  C.  O.  in  charge  squad  room..  187 

Q.  M.  sergeant 185 

Room   orderly    188 

Duty,  in  line  of 225 

Enlisted  men  taking  civil  service  ex- 
aminations    226 

[uipage: 

Camp   and  garrison 212 

Field    336 

(See   Sup.    Chap.   XV.   Par.   99) 

Equipment,    care    of 235 

Equipment,   soldiers',   prices   of   ar- 
ticles.. Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  154 

Estimates  and  requisitions 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  110 

Extra  fatigue    202B 

Fire  arms   . . , 190B  ;  275  A 

First  sergeant,  duties   176;   180 

Fuel ...Sup.    Chap.   XV,   Par.   99 

Fund,  company 215 

Gambling   189B 

Garden  seeds.. Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Government   of    172 

Grindstone    213 

Guard  duty,  instruction  in 236 

Hand    cart    213 

Harmony  and  contentment 195 

Ice...... Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Illuminating  supplies 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

"In  line  of  duty" 225 

Inspection    of : 

Shelter-tent,   camp    192 

Quarters    193;  236 

Inspections  204 

Instruction,  means  of,  left  to  com- 
pany commander 258A 

Instruction  of  recruits 227 

Intrenching  tools,  prices 

.....Sup.   Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    155 

Lance  corporal,  not  N.  C.  O 

176  (foot  note) 

Laundry    191 

Library  and  Amusement  room 199 

Lieutenants,   duties    173;    175 

Liquor 189A 

Lockers   190A;   191;   194 

Lye Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Marriage  of  enlisted  men 223 A 


INDEX. 


COMPANY  (Cont'd): 

Matches Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Mess     195 

Mess  Sergeant,  duties  of 185 

Messages,  delivery  of 232 

Military     courtesies     arid     customs 

affecting   recruits 230 

Military     deportment     and     appear- 
ance     229 

Mops Sub.   Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Noncommissioned  Officers: 

Appointment     178C 

Authorized     to     confine     enlisted 

men   178B 

Chiefs  of  squads,  duties 187 

Duties,  general    178 

Firs^  sergeant,  duties 176;  180 

Forbidden  to  act  as  barbers 178 A 

General    qualifications 176 

In  charge  of  quarters .185 

In  charge  of  squad  room 187 

Mess  sergeant,  duties   185 

Qualifications 176 

Q.  M.  sergeant,  duties .....185 

Reduction  and  resignation 179 

Treatment  of   177 

Obedience    234A 

Oil Sup.   Chap.  XV,   Par.   99 

Orders 214 

Ordnance  stores,  how  obtained.... 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Ordnance    returns,    personal    prop- 
erty      227 

Ordnance  stores,  prices 

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  154 

Payment,   manner  of 233 

Payment  of  debts 203 

Pool    tables     199A 

Post  regulations  affecting  company 

commanders    264 

Prices,    articles   soldiers'   equipment 

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  154 

Privileges  and  rewards 201 D 

Privileges,  withholding   203 

Property  book .222 

Property  responsibility   204 

Punishments,  disciplinary    202B 

8.   M.  sergeant,  duties   185 
.    M.    supplies,   prices 

....Sup.    Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    154 

Quarters,    inspection    of 193 

Rations Sup.   Chap.  XV.   Par.  99 

Records   and  books 221 

Recruit,   instruction   of    227 

Regulations,  barrack    188 

Relinquishing    command    227 A 

Reports,  returns,  etc 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.   110 

Rewards  and  privileges 20 ID 

Room  orderlies   188 

Rubber  stamps  213 

Rules  and  regulations,  barrack 188 

Sale  of  clothing 205 

Salute,  nature  of... 227   (The  Recruit) 


COMPANY  (Cont'd): 

Saluting,  by  soldiers 230 A 

Sapolio Sup.   Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Saturday  morning  inspection 204 

Scrubbing  brushes   

Sup.   Chap.   XV,   Par.   99 

Shelter-tent  roll 192 ;  194 

Shoemakers    and    tailors 223B 

Slate,  how  to  clean   477 

Soap Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Stamps,  rubber   213 

Stationery Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Summary    Court   sentences    read   to 

company 203    (note) 

Supplies,  requisitions  for 

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  97 

Table    ware,    prices 

....Sup.   Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    154 

Tailors    223B 

Tents,  shelter,  pitching  of 192 

Toilet,  how  to  clean   477 

Toilet  paper 

Sup.   Chap.   XV,   Par.   99 

Trials    by    court-martial 202 

Urinals,  how  to  clean   477 

Venereal  diseases 223C 

War    Dept.    orders,    circulars,    and 

decisions    affecting 

Sup.    Chap.   XV,   Par.   97 

Weapons,  carrying 190B;  275A 

Withholding  privileges    203 

Witness,    appearance    before    court- 
martial  233 

Company  fund 215 

Compass 332 

Complimentary    concerts    288 

"Compliments,    presenting"    302D 

Concerts,    complimentary     288 

Contentment,  harmony: 

Company     195 

Post     259A 

Contract,    form   of 464 

Contract  Surgeons 64C 

Conveniences,   Adjutant's   office Ill 

Copies: 

Duplicate,    triplicate,    etc 243 A 

"Official,"  "True"   243(8) 

To  be  kept 240B 

Copyrights    471 

Corps,  Army 54A 

Corps  of  Engineers: 

Composition.  ..Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  42 

Duties   46F 

Correspondence: 

Post  regulations    277 

See  "Paper  work" 

Correspondence  book,  how  kept 97 

Council,  proceedings: 

Administration,  company   454 

Administration,   post    453 

Company     215 

Courtesy See  "Military  courtesy 

Courts  of  inquiry  302 


INDEX. 


Courts-Martial : 

Appearance  of  witness  before 233 

Customs    regarding    300 

Marking  envelope,  G.  C.  M.  proceed- 
ings     238C 

See  "Summary  Court." 

Crimean  War    40 

Crimes  against  nature 225 

Cross   reference •  •  . .  100A 

Cubit    473A 

Cuff  holder 480(7) 

CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE: 

Adjutants,  customs  affecting: 

Addressing  adjutant  before  seeing 

C.  O : 86(2) 

Detailing  men  on  extra  and  special 

duty   T : 87(5) 

Entertaining  officers  reporting  for 

duty    86(4);   87(8) 

Inspector  General,  reception  of.. 87(8) 
Logical  promoter  of  cheerfulness, 

entertainments,  etc 86(1) 

Orderly  for : 

Generals   87(9);  88(10) 

Inspector-General    86(8) 

Placing  Officers  in   arrest    86(3) 

Removing  cap  in  Adjutant's  office  86(6) 
"Report  to  the   commanding  offi- 
cer,"  meaning  of    86(7) 

Army  slang    306 

"Army  Toast  to  the  Bride" 304A 

Attention  to,  calling  and  inviting.  .237C 
Attention  to  be  paid  certain  people 

at  dances,  etc 26B-E 

Balls,  invitations   25B  &  D 

Bands : 

Outside  engagements,   etc 29i 

Playing  on  certain  occasions    288B 

Baptizing  under  regimental  colors.  .30 

Boards  of  officers 302 

Boots,  heels  to  front  at  funerals 294C 

"Bride,  Toast  to"    304A 

Bugle  calls,  words  to 305 

"By  order,"  "By  command". 96(5)  ;  2371 

"Calling  attention  to" 237C 

Calls : 

Aboard  ship 253  (d  &  f)  ;  285D 

Affecting  Aides    253(7) 

After  card  parties    24C 

After   receptions,  teas  and  "At 

Homes"    25A 

Before  going  on  leave  or  D.  S. ..285 A 

Civilian  visitors,  on  C.   0 285C 

Recent  West  Point  graduates  upon 
returning  to  the  Academy. 285 B (note) 

Dinner  and  party 24E 

In  Washington 20B 

New   Year's   Day,   on   C.   O. ;   on 

governors  and  mayors 286A 

New  Year's  Day  on  President  of 

U.  S 286C 

Civil  officials  by  new  C.  0 305A 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  (Confd)  : 
Calls    (Cont'd)  : 
On: 

Civil   officials,  New  Year's    286A 

Commanding  officer 19D  ;  20A 

Newcomers 21 E 

People  at  meals    284 

Post  and  other  commanders... 

31D;  285B 

Recently  promoted  officers  join- 
ing station  to   await   arrival 

of    command    284C 

Visitors    283A 

On  reporting  for  duty   20 A  &  B 

Party  and  dinner   24E 

Returning  promptly   21E;  24F 

Upon  return  from  leave  or  D.   S. 

. 284B  &  C 

Visiting  officers,  on  C.  0 285 B 

When   made   and   uniform   worn.. 283 A 
Cap,   removal   of  in   office  of   C.   O. 

and  Adjutant   87(6) 

Card  parties,   invitation  to    24C 

Cavalryman  thrown  from  his  horse. 294B 
Chief  musician: 

Extra  pay,  treatment 299A 

How  addressed   291F 

Christening  under  regimental  colors  304B 
Christmas.      See  "Holidays." 

Civil  officials,  calling  on 286A  ;  305 A 

Civil  War  veterans,  how  addressed. 29 IB 
Colors  kept  at  Colonel's  quarters.  .301 

Complimentary  concerts    288 

Compliments,    presenting    302D 

Commanding  officer: 
Calls  on,  by: 

Civilian  visitors    285C 

Officers  reporting  for  duty..!9D  ;  20A 

Visiting  officers    286 A 

Cap,  removal  of  in  office    87(6) 

"Desires,"    "wishes"    .....237D;    302C 

Reporting  to    87(7) 

Seeing  Adjt.  before  speaking  to  86(2) 

Concerts    288 

Courts-Martial    300 

Daily   "Matinee"    304G 

Dances: 

Dress   to   be    worn    at    293B 

General    26B-E 

Gloves    304D 

Invitations    25B    &   D 

Management  of   474 

On  certain  holidays    329a   Ba 

Paying   attention   to   certain   peo- 
ple    26B-E 

Soldiers'  dances  led  by  officers. .  .303B 
Dancing  old  year  out  and  new  one  in  286B 
Definition  of  "Customs  of  Service"  282 
"Desires,"  the  commanding  officer 

237D;   302C 

Detail  of  extra  and  special  duty  men 

by    Adjt 87(5) 


INDEX. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  (Cont'd)  : 
Dinner: 

Calls    24E 

Dress    293C 

Invitations 23A 

Seating  guests  at   326 

Special,   soldiers'    329B 

Dismissed  officers,  how  addressed.. 290(8) 
Distinguished  guests,  reception  of    .287 A 
Dismounting  before   addressing  un- 
mounted superior 31C 

"Dough   Boy"    320 

Dress  for  dinners 293C 

Driving  on  left  of  senior 302A 

Enlisted  men,  how   addressed 291C-H 

Enlisted  men,  use  of  term   291  I 

Escorting  girls    26F 

February  22       .)  288B  ;  329B  ;  Chap.  VI, 
Fourth  of  July  j  Par.   62    (February). 
First  sergeants,  customs  affecting.  .  176 
Flag: 

Definition   of — saluting    300 

Folding  of    297  A 

Position  at  half-staff   329A 

To  and  from  half-staff    323 

Fourth  of  July — See  "Holidays." 
Funeral : 

Guard   of   honor    324 

Mounted  officer  or  soldier   294C 

Order    102D 

Soldier's — troops    commanded    by 

senior  N.   C.   O.,  etc 294C 

Taps,   three  volleys    315 

Garrison  courts   302 

"General" : 

Abbreviation   of 239C 

Use  of  term  in  conversation   and 

correspondence    239C;    289(4) 

Generals,  orderly  for 87(9);   88(10) 

General,  remarks    on    "Customs    of 

Service"     282 

Gloves.     See  "White  gloves." 

Guard  of  honor  over  remains 324 

.Guard  Mount,  "Sounding  off"    322 

Guests : 

At  receptions   • 327 

Seating  of,  at  dinner   326 

Half-staff,  position  of  flag  at 329 A 

Holidays : 

Bands   playing    288B 

Designation  of  National    ........ 

....Chap.  VI,  Par.  62  (February) 

Special    dinners    329aB 

Horses: 

Cavalryman,   thrown   from    294B 

Regulating  gait  m  posts    303D 

"How"    320 

"Infantry" 320 

Insignia  of  rank,  significance  of  ..323 
Insignia,  why  worn  on  left  breast.. 318 
Inspector-General,  reception  at  post, 

orderly   for 87(8) 

International  salute    318 

Introductions,  titles  used: 

Lieutenants   289(1) 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  (Cont'd): 

Medical   officers    290A 

Militia   officers    290B 

Navy  and  Marine  officers 392(7) 

"Inviting  attention  to" 237C 

Invitations.     See  "Invitations." 

Judge-Advocate 300 

Knock,  official    303A 

Ladies,    saluting   them    295C 

Lieutenants  addressed  as  "Mister," 

etc 289(1) 

"Matinee,"   daily    304G 

Medals,  why  worn  on  left  breast... 318 

Medical  officers,  how  dressed 290 A 

Mess  Call,  words  to 305 

Messages,  delivery  of 302D 

Military  funerals.     See  "Funerals." 
Military  weddings.      See   "Weddings" 
under  "Customs  of  the  Service." 

Militia  officers,  titles  of    290B 

"Mister,"  use  of,  in  addressing: 

Army  officers   289 

Chief  musicians    291F 

Muster    296B 

National  holidays.     See  "Holidays." 

National  salute    318 

Naval  officers,  how  addressed 291J 

New  Year's  reception  of  President  286C 
Noncommissioned  Officers: 
How  addressed : 

Chief  musician   29 1 F 

Coast  Artillery 291H 

In  general 291  C  &  D 

Resignation    of    165 

Officers: 

Arrest  of   86(3) 

Entertained  by  Adjutant    86(4) 

How    addressed.      See    "Titles." 

Resigning  at  end  of  leave 295  B 

Official  knock   303A 

Orderly  for: 

Generals     87(9) 

Inspector-General    87(8) 

Judge- Advocate    301 A 

Origin  of: 

"Dough   Boy"    ....320 

Firing  three  volleys  over  graves. 315 
Hoisting  flag  to  peak  before  low- 
ering     323 

"How"    320 

"Infantry"     320 

Insignia  of  rank    323 

International    Salute    318 

Medals  and  other  insignia 318 

Parades  and   reviews    322 

President's  Salute    319 

Removing  glove  when  sworn    318 

Salute  to  the  Union   319 

Saluting    317 

"Sounding   off"   at   parade   and 

guard   mount    322 

Sounding  of  Taps  at  funerals. ..  .316 

Payment  of  troops   233B ;   302B 

Pledges     323 

Post  N.   C.  staff   260C 


INDEX. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  (Cont'd)  : 

"Presenting   compliments"    302D 

Presents    298A 

President's  New  Year's  reception  to 

Army  and  Navy 286C 

President's  Salute 319 

Professors  at  West   Point,  how  ad- 
dressed      290(7) 

"Punch,  The  — th   Infantry"    303C 

Receiving  distinguished  guests    287 A 

Receptions : 

Calls    after    25A 

In  honor  of  distinguished  guests.. 287 A 

Introductions    at    26A 

Invitations    19E 

Leaving  cards    25A ;   314E 

Presenting  guests   . .' 254(15) 

President's  New  Year's  reception 

to  Army  and  Navy 286C 

Removal  of  cap  when  presented   .296 A 

Treatment  of  guests  at   327 

Wearing  gloves    304D 

"Recruit,"  drinking  to  health  of 304B 

Regimental    courts    302 

Regimental    mess    328 

Regimental  staff,   resignation  of 297B 

Removing   gloves   when   sworn 318 

Reporting  for  duty: 

At   post    19D 

In  Washington    20B 

Reports,  receiving  at  Retreat   

263  (foot  note) 

"Report  to  Commanding  Officer," 

means  "Report  to  the  Adjt."     .  .87(7) 
Resignation  of: 

Officers  at  end  of  leave 295B 

Regimental    staff    297B 

Reveille,   words  to    305 

Reviews,  origin  of    322 

Riding  on  left  of  senior 302A 

Ridin<?,   regulation  of  gait  in  post..303D 
Saber: 

Not  worn  at  dances   304C 

Worn  by  Adjt.  when  placing  offi- 
cers in  Irrest    86(3) 

Salute  to  the   Union    319 

Salute  to  the  President   319 

Saluting  ladies    295C 

Saluting,  origin  of  custom   317 

Seating  guests  at  dinner 326 

Ships,  calling  aboard.. 253  (d  &  f)  ;  285D 

Sick  call,  words  to 3J35 

Significance    of   insignia    323 

Slang    306 

Social  customs  of  service   22D 

Social   functions,   dress   to   be  worn 

293  B  &  C 

"Soldier,"  use  of  term .  .291  I 

Soldiers,  how  addressed    291    C-H 

"Sounding   off"   parade  and   guard 

mount    322 

Spanish-American    War    Veterans, 

how  addressed,  etc 291 B 

Stable  Call,  words  to   305 

Table  manners 27B 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  (Cont'd): 

Taps  at  funerals   316 

Taps,  words  to    305 

Teas: 

Calls  after   25A 

Invitations    25 A 

Leaving  cards    25A;   314E 

Thanksgiving — See  "Holidays." 

"The  Army  Toast  to  the   Bride". .  .304A 

"The  Commanding  Officer  'desires/ 

'wishes'"   237D;   302C 

"The  Three  Cheers"   322 

Three   volleys   at   funerals    315 

Titles: 

Abbreviation  of,  use  in  correspond- 
ence     239C;   289(4) 

Use  of  in  addressing: 

Brigadier-Generals,    Lieutenant- 
Colonels,    etc 289(4) 

Cadets     290(7) 

Chaplains    290(6) 

Chief  musician   291 F 

Dismissed  officers   290(8) 

Ex- Volunteer  officers    291 A 

Lance    corporals    29 ID 

Lieutenants     289(1) 

Master  chief  electrician    291H 

Medical   officers    290A 

Militia   officers    290B 

Navy     291J 

Professors,  West  Point   290(7) 

.    Noncommissioned    Officers: 

Chief  Musician  291 F 

Coast  Artillery    291H 

In  general    291    C   &  D 

Officers: 

Below  captain 289   (1   &  2) 

Captain  and  above   289(3) 

Dismissed    290(8) 

Of     same     grade,     different 

grades     • 289(5) 

With  former  higher  volunteer 

commission,   brevets    290C 

Privates,  cooks,  etc 29 1C 

"Stewards,"    Hospital     291G 

Veterans    of    Civil    War    and 

Spanish-American    War    291B 

"Toast  to  the  Bride"   304A 

Trumpet  calls,  words  to   305 

Umbrellas     295A 

Uniform  to  be  worn : 

At   dances    293B 

In   calling    283A 

On   courts    and   boards    300 

When  not  with  troops    294A 

Visiting   cards: 

Death,  sickness 314D 

Forms   of,    for: 

Aides-de-Camp    255 

Cadets     309 

Detailed    paymasters    310 

In    general    308 

Military    attaches    378 

National    Guard    310 

Retired   officers    310 


INDEX. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  (Cont'd): 
VISITING  CARDS   (Cont'd): 

Leaving  at  hotels    315D 

Number  left: 

At  receptions,  teas,  etc   ..25A;  314E 

When  calling    314  A  &   B 

P.  p.  c.  cards: 

In    general    315A 

Left  at  clubs 315B 

"Regrets,"  not  written  on  cards..    25 A 

Sickness,   death    314D 

Weddings,    when   no   presents   are 

sent     25E 

Writing  name  on  another's  card..314C 
Writing    temporary    address    on 

card     : 315C 

Visitors  calling  on  C.  0 285  B  &  C 

Volleys,  firing  of  three    315 

"Wagon  soldier" 320  (foot  note) 

Walking  on  left  of  senior   302A 

Washington    (D.    C.)    reporting   for 

duty   and   calling    20B 

Washington's  Birthday: 

Bands    playing    288B 

Special   dinners,   soldiers    329B 

Weddings : 

Form  of  invitation   308;  313 

In  general    303E 

Invitation  to    24D ;   25E 

White  gloves: 

At  social  functions   304D 

Removal  of,   G.   C.  M. 318 

When     attending    distinguished 

persons    304F 

"Wishes,"    the    commanding    officer 

237D;     302C 

Words  to  trumpet  calls  305 

Customs  Regulations 440 

Cylindrical  measures    472 


Daily   "Matinee"    304G 

Damage  to  plumbing,  etc 

Sup.   Chap.  XIX,  Par.   126 

Dances: 

Committees,   etc 474 

Dress  to  be  worn    293B 

Gloves    304D 

Invitations    25   B    &   D 

Management    of    474 

Music,  introductions,  promoting  so- 
ciability,  etc 475    (foot   note) 

-Paying    special    attention    to    the 

ladies 26  B-E;  475   (foot  note) 

Saber  not  worn    304C 

"Soldiers'"  led  by  officers 303 B 

Death,    designation    of  beneficiary  in 

case  of Sup.  Chap.   I.  Par.  11 

Debt: 

Soldiers    29C;    203 

Officers   29  B  &  C 

Declaration  of  Independence 466 

Deference  to  superiors 31A 

Delinquency  list 201D 


Delivery  book    85(5) 

Delivery  of: 

Communications,  Adjutant's  office.. 

261   (foot  note) 

Messages    232 

Dentistry Sup.   Chap.  I,  Par.  23 

Departments   (geographical)    .  ...65B  &  C 

Depositions,  form  of 455 

Desertion,  penalties  for   229A 

Designation  of  beneficiary   

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.   11 

"Desires,"  the  commanding  officer   . . . 

237D;    302C 

Descriptive   lists    221(9);    242A 

Desks,    field    337 

Detached  service,  reports  ....339  (note) 

Details,  attention  to   32D 

Dictionaries,  of  foreign  languages....   48A 
Dimensions : 

R.    R.    cars    464 

Tents     462 

Dinner: 

Calls      24E 

Dress    293C 

Invitations     23A 

Promptness   at    24G 

Seating  guests  at    326 

Special,   on  holidays    329B 

Disciplinary   punishments    202B 

Discipline,    definition,    general    princi- 
ples     245 

Dismissed  officers,  how  addressed.  .  .290(8) 
Dismounting   before    addressing    un- 
mounted superior   31C 

Dispatch  case  13D 

Distinguished  guests,  reception  of 287 A 

District   Artillery   Engineer: 

Duties     170 

Returns,    War    Dept.    orders,    circu- 
lars,   and    decisions,    etc 

Sup.  Chap.  XIII,  Par.  95 

Division: 

Geographical    64  B&C 

Tactical     64F 

Doctors: 

Appointment     . ." 437 

How  addressed   290(A)  ;  292(4) 

Document  file    97 

Domicile  and  residence  80 

Don'ts,    young   officers    35 

"Dough   Boy"    320 

Dress,  punctiliousness   16C;  32D 

Dress   for  dinners    293C 

Drill  Regulations,  Pars,  amended,  etc. 

....Sup.    Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    165 

Drills,    company    226 

Drinking 29A 

Driving  on  left  of  superior 31B;  302 A 

Drunken  and  obscene  men,  how  con- 
trolled       203 

Dual   amenability    71 

"Duplicate"    243A 

Duplicating  device 1  ISA 

Duty,  in  line  of  225 


INDEX. 


E 

Early   American   Wars,    books   on....    41 
Educational  System  of  the  Army  and 

Professional   Study : 
Course    of    reading'  and    study    out- 
lined     382 

General  plan  of  education   379 

Professional  study  and   reading 380 

Staff  rides  and  club  study 387 

Suggestions  on  reading 388 

Army  Field  Engineer  School 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  141a 

Coast  Artillery   School    

m ..Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  143 

Engineer  School    

m Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.   148 

Enlisted  men's  school   

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  136 

Garrison  schools  for  officers   

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  138 

(Books  used,  Par.  139) 

Medical  School    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  150 

Mounted    Service    School    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  144 

N.  C.  O's  school 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  137 

Saddlers'   school    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  151 

School  for  bakers  and  cooks 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  147 

School   for  farriers   and  horseshoers 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  146 

School   of  the   Line    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  140 

Signal    School    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  141 

Staff  College    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  142 

Electric   bells    1 15C 

Employment  of  the  Regular  Army: 

As  an  aid  to  civil  authority    396 

As  a  posse  comitatus,  prohibited. .  .395 
For  protection   of  Government 

property 398 

In  public  catastrophes    401 

On  riot  duty    408 

Under  martial  law    398 

Under   military   government    399 

Enclosures    241B;    98(5) 

Endorsements : 

Correct   spelling    241B 

Correspondence   book    98(5) 

Post  of  Manila   96(6) 

Engineer  battalions,   organization    . .  . 

Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Pars.  47  &  49 

Engineer  Corps: 

Composition  ..Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  42 

Duties    57F 

Engineer  Officer  (See  "Post  Engineer 
Officer,"  "Post  Artillery  Engi- 
neer," and  "District  Artillery 
Engineer") 

Engineer  School    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.    148 


Enlisted   Men: 

Bathing  187  ("General") 

Civil  service  examination   227 

Classification  of   59E ;   60C 

Confinement  of,  by  N.  C.  Os' 178B 

Crimes  against  nature   225 

Debts,  payment  of 29C ;  203 

"Enlisted   Men,"   use  of  term 2911 

Field  equipment    330 

Funeral    294C 

How  addressed    .291   C-H 

How  to  address  officers.     See  "Titles." 

Marriage  of 223 A 

Payment  of,  how  conducted 233 

Post'  regulations    275 

Prices  of  articles  of  equipment  .... 

Sup.   Chap.  XXXV,  Par.   154 

Retired     59B 

School... Sup.   Chap.   XXIX,   Par.    138 

Treatment  of   

33A;  172  (The  Captain)  ;  246(8)  ;  393A 

Venereal  disease 223C 

Verifying   statements    of,  .  in    corre- 
spondence      240  B 

Entertainment  of  new  arrivals 21A 

Envelopes,    addressing : 

G.  C.  M.  proceedings   238C 

Social    24A 

To  office,  not  individual    238B 

Equipage,  camp 212 ;  336 

Equipment.     See    "Personal    equipment." 
Errors  most  frequently  made  in  paper 

work    240C 

Escorting    girls    26B-E 

Esprit  de  Corps   .  . .  v 389 

Estimates.     See  "Reports,   etc." 
Etiquette,    military.     See    "Military 

courtesy." 
Etiquette,  social: 

Book  on    25B 

See  "Calls"  and   "Invitations." 
Europe,   returning  from  Philippines 

via     446 

"Evening   Uniform."     See  "Special 
Full  Dress." 

Examinations,   civil  service    226 

Examinations   of   officers,    War.    Dept. 
orders,   circulars,   and  decisions 

regarding    

....Sup.  Chap.  XXXIV,  Par.   152 
Exchange  officer.     See  "Post  Ex- 
change Officer." 
Excess  baggage.  ..  .Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  17a 

Exterminators,  pest    477 

Extra  and  special  duty  men : 

Custom,    Adjutant's    office,    in    de- 
tailing        74(5) 

Lance  corporal  not  N.  C.  O 

162    (foot  note) 

Post  regulations    255 A 

Extra  fatigue  185A 

F 

Fathom    473A 

Fatigue,  extra   202B 

Feet,  care  of    355 

Felony,  definition  of    418 


INDEX. 


Field  allowance  of  baggage,  transpor- 
tation of Sup.  Chap.   I,  Par.   17a 

Field  Artillery,  organization    

....Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Pars.  47  &  51 

Field  Days   357 

Field  desk    337 

Field  equipment: 

Company    >. 212:    336 

Officers'    22C;    331 

Soldiers'     330 

Field  glasses: 

.Part  of  officers'  equipment    13C 

How  obtained    332 

Field  Officers    63G 

FIELD  SERVICE: 

Ammunition    336  ;   353 

Articles  to  be  taken  into  the  field  by: 

Officers     ".331 

•       Soldiers     330 

Articles  of  War,  54  &  55 345 

Baggage   allowance   and  transporta- 
tion of  same. .Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.   17a 

Bedding  roll 331 

Brooms,  improvised   ...353   (foot  note) 

Bunks     351 

Camping    345 

Camp,   police   of    352 

Canvas  roll    331 

Care  of  feet    355 

Chigers,   cure   for    333 

Commissary    334 

Compass    332 

Equipage    212;    336 

Equipment: 

Officers    331 

Soldiers    330 

Feet,  care  of    355 

Field    desk    337 

Field   glasses    332 

Field    Service    Regulations,    orders, 

circulars,    and   decisions    

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  167 

Forage    , 336 

Incineration  pit 350 

Kitchen    pits    349 

Kitchens    348 

Loading    wagons     353 

Marches    343 

Medicine  for: 

Animals    336 

Men    332;   339 

Mess    chests,    officers'    341 

Messing: 

Officers     . 340 

Soldiers.. Sup.   Chap.  XXI,   Par.   133 

Officers'    mess    340 

Ovens    351 

Personal   equipment: 

Officers'    331 

Soldiers'     330 

Pits,   kitchen    349 

Police  of  camp    352 

Preparation   before  taking   field 330 

Prisoners  and  sick   340 

Property  left  behind,  care  of 343 


FIELD  SERVICE   (Cont'd)  : 

Quartermaster     334 

Rations    335 

Reports  and  returns 339  (note) 

Sick  and  prisoners    340 

Sinks,  construction  of 347 

Tentage    33! 

Tents,    transportation    of    354 

Transportation    335 

Wagons,  loading  of   353 

Warm,  how  to  keep    334A 

Water    352 

Weights  of  articles  usually  taken  in- 
to field    460 

Wood    351 

War  Dept.  orders,  circulars,  and  de- 
cisions..Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  167 
Field    Service    Regulations,    parts 

amended,    etc » 

Sup.   Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  167 

"Field   and  Staff" 63H 

Fifty-ninth  Article  of  War 78 

Files: 

Miscellaneous     116 

Personal    orders    34C 

Fire-arms,  carrying  of 190B ;  275A 

Fire  commands    62C 

Firing  on  mobs 414 

First   impressions    21C 

First  Sergeant 176  &  180 

Fiscal  year Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  27 

Flag: 

Definition   of — saluting    300 

Folding  of   297A 

Position  at  half-staff    329 A 

To  and  from  half-staff 323 

Floors,  polishing    477 

Forage: 

Allowance Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.    19 

Ration   of    464 

To  be  taken  into  field   336 

Foreign    coins,    value    in    American 

money    - 474 

Foreign  languages,  translation  of 48A 

Foreign  service: 

Alaska 18B 

Cablegrams 19B 

Customs    regulations    440 

Extra  pay Sup.    Chap.   I,  Par.9 

Household  effects  to  be  taken  to 

Philippines 17A 

Returning  from  Philippines  via — 

India   447 

Siberia 446 

Suggestions,  Philippines   486 

Forethought     32C 

Forms    . . .' See   "Blank   forms" 

Forms  of: 

Company  fund  book    215 

Contract    464 

Depositions    and    certificates 455 

Power    of    attorney 464 

Will      465 

Writ   of  habeas   corpus 419 


INDEX. 


Forms  of  proceedings: 

Company  council    219 

Company  council  of  administration. 454 

Board  of  officers,  general   449 

Board   of  officers,   on   soldiers'   ser- 
vice     458 

Examining  board    452  (Note) 

Post  council  of  administration  ....453 
Retiring  board    452  (Note) 

Fortification,  books  on    45;  386D 

Fourth  of  July: 

Band  playing    288B 

Special  dinners    329B 

Franchise,  right  of 81 

Franco-German  War,  books  on.  ..40  ;  385 (h) 

Frederick  the  Great,  Wars  of,  books 

on   39 

Fuel  and  light  allowance  

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  20 

Fuel,  how  obtained   

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Fund,  company   215 

Funds,  loss  of   142 

Funeral : 

Boots,  heels  to  front   294C 

Guard  of  honor  over  remains  .....324 

Order    102D 

Soldier's — troops   commanded  by 

senior  N.  C.  0 294C 

Taps,  three  volleys,  etc 316 

G 

Gambling    189    (foot   note) 

Garcia,  A  Message  to 51 

Garden  seeds,  how  obtained   

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Garrison   Courts   302 

Garrison  Schools  for  Officers   

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  138 

General : 

Abbreviation  of    239C 

Use  of  term  in  conversation  and  cor- 
respondence   239C;  289(4) 

See    "Lieut.-General,"    "Major-Gen- 
eral" and  "General  Officers." 
General  Courts-Martial: 

Appearance  of  witness  before    ....233 

Customs  regarding 300 

Marking   of   envelope   containing 

proceedings    238C 

General  officers: 

Appointment   438 

Number Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  31 

Orderly  for 87(9)  ;  88(10) 

General  Staff  Corps: 

Act  of  Congress  creating   55B 

Composition.. Sup.   Chap.  Ill,  Par.  32 

Duties    56B 

Gloves   See  "White  Gloves" 

Gold  lace  and  braid,  care  of 478(2) 

Gossip    27C 

Government  publications   

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  29 

Grafton  Case   72 

Grain,  how  to  determine  quantity  of. 473 
Growling  and  Whining 28B 


Guard  duty: 

Commander  of  the  Guard   272 

Guard  report  book 270 

Instruction  of  recruit  in   236 

Musician  of  Guard 91 

Officer  of  the  Day 269 

Old  Guard  pass   277 

Persons   entitled   to   inspect-  the 

guard     272 

Uniform 268 

"Visit  of  Guard  and  Sentinels". ..  .271 

Guard   mount,   "Sounding  off"    322 

Guard  of  honor  over  remains 324 

Guests : 

Presenting  at  receptions 254(15) 

Seating  at  table   326 

H 

Habeas  Corpus,  writ  of 78  ;  419 

Haberdashery    15E 

Half-staff,  flag  at   329A 

Hand    473A 

Hanger,   coat  and  trouser    478 

Harmony  and  contentment: 

Company    195 

Post    259A 

Hay,  how  to  determine  quantity  of.. 473 

Heads  of  people,  going  over 35 C 

History: 

American,  study  of.. 38  (foot  note)  ;383A 

Of  United  States   383A 

Suggestions  on  reading 388 

Holidays : 

Bands   playing    288B 

Designation  of  National   

Chap.  VI,  Par.  62  (February) 

Special  dinners 329B 

Horse  equipments   obtainable  from 

Ordnance  Dept.    Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  2a 

Horse,   nomenclature  of 491 

Horses:  / 

Regulating  gait  in  post    303D 

Thrown   from    294B 

Transportation   of  by  Q.    M.    Dept. 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  lOa 

Household  effects : 

For    foreign    service 17B 

Shipment  of.... Sup.    Chap.   I,   Par.    17 

Supply   (initial)    17 A 

Houses : 

Attack   of .429 

Defense   of    430 

"How"    320 

How  to  succeed  in  the  Army 49 

Hunting   trouble    28A 


Ice,   how   obtained 

Sup.   Chap.   XV,  Par.  99 

Illuminating    supplies    

Sup.   Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Illegal  orders   247 

Impressions,    first    21C 

Incineration   pit    350 

Inclosures    98(5);   241B 


INDEX. 


India,  returning  from  Philippines  via. 447 

Indian   Scouts    58D 

"Indoors,"    meaning  of    230B 

Indorsements : 

Correct  spelling  of  word. . . .' 241 B 

In  general   98B 

Post  of  Manila 96(6) 

"In  duplicate,"   "In  triplicate" 243A 

Infantry: 

Meaning  of  term    320 

Organization.  ..Sup.    Chap.   Ill,  Par.  47 

"In    line    of    duty" 225 

Industry  and  perseverance 32B ;  49 

Insignia,  why  worn  on  left  breast. ..  .318 

Insignia  of  rank,  significance 323 

Inspections: 

Persons  entitled  to  inspect  guards.. 272 

Post 260B 

Saturday  Morning — object,  etc 204 

Thoroughness    of    236 

Inspector-General,      reception     of     at 

post    and    orderly    for 87(8) 

Inspector-General's   Dept. : 

Composition.  .Sup.   Chap.  Ill,  Par.  34 

Duties     56D 

Inspector  of  Small  Arms  Practice  ...372 
Instruction — companies     turned     over 
to     company     commanders     for 

certain   time 2S8A 

Insurance  of  life  and  property 22B 

Interlineations   to   be   initialed 243(9) 

Intrenching    tools,    prices 

Sup.    Chap.    XXXV,   Par.    155 

Introductions: 

Strangers  at  social  function?    26A 

Titles    used — See    "Introductions" 
under  "Customs  of  Service." 

Inventions,    patents    on 470 

Invitations: 

Ball  or  reception  of  general  nature.   25B 

Card   party    24C 

Dances     25D 

Dinner     23A 

How  answered    24B 

Not    accepting    until    called    on    by 

sender     284D 

Receptions,    teas,    "At    Homes"....  25A 

Wedding     25E 

Wedding    breakfast     24D 

Inviting   attention  to    237C 

Italian  War,  1859,  books  on 40 


Janitor   94 

"Jr.,"  authority  to  drop 440 

Judge   Advocate   General's   Dept. : 

Composition.  .Sup.   Chap.   Ill,   Par.  35 
Duties     56E 

K 

"Kicking"    28A 

Kitchens,  camp    348 

Kitchen  pits   349 

"Knocking"     28A 

Knock,    official     303  A 

Knots,   shoulder,   care  of .' 478(2) 


Labor  saving  devices,  Adjt.'s  office.. Ill 

Ladies,    saluting    ' 295C 

Lance  corporal: 

Not  N.  C.  0 176  (foot  note) 

Definition     60E 

Land-grant  roads   

Sup.    Chap.    I,    Par.    12 

Chap.  VII,  Par.  64 

Laundry    191 

Leave,  calls  before  going  on  and  after 

returning    from    285 A 

Leave,  officers' Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  27 

Leave  in  case  of  officers  returning  from 

foreign   service    444  B 

Leave  year   Sup.   Chap.  I,  Par.  27 

Letters : 

How     begun     2391 

Unnecessary    words    238G 

Signing   by: 

Adjutants 95(4)  ;    96(5) 

Aides     254A 

In  general..  237  A&B ;  239B ;  243.(10) 
Library: 

Company    199 

Military  Information  Div. : 

Manila     47 

Washington    47 

Personal     37A 

Post     278B 

War     Dept 47 

Lieutenants : 

Appointment    of 436 

Duties    173;    175 

How    addressed 289 

Lieutenant-Colonel,  how  addressed.  .289(4) 
Lieutenant-General : 

Abbreviation    of    term 239C 

Appropriate    command 65 A 

How    addressed     289(4) 

Rank    of    55B 

Life  Insurance   22B 

Light  and  fuel Sup.   Chap.  I,  Par.  20 

Limited  Retired  List,  "Retirement".  .438 

Line,   the    49C&D;    SOB 

Liquor,  exclusion  of,  from: 

Company    189    ("General") 

Post     275A 

Loading  of  wagons 353 

Lockers  190A;  191;  194B 

Loss   of  funds 142 

M 

Machine-Gun  Platoon,  Officer  in  com- 
mand of   371 

Major-General : 

Abbreviation  of  term 239C 

Appropriate  command 64F;  65C 

Duties     64G 

How    addressed     289(4) 

Malt,    sale   of   in   post   exchanges 

Sup.  Chap.  XI,  Par.  85a 

Management    of    dances     and     recep- 
tions      474 

Manila,    post    of 96(6) 

Manuals,   paragraphs  amended,   etc... 

....Sup.    Chap.   XXXV,   Par.    158 


INDEX. 

Maneuvers    388  Military  Courtesy  (cont'd)  : 

Map    Maneuvers    38:  Instruction    of   recruits    in 230 

Map    Problems    388  Keeping    step    with    senior    and    re- 
Map    Sketching  and    Map    Reading,  maining   on   his    left 51B 

books   on 45  Officers  saluting  on  meeting  and  on 

Marches,    regulations    governing 343  receiving  reports    30B 

Marking  property,  Q.  M 140  Riding  on  left   of  superior 31 B 

Marriage,  announcement  of,  cards    26 (Note)  Military  education    

Marriage    of    enlisted    men 223 A  See    "Educational    System,    etc." 

Martial     law,     employment     of    Army  Military   funerals See    "Funerals" 

under    398  Military    history : 

Matches Sup.   Chap.  XV,  Par.  99  Books    on    .37-39 

"Matinee,"   daily    304G  Of  America,  study  of 

Measures:  38    (foot  note);    383A 

Domestic     471  Of  United   States 383A 

Japanese    473  Suggestions    on    reading 388 

Philippine    472  Military    Information    Div.    Libraries, 

Medals— why  worn  on  left  breast 318  Washington    and    Manila 47 

Meddling  in  others'  affairs   28A  Military   Memoirs                              42;    386(0 

Medical   attendance    Military,  relation  to  civil ............    71 

%..Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  22  Military       reservations,       jurisdiction 

Medical   Department :  over  74&76 

Composition.. Sup.   Chap.    Ill,   Par.   39  Military  subordinate  to  the  civil 408A 

Duties      57C  Military    titles    See    "Titles" 

Medical  School    Military   weddings.      See   "Weddings" 

Sup.    Chap.    XXVII,    Par.    150  under  "Customs  of  Service." 

Medical  Officers,  how  addressed 290 A  Militia: 

Medicine  for:  Attendance     of     officers     at     Army 

Animals     336  schools    69A 

Men    332;    339  On   riot   duty 408 

Megaphone    91  Organization,   etc 67 

Memoirs,  military   42 ;   386 (f)  Regulations    governing,    paragraphs 

Memorandum    slips 112B  amended,     etc 

Memory,  improvement  of 176  Sup.    Chap.    XXXV,    Par.    157 

MESS:  Relations     with     48C 

Officers:  Titles     290B 

In   field    340  Visiting   cards    310 

In    garrison    27A&B  Mimeograph     USA 

Soldiers :  Mine    commands    62C 

In  railroad  traveling Minor    Wars,    books    on 43 

Sup.    Chap.    XXI,    Par.    133  Minority    reports    453 

In     garrison     195  Misdemeanor,    definition   of 418 

Message:  Mistake     most     frequently     made     in 

How  to  deliver 232  paper   work 240C 

To  Garcia   51  "Mister,"  use  of  in  addressing : 

Mess,   company    195  Chief    musicians     29 IF 

Mess    chest,    officers' 341  Officers    289 

Mess,    officers' 27A&B  Mobile  Army,  composition  of 55D 

Mess    Sergeant    185  Mobs: 

Messing   troops   traveling   by   rail....  Attack   of    427 

Sup.  Chap.  XXI,  Par.   133  Composition   of    423 

Method    and    system 33C  Firing  on    414 

Metric  system    472  See   "Riot  Duty." 

Mexican   War    41;    384(d)  Money,   foreign    474 

Mileage  and  transportation    Money  matters    29 B 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  12  Money  orders  made  payable  to  office, 

Military  attaches    376  not  to  individual 238B 

Military  courtesy:  Mops Sup.    Chap.   XV,   Par.   99 

Calling  on  post  and  other  com-  Mounted  Service  School 

manders      31D  Sup.    Chap.    XXVII,   Par.    144 

Deference    to    seniors 31 A  Musician    of    Guard 91 

Dismounting   before   addressing  un-  Muster  and  Pay   Rolls: 

mounted    superior    31C  General   principles,   rubber  stamps.. 244 

Extends    to    all    occasions 30A  Model    remarks    

Index     to     performance     of     other  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  114 

duties     30B  Post    regulations    278A 


INDEX. 


Muster  and  Pay  Rolls  (Cont'd)  : 

Preparation  of   

Sup.    Chap.    XVI,    Par.    113 

Typewriter,    use    of 

Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  113  (foot  note) 
Usual    mistakes    in    preparation    of 

Pay  Rolls   

Sup.    Chap.   XVI,   Par.    113a 

Muster,    customs    regarding 296B 

N 

Name,   changing    440 

Napoleonic  Wars,  books  on 39;   387 

National    airs     490 

National    Guard    See   "Militia" 

National  holidays.      See  "Holidays." 

National    Salute    318 

Navy,  use  of  titles  in: 

Chaplains     292(6) 

Chief  warrant   officers 292(9) 

Commander  and  higher  grades 291J 

Doctors    292(4) 

Introductions 292(7) 

Lieutenant-commander     and     lower 

grades    291J 

Midshipmen    292(8) 

Naval     and     assistant     naval     con- 
structors     292(5) 

Officers  in  command  of  ships 292(2) 

Paymasters,     asst.     and     past    asst. 

paymasters 292(3) 

Surgeons,  medical  inspectors,  etc.  292(4) 

Warrant   officers    293(10) 

New  arrivals,  entertainment  of  .   21 A 

Newspapers    34A 

New   Year's   Day: 

Calling    on    C.    O. ;    civil    officials ; 
dancing     old     year     out,     new 

year   in    286 A 

President's   reception   to   Army   and 

Navy      286C 

Special    dinners    329B 

Noncommissioned   officers : 

Appointment    of     186C 

Carrying  out   orders    1 78A 

Chief  of  squads,  duties   187 

Confining  soldiers    178B 

Duties,   general    178 

First  sergeant    176;    180 

Forbidden  to  act  as  barbers,  etc...!78A 

General  qualifications,  etc 176 

How  addressed : 

Chief  musician    291F 

Coast   Artillery    291H 

In    general    291C&D 

In    charge    of   quarters 185 

In   charge  of  squad   room 187 

Mess  sergeant    185 

Post  Noncommissioned  Staff: 

Composition     60F 

-   Customs,    affecting    260C 

Q.  M.  sergeant    185 

Reduction    and    resignation 179 

School ....  Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  137 
Nomenclature   of: 

Horse     491 

Saddle    .  ...492 


Obedience.. 234A;   246(7);   247(10);  413 
Officer   in   command    Machine-Gun 

Platoon 371 

Officer  of  the  Day: 

Post    regulations 269 

Reports  at  retreat 263    (foot  note) 

Officers: 

Allowances Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  16 

Appointment,  promotion,  and  retire- 
ment      436 

Arrest    of    86(3) 

Debts     29B&C 

Engaging   in  business 440 

Entertainment  of,  by  Adjt 86(4)  ;  87(8) 

Field  equipment    331 

How  addressed : 

In  third  person,  by  soldiers 232 A 

See  "Titles"  under  "Customs  of 
Service." 

Mess    chest    341 

Number  in  Army   

Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  31 

Post   regulations    262 

Register     262 

Relations    with    civilians    and    Mil- 
itia        48C 

Resignation  at  end  of  leave 295  B 

School.... Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  138 

Sending  for,  by  Adjt 83C;  84A 

Uniform    See    "Uniform" 

War   Dept.   orders  regarding  exam- 
ination      

....Sup.  Chap.  XXXIV,  Par.   152 
OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED: 

Addresses  of  all  Army  officers 48B 

Advice,     seeking 34D 

Allowances    of    officers 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  16 

Application  for  quarters    21 B 

Arms  and  equipment : 

General     remarks 16 

Outfitting    13 

Army  List  and  Directory 48B 

Arrival    at   station : 

Reporting    for    duty 19D 

Telegraphing     18G 

Attention  to  details 32D 

Bedding  and  professional  books....    18F 

Beneficiary,    designation    of 

Sup.    Chap.    I,    Par.    11. 

Books  : 

List   of,   for   library 39 

Purchasable     from     Secy.     Army 
Service    Schools,    Infty.    Asso- 
ciation, and  Cavy.  Association..   37 B 

Transportation    of    18F 

To  be  gotten  at  once.. 382   (foot  note) 

To  be   read   at   once 383 

Cablegrams    19B 

Calls : 

In    Washington    20B 

On  commanding  officer 20 A 

Returning     31E 

Civilian   clothing    15D 

Civilians  and  Militia,  relations  with..48C 


INDEX. 


OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  (Cont'd)  : 

Debt 29B&C 

Deference   to   seniors 31 A 

Designation    of   beneficiary 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  11 

Details,    attention   to 32D 

Dictionary,  foreign  languages 48A 

Dinner  invitations   23A 

Don'ts 35 

Dress,   punctiliousness    16C;    32D 

Drinking    f. 29A 

Enlisted  men,  treatment  of 

33A;  172  (The  Captain)  ;  246(8);  393A 

Entertainment     21A 

Field    equipment    22C 

First  impressions 21 C 

Foreign   languages,  translation   of..   48A 

Forethought    32C 

Gossip     27C 

Government   publications    

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  29 

Growling  and  whining 28B 

Horse    equipments    13B 

Household  effects    17A&B 

Hunting   trouble    28A 

Industry  and  perseverance 3; 

Insurance  of  life  and  property 22B 

Invitations    (See    "Invitations") 

"Kicking,"    "Knocking"    28 A 

Library: 

Military  Information  Div.,  Wash- 
ington and  Manila;  War  Dept.   47 

Personal     37 

Life   insurance    22B 

Meddling  in  others'  troubles    28A 

Messing     27A&B 

Method   and   system 33C 

Mileage  and  transportation   

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  12 

Military  courtesy: 

Deference   to   seniors    31A 

Dismounting     before      addressing 
unmounted   superior    31C 

Extends  to  all  occasions   30A 

General    remarks    30A 

Index    to    performance    of    other 
duties    30B 

Keeping  step  with  senior  and  re- 
maining on  his  left 31B 

Officers  saluting  on  meeting  and 
on  receiving  reports 30B 

Riding  on  left  of  superior 31B 

Money  matters  29B 

Officers'  mess   (club) 27A 

Orders,  legal,  obedience  to 247(10) 

Orders,  personal    34C 

Orders,      standing,      familiarization 

with 22A 

Ordnance  Dept.,  prices  of  arms  and 

equipments     13G 

Paper   work    33D 

a*Model  voucher"    

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  10 


OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  (Cont'd) : 

How  drawn,  foreign,   etc 

Sup.  Chap.   I,  Par.  9 

Second    lieutenants' 

Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.   lOa 

Perseverance  and  industry 32B 

Personal    equipment    13C 

Personal    library    37A 

Personal   orders    34C 

Post  gossip    27C 

Post   society — neglect   of,   for  town 

society    22D 

Prices,  Q.  M.  uniforms,  Manila  uni- 
forms   Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.   5 

Professional  books: 

List  of,  for  library 37A 

Purchase  from   Secretary   Service 
Schools,   Inf.   Association   and 

Cav.  Ass'n 37B 

Transportation    of    

18F;  Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.   17 

Promptness     32A 

Publications,  service    34A 

Punctuality    31E 

Quarters,  application  for 21 B 

Reports Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.   7 

Reporting   for   duty    19D 

Rubber     goods ISC 

Saluting    30B 

Scrap  book    34C 

Seeking    advice    34D 

Service  publications    34A 

Social  customs  of  the  service 22D 

Society,   post — neglect   of  for   town 

society    22D 

Soldiers,  treatment  of.     See  "Treat- 
ment   ot    soldiers" 
Standing       orders,       familiarization 

with     22A 

Stationery    18E 

System   and   method 33C 

Telegraphing  arrival  at  station 18G 

Translating    48A 

Treatment    of    soldiers 

33A;  172 /The  Captain);  246(8);  393A 

Transportation  and  mileage 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  12 

Trouble,  hunting   28A 

Uniforms    13H;    14A 

Visiting   cards.     See    "Visiting    cards." 

War    Dept.    publications 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  29 

Whining  and  growling 28B 

Underwear     16A 

Officers,   self-improvement    175 

Officers    engaging   in   business 440 

Officers'    Mess    (club) .'. .  27A&B 

Officers'    Mess,    field 340 

Officers'   Register    266 

"Official  copy"    243(8) 

Official    knock     303A 

Official   mail,   registration  of 238F 

Oil,  how  obtained 

Sup.    Chap.   XV,    Par.    99 

Old    Guard   pass 277 


INDEX. 


Orderly   for : 

Commanding  officer 92 

Generals    87(9);   88(10) 

Judge- Advocate     301 A 

Inspector-General      86(8) 

Orders: 

Company     214 

For   sentinels    274A 

General    principles    101 

Index  to   v 116 

Perfunctory  transmission  of    178A' 

Personal    file     34C 

Post  and  regimental 102 

Regarding  examination  of  officers.. 
....Sup.  Chap.  XXXIV,  Par.   152 

Standing,  familiarization  with 20 A 

Ordnance    Department : 

Composition. .  .Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  41 

Duties    57B 

Prices    of    stores 

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  154 

Purchase   of  stores  by   officers 

Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.   26 

Stores,   how   obtained 

Sup.   Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Ordnance  officer 

See    "Post    Ordnance    Officer" 
and     "Artillery     District     Ord- 
nance  Officer." 
Ordnance    return    for    personal    horse 

equipment Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  2a 

Ordnance    return,    personal    property 

of   Co.   Comdr 227 

Ordnance  stores,  how  obtained 

Sup.    Chap.    XV,    Par.    99 

Chap.  XXXV,  Par.   154 

Organization,    books    on 386E 

Organization   of   the  Army 

....  See    "Army,    Organization   of" 

Organization  of   Militia    67 

Ovens,   field    351 

Overcoat     ISA 


Pack    animals,    capacity    464 

Papers : 

Accomplishing  in  duplicate,  etc.... 243 A 
Addressing  to  office,  not  to  the  in- 
dividual      238B 

Analyzing    95(1) 

Check    on 89(6);    113A 

Delivery  of,  Adjutant's*  office 

89(5);    261    (foot   note) 

Official     copy     243(8) 

Signing    of: 

By    Adjutants 95(4);    96(5) 

By  Aides    254 

In  general. 237A  &  B ;  239  B ;  243(10) 
PAPER   WORK: 
Abbreviations  in: 

Paper   work    .' 101 

Military    titles    239A 

Address  of  all  officers   238D 

Addressing    communications : 

To  office,  not  individual    238B 

To  War   Department 238D 

Adjutant's  office 95 


PAPER  WORK  (Cont'd) : 

Aides    254 

Analyzing   communications    95(1) 

Annotations     100B 

Army  Regulations,  paragraph  most 

violated    

..240C;  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  112 

"A    true    copy" 243(8) 

Attention,  "calling"  and  "inviting".  23  7  C 

Briefing    85;    242(3) 

"By    command"     237B 

"By  order"   96(5);  237B 

Calling   attention  to 237C 

Card  system    97   (foot  note) 

Channels  of  communication 237A 

Check  on  papers 89(6);   113A 

Commanding       officer,       "desires," 

"wishes"     237D 

Communications,   signing  of    

95(4);    96(5);    237A&B 

Copies : 

Duplicate,    triplicate,   etc 243(5) 

"Official,"    "True" 243(8) 

To    be    kept 240B 

Correspondence : 

Adjutant's  office    95 

Aides    254 

In   general    

..237;  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  Ill 
Correspondence  book,  how  kept. ...   97 

Cross    reference ,. 100 A 

Descriptive    lists 2-*? A 

"Desires,"  the  commanding  ofT.cer.237D 

Document  file    97 

"Duplicate"     243A 

Enclosure    85(5) 

Endorsements : 

Correct  spelling   241B 

Correspondence  book   98B 

Post  of  Manila   96(6) 

Envelopes,   addressing  of: 

G.   C.   M.   proceedings    238C 

Social 24A 

To  office  and  not  to  individual. .  .238B 
Envelopes,  enclosing  of  to  civilians  238E 

Errors   most   frequently   made 240C 

Estimates See    "Reports,    etc." 

"General,"  use  and  abbreviation  of 

term 239B&C;    289(4) 

Honor,  I  have  the 238 

How  to  learn  paper  work    33D 

Inclosure    98(5);   241B 

Indorsements : 

Correct     spelling 241B 

Correspondence  book   98B 

Post  of  Manila 96(6) 

"In  duplicate,"  "In  triplicate" 243A 

Interlineations  to  be  initialed 234(9) 

Inviting   attention   to 237C 

Letters: 

How    begun    239B 

Signing  by: 

Adjutants    95(4);   96(5) 

Aides     254A 

In  general..  237  A&B;  239B  ;  243(10) 
Unnecessary  words   238G 


INDEX. 

PAPER  WORK  (Cont'd)  :  PAPER   WORK   (Cont'd)  : 

Memorandum   slips    ........  .  ......  112B  Suoerfluous    words     ......                 ..238G 

Mistake   most  frequently  made  .....  240L  Telegraphing                                              244B 

Muster    and    pay    rolls:  ««The    commanding'  VfficeV  "desires'," 

General  principles  ;  rubber  stamps  "wishes"     ....................  237D 

,    :  •,  .......  ,  ...................  244  "Through  military  channels".  .237*;  24  IB 

Model   remarks    ................  Titles,   abbreviation  of  .............  239A 

......  Sup.    Chap.    XVI,    Par.    114  «True   copy»    ...................  243(8) 

Preparation  of   ••••••  ••  •  ••  ••••••,  Unnecessary  words    .  ,  .............  238G 

.......  bup.   Chap.   XVI,   Par.    113  Verifying  statements   by  soldiers.  .  .240B 

Usual  mistakes  in  preparation   of  "Wishc-s,"  the  commanding  officer..  237D 

pay  rolls.  .bup.  Chap.  XVI,  Far.  113  A  para(je 

Orders:  Meaning  of  term,  to  be  held  daily, 

Company     ....    ................  214  etc  ..............   110  (foot  note) 

General    principles    .............  101  Object    ...........................  260  A 

Index  to    ......................  116  Origin    ..........................  322 

Post   and   regimental  ............  102  "Sounding  off"    ..................  322 

Papers:  Passes,  different  systems,  etc   ......  276B 

Accomplishing  in  duplicate,  etc.  ..243  A  p_cc  i;cfo                                                        177 

Addressing  to  office,  not  to  .....  'S   ....................  '  ..... 

individual   ....................  238B 


Analyzing     ....................    95(1)  . 

Check  on   ...............  89(6);    113A  Patriotic   songs        ..................  490 

Delivery    of,    Adjutant's    office  ......  Pay:  , 

..........  89(5);    261    (foot    note)  A2-del  vo«cher..  .Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  10 

Official  Copy   .................  243(8)  Officers,  how  drawn,  foreign  service 

Signing  of:  ,     ............  Sup.    Chap.    I,   Par.    9 

By  Adjutants   .........  95(4);  96(5)  Of  officers  and  men   ..............  484 

By  aides  .  .  .,  .................  254A  Second   lieutenants'    .............. 

In  general.  .237A&B;  239B  ;  243(10)  ............  Sup.  Chap.  I.  Par.   lOa 

Pay  and  muster  rolls  :  Pay  and  Muster  Rolls  : 

General  principles,  rubber  stamps.  244B  General  principles;  rubber  stamps..  244 

Model   remarks    ................  Model    remarks    .........  ......... 

........  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  114  .......  Sup.    Chap.   XVI,   Par.    114 

Preparation   of    .................  Post,  regulations  about    ...........  278  A 

........  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  113  Preparation  of   ................... 

Usual  mistakes  in  preparation  of  ...^  ...Sup.   Chap.   XVI,   Par.    113 

pay  rolls    ....................  Typewriter,  use  of   ............... 

......  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.   113A  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  113  (foot  note) 

Post   regulations   about   correspond-  Usual  mistakes  in  preparation  of 

ence    .....  ...................  277  pay  rolls..  Sup.  Chap.  XVI,  Par.  113A 

Rank   after  signature  ..............  239B  Pay  department: 

Registration,    official    mail  .........  238F  Composition.  ..Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  40 

Respectfully,    I    would  .............  238A  Duties    ...........................   57F) 

Reports    .........................  Payment,   how  conducted    ......  233  ;   302B 

See    under    "R,"    "Reports,    re-  Pay  table   ..........................  484 

turns,     estimates,     and     requisi-  Penetration  of  rifle  .................  461 

tions*."  Pensions    ..........................  486 

Rubber  stamps:  Perseverance  and  industry  ......  32B  ;  49 

Adjutant's   office    .........  100C;    111  A  Personal  effects,  shipment  of  ----  ____    18F 

Commissary     ...................  1  52C  Personal  equipment  : 

Company    ................  213;    244  Care  of  .....................  235;  478 

For  papers   received  .............  100C  Officers'    .........................  331 

Muster  and   pay   rolls  ...........  244  Prices  of  articles  of   (soldiers').... 

Post  of  Manila  ................   96(6)  ....Sup.    Chap.   XXXII,   Par.    154 

Quartermaster     ................  142  Soldiers'    ...................  235  ;    330 

Signature,   copy    ..................  243B  Personal  library    ....................    37A 

Signing  of  papers  by:  Personal  orders,  file  of    .............   34C 

Adjutant    ...............  95(4)  ;   96(5)  Personal  staff   ......................    64A 

Aides     .........................  254A  Pest  exterminators   .................  477 

In  general...  237  A&B;   239B  ;    243(10)  Philippine  Scouts    .................. 

Stamps,    postage,    for   official    mail..238F  .....  65E;  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  52 

Stationery:  Philippine  service.    See  "Foreign  Service." 

Aides-de-camp    .................  255  Philippine  tariff  ....................  443 

Officers  just  appointed   ..........    18E  Pigeon-hole  box    ................  ...  1  16 

Pits,  kitchen   .......................  349 


INDEX. 


Pledges    323 

Plumbing  fixtures 

Sup.   Chap.   XIX,   Par.    126 

Policing  of: 

Camp    352 

Post  (duties  of  police  officer,  etc.). 267 

Polishing  floors   477 

Pool  table    199A 

Porto   Rico   Regiment  of  Infantry....    65D 
POST  ADJUTANT: 

Annotation     100B 

Army   Regulations    

Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.   56 

Basket   system    112A 

Books,  case  for    USD 

Books  of  reference   

Sup.   Chap.  VI,  Par.  60 

Blanks: 

Local    117 

War  Dept....Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.  61 

Business  routine  of  the  office 88 

"By  order"    95  (4? 

Case  for  books  USD 

Check  on  papers    89(6);    113A 

Clerks     90 

Commanding  officer's  orderly    92 

Conveniences    Ill 

Correspondence  book  . . . 97 

Customs  of  the  Service,  affecting..   86 
Daily  transaction   of   routine  busi- 
ness with   commanding  officer..   85B 

Delegated    authority    83C 

Delivery  book    89(5) 

Document   file    97 

Dress    and    bearing    84B 

Duplicating   device    USA 

Duties     82 

Electric  bells 115C 

Entertaining  new  comers   21 A 

File  case  for  books   USD 

Files,  miscellaneous    116 

Forms : 

Local    117 

War  Dept...Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.  61 

Index  of  orders    116 

Janitor    94 

Labor-saving  devices   Ill 

Megaphone    91 

Memorandum   slips    1 12B 

Mimeograph     115A 

Musician  of  the  Guard    91 

Necessary  knowledge    84E 

Office  hours    261 

Orders : 

Local    101 

War  Dept...Sup.   Chap.   VI,   Par.   55 

Paper  work  and  correspondence 95 

Pass  lists    133 

Post  of  Manila    96(6) 

Post   regulations    261 

"Presenting   compliments"    84A 

Printing  press    114 

Promoter  of  contentment,  etc 82B 

Relations  with  C.  0 83A 


POST  ADJUTANT   (Cont'd) : 

Reports,  requisitions,  returns    

Sup.   Chap,  VI,   Par.  62 

Rubber  stamps 100C  ;  111A 

Sending  for  officers    83C;   84A 

Sergeant-Major    88B 

Signing  papers 95(4)  ;  96(5) 

Talking  outside  about  official   busi- 
ness       84C 

Telephone  clerk    93 

Tickler 112C 

Typewriter     1 15B 

War    Dept.    orders,    circulars,    and 

decisions    

-     Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.  55 

POST  ADMINISTRATION: 

Administration  of  post    257 

Adjutant    261 

Athletics    325 

Bakery.. 279;  Sup.  Chap.  XIX,  Par.  127 

Commander   of  the   Guard    272 

Commanding  officer,  general  duties, 

etc 257 

Command  of  post 257 

Commissary    262 

Contentment  and  harmony   259A 

Correspondence    277 

Damage  to  plumbing 273A 

Enlisted  men,  regulations  regarding   275 

Extra  and  special  duty  men  : 276 A 

General  regulations   ." 272 

Government  of  post 257 

Guard  duty   269 

Guard  report  book   270 

Harmony  and  contentment 259 A 

Inspections,  command  and  post    ...260B 

Library 278B 

Muster  and  pay  rolls    278A 

Officers    262 

Officer  of  the  Day   269 

Officers'   Register    262 

Old  Guard  pass   277 

Orders    for    sentinels    274 A 

Organization   commanders    264 

Parades,   reviews,   etc 260A 

Passes    276B 

Pay  and  muster  rolls    278A 

Police   regulations    267 

Post   Noncommissioned   Staff    260C 

Post  regulations    261 

Post   school    279 

Post  Treasurer.     See  "Bakery." 

Prisoners    274B 

Quartermaster    261 

Receiving  reports  at  Retreat  forma- 
tion        263    (foot  note) 

Rules   for  government   of  post    ....261 

School    279 

Servant  question  regulated,  75  (Foot  note) 
Soldiers,  regulations  regarding   ....275 

Staff 259B 

Summary  court .266 

Uniform    268 

"Visit  of  Guard  and  Sentinels"   ...271 
Weapons    275A 


INDEX. 


Post  Artillery  Engineer; 

Duties    170 

Returns,  War  Dept.  orders,  circu- 
lars, and  decisions  

Sup.   Chap.   XIII 

Post  Athletic  Officer: 

Athletic  field   362 

Duties    356 

Field  days 357 

Post  Commissary: 

Army   Regulations,   War    Dept.    or- 
ders,  circulars,   and  decisions . . 
..Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Pars.  75  &  76 
Blank  forms. Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  78 

Books  of  reference  • 

Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  77 

Duties    151 

Field   334 

Funds,  loss  of 152 

Messing  troops   traveling  by  rail . . 

.... Sup.  Chap.  XXI,  Par.  133 

Office  rules  and  regulations    262 

Post  regulations   262 

Purchase  of  stores  by  officers 

Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.   24 

Reports,    returns,    requisitions    

Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  79 

Rubber  stamps   152C 

War  Dept.  orders,  circulars,  and  de- 
cisions. .Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  75 
Post   Council  of  Administration,   pro- 
ceedings   453 

Post  Engineer  Officer: 

Duties 170 

Returns.  War  Dept.  orders,  circu- 
lars, and  decisions,  Army 

Regulations,    paragraphs    

Sup.   Chap.   XIII 

Post  Exchange  Officer: 

Duties    160 

Reports Sup.  Chap.  X,  Par.  85 

Sale  of  alcoholic  drinks   

Sup.  Chap.  X,  Par.  85a 

War   Dept.    orders,   circulars,   and 

decisions... Sup.  Chap.  X,  Par.  84 
Post    Exchange    Regulations,    pars. 

amended,  etc 

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  170 

Post  gossip    27C 

Post  Noncommissioned  Staff: 

Composition   

....48F;  Sup.   Chap.   Ill,  Par.  46 

Customs   affecting   260C 

Post  of  Manila: 

Rubber  stamps    96(6) 

System  of  indorsements   96(6) 

Post  Ordnance  Officer: 

Duties    168 

Returns,  War  Dept.  orders,  circu- 
lars, and  decisions  

Sup.    Chap.    XII 

Post   Prison  Officer: 

Army  Regulations  pars. ;  reports, 
returns,  estimates,  and  requisi- 
tions   Sup.  Chap.  XI 

Duties    166 

Post  regulationssregarding  prisoners  274B 


Post  Quartermaster: 

Army   Regulations,   pars 

Sup.    Chap.   VII,   Par.   65 

Blanks,  local    146 

Books  of  reference 

Sup.   Chap.  VII,  Par.  66 

Duties    140 

Damage   to    plumbing,    etc 273 A 

Estimates   and   requisitions    

. . .  .Sup.  Chap.  VII,  Pars.  71  &  73 

Field 334    * 

Forms,  local    146 

Funds,  loss  of  142 

Land-grant  roads    

Sup.   Chap.  VII,  Par.  64 

Loss  of  funds   142 

Messing  troops  traveling  by  rail   . . 

Sup.  Chap.  XXI,  Par.   133 

Office  rules  and  regulations 261 

War  Dept.  orders,  circulars,  and 
decisions.. Sup.  Chap.  VII,  Pap.  63 

Post   regulations    261 

Property,   marking  of    140 

Purchase  of  stores  by  officers 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  25 

Records .Sup.  Chap.  VII,  Par.  67 

Reports,  requisitions,  returns 

Sup.   Chap.  VII,  Par.  71 

Requisitions   and   estimates    

..Sup.   Chap.   VII,   Pars.  71   &  73 

Rubber  stamps    142 

Post  Range  Officer .364 

Post  Recruiting  Officer: 

Blank  forms,  reports  and  returns ; 
War  Dept.  orders,  circulars,  and 
decisions ;  Army  Regulations . . 

Sup.  Chap.  IX 

Duties    159 

Post  Schools  for  soldiers 

....Sup.   Chap.   XXVII,   Par.    136 
Post  Signal   Officer: 

Duties 171 

Returns;    War   Dept.    orders,    circu- 
lars, and  decisions ;  Army  Reg- 
ulations  Sup.    Chap.   KIV 

Power  of  attorney   464 

"Presenting  compliments"    302D 

Presenting  guests  at  receptions   ...254(15) 

Presents    298A 

President's    New    Year's    reception    to 

Army  and  Navy 286C 

President's  Salute 319 

Prices: 

Articles  of  soldiers'  equipment,  etc. 

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  154 

Ordnance  Dept.  stores    

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  4 

Q.    M.    D.   uniforms,   etc 

Sup.  Chap.  I.  Par.  6 

Uniforms  in  Manila  ....." 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  5 

Printing  Press 114 

Prisoners: 

Disposition   of  before   going  into 

field   340 

Post  regulations    274B 

Prison  officer.     See  "Post  Prwon  Officer" 


INDEX. 


Private,  status  of  59E 

Privileges : 

Granting    201D 

Withholding  , 204 

Proceedings : 

Board   of  officers,  general    449 

Board   of  officers,   on  soldiers'   ser- 
vice      f 458 

Company  council    219 

Company  council  of  administration. 454 

Examining  board    452  (Note) 

G.  C.  M.,  mailing  238C 

Post  council  of  administration   ....453 
Retiring   board    452  (Note) 

Professional  books.     See  "Books." 

Professional  Study  and  Reading.     See 
"Educational  System,  etc." 

Professors   at   West   Point,   how  ad- 
dressed     290(7) 

Promotion  of: 

Enlisted  men   178C;   436(2) 

Officers    438 

Promptness   32A 

Property: 

Care  of,  when  left  in  post 343 

Company  book    222 

Marking  of: 

Company    204(1) 

Q.  M 140 

Responsibility  204 

Seizure,  use  and  destruction  of,  on 
active  duty 420 

Property  book,  company 222 

Psychology  of  crowds,  book  on 423 A 

Publications,  service   34A 

Publication  of  books   440 

Punch : 

Recipes    476 

"The  — th  Infantry" 303C 

Punctuality    31E 

Punishments : 

Application  of   246(9) 

Disciplinary     202B 

Object  of 245 


Quarters : 

Application  for   21B 

Company,  inspection  of 193 

Quartermaster.     See    "Post    Quarter- 
master." 

Quartermaster's  Department : 
Composition... Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  37 
Duties    57A 

8.  M.  Sergeant,  company 185. 
.   M.   Sergeant,   company 185 

Sup.   Chap.   XXXII,  Par.   154 


Railroad  cars,  capacities 464 

Railways,  defense  of 431 

Range  officer   364 

Range  of  rifle  461 

Rank,  insignia,  significance 323 

Rank  and  file 59C 

Ration : 

How  obtained.. Sup  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 
Of  forage   464 


Ration   (cont'd) 
To  be  taken  into  field  ............  355 

Weight     .........................  463 

Reading.     See  "Educational  System,  etc." 
Receiving  distinguished  guests   ......  287  A 

Receptions.     See  "Receptions"   under 

"Customs  of  the  Service." 
Recipes,  punches,  etc  ...............  476 

Recruit,  instruction  of  ..............  227 

Recruiting    Officer.     See    "Post    Re- 

cruiting Officer." 

Reduction  of  noncommissioned  officers  179 
Regiment   ..........................   63D 

Regimental  court    ....................  302 

Regimental  mess   ..............  328;  391A 

Regimental  Field  and  Staff  .........  63H 

Regimental  N.   C.  Staff  .............  60A 

Regimental  Staff: 

Composition  ..................  63E  &  I 

Resignation    ......................  297B 

Register,  officers'    ..................  262 

Registration,   official  mail   ...........  238F 

Regular  Army: 

Authorized  strength  ...  Sup.   Chap.   Ill 
Composition   of   ..................   55D 

Employment  of: 
As  posse  comitatus  .........  73  ;  395 

On  riot  duty  ...................  408 

Public  catastrophes    ............  401 

Regulations    Governing    Militia,    pars. 
amended,    etc  ...........  ..... 

.....  Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  157 

Relations  of  military  to  civil  .........  71 

Relations  with   civilians   and  national 

guardsmen  48  C 

Relinquishing  command  of  company.  .227  A 
Removing  cap  in  Adjt.'s  office  ......  87(6) 

Reporting  for  duty: 
At   post    .........................   19D 

In  Washington   ...................  20B 

Peports,  receiving  at  retreat  263  (foot  note) 
Reports,  returns,  estimates,  and  requi- 

sitions : 
Adjutant  ......  Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.  62 

Aides-de-Camp    ...................  250B 

Commissary.  Sup.  Chap.  VIII,  Par.  79 
Company....  Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  110 

Detached  service  ..........  339  (note) 


Engineer  Officer 

........  Sup.  Chap.  XIII,  Par.  93 

General  principles   ................  241A 

Individual,  ordnance  horse  equipment 

.............  Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  2 

Officers  just  appointed   ........... 

............  Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.   7 

Ordnance  officers   ................ 

.....  Sup.  Chap.  XII,  Par.  87-8-9 
Ordnance  returns  for  personal  horse 

equipment.  .  .Sup.  Chap.   I,  Par.  2a 
Ordnance   return,    personal   prop- 

erty of  Co.  Comdr  ............  207A 

Prison  officer  ----  Sup.  Chap.  XI,  Par.  86 

Quartermaster    ................... 

...Sup.  Chap.  VII,  Pars.  71  &  73 
Recruiting  officer    ................ 

..........  Sup.  Chap.  IX,  Par.  82 

Signal  officer  .........  Sup.  Chap.  XIV 


INDEX. 


Requisitions.     See   "Reports." 
Reservations,    military,    jurisdiction 

over 74  &  76 

Residence  and  domicile 80 

Resignation  of: 

Officers,  at  end  of  leave 295D 

Noncommissioned    officers    179 

Regimental  staff  officers 297B 

Retired  enlisted  men    59D 

Retired  officers 59A 

Retirement  of  officers   438 

Retiring  boards,  proceedings  of  452  (Note) 
Retreat,  receiving  reports  at.. 263  (footnote) 
Returns.  See  "Reports,  etc." 

Reveille,  words  to 282 

Reviews   and   parades,    origin    298 

Reviews,  object  of   239 

Rewards  and  privileges   184D 

Riding  on  left  of  superior 24 A  ;  280 A 

Riding,  regulation  of  gait  in  post....280H 

Rifle,  weight,   range,  penetration 461 

RIOT   DUTY: 

Army  Regulations  on  subject   423 

Arrest  of: 

Officers  and  soldiers  on  riot  duty  418 

Rioters     417 

Assembling  of  Militia   423 

Attacking: 

Barricades    428 

Houses 429 

Mobs    427 

Barricades 

Attack   of    428 

Construction  of   43 1 

Bluffing  mobs 432 

Camp  grounds    42 1 

Civil  control   of  troops    412 

Cowards  make  up  mobs   423 

Curfew    ..434 

Difference  between  felony  and  mis- 
demeanor     418 

Dispersfng  mobs    427 

Firing  by  troops  on  riot  duty   ....414 

Habeas  corpus 419 

Haranguing  mobs    432 

Houses : 

Attack   of    429 

Defense   of    430 

Quelling  riots  at  beginning   422 

"In  time  of  peace  prepare  for  war"  421 

Leaving  the  armory 425 

Legal    side 408 

Liability  for  acts  done  in  obedience 

to   orders    413 

Marching  to  scene  of  trouble   425 

Military   subordinate  to   civil    408 

Ministers    434 

Mobs   composed   of  cowards    423 

Nature  of  duty    408 

Property : 

Must  be  respected    420 

Seizure,  use,  and  destruction  of.. 420 

Public   meetings    434 

Railways,  defense  of   431 

Relations   with   civilians    420 

Ruffian  element   432 

Saloons,   closing  of 433 


RIOT    DUTY    (Cont'd) : 

Strategy    '. 433 

Supposed  case   41 1 

Tactical     side 421 

Theaters    and    other    places    of 

amusement    434 

Traffic  routes 432 

Troops    not    to    be    separated   too 

much     432 

When  the  Militia  may  be  called  out. 411 
When  the   Regular  Army  may   be 

called   out    410 

Room  orderlies    172 

Rubber  cape  and  boots   15C 

Rubber  stamps: 

Adjutant    100C;    111  A 

Commissary 152C 

Company    lOOc;   213;   244 

For  papers   received    100C 

Muster  and  pay  rolls  • 244 

Post  of  Manila 96(6) 

Quartermaster    142 

Russo-Japanese  War,   books  on.. 44,  385(i) 
Russo-Turkish  War    41 


Saber: 

Not  worn  at  dances   304C 

Placing  officers  in  arrest    86(3) 

Saddle,  nomenclature  of   492 

Saddlers'   School    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  151 

Sale  of  clothing 205 

Salute : 

International      318 

Nature  of   227   (The  Recruit) 

Origin  of   317 

President's    319 

To  the  Union   319 

Saluting: 

By  soldiers   230 A 

Ladies    295C 

Officers,  on  meeting  and  making  re- 
ports        30B 

Sapolio,    how    obtained    

Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Saturday  morning  inspection 204 

Schools: 

Attendance   of   Militia   officers 58A 

Books  used  in  garrison  school    .... 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  139 

Coast   Artillery    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  143 

Engineer.. Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  148 

Enlisted  men's   

-Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Pars.  136;  258 

Field    Engineer    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  141a 

For   bakers  and   cooks    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  147 

For  farriers  and  horseshoers   

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.   146 

For    saddlers    and    Field    Artillery 

battery    mechanics    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  151 

Medical.. Sup.    Chap.   XXIX,   Par.    150 


INDEX. 


Schools   (Cont'd)  : 

Mounted   Service    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  147 

N.  C.  O...Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  137 
Of  the  Line  Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  140 

Signal  School   

Sun.    Chap.   XXIX,    Par.    141 

Staff   College    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  142 

War    College    

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.   149 

Scouts,   Indian    58D 

Scouts,   Philippine    

....65E;   Sup.   Chap.   Ill,  Par.   52 

Scrap  Book   34C 

Scrubbing  brushes,  how  obtained   .... 

. Sup.    Chap.   XV,    Par.   99 

Seeking  advice   34D 

Sentinels,  orders  for   274A 

Sergeant-Major : 

Artillery,  duties     Sup.  Chap.  VI,  Par.  58 

Post,  duties   88B 

Servant  question,  regulating,  75  (Foot 
note.) 

Service   publications    34A 

Shelter-tent: 

Camp,  inspection  of   192 

Contents   of   roll    192 

Folding  of    194A 

Shipment  of  property 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  17 

Ships,    calling   aboard 253(d  &  f)  ;    285D 

Shirts    480(7) 

Shoemakers   and    tailors,    soldiers    act- 
ing as    223B 

Shoes: 

Care   of 482 

Stetson     479(5) 

Trees    479(5) 

Shoulder  knots  and  straps,  care  of .  .478(2) 

Siberia,  returning  from  Philippines  via  446 

Sick : 

Disposition  of,  before  going  into 

field     : 340 

Officers 263A 

Soldiers    190C 

Signal   Code 493 

Signal  Corps : 

Composition.  .Sup.   Chap.    Ill,   Par.   43 
Duties   •. 58A 

Signal   Officer.     See   "Post   Signal 
Officer." 

Signal  School 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.   141 

Signature: 

Copying    243B 

Legible    35C 

Signing  papers: 

By  adjutant    95(4);   96(5) 

By  aides    254A 

In  general   ..237  A  &  B;  239B;  243(10) 

Sinks,  camp    347 

Slang    306 

Slate,   how  to  clean    477 

Small-Arms   Firing   Regulations,   pars, 
amended,  etc 


Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  168 

Small-Arms    Practice,    inspector   of.      372 
Soap,  how  obtained    

Sup.   Chap.   XV,   Par.  99 

Social   Customs   of  the  Service.     See 

"Customs  of  the   Service." 

Social  etiquette,  book  on 25B 

Social  functions,  dress  to  be  worn. . . . 

293  B  &  C 

Society,   post — neglect  of,   for  that   of 

town    22D 

Soldier,   use  of  term    •• 2911 

Soldiers.     See  "Enlisted  Men." 

"Sounding  off"    322 

Songs,  patriotic 490 

Span 473A 

Spanish-American    War,    books    on... 

43;    384(f) 

Spanish-American  War  Veterans,  how 

addressed    29 1 B 

Special  full  dress   14D 

Special  and  extra  duty  men: 

Custom,   Adjt.'s   office   in  detailing  87(5) 
Lance  corporal  not  N.  C.  O 

176  (foot  note) 

Post   regulations    276 A 

Spots,  how  removed    481 

Squadron    63C 

Staff   College    

....Sup.    Chap.   XXVII,   Par.    142 

Staff  rides    387 

Staff,  the    60C 

Stains,  how  removed    481 

Stamps,    registration   for   official   use.  .238F 
Stamps,  rubber.     See  "Rubber  stamps." 

Standards,   definition    300 

Standing  orders,  familiarization  with..   22A 

Star  Spangled  Banner 490 

Stationery: 

Aides-de-camp    255 

How  obtained    Sup.   Chap. 

I,  Par.  21 ;  Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Officers  just  appointed   18E 

Strategy,  books  on    385B 

Strength  of  Army 

Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  30 

Study.     See  "Educational  System,  etc." 

Subordination  of  military  to  civil 408A 

Subsistence  Dept. : 

Composition.  .Sup.   Chap.   Ill,  Par.   38 

Duties    57B 

Purchase  of  stores    

Sup.   Chap.   I,   Par.   24 

Success  in  the  Army 49 

Suggestions  to  ladies  going  to   Phil- 
ippines     486 

Suggestions  to  officers  just  appointed. 

See  "Officers  just  appointed." 
Summary   Court: 

Customs   regarding    302 

Officer    371 

Post    regulations    266 

Publishing  sentences  to  companies. 

203    (note) 

Supply,   books   on    45;   386c 

Surgeon,  the   64B 


Surgeons: 

Appointment  of   437 

How   addressed    290 A;   292(4) 

Surveying  officers 37A« 

System  and  method   33C 

System  of  Military   Education.     See 

"Educational   System,   etc. 
Sweater  for  field  service   334A 


Table  manners   • 27B 

Tableware,  prices   

....Sup.  Chap.  XXXII,  Par.   154 

Tactical   ride    387 

Tactical   walk 388 

Tactics,  books  on   46;   385A 

Tailors  and  shoemakers,  soldiers  act- 
ing as   223B 

Taps: 

At  funerals 316 

Words   to    305 

Tariff,   Philippines    443 

Taxation    80 

Teas,  calls  and  cards 25A ;  314E 

Telegraphing 244B 

Telegraphing  arrival  at  station ISO 

Telephone  Clerk   93 

CFor'  field  service  . .. 335  ;  354 

Transportation  of,  in  field   354 

See  "Shelter  tents." 
Weights,    dimensions    and    capaci- 
ties     462 

Thanksgiving.     See  "Holidays." 
The  commanding  officer  "desires,  ' 

"wishes" 237D ;  302C 

The  Line 60  C  &  D;  61B 

The  Staff  60C 

The  Star  Spangled  Banner  490 

"The  Three  Cheers"   32: 

Three  volleys  at  funerals  315 

"Through  military  channels" 237;  2411 

Ticklers    H2C 

Titles.     See  "Titles"  under  "Customs 
of  the  Service." 

"Toast  to  the  Bride"   304A 

Toilet,  how  to  clean   477 

Toilet  paper,  how  obtained   

.........Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  99 

Topography,  books  on   45 

Training  School  for  saddlers 

......Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  151 

For  bakers  and  cooks  

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  147 

For  farriers  and  horseshoers 

Sup.  Chap.  XXIX,  Par.  146 

Translation  for  War  College  Division, 

General  Staff 48A 

Transportation  and  mileage   

Sup.  Chap.  1,  Par.  1. 

Transportation,  field   325 

Transport,  Regulations,  Pars,  amended 

etc... Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.  169 

Transports Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  15 

Travel  allowance  to  be  posted  on  Co. 

bulletin  board    227 


Travel,  book  on  ..............  .....  -449A 

Treasurer,  Post  ...........  279  (Bakery) 

Treatment    of    soldiers    .............. 

33A;  172  (The  Captain)  ;  246(8)  ;  393A 
Tree,  shoe   ........................  479(5) 

Trials  by  court-martial   .............  202 

Troop,  use  of  term  ----  ..............  63B 

Trouble,  hunting   ...................   28A 

Trouser  hanger  ....................  478 

Trumpet  calls,  words  to  ............  305 

Typewriter  : 

Adjutant's  office  ..................  H5B 

Purchase  from  Co.  funds   ......... 

.........  Sup.  Chap.  XV,  Par.  100 

Use  in  preparing  certain  papers... 
....Sup.   Chap.  XVI,  Par.   Ill 

u 

Umbrellas,  custom  regarding  ........  295A 

Underwear,  supply   (initial)    .........   16  A 


15B 


ceoVV.........  .............  478 

For  calling  .......................  283A 

For  courts  and  boards    ...........  30! 

For  dances,  etc   ..................  293B 

Order: 


.  Chap/  XXXV,  Pan  153B 
War  Dept  ......  Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  I 

Overcoat    .  ..  ................  .....  •ISA 

Post  regulations   .................  268 

Prices  in  Manila    ................ 

.........  ..Sup.    Chap.    I,   Par.    5. 

Q.  M.   G.  prices...  Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  6 
Special   full   dress,    or   "Evening 

uniform"    ....................   14D 

Supply,  initial  ....................   14A 

When  not  with  troops    ............  294  A 

Unlimited  Retired  List,  Retirement.  .438 
Urinals,  how  to  clean   ..............  477 

Use  of  the  Regular  Army.     See  "Reg- 

ular Army." 
U.  S.  Military  Academy  .....  ...  ..... 

.....  58B;  Sup.  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  44 


Venereal  diseases  ................  •  •  •  223  C 

Visiting  cards.     See  "Visiting  cards 
under  "Customs  of  the  Service' 
Visiting    ............................   25C 

"Visit  of  guard  and  sentinels"   .....  .271 

Visitors  calling  on  C.  0  .......  285  B  &  C 

Volunteer  officers  (Ex.),  how 


Volleys','  three  at  funerals  ...........  315 

Voting   ............................  81 

w 

Wagons  : 

Capacities    .......................  464 

Loading  of   .................  •  •  •  •  ••«•» 

"Wagon  soldier"  ..........  320  (foot  note) 

Walking  on  left  of  superior  .........  302A 


INDEX. 


War  College  Sup.  Chap.  XXIV,  Par.  149 
War  Department: 

Functions    55C 

Library    47 

War  Dept.  publications   

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  29 

War  Department  Regulations  Govern- 
ing Militia,  pars,  amended,  etc. 

Sup.  Chap.  XXXV,  Par.   157 

War   game    388 

Warm,  how  to  keep  in  field 334A 

War  of  1812,  books  on 384(c) 

Wars  of  Frederick  the  Great 39 

War  of  Secession,  books  on.. 41;  384;  387 
Washington,   reporting  for  duty  and 

calling     20B 

Washington's  Birthday: 

Band  playing    288B 

Special    dinners,   soldiers'    329B 

See  "Holidays." 
Water: 

Purity,  etc. 352 

Quantity  required  for  men  and  ani- 
mals      464 

Weapons,  carrying  of,  in: 

Company    190B 

Post    275 A 

Weddings,    see    "Weddings"   under 

"Customs  of  Service." 
Wedding  invitations: 

Answers  to  (wedding  breakfast,  wed- 
ding  ceremony)    24D  ;   25E 

Form    of    308;    313 


Weights: 
Articles  usually  taken  into  the  field  460 

Domestic 471 

Japanese    473 

Philippine    472 

Rations    463 

Tents    462 

West  Point.     See  "U.   S.   Military 
Academy." 

Whining  and  growling 21B 

White  gloves: 

At  social  functions  304D 

Kind .304E 

Removal  of,  G.  C.  M 318 

When  attending  distinguished  per- 
sons    304F 

White  uniform,  price  in  Manila   .... 

Sup.  Chap.  I,  Par.  5 

Whitewash    477 

Will,  form  of 465 

"Wishes,"  the  commanding  officer  . . . 

237D;  302C 

Withholding  privileges  203 

Witness  before  courts-martial: 

Appearance,  demeanor,  etc 233 

Wood,  in  field  351 

Words  to  trumpet  calls 305 

Writ  of  habeas  corpus 78 ;  419 

Y 

Year — leave,  fiscal,  calendar  

Sup.  Chap.  .1,  Par.  27 

Yen   474 

Young  Officers'   Don'ts 35 


OFFICERS'   MANUAL 

CHAPTER  I 
SUGGESTIONS  TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

ARMS  AND  EQUIPMENT 

A        War  Department  orders  require  officers  to  have  the  following: 

MOUNTED  OFFICERS 

B  Horse  Equipments.  Saddle,  complete;  saddle  blanket,  saddle 
cloth,  bridle,  halter,  watering  bridle,  nose  bag,  saddle  bags,  lariat, 
picket  pin,  currycomb,  horse  brush  and  surcingle.  (See  Supplement, 
Chap.  I,  Par.  2.) 

C  Personal  Equipment.  Blanket,  canteen,  meat  can,  knife,  fork, 
spoon,  tin  cup,  saber  belt,  spurs,  field  glass,  watch,  compass,  note- 
book, and  pencils. 

D        Arms.     Saber,  revolver,  and  ammunition. 

Staff  officers  and  those  acting  as  such  will,  when  the  nature  of 
their  duty  requires  it,  carry  a  dispatch  case  to  be  furnished  by  the 
Ordnance  Department  on  memorandum  receipt.  (See  Supplement, 
Chap.  I,  Par.  3.) 

Medical  officers  are  not  required  to  provide  themselves  with 
field  glass,  revolver,  and  ammunition.  Mounted  chaplains  are  equipped 
as  staff  officers,  but  without  arms. 

DISMOUNTED   OFFICERS 

E      Personal  Equipment.     Blanket,  canteen,  tin  cup,  meat  cup,  knife, 
fork,  spoon,  haversack,  saber,  belt,  field  glass,  watch,  compass,  note- 
book, and  pencils. 
F         Arms.     Saber,  revolver,  and  ammunition. 

Q  For  Ordnance  Department  prices  of  arms  and  equipments,  see 
Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  4. 

UNIFORMS 

H  The  uniform  regulations  are  published  from  time  to  time  in 
War  Department  orders,  copies  of  which  may  be  obtained  upon  ap- 
plication to  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  A.,  Washington^  D.  C. 
Request  should  also  be  made  for  copies  of  all  orders  and  circulars 
modifying  the  uniform  order.  (See  Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  1.) 


14 


CHAPTER  I 


A  The  uniforms  you  should  get  will  depend,  as  suggested  bek>w, 
on  whether  your  first  service  is  to  be  in  the  United  States  or  in  the 
Philippines. 


KIND 


1.  Full  Dress 

2.  Dress 

j.   Olive  Drab 


4.  Khaki 

5.  White 

6.  Overcoat 


IF   IN    U.    S. 


1    (best  quality) 

1  blouse,  2  pair  trousers. 

2  blouses;    2    pair    breeches 
(one  best  and  one  medium 
quality) 

Same   as   olive   drab 


None 
One 


IF     IN     PHILIPPINES 


None 
None 

None 
The  khaki   is  prescribed  for  habitual  use 

in  the  Philippines  and  for  summer  use 

in  U.  S. 
2    blouses,    2    pair    breeches.      Buy    more 

upon     reaching     Manila,     where     good 

khaki  uniforms  can  be  purchased  much 

cheaper  than  in  the  United  States. 
Purchase     some     upon     reaching     Manila, 

where   they   are   much   cheaper   than   in 

the    United    States.1 
One 
You   may   return  to  the  United  States  in 

winter. 


B  For  prices  of  khaki  and  white  uniforms,  caps,  etc.,  in  Manila, 
see  Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  5. 

C  It  is  thought  the  olive-drab  and  khaki  uniforms  that  an  officer 
can  purchase  from  the  Quartermaster's  Department  at  such  reason- 
able cost  are  plenty  good  enough  for  target  practice  and  other  rough 
garrison  use  and  for  ordinary  field  service.  For  prices  see  Supple- 
ment, Chap.  I,  Par.  6. 

Sigmund  Eisner,  Red  Bank,  N.  J.,  a  Government  clothing  con- 
tractor, makes  officers'  olive-drab  and  khaki  uniforms  at  very  reason- 
able cost.  A  price  list  and  measuring  blank  will  be  furnished  upon 
application. 

D  Special  Full  Dress  or  "Evening  Uniform."  Get  a  special  full 
dress  and  wear  it  at  all  formal  evening  social  functions.  It  is  not 
considered  good  form  to  wear  the  dress  uniform  on  such  occasions — 
either  the  special  full  dress,  the  full  dress,  or  the  mess  jacket  should  be 
worn.  The  special  dress  is  by  far  the  most  comfortable,  becoming,  and 
dressy  uniform  garment  we  have. 

Although  the  uniform  order  prescribes  dark  blue  for  the  special  full  dress,  the 
author  has  known  officers  to  have  the  regular  civilian  evening  dress  coat  converted 
into  a  special  full  dress  coat.  At  night,  which  is  the  only  time  that  the  special  full 
dress  is  ever  worn,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  distinguish  between  dark  blue  and  black. 
Civilian  evening  dress  trousers  are,  of  course,  worn  with  the  converted  coat.  (How- 
ever, the  uniform  order  prescribes  that  the  special  full-dress  trousers  for  line  officers 
shall  have  no  braid  or  stripes  along  the  legs). 

Civilian  evening  dress  coats  will  be  converted  into  special  full-dress  coats  by 
any  first-class  military  tailor  at  about  the  following  cost,  which  includes  embroider- 
ing the  sleeve  insignia:  2nd  Lieut.,  $7;  1st  Lieut.,  $9;  Captain,  $10. 

In  this  manner  a  special  full-dress  uniform  can  be  procured  at  comparatively 
small  cost. 

1  However,  the  Philippine  suits  do  not  as  a  rule  fit  well.  It  is,  therefore,  sug- 
gested that  you  have  John  G.  Haas,  of  Lancaster,  Pa.,  or  some  other  first-class 
military  tailor  in  this  country  make  you  a  suit  of  white  to  take  along  as  a  model,  and 
have  it  reproduced  in  the  Philippines. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  15 

A  Overcoat.  The  overcoats  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster's  De- 
partment are  very  satisfactory,  and  many  officers  wear  them.  (  They 
cost  $15.11.  The  buttons  must  be  changed  in  order  to  have  the  over- 
coat conform  to  the  officers'  pattern.  Buttons  for  officers'  overcoats 
can  be  obtained  from  any  of  the  military  dealers  at  about  this  cost: 
Large  buttons,  $1.25  per  dozen;  small  buttons,  50  cents  per  dozen. 
These  prices  are  for  the  very  best  quality. 

Sigmund  Eisner,  Red  Bank,  N.  J.,  a  Government  clothing  con- 
tractor, makes  a  very  good  officers'  overcoat.     Price:  $22  to  $35. 
B       Cape.     While  a  cape  is  at  times  a  very  convenient  thing  to  have, 
it  is  not  a  necessity,  and  it  is  suggested  that  you  delay  getting  one  until 
you  feel  that  you  can  afford  it. 

C  Rubber  Cape  and  Rubber  Boots.  Get  a  rubber  cape  and  a  pair 
of  rubber  boots. 

A  slicker  is  very  desirable  for  mounted  service  and  can  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Q.  M.  D. 

D  Civilian  Clothing.  The  kind  and  quality  of  civilian  clothing  one 
should  get  depend  upon  these  circumstances: 

(a)   Location  of  station; 

(&)  Extent  to  which  you  intend  to  go  into  society; 

(c)  What  you  have  been  accustomed  to  in  the  way  of  dressing. 
However,  for  the  officer  of  limited  means,  the  following  is  sug- 
gested: 

1  One  evening  dress. 

(While  it  is  sometimes  convenient  to  have  a  Tuxedo,  it 
is  not  at  all  necessary.  Wait  until  you  have  been  in  the 
service  awhile  and  have  a  little  money  saved  up  before 
getting  one.) 

2  Get  two  business  suits,  but  do  not  buy  from  the  high-priced, 

fashionable  tailors.  As  a  rule,  ready-made  clothing  pur- 
chased from  any  of  the  first-class  clothiers  in  New 
York  or  any  other  large  city,  and  altered  to  fit,  will 
answer  every  purpose.  But  be  sure  to  go  to  the  best 
first-class  clothier  you  can  find. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  average  officer  wears  his  civilian 
clothing  so  little  and  consequently  keeps  it  so  long,  you  should  not 
buy  exaggerated  or  ultra  styles — they  go  out  of  fashion  much  quicker 
than  the  moderate  styles. 

(NOTE:  Officers  returning  from  the  Philippines  often  make  the  mistake  of 
purchasing  civilian  clothes  in  Japan  or  in  Hong  Kong.  The  author  has  not  yet  seen 
an  officer  who  did  so  that  did  not  regret  it.  The  material  is  good  and  the  clothes 
ludicrously  cheap,  but  the  workmanship  is  generally  poor,  and  the  cut  entirely  out 
of  style,  so  that  when  you  reach  the  States  you  are  ashamed  to  wear  your  Nagasaki 
or  Hong  Kong  suits.) 

E  With  regard  to  collars,  shirts,  gloves,  ties,  and  other  articles  of 
haberdashery,  it  is  suggested  that  you  go  to  some  first-class,  well- 
known  haberdasher,  get  hold  of  a  bright  clerk  who  understands  his 
business,  tell  him  what  you  want,  and  let  him  assist  you  as  to  colors, 
designs,  and  styles. 


16  CHAPTER  I 

A  Underwear,  Bedding,  Etc.  Your  wardrobe  should  consist  of  about 
the  fpllowing: 

UNDERWEAR: 

f  10  pair  socks 
Summer:  •{  10  pair  drawers 

1 10  undershirts 

f  8  pair  socks 
Winter:  -)  6  pair  drawers 

L    6  undershirts 

3  pair  lisle  thread  gloves  8  white  shirts 
(See  paragraph   D,  plage  304,   re-  (           12  pair  cuffs 

garding  white  washable  chamois  j  3  dozen  white  collars 

gloves.)  1  dozen  handkerchiefs 

1  pair  regulation  buckskin  gloves  8  hand  towels 

4  night  shirts,  or  four  suits  pajamas  2  bath  towels 

1  pair  blankets  2  pair  shoes  (1  pair  black,  1  pair  tan) 

2  comfortables  1  pair  overshoes 

And  the  usual  toilet  articles. 

These  articles  are  considered  necessaries — the  purchase  of  more 
of  them,  or  of  other  articles  not  named,  would  entail  an  additional 
expense,  which  can  well  be  postponed  until  new  articles  are  needed. 

B  Attention  is  invited  to  the  business  directory  of  military  deal- 
ers, clothiers,  etc.,  in  the  back  part  of  the  Supplement.  All  the  firms 
whose  names  appear  in  this  directory  are  reliable,  well-known  con- 
cerns. 

GENERAL  REMARKS 

/  As  a  rule  young  officers,  especially  those  from  West  Point? 
load  themselves  down  with  lots  of  things  that  are  not  at  all  neces- 
sary, thereby  joining  their  regiments  very  much  in  debt.  Do  not  let 
the  dealers  talk  you  into  buying  silk  pajamas,  fancy  socks,  lavender- 
colored  gloves,  Waterbury  watches,  etc. 

2  While  young  officers  who  have  only  their  pay  should  econo- 
mize as  much  as  possible,  they  should  under  no  circumstances  do  so 
by  getting  inferior  uniforms — they  should  economize  instead  on  their 
club  bills,  amusements,  etc.  To  endeavor  to  economize  by  buying 
inferior  uniforms  and  other  articles  of  equipment  is  not  only  false 
economy,  but  it  is  false  economy  of  the  worst  kind.  The  only  way  to 
really  economize  on  your  dress  and  equipment  is  to  get  the  very  best 
and  then  take  proper  care  of  it.  The  life  of  uniforms  and  other  arti- 
cles of  equipment  can  be  prolonged  materially  by  proper  care.  See 
"How  To  Take  Care  of  Uniforms;  Suggestions  Regarding  Various 
Articles  of  Equipment,"  page  478. 

The  officer  who  thinks  nothing  of  running  up  a  big  bill  at  the 
club  or  of  spending  $5  or  $10  for  an  evening  or  two  of  pleasure,  but 
who  endeavors  to  save  a  few  dollars  on  his  dress,  has  distorted  ideas 
of  economy  and  a  warped  conception  of  what  is  rightly  expected  of 
him. 

C  Remember  that  while  it  is  true  "The  clothes  don't  make  the 
man,"  it  is  also  true,  as  the  world  is  constituted,  that,  right  or  wrong, 
they  go  a  long  way  to  influence  the  impression  that  others  get  of 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  17 

him.  In  material,  style,  and  fit  your  clothes  should  always  suit  the 
occasion.  Do  not  buy  "shoddy"  clothing  and  articles  of  equipment. 
To  dress  neatly  and  properly  is  something  you  owe  your  position, 
your  associates,  and  the  men  you  command — it  is  something  you  owe 
yourself.  Furthermore,  there  is  a  great  deal  of  personal  satisfaction 
in  wearing  clothes  that  fit  well  and  look  well.  Perhaps  a  genius  can 
afford  to  be  careless  about  his  dress,  but  the  ordinary  mortal  can  not. 
Are  you  a  genius? 

There  is  nothing  in  this  world  that  looks  more  shabby  than  a 
shabbily  dressed  officer.  Never  wear  soiled  collars  or  cuffs,  mussy  or 
spotted  clothes,  soiled  trousers,  tarnished  insignia  or  braid,  old 
shoulder  straps,  frayed  saber  knots,  etc.  Keep  your  clothes  clean 
and  pressed,  your  insignia  bright,  and  renew  your  trouser  stripes, 
shoulder  straps,  braid,  and  saber  knots  as  often  as  may  be  necessary 
to  have  them  always  bright  and  fresh.  You  would  not  allow  your 
soldiers  to  wear  mussy,  soiled, -or  tarnished  articles  of  dress  and  you 
should  not  do  so  yourself.  Think  this  over. 

3  If  practicable,  pay  cash  for  all  purchases,  thus  getting  the 
usual  cash  discount  of  ten  per  cent  or  so.  If  you  have  not  the  money 
but  can  obtain  it  from  some  relative  or  friend,  or  from  some  bank  at 
6  or  8  per  cent  interest,  do  so — borrowing  only  such  amount  as  may 
be  absolutely  required  to  pay  for  necessary  purchases.  Buying  for 
cash  will  cause  you  to  limit  your  purchases  to  needed  articles. 

A  Household  Effects.  Before  purchasing  any  household  effects  it 
is  generally  better  to  write  to  the  adjutant  of  your  station  and  ascer- 
tain what  articles  can  be  bought  near  the  post,  and  whether  the 
prices  are  reasonable.  It  is  sometimes  possible  to  get  chairs,  tables, 
lamps,  etc.,  from  the  quartermaster  on  memorandum  receipt.  Ascer- 
tain from  the  adjutant  what  you  will  be  able  to  get  from  the  quarter- 
master, and  what  it  will  be  necessary  for  you  to  buy. 

It  is  suggested  in  furnishing  your  quarters  at  first  that  you 
merely  consider  your  necessities  as  a  soldier,  getting  a  comfortable 
bed,  a  rug  or  two,  four  or  five  chairs,  a  table  or  two,  inexpensive 
curtains  for  windows,  and  a  few  more  essential  articles.  Do  not  get 
anything  else  until  after  you  have  been  at  your  station  long  enough 
to  decide  to  your  own  satisfaction  exactly  what  more  you  require, 
and  have  the  money  to  pay  for  the  same. 

B  In  case  your  first  service  be  the  Philippines,  you  will  find 
wicker  chairs,  bamboo  tables,  and  floor  mats  very  reasonable  in 
Manila.  It  is  suggested  that  the  following-named  articles  be  brought 
from  the  United  States: 

1   chiffonier  1   iron  washstand 

1   2  size  iron  or  brass  bedstead  and  springs        1   mirror 

1   mattress  for  same  1   bowl,  1  pitcher,  and  1  soap  dish 

1   mosquito  bar  (all  enameled  ironware) 

1   pillow  f         1   Rochester  standing  lamp,  with  addi- 

1  blanket  tional  wicks  and  chimneys 

6  sheets  1  desk,  with  a  good  lock 

6  pillow  cases 


18  CHAPTER  I 

The  Quartermaster  iron  bedsteads  (new  pattern)  are  handsome,  comfortable, 
and  durable.  They  can  be  purchased  from  the  Depot  Quartermaster,  Manila,  for 
about  $4.00. 

A  For  tropical  service,  where  electric  light  is  not  available,  an  acetylene  table 
lamp  is  recommended  by  officers  who  have  used  them.  Calcium  carbide  is  now  easily 
obtainable  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

A  small  attachable  acetylene  lamp,  the  "Columbia  Watchman's  Lamp,  Pin- 
kerton  Model,"  sold  at  $3.50,  by  the  Hine-Watts  Mfg.  Co.,  16  East  Randolph  St., 
Chicago,  111.,  is  recommended  as  a  most  useful  and  convenient  article.  It  can  be  made 
fast  by  means  of  clamps,  to  a  chair,  bed  post,  etc. 

At  Camp  Keithley,  Mindanao,  and  at  two  or  three  other  posts  in  the  Philip- 
pines, oil  stoves  for  heating  quarters  have  been  found  most  convenient  and  com- 
fortable during  certain  months  of  the  year. 

See  "Suggestions  To  Ladies  Going  To  The  Philippines,"  Page  486. 
B       Alaska.    As  a  rule,  officers  designated  for  service  in  Alaska  load 

up  with  a  lot  of  heavy  clothing,  shoes  of  various  kinds,  etc.,  that  they 
find  unsuited  when  they  go  to  use  them.  Officers  who  have  served  in 
Alaska  say  that  all  the  articles  of  clothing  that  one  needs  can  be 
gotten  from  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  It  is,  however,  recom- 
mended that  a  good  supply  of  reading  matter,  amusements,  and  games 
be  taken  along  to  while  away  the  long  winter  evenings.  The  excep- 
tional list  for  commissaries  is  almost  unlimited. 

C         REPORTS.     See  Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  7. 
D       Pay.     See  Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  9. 

E  Stationery.  Graduates  from  West  Point  should,  before  leaving 
get  from  the  quartermaster  a  few  sheets  of  letter  paper,  some  penalty 
envelopes,  and  a  few  official  telegraph  blanks.  These  articles  may  also 
be  obtained  upon  request  to  the  quartermaster  of  any  post.  See  Sup- 
plement, Chap.  I,  Par.  21. 

F  Bedding  and  Professional  Books.  Upon  being  assigned  to  sta- 
tion, graduates  of  the  Academy  should  write  to  the  quartermaster  at 
West  Point,  without  delay,  and  request  that  their  bedding  and  pro- 
fessional books  be  sent  to  their  stations. 

[FORM  OF  LETTER] 

THE    QUARTERMASTER,  ,  LAFAYETTE,    LA.,    1    July,    1906 

West    Point, 

New  York. 
Sir:-* 

I  have  the  honor  to  request  that  my  bedding  and  professional  books  be  shipper 
to  me  ct  Fort  Missoula,  Montana.  Very  respectfully, 

JOHN    A.    SMITH, 

2nd   Lieut..   24th    Infantry 

See  Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  16. 

G  Telegraphing  Arrival  at  Station.  The  day  before  reaching  your 
station,  you  should  telegraph  for  transportation  to  meet  you  at  the 
depot: 

In  case  you  have  no  official  telegraph  blanks  an  ordinary  com 
mercial  telegraph  blank  may  be  used  by  indorsing  thereon,  over  your 
official   signature,   "I  certify  that  this  telegram   is  on  official  business,  and 
necessary  for  the  public  service,"  or  "Official  Business,  Government  rate" 
The  telegram  and  the  certificate  should  be  explained  to  the  operator 

See  Supplement,  Chap.  I.  Par.  13. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  19 

A  TRANSPORTATION  AND  MILEAGE.  See  Supplement. 
Chap.  I,  Par.  12. 

Cablegrams.  The  Editors  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Journal  and  g 
the  Army  and  Navy  Register  very  generously  offer  that  any  officer 
or  enlisted  man  in  the  Army  may  leave  the  address  of  his  family  or 
friends  at  the  Army  and  Navy  Journal  office,  New  York,  or  at  the 
Army  and  Navy  Register  office,  Washington,  D.  C.,-  and  use  their 
cable  address  "Armynavy,  New  York"  or  "Register,  Washington," 
in  connection  with  the  Woman's  Army  and  Navy  League  Code. 

For  example :  Lieut.  Smith  wishing  to  send  the  following  telegram  to  his  wife, 
Mrs.  John  A.  Smith,  S3  South  Park  Road,  Topeka,  Kansas:  "Can  do  nothing  until 
further  advice  from  you.  Smith,"  uses  twenty  words.  Instead  he  need  only  cable 
four,  as  follows:  "Armynavy,  New  York.  Imagine.  Smith."  First  having  registered 
Mrs.  Smith's  address  at  Army  and  Navy  Journal,  and  also  registering  word  "Smith" 
(His^*  cable  signature).  Cablegrams  addressed  to  Armynavy,  New  York,  and  signed 
"Smith"  will  be  telegraphed  from  New  York  to  Mrs.  Smith  by  the  Army  and  Navy 
Journal. 

If  "Smith"  wishes  to  send  the  same  cablegram  to  a  number  of  persons  he  need 
only  to  furnish  their  addresses  to  the  Army  and  Navy  Journal,  and  a  copy  of  the 
cablegram  will  be  forwarded  to  each  person. 

If  "Smith"  wishes  to  send  separate  cablegrams  to  different  persons,  he  should 
then  register  the  signature  word  for  each  person  and  each  person's  address.  For 
example:  Register  word  "Smith"  for  Mrs.  John  A.  Smith,  53  South  Pnrk  Road, 
Topeka,  Kansas;  "Brown"  for  John  Brown,  110  Main  Street,  Cincinnati.  Ohio; 
"Jones"  for  William  Jones,  500  Sacramento  Street,  San  Francisco,  California. 
Cables  can  then.be  sent  thus:  "Armynavy,  New  York.  Imagine.  Smith.  Armynavy, 
New  York.  Abaft.  Brown.  Armynavy,  New  York.  Accord,  Jones." 

Any  signature  word  can  be  selected  that  has  not  already  been  selected  by 
others. 

The  cipher  cable  message  will  be  forwarded  by  the  Journal  or  the  Register 
by  telegraph  in  the  United  States,  and  the  cost  of  the  telegrams  will  be  collected  by 
the  Telegraph  Company  from  the  receiver  of  the  message. 

Every  word  in  a  cablegram,  including  address  and  signature,  is  charged  for, 
and  all  cablegrams  must  be  prepaid. 

A  copy  of  the  cable  code  can  be  obtained  from  the  Editor  of  the  Journal  or 
from  the  Woman's  Army  and  Navy  League,  Washington,  D.  C.,  at  a  cost  of  fifty 
cents. 

C  ALLOWANCES  OF  OFFICERS.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  I, 
Par.  16. 

Arrival  at  Station.     Upon  arriving  at  your  station  look  up  the 
adjutant  at  once  and  ascertain  from  him  the  custom  at  this  particular 
post  about  officers  reporting  to  the  commanding  officer.      (This  in- 
formation may  very  properly  be  obtained  in  advance  by  letter.) 

At  some  posts  the  commanding  officer  desires  the  arriving 
officer  to  call  at  once  in  civilian  clothing,  at  his  office  or  quarters, 
depending  upon  where  he  happens  to  be,  and  to  report  formally  at 
the  office  next  morning  in  uniform,  with  side  arms. 

After  having  reported  officially  to  the  commanding  officer, 
you  should  then  call  on  your  captain,  at  his  quarters,  the  company 
office,  or  wherever  he  happens  to  be,  introduce  yourself  to  him,  and 
ascertain  the  nature  of  the  company  duties  that  will  be  required  of 
you.  It  is  considered  better  form  to  make  this  call  in  uniform,  but 
the  call  should  be  made  without  delay. 

When  reporting  to  the  commanding  officer  and  also  when  report- 
ing to  your  captain,  be  sure  to  have  with  you  a  copy  of  your  assign- 
ment order,  and  present  the  same  when  in  the  act  of  reporting. 


20  CHAPTER  I 

v\ 

A  Some  commanding  officers  expert  officers  to  call  at  the  house 
also,  after  having  reported  officially  at  the  office,  while  others  do  not 
expect  this.  If  during  the  official  call  at  the  office,  the  commanding 
officer  should  intimate  in  any  way  that  he  would  be  pleased  to  have  you 
call  at  his  quarters,  you  should,  of  course,  do  so.  Many  officers  of 
experience  think  the  reporting  officer  should  make  a  social  call  at 
the  commanding  officer's  quarters  whether  or  not  the  latter  intimates 
such  pleasure.  In  short,  it  is  one  of  th^many  points  concerning 
which  there  is  no  uniformity  of  custom,  ana- .'irx: during  the  official  call, 
the  commanding  officer  does  not  intimate  that  he-should  be  pleased  to 
have  you  call  at  the  house,  you  should  ascertain  frSHa^ae  adjutant  the 
custom  in  the  matter  at  this  particular  post  and  thejicomply  with  it. 
Should  there  be  no  established  custom,  it  is  suggested,  in  order  to  be 
on  the  safe  side,  that  you  make  a  social  call  on  the  commanding  offi- 
cer at  his  quarters  the  first  evening  after  your  arrival.  If  one  is  to 
err  in  matters  of  this  kind,  it  is  always  better  to  err  on  the  safe  side 
At  the  ^  Army  Service  Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas, 
officers  reporting  for  duty,  whether  married  or  single,  are  expected  to 
make  a  social  call  on  the  Commandant  and  also  on  the  Post  Com- 
mander, as  soon  as  practicable  after  arrival.  Some  married  officers 
call  on  the  Commandant  and  the  lady  members  of  his  family  with 
their  wives  and  the  adult  members  of  their  families,  while  others  call 
alone.  The  custom  of  making  this  social  call  on  the  commanding  offi- 
cer also  obtains  at  West  Point,  N.  Y.,  and  Fort  Riley,  Kans. 

Whether  a  married  officer  reporting  at  a  post  with  his  family 
should  be  accompanied  by  his  wife  and  the  adult  members  of  the 
family,  in  making  the  first  social  call  on  the  commanding  officer,  is 
a  matter  that  each  one  must  decide  for  himself.  It  is  thought,  how- 
ever, if  the  wife  of  the  commanding  officer  be  elderly,  and  particularly 
if  the  commanding  officer  himself  be  a  man  of  years  and  high  rank, 
it  would  be  but  an  act  of  courtesy  for  the  officer,  his  wife,  and  the 
adult  members  of  the  family  to  call  as  a  mark  of  deference  to  the 
age  and  position  of  the  commanding  officer  and  his  wife. 
See  A,  page  283. 

B  "It  is  customary  for  officers  who  are  ordered  to  Washington  for  duty  to  report 
at  the  War  Department  in  civilian  clothes,  although  some  very  few  officers  who  are 
very  punctilious  about  such  matters  report  in  uniform,  with  side  arms.  After  report- 
ing officially,  the  officer  is  expected  to  call  socially  at  the  residences  of  the  Secretary 
of  War,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  and  the  chief  of  his  own 
corps.  It  is  also  customary  to  call  on  the  chiefs  of  bureau  that  one  knows  personally. 
Sometimes  this  courtesy  is  extended  to  other  general  officers  of  prominence.  In  mak- 
ing these  calls  on  the  officials  named  and  their  families,  married  officers  are  accom- 
panied by  their  wives,  and  the  calls  should  be  made  without  unreasonable  delay, 
whether  or  not  it  is  the  social  season.  During  the  social  season,  that  is.  from  about 
December  1  until  Lent,  care  should  be  taken  to  learn  and  observe  in  each  case  the 
"calling  day"  of  the  mistress  of  the  house.  Outside  of  the  social  season  calls  may  be 
made  any  day  of  the  week,  from  about  4:30  *to  6:30  o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  The 
same  hours  for  calling  obtain  during  the  social  season.  In  Washington  society  it  is 
not  customary  to  call  in 'the  evening  except  on  people  with  whom  one  is  on  intimate 
terms.  The  frock  or  cutaway  should  be  worn  when  calling  during  the  social  season; 
outside  of  the  social  season  the  sack  coat  may  be  worn.  If  not  known,  the  proper 
number  of  cards  to  be  left  in  each  case  should  be  ascertained  before  calling. 

Officers   are   also    expected   to   call   and   leave   their   cards   at   the    White   House. 
Married  officers  need  not  be  accompanied  by  their  wives  in  making  this  call.     Very 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  21 

often  the  wives  go  to  the  White  House  alone  to  leave  with  the  attendant  at  the  door 
their  cards  and  that  of  the  husband.  The  absence  of  the  President  from  Washington 
is  supposed  to  be  a  matter  of  common  knowledge  and,  therefore,  it  is  considered  better 
form  not  to  call  at  the  White  House  when  he  is  absent,  although  it  would  be  per- 
fectly good  form  to  call  if  the  mistress  of  the  White  House  were  in  Washington  and 
the  President  were  known  to  be  absent. 

Officers  or  their  wives,  when  desiring  to  pay  their  respects  personally  to  the 
wife  or  family  of  the  President,  should  write  a  note  to  the  social  secretary  at  the 
White  House,  stating  his  or  her  desire  in.  the  matter.  If  the  wife  of  the  President 
desires  to  receive  such  officer  or  his  family,  they  will  be  so  notified  and  an  appoint- 
ment made. 

Officers  calling  by  appointment  on  the  President  or  upon  any  member  of  his 
family  in  the  afternoon  should  wear  the  prescribed  uniform  with  side  arms. 

A  Entertainment.  It  is  customary  for  the  adjutant  to  see  that  provi- 
sion is  made  for  your  entertainment  until  you  can  get  settled  in  your 
own  quarters,  which  you  should  do  just  as  soon  as  possible.  As  a  rule, 
you  will  be  able  to  get  a  bunk,  some  bedding,  a  chair  or  two,  a  lamp, 
bucket,  and  table  from  the  quartermaster  on  memorandum  receipt,  for 
use  until  you  can  get  your  household  effects. 

Do  not  fail  to  show  your  appreciation  of  the  hospitality  extended 
by  those  who  have  entertained  you.  Be  sure  to  call  at  the  house  within 
a  week  after  you  leave.  After  leaving  send  your  hostess  a  book,  a  box  of 
candy,  or  some  other  inexpensive  remembrance. 

B  Application  for  Quarters.  (See  Supplement,  Chap.  I,  Par.  18). 
Ascertain  from  the  quartermaster  what  quarters  are  available  for 
assignment  to  you,  and  then  submit  a  written  application  of  this  tenor: 

FORT   MISSOULA,   MONT.,  3  October,    1906. 
THR  ADJUTANT. 
Sir:— 

I  have  the  honor  to  request  that  quarters  No.  —  be  assigned  to  me.  A 
copy  of  the  order  assigning  me  to  duty  at  this  station  is  attached  hereto. 

Very  respectfully. 

JOHN  A.  SMITH. 
.   2nd  Lieut.,  24th  Infantry. 

C  Orient  Yourself  and  Familiarize  Yourself  as  Soon  as  Possible  with 
the  Geography  and  Topography  of  the  Post  and  Surrounding  Country, 
also  with  the  source  of  the  water  supply.  Examine  a  map  of  the  post 
and  vicinity  and  then  get  some  officer  to  accompany  you  on  a  walk  or 
two,  pointing  out  the  various  buildings,  boundaries  of  the  reservation, 
topographical  features,  etc.  Ascertain  from  "Military  Reservations,  etc. — 
Title  and  Jurisdiction,"  a  copy  of  which  can  be  found  in  the  adjutant's 
office,  the  conditions  under  which  the  reservation  was  acquired  by  the 
Federal  Government. 

D  First  Impressions.  A  young  officer  upon  joining  is  the  cyno- 
sure of  all  eyes,  and  the  impression  that  he  then  makes  will  go  far 
toward  guiding  his  brother  officers  and  others  in  their  present  and 
future  conduct  toward  him.  So  be  natural  and  courteous  in  your 
deportment;  punctilious  about  social  and  official  matters;  particular 
about  your  dress,  and,  above  all  things,  avoid  being  "fresh." 

Some  youngsters  are  prone  to  believe  that,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
they  really  know  more  than  their  seniors.  Should  you  ever  believe 
this,  take  the  advice  of  a  friend,  and  be  sure  to  break  the  news  to  your 
seniors  gently. 


22  CHAPTER  I 

E  Calling.  It  is  the  custom  for  all  officers  to  call  upon  you  within 
a  few  days  after  your  arrival.  Be  sure  to  keep  track  of  these  calls 
and  return  them  within  a  week.  You  can  not  be  too  careful  about  this 
matter,  for  it  is  one  concerning  which  most  officers  are  sticklers. 

Not  only  does  promptness  in  making:  and  returning  calls  save 
time  and  trouble,  but  it  also  produces  a  good  impression. 

In  large  posts  especially,  it  is  not  expected,  nor  is  it  desirable 
that  officers  should  regularly  exchange  calls  with  everyone,  but  the 
younger  officers  should  call  on  the  field  officers  at  least  once  every 
six  months. 

A  Familiarization  with  Standing  Orders.  Read  the  post,  company, 
regimental,  and  other  orders  on  file  in  the  company  office,  familiariz- 
ing yourself  with  all  orders  in  force.  Likewise,  when  changing  sta- 
tion, an  officer  should  at  once  familiarize  himself  with  the  orders  in 
force  at  his  new  post. 

Remember,  however,  that  no  file  of  orders  or  other  records 
should  ever  be  taken  from  the  company  office  without  the  captain's 
authority. 

B  Insurance  of  Life  and  Property.  Every  young  officer  should 
carry  life  insurance,  and  the  Army  Mutual  Aid  Association  is  recom- 
mended. The  energies  and  resources  of  the  Association  are  devoted 
to  caring  for  the  widows,  children,  and  relatives  of  deceased  brother 
officers.  Information  regarding  rates,  etc.,  can  be  obtained  upon  ap- 
plication to  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  Army  Mutual  Aid  Associa- 
tion, Washington,  D.  C. 

Should  you  desire  to  insure  your  household  effects,  communi- 
cate with  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  Army  Co-Operative  Fire  Asso- 
ciation, Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. 

Field  Equipment.  Supply  yourself  as  soon  as  practicable  with  a 
complete  field  outfit.  See  chapter  on  "Field  Service,"  page  330. 

Social  Customs  of  the  Service.  You  can  not  observe  with  too 
much  care  the  social  customs  of  the  service — the  customs  that  are  so 
essential  to  good  fellowship,  and  the  contentment,  harmony,  and  hap- 
piness of  the  garrison.  See  "Customs  of  the  Service,"  pnge  282. 

Young  officers  stationed  near  towns  and  cities  sometimes  make 
the  mistake  of  neglecting  post  entertainments  for  town  or  city 
society.  Regret  for  such  a  course  is  generally  brought  home  sooner 
or  later.  It  is  suggested  that  neither  be  entirely  neglected  for  the 
other. 

In  our  social  intercourse  there  are  many  little  conventionalities 
which,  although  of  no  apparent  intrinsic  importance,  are  in  the  eyes 
of  the  world  an  index  to  character  and  breeding,  and  these  conven 
tionalities  no  gentleman  can  afford  to  ignore. 

The  author  has  known  young  officers  who  were  very  careless 
about  observing  the  simplest  forms  of  polite  society,  and,  as  a  natural 
and  just  consequence,  not  only  did  people  soon  stop  extending  social 
courtesies  to  them,  but  the  officers  in  question  also,  early  in  their 
careers,  made  for  themselves  the  reputatipn  of  lacking  the  elements 
of  well-bred  and  considerate  gentlemen,  and  of  being  deficient  in 
social  education. 

While  speaking  one  day  to  one  of  crur  most  prominent  and  sue- 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  23 

cessful  generals,  the  writer  asked  him  what  advice  he  would  give  a 
young,  ambitious  officer  just  beginning  his  career,  and  he  replied, 
"One  of  the  first  things  I  should  tell  him,  would  be,  'Familiarize  your- 
self with  the  conventionalities  and  amenities  of  life — know  the  proper 
thing  to  do  and  do  it  at  the  proper  time.'  Men,  as  a  rule,  do  not 
realize  the  importance  of  this  in  our  present"  scheme  of  civilization." 
Such  were  the  words  of  a  successful  general — a  thorough  soldier,  a 
man  of  strong  convictions  and  a  gentleman  of  high  ideals.  What 
he  said,  therefore,  must  not  be  misconstrued  as  savoring  of  subser- 
viency or  sycophancy — it  is  merely  manly  deference  to  your  equals, 
your  elders  and  your  superiors — a  genteel  consideration  of  your  fel- 
low beings — treating  others  as  you  would  have  them  treat  you.  This 
line  of  conduct  is  especially  important  in  the  Army  where  we  all  live 
like  one  big  family — where  we  are,  sooner  or  later,  so  dependent  upon 
one  another  for  our  own  happiness  and  contentment.  While  it  is  true 
that  a  knowledge  and  a  practice  of  the  niceties  and  courtesies  of  life 
are  of  little  or  no  value  on  the  field  of  battle,  it  must  also  be  remem- 
bered that  we  spend  very  nearly  our  entire  lives  in  garrison. 

Gentility  and  true  politeness  should  never  be  mistaken  for  weak- 
ness or  servility. 

The  following  practices  are  strictly  observed  in  all  well-regu- 
lated society,  both  in  the  Army  and  in  civil  life: 

A  I  Dinner  invitations  should  be  answered  within  twenty-four 
hours.  It  is  considered  an  incivility  to  permit  a  dinner  invitation  to 
lie  on  your  desk  three  or  four  days  awaiting  an  answer.  It  is  very 
annoying  to  a  hostess  not  to  receive  an  answer  until  the  last  minute, 
not  only  because  it  may  prevent  her  from  asking  other  and  more 
polite  people,  but  also  for  other  obvious  reasons. 

One  who  fails  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  a  dinner  invitation 
is  rightly  considered  ill-bred  and  ungentlemanly. 

A  dinner  invitation  should  always  be  answered  decisively.  To 
say,  for  instance,  "Mr.  Smith  would  be  very  happy  to  accept  Mrs. 
Jones'  kind  invitation  for  dinner  on  Tuesday  evening,  January  tenth, 
at  eight  o'clock,  if  his  company  is  not  ordered  into  the  field  before 
that  time,"  would  be  an  unforgivable  liberty. 

An  invitation  is  answered  in  the  same  person  in  which  it  is 
written.  Thus: 

Captain  and  Mrs.  John  Smith  request  the  pleasure  of  Mr.  Robert  E.  Jones'  com- 
pany at  dinner  on  Thursday  evening,  January  tenth,  at  eight  o'clock. 

(Answer) 

Mr.  Robert  E.  Jones  accepts  with  pleasure  (or  regrets  that  a  previous  engagement 
prevents  his  acceptance  of)  Captain  and  Mrs.  John  Smith's  kind  invitation  to  dinner  on 
Thursday  evening,  January  tenth,  at  eight  o'clock. 

Garrison,  January  tenth. 

Dear  Mr.  Jones: —  Garrison,  January  3,  1908. 

We  will  be  very  glad  to  have  you  dine  with  us  very  informally  on  Wednesday, 
the  tenth,  at  seven  o'clock.  Cordially  yours, 

MARY  A.  SMITH. 


24  CHAPTER  I 

(Answer) 
Dear  Mrs.  Smith:—  Garrison,  January  4,  1908. 

I  shall  be  very  glad  to  dine  with  you  and  Captain  Smith  on   Wednesday    the 
tenth,  at  seven  o'clock. 


I  regret  that  a  previous  engagement  to  dine  with  Mrs.  Corbin  on  January  tenth 
makes  tt  impossible  to  accept  your  kind  invitation  for  that  evening. 

Cordially  yours,          ROBT.  E.  JONES. 

A  The  envelope  containing  the  answer  to  an  invitation  extended 
by  a  husband  and  wife  should  always  be  addressed  to  the  wife. 

Letters  to  persons  in  the  post  are  usually  addressed,  "Garrison." 

B  The  general  rule  about  answering  invitations,  is  that  they  should 
be  addressed  to  the  person  in  whose  name  they  are  extended.  Thus: 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas, 
Dear  Captain  Ross: —  June  i,  1909 

Mother  wishes  me  to  say  that  she  would  be  very  glad  to  have  you  dine  with  us 
on  Wednesday  evening,  June  $th,  at  eight  o'clock.  Sincerely  yours, 

GLADYS  HOYLE. 
(Answer  to  the  mother). 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas, 
My  dear  Mrs.  Hoyle: —  June  i,  /pop. 

It  will  give  me  much  pleasure  to  dine  with  you  on  Wednesday  evening,  June  $th, 
at  eight  o'clock.     Thanking  you  for  your  kind  thought  of  me,  I  am, 

Sincerely  yours,        JAS.  A.  ROSS. 

C  2  An  invitation  to  a  card  party  should  always  be  answered  with 
the  same  promptness  as  a  dinner  invitation.  A  host-ess  wishes  to  make 
up  her  tables  as  soon  as  possible,  but  this  can  not  be  done  until  she 
has  received  answers  to  all  the  invitations  sent  out.  A  call  is  always 
made  after  a  card  party,  or  any  other  form  of  •entertainment  to  which 
one  is  invited. 

D  3  In  case  an  invitation  be  received  to  a  wedding  breakfast,  an 
acceptance  or  regrets  should  always  be  sent.  This  should  be  done 
even  though  the  wedding  breakfast  be  evidently  of  a  more  or  less 
general  nature,  and  does  not  call  specifically  for  an  answer. 

E  4  Dinner  and  party  calls,  whether  or  not  the  invitation  was 
accepted,  should  be  made  within  one  week  after  the  function. 

F  5  Make  it  an  invariable  rule  to  call  promptly  upon  new  arrivals 
in  the  post,  and  also  return  promptly  all  calls  made  upon  you. 

G  6  Never  be  late  at  a  dinner — such  action  is  most  inconsiderate 
of  your  hostess,  who  has  made  all  preparations  to  have  the  meal 
served  promptly  at  the  designated  hour.  When  attending  a  dinner 
given  in  honor  of  some  one  who  is  not  a  house  guest  of  your  host  or 
hostess,  do  not  leave  before  the  guest  of  honor  has  gone. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  25 

7  It  is  customary  to  leave  cards  (one  for  each  person  re- 
ceiving) at  receptions,  teas,  and  "At  homes,"  and  to  make  calls  within 
one  week  after  the  functions.  It  is  not  customary  to  answer  "At 
home"  cards  or  invitations  to  receptions  and  afternoon  teas,  unless  an 
answer  is  requested.  However,  if  one  can  not  attend,  it  is  proper, 
although  not  customary  in  all  places,  to  send  cards,  by  mail  or  messen- 
ger, so  that  they  will  arrive  the  afternoon  of  the  function.  In  case  the 
invitation  is  extended  in  the  name  of  the  hostess  alone,  one  card 
is  sent;  if  in  the  name  of  hostess  and  husband,  two  cards;  and  if  in 
the  name  of  hostess,  husband,  and  daughter,  three  cards — that  is,  one 
card  for  each  person  in  whose  name  the  invitation  is  extended. 
(Note:  It  is  not  considered  good  form  to  write  "Regrets,"  "Accepts," 
or  "Declines"  on  cards. 

B  8  Should  it  be  impossible  to  accept  an  invitation  to  a  ball 
or  reception  of  a  general  nature,  which  invitation  has  been  sent  by 
an  acquaintance  whose  card  is  inclosed,  a  note  of  regrets  should  be 
written  the  acquaintance,  and  should  the  invitation  require  an  answer, 
a  reply  couched  in  the  same  terms  as  the  invitation  should  be  sent 
the  proper  person. 

An  excellent  book  on  etiquette,  entitled  "Social  Manners  and  Usages,"  can  be 
obtained  from  Harper  &  Bros.,  New  York,  for  $1.25. 

C  9  If  upon  visiting  a  post,  you  should  stop  with  friends,  after  you 
leave  write  promptly  a  note  of  thanks  informing  your  host  or  hostess 
of  your  safe  arrival  home  and  expressing  anew  your  pleasure  at  the 
hospitality  enjoyed.  Of  course,  a  similar  note  would  be  written  if  you 
visited  friends  in  civil  life.  However,  in  either  case,  prevailing  custom 
does  not  require  the  writing  of  such  a  letter  when  your  stay  has  been  very 
brief — less  than  forty-eight  hours,  for  instance. 

To  send  your  Jiostess  a  little  remembrance  in  the  form  of  flowers,  a 
book,  a  box  of  candy,  or  some  other  inexpensive  gift,  would  be  a 
thoughtful  act  of  gentility. 

D  JO  Invitations  to  private  balls  and  dances  should  always  be  ac- 
knowledged promptly,  the  form  of  reply  varying  according  to  the 
form  of  the  invitation,  as  in  the  case  of  dinner  invitations. 

E  ii  An  invitation  to  a  "home  wedding"  should  be  acknowledged 
soon  after  its  receipt  by  a  note  in  the  third  person  either  accepting  or 
declining.  An  invitation  to  a  church  wedding,  unless  accompanied  by 
a  card  inviting  one  to  a  wedding  reception  at  the  house  later,  re- 
quires no  formal  acknowledgment,  but  after  the  bride  and  groom  are 
established  in  their  home,  a  call,  if  in  the  same  city,  or  cards  sent  by 
post,  if  from  a  distance  and  no  present  is  sent,  is  a  general,  though 
not  an  obligatory,  custom-  In  such  a  case  cards  would  be  sent  to  the 
father  and  mother  of  the  bride  and  to  the  bride  and  groom  also. 

A  bachelor,  to  acknowledge  such  an  invitation  (when  no  wed- 
ding present  is  sent),  places  two  of  his  cards  in  an  envelope  which  is 
addressed,  for  example,  "Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Smith."  If  married, 
two  cards  of  the  husband  and  one  of  the  wife  are  inclosed. 


26  CHAPTER  I 

The  cards  to  the  parents  should  be  sent  promptly  after  receiv- 
ing the  invitation,  but  those  to  the  bride  and  groom  should  not,  of 
course,  be  sent  until  after  the  wedding.  Some  people,  however,  make 
it  a  rule  not  to  send  the  cards  to*  the  parents  until  after  the  wedding. 

If  the  invitation  to  a  church  wedding  incloses  "At  home" 
cards  of  the  bride  and  groom,  the  same  rule  obtains. 

If  there  is  inclosed  a  card  to  a  wedding  reception  following 
the  ceremony  at  the  church,  a  note  in  the  third  person  should  be  sent 
to  the  parents  or  the  person  in  whose  name  the  invitation  is  sent. 

NOTE. 

An  announcement  of  a  marriage  should  be  acknowledged  by  cards 
sent  to  the  person  or  persons  making  the  announcement.  A  set  of 
cards  for  the  bride  and  groom  should  be  inclosed,  unless  an  "At  home" 
card  of  the  bride  and  groom  is  inclosed  with  the  announcement,  in 
which  case  the  cards  for  them  are  sent  to  their  address  instead. 

A  If  you  take  a  stranger  (man  or  woman)  to  a  reception  or  any 
other  function  or  gathering  of  any  kind,  make  it  your  special  business 
to  see  that  your  friend  meets  people.  The  author  has  seen  young  offi- 
cers take  strangers  to  receptions  and  not  introduce  them  to  anyone, 
thus  placing  the  strangers  in  a  stupid,  embarrassing  position. 

B  If  you  attend  a  dance  given  in  some  one's  honor  be  sure  to  ask 
the  guest  of  honor  for  a  dance;  if  it  be  a  dinner,  reception,  or  card 
party,  pay  the  guest  of  honor  some  attention  during  the  function.  Of 
course,  you  should  always  pay  your  hostess,  too,  proper  attention. 
Also  be  sure  to  pay  some  attention  to  visiting  girls  and  the  lady  mem- 
bers of  the  families  of  officers  just  joining  the  garrison. 

C  At  hops  and  other  social  functions  pay  the  wife  of  the  command- 
ing officer,  especially  if  she  be  an  elderly  woman,  the  attention  to 
which  her  position  entitles  her.  Also  pay  some  attention  to  any  guests 
she  may  have. 

D  If  you  attend  a  hop  after  a  dinner  party,  be  sure  to  ask  ^ your 
hostess  for  a  dance  and  also,  if  possible,  dance  with  the  other  ladies  of 
the  dinner  party. 

E  If  any  officers  or  ladies,  especially  if  elderly,  whom  you  know 
are  present  at  a  dance  merely  as  spectators,  speak  a  few  words  to  them 
during  the  course  of  the  evening. 

F  If  invited,  for  instance,  to  a  dinner  or  card  party,  and  if  you  know 
of  any  girl  who  has  been  invited,  but  who  probably  has  no  escort,  ask 
her  if  you  may  have  the  pleasure  of  escorting  her.  In  fact,  it  would 
be  very  thoughtful  and  genteel  to  ask  the  hostess  by  telephone  or 
some  other  informal  way  whether  you  could  be  of  assistance  to  her  in 
looking  after  any  of  her  lady  guests  that  may  not  have  escorts. 

If  you  see  that  a  girl  has  come  to  a  dinner  or  card  party  unat- 
tended, ask  her  during  the  course  of  the  evening  if  you  may  have  the 
pleasure  of  seeing  her  home. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  27 

Such  little  acts  of  thoughtfulness  are  always  appreciated  by  your 
hostess  (to  whom  you  are,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  under  social  obligation) 
as  well  as  by  the  girls  themselves. 

Aside  from  the  fact  that  such  acts  of  thoughtfulness  will  mark 
you  as  a  gentleman  of  refined  instincts,  they  are  no  more  than  what 
is  justly  and  fairly  expected  of  you  by  the  hostess  who  asks  you  to  her 
home  to  break  bread  at  her  table. 

A  Officers'  Mess  (Club).  If  one  is  maintained  at  your  station,  it 
is  for  many  reasons  desirable,  and  in  some  sense  it  is  a  duty,  to  be- 
long to  it. 

B  Messing.  Officers  just  starting  their  career  should  be  most 
careful  to  make  arrangements  for  messing  which  will  enable  them 
to  live  with  the  quiet  dignity  becoming  their  station.  An  officer's 
pay  is  given  him  for  this  purpose;  it  is  sufficient  to  cover  his  ex- 
penses, and  he  owes  it  to  the  service  to  dress  and  live,  though  simply, 
yet  always  "like  a  gentleman." 

NOTE. — One  should  be  very  careful  about  his  table  manners.  Those  who, 
owing  to  the  lack  of  early  advantages,  are  not  familiar  with  table  and  other  conven- 
tionalities should  keep  their,  eyes  open  and  observe  those  who  are,  and  then  follow 
their  example. 

Holding  the  knife  and  fork  in  some  unusual  way,  conveying  food  to  the  mouth 
with  a  knife,  making  peculiar  noises  with  the  mouth  while  eating,  failing  to  place  the 
knife  and  fork  on  his  plate  when  one  is  through — all  of  these  and  similar  things  cause 
people  to  talk  about  a  person  and  ridicule  his  table  manners.  In  this  connection  it 
may  be  remarked  that  whenever  anything  is  passed  you  by  another  person  at  the 
table  you  should  always  relieve  him  of  the  digh  before  helping  yourself — -do  not  help 
yourself  while  he  is  holding  the  dish  as  a  waiter  would  hold  it. 

C  Gossip.  The  germ  of  gossip  may  be  likened  unto  the  germ  of 
cancer — as  the  latter  contaminates  and  rots  the  healthy  flesh  so  the 
former  contaminates  and  rots  the  social  fabric,  harmony,  and  happi- 
ness of  the  post.  No  good  can1  possibly  come  from  gossiping,  while 
harm  almost  invariably  follows.  Good  breeding,  culture,  refinement, 
and  manhood  should  forbid  gossiping. 

It  is  not  expected  that  every  one  in  a  garrison  shall  be  congenial. 
That  would  be  too  much  to  expect  of  human  beings;  but  those  who 
are  uncongenial  should  each  go  their  way'  and  let  one  another  alone, 
before  their  faces  and  behind  their  backs.  Indeed,  in  the  army  "Silence 
is  golden." 

As  pertinent  to  this  subject,  the  following  is  quoted  from  The 
Crimes  of  the  Tongue,  by  William  George  Jordan: 

"The  second  most  deadly  instrument  of  destruction  is  the  dyna- 
mite gun— the  first  is  the  human  tongue.  The  gun  merely  kills  bodies; 
the  tongue  kills  reputations  and  ofttimes  ruins  characters.  Each  gun 
works  alone;  each  loaded  tongue  has  a  hundred  accomplices.  The 
havoc  of  the  gun  is  visible  at  once.  The  full  evil  of  the  tongue  lives 
through  all  the  years,  even  the  eye  of  Omniscience  might  grow  tired 
in  tracing  it  to  its  finality. 

"The  crimes  of  the  tongue  are  words  of  unkindness,  of  anger,  of 
malice,  of  envy,  of  bitterness,  of  harsh  criticism,  gossip,  lying,  and 
scandal. 


28  CHAPTER  I 

"At  the  hands  of  the  thief  or  murderer  few  of  us  suffer,  even  in- 
directly. But  from  the  careless  tongue  of  friend,  the  cruel  tongue  of 
enemy,  who  is  free?  No  human  being  can  live  a  life  so  true,  so  fair, 
so  pure,  as  to  be  beyond  the  reach  of  malice  or  immune  from  the 
poisonous  emanations  of  envy.  The  insidious  attacks  against  one's 
reputation,  the  loathsome  innuendoes,  slurs,  half  lies  by  which  jealous 
mediocrity  seeks  to  ruin  its  superiors,  are  like  those  insect  parasites 
that  kill  the  heart  and  life  of  a  mighty  oak,  So  cowardly  is  the 
method,  so  stealthy  the  shooting  of  the  poisoned  darts,  so  insignifi- 
cant the  separate  acts  in  their  seeming,  that  one  is  not  on  guard 
against  them.  It  is  easier  to  dodge  an  elephant  than  a  microbe. 

"Scandal  is  one  of  the  crimes  of  the  tongue,  but  it  is  only  one. 
Every  individual  who  breathes  a  word  of  scandal  is  an  active  stock- 
holder in  a  society  for  the  spread  of  moral  contagion.  He  is  instantly 
punished  by  Nature  by  having  his  mental  eyes  dimmed  to  sweetness 
and  purity,  and  his  mind  deadened  to  the  sunlight  and  glow  of  char- 
ity. There  is  developed  a  wondrous,  ingenious  perversion  of  mental 
vision  by  which  every  act  of  others  is  explained  and  interpreted  from 
the  lowest  possible  motives.  They  become  like  certain  carrion  flies, 
that  pass  lightly  over  acres  of  rose  gardens,  to  feast  on  a  piece  of 
putrid  meat.  They  have  developed  a  keen  scent  for  the  foul  matter 
upon  which  they  feed. 

"One  of  the  most  detestable  characters  in  all  literature  is  lago. 

"lago  still  lives  in  the  hearts  of  thousands,  who  have  all  his 
despicable  meanness  without  his.  cleverness." 

A  Scouting  For  Trouble.  Should  there  be  any  trouble  between  any 
of  your  fellow  officers  over  a  matter  that  does  not  concern  you,  do 
not  make  the  mistake  of  getting  yourself  embroiled  by  taking  sides, 
especially  if  the  officers  are  your  superiors.  The  officer  who  does  so 
is  playing  the  part  of  a  busybody,  a  meddler — he  is  hunting  trouble — 
he  is  going  out  of  his  way  to  find  it,  and,  ofttimes,  he  will  find  much 
more  than  he  bargained  for.  As  a  rule,  sufficient  troubles  of  our  own 
come  to  us  sooner  or  later,  without  our  going  out  scouting  for  them. 

B  Growling  and  Whining.  Don't  be  a  growler — there  is  nothing  so 
tiresome  and  boring  as  a  chronic  "kicker,"  an  inveterate  "knocker." 
People  are  always  sorry  to  see  him  come  and  are  always  glad  to  see 
him  go.  Remember  this:  Unless  you  are  ready  and  ABLE  to  build  up, 
don't  tear  down.  The  author  once  heard  one  of  our  most  prominent 
generals  remark,  and  with  so  much  truth,  "Show  me  a  chronic 
'knocker'  and  I  will  show  you  a  man  who  is  a  public  nuisance  and  who  has 
never  done  anything" 

One  sometimes  hears  an  officer  growling  about  the  amount  of 
work  he  has  to  do,  complaining  he  has  more  than  his  share,  etc.  Re- 
member, your  time  is  not  your  own — it  belongs  to  the  Government, 
who  pays  you  for  it. 

Whatever  you  do,  do  not  speak  ill  of  your  regiment  or  any  of 
your  fellow  officers  in  the  presence  of  outsiders,  civilians  or  military, 
and  don't  criticise  officers  or  orders  in  the  presence  of  enlisted  men. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  29 

Akin  to  growling  is  whining.  If  admonished  by  your  captain  or 
your  commanding  officer,  do  not  go  around  telling  everybody  about  it — 
the  chances  are  they  are  not  at  all  interested  in  the  matter,  and  fur- 
thermore, such  action  is  puerile. 

A  Drinking.  Excessive  drinking  in  the  Army,  like  excessive  drink- 
ing in  civil  life,  almost  invariably  leads  to  trouble,  and  often  ruin. 

If  you  feel  like  taking  a  drink  do  so,  it  matters  not  who  may  be 
present,  but  do  not  so  far  forget  yourself  as  to  drink  to  excess.  Reck- 
less drinking  is  neither  manly,  military,  nor  gentlemanly,  and  is  always 
a  drain  on  the  purse  and  body.  A  good  rule,  even  for  moderate 
drinkers,  is,  never  to  touch  a  drop  of  liquor  when  on,  or  about  to  enter 
upon,  any  duty. 

B  "Money  Matters  and  Debts'  Not  only  can  a  sober  and  frugal 
officer — and  all  officers  should  be  sober  and  frugal — live  well,  dress 
well,  and  enjoy  life  on  the  pay  of  a  second,  lieutenant,  but,  if  a  bachelor, 
he  can  also  save  money. 

By  all  means  avoid  getting  into  debt — the  curse  of  many  a 
young  officer — live  within  your  means.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  dur- 
ing the  last  few  years  the  court-martial  of  nearly  every  officer  tried 
in  the  Army  has  been  due  directly  or  indirectly  to  their  living  beyond 
their  means.  Avoid  debt  as  you  would  a  pest,  and  if  in  debt,  get  out 
of  it  as  soon  as  you  possibly  can.  "Bone  check  book"  in  every  way 
possible  until  you  do  not  owe  a  single  cent. 

If,  however,  you  are  so  unfortunate  as  to  be  in  debt,  send  every 
one  of  your  creditors  a  remittance  every  month,  it  matters  not  how 
small  the  amount.  Remember,  the  men  who  sold  you  goods  on  credit 
are  entitled  to  some  consideration  from  you,  and  a  monthly  remit- 
tance, no  matter  what  the  amount  may  be,  will  show  that  you  have 
not  forgotten  them,  and  that  you  are  trying  to  pay  your  bills.  Almost 
without  exception  creditors  are  very  patient  and  considerate  with  debt- 
ors who  show  a  desire  to  pay  their  bills.  The  writer  knows  of  an 
instance  where  a  young  officer  joined  his  regiment  several  hundred 
dollars  in  debt,  and  at  the  end  of  every  month  he  would  send  his  credit- 
ors $50  or  $60  in  $5  and  $10  checks.  At  the  end  of  fourteen  months 
or  so  he  received  a  very  complimentary  letter  from  one  of  his  old 
creditors,  whom  he  had  just  finished  paying  $120  in  $5  and  $10  checks, 
to  the  effect  that  he  always  knew  what  to  expect  of  the  officer,  for 
the  checks  came  regularly  at  the  end  of  every  month,  and  he  was  not 
at  all  worried  about  the  bill — that  the  officer  thus  showed  him  that  he 
was  trying  hard  to  pay  his  debts,  and  that  he  reckoned  the  officer 
among  his  most  reliable  customers. 

C  Collection  of  Debts  by  the  War  Department.  The  War  Depart- 
ment will  not  undertake  the  collection  of  private  debts  from  officers 
or  enlisted  men.  However,  as  an  incident  of  its  duty  to  maintain  the 
standard  of  excellence  of  the  Army,  it  will  take  disciplinary  action 
in  the  case  of  an  officer,  when  his  failure,  through  misrepresentations 
or  otherwise,  to  meet  just  financial  obligations,  scandalizes  the  service, 
or  holds  it  up  to  the  view  of  the  public  in  that  light.  As  a  rule  credit- 


30  CHAPTER  I 

ors  should  make  their  complaints  to  the  post  or  regimental  commander 
of  the  officer,  or  to  the  company  commander  of  the  enlisted  man.  It 
is  believed  that  in  the  case  of  an  unsatisfied  judgment,  which  judgment 
has  been  obtained  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  the  proper 
procedure  would  be  for  the  creditor  to  lay  the  'entire  matter  before 
the  post  or  the  regimental  commander  of  the  officer,  and  the  officer's 
refusal  to  satisfy  such  a  judgment  would  most  probably  be  considered 
conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  and  a  gentleman. 

The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  should  not  be  appealed  to 
unless  the  creditor  is  not  able  to  get  satisfaction  otherwise. 

The  pay  of  an  officer  may  be  withheld  on  account  of  an  indebtedness  to  the 
United  States  admitted  or  shown  by  the  judgment  of  a  court,  but  not  otherwise,  unless 
upon  a  special  order  issued  by  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  The  last  part  of 
this  provision  can  not  be  construed  separately  but  in  connection  with  the  first 
part,  and  can  not  be  interpreted  as  empowering  the  Secretary  of  War  to  stop  the 
pay  of  an  officer  to  satisfy  private  debts  or  claim  for  alimony. — Sec.  2382,  Digest  of 
Opinions  of  the  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the  Army,  Revised  Edition,  1001. 

However,  if  a  final  judgment  has  been  obtained  in  the  case  of  a  private  debt  or 
of  alimony,  the  disciplinary  aspect  of  the  case  will  be  recognized  by  the  War  De- 
partment upon  complaint. 

A  Military  Courtesy.  (See  "Honors,  Courtesies  and  Ceremonies," 
Army  Regulations;  also,  "Honors,"  Drill  Regulations.)  Courtesy 
among  military  men  is  indispensable  to  discipline;  respect  to  superiors 
will  not  be  confined  to  obedience  on  duty,  but  will  be  extended  on  all 
occasions.  (A.  R.) 

B  "All  officers  salute  on  meeting,  and  in  making  or  receiving  offi- 
cial reports.  Military  courtesy  requires  the  junior  to  salute  first,  but 
when  the  salute  is  introductory  to  a  report  made  at  a  military  cere- 
mony or  formation  to  the  representative  of  a  common  superior — as 
for  example,  to  the  adjutant,  officer  of  the  day,  etc. — the  officer  making 
the  report,  whatever  his  rank,  will  salute  first;  the  officer  to  whom  the 
report  is  made  will  acknowledge,  by  saluting,  that  he  has  received  and 
understood  the  report.  *  *  * "  (A.  R.) 

When  not  on  duty  the  salute  between  officers  is  usually  accom- 
panied by  a  verbal  salutation. 

It  is  frequently  noticed  that  older  officers  are  now  more  punc- 
tilious about  saluting  when  they  meet  than  are  those  of  brief  serv- 
ice. Second  lieutenants  and  all  other  officers,  reven  though  classmates 
or  intimate  friends,  should  salute  each  other  on  meeting  with  the 
same  correctness  as  though  they  were  many  grades  apart.  It  is 
merely  a  question  of  good  military  manners,  and  furthermore  it 
should  be  remembered  that  the  military  salute  is  the  mark  and  privi- 
lege of  the  military  man — that  it  is  a  bond  uniting  all  officers  and  sol- 
diers in  a  common  profession,  marking  the  fact  that  above  them  there 
is  an  authority  that  both  recognize  and  obey — the  Country! 

General  Orders  No.  183,  1901,  Division  of  the  Philippines,  states: 

"In  all  armies,  the  manner  in  which  military  courtesies  are  ob- 
served and  rendered  by  officers  and  soldiers  is  the  index  to  the  man- 
ner in  which  other  duties  are  performed." 

A  junior  is  not  justified  in  failing  to  salute  a  senior  because  the 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  31 

latter  does  not  acknowledge  the  salute  properly  or  because  of  a  griev- 
ance he  may  have  against  the  senior. 

An  officer  can  not  be  too  careful  about  returning  the  salutes  of 
those  under  him,  and  he  should  not  do  so  with  a  cigar  or  pipe  in  his 
mouth — this  is  unmilitary  and  impolite. 

The  subject  of  military  courtesy  is  covered  thoroughly  in 
Noncommissioned  Officers'  Manual  and  in  Privates'  Manual,  by  the 
author.  See  Advertising  Directory  in  back  of  Supplement. 

A  In  his  Suggestions  to  Young  Officers,  Captain  Sargent  says:  "Offi- 
cers take  precedence  according  to  rank  as  laid  down  in  the  Regula- 
tions, and  this  precedence  extends  to  your  social  life,  to  the  mess,  and 
to  the  club.  When  a  senior  enters  the  club,  it  is  just  as  much  an  act 
of  official  courtesy  as  it  is  a  social  one  to  offer  him  a  chair  and  a 
paper,  to  defer  in  a  manly  way  to  his  rank. 

"For  the  same  reason,  if  you  are  out  drilling  your  company, 
never  pass  across  the  front  of  a  company  commanded  by  a  senior  so 
as  to  cause  him  to  halt  or  mark  time  until  you  are  out  of  the  way. 
You  might  be  a  little  in  advance  of  him,  and  so  have  what  is  com- 
monly termed  the  right  of  way,  but  it  would  be  a  courteous  thing  to 
do  if  you  took  a  little  longer  route  and  avoided  delaying  him. 

"I  do  not  mean  that  there  should  be  a  servility  or  fawning  to- 
wards a  superior  officer — such  a  course  is  detestable;  but  that  there 
should  be  a  deference,  which  in  official  intercourse  should  be  marked." 

If  late  at  a  recitation  in  the  officers'  school,  always  make  your 
excuses  to  the  instructor  before  sitting  down. 

If  an  officer  senior  to  the  instructor  enters  the  recitation  room, 
even  though  there  be  but  little  difference  in  their  rank,  all  the  student 
officers  should  stand  at  attention. 

If  a  senior  officer  enters  a  room  in  which  you  are  without  side 
arms  and  wearing  your  hat,  remove  your  hat.  If  seated  you  would, 
of  course,  rise. 

B  When  walking  or  horseback  riding  with  a  senior,  remain  on  his 
left,  and  if  on  foot,  keep  step  with  him.  Likewis-e,  if  riding  in  a  car- 
riage with  a  superior,  always  sit  on  his  left. 

C  The  Army  Regulations  require  a  mounted  officer  to  dismount 
before  addressing  a  senior  not  mounted. 

D  Should  you  visit  the  headquarters  of  a  military  command  or  a 
military  post,  ^do  not  fail  to  call  upon  the  commander  thereof  as 
soon  as  practicable  and  register  your  name  as  required  by  Army 
Regulations. 

E  Punctuality.  Punctuality  is  one  of  the  cardinal  requisites  of  a 
good  soldier.  Cultivate  the  habit  of  being  punctual — make  it  an*  in- 
variable rule  always  to  be  at  the  appointed  place  three  or  four  minutes 
before  the  time  ordered.  Get  Into  the  habit  of  being  punctual. 


32  CHAPTER  I 

A  Promptness.  Always  act  promptly,  never  putting  off  until  to- 
morrow what  can  be  done  today.  Procrastination  has  thwarted  the 
advancement  of  many  a  bright,  able  officer.  Get  into  the  habit  of  being 
prompt. 

B  Industry  and  Perseverance.  In  the  profession  of  arms,  as  in 
all  other  professions,  officers  ultimately  take  standing  according  to 
efficiency  and  merit.  Efficiency  requires  time,  labor,  and  preseverance. 
Of  course,  ability  such  as  was  possessed  by  Napoleon,  Wellington, 
Grant,  Lee,  and  other  geniuses  is  not  to  be  acquired,  but  the  officer 
of  average  ability  may  educate  himself  to  a  capability,  if  not  to  com- 
mand an  army,  then  a  regiment,  and  if  not  a  regiment,  then  at  least  a 
company. 

Great  and  extraordinary  intellects  may  win  laurels  and  stand 
high  in  their  professions  with  but  little  labor,  but  such  geniuses  are 
very  rare — the  average  mortal,  without  inspiration  or  natural  gift,  can 
hope  to  gain  success  only  through  industry  and  perseverance. 

C  Forethought.  Forethought,  a  most  valuable  asset,  is  really  an 
acquired  trait.  Get  into  the  habit  of  cultivating  it — it  is  astonishing 
how  this  quality  can  be  improved  with  practice. 

D  Attention  to  Details.  Get  into  the  habit  of  paying  attention  to 
details.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  some  of  our  greatest  generals 
owed  their  success  in  a  large  degree  to  their  strict  attention  to 
details.  A  famous  English  general  once  remarked,  "I  attribute  my 
success  to  the  fact  that  I  attended  in  all  things  in  the  first  instance 
to  small  details;  but  it  is  the  fashion  now  to  think  that  small  details 
are  not  essential.  My  theory  and  practice  have  been  exactly  the 
reverse.  I  maintain  the  small  details  are  essential.  Every  great 
intellect  can  bring  details  to  a  successful  result,  but  without  details 
intellect  can  do  nothing.  That  is  the  principle  I  have  tried  to  incul- 
cate in  the  spirit  and  sentiments  of  the  army,  and  to  this  day,  when  I 
go  about  to  inspect  the  regiments,  I  look  to  these  small  details  as 
much  as  I  used  to  do  formerly.  I  believe  them  to  J>e  the  rudiments 
and  ground  work  of  our  services,  '  and  upon  them  we  must  build 
those  enlarged  views,  those  enlarged  requirements." 

Of  course,  it' goes  without  saying  that  one  who  has  subordinates 
that  are  charged  with  certain  duties,  should  not  attend  to  details  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  interfere  with  and  pester  those  under  him — he 
should  confine  himself  to  general  instructions,  leaving  the  details  to 
the  subordinates,  who  should  be  held  strictly  responsible  for  results. 
However,  one  must  not  forget  it  is  a  well-established  principle  that  it 
is  the  duty  of  an  officer  or  noncommissioned  officer  who  gives  an 
order  to  see  it  is  obeyed;  carrying  out  orders  received  does  not  end 
in  their  perfunctory  transmission  to  subordinates,  but  one  must  per- 
sonally see  that  orders  so  transmitted  are  made  effective. 

E        Your  Dress.     Always  be  sure  to  turn  out  in  the  regulation  uni- 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  33 

form,  with  your  clothing  properly  brushed,  cleaned  and  pressed,  and 
every  article  of  your  equipment  shipshape. 

Above  all,  avoid  slouchiness. 

A  Treatment  of  Soldiers.  Young  officers  sometimes  run  to  one  of 
two  extremes  in  the  treatment  of  their  men — they  either,  by  undue 
familiarity  or  otherwise,  cultivate  popularity  with  their  men;  or,  they 
do  not  treat  them  with  sufficient  consideration — the  former  course 
will  forfeit  their  esteem;  the  latter,  ensure  their  dislike,  neither  of 
which  result  is  conducive  to  commanding  their  respect. 

Treat  your  soldiers  with  proper  consideration,  dignity,  and  jus- 
tice— remember  they  are  members  of  your  profession,  the  difference 
being  one  of  education,  rank,  command,  and  pay — but  they  are  men, 
like  yourself,  and  should  be  treated  as  such. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  you  ever  swear  at  a  soldier — 
not  only  is  this  taking  a  mean,  unfair  advantage  of  your  position,  but 
it  is  also  undignified,  ungentlemanly  and  unmilitary.  It  is  even  more 
improper  for  you  to  swear  at  a  soldier  than  it  is  for  a  superior  to 
swear  at  you — in  the  latter  case  the  insult  can  be  properly  resented; 
in  the  former,  it  must  be  borne  in  humiliating  silence. 

Remember,  that  if  by  harsh  or  unfair  treatment  you  destroy  a 
man's  self-respect,  you  at  the  same  time  destroy  his  usefulness. 

Familiarity  is,  of  course,  most  subversive  of  discipline,  but  you 
can  treat  your  men  with  sympathetic  consideration  without  being 
familiar  with  them. 

See  page  172  (The  Captain)  and  also  246  (8). 

In  dealing  with  enlisted  men,  do  not  use  the  same  standard  of 
intellect  and  morals  that  apply  in  the  case  of  officers.  And  remember, 
too,  that  a  thing  that  may  appear  small  and  trivial  to  an  officer  may 
mean  a  great  deal  to  an  enlisted  man — study  your  men,  learn  -their 
desires,  their  habits,  their  way  of  thinking,  and  then  in  your  dealings 
with  them  try  to  look  at  things  from  their  standpoint  also.  In  other 
words,  in  your  treatment  of  your  men  be  just  as  human  as  possible. 

B  One  of  our  ablest  officers  has  given  this  definition  of  the  Art 
of  War: 

1-5  is  learned  from  books; 

1-5  is  common  sense; 

3-5  is  knowing  men  and  how  to  lead  them. 

C  System  and  Method.  Get  into  the  habit  of  being  systematic  and 
methodical.  A  systematic  and  methodical  man  can  accomplish  in  a 
given  time  two  or  three  times  as  much  as  a  man  of  equal  intelli- 
gence who  is  not  systematic  and  methodical.  Make  for  yourself  the 
reputation  of  being  careful,  systematic  and  methodical. 

D  Paper  Work.  The  only  way  to  learn  Army  paper  work  is  to  do 
it,  thus  acquiring  a  practical,  working  knowledge  of  the  subject.  Ask 
your  captain  to  let  you  act  as  company  clerk  for  two  or  three  months 
— go  to  the  company  office  and  study  carefully  the  Correspondence 


34  CHAPTER  I 

Book,  the  retained  Muster  and  Pay  Rolls,  etc.  Also  study  the  subject 
of  "Correspondence"  in  the  famy  Regulations. 

See  Chapter  XVI,  Page  237,  on  "Paper  Work." 

A  Service  Publications.  Young  officers,  when  joining  the  service, 
should  become  members  of  the  Military  Service  Institution  and  of 
the  Infantry,  or  Cavalry  or  Artillery  Association.  (Infantry  and 
Cavalry  officers  should  belong  to  both  the  Infantry  and  the  Cavalry 
Association.) 

Officers  should  also  subscribe  to  either  the  Army  and  Navy 
Journal  or  the  Army  and  Navy  Register.  In  this  way  an  officer 
keeps  posted  on  the  best  current  thought  and  ideas  in  the  Army — he 
sees  what  his  brother  officers  are  doing  and  keeps  in  touch  with  the 
personnel  of  the  service. 

The  Saturday  edition  of  The  Evening  Post,  New  York  ($1.50  per  year),  devotes 
considerable  space  (usually  a  whole  page)  to  Army  news.  The  Tribune,  New  York 
(daily,  including  Sunday  edition),  $8  per  year,  devotes  more  space  to  Army  news 
than  any  other  daily  of  New  York. 

The  following-named  newspapers  make  more  or  less  a  specialty  of  Army  and 
National  Guard  news:  Baltimore  Sun;  Kansas  City  Star;  Leavenworth  Times;  Bos- 
ton Evening  Transcript;  Chicago  Inter-Ocean;  Boston  Globe ;  Brooklyn  Daily  Times; 
Brooklyn  Eagle;  Standard  Union  (Brooklyn);  New  York  World;  New  York  Times; 
New  York  Press ;  Philadelphia  Ledger ;  Philadelphia  Inquirer ;  Pittsburgh  Press ; 
Washington  (D.  C.)  Evening  Star;  Washington  (D.  C.)  Post. 

B  Quite  often  matters  come  up  that  officers  complain  are  not  cov- 
ered in  the  Army  Regulations,  in  some  of  the  Staff  Department  Man- 
uals, or  in  some  other  way,  while,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  very 
things  in  point  are  so  covered.  The  trouble  is,  some  people  do  not 
know  where  to  find  things — hence,  spend  your  first  few  months  in 
the  service  learning  what  subjects  the  Army  Regulations,  the  Staff 
Department,  Manuals,  etc.,  contain,  so  that  you  will  know  they  exist 
and  will  be  able  to  find  them  when  the  occasion  arises. 

In  this  connection  it  is  suggested  that  you  subscribe  to  "Army 
Amendments,"  a  quarterly  publication  that  will  keep  "posted"  up  to 
date  your  Army  Regulations,  Manual  of  Guard  Duty,  the  Manuals 
of  the  various  Departments,  and  several  other  War  Department  publi- 
cations. See  Advertising  Directory  in  back  part  of  Supplement. 

C  Personal  Orders.  Keep  a  file  of  all  company,  post,  regimental, 
department  division,  and  War  Department  orders  affecting  you.  You 
will  find  such  a  file  not  only  most  interesting,  but  also  very  convenient 
for  reference  in  years  to  come.  (A  Weis  Scrap  Book,  No.  105,  is 
recommended  for  the  purpose.) 

D  Seeking  Advice.  In  case  you  wish  advice  on  any  subject  go  to 
either  the  adjutant  or  your  company  commander — either  will  gladly 
assist  you.  When  no  officers  are  at  hand,  you  should  not  feel  back- 
ward or  ashamed  to  ask  old  soldiers,  especially  noncommissioned 
officers,  concerning  matters  you  do  not  understand.  Although  you 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  35 

may  have  more  "book-learning"  than  the  old  soldier,  he  knows  more 
about  soldiers  and  soldiering  than  you  will  know  for  several  years  to 
come. 

A  When  Assuming  A  New  Command,  Do  Not  Be  Top  Hasty  About 
Making  Changes.  Probably  the  greatest  administrative  officer  the 
Army  has  ever  had  said  to  the  author  one  day,  "In  assuming  a  new 
command  I  always  make  it  a  rule  to  go  slowly  in  changing  things  my 
predecessor  has  done.  He  probably  had  good  reasons  for  his  acts, 
and  after  you  have  been  in  command  awhile  and  gotten  familiar  with 
conditions  your  views  may  be  quite  different  from  what  they  were  at 
first." 

B  Don't  Go  Over  Heads  of  People.  In  giving  instructions  or  in 
doing  or  getting  things  be  careful  not  to  go  over  the  heads  of  people 
— there  is  nothing  that  will  rile  the  average  man  more  than  this. 

In  this  connection  it  may  also  be  said  that  you  should  not  get  a 
company  clerk,  a  clerk  in  the  adjutant's  office,  or  any  other  soldier 
occupying  a  similar  position  to  do  any  clerical  or  other  work  for  you 
without  first  speaking  to  the  officer  under  whose  immediate  directions 
the  man  is  working. 

C  Legible  Signatures.  Of  late  years  there  has  been  considerable 
just  criticism  of  the  illegible  signatures  of  many  officers,  especially 
youngsters.  Illegible  signatures  are  often  a  source  of  annoyance,  in- 
convenience, and  exasperation  to  others.  Although  a  person  may 
write  more  or  less  illegibly,  there  is  no  excuse  for  illegible  signatures, 
which  can  be  avoided  so  easily  by  the  exercise  of  a  little  care  and 
pains. 

The  Following  Extracts  from  "THE  YOUNG  OFFICER'S  DON'TS" 
are  Considered  Worthy  of  Perusal: — 

DON'T,  on  joining  your  regiment,  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that 
you  are  now  a  young  officer,  and,  therefore,  no  longer  an  old  cadet. 
Your  immediate  seniors  will  be  disposed  to  speedily  remind  you  of 
the  change,  should  it  ever  escape  your  memory. 

DON'T  assert  yourself  or  your  accomplishments.  They  will  be 
the  more  appreciated  when  lonnd  out  by  others, .and  so,  perhaps,  will 
you. 

DON'T  affect  a  superiority  over  your  brother  officers,  either  as 
regards  knowledge  or  ignorance.  Prigs  and  ignoramuses  are  alike 
intolerable;  but  the  latter  predominate. 

DON'T,  however  poor  you  may  be,  dress  shabbily. 

DON'T  affect  any  singularity  in  dress.  This  is  a  monopoly  of 
great  men  who,  presumably,  desire  to  bring  themselves  down  to  the 
level  of  ordinary  mortals.  Knowing  this  instinctively,  men  will  try 
to  find  a  reason  for  your  peculiarities,  should  you  cultivate  any, 


36  CHAPTER  I 

and  unassisted  by  you,  may  possibly  jump  at  conclusions  to  your 
disadvantage. 

DON'T,  if  you  are  well  off,  perpetually  boast  about  the  large- 
ness of  your  purchases.  Nothing  is  more  offensively  vulgar  than 
telling  people  "what  you  gave"  for  this  or  that,  and  the  chances  are 
that  you  are  only  advertising  your  own  folly  and  gullibility. 

DON'T  sneer  at  anybody,  either  openly  or  behind  their  backs. 
It  is  bad  manners  and  uncharitable;  even  men  with  ridiculously  bad 
memories  will  not  readily  forget  your  having  done  so. 

DON'T  be  captious.  Your  elders  always  think  they  know  bet- 
ter than  you,  and,  without  being  sycophantic,  it  is  graceful  to  be 
silent  rather  than  contradict  them  flatly.  It  is  also  politic. 

DON'T  forget  small  debts.  The  shilling  borrowed  at  pool  is 
apt  to  be  sooner  forgotten  than  the  sovereign  lent  at  a  race  meeting 
— by  the  borrower. 

DON'T  openly  despise  a  man,  of  your  own  or  any  other  stand- 
ing, whom  you  feel  to  be  your  inferior.  Depend  upon  it  there  is 
something  at  which  he  can  beat  you  handsomely,  and  he  will  leave  no 
stone  unturned  till  he  does  it. 

DON'T  recite  your  personal  experiences  too  frequently,  or  with 
wearying  detail.  Unsolicited  anecdotes  of  personal  prowess  have,  as 
a  rule,  more  charm  for  the  teller  than  for  his  audience — some  of 
whom  politeness  may  alone  prevent  from  capping  them. 

DON'T  do  nothing  because  there  is  nothing  to  do.  The  human 
machine  is  a  poor  contrivance,  when  it  stops  running  because  nobody 
happens  to  have  replenished  its  hopper. 

DON'T  parade  a  want  of  interest  in  things  which  may  be  en- 
gaging the  attention  of  your  brother  officers.  Rightly  or  wrongly, 
they  will  expect  your  sympathy,  and  will  resent  its  denial. 

DON'T  allow  yourself  to  have  any  tricks  of  manner,  or  habit,  if 
you  can  help  it. 

DON'T  set  undervalue  on  pedigree  or  family  connections. 
NOBLESSE  OBLIGE  should  be  your  patrician  motto.  Remember  Lord 
St.  Leonards'  answer  to  the  snob  who  reminded  him  that  his  father 
was  a  barber.  "Had  your  father  been  a  barber,"  was  the  rejoinder, 
''you  would  have  been  a  barber  too."  There  is  no  need  to  proclaim 
yourself  a  born  gentleman,  if  you  behave  as  such. 

DON'T,  as  you  value  your  existence,  give  men  a  handle  to 
call  you  a  toady.  He  who  forces  himself  into  the  friendship  of  his 
superiors  loses  forever  the  esteem  of  his  equals;  and,  under  a  dynasty 
that  knows  not  Joseph,  will  realize  how  hearty  the  dislike  and  con- 
tempt of  his  comrades  can  be. 

DON'T  rely  upon  what  is  termed  "pull"  for  promotion  and 
advancement.  Your  own  exertions  will  procure  you  a  solid  esteem, 
infinitely  more  useful  than  the  recommendation  of  men  in  high  places, 
bestowed  (begrudgingly  more  often  than  not)  upon  ydur  father's  son 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  37 

DON'T  be  overanxious  to  kick  down  the  ladder  by  which  you 
may  have  climbed.  Men  who  have  done  you  a  good  turn  at  any  time 
remember  it  and  its  direct  bearing  on  your  success  long  after  they 
and  it  have  faded  from  your  mind. 

DON'T  talk  loud  at  mess,  or  monopolize  the  conversation  bv 
telling  stories  which,  though  possibly  new  to  you,  may  be  well  known 
to  your  elders.  These  are  the  privileges  of  senior  officers,  and  your 
turn  will  come. 

DON'T,  by  any  chance,  mention  a  lady's  name  at  mess.  This 
rule  is  as  good  as  it  is  old,  and  can  not  be  too  strictly  adhered  to. 

DON'T  use  strong  language  at  mess.  Rudeness  from  a  boy's 
lips  becomes  an  insult  from  a  man's,  and  its  consequences  are  pro- 
portionately serious. 

Personal  Military  Library 

A  The  list  of  books  given  on  pages  39-47  is  intended  as  an  aid  to 
young  officers  who  may  desire  to  accumulate  a  useful  military  library 
without  an  unnecessary  expenditure  of  time  and  money.  The  list  is 
not  a  bibliography  of  the  wars  and  other  subjects  considered,  but  has 
for  its  object  the  naming  of  a  limited  number  of  works  which  are 
known  to  possess  military  value  and  interest. 

Cir.  6,  Division  of  Militia  Affairs,  March  31,  1911,  gives  a  list  of 
books  suggested  as  a  guide  for  a  Militia  library. 

See  Chapter  XXIX,  page  379,  "The  Educational  System  of  the 
Army  and  Professional  Study." 

B  The  books  named,  or  any  other  professional  works,  foreign  or 
domestic,  now  in  print,  may  be  obtained  from  The  Secretary,  Army 
Service  Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  at  a  considerable  saving 
in  some  cases  over  the  usual  retail  rates. 

Also,  The  U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C,  and  The 
U.  S.  Cavalry  Association,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan.,  have  excellent 
book  departments  through  which  any  books,  domestic  or  foreign,  can 
be  obtained  at  the  regular  selling  price.  It  is  suggested  that  officers 
order  their  books,  magazines,  and  periodicals  for  both  themselves  and 
their  companies,  through  these  associations,  which  are  thus  enabled 
to  make  a  profit  without  any  cost  on  the  part  of  the  purchaser. 

MILITARY  HISTORY1 

All  study  of  war,  strategy,  tactics,  military  supplies  and  transport, 
and  every  other  branch,  brings  us  sooner  or  later  to  the  study  of  Military 
History.  For  professional  purposes  the  descriptions  of  campaigns  and 

*In  the  preparation  of  this  subject  valuable  assistance  was  received  from 
Captain  Arthur  L.  Conger,  29th  U.  S.  Infantry. 

(Note:  The  Annotated  Guide  of  American  History,  published  by  Houghton, 
Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston,  is  a  most  excellent  reference  book  which  gives  the  scope, 
character,  and  comparative  worth  of  books  on  American  history). 


38  CHAPTER  1 

battles  found  in  general  histories,  as  well  as  in  a  good  many  so-called 
military  histories,  are  of  little  value.  We  require  either  the  work  of  a 
competent  trained  historical  writer,  who  is  at  the  same  time  possessed  of 
sufficient  professional  knowledge  and  ability  to  point  out  both  the  facts 
of  importance  and  the  deductions  to  be  drawn  from  them,  or  else  the 
necessary  documents,  records,  orders,  messages,  diaries,  etc.,  to  enable 
us  to  study  the  facts  for  ourselves  and  deduce  our  own  lessons  therefrom. 

llie  systematic  writing  of  military  history  was  first  begun  by 
Napoleon  I,  who  established  a  War  Department  Historical  Bureau  charged 
with  writing  histories  of  the  campaigns  of  his  time.1  This  was  aban- 
doned, however,  at  the  restoration  of  the  French  monarchy.  The  Ger- 
mans were  next  to  undertake  the  systematic  writing  of  military  his- 
tory. An  historical  section  of  the  German  Great  General  Staff  was 
founded  about  1870,  and  its  first  great  work,  "The  History  of  the 
Franco-German  War  of  1870-71,"*  was  published  soon  after  the  conclu- 
sion of  that  war.  This  was  followed  by  a  series  of  "Monographs  on 
War  History,"  of  which  forty-four  have  appeared  up  to  the  present 
time.  The  earlier  volumes  are  devoted  to  the  Prussian  Wars  of  '64, 
'66,  the  Napoleonic  Wars  and  wars  of  Frederick  the  Great.  The  latter 
volumes,  however,  have»been  devoted  to  studies  of  the  Boer  War  and 
the  Russo-Japanese  War.* 

More  recently  a  series  of  "Studies  in  War  History  and  Tactics" 
have  been  undertaken,  five  volumes  of  which  have  appeared  thus  far, 
dealing  with  such  subjects  as  "The  Movement  of  an  Army  in  Campaign ;" 
"The  Withdrawal  from  Battle;"  "Success  in  Battle"  and  "The  Fortress 
in  Wars  of  the  Time  of  Napoleon  and  Wars  of  Our  Own  Time."  Other 
publications  deal  with  subjects  of  less  general  interest,  such  as  the  his- 
tory of  the  German  Army. 

The  above  works  are  published  as  the  work  of  the  General  Staff, 
the  names  of  the  writers  not  being  given. 

As  might  be  expected,  all  works  dealing  with  wars  in  which  Germany 
has  taken  part,  are  written  with  a  strong  bias,  and  with  a  view  to  con- 
serving and  fostering  the  prestige  and  esprit  of  the  German  Army.  Other 
wars  are  discussed  with  a  fair  degree  of  accuracy  and  impartiality,  though 
it  is  to  be  regretted  that  references  to  sources  are  infrequent. 

In  1899  an  historical  section  of  the  French  General  Staff  was  formed 
and  began  the  publication  of  a  monthly  magazine,  Le  Revue  d'Histoire, 
devoted  to  studies  of  the  Franco-German  War  of  1870,  earlier  French 
wars,  including  those  of  Napoleon,  and  recent  foreign  wars,  including 
the  Boer  and  Russo-Japanese  wars. 


1  Some  of  these  have  been  published  under  the  title  "Memorial  du  Depont  de  la 
Guerre." 

1  Translated,  but  out  of  print  and  hard  to  obtain. 

•  The  volumes  on  the  Boer  War  and  two  of  those  on  the  Russo-Japanese  war, 
have  been  translated  and  published  in  English. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  39 

Most  of  these  studies  have  since  been  republished  in  book  form, 
including  a  history  of  the  Franco-German  War  of  1870,  and  the  campaigns 
of  1800  and  1805  (not  yet  completed.) 

These  publications  differ  from  the  German  in  that  the  names  of  the 
writers  are  given  and  all  important  documents  available  are  published  in 
full. 

The  general  staffs  of  the  Holland  and  Belgian  armies  have  recently 
established  "Historical  Sections"  modeled  on  the  French  plan.  The  Rus- 
sian General  Staff  likewise  has  an  historical  section.  The  British  General 
Staff  has  no  historical  section  but  an  officer  (Colonel  Maurice)  was 
recently  detailed  to  write  "An  Official  History  of  the  South  African  War." 

In  the  United  States  Army  little  attention  has  thus  far  been  given 
to  the  study  or  wriv.ing  of  military  history,  but  Congress  has  provided 
for  its  study  in  the  "Official  Records  of  the  War  of  the  Rebellion,"  the 
most  complete  set  of  documents  ever  published  regarding  any  war. 

As  can  be  readily  surmised  from  the  foregoing,  there  is  comparatively 
little  in  English,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  translations,  of  great  value 
on  modern  European  wars. 

THE  WARS  OF  FREDERICK  THtf  GREAT 

(Books  marked  with  an  asterisk  are  out  of  print,  but  second-hand  copies  can  be 
obtained.) 

A  Carlyle's  "Frederick  the  Great"  is  the  standard  work  in  English. 
The  battles  have  been  collected  and  published  separately  in  "Carlyle's 
Battles  of  Frederick  the  Great,"  by  Ransome,  but  the  whole  of  Car- 
lyle's works  is  of  interest  to  the  military  student. 

THE  NAPOLEONIC  WARS 

Rose's  "Napoleon  I." 

Fournier's  "Napoleon   I." 

"The  Cambridge  Modern  History,"       }-  Good  general  histories. 

Vol.  IX,  "Napoleon." 
Jomini's  "Life  of  Napoleon." 
"Napoleon  As  A  General,"  by  Count  Wartenburg;  a  valuable  mili- 
tary estimate. 

"Napoleon  Bonaparte's  First  Campaign."  1 

"The  Marengo  Campaign."  >  by  Sargent. 

"The  Conquest  of  Prussia." 

"The  Campaign  of  Poland."  by  F   L    Petre 

"Napoleon  and  the  Archduke  Charles." 

"History  of  the  Peninsular  War." — Napier.  (Considered  by  some 
as  the  best  military  history  ever  written.) 

"1815— Waterloo,"  by  Houssaye.     (Translated  from  the  French.) 
"Campaign  of  1815,"  by  James. 
+    "History  of  the  Waterloo  Campaign,"  by  Ropes. 


40  CHAPTER  I 

There  are  numerous  memoirs  which  are  interesting  as  throwing 
light  on  the  customs,  personalities,  morale  of  the  armies,  etc.,  though  of 
slight  specific  historical  value,  such  as  those  of  Baron  de  Marbot,1  Mac- 
Donald,  Oudinot,  Le  Jeune,  Rapp,  Segur  and  Meneval,  but  among  the 
best  of  these  the  memoirs  of  St.  Cyr  have  unfortunately  not  been  trans- 
lated, and  the  translation  of  Marmont's  Memoirs  is  out  of  print. 

The  so-called  St.  Helena  Memoirs,  by  Las  Casas,  Gourgand, 
Monthalon,  etc.,  have  little  historical  reliability,  but  are  of  interest  as 
giving  Napoleon's  later  criticisms  on  his  own  campaigns. 

The  "Correspondence  of  Napoleon"  (32  vols.),  published  by  direction  ot 
Napoleon  III,  1858-1869  (in  French),  forms  the  real  basis  for  the  study  of  the 
Napoleonic  campaigns,  taken  in  connection  with  the  more  recent  publications  of  the 
French  and  German  general  staffs. 

THE  CRIMEAN  WAR 

A  "THE  WAR  IN  THE  CRIMEA/'  by  Hamley.  An  excellent  work. 
Concise  and  accurate. 

Kinglake's  "History  of  the  Crimean  War."  Student  edition,  by 
Clarke. 

THE  ITALIAN  WAR  OF  1859 
B       "Magenta  and  Solferino" — Wylly  (London). 

THE  AUSTRO-PRUSSIAN  WAR 
Hozier's  "Seven  Weeks'  War."    An  excellent  work. 
Wagner's  "The  Campaign  of  Koniggratz."    A  study  of  the  Austro- 
Prussian  conflict  in  light  of  the  American  Civil  War. 

THE  FRANCO-GERMAN  WAR 

C  *"The  German  Official  Account."  A  voluminous  and  costly  work. 
It  is  the  standard  work  on  which  all  other  histories  of  this  war  must 
necessarily  be  mainly  founded." 

*BORBSTAEDT'S  "HISTORY  OF  THE  FRANCO-GERMAN  WAR."  An  excel- 
lent work  but  it  ends  with  the  fall  of  Strassburg  and  the  annihilation  of 
the  French  regular  armies. 

"The  Franco-German  War,"  by  Von  Moltke.  A  brief  history,  good 
in  the  original,  but  the  English  translation  contains  a  number  of  minor 
inaccuracies. 

"The  Franco-German  War" — Maurice.  (By  German  officers — cor- 
responds to  our  "Battles  and  Leaders  of  the  Civil  War"). 

The  following  translations  from  the  German  do  not  pretend  to  be 
histories,  but  throw  considerable  light  on  certain  phases  of  the  operations : 

"With  the  Royal  Headquarters,"  by  Von  Verdy. 


1  Memoirs  of  Baron  de  Marbot  is  an  extremely  interesting  work  which  throws 
much  light  upon  the  military  methods  and  life  in  the  armies  of  Napoleon. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  41 

"Blumenthal's  Journal  of  the  Wars  of  1886  and  18/0-71." 
"Twenty-four  Hours  of  Von  Moltke's  Strategy."  )  r?  -,.  TT 
"Tactics  of  the  Future."  j  p 

From  the  French  point  of  view  nothing  of  consequence  on'  the  Franco-German 
War  has  yet  been  written  in  English  or  translated,  but  Bonnal's  "Froeschwiller"  and 
"Manoeuvre  de  St.  Privat"  as  well  as  the  French  General  Staff  History,  are  excellent 
works  recommended  for  those  who  read  French.  Lebautcourt's  "L'Histoire  de  la 
Guerre  de  1870-71"  is  probably  the  best  general  history  of  the  war.  A  good  impartial 
account  as  well  as  a  valuable  military  criticism  is  found  in  the  Russian  General  Von 
Woyde's  "Causes  of  Success  and  Failure  in  the  Franco-German  War;"  this  work  is  pub- 
lished in  both  French  and  German,  but  not  yet  in  English.  Von  Moltke's  correspond- 
ence, recently  published  by  the  German  General  Staff,  throws  much  new  light  on 
this  campaign. 

THE  RUSSO-TURKISH  WAR 

Greene's  "Russian  Campaigns  in  Turkey."    An  excellent  work. 
"The  Russo-Turkish  War"— Maurice. 
"Army  Life  in  Russia" — Greene. 

EARLY  AMERICAN  WARS 

Parkman's  "Montcalm  and  Wolfe."  A  deeply  interesting  history 
of  the  "Old  French  War." 

Fiske's  "History  of  the  American  Revolution."    An  excellent  work. 

Lossing's  "Field  Book  of  the  War  of  1812."  A  large  volume,  minute 
in  many  details,  and  somewhat  discursive. 

An  excellent  account  of  the  War  of  1812  can  be  found  in  Adams' 
"History  of  the  United  States,  from  1801  to  1817,"  and  in  McMaster's 
"History  of  the  People  of  the  United  States." 

"War  of  1812" — Johnston. 

"Naval  War  of  1812"— Roosevelt. 

THE  MEXICAN  WAR 

*"History  of  the  Mexican  War,"  by  Major  General  C.  M.  Wilcox; 
Church  News  Pub.  Co.,  Washington;  1892.  A  good  military  history. 

"The  War  With  Mexico,"  by  Brigadier  General  R.  S.  Ripley;  Harper, 
I\T.  Y.,  1849;  2  volumes.  A  good  military  history  in  a  more  popular  style 
than  the  above. 

"Autobiography  of  General  Winfield  Scott,"  Sheldon,  N.  Y.,  1864; 
2  volumes.  Has  been  severely  criticised,  but  has  great  interest  for  the 
military  student. 

"General  Scott,"  by  Brigadier  General  M.  I.  Wright. 

"General  Zachary  Taylor,"  by  Major  General  O.  O.  Howard. 

The  last  two  volumes  are  popular  biographies  published  by  Appleton, 
New  York,  1892-94,  in  the  "Great  Commander"  series.  Price,  $1.50  each. 

THE  CIVIL  WAR  OF  1861-64 

The  "Official  Records  of  -the  Union  and  Confederate  Armies  in  the 
War  of  the  Rebellion"  (128  volumes  and  atlas),  published  by  Act  of  Con- 


42  CHAPTER  I 

gress  at  a  cost  of  nearly  three  million  dollars  and  distributed  free  of 
charge  to  field  officers  pi  the  Army  and  members  of  Congress  and  their 
friends,  is  now  out  of 'print,  but  a  set  will  be  found  in  the  post  library 
of  nearly  every  military  post  in  the  United  States,  and  sets  with  the  atlas 
may  be  obtained  from  second-hand  book  dealers  for  from  $15  to  $40. 

The  best  general  history  of  the  Civil  War  is  "Abraham  Lincoln ;  A 
History,"  by  Nicolay  and  Hay,  10  volumes;  The  Century  Co. 

"The  Campaigns  of  the  Civil  War,"  13  volumes,  Scribner's,  form 
the  best  introduction  to  the  study  of  particular  campaigns. 

"A  Bird's  Eye  View  of  the  Civil  War."  by  Dodge,  gives  a  brief 
summary  of  events  of  the  War.  Baker  &  Taylor,  New  York,  $1. 

Other  histories  are : 

"History  of  the  Civil  War  in  America,"  by  the  Comte  de  Paris;  4 
volumes  (to  the  spring  of  1864,  only). 

"Story  of  the  Civil  War,"  by  J.  C.  Ropes,  2  volumes.  (1861  and 
1862,  only). 

"Life  of  Stonewall  Jackson,"  by  Henderson  (English).  Strong 
Southern  bias  and  unreliable. 

"Grant's  Virginia  Campaign  in  1864,"  by  Atkinson  (English).    Good. 

Memoirs1 

Many  memoirs  have  been  published,  of  which  only  a  few  will  be 
mentioned  here. 

"Personal  Memoirs  of  U.  S.  Grant"  is  an  exceptionally  able  and  care- 
ful work  and  should  be  in  the  library  of  every  officer. 

The  memoirs  of  Sherman  and  of  Sheridan  are  of  great  interest  on 
account  of  the  prominent  part  in  events  taken  by  these  generals. 

"McClellan's  Own  Story,"  "Johnston's  Narrative"  and  "Advance  and 
Retreat,"  by  Hood,  are  mainly  controversial  in  character,  and  the  two  last 
are  particularly  unreliable.  "From  Manassas  to  Appomattox,"  by  Long- 
street,  is  an  excellent  work,  but  written  with  a  strong  bias. 

Two  memoirs  have  appeared  recently  which  have  a  special  value 
because  written  after  years  of  careful  study  of  the  campaigns  in  which  the 
writers  participated.  These  are: 

"Military  Reminiscences  of  the  Civil  War,"  by  Cox  (2  volumes, 
Scribner's),  and  "Military  Memoirs  of  a  Confederate,"  by  Alexander 
(i  volume,  Scribner's,  $4  net).  The  latter  presents  a  searching  and  fear- 
less analysis  of  each  of  the  great  campaigns.  It  is  one  of  the  ablest  and 
most  valuable  books  on  the  Civil  War. 

^'Battles  and  Leaders  of  the  Civil  War"  (4  volumes;  The  Century  Co.)  contain 
numerous  short  stories,  originally  published  in  the  Century  Magazine,  which  are 
mainly  controversial  or  anecdotal  and  of  slight  historic  or  military  value.  Some 
of  the  many  illustrations  are,  however,  excellent. 

NOTE.  An  excellent  and  fairly  complete  bibliography  of  the  Civil  War  will  be 
found  in  the  "Literature  of  American  History,  American  Library  Association. 
Annotated  Guide."  (Edited  by  J.  N.  Tamed.) 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  43 

THE  CHINO-JAPANESE  WAR  OF  1894 

"The  China-Japan  War,"  by  Vladimir,  Scribner's. 

THE  SPANISH-AMERICAN  WAR 

Lodge's  "History  of  the  War  With  Spain."  An  ably  written  book, 
but  produced  almost  contemporaneously  with  the  events  whi^h  it  describes, 
and,  consequently,  not  free  from  inaccuracies. 

The  "Fight  for  Santiago,"  by  Stephen  Bonsai.  A  readable  narra- 
tive, but  the  military  criticisms  are  of  little  value. 

"In  Cuba  With  Shafter,"  by  Miley.  A  concise  narrative,  supposed  to 
reflect  to  a  considerable  degree  the  views  of  General  Shafter. 

"The  Cuban  and  Porto  Rican  Campaigns,"  by  Richard  Harding 
Davis. 

"Battles  and  Capitulation  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,"  by  Lieut.  Jose 
Miiller  y  Tejiero. 

"The  Campaign  of  Santiago,"  by  Sargent.  The  best  history  of  the 
war  written  so  far.  (3  vols.) 

MINOR  WARS 

*Sprague's  "History  of  the  Florida  War." 

Malleson's  "History  of  the  Indian  Mutiny  of  1857."  (The  "Sepoy 
War.") 

Forbes'  "History  of  the  Afghan  Wars." 

Stevens'  "With  Kitchener  to  Omdurman." 

Churchill's  "The  River  War." 

"War  Path  and  Bivouac,  or  the  Conquest  of  the  Sioux,"  by  Finerty. 
While  this  book  scarcely  rises  to  the  dignity  of  history,  it  gives  a  readable 
and  reliable  account  of  the  Sioux  War  of  1876-77. 

"Narrative  of  the  Field  Operations  Connected  With  the  Zulu  War 
of  1879." 

Carter's  "Narrative  of  the  Boer  War."     (The  First  Boer  War). 

Maurice's  "Military  History  of  the  Campaign  of  1882  in  Egypt." 

"History  of  the  Soudan  Campaign."    Colvile. 

THE  CHINESE  CAMPAIGN  OF  1900 

"China  and  Allies."    Landor. 

"Reports  on  Military  Operations  in  South  Africa  and  China,"  pub- 
lished by  the  Military  Information  Division,  Adjutant  General's  Office. 
(Now  War  College  Division,  General  Staff.) 
"America  With  the  Chinese  Expedition." — Daggett. 

THE  BOER  WAR 

"German  General  Staff  Account."  2  vols.  Best  work  in  print  on 
subject.  Should  be  carefully  read  by  every  military  student. 


44  CHAPTER  I 

"The  History  of  the  Boer  War,"  by  Cunliffe;  2  vols.  (about  650  pages 
each)".  An  excellent  account  with  many  illustrations.  Originally  published 
at  $10,  now  sold  for  $2. 

"The  Times  History  of  the  War  in  South  Africa;"  5  yols.,  illustrated 
(about  350  pages  each).  A  very  complete  account  originally  published 
at  $50,  but  second-hand  copies  can  now  be  had  for  about  $10. 

"History*  of  the  War  in  South  Africa  1899-1902,"  by  Maurice  (semi- 
official account)  ;  not  yet  completed.  Three  volumes  have  appeared  thus 
far  (about  500  pages  each),  with  a  box  of  excellent  maps  to  accompany 
each  volume.  It  is  sold  at  $10  per  volume,  including  the  maps. 

"The  Great  Boer  \Var,"  by  Conan  Doyle.    An  excellent  brief  history. 

"The  Second  Boer  War,"  by  Wisser. 

"Reports  on  Military  Operations  in  South  Africa  and  China,**  pub- 
lished by  the  Military  Information  Division,  Adjutant  General's  Office. 

(Now  War  College  Division,  General  Staff.) 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR 

Two  volumes  of  the  German  Official  Account  have  thus  far  been 
translated  into  English  and  form  the  best  general  history  so  far  as  they 
go.  Other  volumes  will  appear  soon. 

The  report  of  U.  S.  Army  observers  have  been  published  by  the  War 
Department  in  numerous  volumes  and  contain  valuable  information  for 
the  study  of  this  war.  The  same  may  be  said  if  Sir  Ian  Hamilton's  "A 
Staff  Officer's  Scrap  Book;"  2  volumes  (about  350  pages  each).  Among 
the  many  monographs  and  accounts  of  special  operations  may  be  men- 
tioned : 

"The  Siege  and  Fall  of  Port  Arthur,"  by  Bartlett— the  best  English 
narrative  of  the  siege. 

"The  Battle  of  Mukden" — a  summary  by  the  German  General  Staff, 
published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London,  1906;  72  pages;  $1.50  (good  maps). 

"The  Battle  of  Shaho,"  the  same. 

"Lessons  of  the  Russo-Japanese  War,"  by  De  Negrier;  Hugh 
Rees,  London. 

"The  Truth  About  the  War,"  by  Tarbuno. 

WORKS  COVERING  SEVERAL  HISTORICAL  EPOCHS 

"Annals  of  the  Wars  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries," 
by  Cust.  This  work  includes  the  campaigns  of  Marlborough,  Frederick 
the  Great,  and  Napoleon,  besides  giving  a  good  account  of  the  "Old 
French  War,"  the  Revolution,  and  the  War  of  1812.  It  is  a  valuable 
work,  and  can  be  purchased  at  a  very  reasonable  price., 

VARIOUS  WORKS  PERTAINING  TO  THE  ART  OF  WAR 

General  Works  on  the  Art  of  War. 

"On  War,"  by  Clausewitz ;  translated  from  the  German  by  Colonel  Gra- 
ham; published  by  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Triibner  &  Co.,  London.  3  volumes. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  45 

Although  written  nearly  a  century  ago  this  book  remains  the  standard 
work  on  the  art  of  war  and  is  one  which  every  officer  who  wishes  to 
become  master  of  his  profession  should  know  thoroughly. 

"The  Conduct  of  War,"  by  Von  der  Goltz ;  translated  from  the  Ger- 
man by  Colonel  Dickman ;  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

A  valuable  and  concise  statement  of  the  principles  of  strategy. 

"The  Nation  in  Arms,"  by  Von  der  Goltz;  translated  from  the 
German  by  Von  Donat;  published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London.  An  im- 
portant supplement  to  the  above. 

"The  Development  of  Strategical  Science  During  the  igth  Century," 
by  Von  Caemmerer;  translated  from  the  German  by  Von  Donat;  pub- 
lished by  Hugh  Rees,  London. 

A  valuable  work,  especially  if  studied  after  or  in  connection  with 
those  given  above. 

"Napoleon's  Maxims  of  War."  Many  translations  exist  of  this  mili- 
tary classic  which  every  officer  should  know. 

"Operations  of  War,"  by  Hamley.  This  book  was  published  forty 
years  ago  and  gives  numerous  historical  illustrations  of  the  main  principles 
of  strategy,  taken  chiefly  from  Napoleonic  campaigns.  Although  some- 
what out  of  date  and  inexact  as  to  the  facts  of  some  of  the  campaigns 
cited,  this  work  remains  a  valuable  introduction  to  the  subject  of  strategy. 
A  work  on  the  same  order,  but  greatly  superior,  by  Von  Verdy,  has  just 
been  published  in  Germany,  of  which  it  is  hoped  that  an  English  translation 
will  soon  be  published. 

"Modern  War,"  by  Derrecagaix,  a  work  on  the  same  plan  by  a 
French  writer. 

"The  Duties  of  The  General  Staff,"  by  Von  Schellendorf,  translated 
for  the  British  General  Staff,  London.    The  best  introduction  to  the  study 
of  military  staff  duties  and  of  the  problems  which  confront  the  higher 
commanders  in  campaign. 
Fortification. 

"Applied  Principles  of  Field  Fortification,"  by  Captain  J.  A.  Wood- 
ruff, is  a  brief  but  good  introduction  to  this  subject. 
Military  Topography  and  Sketching. 

"Individual  and  Combined  Military  Sketching,"  by  Cole  and  Stuart; 
published  by  the  Cavalry  Journal,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. 

"Military  Topography"  (including  Map  Reading,  Surveying  and 
Sketching),  by  Sherrill. 

"Noncommissioned   Officers'   Manual,"   by   Moss,   contains   excellent 
chapters  on  map-reading  and  map-sketching,  presenting  the  subjects 
in  a  simple,  practical  way. 
Supply  and  Transport. 

"Lines  of  Communication."  ,      •& 

"Military  Transport."  by  Furse' 

"Notes  on  the  Supply  of  an  Army;"  translated  by  Captain  Kendell 
and  Colonel  Sharpe. 

No  subject  connected  with  the  art  of  war  is  of  greater  importance 
than  this,  but  there  is  little  thus  far  printed  on  it  in  English.  Every  officer 
should  investigate  deeply  this  subject  in  books  and  out  of  them. 


46  CHAPTER  I 

Tactics 

The  study  of  tactics  is  best  pursued  by  (a)  reading  general  works 
on  the  subject,  such  as  those  cited  below;  (b)  studying  and  solying 
tactical  problems;  and  (c)  studying  military  history.  These  three  lines 
of  study  should  go  hand  in  hand  and  when  possible  be  supplemented  by 
participating  in  tactical  and  staff  rides,  maneuvers,  and  war  games. 

(See  Chapter  XXIX,  page  379,  "The  Educational  System  of  the 
Army  and  Professional  Study.") 

The  standard  modern  work  en  tactics  is  by  Balck,  a  German  writer, 
published  in  6  volumes,  only  one  of  which,  "Infantry  Tactics,"  has  been 
translated  into  English. 

Other  works  on  tactics, recommended  are: 

"Tactical  Principles,"  by  J.  Burde;  published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London, 
1908. 

"A  Summer  Night's  Dream,"  anonymous;  published  by  Franklin 
Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

"Inquiries  into  the  Tactics  of  the  Future,"  by  Fritz  Hoenig;  trans- 
lated by  Reichmann  and  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

"Etudes  sur  le  Combat,"  by  Ardant  du  Picq.     (French.) 

"Notes  on  Field  Artillery  for  Officers  of  All  Arms,"  by  Captain 
O.  L.  Spaulding,  Jr. 
i.     "Cavalry  Studies  from  Two  Great  Wars,"  by  Bowie,  Koehler  and  Davis. 

"Cavalry  in  Future  Wars,"  by  Bernhardi. 

Works  on  Applied  Tactics 

"Tactical  Principles  and  Problems,"  by  Hanna;  453  pages,  $2.50. 
An  interesting  and  thorough  discussion  of  marches,  advance  and  rear 
guards,  combats,  outposts,  and  other  ordinary  operations  of  small  com- 
mands of  infantry  and  cavalry.  This  book  is  highly  recommended. 

"Studies  in  Minor  Tactics,"  by  instructors  in  the  Military  Art 
Department,  Army  School  of  the  Line.  This  book  deals  with  small  forces, 
from  a  small  patrol  up  to  and  including  a  regiment. 

"Letters  on  Applied  Tactics,"  by  Griepenkerl;  American  translation 
by  Earth;  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  This  work 
deals  with  the  reenforced  brigade. 

The  following  three  works  deal  with  an  infantry  division: 

"Studies  in  the  Leading  of  Troops,"  by  Von  Verdy  (Franklin  Hud- 
son). 

"Tactical  Divisions  and  Orders,"  by  Buddecke  (Franklin  Hudson). 

"Selected  Problems  Relating  to  the  Conduct  of  a  Division"  (by 
Gizycki  and  Fitzman)  ;  privately  printed  at  the  Army  Service  Schools  for 
use  in  the  Staff  College,  but  for  sale  to  Army  officers. 

The  following  are  of  special  interest  to  cavalry  officers: 

"Conduct  of  a  Contact  Squadron,"  by  de  Biensan. 


TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED  47 

"Studies  in  Applied  Tactics,"  by  Von  Alten ;  translated  by  Earth  and 
published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

"Cavalry  in  Service,"  by  Pellt-Narbonne ;  translated  by  Legard  and 
published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London.  (Studies  based  on  the  employment  of  the 
German  Cavalry  at  the  outbreak  of  the  Franco-German  War  of  1870-71). 

Miscellaneous 

"History  of  the  Indian  Mutiny  of  1857,"  (the  Sepoy  Rebellion),  by 
Malleson. 

"History  of  the  Afghan  Wars,"  by  Forbes. 

"Narrative  of  the  Field  Operations  connected  with  the  Zulu  War  of 
1879-" 

"Narrative  of  the  Boer  War,"  by  Carter  (First  Boer  War). 

"Military  History  of  the  Campaign  of  1882  in  Egypt,"  by  Maurice. 

"History  of  the  Soudan  Campaign,"  by  Colvile. 

"With  Kitchener  to  Omdurman,"  by  Stevens. 

"The  River  War,"  by  Churchill. 

"Forty-one  Years  in  India,"  by  General  Lord  Roberts. 

"History  of  the  Florida  War,"  by  Sprague. 

"War  Path  and  Bivouac,"  by  Finerty  (Sioux  War  of  1876-77). 

"Chief  Joseph,  His  Pursuit  and  Capture,"  by  Howard. 

The  War  Department  and  the  Military  Information  Division  Libraries 

Upon  direct  application  to  the  Librarian  of  the  War  Department 
officers  may  obtain  such  books  in  the  War  Department  Library  as  are  not 
necessary  for  reference  purposes  in  the  library  rooms.  Books  so  obtained 
can  be  retained  thirty  days  from  date  of  their  receipt,  at  the  expiration 
of  which  period  they  will  be  returned  by  registered  mail  to  the  Librar- 
ian of  the  War  Department. 

The  officer  must  prepay  the  registry  fee. 

Transfers  of  any  volume  to  an  officer  serving  at  the  same  post 
may  be  made  for  a  period  of  fifteen  days,  in  which  case  the  librarian 
will  be  promptly  advised.  (Instructions  of  the  officer  in  supervisory 
charge  of  the  library). 

Under  the  same  conditions  books  may  be  obtained  from  the  Military 
Information  Division  Library  (War  College  Division,  General  Staff). 

Catalogues  of  books  on  hand  in  both  libraries  may  be  found  in  the 
Post  Library. 

Library  of  the  Military  Information  Division,  General  Staff,  Manila, 
P.  I. 

Officers  serving  in  the  Philippines  Division  can  get  books  from  this 
library  on  conditions  similar  to  those  on  which  publications  can  be  obtained 
from  the  War  Department  Library. 


48  CHAPTER  I 

A  The  War  College  Division  of  the  General  Staff  is  always  glad  to 
avail  itself  of  the  services  of  officers  who  are  good  translators  of  any 
foreign  language.  Officers  doing  translation  work  receive  credit  for 
the  same  on  their  efficiency  .record.  Officers  wishing  to  secure  profes- 
•sional  books  or  papers  for  translation  should  communicate  with,  "The 
Chief,  War  College  Division,,  General  Staff,  Washington,  D.  C." 

A  dictionary  for  use  in  connection  with  translation  work,  is  us- 
ually furnished,  if  asked  for. 

NOTE:  The  War  Department  has  published  a  splendid  French-English  Military 
Technical  Dictionary  (Document  No.  95),  by  Capt.  Willcox,  a  copy  of  which  would 
probably  be  furnished  you  upon  application. 

B  The  Army  List  and  Directory,  a  pamphlet  published  the  20th 
of  every  month,  gives  the  names  of  the  commissioned  personnel  of  the 
various  departments,  staff  corps  and  regiments,  and  also  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  officers  of  the  Army,  active  and  retired.  It  can  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  D.  C.,  at  IS  cts.-  a  copy,  or  $1.50  a  year. 

C  Relations  with  Civilians  and  National  Guardsmen.  It  may  be 
said  that  there  is  a  feeling  amongst  some  civilians,  and  a  feeling  that 
is  not  in  some  cases  entirely  without  foundation,  that  some  Army  offi- 
cers are  at  times  inclined  to  hold  themselves  aloof  from  civilians 
to  the  extent  of  appearing  snobbish.  The  officer  whose  manners  excite 
such  criticism  is  lost  to  his  sense  of  responsibility  to  himself  and  to 
the  service.  To  be  courteous  and  considerate,  in  speech  and  manner, 
in  all  social,  business,  and  official  relations  with  civilians,  is  incumbent 
upon  all  officers.  It  is  to  be  remembered  that  our  Regular  Army  is 
essentially  the  people's  Army  and  that  it  exists  only  by  their  good  will  and 
pleasure;  that  it  is  the  people  who  created  the  Army  and  that  it  is  the 
people  who  maintain  and  support  it. 

With  regard  to  our  citizen  soldiery,  officially  known  as  the 
Organized  Militia,  and  popularly  called  the  National  Guard,  not  only 
should  a  feeling  of  comradery  cause  us  always  to  -extend  to  them  a 
sympathetic  hand,  but  it  is  really  a  part  of  our  duty  to  help  them  in 
every  way  possible.  Under  the  present  law,  our  next  war,  should  it  be 
one  of  any  magnitude,  will  be  fought  to  a  great  extent  by  the  Organ- 
ized Militia;  and  it  is  therefore  our  duty  to  assist,  instruct,  and  en- 
courage them  by  willingly  and  freely  giving  them  the  benefit  of  our 
experience  and  training  as  professional  soldiers — by  letting  them  have 
the  benefit  of  the  knowledge  and  information,  practical  and  theoreti- 
cal, that  we  have  acquired  at  the  expense  of  the  Government. 

For  the  promotion  of  closer  affiliation  between  the  Regular 
Army  and  the  Organized  Militia,  see  Cir.  28.  D.  M.  A.,  '09. 


HOW  TO  SUCCEED  IN  THE  ARMY  49 

CHAPTER  II 
HOW  TO  SUCCEED  IN  THE  ARMY 

Make  Yourself  Useful — that's  the  way  many  of  our  most 
prominent  men  in  the  army  and  in  civil  life  have  succeeded. 

HOW    TO    MAKE    YOURSELF    USEFUL 

/  WHATEVER  You  Do,  it  matters  not  how  unimportant,  Do  THOR- 
OUGHLY— WITH  ALL  YOUR  MIGHT — WITH  YOUR  WHOLE  HEART  AND  SOUL 
— as  if  your  very  life  depended  on  it — and  then  look  for  something  else 
to  do. 

Almost  any  officer  can  do  a  thing  fairly  well.  Many  can  do  a 
thing  very  well.  A  few  can  do  a  thing  superbly  well.  But  the  one 
who,  through  zeal,  energy,  enthusiasm,  patience,  and  persistence,  STAMPS 
EVERYTHING  HE  DOES  WITH  His  PERSONALITY.  MAKING  IT  INDIVID- 
UAL AND  DISTINCT,  is  the  one  who,  in  the  Army  like  in  every  other  field  of 
human  endeavor  will  succeed.  Such  a  man  can't  help  but  succeed — you 
might  as  well  try  to  stop  the  waters  of  Niagara  as  to  stop  him  from 
succeeding. 

2  Do  NOT  CONFINE  YOURSELF  TO  DOING  ONLY  WHAT  You  ARE 
TOLD  TO  Do — only  what  your  captain,  your  commanding  officer,  the  Army 
Regulations  or  general  orders  tell  you  to  do — Do  MORE  THAN  You  ARE 
TOLD  TO  Do.  There  are  always  other  things  to  be  done— HUNT  FOR  THEM 
(you'll  be  able  to  find  them)  AND  DO  THEM. 

3  Do  NOT  PROCRASTINATE- — whenever  you  have   something  to 
do.  Do  IT,  and  DO  IT  at  once — don't  put  it  off !     Make  it  an  invariable  rule 
at  the  very  beginning  of  your  career  never  to  put  off  until  to-morrow 
what  you  can  do  to-day. 

4  Always  endeavor  to  ANTICIPATE  THE  WISHES  OF  YOUR  SUPE- 
RIORS, putting  yourself  in  their   place   and   doing  what   you   would   have 
your  subordinates  do  for  you. 

5  When  directed  to  do  a  thing,  if  you  can't  do  it  at  first,  do  not 
then  report  you  can't  do  it,  but  TRY   SOME  OTHER  WAY,  and  keep  on 
TRYING    SOME   OTHER   WAY    until    you    have    either   succeeded   or   have 
exhausted    every   possible   means   you  can  think  of.     It  is  really  aston- 
ishing  how   comparatively   few   things   in   this  world   can   not   be   done, 
if  one  only  tries  hard  enough   to  d     o  them. 


50  CHAPTER  II 

And  when  given  a  task  by  the  commanding  officer  or  any  other 
superior,  do  not  pester  him  by  continually  reporting  what  you  are 
doing,  the  difficulties  that  are  being  encountered,  getting  his  opinion 
about  this  and  that,  etc.  Remember,  it  is  the  RESULT  that  your 
superior  wants — the  result  that  it  is  "up  to"  YOU  to  accomplish — he  doesn't 
want  his  time  taken  up  and  his  patience  tried  in  the  manner  stated,  by 
sharing  your  troubles,  etc. — probably  he  has  some  of  his  own.  So, 
unless  absolutely  necessary  in  order  to  get  some  point  cleared  which 
can  be  cleared  only  by  the  superior  himself,  or  to  have  some  obstacle 
overcome  which  can  be  overcome  only  by  the  superior  himself,  keep 
away  from  him  until  you  are  ready  to  "deliver  the  goods." 

6  Do  not  confine  yourself  to  THINKING,  to  DREAMING.  It  is 
not  enough  to  have  ideas — ideas  alone  mean  nothing — they  must  be  put 
into  effect.  One  idea  that  is  carried  out,  that  is  given  body  and  form — 
one  idea  that  assumes  definite,  tangible  form  and  bears  concrete  results,  is 
worth  a  million  ideas  that  are  born  but  to  die. 

Get  into  the  habit  of  following  things  up,  of  "camping  on  a  fellow's 
trail."  If,  for  instance,  you  wish  to  get  something  from  the  Quartermas- 
ter's Department,  or  if  you  wish  to  have  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
do  something  for  you,  don't  stop  when  your  request  goes  in,  but  keep  the 
matter  before  you  as  "unfinished  business"  until  you  have  gotten  what 
you  went  after,  or  it  becomes  very  evident  that  the  article  can  not  be 
gotten  or  the  thing  can  not  be  done — and  remember,  as  stated  before,  that 
there  are  comparatively  few  things  in  this  world  that  can  not  be  done,  if 
you  only  try  hard  enough.  The  making  of  a  request  is  only  the  beginning 
— unless  you  follow  it  up  it  may  (and  often  does)  mean  nothing. 

Remember,  the  man  who  succeeds  in  this  world  is  the  man  who 
ATTRACTS  ATTENTION  and  the  man  who  ATTRACTS  ATTENTION  is  the  man 
who  DOES  THINGS— not  the  man  who  TALKS  about  doing  things. 

It  is  safe  to  say  any  young  officer  who  follows  the  above  prin- 
ciples will  not  only,  in  the  course  of  time,  become  generally  and  favor- 
ably known  throughout  the  Army,  but  he  will  also  ultimately  rise  to 
a  position  of  prominence  and  influence:  It  may  be  a  long  time — per- 
haps five,  ten,  or  even  fifteen  years — before  your  efforts  are  fully 
recognized  and  rewarded,  but  don't  be  discouraged — remember  this 
has  been  the  experience  of  some  of  our  greatest  generals  and  our 
greatest  railroad  presidents,  merchants,  bankers,  and  other  recognized 
leaders,  but  that's  the  way  they  succeeded. 

Pertinent  to  this  subject  the  following  is  reproduced  by  kind 
permission  of  the  author,  Mr.  Elbert  Hubbard: 


HOW  TO  SUCCEED  IN  THE  ARMY  51 

A    MESSAGE    TO    GARCIA. 

In  all  this  Cuban  business  there  is  one  man  stands  out  on  the 
horizon  of  my  memory  like  Mars  at  perihelion.  When  war  broke  out 
between  Spain  and  the  United  States,  it  was  very  necessary  to  com- 
municate quickly  with  the  leader  of  the  Insurgents.  Garcia  was  some- 
where in  the  mountain  fastnesses  of  Cuba — no  one  knew  where.  No 
mail  nor  telegraph  message  could  reach  him.  The  President  must 
secure  his  cooperation,  and  quickly. 

What  to  do! 

Some  one  said  to  the  President,  "There's  a  fellow  by  the  name  of 
Rowan  will  find  Garcia  for  you,  if  anybody  can." 

Rowan  was  sent  for  and  given  a  letter  to  be  delivered  to  Garcia. 
How  "the  fellow  by  the  name  of  Rowan"  took  the  letter,  sealed  it  up 
in  an  oil-skin  pouch,  strapped  it  over  his  heart,  in  four  days  landed 
by  night  off  the  coast  of  Cuba  from  an  open  boat,  disappeared  into 
the  jungle,  and  in  three  weeks  came  out  on  the  other  side  of  the 
island,  having  traversed  a  hostile  country  on  foot,  and  delivered  his 
letter  to  Garcia,  are  things  I  have  no  special  desire  now  to  tell  in 
detail. 

The  point  I  wish  to  make  is  this:  McKinley  gave  Rowan  a  let- 
ter to  be  delivered  to  Garcia;  Rowan  took  the  letter  and  did  not  ask, 
"Where  is  he  at?"  By  the  Eternal!  there  is  a  man  whose  form  should 
be  cast  in  deathless  bronze  and  the  statue  placed  in  every  college  of 
the  land.  It  is  not  book  learning  young  men  need,  nor  instruction 
about  this  and  that,  but  a  stiffening  of  the  vertebrae  which  will  cause 
them  to  be  loyal  to  a  trust,  to  act  promptly,  concentrate  their  en- 
ergies ;  do  the  thing — "carry  a  message  to  Garcia !" 

General  Garcia  is  dead  now,  but  there  are  other  Garcias. 

No  man,  who  has  endeavored  to  carry  out  an  enterprise  where 
many  hands  were  needed,  but  has  been  well-nigh  appalled  at  times  by 
the  imbecility  of  the  average  man — the  inability  or  unwillingness  to 
concentrate  on  a  thing  and  do  it.  Slip-shod  assistance,  foolish  inat- 
tention, dowdy 'indifference,  and  half-hearted  work  seem  the  rule;  and 
no  man  succeeds,  unless  by  hook  or  crook,  or  threat,  he  forces  or 
bribes  other  men  to  assist  him;  or  mayhap,  God  in  His  goodness  per- 
forms a  miracle,  and  sends  him  an  Angel  of  Light  for  an  assistant.  You, 
reader,  put  this  matter  to  a  test:  You  are  sitting  now  in  your  office — 
six  clerks  are  within  call.  Summon  any  one  and  make  this  request: 
"Please  look  in  the  encyclopedia  and  make  a  brief  memorandum  for 
me  concerning  the  life  of  Correggio." 


52  CHAPTER  II 

Will  the  clerk  quietly  say,  "Yes,  sir,"  and  go  do  the  task? 

On  your  life,  he  will  not.  He  will  look  at  you  out  of  a  fishy 
eye,  and  ask  one  or  more  of  the  following  questions: 

Who  was  he? 

Which  encyclopedia? 

Where  is  the  encyclopedia? 

Was  T  hired  for  that? 

Don't  you  mean  Bismarck? 

What's  the  matter  with  Charlie  doing  it? 

Is  he  dead? 

Is  there  any  hurry? 

Shan't  I  bring  you  the  book  and  let  you  look  it  up  yourself? 

What  do  you  want  to  know  for? 

And  I  will  lay  you  ten  to  one  that  after  you  have  answered  the 
questions,  and  explained  how  to  find  the  information,  and  why  you 
want  it,  the  clerk  will  go  off  and  get  one  of  the  other  clerks  to  help 
him  try  to  find  Garcia — and  then  come  back  and  tell  you  there  is  no 
such  man.  Of  course,  I  may  lose  my  bet,  but  according  to  the  Law  of 
Average,  I  will  not. 

Now  if  you  are  wise  you  will  not  bother  to  explain  to  your 
"assistant"  that  .Correggio  is  indexed  under  the  C's,  not  in  the  K's, 
but  you  will  smile  sweetly  and  say,  "Never  mind,"  and  go  look  it  up 
yourself. 

And  this  incapacity  for  independent  action,  this  moral  stupidity, 
this  infirmity  of  the  will,  this  unwillingness  to  cheerfully  catch  hold 
and  lift,  are  the  things  that  put  pure  socialism  so  far  into  the  future 
If  men  will  not  act  for  themselves,  what  will  they  do  when  the  benefit 
of  their  effort  is  for  all?  A  first  mate  with  knotted  club  seems  neces- 
sary; and  the  dread  of  getting  "the  bounce"  Saturday  night  holds 
many  a  worker  to  his  place. 

Advertise  for  a  stenographer,  and  nine  out  of  ten  who  apply  can 
neither  spell  nor  punctuate — and  do  not  think  it  necessary  to. 

Can  such  a  one  write  a  letter  to  Garcia? 

"You  see  that  book-keeper,"  said  the  foreman  to  me  in  a  large 
factory. 

"Yes,  what  about  him?" 

"Well,  he's  a  fine  accountant,  but  if  I'd  send  him  up  town  on  an 
errand,  he  might  accomplish  the  errand  all  right,  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  might  stop  at  four  saloons  on  the  way,  and  when  he  got  to  Main 
Street,  would  forget  what  he  had  been  sent  for." 


HOW  TO  SUCCEED  IN  THE  ARMY  53 

Can  such  a  man  be  entrusted  to  carry  a  message  to  Garcia? 
We   have   recently   been    hearing   much    maudlin   sympathy   ex- 
pressed  for  the  "down-trodden   denizen   of  the  sweat-shop"  and  the 
"homeless    wanderer    searching    for    honest    employment,"    and    with    it 
all  often  go  many  hard  words  for  the  men  in  power. 

Nothing  is  said  about  the  employer  who  grows  old  before  his 
time  in  a  vain  attempt  to  get  frowsy  ne'er-do-wells  to  do  intelligent 
work;  and  his  long  patient  striving  with  "help"  that  do  nothing  but 
loaf  when  his  back  is  turned.  In  every  store  and  factory  there  is  a 
constant  weeding-out  process  going  on.  The  employer  is  constantly 
sending  away  "help"  that  have  shown  their  incapacity  to  further  the 
interests  of  the  business,  and  others  are  being  taken  on.  No  matter 
how  good  times  are,  this  sorting  continues,  only  if  times  are  hard 
and  work  is  scarce,  the  sorting  is  done  finer — but  out  and  forever  out, 
the  incompetent  and  unworthy  go.  It  is  the  survival  of  the  fittest. 
Self-interest  prompts  every  employer  to  keep  the  best — those  who 
can  carry  a  message  to  Garcia. 

I  know  one  man  of  really  brilliant  parts  who  has  not  the  ability 
to  manage  a  business  of  his  own,  and  yet  who  is  absolutely  worthless 
to  anyone  else,  because  he  carries  with  him  constantly  the  insane  sus- 
picion that  his  employer  is  oppressing,  or  intending  to  oppress  him. 
He  can  not  give  orders,  and  he  will  not  receive  them.  Should  a  mes- 
sage be  given  him  to  take  to  Garcia,  his  answer  would  probably  be, 
"Take  it  yourself." 

To-night  this  man  walks  the  streets  looking  for  work,  the  wind 
whistling  through  his  threadbare  coat.  No  one  who  knows  him  dare 
employ  him,  for  he  is  a  regular  firebrand  of  discontent.  He  is  im- 
pervious to  reason,  and  the  only  thing  that  can  impress  him  is  the 
toe  of  a  thick-soled  No.  9  boot. 

Of  course  I  know  that  one  so  morally  deformed  is  no  less  to  be 
pitied  than  a  physical  cripple;  but  in  our  pitying,  let  us  drop  a  tear, 
too,  for  the  men  who  are  striving  to  carry  on  a  great  enterprise, 
whose  working  hours  are  not  limited  by  the  whistle,  and  whose  hair 
is  fast  turning  white  through  the  struggle  to  hold  in  line  dowdy  in- 
difference, slip-shod  imbecility,  and  the  heartless  ingratitude  which, 
but  for  their  enterprise,  would  be  both  hungry  and  homeless. 

Have  I  put  the  matter  top  strongly?  Possibly  I  have;  but  when 
all  the  world  has  gone  a-slumming  I  wish  to  speak  a  word  of  sym- 
pathy for  the  man  who  succeeds — the  man  who,  against  great  odds, 


54  CHAPTER  II 

has  directed  the  efforts  of  others,  and,  having  succeeded,  finds  there's 
nothing  in  it,  nothing  but  bare  board  and  clothes. 

I  have  carried  a  dinner  pail  and  worked  for  days'  wages,  and  I 
have  also  been  an  employer  of  labor,  and  I  know  there  is  something 
to  be  said  on  both  sides.  There  is  no  excellence,  per  se,  in  poverty; 
rags  are  no  recommendation;  and  all  employers  are  not  rapacious 
and  high-handed,  any  more  than  all  poor  men  are  virtuous. 

My  heart  goes  out  to  the  man  who  does  his  work  when  the 
"boss"  is  away,  as  well  as  when  he  is  at  home.  And  the  man  who, 
when  given  a  letter  for  Garcia,  quietly  takes  the  missive,  without 
asking  any  idiotic  questions,  and  with  no  lurking  intention  of  chucking 
it  into  the  nearest  sewer,  or  of  doing  aught  else  but  deliver  it,  never 
gets  "laid  off,"  nor  has  to  go  on  a  strike  for  higher  wages.  Civiliza- 
tion is  one  long  anxious  search  for  just  such  individuals.  Anything 
such  a  man  asks  shall  be  granted;  his  kind  are  so  rare  that  no  em- 
ployer can  afford  to  let  him  go.  He  is  wanted  in  every  city,  town  and 
village — in  every  office,  shop,  store  and  factory.  The  world  cries  out 
for  such;  he  is  needed,  and  needed  badly — the  man  who  can  carry  a 
message  to  Garcia. 


THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  55 


CHAPTER  III 
REMARKS  ON  THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

(Every  young  officer  should  read  "The  Story  of  the  Soldier,"  by  General  For- 
syth,  D.  Appleton  &  Company,  New  York,  Publishers.  A  book  of  intense  interest, 
giving  the  early  history  and  traditions  of  the  Regular  Army.) 

A  By  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  the  President  is  Com- 
mander in  Chief  of  the  Army.  This  power  is  confided  in  him  to  be 
exercised  at  his  discretion,  but  is  habitually  exercised  through  the 
War  Department. 

B  The  Act  of  Congress  approved  February  14,  1903,t  establishing 
the  General  Staff  Corps  and  creating  a  Chief  of  Staff,  terminated  the 
office  of  Commanding  General  of  the  Army.  The  Chief  of  Staff  is 
detailed  by  the  President  from  the  officers  of  the  Army  at  large  not 
below  the  grade  of  Brigadier  General,  and  under  the  direction  of  the 
President,  or  of  the  Secretary  of  War  under  direction  of  the  Presi- 
dent, has  supervision  of  all  troops  of  the  Line  and  of  the  Adjutant 
General's,  Inspector  General's,  Judge  Advocate  General's,  Quarter- 
master's, Subsistence,  Medical,  Pay  and  Ordnance  Departments,  the 
Corps  of  Engineers,  and  Signal  Corps,  and  perform  such  other  mili- 
tary duties,  not  otherwise  assigned  by  law,  as  may  be  assigned  to  him 
by  the  President.  The  Chief  of  Staff  may  or  may  not  be  the  senior 
officer  of  the  Army. 

C  The  War  Department,  whose  head  is  called  the  Secretary  of 
War,  has,  under  the  supervision  of  the  President,  the  care  and  control 
of  the  Army.  The  affairs  of  the  Army  are  administered  through  the 
General  Staff  Corps,  and  various  Bureaus  or  Departments,  known  as 
The  Adjutant  General's,  Inspector-General's,  Judge-Advocate  Gen- 
eral's, Quartermaster's,  Subsistence,  Medical,  Pay,  Ordnance,  Engineer, 
Signal,  and  Insular. 

D  The  Regular  Army  consists  of  the  General  Officers,  the  Gen- 
eral Staff  Corps,  the  Bureaus  or  Departments  enumerated  above,  the 
U.  S.  Military  Academy,  the  Chaplains,  the  Post  Noncommissioned 
Staff,  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  the  Field  Artillery,  the  Battalions  of 

tPublished  in  G.  O.  15,  H.  Q.  A..  1903. 


56  CHAPTER  III 

Engineers,  the  regiments  of  Cavalry  and  of  Infantry,  the  Indian  Scouts, 
the  Retired  Officers,  the  Retired  Enlisted  Men,  and  the  Porto  Rico 
Regiment  of  Infantry.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  III. 

The  Philippine  Scouts  form  a  part  of  the  Army  of  the  United 
States,  but  not  of  the  Regular  Army. 

Note.  The  Mobile  Army  consists  of  the  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and 
such  troops  as  may  be  assigned  to  complete  prescribed  tactical  organizations  of 
these  three  arms. 

A  The  authorized  Strength  of  the  Army.  Sup.,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  30. 
B  The  General  Staff  Corps  is  charged  with  the  preparation  of  plans 
for  the  national  defense  and  for  the  mobilization  of  the  military  forces 
in  time  of  war;  the  investigation  of  all  questions  affecting  the  effi- 
ciency of  the  Army  and  its  state  of  preparedness  for  military  opera- 
tions; the  rendition  of  professional  aid  and  assistance  to  the  Secretary 
of  War  and  to  general  officers  and  other  superior  commanders,  and  the 
acting  as  their  agents  in  informing  and  co-ordinating  the  action  of  all 
the  different  officers  who  are  subject  to  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  of 
Staff.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  III.  Par.  32. 

C  The  Adjutant  General's  Department  is  the  bureau  of  orders, 
correspondence,  and  records  of  the  Army.  All  orders  and  instructions 
emanating  from  the  President  of  the  United  States,  the  Secretary  of 
War,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  or  any  officer  with  a  command  equal  to  or 
greater  than  a  brigade,  are  communicated  to  troops  and  individual.', 
in  the  military  service  through  this  department. 

The  office  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  is  the  repository 
for  the  records  of  the  War  Department  relating  to  the  history  of  every 
officer  and  soldier  in  the  Army  (regular  and  volunteer),  and  to  the 
movements  and  operations  of  troops,  the  records  of  all  appointments, 
promotions,  resignations,  deaths,  and  other  casualties.  The  prepara- 
tion and  distribution  of  commissions,  etc.,  pertain  to  this  office,  which 
also  has  charge  of  the  recruiting  of  the  Army  and  of  the  records  of  the 
volunteer  armies  and  of  the  pension  and  other  business  of  the  War 
Department  connected  therewith.  Sup.,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  33. 
D  The  Inspector  General's  Department  exercises,  by  inspections, 
general  observation  over  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  efficiency  of  the 
Army,  the  condition  and  state  of  supplies  of  all  kinds,  of  arms  and 
equipments,  of  the  expenditure  of  public  property  and  moneys,  and 
the  condition  of  accounts  of  all  disbursing  officers,  of  the  conduct, 
discipline,  and  efficiency  of  officers  and  troops.  Sup.,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  34. 
The  Judge  Advocate  General's  Department  is  the  bureau  of  mili- 
tary justice.  The  head  of  the  Department  is  known  as  the  Judge 


THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  57 

Advocate  General,  and  is  the  custodian  of  the  records  of  all  general 
court-martial,  courts  of  inquiry,  and  military  commissions.  Sup- 
plement, Chap.  Ill,  Par.  35. 

A  The  Quartermaster's  Department  is  charged  with  the  duty  of 
providing  the  Army  with  transportation,  animals,  forage,  fuel,  clothing, 
camp  and  garrison  equipage,  barracks,  store-houses,  and* other  build- 
ings. This  Department  furnishes  all  the  supplies  needed  in  the  Army, 
except  subsistence  stores,  ordnance  stores,  medical  supplies,  and  signal 
and  engineer  supplies.  It  attends  to  all  matters  connected  with 
military  operations  which  are  not  expressly  assigned  to  some  other 
bureau  of  the  War  Department.  Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  37. 

B  The  Subsistence  Department  supplies  the  Army  with  the  means 
of  subsistence,  and  is  charged  with  the  expenditure  of  funds  appro- 
priated for  subsisting  the  enlisted  men  and  for  purchasing  articles  kept 
for  sale  to  officers  and  enlisted  men.  Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  38. 

C  The  Medical  Department  is  charged  with  the  supervision  of  the 
sanitary  condition  of  the  Army,  the  care  of  the  sick  and  wounded,  the 
physical  examination  of  officers  and  enlisted  men,  the  management 
and  control  of  military  hospitals,  etc.  It  is  the  most  independent  of 
all  the  staff  departments,  planning  its  own  hospitals,  transporting  its 
own  sick  and  wounded  in  the  field  and  supplying  its  own  medicines, 
litters,  blankets,  instruments,  etc.  Supplement,  Chap.  III.  Par.  39. 

D  The  Pay  Department  has  charge  of  the  supply  and  distribution 
of  and  accounting  for  funds  for  the  payment  of  the  Army.  Sup.,  Chap. 
Ill,  Par.  40. 

E  The  Ordnance  Department  is  charged  with  supplying  the  Army, 
by  purchase  or  manufacture,  with  arms,  equipments,  ammunition  and 
everything  else  pertaining  to  the  fighting  material.  It  also  establishes 
and  maintains  arsenals  and  depots  for  the  manufacture,  repairing  and 
safe-keeping  of  ordnance  stores,  and  provides  horse  equipments  and 
field  outfits  for  soldiers,  such  as  haversacks,  canteens,  tin  cups,  meat 
ration  cans,  knives,  forks,  and  spoons.  Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  41. 

F  The  duties  of  The  Engineer  Department  or  Corps  of  Engineers 
corrlprise  reconnoitering,  surveying  and  map- making  for  military  pur- 
poses, including  the  construction  and  repair  of  fortifications,  the  plan- 
ning and  superintendence  of  defensive  or  offensive  works  in  the  field, 
and  the  construction  of  military  'roads  and  bridges.  Many  officers  of 
the  Corps  are  detailed  to  take  charge  of  river  and  harbor  improve- 


58  CHAPTER  III 

ments,  constructing  breakwaters,  opening  channels  for  the  naviga 
tion  of  rivers,  superintending  the  erection  of  important  public  build 
ings,  etc. 

Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  are  filled  from  the 
graduates  of  West  Point  standing  highest  in  their  classes.  Supple- 
ment, Chap.  Ill,  Par.  42. 

A  The  Signal  Corps  is  charged  with  the  construction,  repair,  and 
operation  of  military  telegraph  and  telephone  lines  and  cables,  field 
telegraph  trains,  balloon  trains,  aeroplanes,  etc.  The  Chief  Signal 
Officer  has  supervision  of  the  instruction  in  military  signaling  and 
telegraphy  prescribed  by  the  War  Department,  and  he  is  also  charged 
with  the  procurement,  preservation,  and  distribution  of  the  necessary 
supplies  for  the  Signal  Corps  and  for  the  lake  and  sea  coast  defense. 
Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  43. 

B         The  United  States  Military  Academy  at  West  Point,  New  York, 

constitutes  an  independent  command.  The  body  of  students  at  the 
Academy  is  known  as  the  United  States  Corps  of  Cadets.  The  Cadets 
constitute  a  part  of  the  Army,  but  are  not  officers, — they  rank  next  be- 
low veterinarian,  taking  precedence  over  all  noncommissioned  officers 
of  the  Army.  Graduates  are  commissioned  as  second  lieutenants. 
Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  44. 

C  The  Chaplains  are  clergymen  with  military  commissions,  by 
virtue  of  which  they  have  charge  of  the  spiritual  welfare  of  soldiers. 
By  law  they  are  charged  with  holding  appropriate  religious  services 
for  the  benefit  of  the  commands  to  which  they  may  be  assigned  for 
duty;  with  performing  appropriate  religious  services  at  the  burial  of 
officers  and  soldiers  who  may  die  in  such  commands,  and  with  the 
instruction  of  the  enlisted  men  in  the  common  English  branches  of 
education.  They  are  commissioned  officers.  Although  eligible  to  be 
detailed  as  members  of  general  courts-martial  and  other  duties 
required  of  officers,  their  duties  in  practice  are  confined  mostly  to 
those  of  a  religious  nature  and  to  the  superintendence  of  the  Post 
Schools.  Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  45. 

D  The  Indian  Scouts  are  enlisted  for  periods  of  three  years  and  are 
discharged  when  the  necessity  for  their  service  ceases.  Their  principal 
duties  consist  in  scouting  in  the  territories  and  Indian  country.  The 
number  now  authorized  is  75,  and  they  are  apportioned  among  sev- 
eral departments  west  of  the  Mississippi.  They  form  a  part  of  the 
Regular  Army. 


THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  59 

A  Retired  Officers  are  those  who  have  been  retired  from  active 
service.  They  are  a  part  of  the  Regular  Army,  being  subject  to  the 
rules  and  articles  of  war,  for  a  violation  of  which  they  may  be  court- 
martialed. 

See  "Retirement,"  page  438. 

B  Retired  Enlisted  Men  are  those  who  have  been  retired  after 
thirty  years'  active  service  either  in  the  Army  or  the  Marine  Corps 
and  Army  (either  as  volunteers  or  regulars).  Service  in  the  War 
of  the  Rebellion  and  actual  service  in  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  and  the 
Philippine  Islands  counts  double  in  computing  the  thirty  years.  Their 
pay  is  75  per  cent  of  the  pay  they  were  receiving  when  retired. 
They  also  receive  commutation  of  clothing  and  subsistence  at  the  rate 
of  $9.50  per  month,  and  commutation  of  fuel,  light,  and  quarters  at 
the  rate  of  $6.25  per  month.  They  are  a  part  of  the  Regular  Army. 
C  There  are  two  general  classes  of  men  in  the  Army,  viz:  Com' 
missioned  Officers  and  Enlisted  Men.  The  Enlisted  Men  constitute  the 
Rank  and  File  as  that  term  is  now  generally  understood.1 
D  The  Commissioned  Officers  exercise  a  certain  authority  over 
others,  by  virtue  of  a  commission  issued  to  them  by  the  President  of 
the  United  States. 

E  The  Enlisted  Men  are  divided  into  two  general  classes:  Pri- 
vates and  Noncommissioned  Officers.  Those  who  exercise  no  authority, 
except  as  may  be  given  them  temporarily  by  an  immediate  superior, 
are  termed  Privates;  those  given  warrants  by  virtue  of  which  they 
exercise  a  limited  authority  are  termed  Noncommissioned  Officers  and 
are  called  Sergeants  and  Corporals.  Privates  performing  the  duties  of 
corporal  in  order  to  have  their  capacity  tested  for  such  position,  are 
called  Lance  Corporals' 

F  The  Post  Noncommissioned  Staff  consists  of  ordnance,  post  com- 
missary, and  post  quartermaster  sergeants  who  are  appointed  by  the 
Secretary  of  War,  after  due  examination.  Supplement  Chap.  Ill, 
Par.  46. 

G  The  Coast  Artillery  Noncommissioned  Staff  consists  of  the 
master  electricians,  the  engineers,  the  electrician  sergeants  (1st  and 

1Wilhelm's  Military  Dictionary  and  Gazetteer  and  Webster's  Unabridged  Dic- 
tionary, define  RANK  and  FILE,  as,  "The  body  of  soldiers  constituting  the  mass  of  the 
army,  and  including  corporals  and  privates.  In  a  more  extended  sense,  it  includes 
sergeants  also,  excepting  the  noncommissioned  staff."  This,  however,  is  not  the 
present  usual  acceptation  of  the  expression. 

•A  Lance  Corporal  is  not  a  noncommissioned  officer.  (Opinion  of  the  T.  A.  G. 
and  Secretary  of  War,  July,  1896). 


60  .     CHAPTER  III 

2d  class),  the  sergeants-major  (senior  and  junior  grade),  the  master 
gunners,  and  the  firemen. 

A  The  Regimental  Noncommissioned  Staff  consists  of  the  Regi- 
mental Sergeant-Major,  the  Regimental  Quartermaster-Sergeant,  the 
Regimental  Commissary-Sergeant,  and  two  Color-Sergeants,  appointed 
by  the  Regimental  Commander. 

B  The  Battalion  Noncommissioned  Staff  consists  of  the  Battalion 
Sergeant-Major,  appointed  by  the  Regimental  Commander  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  Battalion  Commander. 

In  the  Engineers  and  Field  Artillery,  the  Battalion  Noncommis- 
sioned Staff  consists  of  the  battalion  sergeant-major  and  the  battalion 
quartermaster-sergeant. 

C  The  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Army,  are  divided  into  two 
grand  divisions,  viz.:  The  Staff  and  The  Line. 

The  clothing,  food,  transportation,  armament,  payment,  medical 
attendance,  inspection,  administration  of  justice,  means  of  communi- 
cation, etc.,  are  provided  through  the  Staff,  a  large  portion  of  the 
duties  in  this  connection,  however,  devolving  also  at  times  upon 
officers  of  the  Line. 

The  Staff  consists  of  the  General  Staff  Corps  and  the  depart- 
ments known  as  the  Adjutant  General's,  Inspector  General's,  Judge 
Advocate  General's,  Quartermaster's,  Subsistence,  Medical,  Pay,  Ord- 
nance, Engineer  (called  Corps  of  Engineers),  and  Signal  (called  Signal 
Corps). 

Although  staff  officers  are  eligible  to  command-  according  to 
rank,  they  shall  not  assume  command  of  troops  unless  put  on  duty 
under  orders  which  specially  so  direct,  by  authority  of  the  President. 
(A.  R.) 

Officers  of  the  Pay  and  Medical  Departments  can  not  exercise 
command  except  in  their  own  departments.  (A.  R.)  Nor  can  pro- 
fessors at  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy  exercise  command. 
D  The  Line  does  the  active  work,  such  as  marching,  fighting,  cam- 
paigning, etc.,  and  consists  of  the  Cavalry,  the  Field  Artillery,  the 
Coast  Artillery,  the  Infantry,  and  the  (three)  Battalions  of  Engineers,1 
which,  with  the  exception  of  the  last  named,  are  called  the  Arms  of 
the  Service. 

For  the  organization  of  The  Line  of  the  Regular  Army,  see  Sup- 
plement, Chap.  Ill,  Par.  47. 

Section  7  of  the  Act  of  Congress  approved  March  2,  1899,  provides  that  the 
BATTALIONS  OF  ENGINEERS  and  the  officers  serving  therewith  shall  constitute  a  part  of 
the  LINE  of  the  Army. 


THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  61 

A  The  primary  duties  of  the  Battalions  of  Engineers,  however,  are 
to  construct  saps,  mines,  pontoons,  military  bridges,  etc.,  and  to 
superintend  working  parties  on  military  roads  and  fortifications,  etc. 

B  The  Line  also  furnishes  garrisons  for  fortified  and  unfortified 
posts  and  in  time  of  peace  is  occupied  with  drills,  studies,  and  other 
matters  which  tend  to  the  conservation  of  the  organization,  instruc- 
tion and  discipline  of  the  various  arms. 

C  The  Coast  Artillery  Corps  is  charged  with  the  care  and  use  of 
the  fixed  and  movable  elements  of  land  and  coast  fortifications,  in- 
cluding submarine  mine  defenses. 

D  The  Field  Artillery  is  the  artillery  which  accompanies  an  army 
in  the  field  and  includes  light  artillery,  horse  artillery,  siege  artillery, 
and  mountain  artillery. 

E  The  Coast  Artillery  is  organized  upon  a  geographical  basis.  The 
various  organizations  of  the  mobile  army,  regiment,  company,  etc.,  are 
based  upon  the  number  of  men  or  horses  which  can  be  controlled 
tinder  various  conditions.  However,  the  Coast  Artillery  tactical  organi- 
zations are  entirely  independent  of  the  number  of  individuals  in  them 
and  depend  upon  local  defensive  conditions  and  material. 

F  There  are  at  present  (July,  1911)  24  fortified  harbors  on  the 
United  States  coast,  each  of  which  constitutes  an  Artillery  District 
commanded  by  an  officer  known  as  the  Artillery  District  Commander. 
This  officer  commands  all  of  the  artillery  defenses  of  his  district  and 
also  the  troops  of  other  arms  assigned  to  duty  in  connection  with  the 
fixed  defenses.  This  does  not  include  any  part  of  the  mobile  army, 
which  may  also  be  assigned  to  the  duty  of  defending  a  fortified  city 
from  the  land  side,  but  it  does  include  what  are  known  as  artillery  sup- 
ports assigned  to  the  defense  of  the  immediate  rear  of  the  works. 

In  each  harbor  there  are  several  forts,  in  some  cases  as  many 
as  nine.  These  different  forts,  however,  form  no  part  in  the  tactical 
organization  of  the  Coast  Artillery,  as  in  some  cases  a  single  battle 
command  or  even  fire  command  extends  over  several  forts,  and  in 
other  cases  there  are  several  battle  or  fire  commands  at  a  single  fort. 
A  separate  fort  usually  means  that  simply  a  portion  of  the  defenses 
are  separated  by  water  from  some  other  portion. 

G  The  duties  of  an  Artillery  District  Commander  are  of  the  char- 
acter of  those  of  a  general  officer,  and  in  time  of  serious  war  there  is 


62  CHAPTER  III 

no  doubt  that  all  of  the  large  districts  would  be  commanded  by  artil- 
lery officers  of  that  rank.  But  under  present  Coast  Artillery  organiza- 
tion there  is  no  officer  of  rank  higher  than  a  colonel,  except  the 
Chief  of  Coast  Artillery,  and  all  of  the  districts  are  commanded  by 
colonels  or  officers  of  lesser  rank. 

A  An  Artillery  District  Commander  is  assisted  in  the  discharge 
of  his  duties  by  a  District  Staff,  consisting  of  an  Adjutant,  Quarter- 
master, Ordnance  Officer  and  Artillery  Engineer,  who  are  placed  on 
the  "Unassigned  list."  Each  district  is  allowed  by  War  Department 
orders  a  certain  number  of  unassigned  officers  for  district  staff  duty. 
If  there  are  not  enough  unassigned  officers  to  a  district,  the  extra 
staff  officers  are  appointed  from  the  regular  post  officers. 

B  In  each  district  there  are  one  or  more  Battle  Commands.  The 
Battle  Commander's  duties  are  wholly  tactical  and  he  is  the  senior  in 
the  chain  of  purely  tactical  artillery  command.  He  commands  all  of 
the  artillery  defenses  bearing  upon  a  single  channel  of  approach.  The 
Battle  Commander  should  be  a  colonel. 

C  Each  Battle  Command  consists  of  two  or  more  Fire  Commands 
and  Mine  Commands.  The  Fire  Commander  is  usually  a  major  or 
lieutenant  colonel  and  commands  a  group  of  batteries.  Each  of  these 
batteries  is  commanded  by  a  Battery  Commander,  usually  a  captain 
or  a  lieutenant.  The  normal  battery  is  commanded  by  a  captain,  but 
batteries  of  less  than  four  small  caliber  guns  would  be  the  proper 
command  of  a  lieutenant. 

D  Coordinate  with  the  fire  command  is  the  Mine  Command.  The 
Mine  Commander  commands  the  mine  fields  and  the  rapid-fire  bat- 
teries assigned  to  their  defense.  In  each  case  the  importance  of  the 
command,  number  of  guns,  etc.,  determines  the  proper  rank  of  its 
commander. 

E  For  administrative  purposes  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  is  divided 
into  companies.  As  a  rule  each  company  means  a  single  battery.  Each 
Battle  Commander  has  searchlights  for  searching  purposes  and  most 
Fire  Commanders  and  Mine  Commanders  have  separate  lights  for 
illuminating  the  targets  which  are  assigned  to  them  by  the  Battle 
Commander.  Battery  commanders  have  lieutenants  in  their  batteries 
who  perform  the  duties  of  Range  Officer  and  Emplacement  Officer; 
Fire  and  Mine  Commanders  have  Communication  Officers,  and  Battle 
Commanders  have  Communication  and  Searchlight  Officers. 


THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  63 

A        The  Company  is  the  smallest  constant  fundamental  unit  and  is 

divided  into  Squads,  two  or  three  Squads  forming  a  Section  and  two 

Sections  forming  a  Platoon. 

B        The  term  Company  is  used  in  speaking  of  the  Infantry,  Coast 

Artillery,  and  Engineers.     In  the  Field  Artillery  this  unit  is  called  a 

Battery  and  in  the  Cavalry,  a  Troop.1 

C      The   Battalion2   (called   Squadron  in   the   Cavalry),   which   is   the 

tactical  unit  of  instruction  and  is  the  proper  command  for  a  major, 

consists  of  four  companies. 

A  Lieutenant  Colonel  may  be  appropriately  assigned  to  the  com- 
mand of  any  part  of  a  regiment  larger  than  a  battalion,  or  to  the 
command  of  a  battalion  in  the  absence  of  its  major.  (A.  R.  247,  '10). 
D  *The  Regiment,  which  is  the  administrative  unit  in  the  Cavalry 
and  Infantry  and  is  the  proper  command  for  a  colonel,  consists  of 
three  battalions. 

E  The  Colonel  is  assisted  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties  by  the 
Regimental  Staff,  which  consists  of  three  captains  detailed  for  four 
years  and  known  as  the  Adjutant,  the  Quartermaster,  and  Com- 
missary. 

F  Each  Major  is  assisted  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties  by  a  Bat- 
talion Adjutant  (a  first  lieutenant)  and  a  Battalion  Quartermaster 
and  Commissary  (a  second  lieutenant),  who  are  termed  the  Bat- 
talion Staff,  and  who,  with  the  Major,  constitute  the  Battalion  Field 
and  Staff. 

G  Colonels,  Lieutenant  Colonels,  and  Majors,  are  called  Field 
Officers.8 

H  The  Field  and  Staff  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the  colonel  and 
the  regimental  staff,  the  lieutenant  colonel,  and  the  three  majors. 

The  chaplain  and  such  medical  officers  as  may  be  on  duty 
with  the  regiment  are  carried  on  the  regimental  return  under  the 
heading  of  "THE  FIELD  AND  STAFF,"  and  in  a  broad  sense  may  be 
considered  as  forming  a  part  thereof.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  Ill, 
Par.  47,  "Regimental  Organization — Staff." 
I  The  chaplain  and  the  medical  officer  or  officers  on  duty  with 

^he  designation  "COMPANY"  as  used  in  the  Army  Regulations  applies  to  troops 
of  cavalry,  batteries  of  field  artillery,  and  companies  of  infantry  and  coast  artillery, 
and  bands  of  all  arms. 

2  The    designation    "BATTALION"    as    used    in    the    Army    Regulations    applies    to 
squadrons  of  cavalry. 

3  All    officers    from    MAJOR    to    COLONEL,    inclusive,    whether    of   the    line    of    staff 
corps,  are  regarded  as  FIELD  OFFICERS.     See  G.  O.  198,  '08. 


64  CHAPTER  III 

a  regiment,  are  in  practice  considered  staff  officers  of  the  Colonel, 
but  the  term  Regimental  Staff  as  used  in  the  Army  Regulations  means 
the  Adjutant,  Quartermaster,  and  Commissary. 

Although  the  Battalion  Adjutants  and  the  Battalion  Quarter- 
masters and  Commissaries  are  accounted  for  on  the  returns  of  the 
Regimental  Field  and  Staff,  they  form  no  part  of  it. 
A  An  Aide-de-Camp  is  an  officer  detailed  as  confidential  attendant 
upon  a  general  officer,  and  who,  on  occasions,  may  represent  the  gen- 
eral officially  and  socially.  The  Aides-de-Camp  of  a  general  officer 
constitute  his  Personal  Staff. 

The  senior  medical  officer  on  duty  at  a  post  is  designated  The 
Surgeon. 

C  Physicians  employed  from  civil  life  under  contract  with  the 
Surgeon  General,  to  perform  the  duties  required  of  commissioned 
medical  officers,  are  termed  "Contract  Surgeons."1 
D  The  Veterinarians  are  charged  with  the  care  and  treatment  of 
all  sick  or  injured  horses  and  mules.  They  also  instruct  the  com- 
pany farriers  in  the  proper  care  of  horses  and  in  the  principles  of 
horseshoeing.  They  have  the  pay  and  allowances  of  second  lieu- 
tenants.3 Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Pars.  48  and  51. 

E  A  Brigade  consists  of  two  or  three  regiments  of  the  same  or 
different  arms,  organized  under  one  command,  and  is  the  proper  com- 
mand for  a  brigadier  general. 

F  A  Division  consists  of  two  or  more  brigades,  usually  including 
several  arms  of  the  service,  and  is  the  proper  command  for  a  major 
general. 

G  There  are  no  duties  that  specially  pertain. to  the  grade  of  Briga- 
dier General  and  Major  General — their  duties  are  incidental  to  the 
command  they  may  have. 

JThe  eligibility  of  a  contract  surgeon  for  duty  is  the  same  as  that  of  a  first 
lieutenant  of  the  Medical  Corps,  except  in  so  far  as  it  is  limited  by  the  fact  that  he  is 
not  a  commissioned  officer.  A  contract  surgeon  is  accordingly  not  eligible  for  detail 
on  courts-martial,  but  may  prefer  charges  against  enlisted  men  and  may  be  detailed 
on  councils  of  administration,  and  as  post  treasurer,  etc. ;  he  may  also  witness  pay- 
ments to  enlisted  men.  (A.  R.) 

'Veterinarians  rank  next  after  second  lieutenants.  They  are  entitled  to  receive 
the  customary  salute  from  enlisted  men  (Circular  18,  H.  Q.  A.,  1902).  Veterinarians 
are  not  eligible  for  detail  on  courts-martial,  or  any  other  duty  which  is  expressly 
required  by  law  to  be  performed  by  commissioned  officers,  but  they  may  be  detailed 
as  ^members  of  councils  of  administration,  and  (when  no  commissioned  officer  is 
available)  they  may  serve  as  exchange  officers  or  post  treasurers,  and  may  witness 
payments  to  enlisted  men  (Cir.  30,  H.  Q.  A.,  1901). 


THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  65 

A  An  Army  Corps  consists  of  two  or  more  divisions  organized 
under  one  command,  and  is  the  proper  command  for  a  lieutenant 
general. 

The  grade  of  lieutenant  general  does  not  exist  in  our  Army  at  present  (1911), 
major  general  being  the  highest  grade. 

B  The  territory  occupied  by  the  Army  of  the  United  States  is 
divided  into  geographical  divisions  called  Divisions  and  Departments, 
that  are  commanded  by  general  officers  who  are  assigned  thereto  by 
direction  of  the  President. 

The  commander  of  a  division  or  of  a  department  comman.rls 
all  the  military  forces  of  the  Government  within  its  limits,  whethei 
of  the  line  or  staff,  which  are  not  specially  excepted  from  his  control 
by  the  War  Department. 

C  The  geographical  division  of  territory  for  military  purposes  in- 
cludes Divisions,  Departments,  Districts,  and  Sub-Districts.  Divisions 
are  generally  commanded  by  major  generals,  departments  by  major 
generals  or  brigadier  generals,  districts  by  brigadier  generals,  and 
sub-districts  by  colonels  or  lieutenant  colonels. 

An  Artillery  District,  as  a  tactical  unit,  is  a  subdivision  of  the 
coast  line,  including  the  personnel  assigned  to  duty  in  connection 
with  the  fixed  defenses  thereof. 

D  The  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry,  consisting  of  two  bat- 
talions of  four  companies  each,  forms  a  part  of  the  Regular  Army. 
The  field  officers,  consisting  of  one  lieutenant  colonel  and  two  majors, 
are  detailed  for  four  years  from  regular  officers  not  b^low  the  rank  of 
captain.  Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  may  be  filled  by 
the  appointment  of  citizens  of  Porto  Rico. 

The  officers  have  the  same  rank,  pay,  rights,  and  allowances  as 
officers  of  the  same  grade  in  the  Regular  Army,  except  with  regard 
to  promotion,  which  is  made  according  to  seniority  within  the  regi- 
ment. 

-   See  Supplement,  Chap.  Ill,  Par.  51a. 

E  The  Philippine  Scouts  form  a  part  of  the  Army  of  the  United 
Stares,  but  not  of  the  Regular  Army. 

The  authorized  organization  of  companies,  troops,  battalions, 
and  squadrons  must  be  the  same  as  in  the  Regular  Army. 


66  CHAPTER  III 

The  officers  are  detailed  for  periods  of  four  years,  the  majors 
being  appointed  from  the  captains  of  the  line  of  the  Regular  Army 
and  the  captains  from  the  first  lieutenants  of  the  Scouts. 

The  lieutenants  are  selected  from  enlisted  men  of  the  Regular 
Army,  from  officers  or  enlisted  men  of  Volunteers  who  served  sub- 
sequent to  April  21,  1898,  and  also  from  native3  of  the  Philippines 
who  by  their  services  and  character  show  fitness  for  command.  Sup., 
Chap.  ITT,  Par.  52. 


THE  MILITIA  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  67 

CHAPTER  IV 
THE  MILITIA  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  Militia  of  the  United  States  consists  of  every  able-bodied 
male  citizen  between  18  and  45  years  of  age,  and  is  divided  into — 

/  The  Organized  Militia,  comprising  the  regularly  enlisted,  or- 
ganized, and  uniformed  Militia  of  the  various  States,  Territories  and 
the  District  of  Columbia,  known  as  The  National  Guard,  or  otherwise. 

2  The  Reserve  Militia,  comprising  all  able-bodied  male  citizens 
between  the  ages  of  18  and  45  who  do  not  belong  to  the  Organized 
Militia. 

The  Vice  President  of  the  United  States,  judicial  and  executive 
officers  of  the  Government,  Congressmen,  postmasters,  mail  clerks, 
custom  house  officers  and  clerks  and  certain  other  clases  are  exempt 
from  service  in  the  Militia,  nor  can  any  member  of  any  well-recog- 
nized religious  sect  or  organization  at  present  organized  whose  creed 
forbids  participation  in  war  and  whose  religious  convictions  are 
against  war,  be  compelled  to  serve  in  the  Militia  or  Volunteers  of 
the  United  States. 

Since  January  21,  1910,  the  organization,  armament,  and  disci- 
pline of  the  Organized  Militia  must  be  the  same  as  that  of  the  Regular 
Army.  However,  any  organization  that  has  been  in  continuous  ex- 
istence since  May  8,  1792,  having  any  special  customs  or  usages,  will 
be  allowed  to  retain  them,  but  will  be  subject  to  all  other  duties  rer 
quired  of  the  other  Militia. 

In  case  of  invasion,  threatened  invasion,  rebellion  or  inability 
to  enforce  the  laws  of  the  Union  with  the  regular  forces  at  his  com- 
mand, the  President  may  call  forth  such  of  the  Militia  as  he  may  deem 
necessary.  Only  in  these  cases  can  the  President  call  out  the  Militia. 
The  President,  however,  is  the  sole  judge  of  the  existence  of  an 
exigency  justifying  the  calling  out  of  the  Militia.  The  President's 
orders  for  calling  forth  the  Militia  would  be  issued  through  the  gov- 
ernors of  the  States  or  Territories  concerned,  and  in  the  case  of  the 
Militia  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  through  the  commanding  gen- 
eral thereof. 

The  President  may  specify  in  his  call  the  period  for  which  ser- 
vice is  required,  either  within  or  without  the  territory  of  the  United 
Staf-es,  provided  no  officer  or  enlisted  man  be  held  in  service  beyond 
the  term  of  his  existing  commission  or  enlistment. 

Whenever  it  becomes  necessary  to  raise  troops  in  addition  to 


68  CHAPTER  IV 

the  Regular  Forces,  the  Organized  Militia  shall  be  called  into  serv- 
ice in  advance  of  any  volunteer  forces. 

In  case  of  war  quotas  of  the  number  of  men  needed  would  be 
apportioned  amongst  the  different  States  according  to  their  respec- 
tive representative  populations,  and  the  War  Department  would  then 
make  requisitions  accordingly  upon  the  governors  of  the  States. 

When  called  into  the  service  of  the  United  States  only  such  ol 
the  Militia  as  is  deemed  physically  fit  for  military  service  shall  be  ac- 
cepted. In  such  States  as  have  adopted  the  standard  of  physical  exam- 
ination for  enlistment  and  reenlistment  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of 
War,  the  Militia  would  be  considered  "fit  for  military  service,"  and 
would  be  accepted  without  examination. 

The  officers  would  not  be  required  to  stand  a  mental  examina- 
tion. Should  any  officer  or  enlisted  man,  upon  being  called  forth  for 
service,  refuse  or  neglect  to  present  himself  for  muster,  he  would  be 
courtmartialed. 

While  in  the  service  of  the  United  States  the  Militia  receive  the 
same  pay  and  allowances  as  Regulars,  and  are  subject  to  the  Rules  and 
Articles  of  War.  However,  the  majority  membership  of  courts-martial 
for  the  trial  of  officers  or  enlisted  men  must  be  composed  of  Militia 
officers. 

The  annual  appropriation  made  by  Congress  for  the  maintenance 
of  the  Organized  Militia  under  Section  1661,  Revised  Statutes,  is 
apportioned  amongst  the  various  States  according  to  representation  in 
Congress. 

After  it  shall  appear  from  the  reports  of  the  inspections  made 
annually,  by  officers  detailed  by  the  War  Department,  that  the  Or- 
ganized Militia  of  a  State  is  sufficiently  armed,  uniformed  and  equipped 
for  active  duty  in  the  field,  the  Secretary  of  War  is  authorized,  on 
requisition  of  the  Governor  of  the  State,  to  pay  to  the  Quartermaster 
General  thereof,  or  to  such  other  officer  of  the  Militia  of  the  State  as 
the  Governor  may  designate,  so  much  of  the  State's  allotment  as  shall 
be  necessary  for  the  payment,  subsistence,  and  transportation  of  such 
portion  of  the  said  Organized  Militia  as  shall  engage  in  actual  field  or 
camp  service  for  instruction.  A  State's  annual  allotment  may  also  be 
used  for  the  promotion  of  rifle  practice,  including  the  acquisition,  con- 
struction, maintenance,  and  equipment  of  shooting  galleries  and  target 
ranges;  for  the  hiring  of  horses  and  draft  animals  for  the  use  of 
mounted  troops,  batteries,  and  wagons;  "for  forage  for  the  same,  and 
for  such  other  incidental  expenses  in  connection  with  encampments, 


THE  MILITIA  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES         69 

maneuvers,  and  field  instruction,  as  the  Secretary  of  War  may  deem 
necessary.  The  appropriation  is  also  available  for  the  purpose  of  sup- 
plying arms,  uniforms,  equipment,  materials  of  war,  publications,  and 
such  other  supplies  as  are  furnished  to  the  Regular  Army  by  any 
bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

The  annual  appropriation  made  by  Congress,  under  the  Act  of 
May  27,  1908  (Section  13  of  the  Militia  Law),  is  apportioned  among  the 
various  States  according  to  the  organized  enlisted  strength  of  the  mili- 
tia as  shown  by  the  reports  of  the  inspection  made  by  officers  of  the 
Regular  Army  in  the  spring  of  each  year  under  Section  14  of  the  Mili- 
tia Law.  The  amount  of  this  appropriation  is  specified  by  the  Act  of 
Congress  to  "not  exceed  two  million  dollars  in  any  fiscal  year." 

This  appropriation  is  to  enable  the  Secretary  of  War  to  procure, 
by  purchase  or  manufacture,  and  to  issue  to  the  Organized  Militia 
under  such  regulations  as  he  may  prescribe  such  of  the  United  States 
service  uniforms  and  accessories  and  such  other  accouterments,  equip- 
ments, uniforms,  clothing,  equipage,  and  military  stores  of  all  kinds 
required  for  the  Army  of  the  United  States  as  are  necessary  to  arm, 
uniform,  and  equip  all  of  the  Organized  Militia. 

Under  the  authority  conferred  upon  him  by  Congress,  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  has  decided  that  the  issues  to  be  made  from  this  appro- 
priation shall  be  limited  to  articles  needed  for  the  equipment  of  en- 
listed men  for  field  service. 

Upon  application  of  the  governors,  it  is  customary  for  the  War 
Department  to  detail  officers  of  the  Regular  Army  to  attend  encamp- 
ments of  the  Organized  Militia  for  the/  purpose  of  instructing  the  officers 
and  men. 

It  is  also  customary  for  retired  officers  of  the  Army  to  be  de- 
tailed for  permanent  duty  with  the  Organized  Militia  of  the  various 
States. 

Upon  the  request  of  the  governors  of  the  several  States  and  Ter- 
ritories concerned,  officers  of  the  active  list  of  the  Army  may  be 
assigned  to  duty  as  inspectors  and  instructors  of  the  Organized  Mili 
tia  in.  numbers  not  to  exceed  one  to  each  regiment  and  separate  batta- 
lion of  infantry  or  its  equivalent  of  other  troops.  (G.  O.  33  March  11, 
1911.) 

According  to  the  present  (July,  191 1)  policy  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment, one  officer  will  be  detailed  with  the  Militia  of  every  State  and 
Territory,  the  detail  to  last  two  years  and  be  subject,  upon  the  request 
of  the  governor,  to  renewal  for  two  years  more.  The  officers  so 


70  CHAPTER  IV 

detailed  extend  from  the  grade  of  first  lieutenant  to  that  of  colonel. 
In  addition  to  these  officers,  a  number  of  officers  on  the  retired  list  are 
also  detailed  for  duty  with  the  Organized  Militia. 

Whenever  Army  maneuvers,  camps  of  instruction  or  coast 
defense  exercises  are  held  for  the  Regulars,  the  War  Department  al- 
ways invites  a  certain  part  of  the  Organized  Militia  to  participate. 
The  Militia  so  participating  receives  the  same  pay,  subsistence,  and 
transportation  as  the  Regulars,  but  they  are  not  considered  as  being 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States  and  consequently  are  not  subject 
to  the  Articles  of  War. 

The  law  prescribes  that  each  State  or  Territory  furnished  with 
material  of  war  under  the  provisions  of  the  Militia  Law,  shall  have 
required,  during  the  calendar  year  next  preceding  each  annual  allot- 
ment of  funds,  that  every  company,  troop,  and  battery  of  its  Organized 
Militia  not  excused  by  the  governor,  should  during  the  year:  (1) 
Participate  in  practice  marches  or  go  into  camp  of  instruction  for  at 
least  5  consecutive  days;  (2)  Assemble  for  drill  and  instruction  or  for 
target  practice  not  less  than  24  times;  (3)  Be  inspected  by  an  officer  of 
the  Organized  Militia  or  the  Regular  Army. 

A  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  governors,  officers  of  the  Or- 
ganized Militia  may  be  authorized  by  the  War  Department  to  attend 
and  pursue  the  regular  course  of  instruc-tion  at  garrison  schools  for 
officers;  the  Army  School  of  the  Line,  the  Signal  School,  and  the  Army 
Staff  College,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.;  the  Coast  Artillery  School, 
Fort  Monroe,  Va.;  and  the  Army  Medical  School,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Before  entering  these  schools  they  must  stand  a  physical  examina- 
tion and  also  the  mental  examination  prescribed  by  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

They  must  also  be  between  21  and  35  years  of. age  and  of  sound 
health,  good  moral  character,  and  must  have  belonged  to  the  Organized 
Militia  at  least  one  year. 

Furthermore,  they  must  wear  their  uniforms  and  sign  an  agree- 
ment to  attend  and  pursue  the  prescribed  course  of  study  and  conform 
to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  school. 

While  attending  these  schools  they  receive  the  same  travel  allow- 
ances and  commutation  of  quarters  as  officers  of  the  Regular  Army  and 
commutation  of  subsistence  at  the  rate  of  $1  per  day. 


RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL      71 

CHAPTER  V 
RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

In  times  of  peace  officers  frequently  live  and  perform  their 
duties  in  places  and  under  circumstances  which  require  that 
they  shall  be  familiar  with  the  laws  governing  their  official 
conduct  in  relation  to  the  civil  communities  by  which  they  are 
surrounded. 

The  principle  that  military  authority  is  subordinate  to  the 
civil  may  be  taken  as  a  reminder  of  the  fact  that  an  officer  or 
soldier  in  taking  upon  himself  the  additional  responsibilities 
and  obligations  of  the  military  profession,* can  not  thereby  di- 
vest himself  of  his  civil  responsibilities  as  a  citizen.  See  408A. 

While  the  military  state  is  fully  governed  by  its  own  code, 
those  living  in  that  state  are  not  thereby  relieved  of  civil  re- 
sponsibility for  their  civil  acts. 

"From  the.  nature  and  source  of  their  respective  jurisdic- 
tions civil  and  military  courts  can  never  have  concurrent  juris- 
diction in  the  strict  sense  of  the  term.  The  same  act  or  omis- 
sion, however,  may  give  rise  to  both  a  military  and  a  civil  trial, 
but  the  offense  in  each  case  is  distinct  and  separate,  one  having 
been  created  by  the  Articles  of  War  and  the  other  by  the  com- 
mon law,  or  by  statute  in  the  state  or  district  within  whose 
territorial  limits  it  was  committed." — (Davis'  Mil.  Law,  p.  43.) 

Thus,  an  officer  kills  another  officer  and  is  tried  and  ac- 
quitted by  "a  civil  court,  he  may  still  be  tried  by  a  military 
court,  not  for  the  actual  killing,  but  for  a  violation  of  one  or 
more  of  the  Articles  of  War,  as,  for  instance,  the  2ist  or  the 


72  CHAPTER  V 

6 ist,  or  62d,  or  any  other  which  may  have  been  violated  in  the 
actions  which  led  to  the  homicide.  So,  also,  a  soldier  might  be 
tried  by  a  police  judge  for  drunkenness  and  disorderly  conduct 
in  a  city,  having  committed  a  breach  of  municipal  law,  and 
again  be  tried  by  court-martial  for  absence  without  leave,  or 
conduct  to  the  prejudice  of  good  order  and  military  discipline. 
The  difference  between  these  offenses  committed  is  well  illus- 
trated by  the  fact  that  one  item  under  the  Executive  order  lim- 
iting punishments  provides  a  limit  of  punishment  for  a  man 
tried  under  the  62d  Article  of  War,  where  drunkenness  and  dis- 
orderly conduct  have  caused  the  offender's  arrest  and  convic- 
tion by  the  civil  authorities  at  a  place  within  ten  miles  of  his 
station. 

NOTE.  In  the  case  of  Homer  E.  Grafton  v.  The  United  States,  on  appeal  to 
the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  from  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Philippine 
Islands,  the  court  has  held,  notwithstanding  the  general  doctrine  heretofore  obtaining 
in  regard  to  the  question  of  dual  jeopardy  where  officers  or  soldiers  have  been  tried 
by  civil  as  well  as  military  courts,  that  a  man  could  not  lawfully  be  tried  for  the  same 
offense  by  two  courts  of  the  same  sovereignty.  In  other  words,  that  a  soldier  tried 
for  homicide  by  a  military  court  under  the  62d  Article  of  War  could  not  be  again 
placed  on  trial  by  a  court  of  the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  same  offense,  the  courts 
of  the  Philippine  Islands  deriving  their  sole  jurisdiction  from  the  sovereignty  of  the 
United  States.  This  same  rule  would  be  applicable  where  a  soldier  tried  by  a  court- 
martial  was  again  tried  for  the  same  offense  by  a  United  States  court.  However,  in 
its  opinion  the  Supreme  Court  said: 

"It  may  be  difficult  at  times  to  determine  whether  the  offense  for  which  an 
officer  or  soldier  is  being  tried  is,  in  every  substantial  respect,  the  same  offense  for 
which  he  had  been  previously  tried." 

It  is  therefore,  of  coarse,  impossible  to  lay  down  any  rule  for  the  deter- 
mination of  the  question  at  this  time,  but  it  suggests  the  extreme  importance  of 
attaching  military  jurisdiction  where  an  offense  has  been  committed,  before  the 
civil  jurisdiction  can  take  over  the  case;  and  all  military  officers  having  authority  in 
the  premises  should  be  careful,  where  an  offense  has  been  committed  by  a  soldier  to 
at  once  prefer  charges  and  thus  originate  military  jurisdiction,  subject  to  the  later 
consideration  of  the  case,  perhaps,  by  the  civil  courts. 

The  Grafton  case  was  published  in  full  in  Cir.  43,  W.  D.,  1907. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  this  article  to  enter  into  a 
minute  discussion  of  the  various  matters  which  will  be  touched 
upon,  and  officers  should  consult  and  study,  as  part  of  their 
professional  education,  the  very  able  treatises  on  the  relations 


RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL     73 

of  the  military  to  the  civil,  to  be  found  in  Davis's  Military  Law 
and  Winthrop's  Military  Law  and  Precedents  ana  Digest  of 
Opinions  of  the  Judge  Advocate  General.  From  the  last-men- 
tioned work  all  quotations  in  this  article  not  otherwise  credited 
are  taken.- 

Our  subject  will  be  considered  under  the  following  heads : 
I.    THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  IN  AID  OF  THE  CIVIL  POWER. 
II.     MILITARY  RESERVATIONS. 

III.  CIVIL  JURISDICTION  ON  A  MILITARY  RESERVATION. 

IV.  THE  WRIT  OF  HABEAS  CORPUS. 
V.     THE  59TH  ARTICLE  OF  WAR. 

VI.  TAXATION. 

VII.  CITIZENSHIP. 

VIII.  RESIDENCE  AND  DOMICILE. 

IX.  VOTING. 

I. 
THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  IN  AID  OF  THE  CIVIL  POWER 

While  any  citizen,  as  such  (and  this  includes  military  persons), 
may  seek  to  quell  a  disturbance  or  a  riot,  and  assist  in  preserving  the 
peace,  or  in  the  arrest  of  one  committing  a  crime  in  their  presence,  no 
officer  or  soldier  in  his  military  capacity,  may  do  so  excepting  on  a 
military  reservation,  or  where  the  offenders  are  military  persons,  other- 
wise than  as  provided  in  the  Army  Regulations  (Paragraph  493-8, 
'10).  Should  conditions  arise  requiring  prompt  action  as  provided  for 
in  Paragraph  496,  A.  R.,  '10,  the  officer  on  whom  the  responsibility  rests 
should  very  carefully  consider  the  facts  of  the  case,  and  be  certain  that 
he  is  acting  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  referred  to. 

The  military  forces  of  the  United  States  can  not  be  used  as  a 
posse  comitatus,  nor  can  they  be  used,  except  by  the  authority  of  the 
President,  for  the  maintenance  of  order  in  a  State  or  for  the  up- 
holding of  the  State  laws.  Where  the  interests  of  the  United  States 
are  not  involved,  the  military  may  not  take  action,  except  under  orders 
originating  with  the  President.  This  can  not  be  better  expressed  than 
in  the  following  quotation :  "In  case  of  civil  disturbance  in  violation  of 
the  laws  of  a  State,  a  military  commander  can  not  volunteer  to  intervene 


74  CHAPTER  V 

with  his  command  without  incurring  a  personal  responsibility  for  his 
acts.  In  the  absence  of  the  requisite  orders  he  may  not  even  march 
or  array  his  command  for  the  purpose  of  exerting  a  moral  effect,  or  any 
effect  in  terrorem;  such  a'  demonstration,  indeed,  could  only  compromise 
the  authority  of  the  United  States,  while  insulting  the  sovereignty  of  the 
state." 

(See  Davis  Mil.  Law,  Chap.  XVIII.,  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  pp.  1347 
et  seq,  Digest  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s,  Sec.  483-493  and  Appendix  B.) 

II. 

MILITARY  RESERVATIONS 

"The  Congress  shall  have  power  *  *  *  to  exercise 
exclusive  legislation,  in  all  cases  whatsoever,  over  such  district  (not 
exceeding  ten  miles  square)  as  may,  by  cession  of  particular  States, 
and  the  acceptance  of  Congress,  become  the  seat  of  the  Government 
of  the  United  States,  and  to  exercise  like  authority  over  all  places  pur-- 
chased by  the  consent  of  the  Legislature  of  the  State  in  which  the 
same  shall  be,  for  the  erection  of  forts,  magazines,  arsenals,  dock- 
yards, and  other  needful  buildings  *  *  *  ."  (Article  1,  Section  8. 
Constitution  of  the  United  States.) 

Under  this  section  of  the  Constitution,  the  exclusive  jurisdiction 
of  the  United  States,  for  legislation  implies  jurisdiction,  exists  over 
all  military  reservations  which  have  been  purchased  with  the  consent 
of  the  State  Legislature.  This  is  also  the  case  where  the  United  States 
has  reserved  exclusive  jurisdiction,  over  a  reservation  previously  estab- 
lished, in  the  Act  of  Admission  of  a  State. 

A  number  of  our  military  reservations,  however,  have  been  ac- 
quired in  other  ways.  Where  this  has  been  the  case,  the  states  have 
generally  "ceded  jurisdiction"  to  the  United  States  over  the  land  com- 
prised in  the  reservation. 

The  cessions  of  jurisdiction  differ  in  their  terms  and  in  the  ex- 
tent of  the  jurisdiction  reserved  by  the  state.  In  some  cases  exclusiv 
jurisdiction  is  granted;  in  others,  the  right  to  serve  criminal  and  civil 
process,  concurrently  with  the  United  States,  is  reserved.  Again,  as  in 
Kansas,  the  right  to  tax  railroads  and  corporations  on  the  reservation 
is  reserved,  and  finally  there  have  been  cases  where  general  concurrent 
jurisdiction  with  that  of  the  United  States  has  been  reserved.  Where 
this  is  the  case,  it  has  been  held  that  the  cession  of  jurisdiction  was 


RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL      75 

of  no  value  to  the  United  States.  Of  course  over  reservations  situated 
in  the  Territories,  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  is  paramount. 
Where  an  officer  is  in  command  of  a  military  reservation  he  should 
familiarize  himself  with  the  circumstances  under  which  the  reservation 
was  established,  and  with  the  jurisdiction,  if  any,  reserved  to  a  state. 

This  may  be  done  by  consulting  the  post  history,  which  should 
be  kept  at  every  post,  or  by  consulting  the  laws  of  the  state  in  which 
the  post  is  situated,  or  by  examining  a  book  published  by  the  War  De- 
partment, entitled  "Military  Reservations,  National  Military  Parks, 
and  National  Cemeteries." 

All  unauthorized  persons  coming  on  a  military  reservation  are 
trespassers  and  ma'y  be  removed,  by  military  force  if  need  be,  but  the 
use  of  force  should  be  no  greater  than  is  required  to  effect  the  removal. 
Attention  is  invited  in  this  connection  to  Par.  212,  A.  R.,  '10. 

"A  post  commander  can,  in  his  discretion,  exclude  all  persons  other' 
than  those  belonging  to  his  post  from  post  and  reservation  grounds, 
but  should  he  admit  everybody,  except  one  individual  against  whom  no 
charge  of  wrongdoing  existed,  such  action  would  be  considered  an 
abuse  of  discretion  on  the  part  of  the  commander."1 

"Whoever  shall  go  upon  any  military  reservation,  army  post,  fort,  or 
arsenal,  for  any  purpose  prohibited  by  law  or  military  regulation  made  in 
pursuance  of  law,  or  whoever  shall  re-enter  or  be  found  within  any  such 
reservation,  post,  fort,  or  arsenal,  after  having  been  removed  therefrom 
or  ordered  not  to  re-enter  by  any  officer  or  person  in  command  or  charge 
thereof,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  imprisoned 
not  more  than  six  months,  or  both."  (Sec.  45,  Chap.  321,  Act  of  March 
4,  1909). 

The  unlawful  cutting  or  injury  of  trees  on  a  Government  reser- 
vation is  made  penal  by  United  States  Statutes.  Where  on  a  military 
reservation  persons  are  found  injuring  or  cutting  trees,  they  should  be 
put  off  the  reservation,  and  the  department  commander  notified  and  fur- 
nished with  such  data  as  may  be  obtainable  as  to  the  identity  of  the 
alleged  culprits,  and  with  the  evidence  against  them.  Where  it  is  found 
that  damage  has  been  done  and  the  perpetrators  not  caught  in  the 
act,  every  effort  should  be  made  to  obtain  evidence  in  the  case,  and  the 

*In  regulating  the  servant  question  at  posts,  circulars  of  this  tenor  have  been 
issued:  "Gertrude  Smith  is  hereby  prohibited  from  entering  or  remaining  on  the 
reservation.  Should  she  be  employed  at  any  time  on  the  reservation,  she  will  be  at 
once  discharged  and  directed  to  leave  the  post." 


76  CHAPTER  V 

department  commander  notified.  The  removal  of  felled  or  fallen  trees, 
or  grass,  etc.,  cut  on  a  reservation,  by  an  unauthorized  person  is  a  lar- 
ceny, and  the  offender  may  be  punished  under  the  statute.  (The  removal 
or  "asportation"  m.ay  be  technical,  such  as  the  placing  of  the  wood  or 
Tiay  upon  a  wagon.)  In  cases  of  this  kind,  the  nearest  representative 
of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Justice  should  be  notified  and  furnished  with 
the  evidence  secured. 

Of  course,  when  trespassers  are  Dut  off  a  reservation  they  should 
not  be  allowed  to  take  with  them  any  property  of  the  United  States. 

"Squatters  and  other  trespassers  and  intruders  may,  and  should 
be  expelled,  by  military  force  if  necessary,  from  a  military  reservation. 
But  persons  when  they  have  been  suffered  to  own  and  occupy  buildings 
on  a  reservation  should  be  allowed  reasonable  time  to  remove  them. 
If  not  removed  after  due  notice  the  same  should  be  removed  by  the 
military.  Material  abandoned  on  a  reservation  by  a  trespasser  on 
vacating,  may  be  lawfully  utilized  by  the  commander  for  completing 
roads,  walks,  etc." 

(See  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.  pp.  1368-1370.  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s, 
see  index  "Reservations"  and  "Cession  of  Jurisdiction.") 

III. 

CIVIL  JURISDICTION  ON  A  MILITARY  RESERVATION. 

Where  the  United  States  has  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  a  reser- 
vation, the  state  laws  do  not  run  and  no  service  of  civil  or  criminal 
process  may  be  had  excepting  such  as  proceeds  from  the  Federal  Courts. 
Where  the  United  States  has  not  exclusive  jurisdiction,  and  no  cession 
of  jurisdiction  has  been  made  by  the  "state,  the  laws  of  such  state  run 
on  the  reservation  as  they  do  in  all  other  parts  of  the  state;  in  this  case 
the  service  of  process  must  be  allowed  except  where  such  interference  and 
jurisdiction  of  the  state  would  destroy  or  impair  the  effective  use  of  the 
reservation  for  the  purpose  designed,  considering  it  as  an  instrumentality 
for  the  execution  of  the  powers  of  the  United  States  Government. 

Where  the  right  to  serve  process  has  been  reserved  by  a  state, 
such  process  can  only  be  the  result  of  acts  committed  outside  of  the 
reservation,  and  obedience  will  be  given  by  all  persons  on  the  reserva- 
tion to  such  process.  Where  it  amounts  to  an  arrest  of  a  military  per- 
son, the  commanding  officer  will  permit  him  to  be  removed  by  the 
civil  power,  unless  at  the  time  he  be  awaiting  trial  by  a  military  court 


RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL     77 

or  serving  a  sentence  of  the  same.  In  this  case  the  commanding  officer 
will  inform  the  civil  authorities  of  this  fact  and  decline  to  surrender 
the  prisoner.  The  civil  authorities  should  receive  notice,  however,  of 
the  expiration  of  the  term  of  confinement  of  the  soldier  in  order  that 
they  may  take  such  measures  after  his  release  to  vindicate  the  law  as 
they  see  fit. 

Where  the  process  takes  the  form  of  a  writ  of  subpoena  or  of  a 
summons  to  appear  before  a  court,  a  commander  should  assist  the  court 
by  granting  permission,  if  need  be,  to  an  officer  or  soldier,  to  absent 
himself  from  the  command  in  order  to  comply  with  the  process,  or  in 
the  case  of  a  prisoner  who  is  needed  as  a  witness,  by  sending  him  when 
he  is  wanted,  under  proper  guard. 

There  is  no  method  laid  down  for  the  service  of  civil  process  on 
an  officer  or  a  soldier.  Where  such  process  is  to  be  obeyed  the  manner 
of  service  can  not,  from  a  military  point  of  view,  be  questioned,  but 
much  trouble  may  be  avoided  if  the  process  server  is  familiar  enough 
with  military  requirements  to  apply  in  the  first  place  to  the  commanding 
officer  for  guidance  or  assistance. 

"A  civilian  may  legally  be  arrested  without  a  warrant  as  well  by 
a  military  person  as  by  any  citizen  where  he  commits  a  felony,  or  a 
crime  in  breach  of  the  public  peace  in  such  person's  presence;  or  where, 
a  felony  having  been  committed,  such  person  has  probable  cause  for 
believing  that  the  party  arrested  is  the  felon.  In  a  case  of  such  an  ar- 
rest at  a  military  post,  the  arresting  officer  or  soldier  should  use  no 
unnecessary  violence,  should  disclose  his  official  character  and  inform 
the  party  of  the  cause  of  his  arrest,  and  should  deliver  him  as  soon  as 
reasonably  practicable  to  a  civil  officer  authorized  to  hold  and  bring 
him  before  a  court  or  magistrate  for  disposition." 

Where  the  crime  is  committed  on  a  reservation  by  a  civilian  he 
should  at  once  be  arrested  and  turned  over  with  a  statement  of  the 
case  to  the  nearest  civil  authority,  for  trial  by  the  Federal  courts;  he 
may  be  held  in  the  guardhouse  for  only  such  intervals  as  may  be  abso- 
lutely necessary. 

Where  a  soldier  commits  murder  (a  crime  not  punishable  by 
court-martial  in  time  of  peace)  on  a  military  reservation,  he  may  be 
confined  in  the  guardhouse  until,  after  communication  with  the  nearest 
United  States  attorney,  he  shall  be  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities 

Process  in  civil  suits  issuing  from  the  Federal  courts  and  from 
state  courts  where  such  service  is  permissible,  must  be  accepted  and 


78  CHAPTER  V 

obeyed  by  the  military  on  a  military  reservation  as  it  would  be  elsewhere 
Any  defense  there  may  be  should  be  submitted  to  the  civil  courts. 

(See  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  pp.  1402-1405.  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'a, 
see  index  "Reservations.") 

IV. 
THE  WRIT  OF  HABEAS  CORPUS. 

A  writ  directed  to  the  person  detaining  another,  and  command- 
ing him  to  produce  the  body  of  the  prisoner  at  a  certain  time  and  place, 
with  the  day  and  cause  of  his  caption  and  detention,  to  do,  submit  to, 
and  receive  whatsoever  the  court  or  judge  awarding  the  writ  shall  con- 
sider in  that  behalf.  This  writ  has  many  variations  and  issues  for  a 
number  of  purposes.  We  are  only  concerned  with  the  case  where  the 
writ  is  issued  to  an  officer  and  affects  the  body  of  one  lawfully  held  by 
military  authority.  In  all  cases  where  the  writ  is  served,  the  officer  to 
whom  it  is  addressed  will  make  a  respectful  return.  If  the  writ  issues 
from  a  Federal  court  or  judge,  return  will  be  made  and  the  person  held 
produced  at  the  time  and  place  required.  If  the  writ  issues  from  a  state 
court  or  judge,  the  person  will  not  be  produced,  but  return  will  be  made 
giving  the  reason  for  not  complying  with  the  writ.  As  the  question  is 
fully  treated  in  the  Manual  for  Courts-Martial,  and  forms  for  the  re- 
turns given,  it  is  unnecessary  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  matter  in  this 
article. 

(Davis'  Mil.  Law,  Chap.  XVII.  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  see  index 
"Habeas  Corpus."  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s,  see  index  "Habeas  Corpus.") 

V. 

THE  59th  ARTICLE  OF  WAR. 

"When  any  officer  or  soldier  is  accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  any  offense 
against  the  person  or  property  of  any  citizen  of  any  of  the  United  States,  which 
is  punishable  by  the  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding  officer,  and  the  officers  of 
the  regiment,  troop,  battery,  company  or  detachment  to  which  the  person  so  accused 
belongs,  are  required,  except  in  time  of  war,  upon  application  duly  made  by  or  in 
behalf  of  the  party  injured,  to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  to  deliver  him  over  to 
the  civil  magistrate,  and  to  aid  the  officers  of  justice  in  apprehending  and  securing 
him,  in  order  to  bring  him  to  trial.  If,  upon  such  application,  any  officer  refuses  or 
willfully  neglects,  except  in  time  of  war,  to  deliver  over  such  accused  person  to  the 
civil  magistrates,  or  to  aid  the  officers  of  justice  in  apprehending  him,  he  shall  be 
dismissed  from  the  service." — 59th  A.  W. 

Thf  provisions  of  this  Article  are  only  applicable  in  time  of  peace 
It  will  bt  observed  that  the  offense  must  be  against  the  person  or  prop- 


RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  ClVIL      79 

erty  of  an  individual,  and  has  been  held  not  applicable  in  a  case  of  vio- 
lation of  a  statute,  such  as  introducing  liquor  into  the  Indian  country. 

"The  commanding  officer,  before  surrendering  the  party,  is  en- 
titled to  require  that  the  'application'  shall  be  sufficiently  specific  to 
identify  the  accused  and  to  show  that  he  is  charged  with  a  particular 
crime  or  offense  which  is  within  the  class  described  in  the  Article.  It 
has  been  further  held  that  without  a  compliance  with  these  require- 
ments, the  commanding  officer  can  not  properly  surrender  nor  the  civil 
authorities  arrest,  within  a  military  command,  an  accused  officer  or 
soldier.  Where  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  application  is  made  in  good 
faith  and  in  the  interests  of  law  and  justice,  the  commander  may  de- 
mand that  the  application  be  especially  explicit  and  be  sworn  to;  and  in 
general  the  preferable,  and  indeed  only  satisfactory  course  will  be  to 
require  the  production,  if  practicable,  of  a  due  and  formal  warrant  or 
writ  for  the  arrest  of  the  party.  The  application  required  by  the 
Article  should  be  made  in  a  case  where  the  crime  was  committed  by 
the  party  before  he  entered  the  military  service  equally  as  when  it  was 
committed  by  him  while  in  the  service. 

The  Article  does  not  apply  to  offenses  committed  on  land  where 
the  United  States  has  exclusive  (excepting  that  the  service  of  process 
may  have  been  reserved)  jurisdiction.  In  cases  where  the  military 
courts  have  concurrent  jurisdiction,  the  requirements  of  the  Article 
will  not  obtain  if  "the  military  jurisdiction  has  already  duly  attached 
(by  means  of  arrest  or  service  of  charges  with  a  view  to  trial)  in  which 
case  the  prisoner  may  be  surrendered  or  not  as  the  proper  authority  may 
determine."  The  ordinances  or  by-laws  of  a  city  or  town  are  a  part  of 
the  "laws  of  the  land"  within  the  meaning  of  this  Article.  Where  the 
commander  has  reason  to  believe  that  to  deliver  the  accused  to  the  civil 
authority  would  result  in  his  being  exposed  to  mob  violence,  he  can  only 
seek  refuge  in  the  supposition  that  the  demand  is  not  made  in  good 
faith  and  require  all  the  formalities.  It  is  a  case  for  the  use  of  common 
sense  and  firmness. 

An  officer  or  soldier  accused,  though  he  may  be  willing  and  may 
desire  to  surrender  himself,  should  not  in  general  be  permitted  to  do  so, 
but  should  be  required  to  await  a  formal  application.  The  United 
States  is  entitled  to  the  service  of  its  officers  and  men  and  in  the 
absence  of  the  formal  application  there  is  no  authority  which  warrants 
this  service  being  avoided  by  the  voluntary  act  of  the  accused. 

(See  Davis*  Mil.  Law,  pp.  456-461.  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  pp.  1071- 
1081.  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s,  sees.  94-105.) 


80  CHAPTER  V 

VI. 
TAXATION. 

"An  officer  or  soldier  of  the  Army,  though  not  taxable  officially, 
may  be  and  often  is  taxable  personally.  He  is  not  taxable  by  a  state 
for  his  pay,  or  for  the  arms,  instruments,  uniform  clothing,  or  other 
property  pertaining  to  his  military  office  or  capacity,  but  as  to  house- 
hold furniture  and  other  personal  property,  not  military,  he  is  (except 
where  stationed  at  a  place  under  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  the  United 
States)  equally  subject  with  other  residents  or  inhabitants  to  taxation 
under  the  local  law.'*  On  the  other  hand,  those  who  are  exempt  from 
taxation  as  dwelling  in  places  under  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  the 
United  States  are  not  entitled  to  enjoy  any  of  the  privileges  of  the  citizens 
of  the  state  such  as  the  privilege  of  voting,  or  the  use  of  the  public 
schools,  etc. 

(See  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  pp.   1401-1407.     Dig.  of  Op.  of  J.  A.  G.'s, 
see  index  "Tax.") 

VII. 

CITIZENSHIP. 

An  officer  or  a  soldier  does  not  lose  his  citizenship  by  entering 
the  Army.  However,  he  subjects  himself  to  trial  without  jury  for  any 
military  offense  committed  in  the  service,  and  he  may  forfeit  the 
privilege  of  voting,  depending  on  the  state  law  of  his  domicile.  He 
also  surrenders  for  the  time  being,  as  far  as  the  military  service  may 
require,  his  rights  of  personal  liberty. 

VIII. 

RESIDENCE  AND  DOMICILE.1 

What  is  meant  by  the  "residence"  of  a  person  in  the  military 
service  depends  entirely  upon  the  kind  of  residence  contemplated — 
whether  it  be  "residence"  for  voting,  for  divorce,  for  process,  for 
homestead  rights,  for  school  privileges,  for  taxation,  for  questions  ot 
probate,  etc. — and  in  every  case  the  question  must  bt  determined  by 
local  law.  Whether,  for  instance,  an  officer  or  a  soldier  stationed  at 
Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  is  a  legal  resident  of  Kansas  for  any  of 
the  purposes  stated,  or  for  any  other  particular  purpose,  depends  on 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  Kansas. 

•"Legal  residence"  and  "Domicile"  are  practically  synonymous.     "Residence"  vw 
generally  used  in  the  sense  of  "Legal  residence." 


I 
RELATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TO  THE  CIVIL      81 

The  "domicile"  of  an  officer  or  soldier  who  entered  the  service 
at  or  after  majority,  is  the  same  as  the  one  he  had  when  he  entered 
the  Army,  provided,  of  course,  he  has  not  in  the  meantime  changed  it. 

The  "domicile"  of  an  officer  or  soldier  who  entered  the  service 
as  an  unemancipated  minor  is  the  same  as  that  of  his  parent  when  the 
officer  or  soldier  became  of  age,  wherever  the  parent  may  at  that  par- 
ticular time  have  been  domiciled. 

The  general  rule  of  laws  is  that  the  domicile  of  the  father  estab- 
lishes the  domicile  of  the  child. 

A  person  in  the  Army  can  neither  gain  nor  lose  domicile  by 
reason  of  his  presence  or  absence  while  in  the  service.  Of  course, 
any  officer  or  soldier  who  wishes  to  change  his  domicile  may  do  so, 
but  acquisition  of  a  new  domicile  must  be  accomplished  by  a  volun- 
tary and  positive  act — that  is,  by  taking  the  proper  and  appropriate 
steps  to  do  so,  always  bearing  in  mind  the  fact  that  the  question  of 
domicile  is  one  to  bo  regulated  by  state  and  not  federal  law. 

IX. 
VOTING. 

Officers  and  soldiers  may  vote  at  their  domicile,  provided  the 
local  laws  permit  them  to  do  so.  Whether  a  military  man  may  vote  in 
the  state  in  which  he  may  be  stationed  depends,  as  stated  above,  on  the 
local  law  of  residence.  This  is  true  for  voting  at  federal,  state  and 
municipal  elections.  For  instance,  an  officer  or  soldier  in  the  Regular 
Army  stationed  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  can  not  vote  in  Kansas, 
even  though  he  be  a  citizen  of  that  state,  because  the  statutes  of 
Kansas  specifically  so  state. 


82  CHAPTER  VI 

CHAPTER  VI 

(See  "Post  Administration,"  page  257) 

THE  POST  ADJUTANT 

(Set  Corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

DUTIES 

A  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  Adjutant,  like  the  proper 
performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  attention  to  busi- 
ness. 

The  Army  Regulations  are  silent  regarding  the  duties  of  post 
adjutant,  but  the  duties  prescribed  for  the  regimental  adjutant  are  also 
incumbent  upon  the  post  adjutant  in  so  far  as  they  apply  to  posts. 

He  commands  the  Post  Noncommissioned  Staff. 

The  Adjutant  is  the  commanding  officer's  mouthpiece — through 
him  is  the  channel  of  communication  with  all  the  officers  and  enlisted 
men  of  the  command.  Under  the  direction  of  the  commanding  officer 
he  issues  all  orders,  makes  all  reports  and  returns,  keeps  all  records  and 
rosters  and  has  charge  of  all  correspondence  pertaining  to  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  post.  He  is  assisted  in  this  work  by  a  Sergeant  Major 
and  as  many  clerks  as  may  be  necessary. 

He  should  endeavor  at  all  times  to  exert  the  influence  belonging  to 
his  station  in  sustaining  the  reputation,  discipline,  and  harmony  of  the 
command. 

B  It  is  really  a  part  of  an  Adjutant's  duty  to  be  pleasant  and  agreeable 
and  to  do  all  in  his  power  to  promote  the  contentment  of  the  command — 
it  is  a  part  of  his  duty  to  serve  the  command  in  every  way  that  he  can. 
By  virtue  of  his  position  and  the  various  means  he  has  at  hand  in  the 
way  of  clerks,  printing  press,  etc.,  there  are  many  things  an  Adjutant  can 
do  with  very  little  effort,  which  will  contribute  to  contentment  and  cor- 
diality, and  in  effect  do  a  great  deal  to  oil  the  official  machinery  of  the 
command,  reducing  friction  and  jar  to  a  minimum.  For  example,  if 
many  officers  of  the  command  transfer  their  pay  vouchers  to  certain  local 
banks,  he  can  have  the  necessary  indorsement  printed  on  the  pay  vouchers; 
he  can  also  have  the  pay  vouchers  of  the  officers  made  out  every  month  by 
the  clerks  in  the  Adjutant's  office  and  have  official  envelopes  printed 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  83 

with  the  address  of  the  chief  paymaster  of  the  department;  he  can  fur- 
nish officers  absent  from  the  regiment  on  detached  service  printed  forms 
for  the  monthly  reports  required  by  Army  Regulations  to  be  made  to  the 
Adjutant  and  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  (see  page  129),  to- 
gether with  official  envelopes  containing  the  printed  address  of  the  Adju- 
tant and  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army;  he  can  have  prepared  the 
mileage  vouchers  of  officers  just  joining  and  those  returning  from  mile- 
age trips  and  have  them  waiting  for  the  officers,  in  envelopes  addressed 
to  the  Chief  Paymaster  of  the  Department;  he  can  have  forms  printed 
for  the  reports  required  by  officers  going  on  leave  for  ten  days  or  more 
and  see  that  copies  are  delivered  to  them  a  day  or  two  before  they 
leave;  he  can  have  delivered  to  officers  just  joining  copies  of  the  post 
orders  of  a  general  nature  (e.  g.,  the  orders  about  school,  drills,  serv- 
ice calls,  etc.). 

A  Relations  with  the  Commanding  Officer.  His  relations  with  the 
commanding  officer  are  close  and  confidential,  and  he  should  give  his 
chief  his  entire,  unqualified  support.  His  loyalty  should  be  absolute,  and 
under  no  circumstances  should  he  ever,  by  act  or  word,  criticise  the 
action  of  the  commanding  officer,  no  matter  how  much  he  may  himself, 
personally,  disapprove  of  the  same.  As  the  relations  that  the  Adjutant 
bears  to  the  commanding  officer  are  in  many  respects  the  same  as  those 
that  an  aide-de-camp  bears  to  his  chief,  see  chapter  "Aides-de-Camp," 
page  248. 

B  Important.  The  Adjutant  should  remember  he  is  not  the  com- 
manding officer  and  under  no  circumstances  should  he  appropriate  or 
appear  to  appropriate  the  powers  of  that  officer.  However,  an  officer 
to  whom  a  certain  amount  of  authority  cannot  be  delegated,  and  who 
is  not  allowed  to  assume  a  certain  amount  of  responsibility,  is  not 
fit  to  fill  the  position  of  Adjutant  and  should  be  relieved  at  once. 

C  In  cases  of  delegated  authority,  e.  g.,  to  what  extent  may  the 
Adjutant  send  for  officers  in  the  name  of  the  commanding  officer — 
there  should  always  be  a  distinct  understanding  between  the  Adjutant 
and  the  commanding  officer. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  remarked,  an  officer  should  never 
be  sent  for  to  come  to  the  office  if  it  can  be  helped. 

Some  Adjutants  have  a  habit  of  sending  for  officers  in  a  most 
promiscuous  way,  to  the  annoyance,  inconvenience,  and  loss  of  time  of 
the  latter. 


84  CHAPTER  VI 

Very  often  the  sending  of  a  brief  note  will  obviate  the  necessity 
of  an  officer's  reporting  at  the  Adjutant's  office. 

A  Whenever  officers  are  sent  for  by  the  Adjutant  he  should 
always  be  extremely  careful  to  say  (through  the  orderly),  for  instance, 
"The  Adjutant  presents  his  compliments  and  says  the  commanding  officer 
would  like  to  see  Captain  Smith  in  the  office  as  soon  as  convenient." 

Of  course,  all  orders,  verbal  or  otherwise,  should  be  given  in 
the  name  of  the  commanding  officer,  even  though  on  routine  business 
which  has  been  delegated  to  the  Adjutant. 

A  violation  of  this  rule  will  always  cause  trouble  and  friction. 

B  Dress  and  Bearing.  In  neatness  and  correctness  of  dress  and  in 
soldierly  bearing,  he  should  be  faultless,  setting  an  example  to  the  rest 
of  the  command.  He  should  cultivate  soldierly  qualities  and  amiability, 
and  should  be  just,  pleasant  and  courteous  to  everyone,  performing  his 
duties  with  partiality  to  none  and  fairness  to  all. 

C  He  should  never  talk  outside  about  the  official  business  of  the 
office — this  is  not  only  unbusiness-like,  undignified  and  unmilitary,  but 
it  is  also  a  betrayal  of  official  confidence  which  almost  invariably  leads 
to  pernicious  results.  Nor  should  he  ever  criticise  the  conduct  of  other 
officers. 

D  As  the  Adjutant  occupies  an  office  which  is  regarded  in  the  service 
as  representing  accuracy,  method,  and  precision,  and  as  he  is  often 
required  to  call  the  attention  of  officers  to  the  violation  of,  and  non- 
compliance  with,  regulations  and  orders,  he  can  not  himself  be  too 
careful  and  punctilious. 

Two  of  the  most  essential  qualities  required  in  a  good  Adjutant 
are  tact  and  common  sense. 

E  Necessary  Knowledge.  An  efficient  Adjutant  must  have  a  gen- 
eral knowledge  of  the  administrative  duties  of  all  the  other  staff  officers 
and  the  company  commanders,  and.  a  special  knowledge  of  his  own 
duties.  He  must  be  a  close  student  of  the  Army  Regulations,  the  Drill 
Regulations,  the  Manual  of  Guard  Duty,  the  Courts-Martial  Manual 
and  the  manuals  of  the  various  staff  departments  and  should  read  care- 
fully all  War  Department,  Division,  and  Department  orders.  Under  no 
circumstances  should  the  Adjutant  permit  any  other  officer  of  the  com- 
mand to  be  better  informed  than  he  is  in  these  subjects.  Unless  the 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  85 

Adjutant  is  well  posted  in  the  duties  of  his  office,  he  can  not  command 
the  respect  and  enjoy  the  confidence  of  his  fellow  officers.  By  study, 
application,  and  observation  he  should  inform  himself  upon  all  points 
of  military  usage  and  etiquette  and  on  proper  occasions  aid  with  his 
advice  and  experience  the  subalterns  of  the  command,  especially  those 
just  joining. 

A  War  Department  Orders  and  Army  Regulation  paragraphs  af- 
fecting Adjutants.  Sup.,  Chap.  VI,  Par.  55. 

B  The  Daily  Transaction  of  Routine  Business  with  the  Command- 

ing Officer.  About  10  o'clock  A.  M.,  the  Adjutant  presents  the  Con- 
solidated Morning  Report  to  the  commanding  officer  for  signature,  after 
which  all  papers  in  the  "Commanding  Officer"  basket  (see  "The  Four- 
Basket  System,"  page  112A)  are  submitted,  the  Adjutant  briefly  ex- 
plaining each  as  it  is  placed  before  the  commanding  officer.  No  paper 
should  be  submitted: 

First — Unless  the  Adjutant  has  carefully  scrutinized  the  same  and 
has  familiarized  himself  with  every  paragraph  in  the  Regulations  and 
every  order  that  may  be  referred  to  in  the  communication. 

Second — Unless  he  knows  that  all  orders  and  Regulations  on  the 
subject  have  been  complied  with.  The  safest  plan  is  to  look  up  invari- 
ably the  Regulations  on  the  subject,  and  see  that  all  conditions  required 
have  been  fulfilled,  especially  regarding  allowances,  etc.,  in  case  of 
estimates  and  requisitions. 

About  11:30  A.  M.,  or  just  oefore  the  commanding  officer  leaves 
the  office  for  the  forenoon,  the  Adjutant  should  again  submit  to  him  all 
papers  that  happen  to  be  in  the  "Commanding  Officer"  basket.  . 

In  case  of  requisitions,  estimates,  clothing  schedules,  etc.,  see 
that  all  dates  have  been  filled  in  and  that  the  commanding  officer's  rank 
has  been  entered  below  where  he  is  to  sign. 

Of  course,  different  commanding  officers  have  different  ways  of 
transacting  business ;  ascertain  the  wishes  of  your  commanding  officer 
and  then  comply  with  them. 

Some  commanding  officers,  for  instance,  let  their  Adjutants 
open  all  mail  addressed  to  "The  Commanding  Officer,"  and  permit 
them  to  enter  on  purely  routine  papers  the  usual  indorsements,  while 
other  commanding  officers  desire  to  open  their  own  official  mail  and 
write  their  own  indorsements  in  all  cases,  or  direct  the  Adjutant 


86  CHAPTER  VI 

what  to  write.  Again,  some  commanding  officers  let  their  Adjutants 
issue  orders  of  routine  nature  without  first  seeing  the  manuscript, 
while  other  commanding  officers  wish  to  see  the  manuscript  first  or 
to  write  the  orders  themselves. 

However,  if  the  proper  relations  of  confidence  exist  between 
the  commanding  officer  and  the  Adjutant,  it  is  thought  the  former 
should  allow  the  latter  as  much  latitude  as  possible  in  matters  of  this 
kind,  thus  not  making  the  Adjutant  feel  that  he  is  merely  a  clerk. 

In  matters  of  this  kind,  as  well  as  in  all  others,  ascertain  the 
wishes  of  the  commanding  officer  and  then  comply  with  them. 

CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  AFFECTING  ADJUTANTS 

1  Cheerfulness,  harmony,  and  contentment  are  important  fac- 
tors in  the  discipline  and  efficiency  of  a  command,  and  the  Adjutant 
should  do  everything  possible  to  promote  them.     By  custom  of  the 
service  he  is  regarded  as  the  logical  promoter  and  leader  of  entertain- 
ments, dances,  etc. 

2  Enlisted  men  and  civilian  attaches  desiring  to  speak  to  the 
commanding  officer,  first  see  the  Adjutant. 

It  is  also  the  prevailing  custom  for  officers,  except  members  of 
the  staff,  who  wish  to  see  the  commanding  officer  at  his  office,  first 
to  address  themselves  to  the  Adjutant,  older  officers  by  usually  ask- 
ing, "Is  the  commanding  officer  occupied?",  and  younger  officers, 
"May  I  see  the  commanding  officer?" 

3  The  Adjutant  wears  his  saber  when  placing  officers  in  arrest. 

4.  Whenever  an  officer  reports  for  duty,  the  Adjutant  usually 
arranges  for  his  care  until  he  gets  settled  temporarily  or  permanently. 
If  the  officer  has  just  entered  the  service,  the  Adjutant  should  write 
him  a  friendly  letter  before  he  reports  for  duty,  and  in  a  kindly  and 
diplomatic  manner  convey  to  him  such  information  as  may  relieve 
him  from  the  embarrassment  of  uncertainty  regarding  the  custom  at 
that  particular  post  of  reporting  to  the  commanding  officer  for  duty, 
etc.,  and  when  the  officer  arrives,  the  Adjutant  or  some  other  officer 
should  meet  him  at  the  station.  This  makes  his  reporting  easier 
and  such  courtesies  are  usually  gratefully  appreciated. 

So,  likewise,  if  soldiers  of  other  commands,  especially  those  of 
other  arms  of  the  service  or  of  the  staff  corps,  are  casually  at  a  post, 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  87 

the  Adjutant  should  make  it  his  special  business  to  see  that  they  are 
properly  cared  for.  Very  often  there  is  a  tendency  to  "run  it"  on 
casuals,  especially  if  they  belong  to  another  branch  of  the  service. 

5  Before    detailing   men   on   special   or   extra   duty,   it   is   cus- 
tomary to  ascertain  from  their  company  commander  whether  there  are 
any  military  reasons  why  the   details   should   not   be   made,   and  in 
other  cases,  unless  by  roster,  orders  should  not  specify  individuals  by 
name,  e.  g.,  "The   Commanding  Officer,   Co.   'A,'  24th   Infantry,  will 
send  a  detachment  consisting  of  one  noncommissioned  officer  and  six 
privates,  etc." 

6  Officers    not   under   arms    usually    remove    their    caps    upon 
entering  the  Adjutant's  Office.     This  is  proper  not  only  because  one 
gentleman  should  always  remove  his  cap  upon  entering  the  office  of 
another,    but    the    Adjutant's    Office    is,    in    effect,    the    commanding 
officer's  office. 

Regarding  officers  returning  from  drills,  courts-martial,  etc., 
with  side  arms,  the  prevailing  custom  seems  to  be  for  them  to  remove 
their  caps  upon  entering  the  office  of  the  Adjutant. 

It  is  not  usual  for  the  officer  of  the  day  to  remove  his  cap 
while  in  the  Adjutant's  Office  on  business  not  connected  with  his 
duties  as  officer  of  the  day,  although  some  officers  make  it  a  rule  to 
do  so.  If  in  the  commanding  officer's  office  and  the  official  relations 
are  relaxed,  the  prevailing  custom  is  to  remove  the  cap. 

7  The  expression  often  used  in  orders  to  "report  to  the  com- 
manding officer"  means  to  "report  to  the  Adjutant,"  regardless   of 
the  relative  rank  of  the  officer  reporting  and  the  Adjutant. 

8  In  case  of  strange  officers  coming  to  a  post,  the  Adjutant  is 
by  custom  the   logical  person  to   see   that  they  are  properly  enter- 
tained and  looked  after. 

An  inspector  general  is  usually  met  at  the  station  by  the 
Adjutant  or  some  other  officer,  and  a  private  reports  to  him  as  orderly. 
For  reception  of  general  officers  and  other  distinguished  officials,  see 
page  287A. 

9  When    an    officer    of    the    command    is    appointed    brigadier 
general,  a  sergeant  (in  some  regiments  a  corporal)   is  ordered  with- 
out delay  to  report  to  him  for  duty  as  orderly  as  long  as  he  is  in 
the  post. 


88  CHAPTER  VI 

10  When  a  general  officer  comes  to  a  post,  a  sergeant  is  at 
once  ordered  to  report  to  him  for  duty  as  orderly. 

(In  some  regiments  a  sergeant  reports  as   orderly  to  a  major 
general  and  a  corporal  to  a  brigadier  general.) 

A  BUSINESS  ROUTINE  OF  THE  OFFICE 

Everything  about  the  Adjutant's  Office  should  be  indica- 
tive of  system,  order  and  neatness,  and  the  business  of  the 
office  should  be  transacted  in  a  prompt,  systematic  and  busi- 
ness-like manner.  The  duties  of  the  sergeant  major,  the 
clerks,  the  telephone  orderly,  the  janitor,  and  all  others  con- 
nected with  the  office  should  be  clearly  defined  and  every  one 
made  to  live  up  to  the  requirements  thereof. 

See  Supplement,  Chap.  VI,  Par.  57. 

THE  SERGEANT  MAJOR 

B  /  Under  the  direction  of  the  Adjutant  he  has  immediate  charge 
of  all  books,  records,  and  papers  pertaining  to  the  office. 

2  In  the  clerks'  office  he  is  the  representative  of  the  Adjutant 
and  his  orders  must  be  obeyed  without  question. 

j  He  will  keep  the  Army  Regulations  posted  and  every  Mon- 
day morning  place  on  the  Adjutant's  desk  for  signature  all  books 
requiring  the  signature  of  the  Adjutant  or  the  commanding  officer. 

Should  either  of  these  officers  go  on  leave  or  be  ordered  to  a 
new  station,  he  should  see  that  all  books  are  presented  to  them  foi 
signature  before  they  leave. 

4.  All  orders  and  communications  of  a  routine  nature  for  or- 
ganization commanders  will  be  delivered  to  the  first  sergeants  at 
First  Sergeants'  Call.  However,  communications,  etc.,  of  an  impor- 
tant nature  or  requiring  action  without  delay,  will  be  delivered  direct 
to  the  officer  by  the  orderly  and  duly  signed  for. 

Orders,  circulars,  etc.,  of  a  routine  nature  that  are  to  be  shown 
to  officers  will  be  sent  around  before  noon.  Officers  will  indicate 
by  writing  their  initials  on  back  of  paper  that  they  have  seen  same 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


89 


5  A  receipt  will  be  obtained  for  all  communications  delivered 
to  officers,  for  which  purpose  a  delivery  book  ruled  as  follows  will  be 
used. 


WHEN     R 

ECEIVED 

INITIALS     OF 

HOUR 

DAIE 

Capt.  A.  Smith,  Com- 
missary 24th  Inf. 
Lieut.    I.    C.    Jones 

Detail    for   Officer   of 
the   Day,    Dec.  9,   '03. 

Com.    No.    1219,    Par. 
9,  S.  O.  10,  c.  s.  post. 
G.     0.    312,     W.     D. 
1906. 

12  00     M. 
1.15    P.    M. 

Dec.    8.    '03 
Dec.    8,    '03 

A.     S. 

I.    C.    J. 

At  some  posts  all  orders,  circulars,  and  communications  for  organization  com- 
manders and  for  officers,  are  placed  in  large  heavy  envelopes  that  are  kept  in  pigeon 
holes  labeled  with  the  names  of  the  various  organization  commanders  and  officers. 
Every  morning,  except  Sunday,  about  11  o'clock  officers'  call  is  sounded,  when  all 
officers  repair  to  the  Adjutant's  office,  examine  their  envelopes  and  receipt  for  the 
contents  on  an  attached  slip  of  paper  the  size  of  the  envelope  and  which  is  ruled  as 
follows : 


DATE 

HOUR 

SIGNATURE 

6  A  check  will  be  kept  on  all  communications  that  are  to  be 
returned  to  or  through  the  office,  or  that  are  to  be  answered.  This 
may  be  done  by  means  of  the  Adjutant's  "Tickler"  (see  page  112C)  or 
a  memorandum  book,  ruled  as  follows: 


NUMBER 
OF 
COMMUNICATION 

TO     WHOM 

DELIVERED 
OR 
MAILED 

TO    BE     RE- 
TURNED   OR 
ANSWERED  BY 

RETURNED 
OR 
ANSWERED 

100 

Capt.    Jones 

.   Tan.    5. 

Jan.    10 

Jan.  8 

7  The   Sergeant   Major   will   regulate   daily   all   clocks   in   the 
office,  obtaining  the  correct  time,  when  practicable,  from  the  West- 
ern Union  or  the  Postal  Telegraph  office. 

8  In  case  of  officers  casually  at  post,  the  dates  of  arrival  and 
departure  will  be  entered  on  the   Morning  Report. 


90  CHAPTER  VI 

9  The    daily    maximum    and    minimum    temperature,    obtained 
from  the   Morning   Report  of  the   Plospital   Corps   Detachment,  will 
be  noted  on  the  Morning  Report. 

10  In  case  of  change  in  the  uniform  in  which  the  old  guard  is 
to  march  off,  the  Sergeant  Major  will  cause  the  old  and  new  officers 
of  the  day  to  be  notified. 

//     A  record  will  be  kept  of  all  blank  forms,  pamphlets,  etc., 
sent  from  the  office. 

12  Whenever   a   letter   is   written,   an   order   published,   a   com- 
munication   received    or    verbal    instructions    given,    requiring    future 
action  on   the  part  of   the   office   or   some   one   else   to   or  through   the 
office,  a  check  will  be  made  against  such  action. 

13  Every   time    the    Sergeant    Major   enters    the    office    of   the 
Adjutant  for  whatever  purpose,  he  will  empty  the  "Out"  basket.     (See 
"Four-Basket  System,"  page  112A.) 

14.     His  bell  call  is  one  short  ring. 

Regarding  the  duties  of  Artillery  Sergeants  Major  (senior  and 
junior  grades),  see  Supplement,  Chap.  VI,  Par.  58. 
GENERAL 

All  books,  pamphlets,  etc.,  will  be  plainly  marked,  "Adju- 
tant's Office,"  or  "Office  of  Commanding  Officer,"  as  the  case  may 
be,  and  no  books,  pamphlets,  maps  or  records  of  any  description  will 
be  taken  from  the  office  without  the  permission  of  the  Adjutant,  and 
in  every  case  the  article  will  be  charged  against  the  proper  person. 

CLERKS 

/  All  clerks  and  other  persons  on  duty  in  the  Adjutant's 
Office  are  prohibited  from  furnishing  any  information  whatever  on 
subjects  pertaining  to  the  business  thereof. 

2  The  office  hours  for  the  clerks  will  be  from  7:30  a.  m.  to 
12  m.,  and  from  1:30  to  5:00  p.  m. 

All  clerks  will  report  promptly  at  7:30  a.  m.  and  1:30  p.  m. 
In  case  of  emergency  the  work  will  be  pushed  through  without 
regard  to  hours. 

3  Only  the  necessary  office  work  for  that  day    will  be  done  on 
Sundays  and  holidays,  and  in  the  absence  of  work  requiring  immediate 
attention,  the  clerks  will  be  excused  on  holiday  afternoons. 

4  No   clerk  will   leave   the  office  without   first  obtaining  per- 
mission from  the   senior  noncommissioned  officer  present,   reporting 
his  destination  and  probable  duration  of  absence. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


91 


5  All  bells  will  be  answered  promptly.    In  case  of  the  absence 
of  the  clerk  rung  for,  the  next  junior  in  rank  shall  answer  the  call.  The 
bell  calls  are  as  follows: 

6  Loud    talking,    whistling,    singling    and    other    unnecessary 
noises  are  forb'idden. 

MUSICIAN  OF  THE  GUARD 

/  Immediately  after  marching  on  guard  the  musician  of  the 
new  guard  will  proceed  to  the  Adjutant's  Office,  reporting  to  the 
Adjutant:  "Sir,  Musician ,  Company, ,  re- 
ports as  musician  of  the  new  guard."  After  having  received  his  in- 
structions from  the  Adjutant,  he  will  relieve  the  musician  of  the  old 
guard,  receiving  from  him  any  special  instructions  that  he  may  have. 

2  After    having   been    relieved   by   the   musician    of   the   new 
guard,  the  musician  of  the  old  guard  will  report  to  the  Adjutant,  "Sir 
Musican ,   Company  —  ,   reports   having  been   re- 
lieved as  musician  of  the  old  guard." 

3  The  musician  of  the  guard  will  sound  the  first  call  for  all 
formations,  schools  of  instruction,  etc.,  except  for  reveille,  as  follows: 

First:   On   the   parade   ground,   about   fifty  yards   in   front  of   the 
Adjutant's  Office. 

Second.     At   such   place   or   places   as   those   concerned    can   hear 
the  call. 

The  Assembly  will  be  sounded  about  fifty  yards  in  front  of  the 
Adjutant's  Office. 


At  some  posts,  all  calls  are  sounded  through  a  megaphone,  resting  on  a  ver- 
tical, revolving  axis. 


92  CHAPTER  VI 

4  The   musician   of   the   guard   will    remain   at   the  Adjutant's 
Office  from   the   time  he   marches  on  until  taps,  and  from  breakfast 
until  the  time  he  marches  off. 

5  The  sounding  of  all  calls  will  be  regulated  by  the  clock  in 
the  Adjutant's  Office. 

6  The  bells  will  be  answered  promptly  and  in  case  the  musi- 
cian of  the  guard  be  absent,  his  bell  will  be  answered  by  the  janitor. 
In  the  absence  of  the  janitor,  his  call  will  be  answered  by  the  musi- 
cian of  the  guard. 

The  musician's  call  is  one  long  ring;  the  janitor's  one  long  and 
one  short. 

7  All  communications  will  be  delivered  promptly,  and  the  ini- 
tials of  the  receiver  obtained  in  the  delivery  book,  with  the  hour  and 
date   of  receipt. 

8  Except  in  urgent  cases,  communications  will  not  be  delivered 
to  officers  in  the  afternoon  or  at  any  time  while  they  are  at  meals. 

9  The  musician  of  the  guard  will  at  all  times  wear  the  uniform 
of  the  guard. 

10  The   instructions   of  the   commanding  officer's   orderly  re- 
garding the  receipt  and  delivery  of  messages  will  also  be  observer 
by   the    musician   of   the    guard. 

COMMANDING   OFFICER'S   ORDERLY 

/  If  necessary,  the  new  orderly  will  ascertain  from  the  old 
orderly  the  correct  way  of  reporting  to  the  commanding  officer,  which 
will  be  done  as  prescribed  in  the  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

2  He  will  report  to  the  commanding  officer  at  his  office  soon 
after  guard  mount. 

3  He  will  receive  orders,  from  no  one  except  the  commanding 
officer..      (M.G.D.) 

4.  When  ordered  to  carry  a  message,  he  will  be  careful  to  de- 
liver it  exactly  as  it  was  given  to  him.  (M.G.D.)  If  a  message  be 
not  understood,  he  will  ask  that  it  be  repeated.  He  will  acknowledge 
the  receipt  of  orders  by  saying,  "Yes,  sir." 

5  After  having  delivered  a  message  or  returned  from  an  er- 
rand, he  will  always  report  accordingly  to  the  commanding  officer.  For 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  93 

example,  "Sir,  the  commanding  officer's  message  has  been  delivered  to  Cap- 
tain Smith" 

6  At    every  mess   call,   if   in    attendance    on    the    commanding 
officer,  he  will  report  to  him,  "Sir,  mess  call  has  sounded."    He  will  be 
allowed  one  hour  for  each  meal. 

7  To  be  relieved  at  9  o'clock  p.  m.,  he  will  report  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  "Sir,  it  is  9  o'clock." 

8  He  will  sleep  in  his  company  quarters,  and  will  report  at  the 
commanding  officer's  quarters  at  7  a.  m. 

Q  His  call  will  be  one  short  ring,  and  when  rung  for  he  will 
enter  the  commanding  officer's  office  without  knocking. 

JO  He  may  be  granted  a  pass  from  9  o'clock  a.  m.,  the  day  of 
marching  off,  to  noori  the  following  day.  The  pass  will  be  made  out  by 
the  Adjutant  and  will  excuse  the  soldier  from  all  intervening  duties. 

II  He  will  call  the  attention  of  his  successor  to  these  instruc- 
tions. 

TELEPHONE    CLERK 

/     The  telephone  clerk  will  sleep  in  the  telephone  office. 

2  He  will  be  in  the  office  from  immediately  after  breakfast  until 
noon,  and  from  1 :00  P.  M.  until  supper. 

3  The  musician  of  the  guard  will  remain  in  the  telephone  office 
and  answer  all  calls,  from  supper  until  taps.     (Between  taps  and  reveille, 
the  main  telephone  should  be  connected  with  the  telephone  in  the  guard 
house,  so  that  the  post  may  be  gotten  at  once  any  time  during  the 
night.) 

4.  Just  before  going  to  dinner,  the  telephone  clerk  will  report  to 
the  sergeant  major  who  will  designate  one  of  the  clerks  to  remain  in 
the  telephone  office  until  I  o'clock. 

5.  In  case  of  going  on  pass,  the  telephone  clerk  will  give  the 
sergeant  major  due  notice,  to  the  end  that  one  or  more  of  the  clerks 
may  be  designated  to  look  after  the  telephone. 

6  All  the  metal  parts  of  the  telephone  instruments  will  be  pol- 
ished and  kept  bright. 

7  All  official  messages  received  will  be  repeated  back  to  the  send- 
er, and  all  messages  sent  will  be  repeated  back  to  the  telephone  clerk. 

8  The  names  of  all  persons  receiving  official  messages  at  the 
other  end  of  the  line  will  be  noted  on  the  messages. 


94  CHAPTER  VI 

9     In   case  of  any  trouble  with  the  line   or   the  instruments,  the 
Signal  Officer  will  be  notified  at  once. 

10  In  case  anyone  wishes  to  speak  to  some  member  of  the  gar- 
rison, the  telephone  clerk  will  fill  out  a  notification  slip  and  turn  the 
same  over  to  the  sergeant  major  for  delivery. 


[FORM] 

TELEPHONE    OFFICE 
FORT   HARRISON,   MONT. 

Time     

Mr 

Telephone    No 

wishes  to  speak  to 


11  Telephone  calls  will  be  answered  promptly  and  all  business, 
official  and  unofficial,  will  be  transacted  with  courtesy. 

12  Enlisted  men  are  prohibited  from  smoking  in  the  telephone 
office. 

13  The  telephone  clerk  will  leave  the  office  and  close  the  door 
when  the  telephone  is  being  used  by  an  officer  or  a  member  of  an  offi- 
cer's family. 

14  His  bell  call  is  two  short  rings. 

JANITOR 

/  He  will  look  after  the  furnace  and  have  general  charge  of  the 
policing  of  the  Administration  Building,  keeping  the  offices  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  the  adjutant,  the  quartermaster  and  the  sergeant  major 
in  a  clean  and  orderly  condition. 

2  The   desks    in   particular   will   be   kept   in   a   neat   and   orderly 
condition,  and  care  will  be  taken  not  to  misplace  any  papers  that  it  may 
be  necessary  to  move. 

3  The  offices  will  be  in  proper  condition  by  7  :30  A.  M. 

4  The   lavatory   and   water-closet   will   be   thoroughly   cleaned 
daily;  special  attention  being  given  to  the  urinals.    Brass  door  knobs, 
metal  parts  of  urinals,  etc.,   will  be  kept  polished,  and  the  window 
panes  will  be  kept  clean. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  95 

5  Great  care  against  accident  will  be  exercised  in  operating  the 
furnace. 

6  The  temperature  will  be  noted  frequently,  and  the  offices  and 
other  rooms  will  be  properly  ventilated,  lowering  the  windows  from  the 
top. 

7  The  janitor  will  go  to  his  meals  30  minutes  before  mess  call. 

8  His  bell  call  is  one  long  and  one  short  ring. 

PAPER  WORK  AND  CORRESPONDENCE 

(See  "Paper  Work,"  page  237.) 

1  Keep  your  Army  Regulations   posted   up   to  date  and  get  into 
the  habit  of  referring  to  them  whenever  there  comes  up  a  new  matter, 
or  one  concerning  which  the  slightest  doubt  exists,  always  analyzing 
the    paragraphs    involved    and    taking   special    care    to    see    that    all    their 
requirements  are  fulfilled.     For  instance,  in  the  case  of  an  application 
for  appointment  as  ordnance  sergeant  see : — 

(a)  Whether   the   applicant  has   served   at   least   eight   years   in 
the  Army;  including  four  years  as  a  noncommissioned  officer. 

(b)  If  he  is  less  than  45  years  of  age. 

(c)  That  the  application  is  in  the  applicant's  handwriting. 

(rf)  That  the  application  states  the  length  and  nature  of  mili- 
tary service,  and  for  what  time  and  in  what  organizations  service 
has  been  rendered  as  a  noncommissioned  officer. 

(e)  That  the  company  commander  has  indorsed  on  the  ap- 
plication the  character  of  the  applicant  and  his  opinion  as  to  his 
intelligence  and  fitness  for  the  position. 

2  When  a  communication  has  been  returned  through  the  Adju- 
tant's Office  to  an  officer  for  certain  data,  analyze  carefully  all  indorse- 
ments and  see  that  all  the  information  called  for  is  furnished  before  the 
paper  is  returned  to  higher  authority. 

3  Whenever  reference  is  made  to  certain  paragraphs  in  the  Army 
Regulations  or  Jo  certain  orders,  invariably  look  up  the  paragraphs  or 
orders  referred  to. 

4  In  the  case  of  correspondence  with  officers  under  the  command 
of  the  commanding  officer,  papers  are  always  signed  by  the  Adjutant, 
and  if  some  such  expression  as  "The  Commanding  Officer  desires/'  etc., 
or  "I  am   directed  by  the   Commanding   Officer,"   etc.,  does   .not  appear 
in  the  body  of  the   communication,  then  the  letter  should   end    fc-    ex- 


96  CHAPTER  VI 

ample,  "By  order  of  Major  Jones:  John  A.  Smith,  1st  Lieut.,  1st  In- 
fantry, Adjutant. 

Communications  to  superiors  or  to  other  post  commanders  are 
signed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

5  In  practice,  whether  communications  forwarded,  referred  or 
transmitted  tp  civilians,  especially  the  civil  authorities,  are  signed  by 
the   commanding  officer   or   the   Adjutant,   depends    upon   circumstances. 
In  case  of  ordinary  inquiries,  etc.,  from  civilians,  the  Adjutant  usually 
signs  the  answer,  omitting  "By  order,"  etc.   Communications  addressed 
to  the  civil  authorities  are  generally  signed  by  the  commanding  officer — 
answers  to  clerks  or  other  subordinates  being  signed  by  the  Adjutant, 
omitting  "By  order,"  etc. 

Some  commanding  officers,  however,  follow  the  rule  of  signing  all 
communications  addressed  to  parties  not  under  their  command  or  direc- 
tion. 

A  recruiting  officer,  so  far  as  his  rendezvous  and  party  are  con- 
cerned, exercises  command  correlative  with  that  of  a  post  commander — 
consequently,  communications  forwarded,  referred  or  transmitted  to 
recruiting  officers  not  under  the  direction  of  the  commanding  officer, 
should  be  signed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

For  the  signature  of  papers  by  the  regimental  adjutant,  in  the 
absence  of  the  regimental  commander,  see  Supplement,  Chap.  VI, 
Par.  58a. 

6  While  Adjutant  of  the  Post  of  Manila,  with  a  permanent  garri- 
son of  about  two  thousand  soldiers,  the  author  used  rubber  stamps  ex- 
tensively and  followed  with  great  success  the  excellent,  business-like  pro- 
visions of  G.  O.  39,  Headquarters  Divison  of  the  Philippines,  1902:     "In 
referring  papers  the  usual   form  of  indorsement  will  be  omitted,  except 
when  special  instructions  are  necessary.     For  example,  a  communication 
indorsed  by  stamp  or  in  writing,  'To  the  Quartermaster,'   'To  the  Sur- 
geon,' 'To  the  Commanding  Officer,  Co.  — ,'  etc.,  preceded  by  the  usual 
caption,    showing   source   from    which    it   emanates    or    comes,   and   date, 
is  a  sufficient   indication,  direction  and  authority  without  signature,   for 
action  by  the  officer  to  whom  it  is  referred,  the  presumption  being  that 
it  would  not  be  sent  to  him  unless  the  subject  matter  was  within  his 
knowledge  and  he  is  able  to  promote  the  inquiry,  furnish  the  information 
or  explain  the  facts  indicated  by  the  character  and  context  of  the  com- 
munication.    When   reference   is   merely    for  the   purpose   of  giving   in- 
formation,  'the   paper  to  be   returned,'   the  notation   will  be  framed  ac- 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  97 

cordingly  and  the  paper  may  be  'Returned,  contents  noted,'  without 
signature,  the  office  stamp  or  caption  being  presumptive  evidence  that 
the  communication  has  been  seen  by  the  proper  officer." 

By  following  this  system  in  all  routine  indorsements  of  trans- 
mission, return,  etc.,  the  clerical  work  of  an  office  can  be  greatly  re- 
duced and  simplified.  Instead  of  saying,  for  example,  "Respectfully 
forwarded  to  the  commanding  officer,  24th  Infantry,  for  transmission 
to  the  Commanding  Officer,  Co.  "A,"  24th  Infantry.  By  order  of  Col- 
onel McKibbin:  Jas.  A.  Moss,  Adjutant,  24th  Infantry.  Adjutant," 
(31  words),  say  "To  the  Commanding  Officer,  24th  Infantry,  for  trans- 
mission" (8  words),  using  two  rubber  stamps — "To  the  Commanding 
Officer,  24th  Infantry"  and  "for  transmission."  Have  rubber  stamps 
reading  "for  remark,"  "for  necessary  action,"  "to  note  and  return." 

However,  whenever  special  instructions  are  to  be  given,  the  in- 
dorsement should  be  signed  "By  order,"  etc. 

7  Great  caution  should  be  exercised  in  using  disciplinary  lan- 
guage in  communications  addressed  to  officers  not  under  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  commanding  officer. 

8  It  is  not  necessary  to  return  by  formal  indorsement  all  re- 
ports, returns,  and  other  communications  that  may  be  received  with 
errors,  or  incomplete. 

The  Adjutant  may  return  the  papers  informally  to  the  officers 
concerned,  in  person,  or  by  means  of  an  attached  memorandum.  Not 
only  does  this  save  the  Adjutant's  office  and  also  the  officer  concerned 
useless  paper  work,  but  it  also  expedites  the  transaction  of  business. 

THE  CORRESPONDENCE  BOOK  . 

The  Correspondence  Book  is  the  book  used  by  all  administra- 
tive units  and  officers  below  department  headquarters1  for  the  purpose 
of  making  a  record  of  every  item  of  correspondence  that  should  be 
recorded. 

In  connection  with  the  Correspondence  Book  is  kept  a  Docu- 
ment File  which  contains:  /  The  original  documents  or  communica- 
tions that  may  be  retained,  and  carbon,  letter-press  or  other  copies 
of  all  letters,  indorsements  or  telegrams  that  may  be  or  may  have 
been  sent  in  regard  to  the  same.  2  Copies  of  all  letters,  indorsements 
or  telegrams  originating  in  the  office. 

Whenever  a  paper  is  withdrawn  from  the  document  file  a  charge 
slip  should  be  inserted  in  its  stead,  stating  briefly  by  whom  withdrawn 
and  the  date  of  withdrawal. 

General  Remarks.     First  of  all,  the  printed  instructions  on  the 


card-record  system  is  explained  in  G.  O.  92,  1909. 


98  CHAPTER  VI 

inside  front  cover  of  the  Correspondence  Book  should  be  carefully 
read  and  digested  and  an  understanding  of  the  system  involved 
should  be  acquired. 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  the  object  of  this  book  is  to  enable 
the  future  seeker  for  information  to  obtain  it  with  ease,  exactness, 
and  completeness. 

Entries  in  the  Correspondence  Book.     Each  entry  consists  of: 

/     The  serial  book  number. 

2  The  date  of  receipt. 

3  The  name  of  the  writer. 

4  A  very  brief  synopsis  of  the  subject. 

5  Notation  of  number  of  inclosures,  if  any.     (If  any  inclosures 
are  added,  withdrawn  or  filed  in  the  office,  the  fact  should  be  stated. 
In   case  of  very  important   inclosures,  copies   should   be   made   and 
filed.) 

6  The  action  taken  on  the  paper. 

In  recording  the  names  of  commanding  officers  or  staff  officers 
only  the  official,  and  not  the  personal  name,  should  be  entered.  Thus, 
"The  Adjutant  General,  Dept.  of  California,"  not  "Major  John  R. 
Jones,  Adjutant  General,  Dept.  of  California." 

The  synopsis  includes  the  date  and  place,  but  the  location  of 
Division,  Department  Headquarters,  etc..  whose  locations  are  fixed, 
need  not  be  entered.  "HQ  Dept  Calif,"  for  instance,  would  be 
sufficient.  The  location  of  a  regimental  headquarters,  however, 
would  be  entered,  as  it  is  not  a  fixed  place. 

A  Good  briefing  is  very  rare.  As  a  rule,  the  tendency  is  to  in- 
clude too  much  in  the  synopsis.  It  is  impossible  to  lay  down  any 
exact  rule  as  to  what  should  or  should  not  be  included  in  the  synop- 
sis— judgment  must  be  used  in  deciding,  but  much  can  be  done  by 
thought  and  care. 

The  action  always  shows  the  disposition  made  of  the  paper  and 
includes  the  date  of  reference,  transmission,  forwarding  or  return. 

No  communication  should  be  entered  a  second  time,  unless,  for 
special  reasons,  it  should  become  necessary  or  desirable  to  transfer  a 
remote  entry  to  one  of  current  date,  or  unless  additional  space  should 
be  required  to  continue  the  record.  If  a  communication  that  has  al- 
ready been  entered  be  returned,  "Received  Back  (such  date),"  and 
other  necessary  data  should  be  added  to  the  previous  entry.  How- 
ever, should  it  become  necessary  to  enter  the  same  communication  a 
second  time,  the  s'econd  entry  should  be  headed,  "Continued  from 
page " 

B  Indorsements  must  not  be  entered  in  the  Correspondence  Book, 
but  merely  a  notation  ("Doc.")  of  fact  of  entry  in  the  Document  File 
should  be  made,  copies  of  the  indorsements  being  entered  in  this  file. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  99 

To  enter  in  full  in  the  Document  File  all  indorsements  on  a  paper 

reaching  the  office,  would  be  a  useless  cumbering  of  records  and  a 
waste  of  labor.  Only  indorsements  of  an  important  nature  should  be 
entered  in  full.  Common  sense  and  good  judgment  must  be  used. 
For  instance,  mere  routine  indorsements  of  reference  that  have  no 
material  bearing  on  the  case,  should  not  be  entered,  and,  as  a  rule, 
even  indorsements  bearing  on  the  case,  can  be  greatly  condensed 
Example: 

4TH   INDORSEMENT 

War  Department, 
Washington,  1  January,  1906. 

Respectfully  returned  to  the  Commanding  General,  Dept.  of  Dakota,  approved. 
By   order   of  the    Secretary   of   War: 

H.   P.  McCAIN, 

Adjutant  General. 

STH  INDORSEMENT 

HEADQUARTERS  DEPARTMENT  OF  DAKOTA, 
St.  Paul,  Minn., 

3  Jany.,  1906. 

Respectfully    transmitted    to    the    Commanding    Officer,    Fort    Missoula,    Montana. 
By  command  of  Brigadier  General  Bubb: 

ALBERT  TODD, 

Major  and   Adjutant   General. 

6TH  INDORSEMENT 
POST  OF  FORT  MISSOULA,  MONTANA, 

6  Jany.,  1906. 

Respectfully  transmitted   to   the   Commanding  Officer,    Co.   "A,"   24th    Infantry. 
By  order   of   Major   Smith: 

JOHN  A.  MOORE, 

1st  Lieutenant,  24th  Infantry, 
Adjutant. 

Simply  the  following  entries  would  be  necessary  in  the  Post 
Correspondence  Book: 

Reed  back  4  Jany  '06.  Transmitted  C  O  Co  "A,"  24  Inf  5  Jany 
'06.  "Doc." 

The  following  entries  in  the  Document  File  would  be  sufficient: 
W  D  1  Jany  '06,  Appd;  HQ  D  Dak  3  Jany  '06,  Transmtd. 

However,  copies  of  indorsements  of  a  material  nature  should 
be  filed  in  full  in  the  Document  File  whether  or  not  they  originate  in 


100  CHAPTER  VI 

the  office  and  proper  notation  of  fact  of  filing  made  in  the  Corre- 
spondence Book. 

A  Cross  Reference.  By  cross  reference  is  meant  the  notation  of 
records  so  that  all  other  records  connected  therewith  will  be  in- 
dicated sufficiently  for  reference,  each  as  to  all  others. 

B  Annotation  is  the  noting  of  numbers,  dates,  memoranda,  etc., 
of  other  records  and  other  data  as  to  inclosures,  action,  etc.,  necessary 
to  a  complete  chain  of  reference. 

Inclosures  to  certain  indorsements  are  marked,  "Inc.  1,  1st 
Indt.,"  "Inc.  1,  2nd  Indt,"  etc.  Every  inclosure  received  with  a  paper 
is  stamped  with  the  same  office  mark  and  number  as  the  paper  itself. 
•  If  any  inclosures  are  added,  withdrawn  or  filed,  the  proper 
notation  should  be  made  below  the  indorsement  of  the  office  making 
the  addition,  abstraction,  or  filing. 

The  office  numbers  of  letters,  or  of  important  indorsements  re- 
ceived from  the  AGO,  Auditor's  Office,  Dept.  HQ,  etc.,  should  be 
noted. 

C  Every  office  should  be  provided  with  a  rubber  stamp  for  stamp- 
ing papers  with  date  of  receipt  and  office  number.  The  stamp  of  an 
office  inferior  to  that  of  a  department  headquarters  should  be  simple 
in  design.  The  following,  for  instance,  is  suggested  for  a  company: 


No. 

Co.  "A"  24th  Infty. 

Rec'd. 

Received  Back  

(Actual  Size.) 

("Received  Back,"  is  a  separate  stamp  which  is  used,  of  course,  only 
when  the  paper  has  been  received  back.) 

These  office  marks  should  follow  the  indorsement  made  in  the 
company  office  and  not  be  placed  at  the  top  of  the  first  fold  or  some 
other  conspicuous  place,  such  places  being  reserved  for  the  AGO 
Div.  HQ,  Dept.  HQ,  etc. 

Whenever  a  paper  is  received  back,  "Received  back  (such 
date),"  is  noted  at  the  bottom  of  the  indorsements  which  sent  it  out. 
In  case  of  any  inclosures,  the  "Received  Back"  notation  should  show 
definitely  what  original  inclosures  are  received  back  with  the  paper 
and  also  what  new  inclosures,  if  any.  Thus,  "Received  Back,  5  Jany., 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  '  10? 

'06.     Original  Inclosures  1  and  3 — 2  inclosures   1st  InJt.  ?nd  1   Trc., 
2d  Indt." 

Abbreviations.  In  order  to  save  labor  and  space,  abbreviations, 
with  periods  generally  omitted,  should  be  used  as  much  as  possible, 
but  proper  judgment  must  be  exercised  and  care  taken  not  to  sacrifice 
clearness  to  abbreviation.  AGO  USA — AGO  D  Dak— Ch  Stf  P  Div— 
Ch  QM  Dept  Dak— HQ  24  Inf— are  correct,  because  clear.  D  Cal 
may  be  mistaken  for  D  Col  and  vice  versa — hence  D  Calif  and  D  Colo 
should  be  used. 

In  this  as  in  all  other  matters  pertaining  to  records,  it  should 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  entries  should  be  perfectly  clear  to  those 
delving  into  them  in  the  future. 

ORDERS1 

Orders  are  numbered  serially  beginning  with  the  year  or  the 
establishment  of  a  new  command.  It  is  customary  to  note  on  the  first 
number  of  a  new  series  the  last  number  of  the  preceding  series.  Thus 
"G.  O.  No.  192  is  the  last  of  the  1904  series,"  would  be  noted  on  the  first 
of  the  1905  series. 

Whenever  a  corrected  order  is  issued,  the  following  should  be 
written  at  the  top  of  every  copy,  "Corrected  Copy;  please  destroy 
copies  previously  sent." 

If  for  any  reason  a  serial  number  should  be  skipped — i.  e.  the 
order  be  not  issued — it  is  customary  to  publish  a  skeleton  order  so  as 
to  make  the  file  complete.  For  example,  if  G.  O.  No.  52,  Headquar- 
ters Department  of  California,  should  not  be  issued,  the  following 
would  be  published: 

HEADQUARTERS  DEPARTMENT  OF  CALIFORNIA, 

SAN   FRANCISCO,   CALIFORNIA     12   May,  1906. 
GENERAL  ORDERS, 
No.  52. 

NOT   ISSUED. 

For  the  general  principles  regarding  orders  see  the  Field  Service 
Regulations.  The  following  are  the  usual  forms  of  garrison  orders: 

^Since  Dec.  31,  '10,  the  issue  of  circulars  by  the  War  Department  has  been 
discontinued.  While  the  order  on  the  subject,  G.  O.  231,  '10,  applies  only  to  the  War 
Department,  the  Army  at  large  will  without  doubt  gradually  follow  suit,  although  the 
practice  of  sending  out  memoranda  from  post  headquarters  will  doubtless  continue, 
so  as  not  to  burden  the  files  of  orders  with  various  matters  that  continually  come  up 
in  post  administration,  but  are  of  such  a  nature  that  they  should  not  be  included 
in  formal  orders. 


102  CHAPTER  VI 

A         Aaanming  Command 

FORT  MISSOULA,  MONT.,  1  January,  1906. 
GENERAL  ORDERS, 
No.  1. 

The  undersigned  hereby  assumes  command  of  Fort  Missoula,  Montana. 

JOHN  R.  SMITH, 

Major,   1st    Infantry. 

(In  case  a  staff  is  to  be  announced,  the  order  would  continue,  "and  announces 
the  following  staff: 

Adjutant 

Quartermaster " 

etc.) 
Fourth  of  July 

FORT  MISSOULA,  MONT.,  3  July,  1905. 
GENERAL  ORDERS, 
No.  16. 

1.     To-morrow,   July  4th,   being  a   national   holiday,  all   duty  except  the  guard 
and  necessary  police  will  be  suspended. 

2  At  reveille  the  band  will   play  national   airs  and  the  garrison  flag  will  be 
hoisted  to  the  top  of  the  flagstaff,   during  which   the  national  salute  of  21  guns  will 
be   fired. 

3  At  9  o'clock  A.   M.   the  command   will  be  paraded   in  the  form   of  a  square 
and   the   Declaration    of   Independence    read,   after   which    the   band    will   play    "The 
Star   Spangled  Banner." 

4  At  noon  the   salute  to  the   Union  will  be  fired,   consisting  of  one  gun   for 
every  state,  during  which  the  band  will  play  "America,"  "Hail  Columbia"  and  other 
national  airs. 

By  order  of  MAJOR  SMITH: 

JAMES  A.   ROSS, 

1st  Lieutenant,   1st  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 

(For  Declaration  of  Independence,  see  page  466). 

C  Fire.     There  will   be  fire  drill  at   3  o'clock  p.   M.  to-day.     The  band   quarters 

will  be  the  objective. 

D  The  funeral  of  the  late  John  Smith,  Private  Co.  "A,"   1st  Infantry, 

will  take  place  to-morrow.  N 

1st  Call,  9.50  A.  M., 
Assembly,   ten  minutes   later. 

Uniform 

The  commanding  officer  Co.  "A,"  1st  Infantry,  will  furnish  the  necessary  pall- 
bearers and  escort  and  is  charged  with  all  other  details  relating  to  the  funeral. 
All  officers*  and  enlisted  men  not  on  duty  will  attend. 

The  companies   will  be  marched   to  the  hospital  by  the  first  sergeants  and  the 
sergeant  major  will  then  assume  command  of  the  battalion. 

The  flag  will  be  displayed  at  half-staff  from  9.50  A.  M.  until  the  remains  are 
taken  from  the  post. 

"Sometimes  the  order  reads,   "All   officers  are  invited  to  attend." 
See  page  294C. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  103 

A          Inspection.     The  troops    of  this  command   will   be   paraded   for   inspection   to- 
morrow,  the   2nd   instant. 

Formation:     Battalion,  on  the  general  parade. 

1st   Call,    8.20   A.   M. 

Assembly,  8.30  A.  M. 

Uniform1 

The  inspection  will   be  preceded   by   a  review.      Immediately   following   the   in- 
spection, the  barracks  will  be  inspected  by  the  commanding  officer. 


B          Memorial  Day.     To-morrow   being  Memorial    Day,   all    duty   except  the   guard 
and  necessary   fatigue  will  be   suspended. 

The  command  will  be  formed  at  9  o'clock  A.   M.  and  marched  to  the  cemetery, 
where  the  following  exercises   will  take  place: 

1  Dirge,  by  the  band. 

2  Prayer. 

3  "My  Country,  'Tis  of  Thee,"  by  the  band. 

4  "Nearer,   My  God,  to  Thee,"  by  the  band,  during  which  the  graves  will  be 
decorated   with   flowers. 

5  "The  Star  Spangled   Banner,"   by  the  band. 

6  Benediction. 

7  Taps. 

Uniform 


C          Muster  and  Inspection.     The  troops  of  this  command  will  be  inspected  and 

mustered  to-morrow,  the  30th   instant. 

Formation  :a    Battalion. 
1st  Call,  8.20  A.   M. 
Assembly,  8.30  A.  M. 

Uniform* 

All  enlisted  men  will  attend  except  the  guard,  the  sick,  the  overseer  of  pris- 
oners, the  clerks  in  the  adjutant's  office,  the  baker  and  one  cook  and  one  room 
orderly  in  every  company. 


*In  case  of  Cavalry*,  add: 

Arms (Rifle,    saber,    revolvers). 

Saddles (Full     pack    or    stripped). 

2Or,  by  companies  on  their  respective  parades.  The  Post  Noncommissioned 
Staff  will  be  mustered  in  front  of  the  adjutant's  office  and  the  Hospital  Corps 
Detachment  in  front  of  the  hospital. 

•In  case  of  Cavalry,  see  Inspection  order. 


104  CHAPTER  VI 

A  Payment.     The  troops  of  this  command  will  be  paid  by  Captain  Smith,  pa] 

master,  at  1   o'clock  P.   M.  to-day,  in  the  following  order: 

1  Hospital  Corps  Detachment. 

2  Post  Noncommissioned   Staff. 

3  N.  C.  S.  and  Band,  24th  Infantry. 

4  Company  "B,"  24th  Infantry. 

5  Company  "A,"  24th  Infantry. 

6  Company  "C,"  24th  Infantry. 

7  Company  "D,"  24th  Infantry. 

Uniform . . 


B  Practice  March.     1     The  troops   of  this  command,   except  the  band,  the   Post 

Noncommissioned  Staff  and  one  noncommissioned  officer  and  six  privates  from 
each  company  (to  be  left  as  guard)  will  proceed  with  ten  days'  rations  at  7  o'clock 
A.  M.,  16  August,  1905,  on  the  practice  march  prescribed  by  Par.  1,  G.  O.  2,  1905, 
Hdqrs.  Department  of  Dakota. 

2     The   following  tentage  and  field   equipage  will   be   allowed: 


3  The  surgeon,   the  assistant  hospital  steward   and    privates  of  the 

Hospital   Corps  will  accompany  the  command. 

4  The  following  named  officers  will  constitute  the  staff  on  the  march: 

Adjutant   and    Recruiting   Officer. 

,  Quartermaster   and    Commissary. 

,  Signal    Officer,    Ordnance   Officer   and 

Engineer   Officer. 
,  Surgeon. 

5  Captain     ,    Lieutenant     the 

butcher,  the  chief  baker  and  the  exchange  steward  will  remain  at  the  post. 

6  For  purposes  of  messenger  service,   courier  duty,   etc.,   the  following-named 
men,  at  their  own  request,  will  be  mounted  on  bicycles  and  armed  with  revolvers: 


etc. 
Their  blanket  rolls  will  be   carried  on  the  wagons. 

7  All   men  to  be  discharged   while  the  troops   are    on    the   march    and  who   do 
not   intend   to   reenlist   will   he   left    behind.      Their   names    will    be   submitted    to    this 
office   without   delay. 

8  The   descriptive   lists   of  all   men   remaining  at  the   post,   including  those   in 
the  hospital,   will  be  submitted  to  the  adjutant  not  later  than   noon,    August   14. 

9  Men  remaining  behind  will  be  attached  to  the  band  for  rations.    To  provide 
for    the    better    subsistence    of   the    men    left    behind,    it    is    suggested    that   company 
commanders  turn   over   to  the  adjutant  75  cents  for  each   man. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  105 

10  The    adjutant,    quartermaster,    commissary,    exchange    officer,    post    treasurer 
and  officer  in  charge   of  the  post  garden  will  submit  to  this  office  without  delay   the 
names  of  the  men  in  their  respective  departments  who  should  remain  at  the  post. 

11  The  barracks  and   premises  will   be   left    in   a   clean   and   orderly  condition, 
and    the    noncommissioned    officers    left    behind    will    be    charged    with    the    care    and 
preservation  of  all  property. 

A  Belief  and  Appointment  of  Quartermaster.  Lieutenant  John  A.  Smith,  1st 
Infantry,  is  relieved  as  quartermaster  and  will  transfer  all  records,  funds  and  prop- 
erty pertaining  to  that  office  to  Captain  Samuel  Jones,  1st  Infantry,  who  is  hereby 
appointed  quartermaster. 

B  Relinquishing   Command.      The    undersigned   hereby    relinquishes   command   of 

the  post  of  Fort  Missoula,   Montana. 

C  Washington's   Birthday.      To-morrow,   the  22d  instant,   being  the  Anniversary 

of  the  Birth  of  George  Washington,  all  duty,  except  the  necessary  guard  and  fatigue, 
will  be  suspended  at  this  post. 

The   troops   of  the   command   will   be   paraded   at    10   o'clock   A.    M.,    when    the 
Declaration   of   Independence   will   be  read. 

First  Call,  9.50  A.  M. 

Assembly,  ten  minutes  later. 

Uniform :     Habitual. 


SPECIAL    ORDERS 

D  Extra  Duty,  (a)  Detail.  Private  William  Jones,  Co.  "A,"  1st  Infantry,  is 
detailed  on  extra  duty  as  teamster  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  and  will  report 
at  once  to  the  quartermaster  for  duty. 

(fr)  Belief.  Private  William  Jones,  Co.  "A,"  1st  Infantry,  is  relieved  from 
extra  duty  as  teamster  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  and  will  report  to  his 
company  commander  for  duty. 

(c)  Detail   and   Relief.      Private    William   Jones,    Co.    "A,"    1st   Infantry,    is 
detailed  on   extra   duty   as   teamster   in   the   Quartermaster's    Department,   vice    Private 
Samuel  King,  Co.  "B,"  1st  Infantry,  who  is  relieved. 

Private  Jones  will  report  without  delay  to  the  quartermaster  and  Private  King 
to  his  company  commander. 

(d)  Retroactive.     1      Artificer   Samuel   Jones,   Co.   "A,"    1st   Infantry,   having 
been    employed    continuously    as    mechanic    in    the    Quartermaster's    Department    since 
1  January,   1905,  is  hereby  detailed  on  extra  duty  as  mechanic  in   that  department,  to 
date  from  that  day. 

2  The  verbal  orders  of  the  commanding  officer  of  1  January,  1905,  detailing 
Private  Samuel  Jones,  Co.  "A,"  1st  Infantry,  on  extra  duty  as  butcher  in  the 
Subsistence  Department,  vice  Smith,  relieved,  are  hereby  confirmed  and  made  of 
record  as  of  that  date. 


106  CHAPTER  VI 

A  Leave  of  Absence,     (a)     Leave  of  absence  for  three  days,   effective  3  Octo 

ber,  1905,  is  granted  1st  Lieutenant  Paul  Jones,  1st  Infantry. 

(&)  Leave  of  absence  for  ten  days,  effective  about  3  October,  1905,  with 
permission  to  apply  to  the  proper  authority  for  an  extension  of  ten  days,  is  granted 
1st  Lieutenant  Paul  Jones,  1st  Infantry. 

B  Post  Council  of  Administration,  (a)  In  compliance  with  Par.  313,  A.  R., 
the  Post  Council  of  Administration,  consisting  of  Captain  H.  C.  Moon,  24th  Infantry, 
Captain  R.  O.  Beene,  24th  Infantry,  and  Captain  N.  K.  Ross,  24th  Infantry,  will, 
meet  at  10  o'clock  A.  M.  to-morrow,  31  December. 

(&)  The  Post  Council  of  Administration,  consisting  of,  etc.,  will  meet  at 
10  o'clock  A.  M.  to-morrow,  15  December,  to  recommend  a  scale  of  prices  at  which 
tailoring  shall  be  done  at  this  post. 

C  Remittance  of  Summary  Court  Sentence,  (a)  The  unexpired  portion  of  the 
confinement  part  of  the  Summary  Court  sentence  in  the  case  of  Private  Samuel 
Jones,  Co.  "A,"  1st  Infantry,  approved  March  4,  1903,  is  remitted  and  he  will  report 
to  his  company  commander  for  duty. 

(&)  The  sentence  in  the  case  of  Artificer  Henry  W.  Page,  Co.  "C,"  24th  In- 
fantry, approved  16  October,  1902,  being  in  excess  of  the  maximum  punishment  al- 
lowed by  law,  one  dollar  and  fifty  cents  ($1.50)  of  the  fine  imposed  is  remitted  and 
will  be  refunded  to  the  soldier  on  next  pay  roll  of  his  company. 

D  Travel,  (a)  In  compliance  with  authority  contained  in  an  indorsement 
dated  Headquarters  Department  of  Dakota,  10  January,  1905,  Corporal  Charles 
Pickle,  Company  "M,"  24th  Infantry,  will  proceed  to  join  his  company  at  Fort 
Missoula,  Montana. 

The  Quartermaster's  Department  will  furnish  the  necessary  transportation  and 
die  Subsistence  Department  the  necessary  subsistence. 

The  travel  enjoined  is  necessary  in  the  military  service. 

(&)  Pursuant  to  telegraphic  instructions  from  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S. 
Army,  under  date  of  6  September,  1902,  Recruit  Hans  Hansen,  Company  "I,"  22nd 
Infantry,  now  at  his  post,  will  proceed  to  Fort  Crook,  Nebraska,  r<  porting  upon 
arrival  to  the  Commanding  Officer  at  that  post. 

The  Quartermaster's  Department  will  furnish  the  necessary  transportation 
and  the  Subsistence  Department  will  furnish  in  advance  commutation  of  rations  for 
one  day  at  $1.50  per  day,  it  being  impracticable  to  furnish  cooked  or  travel  rations 
after  the  first  day. 

The  travel  enjoined  is  necessary  in  the  military  service. 

(c)  Pursuant  to  instructions  from  Headquarters  Department  of  Dakota, 
dated  January  10,  1905,  Captain  John  A.  Smith,  1st  Infantry,  will  proceed  to  join 
his  company  at  Fort  Missoula,  Montana. 

The  travel   enjoined   is   necessary   in   the    military  service. 

E          Fire  Orders 

1     The  fire  brigade  at  this  post  will  be  composed  as  follows: 
FIRE  MARSHAL 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  107 

ASSISTANT  FIRE  MARSHALS 


FIRST  DETACHMENT 
Charged  with  extinguishing  fire. 
Four   (4)  N.   C.   O.'s  and  thirty  privates  Co.  " — ." 

LADDER  DETAIL 
One  (1)   N.   C.  O.  and  fourteen   (14)   privates  Co.   •*— ." 

AXE  AND  BUCKET  DETAIL 

One   (1)    N.   C.   O.   and  twelve   (12)   privates  Co.  " — ." 
4  Axe  men. 
6  Bucket  men. 
2  Lantern  men. 

HOSE  CARRIAGE  No.  1  DETAIL 

One   (1)    N.   C.  O.  and  fourteen    (14)    privates  Co.   "— ." 
2  Tongue  men,  who  act  as  nozzle  men. 
8  Drag  rope  men. 
2  Hydrant  men. 
2  Couplers. 

HOSE  CARRIAGE  No.  2   DETAIL 

One   (1)    N.   C.   O.  and  fourteen    (14)    privates  Co.   "— ." 
2  Tongue  men,  who  act  as  nozzle  men. 
8  Drag  rope  men. 
2  Hydrant  men. 
2  Couplers. 

SECOND  DETACHMENT 

(Under  the  immediate  command  of  Lieut ) 

Charged  with  preventing  spread  of  fire  to  neighboring  buildings. 
Six  (6)  N.  C.  O.'s  and  thirty  (30)  privates  Co.  " — ." 
THIRD  DETACHMENT 

(Under  the  immediate  command  of  Lieut « ) 

Charged  with   the  rescue  of  property   from  burning  or  endangered  buildings 
Six   (6)  N.  C.  O.'s  and  fifty  (50)  privates  Co.  "— ." 

FIRST  AID  DETACHMENT 
(To  report  to  the  Fire  Marshal) 

Two  (2)  members  of  the  Hospital  Corps,  with  litter  and  first  aid  pouches. 
II.     The  fire  marshal  is  charged  with  the  management  of  all  fires   which  may 
occur   at   his   post,   and  will  be   respected  and   obeyed   accordingly.     He   will   make   a 
careful  inspection  of  his  post  at  least  once  a  month,  with  the  object  of  making  sure 
that  the  following  precautionary  measures  have  been  carried  out: 

All  chimneys  thoroughly  cleaned  before  setting  up  stoves  and  starting  fires  in 
them  for  the  winter.  All  flues  and  pipes  examined,  to  see  that  woodwork  is  not 
exposed,  that  the  stove-pipe  apertures  have  proper  thimbles;  that  proper  protection 
is  provided  where  pipes  pass  through  or  into  lathed  and  plastered  walls;  that  walls 
are  protected  with  tin  or  zinc  where  stove-pipes  pass  near  them  and  that  stove- 
pipe joints  are  not  drawn  apart  or  loosened. 


108  CHAPTER  VI 

No  fire  or   lights    (other   than   the  stable  lanterns)   allowed  in  any  stables. 

No  fires  in  unoccupied  buildings. 

That  the   fire  apparatus   is  kept  in  good  order. 

In  case  of  the  absence  of  the  fire  marshal,  the  senior  assistant  present  will 
act  as  fire  marshal  and  in  the  name  of  the  commanding  officer  will  call  upon  officers 
present  to  act  as  his  assistants. 

In  the  event  of  the  absence  of  the  fire  marshal  and  both  assistants,  the  senior 
officer  present  will  act  as  fire  marshal  and  in  the  name  of  the  commanding  officer 
will  call  upon  officers  present  to  act  as  his  assistants. 

III.  In  case  of  fire  the   alarm  will  be  given  immediately  by  the  person  dis- 
covering it;  if  a  sentinel,  by  discharging  his  piece  and  calling  "Fire,"  and  adding  the 
number  of  his  post;  if  not  a  sentinel,  by  calling  "Fire!  Firel"    The  musician  of  the 
guard  will  at  once  sound   fire   call,  which  will   be  taken  up  by  the  musicians   of  the 
garrison. 

The  retreat  gun  will  be  discharged  by  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

The  adjutant  will  report  to  the  commanding  officer,  the  quartermaster  will 
repair  to  the  Q.  M.  Storehouse;  Post  N.  C.  Staff  officers  to  their  respective  store- 
houses; sergeant-major  and  clerks  in  adjutant's  office  to  post  headquarters.  The  officer 
of  the  day  will  proceed  to  the  guard  house  and  give  such  instructions  as  may  be 
necessary.  The  post  plumber,  supplied  with  wrench  and  plumber  tongs,  and  all 
field  musicians  will  at  once  report  to  the  fire  marshal. 

IV.  The   fire    marshal    will   be   held    responsible   for   the    discipline,    drill   and 
equipment  of  the  entire  fire  brigade;  he  will  inspect  the  fire  apparatus  once  every  two 
weeks,  and  will  have  a  "Fire  Drill"  on  or  about  the  fifteenth  of  every  month. 

V.  When  fire  call   is   sounded  all   prisoners  who  may  be  at  work   under   sen- 
tinels will  at  once  be  returned  to  the  guardhouse,  and,  if  fire  is  not  in  the  immediate 
vicinity,    locked    in    their    cells.      If    the   fire    is    at    the    guardhouse,    or    in    immediate 
vicinity,   so  that  the  guardhouse  is  in   danger,   all   prisoners   will   be   at  once  taken  to 
the  company  barracks  farthest  from  the  fire  and  left  there  under  guard.     The  guard, 
except  one  N.  C.  officer  and  three  privates,  will  proceed  at  once  to  the  scene  of  the 
fire  and  report  to  the  fire  marshal,  who  will  instruct  them  as  to  their  duty. 

All  organizations  or  portions  of  same  not  mentioned  above  will  form  at  their 
respective  parade  grounds  and  stand  at  ease. 

All  organizations  at.  such  a  time  are  subject  to  the  orders  of  the  fire  marshal. 

The  Quartermaster's  Department  will   furnish  the  necessary  equipment. 

All  instructions  necessary  for  the  execution  of  this  order  not  herein  specially 
mentioned  will  be  given  by  the  fire  marshal. 

VI.  The  fire  apparatus  will  be  kept  at  the  hose  house  and  when  the  alarm  is 
given,   the  various  details  will   proceed  to  that  place  immediately,   obtain   their  appro 
priate  apparatus,  and   report  to  the  fire  marshal  at  the  fire. 

Service  and  Boll  Calls 

The  following  service  and  roll  calls  will  take  effect  January  1,  1911: 
Reveille 

1st  Call  5.15  A.  M. 

Marches  followed  by  reveille  5.30  A.  M. 

Assembly  5.25  A.  M. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


109 


Mess  Call   (Breakfast)  5.45  A.  M. 

(Police  of  barracks  and  premises  immediately  after  breakfast.) 


Sick   Call 
Drill 


1st  Call 

Assembly 

Recall 


6.30  A.  M. 

(Daily  except  Saturdays 
and   Sundays) 

6.35  A.  M. 

6.45  A.  M. 

7.15  A.  M. 


Setting-up,  calisthenic,  athletic  and  gymnastic  exercises  under  the  immediate 
charge  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  and  under  the  superintendence  of  2d  Lieu- 
tenant   ,  24th  Infantry. 


Fatigue    Call 
Guard    Mounting 

Drill 


7.30  A.  M. 


1st  Call  7.50  A.  M. 

Assembly  8.00  A.  M. 

1st  Call  8.20  A.  M. 

Assembly  8.30  A.  M. 

(Daily  except  Saturdays 

and  Sundays) 

1st  Call  9.20  A.  M. 

Assembly  9.30  A.  M. 

Recall  10.15  A.  M. 


Drill 


,      (Mondays,   Wednesdays 

and  Fridays) 

1st  Call  10.35  A.  M. 

Assembly  10.45  A.  M. 

Recall  11.30A.M. 


Becall   from   Fatigue 
Drill 


11.30A.M. 


(Tuesdays  and  Thursdays) 
1st  Call  10.35  A.  M. 

Assembly  10.45  A.  M. 

Recall  11.45  A.  M. 

All  company  officers,   except  the   Officer  of  the  Day,   will  attend  the  9.30  and 
the  10.45  A.   M.  drills  and  the  parades. 

One  officer  will  attend  retreat  with  every  company.     (See  foot  note,  page  263). 


1st  Sergeants'  Call 
Mess  Call  (Dinner) 
Fatigue  Call 


12.00  M. 

12.15  P.  M. 

1.00  P.  ic. 


110  CHAPTER  VI 

Eecall  from  Fatigue  5.00  P.  M. 

Mess  Call  (Supper)  5.30  P.  M. 

Parade,  daily  except  Saturdays  and  Sundays,  1st  Call,  40  min- 
utes before  sunset.    Assembly,   30  minutes  before  sunset.* 

Retreat,  Saturdays  and  Sundays. 

1st  Call,   15  minutes  before  sunset.    Assembly,  10  minutes 
later.     Retreat  at  signal  from  the  Adjutant. 

Tattoo  9.30  P.  M. 

OaU   to   Quarters  10.45  P.  M. 

TapB  11.00  P.  M. 

Saturday  Inspection 

1st  Call  8.20  A.  M. 

Assembly  8.30  A.  M. 

Beginning  Saturday,   and  every  alternate 

Saturday    thereafter,    Inspection    will    be    in    the    heavy 
marching   order. 

Guard  Mounting  on    Saturdays,   1st  Call   immediately  after  In- 
spection and  Assembly   10  minutes  later. 

Fatigue   Call    on   Saturdays,    immediately   after    First    Call    for 
Guard   Mounting. 

All  Extra  and  Special  Duty  Men  will  attend  two  drills  each 
week  and  all  inspections  and  ceremonies,  unless  excused 
by  the  commanding  officer. 

During  the  drill  hours  the  company  musicians  will  practice 
under  the  direction  of  the   Adjutant. 

Officers'    School — Mondays,    Wednesdays    and    Fridays,    1.30    to 

2.30  P.  u. 

Machine   Gun  Drill — Mondays,   Wednesdays   and   Fridays,    2.40 
to  3.30  P.   M. 

Signal  Drill — Mondays,  Wednesdays  and  Fridays,  2.40  to  3.30  P.  M. 

Non-Commlssioned  Officers'   School  (under  one  of  the  company 

officers) — Mondays,  Wednesdays  and  Fridays,  2.40  to  3.30  P.  M. 

r>u..*/.h  r«n     Q««^av,        Morning  Service,  10  A.  M. 
Church  Call— Sundays,      Evenin|  Service,  6:30  P.  M. 


•"Paragraph  440,  Army  Regulations,  1904,  construed  in  connection  with  para- 
graph 202,  Army  Regulations,  means  that  a  parade  is  required  to  be  held  daily, 
except  Sundays,  unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  commanding  officer,  the  weather  is  so 
inclement,  or  other  conditions  are  such  as  to  make  it  impracticable;  and  that  a  parade 
will  be  held  on  Sunday,  only  when,  in  the  opinion  of  the  commanding  officer,  there 
is  a  special  necessity  tor  doing  so. 

"The  word  'parade,'  as  used  in  paragraph  440,  Army  Regulations,  means  the 
ceremony  of  parade  as  prescribed  in  the  authorized  drill  regulations."  (War  Dept 
Decision,  May  26,  1906.) 

It  may  be  added,  the  custom  of  the  service  is  not  to  hold  parades  on  Saturdays. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  111 

LABOR-SAVING  DEVICES  AND  CONVENIENCES 

Not  only  can  much  time  and  labor  be  saved,  but  also  the 
work  of  the  office  can  be  greatly  simplified  and  systematized 
by  the  use  of  conveniences  in  the  way  of  rubber  stamps, 
mimeographs,  wire  baskets,  file  cases,  pigeon-hole  boxes,  etc. 

A  Rubber  Stamps.  Self-inking  stamps  (that  is,  those  mounted  on 
metal  frames)  are  considered  the  most  satisfactory,  the  impressions 
always  being  clear,  clean-cut,  uniform  and  well  aligned.  A  clerk 
should  be  especially  charged  with  keeping  the  frames  oiled,  the  let- 
ters clean  and  the  pads  inked. 

B  Rubber  Stamps  Usually  Used  in  an  Adjutant's  Office.  (Required 
for  on  Form  60,  Q.  M.  D., — Estimate  for  Regular  Supplies.) 

1.  HEADQUARTERS  24TH  INFANTRY, 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont. 
Received 

2.  Respectfully  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant 
General,  Department  of  Dakota. 

3.  Respectfully  returned  to  the  Adjutant 
General,  Department  of  Dakota. 

4.  Respectfully  returned  to  the  Chief 
Quartermaster,  Department  of  Dakota. 

17  SEPT.,  1906  14.     Fort  Harrison,  Mont. 

(Dating  Stamp)  Received 

5.  To  the  Quartermaster.  15.     Respectfully    forwarded    to    the    Chief 

6.  To  the  Commissary.  Quartermaster,  Department  of  Dakota 

7.  To  the  Surgeon.  16'     Rec'd  back»  Hd«rs'   24th  Inf' 

8.  To  the  Commanding  Officer,  Co.  ««— ,"  l7'         '  •••••••;••••  •• -Indorsement, 

24th  Infantry.  For*  Harrison,  Mont. 

9.  For  remark.  18.     Colonel  24h  Infantry,- 

Commanding. 

10.  For  transmission. 

19.     Captain  and  Adjutant,  24th  Infantry, 

11.  For  necessary  action.  Adjutant. 

12.  To  note  and  return.  2Q      AppROVED 

13.          Indorsement 

HEADQUARTERS  24TH  INFANTRY,  21.     DISAPPROVED. 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont. 


112  CHAPTER  VI 

A  The  Four-Basket  System  consists  of  four  ordinary  wire  or 
wicker  office  baskets  kept  on  the  Adjutant's  desk  and  marked:  "In," 
"Commanding  Officer,"  "Hold,"  and  "Out." 


All  mail,  pass  lists,  and  other  incoming  matter  are*  placed 
n"  basket. 


the  "In"  basket. 


in 


All  papers  requiring  office  marks,  the  typewriting  of  indorse- 
ments, or  other  action  in  the  sergeant  major's  office,  as  well  as  all 
communications  ready  for  mailing,  delivery,  etc.,  are  placed  in  the 
"'Out"  basket,  which  is  emptied  by  the  sergeant  major  from  time  to 
time  during  office  hours. 

The  sergeant  major  places  in  the  "In"  basket  all  papers  re- 
quiring the  signature  of  the  commanding  officer  or  the  Adjutant 

Papers  for  the  signature  or  other  action  of  the  commanding  of- 
ficer are  placed  in  the  "Commanding  Officer"  basket  by  the  Adjutant. 

Communications  which  can  not  be  acted  on  at  once,  first  have 
entered  upon  them  the  proper  office  marks  and  are  then  placed  in  the 
"Hold"  basket.  The  contents  of  this  basket  must  be  examined  daily. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  papers  be  allowed  to  lie  around 
loose  on  the  Adjutant's  desk — each  and  every  paper  should  be  placed 
in  its  proper  basket  and  made  fast  with  a  paper  weight. 

B  Memorandum  Slips.  Whenever  the  Adjutant  thinks  of  some- 
thing requiring  action,  but  which  can  not  be  done  at  the  time,  he 
should  at  once  note  the  same  on  a  piece  of  paper  which  should  be 
placed  in  the  proper  basket.  Matters,  for  instance,  concerning  which 
he  wishes  to  speak  to  the  commanding  officer  at  some  future  hour 
should  be  placed  in  the  "Commanding  Officer"  basket. 

It  is  a  very  good  thing  for  the  Adjutant  to  get  into  the  habit  of 
devoting  two  or  three  minutes  each  morning  immediately  after  reach- 
ing his  desk  to  thinking  of,  or  recalling,  things  that  should  be  done 
that  day  or  at  some  future  time  and  then  making  out  the  proper 
memorandum  slips. 

C  An  Adjutant's  "Tickler."  A  card-system  "Tickler,"  designed 
by  the  author  to  be  used:  Primarily,  in  connection  with  the  prompt 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


113 


rendition  of  all  reports,  returns,  estimates  and  requisitions  required 
of  post  commanders  by  Army  Regulations  and  War  Department 
Orders; 

Secondarily,  as  a  suspended  file,  to  recall  at  the  proper  time  things 
to  be  done  or  matters  to  be  considered  at  any  time  in  the  future. 

For  example: 

(a)  Periodical  and  other  reports  and  returns  to  be 
rendered  to  or  by  the  office. 

(£)  Communications  that  should  be  returned  to  or  by 
the  office. 

(c)  Information  that  should  be  furnished  to  or  by  the 
office. 

(d)  Orders,  letters  and  verbal  directions  requiring  ac-  j 
tion  by  the  office  or  by  subordinates. 

A  If,  for  instance,  communication  number  100,  that  should  be 
returned  to  the  office  not  later  than  the  20th  of  the  month  (Novem- 
ber), is  mailed  Captain  John  A.  Smith,  on  the  10th,  then  fill  out  and 
file  in  front  of  the  "20"  guide  card,  a  card  like  this: 


Number  of 
•  Communi- 
cation 

To  Whom  sent 

When 

To  be  returned  by 

Remarks 

TOO 

Capt.  John  A.  Smith 

Nov.  1  0 

Nov.   20 

On  the  morning  of  the  20th,  when  the  "19"  guide  card  is  re- 
moved from  in  front  and  placed  in  rear,  the  check  card  will  show  up. 

If  the  communication  has  not  yet  been  returned,  just  keep 
on  advancing  the  filing  date  of  the  check  card  until  the  paper  does 
return. 

An  alphabetical  list  of  the  names  of  the  persons  to  whom 
communications  are  sent  should  be  kept  (preferably  by  means  of 
cards),  with  the  filing  dates  of  the  check  cards  opposite  each  name. 
For  instance,  after  Captain  Smith's  name  would  be  noted,  "November 
20."  In  this  manner,  should  the  communication  be  returned  before 
Nov.  20,  by  reference  to  the  alphabetical  list  the  filing  date  can  be 
ascertained  at  once  and  the  check  card  found  and  removed  from  the 
file  without  having  to  look  over  the  check  cards  of  several  dates. 

A  supply  of  check  cards  with  proper  heading  should  be  printed, 
mimeographed  or  hectographed. 

See  Supplement,  Chap.  VI,  Par.  59. 


114 


CHAPTER  VI 


(ADJUTANT'S  TICKLER.) 

(Obtainable  from  the  Quartermaster's  Dept.     See  Cir.  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  '10,  page  72). 


1.  Officer  of  the  Day  del 

2.  Officer  of  the  Guard  detail 


3.  Telegraphic  report  of -enlistments  during  pa.st    \vrek,    by 
Recruiting  Officer  (n*,inlhjtl,e  Adjutant),  to  A.  G..  U.  S.  A'. 
Telegram  A.  «.  0.,  March  26,  t'J03.     (l-'orm:  Adjutant 
General,  tt'suhinyton,  I).  C..     Knlittmentt  past  week:  ".4" 


To  be  submitted  only  when  any  enlistments  have  heen  made 


1'osi  Hdqrs. 

K>limnte     of     Clotliing     and 


Printing  Press.  A  printing  press  purchased  from  the  regi- 
mental fund  or  otherwise,  is  a  great  convenience  for  printing  pass 
lists,  blank  forms  for  periodical  reports  required  by  post  or  regi- 
mental headquarters,  programs  of  concerts,  etc. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


115 


A  Duplicating  Device.  In  case  it  be  not  possible  to  get  a  printing 
press,  a  good  first-class  duplicating  device  can  be  made  to  answer  the 
same  purpose  in  most  cases.  The  mimeograph  does  not  always  give 
satisfaction,  and  the  Neostyle  is  very  expensive.  An  excellent  device 
for  duplicating  in  a  small  way  and  economically,  is  the  Daus  Tip  Top 
Duplicator,  made  in  four  sizes  and  sold  by  The  Felix  F.  Daus  Dupli- 
cator Co.,  Ill  John  St.,  New  York.  Size  No.  1,  with  a  printing  sur- 
face of  8^4  by  13  ins.,  costs  $7.50. 

Typewriter.  It  goes  without  saying  that  now-a-days  no  office 
is  complete  without  at  least  one  typewriter,  which  can  usually  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Quartermaster's  Department  on  memorandum  receipt. 
C  Electric  Bells.  (Usually  obtainable  from  the  Signal  Corps.) 
The  offices  of  the  commanding  officer  and  the  Adjutant  should  be 
equipped  with  electric  bells,  so  that  the  sergeant  major,  the  clerks, 
orderlies  and  others  can  be  gotten  without  having  to  hollo  for  them. 
A  code  of  rings  should  be  devised  whereby  each  man  shall  have  an 
individual  call. 

D  File-Case  for  Reference  Books.  A  flat  file-case,  made  after  the 
one  represented  in  the  following  cut,  is  fastened  to  the  wall,  back  of 
the  Sergeant-Major's  desk. 


(Border  is  made 
of  1  inch  mater- 
ial and  partitions 
1  inch  material : 
receptacles  2\  in- 
ches deep;  the 
rods  "A"  and  "B" 
extend  out  \  inch 
from  face  of  case; 
the  grooves  are  2 
inches  deep  and 
\\  inches  wide.) 


116 


CHAPTER  VI 


Indices  of  Current  Orders  and  Circulars.  A  convenient  and 
satisfactory  way  of  keeping  indices  of  all  current  orders  and  circulars 
is  by  means  of  cards,  as  shown  in  this  cut: 


h«  — ^.»... __  At"— —-.—-. 


Falcon  and  Other  Files  with  Alphabetical  Indices.  Papers  fre- 
quently referred  to  are  made  readily  accessible  by  being  filed  in 
Falcon  or  other  files  with  alphabetical  indices,  and  kept  in  convenient 
places. 

Pigeon-hole  Box.  A  box  with  a  number  of  pigeon-holes  labeled, 
for  instance,  as  follows,  is  a  great  convenience: 

1  Memorandum  Receipts  7     Personal  Orders 

2  Receipted  Bills  8 

3  Money  Matters  9 

4  Answered  Letters  10 

5  Unanswered  Letters  11 

6  In  Abeyance 


Catalogues,  Price  Lists,  etc. 
Newspaper  Clippings 
Memoranda 
Miscellaneous 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


117 


A       Useful  Forms.     The  following  forms  can  be  used  to  great   ad 
vantage  in  an  Adjutant's  Office: 


..190 


Detail: 

For  Officer  of  th«  Day  to-morrow: 


34th  Infantry. 


Itt.  LJtvt.  24th  hftniry,  AJfaltnl. 


Opened 


Half  Folded 


Folded 


118 


CHAPTER  VI 


(1)  Fort  Harrison,  Moat., 

190$. 

The  Commanding  Officer, 

Co.  "        ,"  24th  Infantry. 

The  following  absentees  were  reported  on  the  guard  report  ths  date 
Retreat  .„ : 

Eleven  p.  m.  inspection 

Reveille 

By  order  of  the  Commanding  Officer: 

Captain  and  Adjutant,  24th  Infty., 
Adjutant. 

(2) 

MEMORANDUM. 

For  the  Information  of  Company  Commanders.. 

NAME.  I   BANK.  I  DELINQUENCY.  j  DATE. 

Fort  Harrison,  Montana.  To  the  Commanding  Officer,  Co 24th  Infantry, 

190    ,  Byorderof r> 

lit  Lieut.  <t  Batt.  Adjt.  24th  Infy., 
Adjutant. 


(Used  to  report  absentees  from  reveille,  retreat,   11  p.  m.   inspection — also  for 
other  purposes.) 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


119 


Fort  Harrison,  Mont., 

.' 1906. 

OFFICER  OF  THE  DAY. 
Sir: 
The  commanding  officer  directs  you  please  send  Prisoner 


to  the  hospital  at  9  A.  M.  to-morrow  for  examination. 

Very  respectfully, 


Captain  and  Adjutant  24th  Infantry. 
Adjutant. 

NOTE:  Some  officers  do  not  consider  it  good  form  to  use  the  word  "please" 
in  giving  directions,  especially  if  by  order  of  a  superior.  However,  the  author,  when 
adjutant  and  when  aide-de-camp,  always  used  the  term.  It  detracts  in  no  way  from 
the  force  of  the  orders  given  and  it  leaves  an  agreeable  impression  of  politeness  it 
the  mind  of  the  officer  addressed,  especially  if  he  be  senior  to  the  officer  giving  the 
order  by  his  chief's  authority. 


HARRISON,  MONT. 
.    .1906.. 

THE  SURGEON. 

Port  Harrison. 
SIR: 

Th'e  commanding  officer  directs  me  to  inform  you 

that  ...r...-.^r,.  ...-^ma^^. »  an 

alleged  deserter  from  „ 

^ ._^.. .. «., .. will  be  seni  to  the  hospital  at  9 

a.  m..  to-morrow,  for  examination  under  paragraph  124, 
A    R. 

Very  respectfully, 

Captain  and  Adjutant  24th  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 


120  CHAPTER  VI 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont., 
1906. 

THE   OFFICER  OF   THE   DAY: — 

The  Commanding  Officer  directs  that  you  please  have 

Pvt.    

Co.      "       ,"     24th      Infantry,     sent     to     Summary     Court      Room      at 
M.  to-day. 

1st   Lieut.,   24th   Infantry, 
Adjutant. 

Fort  Harrison,   Mont., 

1906. 

COMMANDING  OFFICER, 

Co.  "     ,"  24th  Infantry: — 

Private  

of    your    company    was    this    day    tried    by    the    Summary    Court,    and 

sentenced   to   forfeit   $ of  his  pay,   and   to  be   confined   at   hard 

labor  under  the  charge  of  the  Post  Guard  for   days. 

He  is  hereby  confined  by  order  of  the  Commanding  Officer. 


24th  Infantry, 

Summary  Court. 

(Form  used  when  the  Summary  Court  has  authority  to  confine  soldiers.) 


Fort  Missoula,   Mont., 

1908. 

THE  COMMANDING  OFFICER, 

Co.  "     ,"  24th  Infantry, 
The  Summary  Court  having  awarded  confinement  in  the  case  of  Private 

of  your  Company,  you  are  directed  to  confine  him. 
By   order   of   Colonel   Smith : 

Captain  and  Adjutant  24th  Infantry. 
Adjutant. 

(Form  used  when  the  Summary  Court  has  not  authority  to  confine  soldiers.) 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  121 


Fort  Harrison,  Mont., 

1906. 

OFFICER  OF  THE  DAY:— 

Private 

Co.  "  ,"  24th  Infantry,  has  been  tried  and  not  having  been  awarded 
any  confinement,  the  Commanding  Officer  directs  that  he  be  released 
from  the  guardhouse  and  reported  to  his  company  for  duty. 

th  Infantry, 

Summary  Court. 

(Form  used  when  the  Summary  Court  has  authority  to  release  soldiers  from 
confinement.) 


Fort  Missoula,  Mont., 

1908. 

OFFICER  OF  THE  DAY: — 

The  Summary  Court  having  awarded  no  confinement,  you  will  release 

Private     

Co.  "     ,"  24th  Infantry,  and  have  him  reported  to  the  1st  Sergeant  of  his 
company  for  duty.  By  order  of  the  Commanding  Officer: 

Captain  and  Adjutant  24th  Infantry. 
Adjutant. 

(Form  used  when  Summary  Court  has  not  authority  to  release  soldiers  from 
confinement.) 


122 


CHAPTER  VI 


1st  Sergeant.  Go. "       ",  24th  Infty.:- 

The  following-named  men  of  your  company  will  be  sent   to^the  Sur 
mtiry  Court  at   9  o'clock  A.  M.  to-morrow. 


For  Trial. 


Rank. 


Witnf 


Rank. 


Fort  Harrison,  Mont.. 


„ .  190....i       Sergaant-Major,  24th.  Infty.. 


FORT  HARRISON,  MONT. 


FIRST  SERGEANT, 

Company   "       "  24th  Infantry: 


attacked  to  your  company  for  rations'and  quarters. 
Last  rationed  to  include  ..............  roe  6 


Sergeant  Major,  24th  Infantry. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  123 


DETAILS  FOR  TO-MORROW, 


00. 

FX)R  GUARD. 

FATIGUE. 

SignMur*  of  In  8«rn*nv 

SntGEAKTB. 

COWOBAL8. 

•csicum 

rrw 

8CTS. 

COKM. 

rrr*. 

h* 

1 

,£_• 

»A» 

/»*•" 

J 

n 

Remarks : 


Sergeant  Major,  24th  Infantry. 


124 


CHAPTER  VI 


MEMORANDUM. 

TP  »«  ATTAOMtP  TO  TMt 


(Requisition  for  Ordnance  Stores 

lor 

Co.    «•        ",  24th  Infantry, 
Dated  ........................  _  ..........  190....), 


Office  of  the  Comdg.  Officer. 
Fort  Harrison, -..Mont., 


..190 


TO  -THE  ORDNANCE  OFFICER. 


Fort  Harrison,  Mont., 

.,..190..... 

Respectfully  returned  to  tthe> 
Adjutant,  with  i action  noted  in 
the  proper  column. 


..... 24thlnft'y.i 

Ordnance  Officer 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  125 

-  37/8  ins. : 


POOL  SLIP 


Date  19 


SIGN  NAME,  NUMBER  OF  GAMES,  AND  AMOUNT 
IMMEDIATELY  AFTER  FINISHING. 


Name 


No.  of  Games.  Amount  $ 


.9      Name 


No.  of  Games  Amount  $ 


Name 


No.  of  Games  Amount  $ 


Name 


No.  of  Games  Amount  $. 


Name 


No.  of  Games  Amount  $ 


V 

(To  be  kept  on  the  wall  or  in  some  other  convenient  place  in  the  pool  room. 
The  slips  are  perforated,  as  indicated,  so  that  they  may  be  easily  torn  off  and  assorted, 
every  man's  slips  being  kept  together.  The  slips  are  returned  upon  payment.) 


126 


CHAPTER  VI 


A 


V 


OFFICERS     WILL     PLEASE     SIGN     THEIR 

INITIALS  "OPPOSITE  THEIR  NAMES, 

THUS  INDICATING  THEY  HAVE 

READ  THE  PAPER  HEREWITH 


Major  Harris 


"       Jones 
"      Smith 

Captain  Adams 
Barker 
etc. 

First  Lieut.  Anderson 

-"       Baxter 
etc. 

Second  Lieut.  Allen 
Booze 
etc. 


To  contain  in  rank  groups  and  alphabetically  arranged  the  names  of  all  the 
officers  in  the  Post.  This  slip  Is  attached  to  circulars,  etc.,  to  be  shown  to  the  offi- 
cers of  the  command. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


127 


Port  Harrison,  Montana, 

_-.™_.,  .......  „  .....  -  190  . 


owes  the  amounts  indicated  and  has  made  satisfactory 
arrangements  for  the  payment  thereof:— 

Post  Exchange,  $rr:j£rr*t 
Post  Laundry.   $  _  , 

Company  Tailor.  $  ______  ,  ---  *„.„„..„„  -,——  ........  ~ 

Company  Barber,  $  __  ,  —  -  --  .........  --.'  -------- 

Coropinj  Rarbcr 

To  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief  ..._  .......................... 

__  .......  ____  .  _______  owes  no  other  leunaryman,  tailor  or 

barber. 

1st  Sergt."co~"  ~~".  24th  "l^Hy. 

clearance  flip  must  t*  attached  to  the  Certificate  of   Discharge   bo- 
itted  to  the  Commanding  Ortioer  (or  signature 


NOTE:     This 
lore  it  ii  diilimitted 


Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas 190 . 

Received  from  the  fund  of  Troop  G,  Ninth  Cavalry  the  sum  of 
.   dollars  for   .  


Voucher  No. 


Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas  .................  190  .. 

Paid  to  the  fund  of  Troop  G,  Ninth  Cavalry  the  sum  of  .................. 


Voucher   No. 


.  dollars  on  account  of 


(See  bottom  page  216.) 


128  CHAPTER  VI 


Fort  Harrison,  Mont., 
..IQI 


The  Chief  Paymaster, 

Dept.  of  Dakota, 

St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Sir: 

In  compliance  with  A.  R.  1281, 
IQIO,  I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that 
I  have  this  day  transferred  my  pay  account 

for  the  month  of ,  IQI 

to 


Respectfully, 

....24th  Infty. 


<  --  334- 


(For  the  convenience  of  the  officers  of  the  command,  printed  envelopes,  addressed  t< 
the  Chief  Paymaster  of  the  department,  should  be  furnished  with  these  blanks.) 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT  129 

A 

FORT  LEAVENWORTH,  KANSAS 

: : ,  190 

The  Adjutant, 

24th  Infantry, 

Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y. 

Sir: 

In  compliance  with  paragraph  834,  A.  R., 
I  have  the  honor  to  report  as  follows: 

ADDRESS  FOR  NEXT  MONTH: 


DUTY: 


SICKNESS  or  INJURY: 


Very  respectfully, 


ins. 


Mil        (Slips   like   this,   and   also   some   reading,   "The   Adjutant 

\/  General,  U.  S.  Army,  Washington,  D.  C.,"  should  be  printed 

on  the  regimental  press,  and  furnished,  with  properly  printed 

addressed  envelopes,  to  .officers  absent  on  detached  service.) 


130 


CHAPTER  VI 


Check  Card 

FOB 

'«*> 

l£ 

/.    N.C.S.9**,.  <*°  
'.    <*••*".  _ 
*    '"-»•.:  

*.   "  -c:....^  

S*     ""If  

t.    ••  -r:  

/.    ~  -r:  

i.    ••  -tf  

».   -  "H-:.  

10.    -  "I"  

/'.  -  -r-  

(1    "  "V  

— 

<•• 

•*  '/.  • 

<J/<4                         >» 

1 

THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


131 


Fort  Harrison^  Mont. 

1908 


The  Commanding  Officer  directs  that 


Captain  and  Adjutant,  24th  Inftrv. 
Adjutant. 


4  ins . 


(Another    convenient    blank    is    the    same    as    the    above,    iubstituting    "M«mo- 
randum  for"  for  "The  Commanding  Officer  directs  that.") 


132  CHAPTER  VI 

COMMANDING  OFFICERS. 
N.  C.  S.  and  Band 

1st  Battalion   

2nd  Battalion    

3rd  Battalion   . 


Company 

A 

B 

C 

etc. 
Det.  H.  C 

(To  paste  on  memoranda  to  be  shown  to  organization  commanders.) 


FIRST  SERGEANTS. 

Received  for  communication  to  their  Company  Com- 
manders. 


A 

B   

C  , 

etc. 
Det.  H.  C 

(To  paste  on   memoranda.) 

NOTE:    Another    useful    form    is    same  as  the  preceding,  except  "Received  for 
communication,  etc.     is  left  off. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


133 


<Pass  List,  Co.  "     S24th  U.  S.  Infantry. 


HO. 

NAME. 

RANK. 

Authorized  Absence. 

Departed. 

Returned. 

Remark*. 

From 

To 

I 

* 

4* 
1 

4*     -. 

-,/• 

&^> 

•* 

2 

CJtf 

2. 

§ 

8. 

^ 

A 

3 

fc 

I 

{_ 

7, 

V         .-<• 

k 

1 

fc 

•v 

10.. 

l^_ 

(^ 

11 

••*! 

-=  1 

^=4 

I 

1* 

L     ; 

f 

M, 

r      ^ 

> 

16. 

f 

Approved 

»  -.24tli  ihfajn 

c 

®y 

, 

.ranted: 

on/er  of. 

cbwv  cb. 

^/A  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 


Notts. 


1.  The  names  to  bom-ranged  alphaWliunlly,  non-cotnmi»sion«d  officers  first. 

2.  Men  on  pas*  «r«  n«t.excu|«i  from  inUi  vwiing  dutms,  unless,  sosutsd  in  th«  column  of  remarks. 
I.    This  mark  (X)  after  a  name,  indicates  permission  to  wear  civilian  clothes. 


134 


CHAPTER  VI 


Pass  List 

Clerks  in  the  Adjutant's  Office. 


NO 

NAME 

RANK. 

Authorized  Absence. 

Departed. 

Returned.  '                      Remarks. 

1 

From 

To 

1 

IX" 

•  x* 

«3/" 

^  " 

^"     i       34l" 

-»  I/  " 

<                   £"•#. 

7% 

>** 

V*T 

,4       \       s* 

£^-< 

* 

<oft) 

3 

1 

4 

By  Order  of  Colonel  

Captain  24th  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 
NOTE:         Thil  pass  does  not  excus»  »ny  one  from  interveninij  dulit*  unle.^J  So  itntc-J  in  thv  oilutnn  of  remarks 


Pass  List 

Commanding  Officer's  Orderly. 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont.^. 


190 


y  a'  "'•    Noon- 


*  >      ExcuseH  from  all  intervening. 


By  Order  of  Colonel 


Captain  24th  Infantry. 
Adjutant. 


THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


135 


List,  Hospital  Corps,  U  S  Army. 


Wo 

Name. 

Bank. 

Aulhoril«J    4t»tnc» 

Departed. 

Returned. 

Remarks. 

From 

To 

<      |y,  . 

A/  - 

~T. 

<^w-+ 

<—  4£"-» 

JX."  _ 

el/  ' 

«.                                  x-4 

ifa 

\ 

A  proved  :  '                                                                         Granted  : 
By  order  of  Colonel...,  ,  

Oapt  an<l  Aest  Surg,  U.  S. 


.NOTE. 


Captain  24th  Infantry;  "Adj 


MtA  «n  P»»i  arc  not  •xcnied  from  tnt«ryenjng  duties  union  to  stated  In  lh«  column  of  mnark. 

Extra  and  Special  Pass  Lisi 
Co.  "      ,"  24th  Infantry. 


No. 

Name 

Rank 

Authorized  Absence 

Departed 

Returned 

Remarks 

From 

To 

• 

Granted  : 

By  order  of  

No  objection: 

Captain,  24th  Infantry, 

Quartermaster. 
Approved . 

Capt.  24th  Infy.,  Comdg,  Co.  "     ." 

NOTE.     Men  on  pass  are  not  excused  from  intervening  duties  unless  it  is  so  stated 

in  the  column  of  remarks. 
(Same  dimensions  as  company  pass  list.) 


136 


CHAPTER  VI 


FORT  HARRISON,  MONT. 

APPROVED 
By  Order  of  the  Commanding  Officer: 


Captain  and  Adjutant,  24th  Tnfty., 
Adjutant. 


To  Visit 


^      •* 

. 

r 

/-> 

j 

. 

? 

I 

:. 

O 

§ 

\ 

O            ^ 

3 

5 

*       S 

ik 

N 
I 

I 
r- 

3      1 
11      * 

?0            hJ                  hH 

n 

[ 

H      X            > 

<x 

S 
; 

\ 

ffi        5         % 
>                   ^ 

C/3          v,    " 

0 

%     to 

fe 

"*                       N^^K 

s 

2 

^       r^- 

1    ^ 

o 

^         HH 

§ 

H        P^ 

I 

* 

P 

§. 

P 

3' 

r^- 

t—| 

W 

j? 

^ 

3 

5 

1     • 

THE  POST  ADJUTANT 


137 


Extra  and  Special  Duty  List. 

Company  "     ,"  24th  U.  S.  Infantry. 
Extra  Duty. 


No.  |           Name. 

Rank. 

How  Employed. 

Authority. 

1 

«                P»/«               , 

1r-j£-> 

•i£"              » 

*->* 

SB.    1 

t 

«9|0 

3 

4 

5 

• 

Special  Duty. 


1 

1 

a 

4 

6 

6 

-!_ 

8 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont.,                  Respectfully  submitted  to  the  Adjutant. 

__.„„  «190... 

24th  Infantry, 
Comd'g  Company. 

(Post  Commanders  usually  require  a  list  of  extra  and  special  duty  men 
to  be  submitted  to  them  weekly — generally  every  Sunday  morning.  However, 
the  author  considers  this  practice  unnecessary,  as  all  the  information  conveyed 
by  these  lists  is  already  of  record  in  the  Adjutant's  office,  although  perhaps  in 
a  somewhat  different  form.) 


138 


CHAPTER  VI 


Report  of  Non-Commissioned  Officers'  School, 
Co.  "      -  24th  Infantry. 

Period:    From  ..„- ..._ .-to „ ... .-...,.,. ... ^.....  IttO 


DATE. 

190.., 

<i 

•1 

til 

if! 

J-i! 

'  £ 

fl 

1! 

i 

NamM  of  men  who««  work  ii 

EtjwciHlly  Meritoriou«, 

From 

To 

From 

To 

From 

To 

From 

To 

From 

To 

^_;-^_ 

* 

-|- 

"•"  • 

L  —  :/•_  , 

^r_ 

,. 

U                                     *W-^                                   9 

i  

j 

•-.-• 

• 

• 

* — ^AVESAOE  ATTENDANCE  DURING  PERIOD 

Non-Commifsioned  OfflcVr*.  -PrivnMs. 

Respectfully  Snbmiued  w  ih«  AdjuunC 


Fftrt  H»rriM>n.  MonMnf. 


^  24th  Infant^. 


mpany. 


TROOP  G,  NINTH  CAVALRY 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kas 190 .. 


Please  deliver  to the  following  merchan- 
dise, with  itemized  statement,   and   charge  the  same  to  the   ac- 
190..        count  of  Troop  G,  Ninth  Cavalry: 


(Note:  There  should  be  about  3  more  lines.) 
Very  respectfully, 


Captain,  Ninth  Cavalry,  Commanding  Troop. 
Note:    This   order   should   be    retained   and    mailed   to   "Com- 
manding Officer,  Troop  G,   Ninth   Cavalry,"  at  the  end  of  each 
month,    together    with    bill    for    entire    month's    purchase.      This 
order   is   not   good   unless   signed   by    a    commissioned    officer   as 
Commanding  Troop.     Only  orders  so  signed  will  be  valid — on 
all  others  payment  will  be  refused. 


6 

? 

1 

3 

1 

ll 

| 

§ 

^s 

^             0 

ies  of  men 
ork  has 
satisf  actor 

c 

<i 

J! 

5c 

4 

- 

<-«          o 

2    1 

1            0 

55     c 

U 

1  ! 

•     S 

5 

>, 

8 

^ 

! 

!| 

1 

N 

II 

11 

a 

s!f 

? 

children 
especially 

\ 

1 

% 

H 

»?. 

a 

iol 

0>£ 

§ 

£*» 

M 

M 

H 

i 

a 

B 

• 

1        H 

b        O 

o>     3 

. 

s 

t.     c 

1 

5 

i 
\ 

5 

H 

^ 

! 

i 

1 

i 

So 

i 

S 

1 

•g 

ti 

1 

1 

C- 

i 

Average 
daily 
attendance 

5 

i 

~      SO 
§      | 

a 

Average 
daily 
attendance 

X 

i 

il 

s  g 

a  3 

X 

£  H 

f! 

k 

|J  ! 

r°; 

x 

i 

e    r 

«       .0 

Books  of  Reference,  Maps,  etc.,  to  be  kept  in  the  Adjutant's 
Office;  Blank  Forms  to  be  kept  on  hand;  Reports,  Returns,  Requisi- 
tions, etc.,  to  be  made  by,  to  or  through  the  Adjutant.  See  Supple- 
ment, Chap.  VII. 


140  CHAPTER  VII 


CHAPTER  VII 
THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 
DUTIES 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  Quartermaster,  like  the 
proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  attention  to 
business. 

Study  carefully  and  master  completely  the  Quartermaster's 
Manual  and  everything  in  the  Army  Regulations  pertaining  to  the 
Quartermaster's  Department.  Study  also  Cir.  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  '09,  and 
Cir.  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  '10. 

Make  it  a  fundamental  principle  and  an  invariable  rule,  never  to 
issue  or  loan  property  of  any  description  without  obtaining  a  receipt 
for  same  and  never  disburse  money  except  for  material  purchased  or 
services  rendered  to  the  government  in  accordance  with  lawful 
authority,  which  must  always  be  in  writing,  as  a  copy  must  be 
filed  with  vouchers,  unless  the  authority  emanates  from  the  Quarter- 
master General's  Office. 

Unless  cash  is  paid  at  the  time  of  purchase,  supplies  should 
never  be  sold  to  officers  except  on  written  order,  which  should  be  filed 
and  kept  until  payment  is  made. 

Payments  made  on  the  last  of  the  month  for  supplies  purchased 
during  the  month,  are  considered  "cash  sales." 

All  property  in  use  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  should 
be  plainly  marked,  "Q.  M.  D.,"  and  all  tables,  chairs  and  other  arti- 
cles of  wood  furniture  out  on  memorandum  receipt  should  be  branded 
"Q.  M.  D." 

A  Quartermaster  should  familiarize  himself  with  his  property, 
know  exactly  where  it  is,  and  keep  everything  in  his  storehouse  sys- 
tematically. 

He  should  keep  his  property  in  good  condition,  and  by  making 
timely  requisitions  have  material  and  spare  parts  on  hand  for  making 
necessary  repairs.  He  should  study  the  needs  of  the  post  or  com- 
mand with  which  he  is  serving,  so  that  his  requisitions  will  call  for  just 
such  articles  as  he  needs,  and  will  omit  the  thousand  and  one  articles 
that  are  not  needed. 


THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER  141 

A  Quartermaster  should  keep  his  mules,  harness,  wagons,  and 
other  field  supplies  in  the  very  best  condition,  with  the  necessary 
spare  parts  and  repairs  for  same  always  on  hand. 

He  should  make  a  daily  inspection  of  the  animals,  harness, 
wagons,  stables,  forage,  storehouses,  and  shops,  and  a  monthly  in- 
spection of  the  wagon  train  ready  to  go  into  the  field.  Special  atten- 
tion should  be  paid  to  the  shoes  of  the  animals  and  the  Quarter- 
master should  be  able  to  give  directions  in  common  sickness  or  ordi- 
nary injury.  He  should  also  make  frequent  rounds  of  the  post,  ex- 
amining the  fences,  bridges,  roads,  ditches,  etc. 

The  wagon  train  should  be  drilled  in  parking,  not  only  in  one  or 
more  lines,  but  in  a  circle,  square,  to  the  front,  rear,  or  either  flank, 
so  that  in  case  of  attack,  the  train  may  be  quickly  placed  in  a  shel- 
tered position,  if  any  is  available. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  judge  of  -the  value  of  services  rendered 
the  Government  by  civilian  employees  and  others,  Quartermasters 
should  endeavor  to  become  familiar  with  the  amount  and  quality  of 
work  done  by  good  mechanics  in  the  various  trades,  which  can  be 
done  by  personal  observation  ,jn  shops,  by  inquiry  of  contractors,  the 
study  of  books  on  building  and  engineering,  etc.  (Hodgson's  "Build- 
ers' Guide"  gives  good  information  as  to  carpenters,  masons,  etc.) 

By  carefully  inspecting  all  supplies  that  come  under  his  ob- 
servation, watching  animals  feeding,  noting  their  condition,  etc.,  by 
closely  studying  specifications,  consulting  contractors,  mechanics,  and 
dealers,  a  Quartermaster  can  soon  get  a  general  idea  of  good  and 
bad  material,  becoming  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  standard  quali- 
ties of  fuel,  forage,  straw,  lumber,  hardware,  paints,  etc.,  to  act  in- 
telligently in  the  inspection  of  supplies  purchased  or  otherwise  re- 
ceived. 

Advantage  should  be  taken  of  every  opportunity  to  observe  and 
study  the  construction  of  temporary  buildings  of  all  classes.  Lumber, 
mining  and  railroad  construction  camps,  and  other  temporary  habita- 
tions furnish  useful  lessons  in  the  construction  of  animal  sheds,  mess 
and  bunk  houses.  Quartermasters  should  be  familiar  with  the 
various  routes  ot  travel,  so  as  to  be  able  to  issue  transportation  re- 
quests and  bills  of  lading  correctly.  Study  the  trunk  lines  of  the 
United  States,  the  railroad  guide  and  distance  table,  local  time  tables, 


142  CHAPTER  VII 

and  also  make  inquiries  amongst  the  local  railroad  officials.     Special 
attention  should  be  given  to  the  matter  of  land-grant  roads. 

Finally,  whatever  duty  a  Quartermaster  has  to  do,  he  should 
perform  to  the  best  of  his  ability,  without  fear  or  favor,  having  al- 
ways in  view  the  best  interests  of  the  service. 

Loss  of  Funds.  The  usual  and  accepted  course  to  be  pursued 
by  a  Quartermaster,  commissary  or  other  disbursing  officer,  in  the 
event  of  loss  by  fire,  theft  or  otherwise,  of  public  funds  for  which  he 
is  accountable,  is  to  promptly  make  request  of  the  proper  authority 
for  the  appointment  of  a  surveying  officer  to  investigate  and  report 
upon  the  circumstances  of  such  loss  and  to  make  any  suggested 
recommendation.  One  copy  of  the  report,  duly  approved  by  the 
commanding  officer,  is  then  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S. 
Army,  with  all  other  available  data,  with  the  request  that  the  matter 
be  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of  War  with  the  view  that  the  neces- 
sary steps  be  taken  to  secure  Congressional  relief. 

Where  funds  have  been  destroyed  by  fire  and  the  ashes  can  be 
collected,  it  should  be  done  and  the  same  forwarded  to  the  U.  S. 
Treasury  for  the  possible  identification  and  redemption  of  some  por- 
tion. If  identification  should  be  found  possible,  a  check  for  the 
amount  so  redeemed  would  be  sent  the  accountable  officer. 

Rubber  Stamps  Usually  Used  in  the  Quartermaster's  Office: 
(Required  for  on  Form  60.  Q.  M.   D.— Estimate  for  Regular  Supplies.) 

OFFICE  POST  QUARTERMASTER, 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont., 

190 

Transportation    furnished    on    this    order 


for. 


from 

to 

Via .... 

(Indorsement    on    travel    orders.) 

(Routing  nearly  always  shown  on  order;   required  when  transportation  issued 
to  officers.) 


THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER  143 


2 

(a)  WAR  DEPARTMENT 
Post  of  Fort  Harrison,  Mont. 

OFFICIAL  BUSINESS. 

(b)  Penalty  for  private  use  to 
avoid  payment  of  postage  $300 

(For  penalty   envelopes,  etc.) 

3 

(a)  REGULAR  SUPPLIES. 

(b)  INCIDENTAL  EXPENSES. 

(c)  Army  Transportation, 

(d)     BARRACKS  AND  QUARTERS. 

(e)  Shooting  Galleries  &  Ranges, 
(0  Clothing  &  Equipage, 
(g)  Hospitals, 

(h)    Military  Post  Exchanges. 

(i)       WATER  &  SEWERS,  MILITARY  POSTS. 

(i)    Hospital  Stewards  Quarters 

(k)     Roads,  Walks,  Wharves  &  Drainage 
(On  money  papers  to  show  appropriations.) 


Tariff 

(Rate  stamp,  for  bills  of  lading.) 


144 


CHAPTER  VII 


No  stop  over  privileges  permitted  to 
holder  of  this  request. 

(On   transportation    requests.) 


FORT  DES  MOINES,  IOWA. 

7 

Item  No 

8 

Appropriation  Fiscal  Year  19 


For  use  on 
Vouchers 
A  and  B 


Fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1906. 

(On   face  and  brief  of  cash   papers.) 


PUBLIC  PROPERTY 

Q.  M.  Dept.,  U.  S.  A. 


(On  all  Q.  M.  property,  before  issue.) 


THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER  145 


10 

OFFICE  OF  QUARTERMASTER, 
RECEIVED 


ISSUED 

(Showing  dates  of  receipt  and  issue  of  property 


11 

(B=L.  to  Agent  Last 

Carrier igo 

Skipping  office  notified 
igo 

(Used  on   property   received  book., 


12 

Public  Property  (or  U.  S.  Property.) 

(Used  on  all  B-L   except   shipment   of   personal    effects.) 


13 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  stamps  shown  in  Pars.  1,  2,  3,  4, 
5,  9  (a<5^&)    n,  14,  16,  17  and  23,  beginning  page   152,  changing  "Com- 
"      "" 


,  ,      ,       ,  , 

missary"  to  "Quartermaster"  wherever  necessary. 


146  CHAPTER  VII 

BLANK  FORMS  THAT  MAY  BE  USED  TO 
ADVANTAGE. 

No 

FORT  LEAVENWORTH,  KANSAS, 

1909. 

Post  Quartermaster:  " 

Please  deliver  to  quarters  No.... 

Ibs.  Hard  Coal,  Furnace 

Ibs.  Hard  Coal,  Egg 

Ibs.  Hard  Coal,  Nut 

Ibs.  Soft  Coal 

cord    Hard  Wood,  sawed  and  split 

cord  Hard  Wood,  sawed  only 

cord  Kindling 

gallons  Mineral  Oil 


NOTE.— THREE  DAYS  must  be  allowed  for  filling  FUEL  orders. 

2687  Ibs.  soft  coal,  or  1700  Ibs.  hard  coal  equal  ONE  cord  HARD  WOOD. 

(For  table  of  allowances,  see  other  side.) 


THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER 


147 


REQUEST 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kas., 
190 

To  the   Quartermaster: 


OFFICE  of  the  QUARTERMASTER 

..190 


Fort    Leavenworth,    Kans., 
190.... 

Received  from  Post  Q  M  the 
following  articles,  same  to  be 
added  to  memorandum  receipt 
on  file: 


Referred  to: 


Quartermaster. 
Fort  Leavenworth,  Kas., 


190 


Returned  to  the  Quartermaster: 


-3V2  ins- 


( These  forms  are  intended  for  use  in  a  very  large  post). 
Note:     These   are   two   different   forms. 


148 


CHAPTER  VII 


FORT  LAWTON,    WASHINGTON 

19 

Quartermaster: 

Please  issue  to  me  and  charge  on 
my  memorandum  receipt  the  follow- 
ing articles  for  use  of 


Credit  Slip. 

Quartermaster's  Office, 

Fort  Lawton,  Wash. 


Sir: 

You  have  this  day  been  credited  on 
your  memorandum  receipt  as  follow 


Captain  and  Quartermaster  Third 
Infantry,    Quartermaster. 


31  ins 


THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER 


149 


1 

6 

26 

51 

76 

On  Hand 

t 

2 

6 

27 

52 

77 

3 

6 

28 

53 

78 

4 

6 

29 

5* 

79 

5 

30 

55 

80 

6 
7 

4 

31 

56 

81 

6 

32 

57 

34 

82 

8 

33 

58 

34 

83 

1 

9 

12 

34 

59 

34 

84 

10 

35 

60 

30 

85 

11 

2 

36 

61 

86 

12 

i. 

37 

62 

87 

13 

4 

38 

63 

88 

14 

e 

39 

64 

16 

89 

15 

7 

40 

65 

90 

. 

16 

4 

41 

66 

91 

17 

4 

42 

67 

92 

18 

2 

43 

68 

93 

19 

t 

44 

69 

94 

20 

45 

70 

95 

21 

46 

71 

96 

22 

47 

72 

97 

23 

48 

73 

98 

24 

49 

74 

99 

25 

50 

75 

100 

On  Mem- 
orandum 

St 

Article  :  Chairs,  barrack. 

5   ms. 


A 


V 


(Attach  to  trunk)  A 

Q.  M.  DEP'T. 

FORT  LAWTON,  WASH. 

No. 98 

(Given  to  owner)  3 

CO 

Q.  M.  DEP'T. 

FORT  LAWTON,  WASH 
No....  ....98 


ns. 


A 


(A  loose  leaf  file  to  be  kept  in  connection  with 
the  memorandum   receipts  which  are  numbered   1, 
2,  3,  etc.,  according  to  the  numbers  of  the  build- 
ings in  which  the  articles  are.     A  separate  sheet .   . 
to  be  kept  for  each  article  out  on  Memo,  receipt.)  V 


(Where  posts  are  distant 
from  a  city,  and  the  baggage 
of  officers  and  men  has  to  be 
delivered  at  a  large  station, 
a  baggage  check  like  this, 
used  by  agreement  with  the 
baggage  agent,  is  a  great 
convenience  in  checking  bag- 
gage from  post  to  baggage 
room.) 


MEMORANDUM  RECEIPT  FOR  SUPPLIES  IN  USE. 


190. 


I  acknowledge  to  have  received  from  the  Quartermaster,  at 

the  following  articles  for  use  of 

I  am  responsible  for  said  supplies  and  will  produce  the  same  when  called  upon  to 
do  so  by  proper  authority. 


Axes 

Hods  coal 

Axes,  fire. 

Hoes,  garden. 

MrtMorc     r^'tr-A 

Pots,  mustard. 

Barrels,  ash. 

Hose,   assorted,   feet. 

Ranges,  cooking. 

Tnlrwollo 

mon. 
Blowers,  grate. 

Knives,  bread. 

Saucers. 

Boats,  gravy. 
Boilers,  assorted. 
Bowls. 
Bowls,  chopping. 

Knives,  butcher. 
Knives,  table. 
Ladders,  fire. 
Ladles,  soup. 

Saws,  meat. 
Scales  and  weights. 
Screens,  door. 
Screens,  fire. 



Boxes,  pepper. 
Brushes,  dust. 
Buckets,  fire. 

Lamps,  desk. 
Lanterns. 
Litters,  hand. 
Lockers,  box. 

Screens,  porch. 
Screens,  window. 
Scuttles,  coal. 
Sets,  carving. 

sorted. 
Carts,  hand. 
Cases,  pillow. 
Cases,  telescope. 
Chairs,  barrack. 

Lockers,  wall. 
Mats,  cuspidor. 
Mats,  door,  cocoa. 
Mats,    door,   wire. 
Mattresses. 

Shades,  window. 
Sheets,  bed. 
Shovels,  fire. 
Shovels,  L.  H. 
Shovels,  scoop. 



Chairs,  office. 
Cleaners,  flue. 
Cleavers. 
Clocks,  office. 
Cords     and     Tassels, 
trumpet. 

Mills,  coffee. 
Nozzles,  hose. 
Openers,  can. 
Padlocks. 
Pans,  bake. 

Shovels,    S.  H. 
Sieves,  flour. 
Skillets. 
Skimmers. 
Spades. 



Covers,  mattress. 
Cots    G    M 

Pans,  dish. 

Spittoons. 



Cruets,  vinegar. 
Cups,  sponge 

Pans,  frying. 
Pans  sauce. 

....... 

Spoons,  mustard. 
Spoons,  table. 

Cups,  tea. 
Cutters,  meat. 
Desks,  field. 
Desks,  office,  assorted. 

Paulins. 
Pickaxes. 
Pillows. 
Pins,  tent,   large. 

Spoons,  tea. 
Steel,  carving. 
Squares,  assorted. 
Stands,  fire. 



Dippers,  assorted. 
Dishes,  pickle. 
Dishes,  vegetable. 
Elbows,  stovepipe. 
Extinguishers,  fire. 
Flies,  wall  tent. 
Forks,  meat. 



Pins,  tent,  small. 
Pins,   shelter  tent. 
Pipe,   stove,   joints. 
Pitchers,  syrup. 
Pitchers,  water. 
Plates,  dinner. 
Plates,  meat. 

Steamers,  with  covers. 
Stools,  mess. 
Stoves,  tent. 
Stoves,  heating. 
Stoves,  laundry. 
Tables,  assorted. 
Tables,  mess. 

Forks,  table. 
Graters,  assorted. 
Griddles. 

Plates,  soup. 
Pokers,  fire. 
Poles,  ridge  wall  tent. 



Tables,  office. 
Tents,  common. 
Tents,  conical  wall. 

• 

tent. 

..,„.  .. 

Hatchets,  assorted. 

,.....' 

Poles,    ridge,   hospital 
tent 

Heaters,  iron. 

Poles,   shelter  tent. 

Tents,  wall. 

Poles,      conical      wall 
tent. 

Tongs,  fire. 

Poles,     upright     wall 

tent. 

Trumpets 

mon  tent. 

T«mV>1»r« 

Poles,    upright   hospi- 

Pot,    coffee. 

No... 

(Number  of  building  in  which  the  articles  arc). 


THE  POST  COMMISSARY  151 


CHAPTER  VIII 
THE  POST  COMMISSARY x 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

DUTIES 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  Commissary,  like  the 
proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  attention  to 
business. 

Study  carefully  and  master  completely  the  manual  for  the  Sub- 
sistence Department  and  everything  in  the  Army  Regulations  per- 
taining to  the  Subsistence  Department. 

Study  the  Hand  Book  of  Subsistence  Stores,  which  among 
other  things,  describes  the  care  and  preservation  of  subsistence  stores. 

There  are  two  cardinal  rules  which  every  Commissary  should 
observe: 

/  Take  a  careful  inventory  personally  of  stores  once  every 
month,  as  required  by  Army  Regulations. 

2  Keep  a  cash  sales  book,  in  which  all  cash  sales  are  entered 
daily.  Examine  this  book  daily,  see  that  it  is  correctly  kept,  and  each 
day  receive  from  the  commissary  sergeant  the  cash  from  sales  of  the 
preceding  day,  and  deposit  them  in  the  office  safe. 

He  should  check  all  commissary  papers  personally,  and  not 
take  the  word  of  the  commissary  sergeant  that  they  are  correct. 

A  childish  confidence  in  commissary  sergeants  has  caused  more 
than  one  officer  to  put  his  hand  in  his  pocket  and  pay  out  good  money 
to  satisfy  the  demands  of  a  heartless  auditor. 

He  should  go  over  all  requisitions  carefully  to  see  that  he 
does  not  ask  for  more  of  any  article  than  he  needs;  also  to  see  that  he 
is  asking  for  everything  that  is  really  necessary. 


1For  the  proper  method  of  messing  troops  traveling  by  rail,  the  expenditure  of 
liquid  coffee,  money,  etc.,  see  Supplement,  Chap.  XXI,  "Field  Service,"  Par.   133. 


152  CHAPTER  VIII 

He  should  try  to  avoid  getting  the  commissary  loaded  up  with 
articles  for  which  there  is  no  demand.  When  he  finds  he  has  a 
lot  of  supplies  for  which  there  is  no  demand,  he  should  get  authority 
to  ship  them  away. 

If  serving  in  the  tropics  he  should  be  especially  careful  to  see 
that  all  stores  are  protected  from  dampness  and  that  there  is  a  good 
current  of  air  in  the  storerooms.  Vinegar  barrels  should  be  fre- 
quently examined  and  the  hoops  kept  tight  to  avoid  leakage. 

If  there  are  no  hydrants,  or  sufficient  fire  apparatus  at  the  post, 
he  should  be  careful  to  see  that  fire  buckets  and  barrels  filled  with 
water  are  kept  in  the  storerooms,  or  in  their  immediate  vicinity,  for 
used  in  case  of  fire. 

No  credit  sales  should  be  made  to  officers  except  on  written  orders. 
(Charge  sales  slips,  Form  60,  are  used  for  this  purpose). 

A  Loss  of  Funds.  For  action  to  be  taken  in  case  of  the  loss  of 
public  funds,  see  "Loss  of  Funds,"  page  142. 

B  Books  of  Reference,  Maps,  etc.,  and  Blank  Forms  to  be  kept  on 
hand,  and  Reports,  Returns,  Estimates  and  Requisitions  to  be  made 
by  the  Commissary.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  VIII,  Pars.  75,  76,  77, 
78,  79. 

C  Rubber  Stamps  Usually  used  in  the  Office  of  the  Commissary. 
(Required  for  on  Form  SO,  the  stamps  desired  being  described  on 
back  of  requisition,  under  "Remarks.") 


1. 


Office  of  the  (Qomrnissarg, 

ee  Iftoinee,  $oooa. 


(Letterhead) 


THE  POST  COMMISSARY 


153 


Indorsement. 
OFFICE  OF  THE  COMMISSARY, 

Fort  Wright,  Wash., 


..,  190 


Respectfully 


(For  indorsements.) 


(a) 


No. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  COMMISSARY, 

Fort  Wright,  Wash., 

Received 

Mo. 
Ojffice  of  Commissary  , 

JUN  2  4  1906 


Ft. 


,    Iowa. 


(On  all  communications  received.) 


154  CHAPTER  VIII  .    • 

4 

'•«     THE  COMMISSARY. 

(b) 

FORT  HARRISON,  MONT. 

(To  fill  in  blanks,  etc.) 

5 

(a) 

FEB  1  *  1903 

Dater.) 

Fort  Harrison,  Mont. 

Commutation  of  rations  paid 
in  cash  on  this  order  from 

... '..t  o inclusive 

Amount  :  $.... 


Commissary. 


THE  POST  COMMISSARY  155 

(b),        Fact  noted  on  order  retained  by  soldier. 

(c)  Commutation  of  rations  paid 

* 

to men  on  this  order 

rom 

ipo     to Jpo 

both  days  inclusive,  at 

per    day    each.      Total    amount    paid 

$; Paid    by Paid 

t  ipo 

Travel  rations  issued  to .-. 

men  on  this  order  for days 

from ; ipo    to 

ipo     both  days  inclusive. 

Funds  for  the  purchase  of  liquid 
coffee  paid  to  same  number  of  men  for 
like  number  of  days  at  21  cents  each  per 

day.    Total  amount  paid  $ Paid 

by  cash.    Paid ipo, 

No  Subsistence  furnished. 

(Indorsements  on  travel  orders.) 


156  CHAPTER  VIII 

PAID 

(For  use  on  bills,  blotters,  etc.) 

(*)    Colonel  2  ist  Cavalry, 
Commanding. 

(*>)    Captain  &  Commissary,  llth  Cavalry, 
Commissary. 

(d)    Commissary  Sergeant 
24th  Infantry. 

(For  signature— 
11 

Commissary  General,  U.  S.  Army, 

Washington,  D.  C. 
Chief  Commissary, 

Department  of  Missouri, 
Omaha,  Nebr. 

(Addresses.) 


Currency 


Subsistence  of  the  Army  1903. 

(Money  Papers.) 


THE  POST  COMMISSARY  157 

13 

filed  herewith 

(Authority.) 
14 

A  TRVE  COPY: 

(For  true  copies  of  orders  and  other  papers.) 

15 


16 


Duplicate 


(a)   Carried  forward 
<b)   Brot.  forward 

(Pass  books,  etc.; 

17 

CHIEF  COMMISSARY 

DEPT.  OF  DAKOTA. 

ST.  PAUL  MINN. 

18 

STORES 

(Invoices  and  receipts  of  stores.) 

19 

Property 

(Property   Papers.) 


158  CHAPTER  VIII 

20 

Sub  Voucher  JJo  ................................ 

to 

Voucher  Jtfo  .............................................  ,  ^Abstract  of 

(D   isbursements,   pertaining    to 
^Account    Current   of  ist  Lieut. 


of.  ..........................................  .  ......  j  Commissary  }  for  the 

month  of.  ...........................  ...........................  >  iqo 

(Indorsement  on  sub-  vouchers.) 


The  rate  of  pay  to  Civilian  Employees  does 
not  exceed  $60.00  per  month,  the  circum- 
stances of  their  service  make  issue  of  rations 
necessary,  and  the  terms  of  their  engage** 
ment  provide  for  such  issue. 

(Remark  on  abstract  of  Issues  to  Civilian  Employees.) 


JUNE  12  1906 

(For  marking  on  boxes  or  packages  date  of  receipt  of  stores.) 

23 

In  addition  to  the  above,  a  stamp  of  the 
name  of  the  commissary  and  a  set  of  month 
stamps,  on  a  band  similar  to  a  dater. 


THE  POST  RECRUITING  OFFICER  159 


CHAPTER  IX 
THE  POST  RECRUITING  OFFICER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  ij  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  RECRUITING  OFFI- 
CER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  worK 
and  attention  to  business. 

CORRESPONDENCE  WITH  DEPARTMENT  HEADQUARTERS 

In  nearly  all  departments  it  is  customary  for  the  Recruiting 
Officer  to  communicate  direct  with  the  Adjutant  General  on  mat- 
ters of  a  purely  recruiting  nature.  For  instance,  a  man  can  not  be 
enlisted  for  an  organization  at  another  post  without  first  getting 
authority  from  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Department,  which  i» 
done  by  wire,  direct.  Thus: 

ADJUTANT  GENERAL, 
Army  Building, 

St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Authority  requested  enlistment  John  A.  Morris  for  Twenty-fourth   Infantry. 

SMITH, 

Recruiting   Officer. 

The  answer  would  be  sent 'to  the  post  commander,  who  is -the 
one  to  issue  the  necessary  transportation  order. 

Blank  Forms  to  be  kept  on  hand,  and  Reports  and  Returns  to 
be  made;  War  Dept.  orders  and  Army  Regulation  Pars,  affecting 
Recruiting  officers.  Sup.,  Chap.  IX,  Par.  80-1-2. 


160  CHAPTER  X 

CHAPTER  X 
THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER1 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  EXCHANGE 
OFFICER,  like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

Special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the  details  of  stock,  accounts, 
sales,  and  collections. 

The  success  of  an  exchange  depends  on  the  business  in- 
stinct of,  and  the  care  and  intelligence  exercised  by,  the  officer 
in  charge,  and  also  upon  the  absolute  honesty  of  all  employ- 
ees. If  dividends  are  to  be  declared,  the  exchange  as  consti- 
tuted to-day  must  be  run  as  a  business  proposition,  pure  and 
simple,  on  strictly  commercial  lines.  As  the  officer  in  charge 
can  not  be  present  at  all  times,  he  must  be  certain  that  his 
representative,  the  exchange  steward,  is  honest,  trustworthy, 
industrious  and  devoted  to  making  the  exchange  a  success. 

The  following  suggestions  are  based  upon  experience  in  con- 
ducting an  exchange,  both  at  a  frontier  post  and  at  one  near  a  city: 

A  bookkeeper  is  indispensable  if  the  exchange  is  a  large  one 
with  several  departments,  but  the  exchange  officer  should  understand 
thoroughly  the  system  of  bookkeeping  used. 

Exercise  great  care  and  pains  in  the  selection  and  purchase  of 
stock,  both  as  to  quality  and  quantity.  Endeavor  to  find  out  what 
will  sell  before  making  large  purchases.  What  will  sell  well  at  one 
post  will  prove  to  be  deadstock  at  another.  It  is  a  safe  rule  to  handle 
staples  and  then  only  the  best. 

Be  careful  about  not  overbuying — seductive  offers  of  slightly 
reduced  prices  on  "deals"  are  apt  to  catch  the  unwary.  However, 
good  deals  on  nonperishable  staple  articles  are  good  investments. 

Get  rid  of  shelf  worn  and  old  stock — "shelf  stickers" — at  a  sac- 
rifice, if  necessary.  The  money  received  is  of  more  value  than  the 
old  stock.  Mark  them  down  and  run  them  off  as  "Special."  Sell 
them  at  below  cost,  if  necessary,  as  even  75%  of  the  cost  price  turned 
over  profitably  will  pay  for  the  balance  lost. 


1  In  starting  a  new  exchange  it  is  a  good  plan  for  organizations  to  "buy  in" 
in  shares  equal  to  their  maximum  authorized  strength,  each  share  to  cost  one  or  more 
dollars,  and  the  dividends  to  be  declared  so  much  per  share. 


THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER  161 

Do  not  assume  because  the  exchange  is  an  established  thing 
that  everybody  knows  all  about  the  line  of  goods  handled.  Occa- 
sional circulars  and  price  lists  properly  distributed  will  increase 
patronage  surprisingly. 

Require  all  credit  sales  to  be  made  on  a  written  order,  same  to 
be  returned  with  the  bill  at  the  end  of  the  month.  This  will  prevent 
many  unpleasant  disputes.  Send  a  bill  with  every  credit  sale  on  delivery. 
On  the  market  there  are  duplicating  or  triplicating  devices  that  permit 
this  without  any  trouble.  The  retained  bill  can  be  used  to  enter  the  charge 
on  the  proper  books. 

Require  parties  making  special  orders  for  things  not  in  stock, 
to  bear  expense  of  return,  if  found  unsatisfactory,  as  the  exchange 
makes  nothing  on  those  orders  as  a  general  thing. 

Be  obliging.  If  you  do  not  keep  an  article  in  stock,  let  it  be 
known  that  you  operate  a  mail  order  department  and  that  you  will  be 
glad  to  handle  orders  of  any  kind.  The  profits  on  this  class  of  goods 
may  be  small  but  the  "residents  of  the  post  will  learn  to  rely  on  the 
exchange. 

Get  catalogues  from  well-known  concerns  of  their  goods  and 
allow  them  to  be  used  by  customers.  Remember  that  the  majority  of 
persons  that  look  through  a  catalogue  see  something  that  they  need. 
You  thereby  increase  your  sales. 

.Arrange  the  stock  neatly.  A  well-appearing  exchange  will  induce 
buyers.  Sell  articles  at  a  less  price  than  in  the  neighboring  stores  and 
market  places  for  you  thereby  increase  your  sales  in  number  and  value 
and  the  stock  is  turned  over  quickly. 

Keep  a  private  account  of  all  cash  received  and  paid  out.  A 
memorandum  book,  which  should  be  kept  with  the  cash,  will  do. 
Balance  this  book  and  count  your  cash  daily,  if  possible.  If  not,  it 
should  be  done  at  least  twice  a  week.  Compare  the  amount  shown 
with  the  amount  called  for  by  the  regular  cash  book.  This  will  save 
you  paying  out  money  to  make  up  losses  either  due  to  your  or  the 
bookkeeper's  failure  to  record  the  transaction.  Besides  it  is  a  good 
check. 

The  amount  of  cash  kept  in  the  exchange  should  be  reduced  to 
a  minimum.  If  possible,  there  should  be  two  safes — one  for  the 
steward's  exclusive  use  for  till  change,  jewelry,  papers,  etc., — the 
other  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  Exchange  Officer,  who,  alone, 
should  know  the  combination.  The  combination  of  the  steward's  safe 
should  be  in  the  possession  of  no  one  but  the  steward. 

If  necessary,  write  to  several  Exchange  Officers  for  sets  of 
blank  forms  which  they  may  be  using  and  from  these  select  those 
which  suit  your  conditions  best. 

An  inventory  of  stock  in  the  amusement  room  and  restaurant 
should  be  taken  each  night  by  the  steward,  as  the  amount  of  stock 
handled  is  usually  small. 


162  CHAPTER  X 

Take  a  careful  inventory  of  all  departments  on  the  last  of  the 
month  and  compare  same  with  amount  shown  on  stock  book. 

Accept  deposits  of  money.  Its  use  will  more  than  offset  the 
trouble  of  handling  it. 

Discount  all  bills  that  allow  same.  It  is  a  source  of  profit  and 
amounts  to  a  good  deal  in  the  course  of  a  year. 

Study  some  simple  treatise  on  double-entry  bookkeeping  un- 
less the  same  is  in  operation  in  the  exchange.  If  the  latter  is  the 
case,  you  can  easily  learn  the  system  by  taking  some  previous  month's 
accounts  and  studying  what  is  done  with  the  various  entries  in  the 
journal.  The  double  entry  is  the  best  system  for  an  exchange.  It 
permits  one  to  tell  at  any  time  what  the  various  departments  are 
doing,  and  the  gain  or  loss  at  the  end  of  month. 

The  following  books  are  usually  kept — journal,  cash  book 
ledger,  stock  book,  invoice  book. 

The  journal,  or  day  book,  contains  a  record  of  all  the  trans- 
actions of  the  exchange,  all  sales,  purchases,  cash  received  and  dis- 
bursed. From  it  these  transactions  are  transferred  or  posted  to  the 
ledger  or  cash  book,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  as  each  entry  in  the 
former  requires  two  in  either  of  the  latter,  it  is  usual  to  note  for 
reference  the  pages  to  which  transferred  in  the  latter,  in  the  margin 
in  red  ink  as  follows: 

144,  the  top  figure,  refers  to  the  debtor. 
215,  the  bottom  figure,  the  creditor. 

The  page  of  the  journal  is  noted  opposite  the  entry  made  in 
the  cash  book  or  ledger. 

The  cash  book  contains  all  transactions  where  cash  is  paid  out 
or  received.  This  book  should  be  made  so  as  to  have  separate 
columns  on  both  the  debtor  and  creditor  sides,  for  billiards,  lunch 
counter  or  restaurant,  merchandise  and  deposits  and  a  total  column 
at  the  end.  The  sum  of  the  various  columns  check  the  total  column. 
This  form  is  suggested  as  it  is  a  great  help  in  making  out  the  monthly 
and  semi-annual  reports.  It  will  have  to  be  ordered  made. 

The  ledger  contains  the  accounts  of  every  person  dealing  with 
the  exchange,  for  each  department,  for  bills  receivable  and  bills 
payable,  fixtures,  loss  and  gain,  and  the  capital  or  stock  account.  The 
only  kind  of  bills  receivable  handled  usually  by  an  exchange  are  the 
orders  issued  by  the  company  commanders  to  the  men. 

Bills  payable  are  the  brass  checks  issued  in  exchange  for  the 
former.1  The  first  is  an  asset  and  the  latter  a  liability. 


1Some  of  the  larger  Exchanges  use  a  printed,  autograph  due  bill  or  trade 
check  instead  of  the  brass  check,  as  experience  has  shown  that  brass  checks  are  very 
easily  counterfeited.  At  Fort  Riley,  Kans..  and  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  coupon 
books  are  used,  which,  it  is  claimed,  completely  preclude  all  possibility  of  counter- 
feiting. 


THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER 


163 


Fixtures  include  the  necessary  furniture  and  articles  used  in  the 
exchange,  such  as  stoves,  safes,  show  cases,  etc.  Repairs  to  build- 
ings are  sometimes  placed  under  this  head.  The  fixtures  should  be 
reduced  in  value  each  month  until  the  value  shown  on  the  account  is 
about  one-third  of  the  cost,  which  usually  represents  what  they 
would  bring  if  sold. 

The  stock  book  shows  the  number  of  each  article  on  hand  at 
the  close  of  business,  together  with  its  cost  and  selling  price. 

The  form  below  has  been  found  to  be  a  very  good  one. 


Names   of   articles 

\ 

d") 

a  1  p  h  a  b  e  tically 
a  r  r  a  n  g  ed    with 
price    in    red    ink 
(2    inches) 

(1    in.) 

No. 

Lbs. 

No. 

(Written    as    required) 

Am.  Ford. 

(i") 

a") 

Sales  on  1st 

(Block   lines) 

Balance 

Sales  on  2nd 

Balance 

, 

*-* 

V 

g 

i 

tf 

\^ 

! 

Sales  on  31st 

Balance 

Inventory 

Difference 

A  loose  leaf  system  similar  to  the  Q.  M.  property  return  is  a  very  pood  form 
of  stock  book,  as  certain  articles  which  are  slow  sellers  will  not  require   new  leaves. 


164  CHAPTER  X 

When  entries  of  goods  received  are  to  be  made,  make  them  in 
red  ink  on  the  "balance"  line,  placing  below  them  the  total  then 
shown  on  hand.  The  daily  sales  sheets  are  entered  in  this  book. 
Both  invoices  and  sales  sheets  should  have  stamped  on  them  date  of 
entry  in  stock  book  for  any  future  reference. 

Sales  sheets  show  every  article  sold  either  for  cash,  credit 
checks  or  credit  account.  They  are  made  out  by  the  steward,  sub- 
mitted daily  to  the  officer  in  charge  and  then  after  entry  in  stock  book 
are  filed  as  part  of  records.  Invoices  are  left  on  desk  file  until  ar- 
rival of  shipment;  goods  are  then  checked,  bill  entered  in  journal  and 
stock  book  and  the  invoice  then  pasted  in  invoice  book,  having  noted 
date  of  payment  on  it. 

Carbon  copies  should  be  kept  of  all  letters  sent  and  the  answers 
thereto  should  be  filed  therewith.  These  copies  should  be  filed  alpha- 
betically according  to  the  names  of  the  persons  or  firm  addressed. 

Letters  received  can  be  conveniently  pasted  in  a  book  similar  to 
invoice  book,  and  all  receipts  should  be  so  kept. 

Bank  check  book  should  be  similar  in  form  to  the  U.  S.  Treas- 
ury check  books  with  stub  showing  number,  date,  for  what  amount 
and  to  whom  drawn.  Keep  an  account  in  some  good  New  York  bank 
as  these  checks  are  not  ordinarily  subject  to  exchange. 

Use  the  canceled  bank  checks  after  they  are  returned  from  the 
bank  as  vouchers  to  the  cash  account,  numbering  them  with  the  voucher 
number  when  issued.  If  any  question  arises  reference  to  the  account  and 
invoices  will  show  the  expenditures.  This  saves  time  and  the  constant 
worry  over  receipts.  Many  business  houses  do  not  furnish  receipts  when 
payment  is  made  by  check  and  are  apt  to  ignore  a  request  for  a  receipt, 

After  inventory  is  entered  in  stock  book,  compare  it  with  the 
amount  shown  as  on  hand.  The  difference  should  be  more  than  cov- 
ered by  the  excess  cash  on  daily  sales  sheet.  If  not,  something  is 
wrong.  Either  a  mistake  has  been  made  in  the  entries  in  stock  book 
or  the  man  in  charge  of  store  is  not  turning  in  all  money  received. 
The  stock  book  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  ones  to  keep.  Insist 
that  it  be  kept  correctly.  Require  the  bookkeeper  to  take  a  trial 
balance  on  the  10th  and  20th  of  the  month  in  addition  to  closing 
books  at  end  of  month.  Constantly  keep  posted  by  examining  the 
books  yourself. 

In  some  exchanges  a  balance  statement  book  is  kept  in  addition 
to  the  post  exchange  council  book.  The  latter  will  answer  for  both. 

The  monthly  statement  should  show  the  result  of  the  month's 
work,  giving  the  assets,  liabilities,  loss  or  gain,  worth  of  exchange 
and  amount,  if  any,  to  be  returned  to  the  organizations  as  dividends 
The  bills  receivable  are  usually  collected  by  the  Exchange  Officer  at 
the  pay  table.  Arrange  them  in  the  order  that  the  men  appear  on  the  pay 


THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER  165 

roll,  and  be  sure  to  have  sufficient  funds  for  change.  If  business  is  good, 
about  $100  per  company  will  be  necessary.  Have  an  assistant  call  the 
amount  of  the  orders  which  should  be  marked  on  the  upper  check  with 
colored  pencil  so  as  to  be  easily  seen.  Unredeemed  checks  should  be  de- 
ducted from  the  dividend.  Mistakes  are  easily  made  at  pay  table  and  hard 
to  correct  afterwards.  Arrange  such  checks  on  the  various  departments 
as  to  convince  yourself  that  all  proceeds  are  turned  in;  see  that  the 
stock  book  is  accurately  kept  and  exercise  the  greatest  care  in 
handling  the  funds  of  the  exchange. 

The  Exchange  Officer  should,  of  course,  be  thoroughly  familiar 
with  the  Post  Exchange  Regulations,  and  everything  in  the  Army 
Regulations  pertaining  to  exchange  matters. 

Reports  to  be  made,  War  Dept  Orders  and 
Supplement,  Chap.  X. 


166     •  CHAPTER  XI 

CHAPTER  XI 
THE  POST  PRISON  OFFICER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  PRISON  OFFICER, 
like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and 
attention  to  business. 

It  is  sometimes  customary  to  make  paroled  prisoners  sign  a 
statement  of  this  tenor: 

FORT  LEAVENWORTH,  KANS., 

May  12,  1909. 

In  consideration  of  this  parole  I  will  go  only  to  such  places  as  may  be  necessary 
in  order  to  do  the  work  assigned  to  me.  I  will  report  back  to  the  guardhouse  at 
recall  from  fatigue,  both  in  the  morning  and  evening,  or  when  my  work  is  completed, 
if  before  recall.  I  further  pledge  my  word  that  I  will  not  attempt  to  escape  from  con- 
finement. NAME 

WITNESS 

The  Prison  Officer  should  always  be  witness  to  the  signing 
of  the  parole.  The  signing  of  a  pledge  simplifies  and  facilitates  con- 
viction in  case  the  parole  is  broken. 

In  placing  a  prisoner  on  parole  the  Prison  Officer  should  explain 
the  nature  of  a  parole  and  caution  the  prisoner  as  to  what  will  consti- 
tute breaking  it. 

Charges  under  the  62nd  Article  of  War  may  be  preferred  against 
a  prisoner  for  escaping  or  attempting  to  escape  from  the  guardhouse 
or  from  military  custody.  (See  Digest  of  Opinions,  J.  A.  G.,  Sections 
159  and  1057.)  However,  it  is  not  always  customary  to  prefer 
charges  in  such  cases. 

When  the  guardhouse  is  inspected  on  the  last,  of  the  month, 
the  Prison  Officer  should, be  present.  He  should  also  be  present  at 
all  other  formal  inspections. 

In  forwarding  applications  from  prisoners  for  clemency,  favors, 
etc.,  the  Prison  Officer  should  verify  all  statements  made  in  such  ap- 
plications. 

He  should  see  that  no  loose  pieces  of  iron,  etc.,  are  left  in  any 
of  the  cells. 

He  should  examine  daily,  by  actual  test,  all  window  bars  and 
should  see  that  no  articles  not  properly  belonging  to  the  guardhouse 
are  allowed  to  remain  in  or  about  the  premises. 

Paroled  prisoners  should  be  given,  whenever  practicable,  the 
most  agreeable  work,  and  they  should  also  be  allowed  as  many  privi- 
leges as  possible,  thus  making  the  parole  a  thing  to  be  sought  by  all 
prisoners. 

The  guardhouse  should  be  made  just  as  unattractive,  disa- 
greeable and  unpopular  as  possible,  especially  for  old  offenders. 

Whenever  practicable  military  convicts,  garrison  prisoners, 
prisoners  awaiting  result  of  trial,  prisoners  awaiting  trial,  casual  pris- 
oners, and  paroled  prisoners  should  be  separated  in  the  guardhouse. 


THE  POST  PRISON  OFFICER 


167 


A  Useful  Blank  Form 

Requisition  for  Subsistence  Stores  for  issue  <to 
General  Prisoners  at  Fort  Harrison,  Mont.,'  under, 
A.  R.  1243. 


Articles. 

QMntlty. 

p«r 

Qu.iniur. 

AMODNT. 

CCDU. 

Dollar. 
~P 

¥ 

*—  £'—• 

'=*— 

^y* 

a 

$ 

-  — 





Total:  || 

Number  of  General  Prisoners: 

Money  value  per  prisoner: 

I  certify  the  above-mentioned  articles  are  necefr- 


However,  because  of  the  construc- 
tion of  our  guardhouses,  this  is 
seldom  possible,  but  it  is  usually 
possible  to  place  paroled  prisoners 
in  one  room,  and  then  separate  the 
prisoners  of  bad  character  and  de- 
serters from  the  remaining  pris- 
oners. 

The  Prison  Officer  should  re- 
quest the  commanding  officer  to 
issue  such  orders  as  will  prevent 
the  officer  of  the  day,  the  officer 
of  the  guard,  and  others,  from  in- 
terfering in  any  way  with  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  Prison  Officer 
controls  the  prisoners. 

All  applications  to  speak  to 
the  commanding  officer,  to  go  to 
the  company  quarters,  etc.,  should 
be  made  to  the  Prison  Officer. 

It  is  sometimes  a  good  plan, 
in  order  to  prevent  prisoners  from 
having  their  names  placed  on  the 
sick  report  just  to  get  out  of  work, 
for  the  Surgeon  to  take  the  sick 
call  at  the  guardhouse  every  day 
just  before  the  fatigue  hour. 

At  large  posts  especially, 
experience  has  shown  that  in  some 
cases  it  is  much  more  satisfactory 
to  have  the  prisoners  guarded  by 
a  provost  guard,  under  the  direc- 
tions of  the  Prison  Officer.  The 
provost  guard  should  be  detailed 
for  at  least  one  week  at  a  time  and 
each  member  thereof  should  be  left 
on  the  same  piece  of  work,  so  that 
he  may  actually  superintend  the 
work  intelligently  instead  of  mere- 
ly guarding  prisoners  in  a  per- 
functory manner. 

Much  valuable  information  regarding  the  handling  of  prisoners 
is  contained  in  the  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  U.  S.  Miltiary  Prison, 
Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  a  copy  of  which  would  probably  be  fur- 
nished upon  application. 

See  "Prisoners,"  page  274B. 

Army  Regulation  paragraphs  affecting  Prison  Officers;  Reports, 
Returns,  Estimates  and  Requisitions.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  XI. 


Approved: 


.............  „  .................  24th  Infantry, 

Officer  in  charge  of  Prisoners. 


..24th  Infantry, 
Comd'g 


Received  from  the  Commissary  at  Fort  Harrison 
Montana,  the  above-mentioned  articles  of  Subsis- 
tence Stores. 


24th  Infantry, 

Officer  in  charge  of  Prisoners. 
(Signed  in  Duplicate.) 


168  CHAPTER  XII 


CHAPTER   XII 

ARTILLERY   DISTRICT   AND   POST   ORDNANCE 
OFFICERS 

{See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  ORDNANCE  OFFI- 
CER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work 
and  attention  to  business. 

Artillery  District  Ordnance  Officers  are  charged  with  the  ac- 
countability for,  and  care,  preservation,  efficiency,  and  sufficiency  of,  all 
ordnance  property  and  supplies  pertaining  to  the  modern  armament 
and  equipment  within  their  districts. 

Post  Ordnance  Officers  are  responsible  and  accountable  for  tar- 
gets and  target  material  for  small  arms  and  mobile  artillery  practice, 
for  ammunition  and  spare  parts  for  small  arms,  for  all  ordnance  prop- 
erty for  the  general  use  of  the  post  (except  the  modern  armament  and 
equipment  of  Coast  Artillery  posts),  and  for  such  surplus  ordnance 
and  ordnance  stores  as  are  not  in  the  hands  of  troops. 

When  ordnance  property  is  received  by  responsible  ordnance 
officers  it  should  be  personally  checked  and  the  quantities  compared 
with  the  entries  on  the  invoices,  and  they  should  receipt  only  for  the 
property  actually  received  by  them,  noting  on  the  receipt  its  condition, 
whether  serviceable,  unserviceable,  or  damaged.  If  there  are  discrep- 
ancies between  these  receipts  and  the  invoices  they  are  required  to 
be  covered  by  reports  of  surveying  officers,  one  copy  of  which  should 
be  furnished  the  invoicing  officer  as  authority  for  not  receipting  for 
all  the  property  invoiced.  The  property  will  be  taken  up  by  the  re- 
ceiving officer,  but  the  invoice  will  not  be  altered,  the  report  of  survey 
being  the  voucher  to  account  for  the  discrepancy. 

Post  Ordnance  Officers  are  required  to  make  timely  requisitions 
for  all  materials  necessary  for  the  complete  equipment  of  the  target 
range,  as  well  as  all  supplies,  including  iron  targets,  used  in  target 


THE  POST  ORDNANCE  OFFICERS  169 

practice.  There  should  be  on  hand  at  least  400  rounds  of  ball  car- 
tridges per  man  for  those  required  to  take  part  in  target  practice. 

Spare  parts  for  small  arms  should  be  invoiced  by  Post  Ordnance 
Officers  to  the  commanding  officers  of  organizations  for  the  purpose 
of  making  necessary  repairs.  Post  Ordnance  Officers  are  authorized 
to  drop  certain  parts  as  expended  for  the  repair  of  arms  in  the 
hands  of  troops. 

These  expendable  articles  are  marked  with  an  asterisk  in 
pamphlets  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

Post  Ordnance  Officers  are  required  to  see  that  all  property  for 
which  they  are  accountable  is  properly  stored  and  cared  for,  with  the 
view  of  insuring  safety  and  reducing  deterioration  to  a  minimum. 
They  should  assure  themselves  on  this  point  by  frequent  personal  in- 
spections. 

All  powders  and  ammunition  should  be  kept  separate  from  other 
stores — in  the  magazine,  if  one  is  provided,  which  should  be  opened 
and  ventilated  at  least  once  a  week. 

In  issuing  ammunition,  or  its  components,  that  longest  on  hand 
should  be  issued  first. 

Returns,  War  Dept.  Orders,  etc.    See  Supplement,  Chap.  X1M 


170  CHAPTER  XIII 

CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  POST  ENGINEER  OFFICER 
THE  POST  ARTILLERY  ENGINEER 

AND 

THE  DISTRICT  ARTILLERY  ENGINEER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  ENGINEER  OFFI- 
CER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work 
and  attention  to  business. 

The  duties  of  the  Post  Engineer  Officer  relative  to  the  account- 
ability and  care  of  property,  are  practically  the  same  as  those  of  the 
ordnance  officer.  See  Chapter  XII. 

He  should  keep  on  hand  all  instruments  necessary  for  the 
making  of  minor  surveys,  and  military  map  making,  as  well  as  all  in- 
struments and  materials  necessary  for  instruction  in  officers'  schools. 

Surplus,  obsolete  or  unserviceable  stores  should  not  be  kept  on 
hand,  but  should  be  disposed  of  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  the  ord- 
nance officer — i.  e.,  by  requesting  authority  to  ship,  etc.,  from  the 
Chief  Engineer  Officer  of  the  Department. 

In  addition  to  his  other  duties  the  Post  Artillery  Engineer 
also  performs  the  functions  of  a  Post  Engineer  Officer,  as  well  as  those 
of  a  Post  Signal  Officer.  He  is  responsible  for  all  submarine-mine 
property  at  his  station  that  is  not  held  by  torpedo  company  com- 
manders on  memorandum  receipt  from  the  District  Artillery  En- 
gineer. He  also  has  supervision  of  all  power  plants,  searchlights  and 
fire-control  installation  at  the  post. 

The  District  Artillery  Engineer  is  charged  with  the  account- 
ability for  all  Engineer  and  Signal  property,  stores  and  installation 
that  have  been  turned  over  to  the  Coast  Artillery,  and  all  mine  prop- 
erty, stores  and  installations  in  the  Artillery  District.  He  will  inspect 
all  such  property,  stores  and  installations  at  each  post  in  his  district 
at  least  once  each  calender  month. 

He  is  required  to  make  the  prescribed  test  in  person  of  all  new 
submarine  cable  that  comes  to  his  district. 

In  the  discharge  of  his  duties  he  is  assisted  by  master  elec- 
tricians, electrician  sergeants,  engineers,  firemen  and  master  gunners. 

Returns,  War  Dept.  Orders,  Army  Regulation  Paragraphs,  etc. 
See  Supplement,  Chap.  XIII. 


THE  POST  SIGNAL  OFFICER  171 

CHAPTER  XIV 
THE  POST  SIGNAL  OFFICER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  SIGNAL  OFFICER 
like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and 
attention  to  business. 

The  Post  Signal  Officer  is  in  charge  of  the  Post  and  the  Target 
Range  Telephone  Systems.  Complete  information  regarding  the 
installation  and  maintenance  of  these  systems  is  contained  in  Signal 
Corps  Manuals,  Nos.  3  and  7. 

He  is  in  charge  of  the  Post  Visual  Signaling  Drill.  Instruc- 
tions regarding  this  drill  are  contained  in  Signal  Corps  Manual,  No.  6. 

Complete  information  regarding  all  property  issued  by  the 
Signal  Corps,  the  manner  of  rendering  accounts  for  Signal  Corps 
funds,  accounting  for  property,  rendering  reports  and  making  esti- 
mates is  contained  in  Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  7.  This  manual  con- 
tains a  list  of  all  property  issued  by  the  Signal  Corps.  It  prescribes 
the  standard  electrical  equipment  for  target  ranges. 

The  following  manuals  can  be  obtained  upon  direct  application 
to  the  Chief  Signal  Officer,  U.  S.  Army: 

No.  2.     Regulations  for  Military  Telegraph  Lines. 

No.  3.     Electrical  Instruments  and  Equipments. 

No.  4.     Submarine  Cable  Handbook. 

No.  5.     Photography  (out  of  print). 

No.  6.     Visual  Signaling. 

No.  7.     General   Regulations,   Disbursing  and  Property  Manual 

No.  8.    Fire-Control  Equipment. 

Returns,  War  Dept.   Orders,  Army   Regulation  Pars.     See   Sup- 
plement,  Chapter  XIV. 


172  CHAPTER  XV 

CHAPTER  XV 
THE  COMPANY  l 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  COMPANY  COM- 
MANDER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

The  command  of  a  company  divides  itself  into  two  kinds 
of  duty :  Government  and  Administration. 

The  Government  includes  the  instruction,  discipline,  con- 
tentment, and  harmony  of  the  organization,  involving,  as  it 
does,  esprit  de  corps,  rewards,  privileges,  and  punishments. 

The  Administration  includes  the  providing  of  clothing, 
arms,  ammunition,  equipage,  and  subsistence;  the  keeping  of 
records,  including  the  rendition  of  reports  and  returns ;  and 
the  care  and  accountability  of  Government  and  company  prop- 
erty, and  the  disbursement  of  the  company  fund. 

System  and  care  are  prerequisites  of  good  administration. 

The  efficient  administration  of  a  company  greatly  facili- 
tates its  government. 

*      THE  CAPTAIN3 

With  regard  to  his  company  the  Captain  stands  in  the  same 
light  as  a  father  to  a  large  family  of  children.  It  is  his  duty  to  pro- 
vide for  their  comfort,  sustenance,  and  pleasure;  enforce  strict  rules 
of  obedience,  punish  the  refractory  and  reward  the  deserving. 

He  should  be  considerate  and  just  to  his  officers  and  men  and 
should  know  every  soldier  personally  and  make  him  feel  that  he  so 
knows  him. 

He  should  by  word  and  act  make  every  man  in  the  company  feel 
that  the  Captain  is  his  protector. 

The  Captain  should  not  be  indifferent  to  the  personal  welfare 
of  his  ^  men,  and  when  solicited,  being  a  man  of  greater  experience, 
education,  and  information,  he  should  aid  and  counsel  them  in  such  a 
way  as  to  show  he  takes  an  interest  in  their  joys  and  sorrows. 

When  any  men  are  sick  he  should  do  everything  possible  for 
them  until  they  can  be  taken  care  of  by  the  surgeon.  He  can  add 
much  to  the  comfort  and  pleasure  of  men  in  the  hospital  by  visiting 
them  fronr  time  to  time  and  otherwise  showing  an  interest  in  their 
condition. 

In  fact,  one  of  the  officer's  most  important  duties  is  to  look 

1  The  term  "company"  is  here  used  as  in  the  Army  Regulations — i.  e.,  as 
applying  to  troops  of  cavalry,  batteries  of  field  artillery,  companies  of  infantry  and 
coast  artillery  and  bands  of  all  arms. 

"Some  of  the  statements  in  "The  Prussian  Campaign — A  Tactical  Retrospect," 
Kautz's  "Customs  of  the  Service"  and  Hamilton's  "Art  of  War,"  are  in  such  accord 
with  the  views  and  experience  of  the  writer  that  they  are  here  reproduced  very  nearly 
verbatim. 


THE  COMPANY  173 

after  the  welfare  of  his  men — to  see  that  they  are  well  fed,  well 
clothed  and  properly  cared  for  in  every  other  way — to  see  that  they 
are  happy  and  contented.  The  officer  who  does  not  look  after  the  wel- 
fare of  his  men  to  the  best  of  his  ability,  giving  the  matter  his  earnest 
personal  attention,  neglects  one  of  the  principal  things  that  the 
Government  pays  him  to  do. 

While  an  officer  can  gruffly  order  a  soldier  to  do  a  thing  and 
have  his  order  obeyed,  it  should  be  remembered  that,  as  a  rule,  human 
nature,  especially  American  human  nature,  responds  best  to  an  appeal 
to  pride,  fairness,  justice,  reason,  and  the  other  nobler  instincts  of  man. 
It  is  only  in  rare  instances  that  the  average  man  will  give  the  best 
there  is  in  him  under  coercion  or  pressure  of  authority. 

There  are  but  few  men  who  have  not  some  good  in  them,  and 
this  good  can  generally  be  gotten  at,  if  one  only  goes  about  it  in 
the  right  way.  Study  your  men  and  try  to  arouse  in  them  pride  and 
interest  in  their  work. 

The  soldier  first  learns  to  respect,  then  to  honor  and  finally  to 
love  the  officer  who  is  strict  but  just;  firm,  but  kind — and  this  is  the 
officer  who  will  draw  out  of  his  men  the  very  best  there  is  in  them. 

Treat  your  men  like  men,  and  remember  there  is  nothing  that  will 
so  completely  take  the  spirit  out  of  a  man  as  to  find  fault  with  him 
when  he  is  doing  his  best. 

"Treatment  of  Soldiers,"  page  33A;  see  also  page  246  (8). 

The  soldier  usually  has  a  decided  feeling  for  his  Captain,  even 
though  it  be  one  of  hatred.  With  regard  to  the  higher  grade  of 
officers,  he  has  respect  for  them  according  to  regulation;  otherwise, 
for  the  most  part,  he  is  indifferent.  At  the  very  most,  he  l^nows 
whether  his*post  or  regimental  commander  keeps  him  long  at  drill, 
and  particularly  whether  he  has  any  peculiar  habits.  The  average 
soldier  looks  upon  his  Captain  as  by  far  the  most  important  person- 
age in  the  command. 

There  is  no  position  in  the  army  that  will  give  as  much  satis- 
faction in  return  for  an  honest,  capable  and  conscientious  discharge 
of  duty,  as  that  of  Captain.  There  is  a  reward  in  having  done  his 
full  duty  to  his  company  that  no  disappointment  of  distinction,  no 
failure,  can  deprive  him  of;  his  seniors  may  overlook  him  in  giving 
credits,  unfortunate  circumstances  may  defeat  his  fondest  hopes,  and 
the  crown  of  laurel  may  never  rest  upon  his  brow,  but  the  reward 
that  follows  upon  the  faithful  discharge  of  his  duty  to  his  company 
he  can  not  be  deprived  of  by  any  disaster,  neglect  or  injustice. 

He  is  a  small  sovereign/  powerful  and  great,  within  his  little 
domain. 

THE  LIEUTENANT 

To  be  able  to  perform  well  the  duties  of  captain  when  the  re- 
sponsibility falls  upon  him,  should  be  the  constant  study  and  ambition 
of  the  Lieutenant. 

He  is  the  assistant  of  the  captain  and  should  be  required  by  the 
captain  to  assist  in  the  performance  of  all  company  duties,  including 
the  keeping  of  records  and  the  preparation  of  the  necessary  reports, 
returns,  estimates  and  requisitions.  The  captain  should  give  him  lots 
to  do,  and  should  throw  him  on  his  own  responsibility  just  as  much  as  pos- 


174  CHAPTER  XV 

sible.  He  should  be  required  to  drill  the  company,  attend  the  daily 
inspection  of  the  company  quarters,  instruct  the  noncommissioned 
officers,  brief  communications,  enter  letters  in  the  Correspondence 
Book,  make  out  ration  returns,  reports,  muster  and  pay  rolls,  etc., 
and  all  in  his  own  handwriting  until  he  shows  perfect  familiarity  there- 
with. 

Some  captains  do  all  the  company  work  themselves,  allowing 
their  Lieutenants  to  do  practically  nothing.  This,  it  is  thought,  is  a 
mistake — it  robs  the  Lieutenant  of  all  initiative,  causes  him  to  lose  in- 
terest in  the  company,  makes  him  feel  like  a  nonentity,  like  a  kind  of 
"fifth  wheel" — it  prevents  him  from  getting  a  practical,  working  knowl- 
edge of  company  administration — it  makes  him  feel  that  he  is  not,  in 
reality,  a  part  of  the  company. 

By  allowing  his  Lieutenants  to  participate  to  the  greatest  extent 
possible  in  tire  government  and  administration  of  the  company,  and 
by  not  hampering  and  pestering  them  with  unnecessary  instructions 
about  details,  the  captain  will  get  out  of  his  Lieutenants  the  very  best 
that  there  is  in  them. 

The  captain  should  require  RESULTS  from  his  lieutenants,  anc 
the  mere  fact  that  a  Lieutenant  is  considered  inefficient  and  unable 
to  do  things  properly,  is  no  reason  why  he  should  not  be  required 
to  do  them.  The  captain  is  by  Army  Regulations  responsible  for  the 
efficiency  and  instruction  of  his  Lieutenants  regarding  all  matters 
pertaining  to  the  company,  and  he  should  require  them  to  perform  all 
their  duties  properly,  resorting  to  such  disciplinary  measures  as  may 
be  considered  necessary.  The  Lieutenant  who  can  not,yor  who  will 
not,  perform  his  duties  properly  is  a  drag  on  the  company,  and  such  a 
man  has  no  business  in  the  Army. 

Whenever  told  to  do  a  thing  by  your  captain,  do  it  yourself  or  see 
personally  that  it  is  done.  Do  not  turn  it  over  to  some  noncommissioned 
officer  and  let  it  go  at  that.  If  your  captain  wants  some  noncommis- 
sioned officer  to  do  the  thing,  he  himself  will  tell  him  to  do  it — he  will  riot 
ask  you  to  do  it. 

It  is  customary  in  the  Army  to  regard  the  company  as  the  prop- 
erty of  the  captain.  Should  the  Lieutenant,  therefore,  be  in  temporary 
command  the  company  he  should  not  make  any  changes,  especially 
in  the  reduction  or  promotion  of  noncommissioned  officers  without 
first  having  consulted  the  captain's  wishes  in  the  matter. 

It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  explain  definitely  the  authority  a 
Lieutenant  exercises  over  the  men  in  the  company  when  the  captain 
is  present.  In  general  terms,  however,  it  may  be  stated  the  Lieuten- 
ant can  not  make  any  changes  around  the  barracks,  inflict  any  punish- 
ments or  put  men  on,  or  relieve  them  from  any  duty  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  captain.  It  is  always  better  if  there  be  a  definite  under- 
standing between  the  captain  and  his  Lieutenants  as  to  what  he  ex- 
pects of  them,  how  he  wishes  to  have  certain  things  done  and  to  what 
extent  he  will  sustain  them. 

If  the  Lieutenant  wants  anything  from  the  company  in  the  way 
of  working  parties,  the  services  of  the  company  artificer  or  company 


THE  COMPANY  175 

clerk,  the  use  of  ordnance  stores  or  quartermaster  articles,  he  should 
always  speak  to  the  captain  about  the  matter. 

THE  CAPTAIN  AND  THE  LIEUTENANTS 

The  company  officers  should  set  an  example  to  their  men  in 
dress,  military  bearing,  system,  punctuality  and  other  soldierly  quali- 
ties. It  should  be  remembered  that  the  negligence  of  superiors  is  the 
cue  for  juniors  to  be  negligent. 

If  the  men  of  a  company  are  careless  and  indifferent  about 
saluting  and  if  they  are  shabby  and  lax  in  their  dress,  the  company  com- 
mander is  to  blame  for  it — company  officers  can  always  correct  defects 
of  this  kind,  if  they  will  only  try. 

The  character  and  efficiency  of  officers  and  the  manner  in  which 
they  perform  their  duties  are  reflected  in  the  conduct  and  deportment 
of  their  men. 

Of  course,  courage  is  a  prerequisite  quality  for  a  good  officer, 
and  every  officer  should  seek  to  impress  his  men  that  he  would  direct 
them  to  do  nothing  involving  danger  that  he  would  not  himself  be 
willing  to  do  under  similar  circumstances. 

If  a  company  officer  be  ignorant  of  his  duties,  his  men  will  soon 
find  it  out,  and  when  they  do  they  will  have  neither  respect  for,  nor 
confidence  in,  him. 

Company  officers  should  take  an  active  interest  in  everything 
that  affects  the  amusement,  recreation,  happiness  and  welfare  of  their 
men. 

An  officer  just  joining  a  company  should  learn  without  delay  the 
names  of  all  the  men.  A  roll  of  the  organization  should  be  gotten  and 
studied. 

The  responsibility  devolving  upon  company  and  other  officers  in  time 
of  war  is  great  and  serious — they  are  entrusted  with  the  lives  of  men,  and 
the  lives  of  their  fellow-beings  often  depend  upon  their  judgment  and 
efficiency.  Their  mistakes  are  paid  for  in  human  blood.  Officers  should, 
therefore,  in  time  of  peace  by  study,  application  and  otherwise,  do  every- 
thing possible  to  qualify  themselves  for  their  duties  and  responsibilities  in 
time  of  war. 

What  would  you  think  of  a  pilot  who  is  not  capable  of  piloting  a 
boat  trying  to  pilot  a  boat  loaded  with  passengers,  or  of  an  engineer  who 
is  not  capable  of  running  a  locomotive  trying  to  run  a  passenger  train? 
You  would  of  course,  think  him  criminal,  but  do  you  think  he  would  be 
more  criminal  than  the  officer  who  is  not  capable  of  commanding  a  com- 
pany in  battle  but  who  tries  to  do  so,  thereby  sacrificing  the  lives  of 
those  under  him? 

Every  officer  should  study  himself  carefully,  he  should  analyze  him- 
self, he  should  place  himself  under  a  microscopic  glass,  so  as  to  discover 
his  weak  points — and  he  should  then  try  with  his  whole  might  and  soul 
to  make  these  weak  points  strong  points.  If,  for  instance,  you  realize 
that  you  are  weak  in  applied  minor  tactics,  or  that  you  have  no  "bump 
of  locality/'  or  that  you  have  a  poor  memory,  or  that  you  have  a  weak  will. 


176  CHAPTER  XV 

do  what  you  can  to  correct  these  defects  in  your  make-up.  Remember 
"Stonewall"  Jackson's  motto:  "A  man  can  do  anything  he  makes  up  his 
mind  to  do" 

The  Progress  Company,  Chicago,  111.,  publishes  "Mind  Power," 
"Memory,"  "The  Will,"  "The  Art  of  Logical  Thinking,"  (all  by  W.  W. 
Atkinson)  and  several  other  books  of  a  similar  nature,  that  are  both  in- 
teresting and  instructive.  "The  Power  of  the  Will,"  by  Haddock,  for 
sale  by  Albert  Lewis  Pelton,  Meriden,  Conn.,  is  an  excellent  book  of  its 
kind. 

THE  FIRST  SERGEANT1 

It  has  been  said  the  captain  is  the  proprietor  of  the  company 
and  the  First  Sergeant  is  the  foreman. 

Under  supervision  of  the  captain,  he  has  immediate  charge  of  all 
routine  matters  pertaining  to  the  company. 

In  some  companies  it  is  customary  for  soldiers,  except  in  cases 
of  emergency,  to  get  permission  from  the  First  Sergeant  to  speak  to 
the  company  commander  at  any  time.  In  other  organizations  soldiers 
who  wish  to  speak  to  the  company  commander  away  from  the  com- 
pany quarters  must  first  obtain  the  First  Sergeant's  permission,  but  it 
is  not  necessary  to  get  this  permission  to  speak  to  the  company  com- 
mander when  he  is  at  the  barracks. 

The  First  Sergeant  is  sometimes  authorized  to  place  noncom- 
missioned officers  in  arrest  in  quarters  and  privates  in  confinement  in 
the  guardhouse,  assuming  such  action  to  be  by  order  of  the  captain, 
to  whom  he  at  once  reports  the  facts.  However,  with  regard  to  the 
confinement  of  soldiers  by  noncommissioned  officers,  attention  is 
invited  to  the  Army  Regulations  on  the  subject.  See  also  page  178B. 

THE  NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

(The  status,  duties,  etc.,  of  noncommissioned  officers  are  covered  in 
greater  detail  in  Noncommissioned  Officers'  Manual,  by  the  author. 
General  agents:  The  U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and 
The  Post  Exchange,  Fort  Wm.  McKinley,  P.  I.  Price,  $1.50  per  copy  post- 
paid. Liberal  discount  on  quantity.} 

The  efficiency  and  discipline  of  a  company  depend  to  such  an 
extent  on  the  Noncommissioned  Officers  that  the  greatest  care  and 
judgment  should  be  exercised  in  their  selection.  They  should  be  men 
possessing  such  soldierly  qualities  as  a  high  sense  of  duty,  cheerful 
obedience  to  orders,  force  of  character,  honesty,  sobriety  and  steadi- 
ness, together  with  an  intelligent  knowledge  of  drills,  regulations  and 
orders. 


*In  the  absence  of  the  First  Sergeant  the  senior  duty  sergeant  must  be  ap- 
pointed Acting  First  Sargeant.  (War  Dept.  decision,  May,  1907.) 

JA  Lance  Corporal  is  not  a  noncommissioned  officer,  and  hence  it  is  not 
necessary  to  obtain  authority  to  detail  him  on  extra  duty.  J.  A.  G.  and  Sec'y  of 
War,  July,  1896. 


THE  COMPANY  177 

They  should  exact  prompt  obedience  from  those  to  whom  they 
give  orders,  and  should  see  that  all  soldiers  under  them  perform  their 
military  duties  properly.  They  must  not  hesitate  to  reprove  them 
when  necessary,  but  such  reproof  must  not  be  any  more  severe  than 
the  occasion  demands. 

The  company  officers  must  sustain  the  Noncommissioned  Offi- 
cers in  the  exercise  of  their  authority,  except,  of  course,  when  such 
authority  is  improperly  or  unjustly  exercised.  If  they  do  wrong,  they 
should  be  punished  the  same  as  the  privates,  but  if  it  be  simply  an 
error  of  judgment  thev  should  merelv  be  admonished.  A  Noncom- 
missioned Officer  should  never  be  admonished  in  the  presence  of  pri- 
vates. 

Judicious  praising  of  noncommissioned  officers  in  the  presence 
of  privates  is  not  only  gratifying  to  the  noncommissioned  officer,  but 
it  also  tends  to  enhance  the  respect  and  esteem  of  the  privates  for  him. 

In  addition  to  dividing  the  company  into  squads,  each  snuad 
being  under  a  Noncommissioned  Officer  as  required  by  the  Army  Reg- 
ulations, the  company  should  also  be  divided  into  sections,  each  sec- 
tion being  in  charge  of  a  sergeant.  The  squads  and  sections  should, 
as  far  as  possible,  be  quartered  together  in  barracks,  and  the  chiefs 
of  squads  and  the  chiefs  of  sections  should  be  held  strictly  responsible 
for  the  conduct,  dress,  cleanliness,  and  the  care  of  arms  of  the  members 
of  their  respective  squads  and  sections.  Not  only  does  this  throw  the 
corporals  and  the  sergeants  upon  their  own  responsibility  to  a  certain 
extent,  but  it  also  impresses  upon  them  the  importance  of  their  posi- 
tion, and  gets  the  privates  in  the  habit  of  realizing  and  appreciating 
the  authority  exercised  by  Noncommissioned  Officers. 

When  practicable,  the  Noncommissioned  Officers  should  have 
separate  rooms  or  tents,  and  should  mess  together  at  tables  separate 
from  the  privates:  for,  everything  that  conduces  to  familiarity  with 
inferiors  tends  to  lower  the  dignity  of  the  Noncommissioned  Officers' 
position.  . 

Throw  your  Noncommissioned  Officers  upon  their  own  respon- 
sibility— throw  them  into  deep  water,  so  to  speak,  where  they  will 
either  have  to  swim  or  sink.  You  can  never  tell  what  a  man  can  really 
do  until  you  have  given  him  a  chance  to  show  you — until  you  have  put 
him  on  his  mettle — until  you  have  tried  him  out.  And  very  often  men 
who  seem  to  have  nothing  in  them,  men  who  have  never  before  been 
thrown  upon  their  own  responsibility,  will  surprise  you. 

A  Do  all  you  can  to  make  your  Noncommissioned  Officers  realize 
and  appreciate  the  importance  of  their  position.  Consult  them  about 
different  matters — get  their  opinions  about  various  things.  When 
going  through  the  barracks  at  Saturday  morning  inspection,  for  in- 
stance, as  you  come  to  the  different  squads,  have  the  squad  leaders 
step  to  the  front  and  follow  you  while  you  are  inspecting  their  respect- 
ive squads.  Tf  you  find  anything  wrong  with  a  man's  bunk,  speak  to 
the  squad  leader  about  it.  Also  ask  the  squad  leaders  various  questions 
about  their  squads. 


178  CHAPTER  XV 

Not  only  does  such  treatment  of  Noncommissioned  Officers 
make  them  appreciate  the  importance,  responsibility  and  dignity  of 
their  position,  but  it  also  gives  them  more  confidence  in  themselves 
and  raises  them  in  the  eyes  of  the  privates. 

Noncommissioned  Officers  should  always  be  addressed  by  their 
titles,  by  both  officers  and  soldiers. 

A  Noncommissioned  Officers  are  forbidden  to  act  as  barbers,  or 
as  agents  for  laundries,  or  in  any  other  position  of  a  similar  character. 
(Cir.  34,  '07.) 

Everything  possible  should  be  done  by  the  company  officers  to 
instruct  the  Noncommissioned  Officers  properly  in  their  duties.1 
A'  So  far  as  the  company  is  concerned,  the  Noncommissioned 
Officers  are  expected  to  assist  the  company  commander  in  carrying 
out  his  own  orders  and  those  of  his  superiors — they  should  see  that  all 
company  orders  are  obeyed  and  that  the  known  wishes  of  the  captain 
are  carried  out.  If,  for  instance,  the  captain  should  tell  the  first  ser- 
geant that  the  men  in  the  company  may  play  cards  among  themselves, 
but  that  Noncommissioned  officers  are  not  to  play  with  privates  and 
that  men  from  other  companies  are  not  allowed  to  take  part  in,  or  to  be 
present  at  the  games,  then  it  is  the  duty  of  the  first  sergeant  to  see  that 
these  instructions  are  carried  out — it  is  his  duty  to  make  frequent  in- 
spections of  the  tables  at  which  the  men  may  be  playing  and  see  that  no 
Noncommissioned  Officers  are  playing  and  that  no  outsiders  are  pres- 
ent. The  first  sergeant  who  confined  himself  to  publishing  the  order  to 
the  company  and  then  doing  nothing  more,  would  be  neglectful  of  his 
proper  duty.  (See  page  246  [7].) 

Noncommissioned  Officers  clothed  in  the  proper  uniform  of 
their  grade  are  on  duty  at  all  times  and  places  for  the  suppression  of 
disorderly  conduct  on  the  part  of  members  of  the  company  in  public 
places.  Men  creating  disorder  will  be  sent  to  their  quarters  in  arrest 
and  the  facts  reported  to  the  company  commander  without  delay. 

Noncommissioned  Officers  can  do  much  to  prevent  the  com- 
mission of  offenses  by  members  of  their  commands,  both  when  on 
and  when  off  duty,  and  such  prevention  is  as  much  their  duty  as 
reporting  offenses  after  they  are  committed;  in  fact,  it  is  much  better 
to  prevent  the  offense  than  to  bring  the  offender  to  trial. 

Company  commanders  should  drill  their  Noncommissioned  Offi- 
cers thoroughly  in  the  principles  of  discipline,  Chapter  XVII,  page  245. 
B  Noncommissioned  Officers  Authorized  to  Confine  Enlisted  Men. 
Accompany  or  detachment,  commander  may  delegate  to  his  Noncom- 
missioned Officers  the  authority  to  "confine  enlisted  men  in  the  guard- 
house and  to  place  them  in  arrest  in  quarters,  provided  the  case  is 
immediately  reported  to  the  company  or  detachment  commander, 
who  confirms  the  act  of  the  Noncommissioned  Officer  and  adopts  it 
as  his  own. — W.  D.  decision,  December,  1905. 
C  Appointment.  The  appointment  of  Noncommissioned  Officers 

Silicate  Roll  Blackboards,  which  are  perfectly  flexible  and  can  be  rolled 
tightly,  like  a  map,  without  injury,  may  be  obtained  from  the  New  York  Silicate 
Book  Slate  Co.,  20  Vesey  St.,  New  York.  They  are  made  in  various  sizes,  but  about 
the  most  convenient  for  use  in  noncommissioned  officers'  school  is  No.  3,  three  by 
four  feet — price  $2. 


THE  COMPANY  179 

is  generally  made  upon  the  me're  recommendation  of  the  company 
commander.  In  some  regiments,  however,  as  a  precaution  against  un- 
just overslaughing,  a  full  explanation  is  required  when  the  appoint- 
ment recommended  is  out  of  the  regular  order  of  promotion. 

In  the  case  of  promotion  of  corporals  to  sergeants,  the  rank  of 
the  corporal  relative  to  the  other  corporals  of  the  company  should  be 
stated,  and  if  the  man  recommended  is  not  the  senior  ^corporal  of  the 
company,  the  reasons  for  his  preferment  should  be  given. 

In  a  few  regiments  company  commanders  are  required  to  give 
the  reason  inducing  them  to  make  the  recommendation,  length  of 
service  as  private  and  previous  service,  if  any,  as  Noncommissioned 
Officer,  etc. 

The  provision  in  the  Army  Regulations  that  company  Noncom- 
missioned Officers  shall  be  appointed  by  the  regimental  commander 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  company  commander,  makes  the  men 
dependent  upon  the  captain  for  promotion  on  one  hand  and  on  the 
other  hand  places  the  appointment  so  far  within  the  control  of  the 
regimental  commander  that  the  company  commander  can  not  exercise 
arbitrary  or  unjust  power.  The  same  principle  is  true  in  the  reduction 
of  Noncommissioned  Officers. 

The  company  commander  being  most  interested  and  having 
greater  opportunities  to  know  of  the  merits  of  the  case,  the  regimental 
commander  usually  has  little  else  to  do  than  merely  to  confirm  the 
recommendation.  The  recommendation  of  the  company  commander 
should  not  be  opposed  except  for  manifest  and  excellent  reasons.  The 
appointing  power  is  intended  as  a  check  to  be  used  only  when  it  is 
manifest  there  is  injustice  or  vindictiveness  or  the  appointment  is  not 
in  the  interests  of  the  service. 

(A  wholesome,  beneficial  spirit  of  competition  may  be  made  to  obtain  in  the 
company  by  appointing  noncommissioned  officers  by  competitive  examination,  care^  being 
taken  to  make  the  examinations  oral  and  practical  and  not  written  and  "bookish."  For 
example,  in  the  case  of  a  prospective  vacancy  in  the  grade  of  sergeant,  announcement 
is  made  to  the  corporals  as  long  ahead  of  time  as  possible,  that  a  competitive  examina- 
tion in  certain  subjects  will  be  held  on  a  certain  day,  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  corporal  are  likewise  filled  by  competitive  examination, 
only  such  privates  as  are  recommended  by  one  or  more  noncommissioned  officers  and 
such  as  are  designated  by  the  company  commander,  being  allowed  to  compete. 

Of  course,  in  these  examinations  soldierly  qualities  and  military  record  are  given 
a  proper  rating). 

Reduction  and  Resignation.  A  Noncommissioned  Officer  should 
never  be  reduced  to  ranks,  except  for  grave  and  sufficient  reasons. 
Nothing  demoralizes  the  Noncommissioned  Officers  of  a  company  so 
much  and  upsets  discipline  to  such  an  extent  as  the  feeling  that 
upon  the  slightest  pretext  or  fancy  one  is  to  be  sent  back  to'  the 
ranks,  to  associate  with  the  privates  he  has  been  required  to  dis- 
cipline. 

In  some  regiments  Noncommissioned  Officers  are  permitted 
to  send  in  formal  resignations,  while  in  other  regiments  they 
are  not,  but,  with  the  approval  of  the  company  commander,  they  may 
ask  for  reduction,  giving  proper,  satisfactory  and  specific  reasons.  Of 


180  CHAPTER  XV 

course,  resignations  submitted  in  a  spirit  of  insubordination  or  pique 
should  not  be  considered,  nor  should  they  ever  be  in  substitution  for 
deserved  disciplinary  punishment.  If  a  Noncommissioned  Officer 
has  good  reasons  for  requesting  reduction  and  the  granting  of  the  re- 
quest would  not  result  in  detriment  to  the  company,  there  is  no  reason 
why  his  application  should  not  be  favorably  considered.  However,  in 
such  a  case,  the  Noncommissioned  Officer  should  consult  his  company 
commander  before  submitting  his  request  in  writing.  It  is  thought 
the  preponderance  of  custom  is  against  considering  formal  resig- 
nations. 

THE  DUTIES  OF  THE  NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

The  duties  of  the  Noncommissioned  Officers  should  be  clearly 
and  definitely  defined,  being  reduced  to  print  or  writing,  and  posted  in 
some  convenient,  accessible  place. 

The  following  are  those  usually  outlined: 

The  First  Sergeant.  /  He  has  immediate  charge  of  all  com- 
pany property,  books,  papers  and  records,  in  the  care  and  keepmg  of 
which  he  is  assisted  by  the  other  noncommissioned  officers  and  the 
company  clerk. 

2  Every  day  at  "First  Sergeants'  Call"  he  will  repair  to  the 
adjutant's  office1  and  get  the  company  morning  report,  together  with 
a  list  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  and  the  number  of  privates 
required  for  guard  the  next  day.  He  will  also  receive  from  the  ser- 
geant-major such  orders,  communications,  etc.,  as  may  be  given  him 
for  the  company  officers.  He  will  show  the  company  officers,  with 
out  delay,  all  orders  and  instructions  affecting  them  or  the  company 
and  deliver  to  them  such  communications  as  may  be  addressed  to 
them. 

S  After  "First  Sergeants'  Call"  he  will  prepare  a  list  of  the 
names  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  detailed  for 
guard  the  following  day.  This  will  be  posted  on  the  company 
bulletin  board,2  and  published  at  retreat. 

He  will  publish  to  the  company  at  retreat  all  post  general  orders 
received  that  day,  or  that  have  not  yet  been  read  to  the  men. 

4  Every  morning,  immediately  after  breakfast,  he  will  turn  out 
as  many  men   as  may  be  necessary  to  police  the  barracks  and  the 
grounds  around  the  quarters.     (This  is  sometimes  done  by  the  noncom- 
missioned officer  in  charge  of  quarters.) 

5  Every  Friday  he  will  ascertain  from  the  company  commander 
the  uniform  for  Saturday  morning  inspection  and  will  notify  the  com- 
pany officers  and  the  company  accordingly. 

xAt  some  posts  it  is  customary  for  first  sergeants  to  wear  side-arms  at  "First 
Sergeants'  Call." 

'Every  company  should  have  a  large  bulletin  board,  hung  in  some  convenient 
place,  on  which  will  be  posted  all  orders,  notices,  etc.,  affecting  the  company. 


THE  COMPANY  V181 

"6     He  will  notify  the  quartermaster  sergeant  of  the  soldiers  who 
are  absent  on  duty  and  for  whom  meals  must  be  saved. 

7  He  will  see  that  all  drawers,  lockers  and  boxes  are  opened  at 
the  weekly,  monthly  and  other  formal  inspections  of  quarters  and  that 
the  Morning  Report,  the  Correspondence  Book  and  all  other  record 
books  are  laid  out  and  opened  for  examination  on  such  occasions. 

8  He   will   see   that   camphor   balls    (or   coal   oil   and   lye)    are 
kept  in  the  urinals  and  that  all  metal  door  knobs,  faucets  and  other 
metal  parts  around  the  quarters  are  kept  properly  polished.     He  will 
also   see   that   all   window   panes*  are   kept    clean.     (Sometimes    done 
by  the  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters.) 

9  He  will  see  that  members  of  the  company  who  appear  as  wit- 
nesses before  general  courts-martial  wear  the  proper  uniform. 

10  He  will  see  that  no  liquor  of  any  description  is  brought  into  the 
quarters. 


182,  CHAPTER  XV 

(The   forms   on   this  page   and   the  page  following  are    convenient,   and 
can  be  printed  on  the  regimental  press.) 


TROOP  D,  3rd  CAVALRY. 


Detail  for  To-morrow. 

FOR  MAIN  GUARD. 

(11    lines,    one    with    the   heading    "Sergt.,"    2    with    the   heading 
'Corpl.,"  1   "Trumptr.,"   1,  "Supernumerary,"  and  6,   "Privates.") 


FOR  STABLE  POLICE 


(4  lines.) 

FOR  FATIGUE. 


(5  lines.) 

FOR  KITCHEN  POLICE. 

(2  lines.) 

ROOM  ORDERLIES. 

(2  lines.) 

IN  CHARGE   OF  QUARTERS. 
REMARKS. 

(4  lines.) 


ist  Sergeant. 

(After  being  read  to  company,   to  be   posted  on  bulletin  board.) 


THE  COMPANY 


183 


Report  of 
NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICER 

In  Charge  of  Quarters. 
Troop   "A,"   20th   Cavalry. 


1909 

~  RIFLES    REVOLVERS  Explanatory 

D       .      ,  Total    number    out    in    troop,    when 

Received N.    C.   O.   in   charge  of   Quarters 

Issued  by  Q.  M.  Sergt ToTecruits^nd  others,  after  N.   C. 

T«  f\    ir    o  O.  has  gone  on  duty. 

Turned  in  to  Q.  M.  Sergt. Men    discharged,    sent    to    hospital. 

~     „  etc.,  after  N.   C.   O.  has  gone  on 

On  Guard duty. 

In  racks , 

Total    number    out    in    troop   turned 
iurned  over I over   to   successor. 

Received:     spades;   shovels. 

Turned    over:    spades;   shovels. 

Serial  Number  of  Arms: 

ISSUED        TURNED  IN 
Rifles I 

! 

Revolvers , 

' 

Q.   M.   Sergt. 

Absent  From  Check.  ^__ 

, No 

Rifle    No 

Revolver   No 

Remarks 
(Bunk  card.     Size  2  tf  x  3^  ins.) 

In   Charge  of  Quarters. 

1st   Sergeant. 
(Size  about  3^  by  12  ins.) 

(For  pass  list  and  other  blank  forms  see  pages  125,   127,  133,  135,  136,  137.; 


184 


CHAPTER  XV 


(To  be  used  by  individuals  in  enumerating  the  articles  of  clothing  they  wish  to  draw.) 

CLOTHING   REQUIRED. 
By Co.    "A,"   24th   Infantry 


No. 

ARTICLES 

SIZE 

No. 

ARTICLES 

SIZE 

Belts,   waist 

Neckties 

Ornaments 

mouses 

overcoats 

"K"  Via  1rf 

• 

OD     "R 

White 

Cap   bands 

.    . 

Black,  dress 

Chevrons  —  Dress 

VfttefcJ 

.    . 

Gymnasium 

.   D. 

•    • 

White 

•    • 

Gun  Com'd'rs 

.    . 

Dress 

Service,  O.  D. 

Sweaters 

Cords,  breast 
Cords,  hat 

Canvas 
White 

Drawers  —  Canton  flannel 
Cotton,  knit 

Cotton 
Nainsook 



Jean 

Winter,  heavy 
Winter    light 

.  . 

Gauntlets  —  Fur 
Leather 
Gloves  —  Leather 
Horsehide 

Bronze,  small 
Gilt,   large 
Gilt,  small 
Overcoat 
Cloth  covert  —  O    D 

Wool 
Hats  —  service 
Laces,  leggin,  prs. 
Laces,   shoes,  prs. 
Leggins  —  Old  pattern 
New  pattern 

Letters—  Hat 
Uc 



D.   B. 
Kersey—  O.    D. 
S.  B. 

Lasting 
Serge  —  Khaki 
0.  D. 
Tags  and  tape 

.Co.   "A,"   24th   Infantry 


Date 190. 

Countersigned : 


(Size  Sy3  inches  x  8J4  inches.) 


.Co.  "A,"  24th  Infty. 
Chief  of  Squad. 


THE  COMPANY  185 

The  Quartermaster  Sergeant.  He  is  charged  with — (a)  Proper 
policing  of  furnace  room,  lavatory  and  bathrooms.  (Sometimes  done 
by  the  N.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  quarters.) 

He  will  see  that  the  porcelain,  the  glaced  earthenware,  and  the 
marble  in  the  toilet  room,  are  wasiied  every  day  with  soap  and  water, 
and  that  the  urinal  slabs  and  the  urinals  .themselves  are  washed  with  a 
solution  of  muriatic  acid  and  water  every  Friday,  or  as  much  oftener 
as  may  be  necessary  to  kill  the  offensive  smell.  (See  "Cleaning  Slates 
and  Urinals,"  page  477). 

(6)     Care  and  custody  of  company  ordnance  and  equipment. 

(c)  He  will  verify  all  coal  and  Gather  supplies  received  from  the 
Q.  M.  D.,  and  the  other  departments. 

The  artificer  and  janitor  are  subject  to  his  orders. 

Company  Quartermaster  Sergeants  take  no  rank  over  other 
company  sergeants.  All  are  of  the  same  grade  (except  first  sergeant), 
and  rank  or  precedence  is  determined  by  age  of  warrant.  (J.  A.  G., 
Sept.  1902;) 

Company  commanders  may  assign  Quartermaster  Sergeants  of 
company  at  discretion,  to  any  employment,  and  the  company  com- 
mander's assignment  is  final.  (J.  A.  G.,  Sept.  2,  1902.) 

The  Mess  Sergeant  is  charged  with  the  proper  preparation  and 
supply  of  food.  He  also  looks  after  the  policing  of  the  dining  room, 
kitchen,  and  ration  room,  and  the  cooks  and  the  kitchen  police  are 
subject  to  his  orders. 

See  "Duties  of  the  Mess  Sergeant,"  page  19,  Manual  for  Army 
Cooks,  1910. 

The  Noncommissioned  Officer  in  Charge  of  Quarters.    The  old 

noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  accompanied  _  by  the 
new  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  both  wearing  side 
arms  and  white  gloves,  will  report  every  morning  to  the  company 
commander. 

Form  of  Reporting. 

Old  N.  C.  O.  in  Charge  of  Quarters,  saluting:  "Sir,  Sergeant  Smith 
reports  as  old  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters.  There  is 
nothing  special  to  report"  (or  "I  would  report  that,  etc.,"  reporting  ab- 
sentees from  check  inspection,  from  inspection  for  men  in  confinement, 
etc.) 

Captain:  Very  well,  you  are  relieved.  (The  N.  C.  O.  salutes  and 
leaves). 

New  N.  C.  O.  in  Charge  of  Quarters:  "Sir,  Corporal  Jones  reports 
as  new  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters." 

Captain:  Carry  out  the  usual  instructions.  (The  N.  C.  O.  salutes  and 
leaves). 


186  CHAPTER  XV 

To  receive  the  instructions  from  the  old  noncommissioned  officer  in 
charge  of  quarters. 

To  visit  at  various  times  the  different  squad  rooms,  the  amusement 
room,  the  lavatory,  the  kitchen  and  other  parts  of  the  barracks  to  see 
whether  everything  is  all  right. 

To  report  to  the  company  commander  when  relieved  any  absentees 
from  II  p.  m.  check  inspection  and  from  inspection  for  men  in  arrest  or 
confinement;  any  broken,  injured  or  damaged  property  in  the  barracks; 
all  violations  of  barrack  regulations  and  all  unusual  occurrences  of  what- 
ever nature. 

To  report  all  special  fatigue  parties  to  the  provost  sergeant. 

To  take  the  sick  and  the  sick  report  to  the  hospital  at  sick  call  and 
other  times. 

To  ascertain  from  the  first  sergeant  the  names  of  the  men  in  arrest 
or  confined  to  barracks  and  to  see  that  they  do  not  leave  same  without 
proper  authority. 

To  see  that  all  the  faucets  are  properly  turned  off  when  not  in  use 
and  that  no  water  is  wasted. 

To  avoid  the  unnecessary  use  of  electric  lights  and  to  see  that  no 
unauthorized  lights  burn  in  barracks  after  hours. 

From  the  time  he  marches  on  until  9  p.  m.,  to  be  within  hearing  of 
the  telephone  as  much  as  possible  and  when  without  hearing  of  the 
telephone  ring  to  see  that  some  one  is  within  such  hearing. 

After  reporting  to  the  officer  of  the  day  the  result  of  the  11  p.  m. 
check  inspection,  to  inspect  the  lavatory,  the  furnace  room,  the  kitchen 
and  the  dining  room. 

Proper  policing  of  quarters,  other  than  that  portion  assigned  to 
quartermaster  sergeant. 

Proper  policing  of  grounds  around  company.  (Sometimes  done 
by  the  first  sergeant.) 

He  will  accompany  the  company  commander  on  his  daily  in- 
spection of  the  barracks. 

To  see  that  no  loud  noise,  disturbance  or  disorder  occurs  in 
quarters,  and  that  no  unauthorized  persons  enter  the  barracks. 

To  inspect  the  quarters,  reporting  absentees,,  at  11  o'clock  p.  m., 
and  such  other  hours  during  the  night  as  may  be  designated  by  the 
company  commander. 

The  new  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  accompanied 
by  the  old  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters  will  verify  the 


THE  COMPANY  187 

number  of  rifles  in  the  arm-racks  and  he  will  keep  the  armracks.  locked 
at  all  times,  retaining  the  keys.1 

To  see  that  no  liquor  of  any  description  is  brought  into  quarters. 

He  will  have  charge  of  the  company  mail,  collecting,  mailing 
and  distributing  the  same.2  (Often  done  by  the  company  clerk.) 

He  will  not  leave  the  barracks  during  his  tour  of  duty  unless  his 
duties  require  him  to  do  so. 

The  room  orderlies  are  subject  to  his  orders. 

He  will  be  piesent  at  all  meals  and  will  be  responsible  for 
order  in  the  dining  room.  He  will  report  all  misconduct,  waste,  etc. 

He  will  familiarize  himself  with  all  barrack  regulations  and  com- 
pany orders,  verbal  and  written,  and  not  only  will  he  report  all  viola- 
tions of  same,  but  he  will  also  see  that  the  known  wishes  of  the  com 
pany  commander  as  well  as  all  known  orders  from  whatever  source 
affecting  the  company,  are  carried  out. 

Noncommissioned  Officers  in  Charge  of  Squad  Rooms.  The 
senior  Noncommissioned  Officer  in  each  squad  room  is  in  charge. 

He  is  responsible  that  corporals  in  charge  of  squads  perform 
the  duties  assigned  them  and  in  the  temporary  absence  of  corporals 
may  designate  privates  to  perform  their  duties. 

He  will  see  that  all  post  and  company  orders  in  regard  to  uni- 
formity of  bunks,  bedding,  clothing,  etc.,  are  strictly  carried  out. 

He  will  see  that  the  lights  in  his  squad  room  are  extinguished 
at  the  proper  time. 

He  will  see  that  no  liquor  of  any  description  is  brought  into  his 
squad  room. 

He  will  see  that  the  room  is  properly  ventilated  and  in  cold  or 
windy  weather  that  the  windows  are  lowered  from  the  top  and  not 
raised  from  the  bottom. 

He  will  be  in  charge  of  the  policing  of  his  squad  room  when 
general  policing  is  ordered. 

He  will  be  present  at  the  check  of  each  man's  clothing  and 
will  report  any  shortage  to  the  company  commander.  (Clothing 
should  be  checked  about  once  a  month.) 

He  will  keep  posted  in  the  squad  room  the  number  of  rifles  in 
each  rack. 

Chiefs  of  Squads.  To  inspect  their  squads  on  the  company 
parade  before  all  inspections  under  arms. 

1Some  company  commanders  require  the  new  N.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  quarters 
to  verify  and  give  written  receipt  to  the  old  N.  C.  O.  for  (so  many)  rifles  and  the  keys. 

No  War  Dept.  orders  requiring  armracks  to  be  kept  locked  have  ever  been 
issued.  However,  ordinary  precaution  against  the  improper  use  of  arms  and  also 
due  care  for  the  preservation  of  Government  property,  require  that  it  be  done,  and 
the  custom  is  universal  throughout  the  Army.  See  Cir.  83,  '08. 

2In  every  company  there  should  be  kept  in  some  convenient  place  a  mail 
box  with  a  lock. 


188  CHAPTER  XV 

To  see  that  each  man  polices  about  his  bunk,  folding  his  bed- 
ding in*  the  prescribed  manner,  immediately  after  breakfast.  They  will 
designate  soldiers  to  look  after  the  bunks,  floor  space,  etc.,  of  mem- 
bers of  the  squads  who  may  be  absent. 

Every  Saturday  morning  before  the  regular  inspection,  every  chief 
of  squad  will  inspect  the  bunks,  lockers,  shoes  and  barrack  bags  of  the 
members  of  his  squad.  Not  only  will  he  see  that  every  man  has  everything 
that  he  is  supposed  to  have,  but  he  will  also  see  that  every  article  of  equip- 
ment is  in  good  condition.  When  his  squad  is  inspected  at  inspection  of 
barracks  he  will  report  to  the  company  commander  any  deficiencies  in  the 
equipments. 

To  make  an  accurate  check  once  a  month,  immediately  after 
muster,  of  all  clothing  in  possession  of  soldiers  and  all  equipment 
issued  them.  They  will  report  the  result  of  this  check  to  the  Non- 
commissioned Officer  in  Charge  of  Squad  Room. 

They  will  be  in  charge  of  their  respective,  squads  when  general 
policing  is  ordered. 

Company  Clerk.  In  addition  to  the  usual  clerical  duties  of  pre- 
paring the  company  returns,  reports,  etc.,  and  looking  after  the  records 
of  the  company,  he  will  be  charged  with  the  following: 

The  beginning  of  every  year  he  will  make  out  cards  showing  the 
dates  of  discharge  of  the  men  of  the  company  during  the  calendar  year, 
and  will  file  these  cards  in  a  "Tickler"  (see  page  114),  so  that  they  will 
show  up  one  month  in  advance  of  the  dates  of  discharge.  (This  will  en- 
able the  company  commander  to  notify  both  the  commanding  officer 
and  the  soldier,  as  required  by  Army  Regulations,  in  case  the  man's 
services  are  not  deemed  honest  and  faithful.) 

In  case  of  men  to  be  discharged,  their  discharges  and  final  statements 
will  be  completed  and  placed  on  the  company  commander's  desk  in  the 
company  office  before  he  inspects  the  barracks,  the  day  before  the  date  of 
discharge. 

He  will  furnish  members  of  the  company  such  information  as  they 
may  desire  regarding  orders,  Army  Regulations,  and  other  kindred 
matters,  and  under  the  supervision  of  the  first  sergeant,  will  write  for 
the  members  of  the  company  applications  for  furloughs,  applications  for 
discharge  by  purchase  and  other  letters  of  an  official  character. 

All  work  in  the  company  office  is  strictly  confidential,  and  under  no 
circumstances  will  any  information  pertaining  to  the  business  of  the  office 
be  divulged. 

USUAL  BARRACK  REGULATIONS 

Usual  Duties  of  Room  Orderlies.  To  be  present  at  all  times, 
particularly  when  the  company  is  away  from  quarters  on  drill  or 
other  duty;  to  guard  the  property  of  the  company  as  well  as  that  of 
the  members  of  the  company,  seeing  that  no  person  interferes  with 


THE  COMPANY  189 

property  that  does  not  belong  to  him,  and  that  no  unauthorized  per- 
sons enter  the  barracks;  to  look  after  fires  and  lights,  extinguishing 
them  at  taps  *;  to  police  such  parts  of  the  barracks  as  are  not 
assigned  individual  soldiers;  to  keep  the  spittoons  clean;  to  see  that 
the  rooms  are  properly  ventilated1;  to  look  after  the  company 
amusement  room,  having  charge  of  the  pool  table,  phonograph,  etc., 
to  have  charge  of  the  library,  keeping  the  papers,  books,  etc.,  in 
order2;  to  report  to  the  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of 
quarters  any  irregularities  that  occur. 

General.8  Every  soldier  will  take  at  least  one  bath  each  week, 
reporting  to  his  squad  leader  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable. 

No  one  is  allowed  in  the  kitchen  except  on  duty. 

No  books,  papers  or  magazines  will  be  taken  from  the  com- 
pany library,  except  by  authority  from  the  person  in  charge. 

The  hair  must  be  cut  -short,  beard  neatly  trimmed  or  face 
cleanly  shaved. 

Only  the  articles  issued  to  a  soldier  are  authorized  to  be  worn. 
A         Intoxicating  liquors  will  not  be  introduced  into  the  barracks. 

No  women  are  allowed  in  the  barracks,  kitchen  or  other  quarters 
pertaining  to  the  company,  except  with  written  permission. 
B         Gambling  in  the  barracks  is  prohibited. 4 

No  loud  or  boisterous  noise  is  permitted. 

(Note:  Room  orderlies  are  usually  placed  on  special  duty,  being  excused  from 
drills,  ceremonies  and  all  other  duties  that  will  take  them  away  from  barracks.) 

In  the  afternoon  from  1  to  4  o'clock,  there  shall  be  absolute 
quiet  in  the  squad  rooms,  so  that  the  men  who  wish  to  take  a  nap  may 
do  so.  Shoes  will  be  removed  before  entering  the  squad  rooms  after 
tatto,  and  no  noise  will  be  permitted  after  that  hour. 

The  bunks  must  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  vermin. 

Bedding  will  be  aired  every  Friday. 

Each  soldier's  name  will  be  hung  at  the  foot  of  his  bunk. 

Each  soldier  must  keep  the  floor  under  his  bunk  and  on  each 
side  clean;  it  will  be  swept  daily. 

1  Sometimes  done  by  the  N.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  the  squad  room. 
2In    case    of    extensive    libraries,    sometimes    a    specially    designated    noncommis- 
sioned officer  is  placed  in  charge. 

3  These    general    regulations    should    be    kept    posted    on    the    company    bulletin 
board. 

4  There  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  in  the  Army  as  to  what  action,  if 
any,  should  be  taken  to  regulate  gambling  in  the  barracks.      Some  of  our  best  officers 
never  give  any   orders  either  for  or  against   gambling. 


190  CHAPTER  XV 

No  spitting  on  the  floors  or  throwing  pieces  of  cigars  or  ciga- 
rettes on  them. 

Articles  that  are  to  be  thrown  away  will  be  put  in  the  receptacle 
provided  for  the  purpose,  and  no  refuse  or  trash  will  be  thrown  on  the 
floor,  out  of  windows  on  the  roofs  of  porches,  or  on  the  ground  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  buildings. 

L  Lockers  will  be  neatly  kept  and  at  inspections  will  be  opened 
with  tray  arranged  as  shown  in  plate  2,  page  198. 

Doors  and  drawers  to  wardrobes  must  be  opened  at  inspections. 

Shoes,  particularly  overshoes,  must  be  carefully  cleaned  before 
entering  the  barracks. 

Shoes,  mattress,  and  bedding  will  be  kept  as  directed  by  the 
company  commander. 

The  walls  and  woodwork  of  the  barracks  will  not  be  defaced  by 
driving  nails,  or  in  any  other  manner. 

Civilian  clothing  must  not  be  kept  in  a  soldier's  possession.  It 
should  be  turned  in  and  put  in  the  store  room. 

B  Soldiers  are  forbidden  to  have  revolvers  in  their  possession  and 
to  carry  pistols,  razors  and  other  such  weapons. 

Soldiers  will  not  appear  on  the  porch  of  barracks  in  white  or 
fancy  colored  shirts,  without  blouses. 

At  school  call  soldiers  detailed  for  instruction  will  fall  in  on  the 
company  parade  and  be  marched  to  the  school-room  by  the  noncom- 
missioned officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  who  will  report  them  to  the 
teacher,  accounting  for  absentees. 

Soldiers  who  get  married  will  at  once  notify  the  company  com- 
mander. (Those  intending  to  reenlist  should  get  the  regimental 
commander's  permission  to  marry,  as  he  may  otherwise  prevent  their 
reenlistment.) 

C  Soldiers  desiring  to  see  the  surgeon  will  report  to  the  first  ser- 
geant immediately  after  reveille  and  have  their  names  entered  on  the 
Sick  Report  Book.  At  sick  call  they  will  be  marched  to  the  hospital 
by  a  noncommissioned  officer. 

Soldiers  wishing  to  speak  to  the  first  sergeant,  will  knock  and 
uncover  before  entering  the  company  office,  and  will  leave  as  soon  as 
they  have  stated  their  business. 

Soldiers  will  go  to  their  meals  in  an  orderly  manner,  properly 
dressed  and  in  regulation  uniform. 

In  muddy  or  snowy  weather  soldiers  will  use  the  mud  scrapers 
and  mats  near  the  entrances  to  barracks. 

Men  who  do  not  take  advantage  of  their  passes  will  so  report  to  the 
commander  of  the  guard,  and  men  whose  names  are  on  the  pass  list 
must  attend  all  drills,  exercises  and  schools  of  instruction  while  they 
are  in  the  post,  unless  especially  excused  by  the  company  commander. 


•  THE  COMPANY  191 

Soldiers  suffering  with  venereal  diseases  will  use  the  water-closet 
and  the  bath  room  marked  "For -Venereal  Patients  Only."  The  vio- 
lation of  this  regulation  will  be  severely  punished  and  all  soldiers  in 
protection  to  themselves  are  enjoined  to  report  at  once  all  offenders. 

No  loitering  will  be  allowed  in  the  company  office.  However,  sol- 
diers will  always  have  access  to  the  office  for  the  purpose  of  seeking  in- 
formation from  the  company  clerk  or  for  the  purpose  of  consulting,  under 
the  supervision  of  the  first  sergeant  or  the  company  clerk,  the  files  of 
orders  and  circulars — the  first  sergeant  or  company  clerk  must  always 
be  present.  In  their  absence  no  soldier  must  enter  the  office  unless 
sent  there  by  an  officer. 

The  soldiers  of  the  company  may  have  their  applications  for  fur- 
loughs and  other  communications  written  or  typewritten  by  the  com- 
pany clerk,  and  under  no  circumstances  will  he  ever  charge  or  accept 
any  fee  for  the  work. 

The  articles  in  the  wardrobe  will  be  arranged  as  follows: 

Top  shelf — Caps  and  campaign  hats. 

Middle  compartment,  hung  on  hooks — Overcoat,  blouse, 
trousers,  haversack  (containing  meat  can,  knife,  fork  and  spoon),  pistol 
holster,  saber  and  attachments,  spurs,  cartridge  belt,  canteen  and  belt. 
Clothing  in  center,  equipment  on  the  sides. 

Middle  compartment,  on  the  bottom — Stable  and  fatigue  clothing 
in  daily  use.  These  should  be  neatly  folded.  Leggings. 

Bottom  drawers,  neatly  folded  to  the  same  size  and  placed  with 
folded  edges  up — Undershirts,  drawers,  extra  stable  clothes,  mattress 
cover,  fatigue  clothes,  shelter  half,  blue  shirts. 

The  articles  in  the  locker  will  be  arranged  as  follows: 

Beneath  tray,  folded  and  arranged  as  above — Shirts,  sheets, 
pillow  cases,  summer  and  extra  underclothing,  towels,  stockings,  furs. 

Tray — Cleaning  and  toilet  and  other  small  articles. 

Equipment  must  be  marked  with  soldier's  number,  and  clothing 
with  name. 

Laundry.  All  soiled  clothes  with  a  list  of  articles,  will  be  sent 
to  the  laundry  every  Saturday  morning. 

All  articles  will  be  plainly  marked  in  indelible  ink,  with  the  name 
of  the  owner. 

Under  no  circumstances  will  soiled  clothing  be  allowed  to  accu- 
mulate for  two  or  more  weeks.  No  allowance  will  be  made  by  the 
laundry  when  laundry  is  not  sent  in  for  two  or  more  weeks. 


192  CHAPTER  XV 

Claims  for  articles  lost  must  be  made  within  two  days  after  the 
return  of  the  laundry. 

Soldiers  who  fail  to  send  in  itemized  lists  will  accept  the  laundry 
count. 

Chiefs  of  squads  will  see  that  their  men  mark  their  clothing 
as  directed. 

CONTENTS   OF  SHELTER-TENT  ROLL,   PITCHING  TENTS, 
AND  INSPECTION  OF  SHELTER-TENT  CAMP1 

Contents  of  Roll — The  following  articles  will  be  carried  in  the 
blanket  roll  at  all  times: 

1  blanket,  1  rubber  poncho,  1  comb/  1  housewife,  1  cake  soap, 
1  pair  stockings,  1  toothbrush,  1  towel.  (G.  O.  177,  W.  D.,  1907.) 

All  articles  except  the  blanket  and  poncho  to  be  placed  smoothly 
near  square  end  of  shelter  tent  before  rolling. 

The  poncho  will  be  carried  in  the  following  manner: 
.  Standing  at  the  short  side  of  the  poncho  with  rubber  side 
down,  fold  it  over  twice,  thus  making  each  fold  about  65x22  inches, 
lay  it  at  full  length  on  the  blanket  on  the  opposite  side  from  the  poles, 
pins,  etc.,  and  about  4  inches  from  the  edge  of  the  shelter  tent;  then 
roll  up  the  shelter  tent  as  usual. 

To  Pitch  Tents — Pitch  tents  as  prescribed  by  the  Infantry  Drill 
Regulations. 

Guy  Ropes — The  length  of  the  guy  ropes  for  the  shelter-tent 
shall  be  sixty-five  inches,  from  inside  of  eye-splice  to  outer  end  of 
some  permanent  device  on  the  other  end  of  the  rope,  preferably 
a  wire  hook.  If  impracticable  to  secure  a  hook,  then  an  overhand 
knot  will  be  permanently  placed,  so  that  from  outside  of  knot  to 
inside  of  eye-splice  shall  measure  sixty-five  inches,  with  enough  free 
end  beyond  knot  to  allow  front  rope  being  passed  up  through  rope 
eyes  of  both  shelter  halves  and  form  two  half  hitches  on  standing 
part  of  guy  rope;  loose  end  tucked  between  shelter  halves  at  top  of 
tent.  Rear  rope  to  have  free  end  passed  down  through  both  rope 
eyes  and  another  overhand  knot  formed  inside. 

Inspection  of  Camp. 

The  disposition  of  contents  of  blanket  roll  and  equipments  for 
inspection  will  be  as  follows: 

1  This  splendid  system  for  laying  out  contents  of  blanket  roll,  displaying 
equipments,  and  arranging  'bunks  was  prepared  by  a  board  of  officers  of  the  7th 
Infantry. 


THE  COMPANY  193 

Poncho,  if  not  worn,  to  be  placed  in  tent  first,  folded  edges  to 
the  front,  folded  as  prescribed  for  the  blanket,  rubber  side  out. 

Blanket,  to  be  folded  once  across,  opposite  to  fold  already 
made,  then  grasp  the  striped  end  and  fold  in  three  equal  folds,  once 
over  twice  the  width  of  fold  and  then  back  again  the  width  of  fold. 
Place  blanket  inside  of  tent  on  top  of  the  poncho  with  the  stripe  up 
and  folded  edges  to  the  front  and  on  a  line  with  corner  pin  and  pole, 
the  end  nearer  the  center  touching  the  pole. 

Cartridge  Belt,  on  top  of  and  on  line  with  front  edge  of  blanket 
pockets  up,  suspenders  stretched  along  belt  on  top  of  pockets,  inside 
of  suspenders  showing. 

Haversack,  Canteen,  Tin  Cup  and  Bayonet  Scabbard,  attached 
to  belt  and  lying  on  the  blanket  with  the  bayonet  scabbard  pointing 
directly  to  the  rear  along  the  left  edge  of  the  blanket. 

Meat  Can,  open  on  top  of  haversack,  concave  sides  up,  parallel 
to  and  on  line  with  sides  of  haversack  flap,  the  cover  of  the  meat  can 
on  the  left,  the  hinge  and  ring  to  the  front,  the  handle  closed. 

Knife,  Fork  and  Spoon,  close  together  in  the  center  of  the 
haversack  and  in  the  order  named  from  right  to  left,  handles  to  the 
front  and  on  the  line  of  the  rear  ends  of  the  meat  can,  the  letters 
"U.  S."  showing. 

Towel,  neatly  folded,  front  edge  on  line  with  bottom  of  belt, 
right  edge  on  line  and  parallel  to  right  edge  of  blanket. 

Housewife,  Stockings,  Soap,  Comb  and  Toothbrush,  neatly  ar- 
ranged on  top  of  towel. 

Blanket  Roll  Straps,  on  ground  against  rear  edge  of  blanket; 
in  rear  of  canteen. 

Inspection  of  Quarters. 

The  arrangement  of  bedsteads  and  equipments  for  inspection 
of  quarters  will  be  as  follows: 

Bunk,  perpendicular  to  and  at  a  uniform  distance  from  the  wall. 

Mosquito  Bar,  when  used,  well  stretched,  right  side  brought 
square  to  the  left,  bottom  folded  up  to  top,  then  the  whole  folded 
smoothly  over  top  of  bar. 

Blankets,  folded  as  directed  for  shelter  tent  camp  inspection 
and  placed  stripe  up  and  folded  edges  to  the  front,  long  way  of  fold 
across  head  of  mattress. 


194  CHAPTER  XV 

Sheets,  folded  same  size  of  blanket  and  placed  on  top  of  them. 

Pillow  Case,  on  pillow,  with  open  end  to  the  left,  on  top  of 
sheets. 

Card  Holder,  just  to  left  of  mosquito  bar  frame  upright  with 
front  toward  the  aisle. 

Poncho,  folded  as  directed  for  shelter  tent  camp  inspection, 
except  that  the  inside  is  to  show,  and  placed  long  way  of  fold  across 
foot  of  mattress,  folded  edge  to  the  front. 

Web  Belt,  Meat  Can,  Tin  Cup,  Knife,  Fork,  Spoon,  Haversack 
and  Canteen,  in  center  of  the  poncho  and  arranged  the  same  as  di- 
rected for  shelter  tent  camp  inspection. 

Leather  Belt  and  Cartridge  Box,  in  the  center  of  bunk  between 
poncho  and  shelter  tent  half,  with  buckle  to  the  right.  Belt  to  be 
folded  once,  box  in  center  of  top  fold. 

A  Shelter  Tent,  to  be  folded  as  follows:  Spread  out  as  for  rolling 
blanket  roll  with  triangular  part  folded,  then  standing  at  triangular 
end  fold  tent  once  over  to  square  end,  then  fold  bottom  once  over 
top,  then  top  and  bottom  folded  once  over  to  folded  edges.  Tent 
folded  as  stated  to  be  placed  just  in  front  of  blankets  long  way  of 
fold  across  bunk,  folded  edge  to  the  front. 

Company  Design,  stenciled  on  shelter  half  on  opposite  side 
from  buttons  so  as  to  read  properly  while  facing  top  of  tent  when 
spread  out  buttons  down,  outer  edge  of  stencil  nine  inches  from  front 
of  tent  and  number  of  regiment  2  inches  from  top  of  tent.  It  will 
then  be  in  sight  when  worn  as  a  roll  or  exhibited  for  inspection  of 
quarters. 

Guy  rope,  arranged  as  follows:  With  the  eye-splice  end  start 
a  catspaw  knot  with  fold  9  inches  long,  and  start  the  rolling  2 
inches  from  the  end,  rolling  close  without  riding  until  overhand  knot 
is  reached,  tuck  same  through  eye-splice  and  loop  of  catspaw.  So 
coiled,  place  rope  free  ends  even  with  the  long  side  of  folded  shelter 
tent  nearest  pillow,  coil  perpendicular  thereto  and  about  7  inches 
from  left  side  of  folded  shelter-tent  half. 

Place  blanket  roll  shelter  tent  straps,  neatly  coiled  in  the  center 
of  the  right  half  of  shelter  tent. 

Place   shelter   tent  pins   in  the  center   of  the   shelter  tent  half 
with  points  to  the  rear.     Place   shelter   tent   poles  parallel,   close  to 
and  in  center  of  long  side  of  tent  fold. 
B         Box    Locker,   6   inches   in    front   of   foot   of   bunk,    lock   to   the 


THE  COMPANY  195 

front;  cover  open  against  foot  of  bunk,  tray  raised  at  back  and  slid 
half  way  to  rear  on  the  cleats,  back  resting  against  the  cover,  con- 
tents of  tray  neatly  arranged  therein.  Clean  clothing  folded  long 
way  equal  to  width  of  locker  and  packed  folded  edges  up,  long  way 
of  fold  across  locker.  See  page  198. 

Barrack  Bag,  hung  on  the  center  of  the  head  of  the  bunk  with 
the  ropes  neatly  coiled  around  the  top  bar. 

Shoes,  starting  at  leg  of  bedstead,  by  pairs,  toes  pointing  to  the 
left  and  on  line  with  left  legs  of  head  and  foot  of  bedstead.  * 

Telescope  Cases,  to  be  kept  in  storeroom  until  needed  for 
change  of  station,  or  other  disposition. 

Soldiers  facing  aisle  at  attention,  one  foot  to  the  left  of  the 
bedstead  and  toes  on  a  line  with  the  legs  of  the  foot  of  the  bedstead. 

The  haversack  and  canteen  to  be  habitually  attached  to  the 
web  belt;  tin  cup,  when  worn,  will  be  carried  inside  the  haversack. 

CONTENTMENT    AND   HARMONY 

The  officers  of  the  company  should  do  everything  possible  to 
make  the  organization  contented  and  harmonious.  Contentment  and 
harmony  are  not  only  conducive  to  good  discipline  and  efficiency,  but 
they  also  make  the  government  of  the  company  easy  and  reduce  deser- 
tions to  a  minimum. 

The  showing  of  favoritism  on  the  part  of  the  captain  is  always 
a  cause  of  great  dissatisfaction  amongst  the  soldiers  in  the  company. 
Soldiers  do  not  care  how  strict  the  captain  is,  just  so  he  is  fair  and 
impartial,  treating  all  men  alike. 

The  Mess.  The  captain  should  give  the  mess  his  constant  per- 
sonal attention,  making  frequent  visits  to  the  kitchen  and  dining  room 
while  the  soldiers  are  at  meals  so  as  to  see  for  himself  what  they  are 
getting,  how  it  is  served,  etc. 

It  is  not  saying  too  much  to  state  that,  in  time  of  peace,  a  good 
mess  is  the  real  basis  of  the  contentment  of  a  company. 

Ascertain  what  the  soldiers  like  to  eat  and  then  gratify  their 
appetites  as  far  as  practicable. 

Be  careful  that  the  cook  or  the  quartermaster  sergeant  doesn't 
fall  into  a  rut  and  satiate  the  soldiers  day  after  day  with  the  same 
dishes. 

1  Some  company  commanders  require  the  shoes  to  be  turned  so  that  the  soles 
are  visible,  thus  being  better  able  to  ascertain  their  serviceability.  Shoes  are  also 
sometimes  placed  on  a  rack  attached  to  the  foot  of  the  bunk  and  raised  from  the  floor. 


THE  COMPANY  197 

Some  company  commanders  require  the  noncommissioned  officer 
in  charge  of  the  mess  to  submit  to  them  every  morning,  on  printed 
blank  slips,  the  menu  for  the  next  three  meals. 


(Form) 

Company  "A,"24tli  Infantry, 

BILL  OF  FARE, 

1907 

DINNER. 

(8  lines.) 

SUPPER. 

(6  lines.) 

BREAKFAST. 

(7  lines.) 


In    charge    of    mess. 

Give  the  ration  your  personal  attention — know  yourself  what  the 
company  is  entitled  to,  how  much  it  is  actually  getting,  what  the  sav- 
ings amount  to,  etc.  The  following  plan  has  been  tried  and  found 
excellent: 

The  running  of  a  company  mess  affords  a  good  field  for  initiative 
and  ingenuity.  When  practicable  a  cow  or  two  may  be  kept  and  a  few 
pigs  fatted  with  slops  from  the  kitchen. 

The  raising  of  hogs,  if  properly  conducted,  is  a  fine  paying 
proposition  for  the  company  fund.  Not  only  is  the  company  kept 


THE  COMPANY  199 

supplied  with  fresh  pork  and  lard,  but  all,  or  nearly  all,  the  bacon  com- 
ponent of  the  ration  can  be  saved. 

In  many  places  chickens  can  be  raised  with  but  little  expense 
and  trouble.  Some  officers  have  been  known  to  use  chicken  incu- 
bators with  splendid  results.  In  localities  where  there  is  much  fish, 
a  fish  net  will  be  found  a  good  investment.  (In  some  States,  however, 
the  use  of  nets  is  prohibited.) 

"THE  HANDLING  OF  THE  STRAIGHT  RATION  AND 
BAKING  BREAD,"  by  Capt.  Holbrook  (Franklin  Hudson  Pub.  Co., 
Kansas  City,  Mo.,  publishers),  is  also  an  excellent  book  on  the  sub- 
ject. 

"The  Mess  Officers'  Assistant,"  by  Capt.  Holbrook,  is  recommended 
to  officers  desiring  to  study  food  values,  elementary  principles  of  nutri- 
tion and  cooking  and  the  handling  of  the  ration.  Bulletin  No.  100,  Bureau 
of  Chemistry,  entitled,  "Some  Forms  of  Food  Adulteration  and  Simple 
Methods  for  their  Detection,"  published  by  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agricul- 
ture, and  "Select  Methods  of  Food  Analysis"  by  Leffmann  &  Beam,  pub- 
lished by  P.  Blakiston's  Son  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  .go  into  the  subject  of 
food  much  more  exhaustively  than  "The  Mess  Officers'  Assistant"  does. 

"The  Story  of  a  Troop  Mess,"  by  the  author,  explains  in  detail 
the  proper  management  of  a  company  mess.  General  agents:  The  U.  S. 
Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  The  Post  Exchange,  Fort 
Wm.  McKinley,  P.  I.  Price,  75  cents  per  copy,  postpaid. 

See  the  form  for  an  order  slip  on  page  138. 

A  Library  and  Amusement  Room.  A  library  and  an  amusement 
room,  supplied  with  good  books,  magazines,  papers,  a  billiard  or  pool 
table,  and  a  phonograph,  are  a  source  of  much  pleasure  and  content- 
ment. 

It  is  customary  in  some  organizations  to  conduct  billiard  and  pool 
tables  for  profit.  The  establishment  of  company  billiard  and  pool  tables 
and  of  company  barber  shops,  from  which  revenues  may  be  derived,  is 
authorized  by  G.  O.  28,  '11. 

See  the  form  for  a  pool  slip  on  page  125. 

The  Quartermaster's  Department  will  transport  billiard  and  pool 
tables  for  companies. 

Before  purchasing  books  for  a  company  library,  it  will  be  well 
to  bear  in  mind  that  the  average  man  in  the  company  has  but  a  fair 
common-school  education.  It  takes  something  more  than  a  high- 
school  education  to  develop  the  average  mind  to  an  appreciation  of 
the  true  worth  of  good  literature.  But  there  is  one  thing  that  the 
average  enlisted  man  will  be  found  to  have  developed  to  a  remarkable 
degree,  and  that  is  the  spirit  of  adventure — the  spirit  that  induces 
the  average  man  or  youth  to  leave  his  home  to  become  a  soldier. 


200  CHAPTER  XV 

There  is  no  reason  why  this  spirit  should  not  be  cultivated  to 
a  greater  extent  by  giving  the  men  of  the  company  books  suitable 
to  their  tastes.  For  this  reason,  instead  of  loading  up  the  library 
with  ancient  and  modern  classics,  books  on  geography,  travel,  ad- 
venture, outdoor  and  indoor  amusements,  as  well  as  short  stories  and 
good,  stimulating  essays,  should  occupy  a  prominent  place  on  the 
library  shelves.  Of  course,  professional  books  must  on  no  account 
be  lost  sight  of;  for  what  professional  man  would  attempt  to  build 
up  a  library  and  leave  out  the  ones  most  essential  to  his  art  or  craft? 
For  instance,  for  purposes  of  instruction,  as  well  as  to  give  the  men 
a  better  taste  for  their  profession,  what  better  type  of  book  on  the 
minor  operations  of  war  could  be  procured  than  Baden-Powell's 
"War  in  Practice"?  This  is  only  one  book  of  dozens  that  the  aver- 
age enlisted  man  simply  craves  to  get  hold  of.  There  is  an  account 
of  the  Spanish-American  War  published  by  the  Navy  Department, 
under  the  .title  of  Spanish-American  War  Notes,  which  should  be  in 
the  library  of  every  organization  of  the  Regular  Army  and  the  Na- 
tional Guard.  History  and  biography,  especially  American  Military 
History  and  Biography;  books  about  books,  such  as  Cody's  "How  to 
Read  and  What  to  Read";  books  of  reference,  such  as  Webster's 
Dictionary  and  the  International  Enc3'clopaedia,  should  not  be  for- 
gotten in  the  building  up  of  a  company  library. 

One  great  advantage  of  having  a  number  of  professional  books 
in  the  company  would  be  to  develop  in  the  mind  of  the  average  en- 
listed man  a  greater  respect  for  his  officers  and  noncommissioned 
officers;  because  these  very  books  on  his  own  profession  would  make 
it  clear  to  him  that  those  placed  over  him  must  possess  more  than 
•ordinary  knowledge  of  their  profession  before  they  can  be  promoted 
to  hold  any  position  of  authority.  This  reason  alone  should  serve  to 
cause  the  building  up  of  a  sort  of  military  library,  not  of  the  books 
of  one  branch  of  the  service  either,  but  books  belonging  to  all 
branches  of  the  service.  The  very  fact  of  the  men  having  access  to 
books  of  all  branches  of  the  service  would  develop  in  them  a  far 
greater  interest  in  the  service;  they  would  soon  learn  what  relation 
each  particular  branch  bears  to  the  others — what  their  particular 
roles  are  in  time  of  war — how  impossible  it  is  to  wage  any  kind  of 
successful  warfare  without  the  co-operation  of  all  arms,  and  so  on. 
Another  result,  too,  perhaps,  would  be  a  deeper  and  broader  sympathy 
for  the  other  arms  of  the  service — a  sympathy  that  would  soon  de- 
velop into  greater  intercourse,  comradery  and  army  esprit  de  corps. 


THE  COMPANY  201 

Books  may  be  ordered  and  subscriptions  to  the  various  magazines, 
newspapers  and  periodicals  may  be  made,  through  the  Book  Departments 
of  the  U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C,  and  of  the  U.  S. 
Cavalry  Association,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.  Subscriptions  can  thus  be 
made  at  a  considerable  saving  while  at  the  same  time  enabling  the  associa- 
tion to  make  the  jobber's  regular  profit. 

B  Athletic  Apparatus.  A  judicious  investment  of  the  company 
fund  in  base  balls,  bats,  dumb  bells,  Indian  clubs,  boxing  gloves  and 
other  athletic  goods,  and  the  encouragement  of  baseball,  basketball, 
quoits,  etc.,  are  in  the  interest  of  harmony  and  happiness. 

C  Carpenters'  Tools.  A  chest  of  carpenters'  tools,  or  any  other 
mechanical  tools  and  implements  that  will  furnish  occupation  during 
leisure  hours  for  the  mechanically  inclined  soldiers  in  the  company,  is 
also  a  good  investment.  Tool  chests  can  now  generally  be  obtained 
from  the  Q.  M.  D. 

REWARDS   AND   PRIVILEGES 

D  /  Deny  all  passes  and  requests  for  privileges  of  men  whose 
conduct  is  not  good,  and  on  the  other  hand  grant  to  men  whose  con- 
duct is  good,  as  many  indulgences  as  is  consistent  with  discipline. 

2  The  following  plan  has  been  used  with  great  success  by  one 
of  our  best  known  cavalry  captains: 

A  card-index  on  which  the  company  commander  notes  daily  all 
delinquencies  and  commendatory  occurrences.  The  reading  of  the 
delinquencies  is  most  interesting  to  a  man  who  wants  a  furlough  or 
who  has  a  complaint  of  harsh  treatment  to  make  against  a  noncom- 
missioned officer. 

EXAMPLE  CARD. 
SMITH,  JOHN. 
January       1.     Refused  credit  at   Exchange.      Is    to   have    no   pass   for  ten   days.      Not 

much  use  to  company  so  far. 
January     10.     Dirty    gun    at    Saturday    morning    inspection.      Turned    out    two    hours 

laten  for  second  inspection. 

January     30.     Overstayed  pass   ten  minutes.      Reprimanded. 
February     5.     Refused   a    furlough    for   five   days. 

February  15.     Insulting  language  to  a  N.   C.   O.     Summary   court  charges. 
February  20.     Above  record   read  to   him   to  show   rating. 

S  Judicious  praise  in  the  presence  of  the  first  sergeant,  a  few 
noncommissioned  officers,  or  the  entire  company,  depending  upon  cir* 
cumstances,  very  often  accomplishes  a  great  deal.  After  the  according 
of  such  praise,  let  your  action  toward  the  man  show  that  his  good  con- 
duct is  appreciated  and  that  it  has  raised  him  in  your  estimation,  and 


202  CHAPTER  XV 

make  him  feel  you  are  keeping  your  eye  on  him  to  see  whether  he  will 
continue  in  his  well  doing. 

4.  Publication  of  commendatory  orders,  desirable  special  duty 
details,  etc. 

5  Promotion,  and  extra  duty  details  which  carry  extra  pay. 

6  Meritorious   conduct   of  importance   should  be   noted  in  the 
soldier's  military  record  and  also  on  his  discharge. 

7  -At  the  weekly  company  inspection,  each  chief  of  squad  picks 
out  the  neatest  and  cleanest  man  in  his  squad — the  captain  then  in- 
spects the  men  so  selected,  the  neatest  and  cleanest  one  being  ex- 
cused from  one  or  two  tours  of  kitchen  police,  or  some  other  dis- 
agreeable duty;  or  given  a  two  days'  pass. 

NOTE:  fume  officers  do  not  think  that  good  conduct  should  be  especially 
rewarded,  but  that  if  all  soldiers  be  held  strictly  accountable  for  their  actions  by  a 
system  of  strict  discipline,  good  conduct  attains  its  own  reward  in  the  immunities  ir 
enjoys. 

A  Trials  by  Court-Martial.  As  stated  in  the  Army  Regulations 
(Par.  968,  *io),  commanding  officers  should  not  bring  every  dereliction  of 
duty  before  a  court  for  trial,  but  in  the  case  of  minor  offenses1  the  ends 
of  discipline  can  often  be  served  fully  as  well,  if  not  even  better,  by 
requiring  extra  fatigue  or  by  withholding  privileges,  unless  the  soldier 
concerned  demands  a  trial.  This  right  to  demand  a  trial  must  in 
every  case  be  mad'e  known  to  the  soldier. 

B  Some  Efficacious  Forms  of  Extra  Fatigue. 

/  Extra  fatigue  under  the  Q.  M.  sergeant  or  the  noncommis- 
sioned officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  cleaning  up  around  and  in  the 
company  quarters,  scrubbing  pots,  scouring  tin  pans,  polishing  stoves, 
cutting  wood,  policing  the  rears,  cutting  grass,  pulling  weeds,  polish 
ing  the  brass  and  nickel  parts  in  the  water-closets  and  bath  rooms, 
washing  and  greasing  leather,  cleaning  guns,  boiling  greasy  haversacks 
and  polishing  the  brass  buckles,  etc.,  and  in  camp,  digging  drains  and 
working  around  slop  holes. 

If  the  work  be  done  well  the  offender  may  be  let  off  sooner — if 
the  work  be  not  done  well,  he  may  be  tried  for  it. 

2  Men  may  not  be  allowed  to  leave  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  barracks  for  periods  ranging  from  one  to  ten  days,  during  which 

1  For  example,  noisy  or  disorderly  conduct  in  quarters,  failure  to  salute  offi- 
cers, slovenly  .fressed  at  formations,  rifle  equipments  not  properly  cleaned  at  inspec- 
tion or  other  formations,  overstaying  pass,  short  absences  without  leave  and  absences 
from  formations  (especially  for  first  offense.) 


THE  COMPANY  203 

time  they  are  subject  to  all  kinds  of  disagreeable  fatigue,  and  required 
to  report  to  the  N.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  quarters  at  stated  hours. 

'  3  Breaking  rocks  for  a  given  number  of  days.  For  every  man 
so  punished,  a  private  of  the  same  company  is  detailed  as  a  sentinel 
and  for  every  four  men  a  corporal  is  detailed  in  addition— the  idea  be- 
ing to  cause  every  man  in  each  organization  to  take  an  interest  in 
preventing  his  own  comrades  from  violating  rules  and  regulations. 

4  When  two  soldiers  get  into  a  row  that  is  not  of  a  serious 
nature,  a  good  plan  is  to  set  them  at  work  scrubbing  th'e  barrack 
windows — one  on  the  outside  and  one  on  the  inside,  making  them 
dean  the  same  pane  at  the  same  time.  They  are  thus  constantly  looking 
in  each  other's  faces  and  before  the  second  window  is  cleaned  they 
will  probably  be  laughing  at  each  other  and  part  friends  rather  than 
nursing  their  wrath. 

NOTE:  Some  company  commanders  follow,  for  moral  effect,  the  practice  of 
publishing  to  their  companies  all  summary  court  convictions  of  soldiers  belonging  to 
the  organization. 

Withholding  of  Privileges. 

1  Withholding  of  passes  and  of  credit  at  the  post  exchange. 

2  Withholding  of  furloughs. 

Control  of  Drunken  and  Obscene  Men.  In  order  to  control 
drunken  and  obscene  men,  they  have  been  bucked  and  gagged 
until  sufficiently  sober  to  regain  self-control  and  quiet  down.  The  use 
of  a  cold  water  hose  in  such  cases  has  been  known  to  accomplish  good 
results.  Great  care  and  judgment,  however,  should  be  exercised  and 
no  more  force  used  than  is  absolutely  necessary. 

It  may  also  be  said  that  persistently  filthy  men  have  been 
washed  and  scrubbed. 

Payment  of  Debts.  It  is  neither  desirable  nor  customary  that 
company  commanders  should  act  as  collectors  of  private  debts  owed 
soldiers  or  civilians  by  members  of  their  companies.  However,  in 
the  case  of  just,  proper  and  lawful  debts,  it  is  customary  for  a  com- 
pany commander  to  use  his  persuasive  powers  to  make  the  soldier 
meet  his  obligations.  Where  it  is  evident  a  soldier  has  contracted  a 
debt  with  fraudulent  intent,  or  that  his  action  in  the  matter  is  such 
as  to  reflect  discredit  upon  the  character  and  standing  of  the  Army, 
the  question  becomes  one  of  conduct  to  the  prejudice  of  good  order 
and  military  discipline,  and  suitable  action  for  payment  should  be 


204  CHAPTER  XV 

taken.     In  aggravated  cases,  charges  are  sometimes  preferred  under 
the  62d  Article  of  War. 

Under  date  of  June  2,  1910,  concurred  in  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
June  6,  1910,  the  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the  Army  decided  that 
when  an  enlisted  man  fails  to  pay  a  just  debt  after  his  attention  has 
been  drawn  thereto  by  his  company  commander,  it  is  within  the  authority 
of  the  latter  to  prefer  charges  against  the  soldier. 

Saturday  Morning  and  Other  Company  Inspections  are  intended 
fo  show  the  condition  of  the  organization  regarding  its  equipment, 
military  appearance  and  general  fitness  for  service,  and  the  condition 
of  the  quarters  as  regards  cleanliness,  order,  etc.  Usually  everyone 
except  the  guard,  one  cook,  and  others  whose  presence  elsewhere  can 
not  be  spared,  are  required  to  attend  inspections,  appearing  in  their 
best  clothes,  their  arms  and  accoutrements  being  shipshape  and  spick 
and  span  in  every  respect. 

A  man  appearing  at  inspection  with  arms  and  equipments  not 
in  proper  shape,  especially  if  he  be  a  recruit  or  if  it  be  his  first  offense 
may  be  turned  out  again  several  hours  later,  fully  armed  and  equipped, 
ror  another  inspection,  instead  of  being  tried  by  summary  court. 

PROPERTY   RESPONSIBILITY 

Special  attention  should  be  given  to  the  care  and  accountability 
of  all  company  property. 

/  All  property  (tents,  axes,  spades,  chairs,  hatchets,  etc.),  should 
be  -plainly  marked  with  the  letter  of  the  company. 

2  Keep  a  duplicate  copy  or  every  memorandum  receipt  given 
for  property,  and  when  such  property  is  turned  in  or  another  officer's 
memorandum  receipt  is  given  covering  the  property,  don't  fail  to  get 
your  original  memorandum  from  the  quartermaster. 

3  See  that  the  quartermaster  gives  you  credit  for  all  articles 
turned  in,  or  property  accounted  for  on  statement  of  charges,  pro- 
ceedings of  a  surveying  officer  or  otherwise.     See  Supplement,  Chap. 
XV,  Par.  973,  about  statement  of  charges. 

4  Have  a  settlement  with  the  quartermaster  at  the  end  of  every 
quarter  as  required  by  Army  Regulations,  taking  an  inventory  of  all 
property  held  on  memorandum  receipt  and  submitting  to  the  quarter- 
master a  statement  of  charges  and  a  certified  list  of  the  china  and 
glassware  unavoidably  broken  during  the  quarter. 


THE  COMPANY  205 

5  Keep  an  account  of  all  articles  issued  to  the  men,  turned  in 
to  the  quartermaster,  condemned,  expended,  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed. 

6  Worn  out  and  unserviceable  property  should  be  submitted  to 
the  action  of  an  inspector  as  soon  as  practicable.     If  the  time  of  the 
annual  visit  of  the  inspector  be  not  near  at  hand  and  such  property 
has  accumulated  to  such  an  extent  as  to  make  the  case  one  of  emer- 
gency, application  may  be  made  to  the  department  commander  for  the 
appointment  of  a  special  inspector,  in  which  case  a  copy  of  the  Inven- 
tory and  Inspection   Report,  duly  accomplished  and  signed,  will  be 
forwarded  with  the  application. 

8  Property  that  is  to  be  submitted  to  the  action  of  a  surveying  officer 
or  an  inspector  should  always  first  be  carefully  examined  by  the  respon- 
sible officer  in  person,  who  should  be  prepared  to  give  all  necessary  infor- 
mation in  regard  to  it. 

The  property  should  be  arranged  in  the  order  of  enumeration  in  the 
survey  or  the  inventory  report,  and  should  be  arranged  in  rows  of  five, 
ten,  or  some  other  number,  so  that  the  numbers  of  the  various  articles  can 
be  counted  at  a  glance. 

The  Army  Regulations  require  that  the  responsible  officer  shall  be 
present  at  the  inspection  of  property  by  a  regular  inspector.  He  should 
also  be  present  when  property  is  acted  on  by  a  surveying  officer. 

SAJLE  OF  CLOTHING 

•  Company  commanders  sometimes  have  considerable  trouble  with 
soldiers  selling  their  clothing.  The  following  has  been  found  very 
erficacious  in  stopping  the  practice: 

/  Have  Sections  3748  and  5438,  Revised  Statutes,  U.  S.,  pub- 
lished where  they  will  be  seen  by  civilians  likely  to  buy  clothing. 

2  Under  the  supervision  of  the  chiefs  of  squads,  have  all  cloth- 
ing plainly  marked  as  soon  as  drawn. 

3  Prohibit  men  from  loaning  any  article  of  clothing. 

4.  Require  the  chiefs  of  squads  to  keep  an  accurate  record  of  all 
clothing  in  possession  of  their  men,  verifying  the  same  by  frequent 
inspections. 

5  Require  every  man  to  report  at  once  to  his  chief  of  squad 
and  then  to  his  company  commander  any  alleged  loss  of  clothing. 

6  Old  and  worn-out  clothing  must  not  be  thrown  away  until 
inspected  and  condemned  by  the  company  commander. 


j* 


0 


16 


.s 


ta 

00 

~Q~ 

.>  ' 
O 


0 


O 


u 


0 


I!- 


1 


8 


o     rf 


0 


h 


A 


208  CHAPTER  XV 

Designate  one  day  each  week  for  the  condemning  of  clothing. 

7  Every  Saturday  morning,  after  inspection,  check  up  the  cloth 
ing  of  two  or  three  men  selected  at  random. 

8  Men  should  invariably  be  punished  for  selling,  giving  away, 
or  negligently  losing  their  clothing. 

The  list  on  the  preceding  pages  affords  a  handy,  convenient  way 
of  keeping  a  check  on  the  clothing  in  the  possession  of  the  members 
of  the  company.  Only  such  articles  as  are  likely  to  be  sold  are  given — 
socks,  white  gloves,  white  collars,  etc.,  are,  therefore,  omitted. 

"R"  means  received;  "C"  condemned  (or  otherwise  authorized 
to  be  dropped).  The  amount  of  clothing  on  hand  at  any  time  may 
be  obtained  by  merely  subtracting  the  total  of  the  "C"  columns  from 
the  total  of  the  "R"  columns. 

In  the  case  here  given,  on  January  10,  1908,  Pvt.  John  A. 
Smith  was  issued  the  articles  indicated;  on  February  15  he  drew  the 
additional  articles  noted;  on  March  1  the  company  commander  con- 
demned the  articles  stated;  the  amount  of  clothing  then  in  Private 
Smith's  possession  is  shown  on  the  line,  "On  hand." 

The  company  commander  might  initial  all  articles  authorized 
by  him  to  be  dropped. 

The  clothing  lists  may  be  kept  in  the  possession  of  the  chiefs 
of  squads,  or  in  the  company  office,  in  charge  of  the  company  clerk. 

"The. Record  of  Clothing  Inspection"  book  (Moss-Dalton)  affords  a  simple  and 
accurate  way  of  keeping  a  check  on  the  clothing  in  possession  of  soldiers.  For  sale 
by  The  U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C.  Price  $1. 

IN  THE  MATTER  OF  THE  PROCEDURE  TO  BE  TAKEN 
IN  SECURING  EVIDENCE  AGAINST  PURCHASERS  OF  UNI- 
FORM  CLOTHING,  ETC.,  from  enlisted  men,  and  in  prosecuting 
such  purchasers,  the  following  steps  (resulting  most  successfully  in 
convictions  in  several  cases)  were  pursued  by  Captain  J.  J.  Bradley, 
14th  Infantry,  Judge  Advocate,  Department  of  the  Columbia: 

First,  it  was  found  that  the  undivided  attention  of  an  officer  in 
entire  sympathy  with  the  object  and  willing  to  heartily  co-operate 
in  the  undertaking  was  essential,  and  one  should  be  detailed  on 
special  duty  for  that  purpose. 

Second,  the  names  and  exact  descriptions  of  the  locations  of 
those  engaged  in  the  business  of  buying  clothing,  etc.,  from  soldiers 
should  be  obtained,  to  be  used  when  applying  for  Search  Warrants 


THE  COMPANY  209 

and  Warrants  of  Arrest.  This  information  may  be  obtained  by  in- 
quiries among  company  commanders,  enlisted  men  and  civilians,  by 
reference  to  records  of  trials  by  summary  courts  for  violations  of  the 
17th  Article  of  War,  and  by  passing  and  visiting  (incog.)  the  places 
suspected. 

Third,  having  learned  who  the  offenders  are,  decide  upon  two 
or  three  of  the  principal  ones  for  prosecution,  whose  convictions 
would  have  the  most  deterrent  effect  upon  others. 

Property  owners  who  have  something  at  stake  should  be  selected 
rather  than  those  who  have  nothing.  Saloon  keepers  should  be 
avoided,  if  possible.  The  conviction  of  two  or  three  well  selected, 
vigorously  prosecuted  habitual  offenders  will  be  more  effective  in 
breaking  up  the  traffic  than  attempts  at  conviction  of  a  number  of 
doubtful  or  occasional  offenders. 

Fourth,  if  the  offender  is  positively  known  to  have  certain  cloth- 
ing that  can  be  identified  as  having  been  unlawfully  purchased  by 
him,  and  the  witnesses  are  available  to  testify  to  his  having  purchased 
it  while  they  were  in  uniform,  an  application  for  a  Search  Warrant 
should  be  made  and  the  clothing  seized. 

If  the  offender  selected  is  known  to  have  clothing  unlawfully 
purchased,  but  the  evidence  is  not  available  for  identifying  such,  nor 
the  fact  of  its  purchase,  evidence  may  be  procured  by  having  one  or 
more  enlisted  men  in  sympathy  with  the  undertaking  take  certain 
marked  articles  to  the  offender  to  sell  or  pledge  to  him,  such  sale  or 
pledge  furnishing  a  specific  offense  to  set  forth  in  the  application  for 
a  Search  Warrant,  and  the  evidence  of  such  sale  can  be  used  before 
both  the  grand  jury  for  the  indictment  and  the  petit  jury  on  trial. 

In  making  the  application  of  the  Search  Warrant,  state  the  full 
name  of  the  offender,  give  an  accurate  description  of  the  premises 
to  be  searched,  and  give  a  list  of  all  the  articles  of  clothing,  arms, 
accoutrements,  etc.,  that  the  offender  can  possibly  have  unlawfully 
purchased  from  the  soldiers  or  that  may  be  found  upon  his  premises, 
and  seize  all,  but  limit  the  prosecution  to  those  articles  that  can  be 
positively  identified  by  witness  as  to  who  are  available  to  testify  to 
the  offender  purchasing  them. 

In  the  application  for  Search  Warrants  and  Warrants  of  Arrests 
by  the  officer  making  the  complaint,  after  specifying  the  particu- 
lar features  on  which  the  applications  are  based,  the  following  should 
be  included:  "The  affiant  further  states  that  he  believes  that  the  said 


210  CHAPTER  XV 

h'ds  at  divers  other  times  than  on  the  date  above 

set  forth,  purchased  other  articles  of  clothing,  etc.,  to  wit:  hats, 
caps,  etc.,  etc.,  (naming  them),  from  soldiers  in  the  military  service 
of  the  United  States  contrary  to  law."  This  is  very  important. 

Fifth,  to  obtain  the  Search  Warrant.  Do  not  apply  to  local  or 
State  authorities  for  it,  but  go  to  the  United  States  Commissioner  of 
the  District  or  to  the  United  States  Judge.  If  there  is  an  United 
States  District  Attorney  near  consult  with  and  work  through  him. 

Section  3748,  Revised  Statutes,  confers  a  right  to  search,  but 
Article  IV,  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  requires  that  a  warrant 
shall  issue  in  every  case  of  search.  The  Criminal  Procedure  of  ths 
State  Code  is  followed,  and  upon  probable  cause,  etc.,  the  United 
States  Commissioner  or  United  States  Judge  will  issue  such  warrants. 
The  entire  proceedings  should  be  before  the  United  States  Court, 
aided  by  the  United  States  District  Attorney. 

A  charge  of  violating  Section  5438  is  a  sufficient  one  upon  which 
to  base  an  application  for  a  Search  Warrant  and  Warrant  of  Arrest. 
Violations  of  other  sections,  such  as  receiving  stolen  property,  etc., 
may  be  presented  to  the  grand  jury  when  asking  for  indictments. 

Sixth,  having  procured  the  Search  Warrants  and  Warrants  of 
Arrest,  obtain  the  name  of  the  marshal  or  deputy  who  is  to  serve 
them  and  request  him  to  call  upon  the  Commanding  Officer  for  assis- 
tance in  serving  the  warrants.  The  officer  making  the  investigation 
and  such  other  officers  and  enlisted  men  as  may  be  necsssary  should 
be  detailed,  also  an  officer  designated  by  the  Commanding  Officer,  to 
receive  the  property  seized  under  Section  3748  Revised  Statutes, 
enough  being  detailed  to  collect  and  guard  the  property  until  it 
can  be  removed. 

When  more  than  one  place  is  to  be  searched,  efforts  should  be 
made  to  keep  the  fact  of  searches  from  becoming  known,  and  when  the 
search  is  begun,  of  that  fact  reaching  the  other  places.  Make  all  the 
searches  in  the  same  day,  if  possible. 

Immediately  before  making  a  search  a  soldier  may  be  sent  to 
the  place  to  sell  an  article  of  clothing,  so  this  article  may  be  seized 
before  it  can  be  hidden  or  removed.  In  the  execution  of  the  search 
warrant  the  officer  detailed  accompanies  the  marshal  and  points  out 
the  articles  to  be  seized,  turning  them  over  to  the  enlisted  men  to  col- 
lect and  guard.  A  receipt  for  all  clothing  seized  should  be  given  to 
the  marshal  that  he  may  make  his  return  on  the  writ. 


THE  COMPANY  211 

The  clothing  is  then  taken  to  the  post,  each  article  tagged  with 
the  name  of  the  party  from  whom  seized,  the  date  and  all  marks  of 
identification  found  upon  it,  and  stored  in  a  safe  place.  The  clothing 
thus  seized,  if  properly  marked,  will  lead  to  the  identification  of  the 
owners. 

Seventh,  in  the  preliminary  hearing  before  the  United  States 
Commissioner,  proof  of  one  violation  of  Section  5438,  Revised  Statutes, 
is  sufficient. 

At  this  time  do  not  expose  witnesses  to  attempts  of  offenders  to 
induce  them  to  desert  or  swear  falsely.  The  identity  of  witnesses 
being  kept  secret  as  long  as  possible. 

Eighth,  to  prepare  the  evidence  for  the  grand  jury  it  will  be 
necessary  to  find  the  owners  of  the  property  seized,  for  use  as  wit- 
nesses. 

In  this  will  be  experienced  the  greatest  difficulty,  even  on  offer- 
ing immunity  from  trial,  unless  some  method  has  been  followed  when 
issuing  clothing  to  insure  its  being  properly  marked  so  it  can  be 
identified.  That  which  can  be  identified  as  having  belonged  to  desert- 
ers may  be  charged  as  bought  from  them. 

A  list  of  witnesses  (civil  and  military),  is  furnished  the  United 
States  District  Attorney,  who  will  cause  them  to  be  suspended. 

Transportation  in  kind  can  be  furnished  officers  and  men  under 
paragraph  75,  Army  Regulations,  1911. 

It  should  be  made  to  appear  to  the  grand  jury  that  the  cases 
presented  are  not  isolated  nor  rare  ones,  but  samples  of  what  are 
regular  and  frequent  practices  by  those  accused,  of  buying  and  receiv- 
ing in  pledge  Government  property,  that  a  considerable  amount  was 
recovered  in  the  seizures,  and  that  those  accused  knew  that  they  were 
purchasing  from  soldiers.  The  clothing  seized  should  be  exhibited, 
and  the  soldier  who  sold  the  clothing  as  witnesses. 

By  consulting  with  the  United  States  District  Attorney,  con- 
cerning the  counts  to  be  presented,  information  may  be  obtained  from 
him  as  to  how  little  evidence  the  grand  jury  will  require  to  bring  in 
the  indictments.  Even  at  this  time  it  is  not  advisable  to  unduly 
expose  witnesses. 

The  United  States  Court  has  decided  in  case  of  United  States 
vs.  Hart,  that  the  clothing  of  the  soldier  while  in  the  service  is  pub- 
lic property;  and  in  case  of  United  States  vs.  Smith  that  Revised 


212  CHAPTER  XV 

Statutes  3748,  1242  contain  a  rule  of  evidence;  that  is,  that  the  bare 
possession  of  the  property  of  the  United  States  is  prima  facia  evidence 
that  it  has  been  sold  or  pledged;  that  is  a  rule  which  a  jury  has  a 
right  to  construe  as  supplying  evidence  in  the  case. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  prove  the  soldier  had  no  rights  to  sell  his 
clothing,  because  it  adds  nothing  to  the  declaration  of  the  law.  • 

The  following  sections  of  the  Revised  Statutes  bear  on  this 
subject: 

SEC.  3748.  The  clothes,  arms,  military  outfits,  and  accoutrements  furnished  by 
the  United  States  to  any  soldier  shall  not  be  sold,  bartered,  exchanged,  pledged, 
loaned  or  given  away;  and  no  person,  not  a  soldier,  or  duly  authorized  officer  of  the 
United  States,  who  has  possession  of  any  such  clothes,  arms,  military  outfits,  or 
accoutrements,  so  furnished  and  which  have  been  the  subjects  of  any  such  sale,  bar- 
ter, exchange,  pledge,  loan  or  gift,  shall  have  any  right,  title,  or  interest  therein;  but 
the  same  may  be  seized  and  taken  wherever  found  by  any  officer  of  the  United  States, 
civil  or  military,  and  shall  thereupon  be  delivered  to  any  quartermaster,  or  other 
officer  authorized  to  receive  the  same.  The  possession  of  any  such  clothes,  arms, 
military  outfits,  or  accoutrements  by  any  person  not  a  soldier  or  officer  of  the  United 
States  shall  be  presumptive  evidence  of  such  a  sale,  barter,  exchange,  pledge,  loan 
or  gift. 

SEC.   5438.         *  *       *       *       *       every  person  who  knowingly  purchases 

or  receives  in  pledge  for  any  obligation  or  indebtedness  from  any  soldier,  officer, 
sailor,  or  other  person  called  into  or  employed  in  the  military  or  naval  service,  any 
arms,  equipments,  ammunition,  clothes,  military  stores,  or  other  public  property,  such 
soldier,  sailor,  officer,  or  other  person  not  having  the  lawful  right  to  pledge  or  sell 
the  same,  every  person  so  offending  in  any  of  the  matters  set  forth  in  this  section 
shall  be  imprisoned  at  hard  labor  for  not  less  than  one  nor  more  than  five  years,  or 
fined  not  more  than  one  thousand  nor  less  than  five  hundred  dollars. 

CAMP  AND  GARRISON  EQUIPAGE. 

Experience  has  shown  that  a  company  of  65  men  needs  about 
the  following  articles  of  camp  equipage: 

10  axes  and  helves  6  shovels,  S.  H. 

65  bedsacks  (call  for  70)  6  spades 

9  camp  kettles  (3  large,  3  small,  3  medium)      1  tent,  common,  complete  with  poles,  etc. 

1  desk,  field  9  tents,  conical  wall,  complete  with  poles,  etc. 

1  hand  litter  65  shelter  tents,  with  pins  and  poles 

10  hatchets  and  helves  2  tents,  wall,  with  flies,  poles,  pins,  etc.,  complete. 

10  mess  pans  2  trumpets 

10  pickaxes  and  helves  ,                  2  trumpet  cords  and  tassels 

65  field  cots  (call  for  70)  1  5  whistles 

6  shovels,  L.  H.  1  field  range,  complete 


THE  COMPANY  213 

Not  Strictly  Necessary,  but  Useful  in  Permanent  Camp 
6  buckets,  G.  I.  1  handcart 

4  ash  cans  4  chairs,  folding,  camp 

4  water  barrels  1  table,  folding,  camp 

1  portable  latrine  1  lantern  for  each  tent,  if  possible  to 

2  rakes,  steel  get  them 

4  brooms,  stable,  hickory  1  set  camp  fire  irons  with  a  dozer 

1  inkstand  "S"  hooks 

2  G.  I.  tubs  for  laundry  Lots  of  extra  canvas  is  very  desirable 
1  ruler 

Requisitions  for  Supplies.    See  Supplement,  Chap.  XV,  Par.  98. 

Grindstone.  A  small  grindstone  about  six  inches  in  diameter, 
to  sharpen  kitchen  knives,  etc.,  is  a  convenience. 

Potato  Parer.  An  economical  potato  parer,  which  not  only 
saves  time,  but  also  wastes  less  of  the  potato  than  paring  by  hand,  can 
be  put  to  good  use  in  the  kitchen. 

Handcart.  If  the  company  has  not  a  handcart,  effort  should 
be  made  to  get  one  from  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  A  hand- 
cart is  one  of  the  greatest  conveniences  that  a  company  can  have. 
Not  only  is  it  always  at  hand  for  the  transportation  of  rations,  cloth- 
ing and  other  supplies  drawn  by  the  company,  but  it  can  also  be  used 
continually  around  the  company  for  various  purposes. 

RUBBER  STAMPS  USUALLY  USED  IN  A  COMPANY. 

(a)  ............  Indorsement 

Company    "I,"    24th    Infantry, 
Fort    Missoula,    Mont., 


190 


(For  other  stamps,  see  pages  100C  and  244). 


214  CHAPTER  XV 

M 

PROPERTY  OF 

Co.  "A,"  24th  Infantry. 

Used  for  stamping  company  property. 
(d) 

CO.  "A,"  24TH  INFANTRY, 

FORT  MISSOULA,  MONT. 

Used  mostly  on  envelopes. 

ORDERS. 

The  following  are  the  usual  forms  of  the  company  orders  gen- 
erally issued: 

COMPANY  "I",  24TH  INFANTRY, 
FORT  MISSOULA,  MONT.,  January   1,   1908. 
ORDERS 
No.   1. 

Artificer. 

Artificer  John  A.   Smith  is  relieved  from  duty  as  artificer,  and  Private  Henry 
Jones  appointed  in  his  stead. 

ROBERT    E.    JACKSON, 

Captain,  24th  Infantry,   Commanding  Co. 
Company   Clerk. 

Private  John  A.  Smith  is  detailed  on  special  duty  as  company  clerk. 
Company  Cook. 

(a)     Private  John  A.   Smith  is   relieved  as  company  cook,   and  Private  Henry 
Jones  appointed  in  his  stead. 

(b)     The    verbal    orders    of    the    company    commander    of    November    5,    1907, 
appointing  Private  John  A.  Smith  company  cook,  are  confirmed  and  made  of  record. 

Company  Tailor 

Private  John  A.  Smith  is  detailed  on  special  duty  as  company  tailor. 
First  Sergeant. 

First  Sergeant  John  A.  Smith  is  relieved  as  First  Sergeant,  and  Sergeant  Henry 
Jones  is  appointed  in  his  stead. 

Lance  Corporal. 

Private  John  A.  Smith  is  appointed  lance  corporal. 
He  will  be  obeyed  and .  respected  accordingly. 

Musician. 

(a)  Private  John  A.  Smith  is  appointed  musician. 

(b)  Musician  John  A.  Smith  is  relieved  as  musician  and  returned  to  duty  as 
private. 

Quartermaster  Sergeant. 

Sergeant  John  A.   Smith  is  relieved  as   Quartermaster   Sergeant,   and   Sergeant 
Henry  Jones  detailed  in  his  stead. 


THE  COMPANY  215 

THE  COMPANY  FUND 

Different  officers  entertain  different  opinions  as  to  the 
management  of  the  company  fund. 

See  Supplement,  Chap.  XV,  Par.  100. 

While  the  fund  should  be  economically  administered,  it  is 
not  thought  good  policy  to  hoard  up  a  large  fund  for  the  com- 
pany commander's  successor  to  spend  on  men  who,  perhaps, 
were  not  in  the  company  when  the  money  accrued. 

The  company  commander  should  bear  in  mind  that  he  is  only  the  cus- 
todian of  the  company  fund — it  belongs  to  the  men  of  the  company. 

Some  company  commanders  follow  the  excellent  practice  of  keeping 
the  company  fund  book  in  the  company  office,  where  any  member  of  the 
company  who  may  wish  to  see  it  may  do  so,  and  of  posting  a  statement 
of  the  fund  on  the  company  bulletin  board  the  end  of  every  month. 

A  company  commander  should  not  keep  on  hand  more  money  than 
is  necessary  to  meet  the  current  cash  demands  that  are  made  upon  him; 
the  bulk  of  the  fund  should  be  kept  in  the  bank.  In  fact,  the  best  plan  is 
to  pay  everything  by  check. 

The  ordinary  6  quire,  ruled,  account  book  about  8  x  14  is  a  conve- 
nient size  book  in  which  to  keep  the  company  fund  account  and  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  company  council. 

Larger  books  are  awkward  and  unsuitable.  It  is  best  to  have  the 
same  book  cover  many  years,  like  all  company  books. 

They  should  be  labeled  on  back  and  on  front  cover,  latter  show- 
ing years  until  filled,  thus: 


Company  Council  Book 

and 

Company  Fund  Account. 
Company  "M,"  13th  Infantry. 
April  1,  1897,  to 


The  Moss-Dalton  Company  Council  Book  is  recommended  as  being  by  far  the 
best  book  for  the  purpose.  It  is  only  about  4x8  inches,  weighs  but  a  few  ounces 
and  has  the  headings,  usual  proceedings,  etc.,  printed.  Sold  by  the  U.  S.  Infantry 
Association,  Washington,  D.  C.  Price  $1. 


216  CHAPTER  XV 

Like  all  such  books,  it  should  open  or  begin  with  the  conven- 
tional statement  of  what  the  book  is,  which,  in  this  case,  should  be  in 
tlie  center  of  page  1,  and  is  the  same  as  that  on  front  cover. 

The  requirements  of  orders,  regulations,  ordinary  business  rules, 
care  and  exactness,  should  be  observed  in  keeping  the  accounts  of 
company  funds.  The  expenditures,  and  record  of  same,  should  re- 
ceive the  careful  attention  of  the  officer  himself,  and  not  be  in  great 
part  turned  over  to  any  other  person.  Accounts  are  kept  by  months, 
and  this  certificate,  "The  above  account  is  correct  and  just"  signed  with 
name,  rank,  duty,  date  and  place,  should  follow  each  month  or  change 
of  custodian. 

GENERAL  INSTRUCTIONS 

1  Par.  1242,  A.  R.,  '10,  requiring  that  "Money  accruing  from  the 
ration  and  savings  account  of  an  organization  will  be  spent  only  for 
food,"  makes  it  necessary  to  keep  the  receipts  and  expenditures  on  account 
of  the  company  mess  separate  from  other  funds. 

2  Entries  for  receipts  should  state  date  of  entry,  from  whom  (per- 
son or  firm),  what  for,  for  what  period  (in  case  of  savings,  post  exchange 
and  bakery  dividends,  pay  from  boarders,  etc.),  and  amount.     Should  a 
receipt  not  be  for  a  period,  but  only  for  a  single  transaction,  the  date  of 
the  receipt  also  should  appear,  if  different  from  the  date  of  entry. 

3  Entries  for  expenditures  should  show  date  of  payment,  to  whom 
paid,  what  for,  and  amount ;  all  briefly,  but  with  essential  points  covered, 
and  with  care  and  exactness. 

4  To  facilitate  inspection  by  post,  or  battalion  commanders  or  others, 
the  vouchers  should  be  put  in  proper  shape  and  filed  in  proper  order. 
Every  voucher  should  be  folded  to  convenient  size  for  handling,  being 
pasted  on  proper  size  paper,  if  necessary,  and  indorsed;  for  instance, 
thus  on  the  first  fold: 

No.  6 

JANUARY  7,  1911, 
$50 

5  There  should  be  a  voucher  for  all  moneys  received,  from  whatever 
source,  and  for  all  moneys  expended.    For  example,  in  the  case  of  company 
pool  collections,  when  the  money  is  turned  over  to  the  company  com- 
mander, a  voucher  of  this  tenor  should  also  be  turned  in : 


THE  COMPANY  217 

Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y., 

January  7,  1911 

Turned  over  to  Capt.  John  Smith,  fifty  dollars  ($50),  collections 
from  the  company  pool  table  for  December. 

H.  A.  JONES, 
Q.  M.  Sergt.  Co.  "C."  24th  Infantry. 

Under  rare  circumstances,  especially  in  the  field,  it  sometimes  happens 
that  it  is  not  practicable  to  get  a  receipt  for  money  expended.  In  such 
case  the  officer  should  certify  to  the  expenditure,  using  his  certificate  as 
a  voucher. 

Caution:  When  receiving  a  company  fund,  always  obtain  from  the 
former  custodian  a  certified  statement  showing:  (a)  All  bills  that  the 
company  owes,  (b)  all  amounts  due  the  company,  and  (c)  a  list  of  out- 
standing checks.  If  the  company  owes  no  bills,  if  nothing  is  due  the  com- 
pany, and  if  there  are  no  outstanding  checks,  these  facts  should  be  stated. 
This  certified  statement  should  be  made  on  the  proper  page  in  the  company 
fund  book. 


218 


CHAPTER  XV 


THE  ACCOUNT  CURRENT 

The  following  table  shows  how  the  company  book  fund  should  be 
kept  and  the  proceedings  of  the  company  council  written: 

Captain  John  Brown,  24th  Infantry,  in  account  with  the 


1905 

You. 

RECEIPTS 

Ration 
Funds 

Other 
Funds 

June     1 

Cash  on  hand  May  31,  1905: 

700 

00 

100 

00 

June     4 

1 

Dividend  post  exchange,  Fort  Wm. 
McKinley,  P.  I.,  for  May,  1905 

50 

00 

June     6 

2 

Board  of  Co.  tailor,  April 

5 

00 

June     8 

3 

Expenditure  for  typewriter  Feb.  22 
1904,  disallowed.     Letter  Adj. 
Gen.,  U.  S.  A.,  March  20,  1905 

20 

00 

June  10 

4 

Contribution  from  members  of  com- 
pany for  music  rolls 

10 

00 

June  15 

5 

Commissary  Savings  for  May 

27 

00 

June  20 

6 

Dividend   post   bakery,    Fort    Mc- 
Dowell, Cal.,  for  fourth  quarter, 
1904 

25 

00 

June  30 

7 

Dividend  post  bakery,  Fort  Wm. 
McKinley,   second  quarter,   1905 

Total 

20 

00 

180 

777 

00 

00 

I  certify,  that  the  foregoing  account  for  the  month  of  June,  1905, 
is  correct  and  just,  and  that  of  the  amount  for  which  I  am  accountable 
Seven  Hundred  Dollars,  {$700)  is  deposited  with  the  Army  National 
Bank,  to  the  credit  of  the  Company  Fund,  Co.  "C,"  24th  Infantry,  and 
One  Hundred  and  Fifty-nine  Dollars  ($159),  in  cash  is  in  my  personal 
possession.  JOHN  A.  SMITH, 

JULY  i,  1905.  Captain,  24th  Infantry,  Commanding. 

I  certify,  that  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Army 
Regulations  I  have  this  date  inspected  the  foregoing  account  for  the 
period  from  April  I,  to  June  30,  1905,  inclusive,  and  find  it  correct  with 
the  following  exceptions:  None.  The  certificate  of  the  company  com- 
mander was  examined,  and  the  cash  in  his  personal  possession  verified. 

S.  R.  HARRIS, 
JULY  15,  1905.  Major,  24th  Infantry. 


THE  COMPANY 


219 


Company  Fund  of  Company  "C,"  24th  Infantry,  for  June,  1905. 


1905 

Vou. 

EXPENDITURES 

Ration 
Funds 

Other 
Funds 

June     2 

1 

California  Meat  Market,  S.  F.,  Cal., 
for  fresh  meat  as  per  bill  dated 
Jan.  1,  1905 

10 

00 

Tune  10 

2 

John  Green  $2.00,  John  White  $2.00, 
Co.  cooks,  extra  pay  for  April 

4 

00 

June  11 

3 

Subsistence  Dept.   Stores  bought 
May 

50 

00 

June  13 

4 

Baxter  &  Co.,  Manila,  fresh  vege- 
tables, per  bill  dated   May   15 

12 

00 

June  15 

5 

Manila   News   Co.,  periodicals,   per 
bill  dated  May  30 

5 

00 

June  20 

6 

John    Green    Co.    cook,    extra    pay 
for  January,  1905 

2 

00 

June  30 

7 

Marshall   &   Co.,   Manila,   P.   I.,   3 
sacks  potatoes,  $6.00;  2  sacks 
turnips,  $4.00;  50  Ibs.  cabbage, 
$5.00.     (This    because    receipt, 
but  no  bill,  is  on  hand 

15 

00 

Tune  30 

Cash  on  hand 

684 

00 

175 

00 

777 

00 

180 

00 

MADISON  BARRACKS,  N.  Y., 

July  i,  1905. 

The  company  council  of  administration,  convened  by  verbal  orders 
of  the  company  commander  met  this  date  and  audited  the  foregoing  ac- 
count for  the  month  of  June,  1905,  which  it  found  correct,  with  proper 
vouchers  in  support  of  each  receipt  and  expenditure. 

The  council  examined  the  certificate  of  the  company  commander 
on  the  preceding  page  and  verified  the  cash  balance  in  his  personal 
possession. 

ROBT.  E.  GRANT,  U.  S.  LEE, 

2nd  Lieut.,  24th  Intfy.  Capt.,  24th  Infantry 

Recorder  President. 

NOTE:  When  the  council  consists  of  less  than  the  three  officers  it  is 
customary  to  note,  "Only  officer  (or  officers)  on  duty  with  company." 


220  CHAPTER  XV 

Transfer  of  Company  Fund. 

FORM  OF  RECEIPT 

MADISON  BARRACKS,  NEW  YORK, 

/any.  i,  ign. 

Received  from  1st  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  24th  Infantry,  the  fund  of 
Co.  "A,"  24th  Infantry,  amounting  to  $500,  as  follows : 

Bank         .        '.        .        .        .        .        .        $450.00 

Cash 50.00 

$500.00 

James  Jones, 
Captain,  24th  Infantry. 

To  transfer  a  company  fund  that  is  deposited  in  a  bank,  it  is  merely 
necessary  to  write  the  cashier  of  the  bank  a  letter  of  this  tenor : 

/  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that  I  have  this  day  transferred  the 
Company  Fund,  Co.  "C,"  24th  Infantry,  to  Capt.  John  Smith,  24th  Infan- 
try, who  will  from  now  on  have  authority  to  draw  against  the  fund. 

His  signature  appears  below. 

Or,  a  check  for  the  amount  in  the  bank  may  be  drawn  in  favor  of, 
and  turned  over  to,  the  relieving  officer. 

No  purchase  should  ever  be  made  by  the  mess  sergeant  or  any- 
one else  without  the  written  authority  of  the  company  commander  in 
every  case.  See  page  138. 

When  deposited  in  a  bank,  the  company  fund  should  be  deposited,  for 
instance,  as,  "Company  Fund,  Co.  'C/  24th  Infantry,"  and  all  checks  drawn 
against  the  fund  should  be  signed,  for  instance- 
Company  Fund,  Co.  "C,"  24th  Infantry, 

John  A.  Smith, 
Captain,  24th  Infantry. 


THE  COMPANY  221 

BOOKS  AND  RECORDS1 

The  following  books  and  records  are  required  by  Army  Regu- 
lations to  be  kept  in  every  company: — 

/  Morning  Report  which  shows  the  exact  status  of  every  mem- 
ber of  the  company.  Changes  that  have  occurred  since  the  preceding 
reports  are  noted  in  figures  and  by  name. 

2  Sick  Report,  on  which  are  entered  the  names  of  all  enlisted 
men  requiring  medical  attention  and  such  officers  as  are  excused  from 
duty  because  of  illness. 

3  Duty  Roster.     A  form  on  which  is  kept  a  record  of  all  de- 
tails for  service  in  garrison  and  in  the  field,  except  the  authorized 
special   and   extra   duty  details.     For   instructions   regarding   rosters, 
see  "Rosters  and  Detachments,"  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

4.  Order  File,  consisting  of  a  file  of  all  orders  received  and 
issued. 

5  Company  Fund  Book,  in  which  are  entered  all  receipts  to, 
and  expenditures  from  the  company  fund,  together  with  the  proceed- 
ings of  the  Company  Council  of  Administration. 

6,  The  Company  Target  Records  consist  partly  of  a  series  of 
sheets  bound  by  the  loose-leaf  plan,  one  for  each  soldier,  on  which 
are  entered  his  record  practice  and  qualifications  for  each  season  of 
his  three  years'  enlistment.  Another  part  of  the  Company  Target 
Record  is  given  to  a  record  of  the  collective  fire  and  the  figure  of 
merit  of  the  company. 

7  Correspondence  Book,  with  index,  in  which  is  entered  with 
ink  or  indelible  pencil  a  brief  of  each  item  of  correspondence  in  re- 
spect to  which   a  record  is  necessary  and   a  notation   of  the   action 
taken  thereon.    (See  page  97). 

8  Document  File,  containing  the   original  documents  or  com- 
munications  when   these    are    retained,    and    carbon,   letter   press   or 
other   legible    copies   of   all   letters,   indorsements   or   telegrams   sent 
with  regard  to  same.     The  file  also  contains  similar  copies  of  all  let- 
ters,  indorsements   or   telegrams   originating   in   the   company   office. 
(See  page  97). 

Q    Descriptive  List,  Military  Record  and  Clothing  Account,  on 

1  The  "Moss-Dalton  Company  Records"  are  modern,  up-to-date  loose-leaf 
books  embodying  the  latest  ideas  in  record  books.  See  Advertising  Directory  of 
Supplement. 


222  CHAPTER  XV 

which  is  kept  a  full  description  of  every  man,  including  the  date  of 
enlistment,  personal  description,  a  record  of  deposits,  trials  by  court- 
martial,  etc.,  also  clothing  allowances  due  soldier  and  amounts  due 
U.  S.  for  clothing  drawn.  The  clothing  account  of  every  soldier  is 
balanced  June  30  and  December  31  of  each  year,  and  when  his  service 
with  an  organization  is  terminated. 

Every  year  the  War  Department  publishes  a  general  order 
giving  the  clothing  allowance  for  the  next  fiscal  year. 

10  A  Record  of  Sizes  of  Clothing  for  every  man  in  the  company 
as  ascertained  by  measurements.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  XV,  Par.  108. 

The  keeping  of  the  following  books,  although  not  required  by 
Regulations,  will  greatly  facilitate  and  systematize  company  admin- 
istration:— 

/  Delinquency  Book,  in  which  are  noted  disciplinary  punish- 
ments awarded  by  the  company  commander.  (Cards  may  be  used- 
instead.) 

2  Memorandum  Book,  in  which  are  entered  court-martial  sen- 
tences, sicknesses,  stoppages  for  losses  of  ordnance  stores,  camp  or 
garrison  equipage,  and  all  other  data  necessary  to  make  out  the 
muster  and  pay  rolls.  (Or  a  card  or  slip  may  be  kept  for  each  man, 
all  the  necessary  data  for  the  muster  and  the  pay  rolls  being  noted 
thereon.) 

3  Property  Book,  in  which  are  entered  all  ordnance  and  quar- 
termaster stores  in  the  possession  of  the  members  of  the  company. 
Get  from  the  quartermaster's  department,  or  some  other  source,  a 
blank  book  of  suitable  size  and  dimensions.  Beginning  with  number 
one,  number  the  pages  consecutively,  entering  on  each  page  alpha- 
betically a  list  of  the  stock  kit  of  a  soldier,  i.  e.: 

Quartermaster  Property:  Barrack  Bags;  Bed  Sacks;  Bedsteads, 
Iron;  Card  Holders;  Mattresses;  Mattress  Covers;  Mosquito  Bars; 
Pillows;  Pillow  Cases;  Sheets;  Shelter-Tent  Halves;  Shelter-Tent 
Pins;  Shelter-Tent  Poles;  Shelter-Tent  Ropes;  Trumpets;  Trumpet 
Cords  and  Tassels;  Trunk  Lockers.  Ordnance  Property:  Rifle,  Caliber 
.30;  Revolver,  Cal.  .38;  Bayonet;  Bayonet  Scabbard;  Adapters;  Blanket 
Roll  Straps;  Canteens,  Tin;  Canteen  Straps,  Web;  Canteen-Haversack 
Straps;  Cartridge  Belts,  Web;  Cartridge  Belt  Suspenders;  Cartridge 
Boxes,  McKeever;  Cartridges,  Cal.  .30;  Cartridges,  Cal.  .38;  Cleaning 
Rods,  Brass;  Forks;  Front  Sight  Covers;  Gun  Slings;  Haversacks; 


THE  COMPANY  223 

Knives;  Meat  Cans,  tin;  Pouch  for  First- Aid  Packet;  Revolver  Hols- 
ters; Screw  Drivers;  Small  Arms  Oiler,  B.  &  T.;  Spoons;  Tin  Cups; 
Waist  Belt,  Russet. 

Rule  also  a  column  for  the  signature  of  the  soldier  in  whose 
possession  the  articles  are.  Soldiers  are  given  company  numbers 
corresponding  to  those  of  the  pages.  When  a  soldier's  kit  is  turned 
in,  a  red  line  is  drawn  through  his  signature — when  the  kit  is  re- 
issued the  signature  of  the  new  man  appears  below,  thus  preserving 
a  complete  history  of  each  kit. 

The  number  of  the  rifles  in  the  company  are  entered  consecu- 
tively in  the  back  of  the  book,  opposite  each  being  the  company 
number  of  the  soldier  to  whom  it  is  issued. 

However,  it  is  suggested  that  whenever  practicable  a  "Moss- 
Dalton"  record  book  to  be  used  for  this  purpose.  See  Advertising 
Directory  of  Supplement. 

THINGS  OF  INTEREST  TO  COMPANY  COMMANDERS 

A  Marriage  of  Enlisted  Men.  There  is  no  law  to  prevent  the 
marriage  of  enlisted  men,  but  when  they  marry  without  the  consent 
of  the  company  commander  they  may  forfeit  extra  privileges  which 
are  sometimes  granted  to  married  soldiers.  For  instance,  it  may  ex- 
clude the  wife  from  residence  within  the  garrison.  (Remarks  of 
A.  G.  and  C.  G.  A.  on  various  cases  from  1884  to  1902.) 

A  soldier  who  marries  without  the  permission  of  his  Regimental 
Commander  may  also  be  denied  reenlistment. 

Married  soldiers  who  are  good  and  worthy  men  are  usually 
permitted  to  sleep  out  of  quarters,  on  or  off  the  reservation,  but  at- 
tending all  calls  and  formations;  draw  rations  separately  and  occupy 
available  vacant  quarters. 

B  Soldier  Shoemakers  and  Tailors.  It  is  not  seen  why  a  soldier 
who  happens  to  be  a  shoemaker  or  tailor  can  not  justly  and  without 
cause  of  complaint  (on  part  of  civilians),  after  having  performed  his 
military  duties,  do  outside  work  and  take  pay  for  it.  His  rights  to 
live  are  just  as  sacred  to  him,  and  his  wife  and  children  are  just  as 
dear  to  him,  and  their  support  just  as  important  to  him  as  they 
should  have  been  had  he  not  enlisted.  Besides  a  soldier's  rate  of  pay 
is  small.  (Ruling  of  War  Dept.  Sept.,  '92.) 

C  Venereal  Diseases.  Young  soldiers  disabled,  or  about  to  be- 
come disabled  by  reason  of  venereal  disease  should  be  encouraged  by 


224  CHAPTER  XV 

officers  and  noncommissioned  officers  to  report  sick  and  effect  an 
early  cure — they  should  be  taught  mildly  the  pernicious  effects  of 
such  diseases,  etc.  (Surgeon  General  and  A.  G.  O.) 

Enlisted  men  who  contract  venereal  diseases  and  report  them- 
selves to  the  post  surgeon  for  treatment  will  be  allowed  a  reasonable 
time  for  recovery,  provided  their  previous  good  service  and  character 
so  warrant;  but  men  who  are  found  to  be  incurable  and  men  who 
fail  to  report  for  treatment  will  be  discharged  on  S.  C.  D.  (Decision 
Sec'y  of  War,  Oct.,  '95). 

Discharge  for  venereal  diseases  should  not  be  without  honor 
and  there  should  be  no  objection  to  the  reenlistment  of  a  man  dis- 
charged for  such  disease  if  he  has  entirely  recovered.  If  it  is  consid- 
ered in  the  interest  of  the  service  to  discharge  him  rather  than  retain 
him  until  recovery  he  should  be  given  the  usual  discharge  on  S.  C.  D., 
but  there  is  no  authority  for  indorsing  the  nature  of  tne  disease  upon 
the  soldier's  discharge. 

Charges  Under  the  32nd  and  33rd  Articles  of  War  Arising  Out  of 
the  Same  Absence.  The  offenses  described  in  the  32nd  and  33rd  Arti- 
cles of  War  are  not  the  same,  and  therefore,  to  try  a  soldier  who  was 
absent  during  a  certain  number  of  hours  from  his  troop,  battery,  etc., 
under  the  32nd  Article  of  War,  and  also  under  a  separate  charge  for  fail- 
ing to  repair  at  the  fixed  time  to  the  place  of  parade,  etc.,  the  parade  having 
taken  place  during  the  time  covered  by  the  charge  under  the  32nd  Article 
of  War,  would  not  be  illegal. 

A  soldier  might  be  absent  without  leave  and  violate  the  32nd  Article 
of  War  at  a  time  when  his  absence  would  not  lead  to  a  violation  of  the 
33rd.  Where  a  man  is  absent  without  leave  at  a  time  when,  through  such 
absence,  he  misses  parade  or  some  other  fprmation,  it  is  an  aggravation 
•  of  the  offense  and  justice  would  require  that  the  punishment  should  be 
heavier.  This  result  is  obtained  by  charging  under  the  33rd  Article  of 
War  as  well  as  under  the  32nd  Article. 

While  this  view  applies  in  principle  to  all  cases  of  absence  without 
leave,  in  practice  common  sense  and  good  judgment  would  lead,  in  the 
case  of  an 'extended  absence,  to  the  merging  of  the  offense  under  the  33rd 
Article  of  War  in  the  offense  charged  under  the  32nd  Article  of  War.— 
Opinion  Judge  Advocate  General,  Sept.  6,  1905. 

Where  the  absence  without  leave  is  of  short  duration,  it  would  there- 
fore be  entirely  proper  to  prefer  charges  for  absence  without  leave  under 
the  32nd  Article  of  War  and  for  the  several  absences  under  the  33rd 


THE  COMPANY  225 

Article  of  War.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  absence  without  leave  is  of 
extended  duration,  it  would  be  better  practice  to  omit  charges  for  absence 
from  the  ordinary  roll  calls  during  the  absence. 

Crimes  Against  Nature.  Formerly  it  was  the  policy  of  the  War 
Department  to  discharge  without  honor,  upon  conclusive  presentation  of 
the  facts,  soldiers  guilty  of  sodomy  or  other  crimes  against  nature,  thus 
avoiding  the  scandal  of  a  public  trial.  However,  the  present  policy  is  not 
to  discharge  such  men  without  honor,  but  instead  to  bring  them  to  trial. 

"In  Line  of  Duty."  The  expression  "In  Line  of  Duty"  is  a  very 
comprehensive  term;  it  does  not  mean  a  status  of  actual  present  per- 
formance of  some  specific  military  duty,  but  it  relates  to  a  condition 
under  which  military  duty  may  be  regularly  performed,  in  contradis- 
tinction to  a  condition  inconsistent  with  the  performance  of  any 
ordinary  duty — such,  for  instance,  as  the  condition  of  being  on  leave 
of  absence.  It  is  not,  therefore,  necessary  in  order  to  be  "In  Line  of 
Duty,"  that  a  soldier  should,  at  the  time  of  an  injury,  be  engaged  in 
the  execution  of  a  specific  act  of  military  duty,  but  he  must  not  be 
doing  something  quite  unconnected  with  duty  and  inconsistent  with 
his  proper  military  function. 

"It  is  just  to  assume  that  all  diseases  contracted  or  injuries 
received  while  an  officer  or  soldier  is  in  the  military  service  of  the 
United  States,  occur  in  the  line  of  duty,  unless  the  surgeon  knows 
first  that  the  disease  or  injury  existed  before  entering  the  service; 
second,  that  it  was  contracted  while  absent  from  duty  on  furlough  or 
otherwise;  or,  third,  that  it  occurred  in  consequence  of  willful  neglect 
or  immoral  conduct  of  the  sick  man  himself."— (Opinion  of  the  Sur- 
geon General,  May  n,  1893,  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War.) 

Injuries  received  under  the  following  conditions  and  through  no  fault 
or  negligence  of  the  injured,  and  not  as  a  result,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  any 
unlawful  or  unauthorized  act  were  held  to  be  "In  Line  of  Duty": 

1  On  pass,  including  hunting  pass. 

2  While  bicycle  riding,  which  was  indulged  in  as  an  athletic 
exercise. 

3  In  a  game  of  baseball,  played  by  permission,  as  part  of  ath 
letic  exercise. 

4  In  athletic  sports  properly  indulged  in. 

5  While  in  confinement  for  a  military  offense. 

6  While  on  sick  furlough. 


226  CHAPTER  XV 

(NOTE:  It  is  the  practice  of  the  War  Department  to  consider  a  soldier  on  pass 
as  being  "In  Line  of  Duty,"  but  when  on  regular  furlough  as  "Not  in  Line  of  Duty." 
However,  it  has  been  held  a  soldier  on  furlough  may  be  "In  Line  of  Duty,"  as 
when  en  route  to  his  station,  or  when  during  his  furlough  he  is,  in  compliance  with 
orders,  on  his  way  to  a  place  to  report  his  whereabouts.) 

Injuries  received  under  the  following  conditions  were  held  to  have 
been  received  "Not  in  Line  of  Duty": 

/     In  rough  play  or  friendly  scuffle. 

2  By  the  accidental  discharge  of  a  pistol,  the  personal  prop- 
erty of  a  fellow  soldier,  who  was  at  the  time  trying  to  sell  it  to  the 
party  injured,  in  violation,  in  fact,  of  a  post  order  forbidding  the  use 
or  production  of  arms  other  than  those  furnished  by  the  Government. 

3  The  result  of  an  unlawful  or  unauthorized   act  as  a  direct 
or  contributory  cause. 

4  Through  the  soldier's  gross  carelessness. 

5  Illicit  fornication. 

6  A  soldier  on  pass  assaulted  a  policeman  and  was  shot. 

7  In  a  civilian  game  of  baseball  outside  of  military  reservation, 
while  on  pass,  and  accepting  compensation  for  services. 

(For  a  full  discussion  of  the  subject,  see  1617- 1625,  Digest  of  Opinions  of 
the  Judge  Advocate  General). 

Drills.  Company  drills  naturally  become  monotonous.  The 
monotony,  however,  can  be  greatly  reduced  by  repeating  the  drills 
under  varying  circumstances.  In  the  manual  of  arms,  for  instance, 
the  company  may  be  brought  to  open  ranks  and  the  officers  and  ser- 
geants directed  to  superintend  the  drill  in  the  front  and  rear  ranks. 
As  the  men  make  mistakes  they  are  fallen  out  and  drilled  nearby  by 
an  officer  or  noncommissioned  officer.  Or,  the  company  may  be 
divided  into  squads,  each  squad  leader  drilling  his  squad,  falling  out 
the  men  as  they  make  mistakes,  the  men  thus  fallen  out  reporting 
to  a  designated  officer  or  noncommissioned  officer  for  drill.  The 
men  who  have  drilled  the  longest  in  the  different  squads  are  then 
formed  into  one  squad  and  drilled  and  fallen  out  in  like  manner.  The 
variety  thus  introduced  stimulates  a  spirit  of  interest  and  rivalry  that 
robs  the  drill  of  much  of  its  monotony. 

It  is  thought  the  instruction  of  a  company  in  drill  is  best  at- 
tained by  placing  special  stress  on  squad  drill.  The  noncommis- 
sioned officers  should  be  thoroughly  instructed,  practically  and  theo- 
retically, by  one  of  the  company  officers  and  then  be  required  to  in- 
struct their  squads.  The  squads  are  then  united  and  drilled  in  the 
school  of  the  company. 


THE  COMPANY  227 

Enlisted  Men  Taking  Civil-Service  Examinations.  The  ap- 
proval of  the  Secretary  of  War  is  necessary  before  an  enlisted  man 
can  take  a  civil-service  examination.  (Rule  V,  Par.  3,  Civil-Service 
Rules.) 

Should  the  applicant  succeed  in  securing  a  certification  for 
appointment,  the  present  practice  of  the  War  Department  seems  to  be 
to  grant  a  discharge  either  by  purchase  or  "in  the  interest  of  the 
United  States,"  the  principle  evidently  being  that  a  man's  service  in 
the  civil  service  is  of  more  value  to  the  Government  than  as  an  enlisted 
man.  However,  each  case  is  considered  separately  and  judged  on  its 
own  merits. 

In  case  of  temporary  absence  of  the  Company  Commander,,  he 
should  leave  a  memorandum  suggesting  the  character  he  would  like 
to  have  given  to  men  to  be  discharged  during  his  absence. 

A  Relinquishing  Command.  Upon  relinquishing  command'  of  a 
company,  be  sure  to  sign  up  all  books.  Close  up  all  property  ac- 
countability. The  retained  Ordnance  Returns  are  the  personal  prop- 
erty of  the  company  commander  and  may  very  properly  be  taken 
away  by  him.  (Decision  A.  G.  O.  Dec.  10,  1907.)  However,  he  must 
leave  certified  copies  with  the  company  (Cir.  84,  '09). 

Posting  Travel  Allowances  on  Company  Bulletin  Board.  As  a 
convenience  and  an  accommodation  to  the  members  of  the  company,  it  is 
a  good  plan  for  the  company  commander  to  get  from  some  paymaster  the 
distances  from  the  post  to  the  various  places  of  enlistment  of  the  differ- 
ent men  in  the  company,  and  post  this  information,  together  with  the 
travel  allowances,  on  the  company  bulletin  board,  or  place  it  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  company  clerk  from  whom  the  men  may  get  the  information 
when  wanted.  This  prevents  persons  around  the  post  who  cash  final 
statements,  from  imposing  upon  the  soldiers  in  regard  to  travel  allowances. 

Cleaning  Slate  and  Urinals.    See  page  477. 

THE  RECRUIT.1 

The  life  of  the  recruit  is  generally  the  most  trying  part  of  a 
soldier's  career — the  work  and  requirements  being  new  and  strange, 


1  For  instruction  of  Coast  Artillery  recruits  in  certain  subjects,  see  SUPPLE- 
MENT, Chap.  XV,  Par.  101. 

The  instruction  of  privates  in  guard  duty,  military  courtesy,  outpost  duty,  care 
of  arms,  etc.,  is  covered  in  detail  in  "Privates'  Manual."  See  SUPPLEMENT,  page  145. 


228  CHAPTER  XV 

they  seem  to  him  in  many  ways  useless  and  at  times  even  degrading. 
Some  recruits,  for  instance,  misunderstand  the  nature  of  the  salute, 
and  failing  to  see  any  necessity  therefor,  are  averse  to  saluting  officers. 
It  should,  therefore,  be  explained  to  them  that  in  all  armies  of  the 
world,  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  required  to  salute  each  other  when- 
ever they  meet  or  pass,  the  subordinate  saluting  first.  This  salute 
on  the  part  of  the  subordinate  is  not  intended  in  any  way  as  an  act 
of  degradation  or  a  mark  of  inferiority,  but  it  is  simply  a  military 
courtesy  that  is  as  binding  on  the  officer  as  it  is  on  the  private.  It  is 
a  bond  uniting  all  in  a  common  profession,  marking  the  fact  that 
above  them  there  is  an  authority  that  both  recognize  and  obey — the 
Country!  Indeed,  by  custom  and  by  regulations,  it  is  as  obligatory 
on  the  ranking  general  of  the  army  to  return  the  salute  of  the  recruit, 
as  it  is  on  the  latter  to  give  it. 

The  recruit  is,  of  course,  ignorant  of  all  military  matters,  but 
he  is  usually  willing  to  learn  and  will  submit  without  complaint  to 
more  hours  of  instruction  than  ever  afterwards  in  his  military 
career.  Much  of  his  unsoldierly  conduct  and  awkwardness — from 
which  he  frequently  reaps  humiliation  through  harsh  and  ill-consid- 
ered correction — is  the  direct  result  of  ignorance  for  which  lie  is  in 
no  way  responsible.  He  should  not  be  left  to  absorb  a  knowledge  of 
military  propriety  from  contact  with  older  soldiers  (whose  habits 
and  manners  in  this  regard  too  often  furnish  very  poor  examples), 
but  his  ignorance  should  be  removed  by  patient  and  systematic  in- 
struction. 

As  a  rule,  an  infantry  recruit  is  given  instruction  about  three 
hours  a  day  for  thirty  days  or  so,  before  being  taken  up  for  guard, 
police  or  other  duty;  cavalry  and  artillery  recruits  generally  require 
longer  periods  of  instruction.  The  several  daily  periods  of  instruction 
should  not  exceed  45  minutes  each — if  they  do,  the  recruit's  mind  will 
become  tired  and  his  attention  will  lag. 

Recruits  should  be  instructed  by  noncommissioned  officers 
especially  fitted  for  the  work,  who, 'if  practicable,  should  be  placed 
on  such  duty  permanently. 

The  following  general  scheme  of  instruction  .is  merely  given  as 
a  guide. 

FIRST   TEN    DAYS 

Individual  Instructions  Without  Arms.  Setting-up  exercises 
salutes  with  the  hand,  marchings,  etc. 


THE  COMPANY  229 

Barrack  Regulations.  The  regulations  of  the  company  con- 
cerning the  conduct  of  men  in  barracks  will  be  explained. 

Post  Orders.  All  post  orders  regarding  the  conduct  of  en- 
listed men  will  be  read  and  explained. 

A  Articles  of  War.  All  provisions  affecting  -enlisted  men  to  be 
carefully  explained,  and  the  consequences  of  their  violation  made 
clear.  Special  attention  to  be  invited  to  Articles  47  and  48,  regarding 
desertion,  emphasizing  the  disgraceful,  ignominious  nature  of  the 
offense,  the  conviction  of  which  involves  the  forfeiture  of  the  rights 
of  citizenship  and  the  incapacity  to  hold  office  under  the  United 
States.  (Sec.  1996  and  1999,  Rvd.  Sts.)  Conviction  of  desertion  also 
forfeits  all  right  to  pension  which  the  soldier  might  otherwise  have. 
(G.  O.  80,  '08,  page  8.) 

Army  Regulations.  Such  paragraphs  as  immediately  affect  en- 
listed men,  especially  the  general  requirements  of  governing  each 
soldier's  responsibility  for  the  safe-keeping  and  care  of  all  articles 
of  clothing  and  equipment  issued  him. 

Soldiers  are  forbidden  by  law  to  sell  clothing  issued  them  and 
anyone  buying  such  clothing  is  also  liable  to  punishment  under  the 
statute,  while  officers  are  empowered  to  seize  summarily  any  gov- 
ernment clothing  or  other  property  in  the  possession  of  civilians. 

The  money  value  of  the  clothing  allowance  and  the  time  and 
manner  of  settlements  to  be  explained. 

Military  Deportment  and  Appearance.  The  recruit  is  no  longer 
a  civilian  but  a  soldier.  He  is,  however,  still  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States  and  by  becoming  a  soldier  also  he  is  in  no  way  relieved  of 
the  responsibilities  of  a  citizen;  he  has  merely  assumed  in  addition 
thereto  the  responsibilities  of  a  soldier.  For  instance,  if  he  should 
visit  the  adjoining  town  and  become  drunk  and  disorderly  while  in 
uniform,  not  only  could  he  be  arrested  and  tried  by  the  civil  authori- 
ties, but  he  could  also  be  tried  by  the  summary  court  at  his  post 
for  conduct  to  the  prejudice  of  good  order  and  military  discipline. 
Indeed,  his  uniform  is  in  no  way  whatsoever  a  license  for  him  to  do 
anything  contrary  to  law  and  be  protected  by  the  Government. 

Being  a  soldier,  he  must  conduct  himself  as  such  at  all  times, 
that  he  may  be  looked  upon  not  only  by  his  superior  officers  as  a 
soldier,  but  also  by  the  public  as  a  man  in  every  way  worthy  of  the 
uniform  of  the  American  soldier. 


230  CHAPTER  XV 

Whether  on  or  off  duty,  he  should  always  look  neat  and  clean, 
ever  remembering  that  in  bearing  and  in  conversation  he  should  be 
every  inch  a  soldier — shoes  must  be  clean  and  polished  at  all  times; 
no  chewing,  spitting,  gazing  about,  or  raising  of  hands  in  ranks — he 
should  know  his  drill,  his  orders  and  his  duties — he  should  always 
be  ready  and  willing  to  learn  all  he  can  about  his  profession — he 
should  never  debase  himself  with  drink. 

The  subject  of  military  deportment  and  appearance  is  covered 
thoroughly  in  Privates'  Manual.  See  Advertising  Directory  of  Sup- 
plement. 

A  Military  Courtesies  and  Customs.  An  officer  will  be  saluted  at 
all  times  of  the  day  and  night. 

Always  look  toward  the  person  saluted  and  keep  the  head  up. 

On  the  approach  of  an  officer  an  enlisted  man  will  assume  the 
position  of  attention  and  salute. 

In  saluting  he  will  face  the  officer  and  keep  the  hand  up  until 
the  salute  is  returned,  or  until  it  is  seen  that  he  is  not  observed. 

When  outside  of  barracks  uncovered,  salute;  being  seated  out 
of  doors,  stand  at  attention  and  salute. 

When  without  arms,  salute  with  the  hand  farthest  from  the 
officer.  Being  armed  with  saber,  not  drawn,  salute  with  the  hand.  If 
mounted,  salute  with  the  right  hand. 

If  the  saber  be  drawn,  salute  with  the  "present  saber." 

Armed  with  the  rifle,  always  salute  with  the  rifle.  If  on  post, 
present  arms. 

Indoors,  armed  and  uncovered,  cover,  stand  at  attention  and 
salute. 

B  The  Army  Regulations  say:  "Indoors,  an  unarmed  enlisted 
man  uncovers  and  stands  at  attention  upon  the  approach  of  an  officer; 
he  does  not  salute  unless  he  addresses  or  is  addressed  by  the  officer." 
According  to  custom,  the  term  "indoors"  is  interpreted  as  meaning 
military  offices,  barracks,  quarters  and  similar  places — it  does  not 
mean  such  places  as  stores,  storehouses,  riding  halls,  stables,  post 
exchange  buildings,  hotels,  places  of  amusement,  depots  and  exhibition 
halls,  etc.  In  such  places  an  unarmed  soldier  remains  either  covered 
or  uncovered,  according  to  the  custom  of  the  place,  and  whether  or 
not  he  salutes  depends  upon  circumstances,  the  occasions  for  saluting 
being  determined  by  common  sense  and  military  spirit. 


THE  COMPANY  231 

For  instance,  an  enlisted  man  riding  in  a  street  car,  or  in  tKe 
act  of  purchasing  goods  in  a  store,  or  eating  in  a  hotel,  would  not 
salute  unless  addressed  by  the  officer.  However,  in  the  case  of  a 
soldier  occupying  a  seat  in  a  crowded  street  car,  if  he  recognized  a 
person  standing  to  be  an  officer,  it  would  be  but  an  act  of  military 
courtesy  for  him  to  rise,  salute,  and  offer  the  officer  his  seat. 

When  an  officer  approaches  a  number  of  enlisted  men  out  of 
doors  and  not  in  ranks,  the  word  "Attention"  will  be  given  by  some 
one  who  perceives  him,  when  all  stand  at  attention  and  all  salute.  * 
It  is  customary  for  all  to  salute  at  or  about  the  same  instant,  taking 
the  time  from  the  soldier  nearest  the  officer. 

When  unarmed  the  colors  are  saluted  by  uncovering  with  the 
right  hand  and  placing  the  cap  on  the  left  shoulder. 

If  armed,  the  hat  is  not  removed.  Explain  the  paragraph 
in  the  Army  Regulations  regarding  the  "Star  Spangled  Banner." 

Officers  are  saluted,  and  men  will  salute,  whether  in  uniform  or 
not. 

A  mounted  soldier  dismounts  before  addressing  an  officer  not 
mounted. 

When  walking  with  an  officer  always  keep  a  pace  or  two  to 
his  left  and  rear. 

Several  soldiers  together  in  a  room  on  the  approach  of  an 
officer,  the  one  who  first  sees  him  will  command  "attention,"  when 
all  will  uncover  and  arise. 

The  same  thing  will  be  done  if  several  soldiers  are  walking  to- 
gether, except  that  they  do  not  halt  nor  uncover;  all  salute. 

Men  actually  at  work  will  not  stop  it  on  the  approach  of  an 
officer  unless  addressed  by  him. 

A  soldier  will  always  salute  an  officer  before  and  after  address- 
ing or  being  addressed  by  him. 

If  an  officer  enter  a  room  where  men  are  at  meals  "attention" 
will  be  called,  upon  which  the  men  will  cease  eating,  but  will  not 
arise. 

In  entering  an  office,  knock  on  the  door;  when  told  to  come  in, 
enter,  taking  off  the  hat  (if  unarmed),  close  the  door  and  remain 
just  inside  the  door  until  asked  what  is  wanted;  then  go  within  a 

1  In  some  regiments  it  is  customary  for  only  one  (a  noncommissioned  offi- 
cer if  there  be  one  present)  to  salute  for  the  group,  but  this  is  contrary  to  Regula- 
tions and  should  not  be  done. 


232  CHAPTER  XV 

short  distance  of  the  officer,  stand  at  attention,  salute  and  make 
known  your  request  in  as  few  words  as  possible.  On  completion, 
salute,  face  toward  the  door,  and  go  out,  being  careful  to  close  the 
door. 

A  In  speaking  to  an  officer  use  the  third  person,  as  "Does  the 
Captain  want  his  horse  this  morning?"  "Private  Smith  would  like  to 
speak  to  the  Captain  about  his  furlough,"  etc. 

(Note.  After  the  conversation  has  commenced,  it  is  not  customary  for  the 
speaker  to  use  the  third  person  instead  of  the  pronouns  "I"  and  "me."  However, 
an  officer  is  always  addressed  in  the  third  person  and  never  as  "you.") 

In  speaking  to  an  officer  of  an  enlisted  man,  use  the  proper 
title,  as  "Sergeant  Smith,"  "Corporal  Jones,"  "Private  Wilson." 

"No,  sir,"  "Yes,  sir,"  "I  don't  know,  sir,"  etc.,  should  always 
be  used  in  answer  to  direct  questions. 

When  told  to  do  a  thing  by  an  officer,  acknowledge  by  saying 
"Yes,  sir,"  or  by  saluting,  depending  upon  circumstances. 

When  a  soldier  is  told  to  do  a  thing,  he  should  always  report 
when  through  to  the  officer  giving  the  directions. 

Never  leave  an  officer  to  whom  you  have  been  ordered  to  re- 
port, without  first  ascertaining  if  he  is  through  with  you. 

In  addressing  a  noncommissioned  officer  always  prefix  his  title 
Thus,  "Sergeant  Smith"  or  "Corporal  Jones." 

Complaints  must  never  be  made  directly  to  the  captain  unless 
the  recruit  has  the  captain's  permission  to  do  so,  or  the  first  sergeant 
refuses  to  have  the  matter  reported.  If  dissatisfied  with  his  food, 
clothing,  duties,  or  treatment,  the  facts  should  be  reported  to  the 
first  sergeant,  with  the  request,  if  necessary,  to  see  the  captain. 

(The  subject  of  Military  Courtesies  and  Customs  is  covered  in  greater 
detail  in  "Privates'  Manual,"  by  the  author.  General  agents:  The  U.  S. 
Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  The  Post  Exchange,  Fort 
Wm.  McKinley,  P.  I.  Price,  50  cents  per  copy,  postpaid.  Liberal  discount 
on  quantity.} 

B  To  Deliver  a  Message.  When  an  enlisted  man  receives  a  mes- 
sage, verbal  or  written,  from  an  officer  for  delivery,  he  will,  in  case  he 
does  not  understand  his  instructions,  ask  the  officer  to  repeat  them, 
saying,  for  instance,  "Sir,  I  do  not  understand;  will  the  Captain  please 
repeat?"  When  he  has  received  his  instructions,  and  understands 
them,  he  will  salute,  .and  say:  "Yes,  sir,"  execute  an  about  face,  and 
proceed  immediately  to  the  officer  for  whom  the  message  is  intended. 


THE  COMPANY  233 

He  will  halt  three  or  four  paces  directly  in  front  of  the  officer,  and  if 
the  officer  be  junior  to  the  officer  sending  the  message,  he  will  say, 
"Sir,  Captain  Smith  presents  his  compliments,"  etc.,  and  then  deliver 
the  message,  or,  "The  commanding  officer  presents  his  compliments 
to  Lieutenant  Smith  and  would  like  to  see  him  at  headquarters."  If 
the  officer  sending  the  message  be  much  junior  to  the  one  receiving  it, 
the  soldier  will  not  present  his  compliments,  but  will  say,  for  instance, 
"Sir,  Lieut.  Smith  directed  me  to  hand  this  letter  to  the  Captain,"  or 
"Sir,  Lieut.  Smith  directed  me  to  say  to  the  Captain,"  etc.  As  soon  as 
the  message  has  been  delivered,  the  soldier  will  salute,  execute  an 
about  face,  and  proceed  at  once  to  the  officer  who  sent  the  message, 
and  will  similarly  report  to  him,  "Sir,  the  Lieutenant's  message  to 
Capt.  Smith  has  been  delivered,"  etc.,  and  leave.  Before  leaving  always 
ascertain  whether  there  is  an  answer.  See  page  3O2D,  regarding  the 
expression,  "presenting  compliments." 

A         To  Appear  as  a  Witness  Before  a  General  Court-Martial.    The 

uniform  is  that  prescribed,  with  side  arms  and  gloves.  Proceed  to 
the  court  room  and  remain  outside.  When  you  are  notified  that  you 
are  wanted,  enter  the  room.  Then  take  off  your  cap  and  right  hand 
glove,  and  raise  your  right  hand  above  your  head,  palm  to  the  front, 
to  be  sworn.  After  the  judge  advocate  reads  the  oath,  say,  "I  do"  or 
"So  help  me  God."  Then  sit  down  in  the  chair  indicated  by  the 
judge  advocate.  Do  not  cross  your  legs,  but  sit  upright.  When 
asked,  "Do  you  know  the  accused?  Tf  so,  state  who  he  is,"  answer, 
"I  do;  Corporal  John  Jones  Co.  • 'B,'  1st  Infantry."  Be  sure  you 
thoroughly  understand  every  question  before  you  start  to  reply,  an- 
swering them  all  promptly,  in  a  loud,  distinct,  deliberate  voice,  and 
confining  your  answers  strictly  to  the  questions  asked  and  telling 
all  you  know. 

When  the  judge  advocate  says  "That  is  all,"  arise,  salute  him, 
execute  an  about  face,  and  leave  the  room. 

B  To  be  paid.  As  soon  as  the  company  is  formed  in  column  of 
files,  take  off  your  right-hand  glove,  and  fold  it  around  your  belt  in 
front  of  the  right  hip.  When  your  name  is  called,  answer  "Here," 
promptly  and  in  a  good,  clear  tone ;  step  forward  at  once  and  halt  directly 
in  front  of  the  paymaster,  who  will  be  directly  behind  the  table;  salute 
him.  When  he  spreads  out  your  pay  on  the  table  in  front  of  you,  count  it 
quickly,  take  it  up  with  your  ungloved  hand,  execute  a  left  or  right  face 
and  leave  the  room  and  building,  unless  you  wish  to  deposit,  in  which 


234  CHAPTER  XV 

case,  you  will  remain  in  the  hall  outside  the  pay  room,  until  the  com- 
pany has  been  paid,  when  you  enter  the  pay  room.  Men  wishing  to 
deposit  money  with  the  paymaster,  will  always  notify  the  first  sergeant 
before  the  company  is  marched  to  the  pay  table. 

A  Obedience  is  the  first  and  most  important  principle  to  be  im- 
pressed upon  and  inculcated  into  the  mind  of  the  recruit — it  is  the 
mainspring,  the  very  soul  and  essence  of  all  military  duty.  It  is  said 
a  famous  general  once  remarked  every  soldier  should  know  three 
things — "First,  obedience;  second,  obedience;  third,  obedience" 

Cheerful,  earnest  and  loyal  obedience  must  be  paid  by  all  sub- 
ordinates to  the  orders  of  their  superiors. 

A  soldier  should  obey  first  and  if  aggrieved  complain  afterward. 
B  All  duty  should  be  performed  cheerfully  and  willingly.  Soldiers 
are  sometimes  required  to  perform  duties  that  are  not  pleasant — for 
instance,  doing  guard  duty  on  a  cold,  rainy  night,  when  tired  and 
sleepy;  digging  ditches  or  cleaning  up  dirt  and  filth  that  have  ac- 
cumulated around  the  barracks,  kitchens,  quarters,  etc.;  scrubbing 
floors,  polishing  stoves,  cleaning  knives,  forks,  pots,  etc.  However, 
by  doing  everything  required  of  him  in  a  cheerful  manner,  a  soldier 
will  soon  earn  the  respect  of  his  comrades  and  the  commendation  of 
his  officers. 

Privates  must  respect  and  obey  their  noncommissioned  officer? 
and  recognize  their  authority  under  all  circumstances.  Even  if  the 
noncommissioned  officer  be  at  fault,  this  gives  the  private  no  ag- 
gressive rights.  If,  for  instance,  a  noncommissioned  officer  should 
strike  a  private  justly  or  unjustly,  this  would  not  give  the  private 
the  right  to  strike  back.  The  private  should  at  once  make  complaint 
to  the  captain,  who  will  see  that  justice  is  done  him.  If  the  principle 
of  soldiers  taking  grievances  into  their  own  hands  were  recognized, 
the  Army  would  soon  become  a  mob. 

C  The  recruit  should  be  taught  the  different  ranks  of  officers  and 
noncommissioned  officers,  the  authority  they  possess  and  the  respect 
due  them. 

If  in  ignorance  of  any  matter  relating  to  his  privileges  or  any- 
thing else,  the  recruit  should  apply  to  a  noncommissioned  officer  of 
his  company,  preferably  the  one  in  charge  of  recruits.  If  not  satisfied 
with  the  information  thus  received  he  should  then  go  to  the  first 
sergeant. 


THE  COMPANY  235 

SECOND   TEN    DAYS 

Individual  Instruction  with  Arms.  Bayonet  exercises,  manual 
of  arms,  loadings,  firings  and  marchings. 

Nomenclature  of  the  Rifle.  The  names  of  all  the  various  parts 
of  the  rifle  and  their  functions  to  be  explained — also  the  manner  of 
dismounting  and  assembling  the  same.  (See  pamphlet,  Description 
and  Rules  for  the  Management  of,  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment.) 

Care  of  Clothing,  Arms,  and  Other  Equipment.  These  articles 
are  given  the  recruit  by  the  Government  for  certain  purposes  and  he 
has,  therefore,  no  right  to  be  in  any  way  neglectful  and  careless 
of  them. 

Arms  not  to  be  taken  apart  without  the  special  permission  of 
the  company  commander  in  each  case. 

Cleaning  material  to  be  purchased  by  soldiers — explain  place 
and  manner  of  purchase — only  authorized  preparations  to  be  used. 

It  is  easier  to  prevent  than  to  remove  rust. 

Explain  manner  of  cleaning  rifle — also  use  of  cosmic  oil,  pom- 
ade, emery  paper  and  burnisher. 

Oil  to  be  used  only  to  remove  rust  or  after  firing  or  when 
going  out  in  damp  or  rainy  weather.  When  occasion  for  its  use  has 
passed,  it  should  be  carefully  wiped  off  so  as  not  to  collect  dust  and 
sand. 

To  remove  rust,  apply  oil  with  rag  and  let  it  stand  for  a  while 
so  as  to  soften  rust — weapon  then  wiped  clean  with  dry  rag. 

To  prevent  dust  and  rust  in  bore,  a  good,  strong  gun  string 
should  be  frequently  used. 

All  articles  of  brass  to  be  kept  brightly  polished. 

Never  put  away  arms  and  equipment  before  cleaning. 

(The  subject  of  Care  of  Clothing,  Arms  and  Other  Equipment,  is 
covered  in  greater  detail  in  Privates*  Manual,  by  the  author.  General 
agents:  The  U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  The 
Post  Exchange,  Fort  Wm.  McKinley,  P.  I.  Price,  50  cents  per  copy, 
Postpaid.  Liberal  discount  on  quantity.) 

Repetition  of  such  parts  of  previous  instruction  as  may  be 
necessary. 


236  CHAPTER  XV 

THIRD    TEN    DAYS 

Guard  Duty.  Instruction  in  the  duties  of  sentinels  by  recitation 
in  the  Manual  of  Guard  Duty  and  practical  illustrations  of  posting 
sentinels,  saluting  on  post,  challenging,  etc. 

(The  Subject  of  Guard  Duty  is  thoroughly  covered  in  the  form  of 
questions  and  answers,  in  Private's  Manual,  by  the  author.  General 
Agents:  The  U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  The  Post 
Exchange,  Fort  Wm.  McKinley,  P.  I.  Price,  50  cents  per  copy,  postpaid. 
Liberal  discount  on  quantities'). 

INSPECTION  OF  BARRACKS 

The  Saturday  morning  and  other  formal  inspections  of  barracks  should 
be  most  thorough.  Places  behind  brooms  in  corners;  places  behind  doors 
and  under  staircases,  boxes,  lockers,  shoes,  mats,  table  covers,  spittoons,  etc. 
and  also  places  on  top  of  high  shelves,  vertical  lockers  and  other  similar 
places,  should  be  examined  for  dirt — a  few  clothes  bags  should  be  selected 
at  random  and  examined  for  dirty  shoes,  whiskey  bottles,  and  other  ar- 
ticles that  soldiers  have  a  way  of  thus  hiding;  all  drawers,  lockers,  and 
boxes  should  be  opened  and  the  Morning  Report,  the  Correspondence 
Book  and  other  records  laid  out  and  opened  for  inspection;  the  interior 
of  the  ice  box  should  be  scrupulously  clean  and  smell  sweet  and  fresh; 
all  rooms  should  be  properly  ventilated  and  all  window  panes  clean  and 
unbroken ;  a  few  knives,  forks,  spoons,  cups,  saucers  and  plates  should  be 
selected  at  random  and  closely  inspected  and  the  same  should  be  done  with 
a  few  of  the  cooking  utensils ;  all  faucets  and  toilet  flushes  should  be  tried 
and  the  stove  and  furnace  closely  inspected;  the  urinals  and  the  slate 
slabs  of  the  shower  baths  should  be  clean  and  free  from  all  smell;  all 
metal  door  knobs,  faucets  and  other  metal  parts  around  the  barracks 
should  be  properly  polished.  See  page  I77A. 


PAPER  WORK  237 


CHAPTER  XVI 
PAPER  WORK 

(See  "Paper  Work  and  Correspondence,"   page   95.; 
(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

In  1896  the  major  general  commanding  the  Army  remarked, 
"There  is  but  one  safe  rule  for  military  correspondence  and  the 
transmission  of  orders,  and  that  is  through  military  channels." 

A  most  important  rule  for  company  clerks,  sergeants  major  and 
others  Who  are  charged  with  the  execution  of  paper  work,  is,  Be 
systematic  and  always  do  your  work  as  it  comes  up — never  postpone  it. 

A         Correspondence  between  the  line  and  the  various  staff  bureaus 
should  pass  through  the  Adjutant  General's  Department. 
Communications  are  signed  as  follows: 

(a)  Between    officers    exercising    correlative    commands, 
*•  £•>  P°st  commanders — by  the  officers  themselves. 

(b)  Between  an  inferior  and  a  superior — by  the  inferior, 
the   communication   being   addressed    to    the   Adjutant   General 
or  the  adjutant  of  the  superior. 

(c}     Between   a   superior  and   an   inferior  in   same   com- 
mand— by  a  staff  officer  of  the  former. 

B  Directions,  instructions,  orders,  etc.,  signed  by  the  staff  officer 
of  a  general  officer  are  signed,  for  example,  "By  command  of  Brigadier 
General  Smith;"  those  signed  by  the  staff  officer  of  an  officer  below  the 
rank  of  brigadier  general  are,  "By  order,"  etc. 

However,  this  practice  does  not  seem  to  be  consistent,  for  we  say  "By  order 
of  the  Secretary  of  War,"  and  "By  direction  of  the  President." 

C  The  expressions  "Calling  attention  to,"  "Your  attention  is  called 
to,"  etc.,  "The  commanding  officer  directs  that  your  attention  be 
called,"  etc.,  ^re  admonitive  in  character.  The  expressions  "Inviting 
attention  to,"  "Your  attention  is  invited  to,"  etc.,  "The  commanding 
officer  directs  your  attention  be  invited,"  etc.,  are  not  of  an  admonitive 
nature. 

D  The  expressions,  "The  commanding  officer  desires,"  etc.,  "The 
commanding  officer  wishes,"  etc.,  are  tantamount  to  "The  command- 
ing officer  directs,"  etc.  ' 


238  CHAPTER  XVI 

A  In  some  regiments  it  seems  to  be  the  practice  for  enlisted  men  to 
use  the  expression,  "I  would  respectfully,  etc.,"  while  officers  use  the  ex- 
pression, "I  have  the  honor,"  etc.  In  other  regiments  both  forms  are  used 
by  enlisted  men. 

The  author  does  not  see  the  force  of  the  contention  that  the  expression  "I  have 
the  honor,  etc,"  should  be  restricted  to  officers,  as  the  degree  of  honor  in  address- 
ing correspondence  to  a  superior  is  naturally  inverse  to  the  rank  of  the  writer.  For 
example,  it  would  seem  a  greater  honor  for  a  private  to  have  the  opportunity  and 
privilege  of  addressing  a  general  than  for  a  colonel  to  do  so. 

B  Official  communications  and  envelopes  should  be  addressed  to 
the  OFFICE  and  not  to  the  individual,  thus:  "The  Adjutant  General, 
Headquarters,  Department  of  Dakota,"  "The  Adjutant,  Fort  Missoula, 
Montana,"  "The  Commanding  Officer,  Company  'A,'  24th  Infantry," 
etc.,  and  not  to  "Major  John  Smith,  Adjutant  General,"  etc. 

So  likewise  should  checks  and  postal  money  orders  pertaining  to 
official  matters  be  made  payable  to  the  OFFICE  and  not  to  the  indi- 
vidual, thus:  "Pay  to  the  order  of  the  Chief  Paymaster,  Dept.  of 
Dakota,"  or  to  "The  Paymaster,  Kansas  City,  etc." 

It  is  astonishing  how  many  officers  fail  to  do  this  and  how  much 
trouble  and  annoyance  it  causes  in  the  Army. 

C  The  envelope  containing  G.  C.  M.  proceedings  to  be  forwarded 
to  the  convening  authority,  should  be  plainly  marked  "G.  C.  M.  Pro- 
ceedings." 

D  All  communications  intended  for  the  action  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment should  be  addressed  to  "The  Adjutant  General,  War  Depart- 
ment, Washington,  D.  C." 

A  letter  to  any  officer  in  the  army  addressed,  "Care  of  The  Adju- 
tant General,  U.  S.  A.,  Washington,  D.  C.,"  will  be  forwarded. 
E       Whenever  writing  to  civilians  for  information  of  an  official  nature, 
always  inclose  an  addressed  penalty  envelope  for  reply. 

F  Stamps  for  foreign  official  mail  and  official  registered  mail  can 
be  obtained  from  the  quartermaster. 

G  There  is  a  tendency  in  the  Army  to  burden  letters  and  official 
documents  with  the  rank  and  regiment  of  the  officers  referred  to  in 
the  text.  It  is  rarely  necessary  in  ordinary  official  correspondence  to 
give  more  than  the  officer's  rank  and  name.  Thus,  "Captain  Smith 
has  frequently  invited  attention  to  the  needs,"  etc.  There  is  no  use 
writing,  "Captain  John  A.  Smith,  15th  Cavalry,  has  frequently,"  etc. 
If,  however,  it  be  not  perfectly  evident  who  the  officer  is,  his  full 
name,  rank  and  regiment  should  be  mentioned  once;  after  that  his 


PAPER  WORK  239 

title  and  last  name  alone  need  be  given.  In  writing  to  a  post  com- 
mander concerning  one  of  his  officers,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  desig- 
nate the  latter  (certainly  never  more  than  once)  by  full  name  and 
regiment.  In  other  words,  ordinary  official  correspondence  should 
riot  be  burdened  with  the  repetition  of  titles  usual  and  necessary  in  a 
formal  order  or  in  court-martial  proceedings. 

Thus  it  seems  almost  ridiculous  to  write  in  the  body  of  a  letter: 

MAJOR  FRANK  A.  EDWARDS, 

4th  Cavalry, 

Military  Attache, 

Rome,  Italy. 

The  address  on  the  envelope  might  bear  all  of  this;  the  letter  itself 
might  better  commence: 

MAJOR  FRANK  A.  EDWARDS 

After  that  "Major  Edwards"  is  quite  sufficient  to  designate  this 
officer. 

A  It  is  not  uncommon  for  officers  of  experience  to  begin  an  offi- 
cial letter  addressed  to  another  officer,  with  the  title  of  the  latter  in- 
stead of  with  "Sir."  Thus,  an  official  communication  to  Lieutenant 
John  R.  Smith,  would  begin,  "Lieutenant;"  one  to  Captain  Jas.  A. 
Corbin,  "Captain,"  and  so  on. 

B  Formerly  it  was  quite  common  for  officers  to  begin  official  let- 
ters to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  the  Quartermaster  General 
or  the  head  of  any  other  War  Department  bureau,  as  "General,"  in- 
stead of  "Sir,"  and  some  few  of  the  older  officers  still  do  so. 

An  officer's  rank  and  regiment  always  appear  below  his  signature  in 
official  or  semiofficial  communications,  but  not  in  personal  letters,  unless, 
of  course,  there  is  some  reason  why  the  officer  should  wish  to  establish 
his  identity.  For  instance,  in  writing  to  dealers,  in  order  to  let  them  know 
he  belongs  to  the  Army — in  writing  to  strangers,  so  as  to  give  them  the 
same  information  and  thus  enable  them  to  address  him  by  proper  title  in 
their  answer — in  writing  to  officers  of  the  Army  or  civilians  who  may  not 
recall  him  readily.  In  the  last  case  the  rank  and  regiment  may  be  placed 
in  parentheses. 

C  Some  officers,  and  also  certain  editors  and  writers  in  civil  life, 
always  write  out  in  full  military  titles,  using  the  forms  "General," 
"Colonel,"  etc.,  instead  of  "Gen'l,"  "Col.,"  etc.,  on  the  ground  that  the 
full  spelling  possesses  a  certain  suggestion  of  courtesy  and  good  form 
that  is  lacking  in  the  abbreviation. 


240  CHAPTER  XVI 

According  to  the  practice  of  The  Adjutant  General's  office  it  is 
considered  better  form  to  spell  out  titles  in  full  in  all  formal  com- 
munications, although  sometimes,  on  account  of  their  length,  the 
words  "Brigadier  General,"  "Major  General,"  "Lieutenant  Colonel," 
and  "Lieutenant,"  are  abbreviated  "Brig.  Gen'l.,"  "Maj.  Gen'l.," 
"Lieut.  Col.,"  and  "Lt,"  or  "Lieut.,"  but  it  is  preferable  to  spell  them 
out  in  full.  Except  colloquially,  or  sometimes  in  the  body  of  a  com- 
munication where  the  formal  use  of  the  full  title  would  seem  un- 
necessary, the  office  never  uses  the  term  "General"  alone,  but  it  is 
always  "Lieutenant  General,"  "Major  General"  or  "Brigadier  Gen- 
eral." 

A  It  is  also  the  practice  of  The  Adjutant  General's  office  to  omit 
the  hyphens  in  the  designations  "Adjutant  General,"  "Quartermaster 
General,"  "Commissary  General,"  "Inspector  General"  and  "Judge 
Advocate  General"  (not  Adjutant-General,  etc.) 

B  Make  it  an  invariable  rule  to  keep  carbon  or  other  copies  of  all 
letters,  telegrams,  and  other  official  communications  sent. 

In  forwarding  letters  from  enlisted  men,  officers  should  verify 
the  statements  made  therein. 

Keep  your  Army  Regulations  posted  up  to  date  and  before  for- 
warding any  paper  read  carefully  the  paragraphs  on  the  subject  and 
then  see  that  all  requirements  are  fulfilled. 

Letters  and  indorsements  requiring  answers  should  be  carefully 
analyzed  and  the  constituent  parts  requiring  answers  should  be  an- 
swered categorically. 

C  A  faithful  compliance  with  the  two  foregoing  paragraphs  takes 
time,  patience  and  labor,  but  in  the  long  run  saves  much  extra  paper- 
work and  trouble.  It  is  really  astonishing  how  many  communications 
are  returned  to  officers  for  compliance  with  certain  indorsements  or 
with  certain  paragraphs  in  the  Army  Regulations.  In  this  connection, 
it  may  be  remarked  the  paragraph  in  the  Regulations  that  is  violated 
the  most  is  the  one  requiring  officers  who  fonvard  communications  to  indorse 
thereon  their  approval  or  disapproval,  with  remarks.  See  Supplement, 
Chap.  XVI,  Par.  112. 

D  The  following  are  some  of  the  errors  most  frequently  committed 
in  paper  work: 


PAPER  WORK  241 

1  Persons  who  are  the   first  ones   to  receive  communications, 
fail  to  brief  them  as  required  by  Army  Regulations. 

2  Fourth-fold  indorsement  slips  are  added  in  the  wrong  place. 

3  Papers  that  should  be  compared  are  carelessly  compared  or 
not  compared  at  all  before  being  submitted. 

4  Court-martial  charges  are  laid  under  the  wrong  Article  of  War. 

5  Reports,    returns,    estimates,    requisitions    and    other    blanks 
that  are  prepared  for  an  officer's  signature,  do  not  contain  his  rank, 
regiment  and  office  held  after  the  place  for  signature. 

Return  promptly  all  papers  that  should  be  returned.  If  directed 
to  complete  a  paper,  return  a  communication  or  do  anything  else 
without  delay  or  by  a  certain  time  and  if  it  be  impossible  to  do  so, 
then  the  office  concerned  should  be  so  notified  without  delay,  with  a 
full  explanation. 

Thin,  transparent  paper  should  not  be  used  in  writing  letters  on 
which  indorsements  are  to  be  placed,  but  should  such  letters  be  re 
ceived,  then  before  indorsing  paste  stiff  paper  on  fold. 

A  Returns,  Reports,  Estimates  and  Requisitions.  /  Before  filling 
out  a  blank  form  read  carefully  all  notes  thereon,  and  all  Army  Regu- 
lation paragraphs  and  orders  on  the  subject. 

2  All  columns  on   forms  must  be  filled  in.     When,  owing  to 
the  absence    of  the  necessary   information   or  for  any  other   reason, 
columns    or    headings    can    not   be    filled    in,    "Unknown"    or    a    dash 
should  be  entered. 

3  When   periodical   reports   are    required   they   should   be   ren- 
dered whether  or  not  there  be  anything  to  report. 

4  One  or  more  diagonal  lines  should  be  drawn  through  the 
blank  space  after  the  last  entry  on  estimates,  requisitions  and   pass 
lists. 

B  Miscellaneous.  /  "INDORSEMENT"  and  "INCLOSURE" 
(not  "Endorsement"  and  "Enclosure")  are  the  forms  used  in  the 
Army  Regulations. 

2  The  term  "Through  Military  Channels"  is  really  not  a 
definite,  exact  statement  and  should  be  used  very  rarely  on  papers 
going  up. 

"The  Military  Channel"  to  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  Army, 
for  example,  may  be  direct  or  through  Department  Headquarters. 


242  CHAPTER  XVI 

There  are  cases,  of  course,  where  the  use  of  the  term  would 
be  proper,  but  they  are  rare. 

If  a  paper  is  forwarded  through  military  channels,  saying  so  is 
useless. 

3  A  letter  is  always  briefed  in  the  first  office  in  which  it  is 
received. 

The  brief  is  always  on  the  first  fold,  which,  beginning  at  the 
top,  is  apportioned  about  as  follows: 

(a)  About   li   inch  space  for  office  stamp  of  A.   G.   O., 
Div.,  Dep't.,  etc.; 

(b)  Office,  place  and  date  of  letter; 

(c)  About  1  inch  space; 

(d)  Name  of  writer  and  rank   (in  case  of  commanding 
officers  and  staff  officers,  only  the  official  designation  should 
appear); 

(tf)     About  1  inch  space; 

(/)  Briefest  synopsis  of  contents  (only  a  general  idea 
of  the  subject); 

(g)  Remaining  space,  upper  part  for  enumeration  of  in- 
closures — lower,  for  office  marks.  The  inclosures  should 
be  noted  serially,  by  number  and  indorsement. 

When  the  brief  is  typewritten,  ruling  is  unnecessary,  but  when 
a  pen  is  used,  a  and  /  should  be  followed  by  a  red  line  clear  across, 
and  c  and  e  spaces  should  have  a  short,  red  line  across  the  middle. 

A         4     In   making   out   Descriptive    Lists,   the   following  should   be 
borne  in  mind: 

(a)  In  case  a  noncommissioned  officer  is  to  be  dis- 
charged during  his  absence  on  detached  service,  the  company 
commander  should  note  on  the  Descriptive  List  whether  it 
is  desired  his  warrant  be  continued  in  force  upon  reenlist- 
ment. 

(b}  When  a  man  is  transferred  to  another  organization, 
evidence  of  previous  convictions  by  court-martial  within  the 
last  year  and  during  the  present  enlistment,  if  any,  should 
accompany  the  Descriptive  List. 

Also,  if  he  has  been  absent  without  leave,  the  number  of 
days  absent  should  be  noted,  as  not  only  does  he  forfeit  his 
pay  and  his  clothing  allowance  during  such  absence,  but  the 


PAPER  WORK  243 

time  must  be  made  up,  nor  does   the  time  absent  count  in 
computation  of  time  for  retirement. 

(c)  When  men  on  extra  or  special  duty  are  transferred 
to  another  organization  at  the  same  post,  the  fact,  with  num- 
ber, date,  etc.,  of  order,  should  be  stated. 

(d)  Special  care  should  be  taken  to  note  with  detail  and 
accuracy   all    former    service,   especially   foreign  service.     This 
information  should  also  be  noted  with  equal  care  and  detail 
on   a  soldier's  discharge  certificate,  for  it  affects  directly  a 
soldier's  retirement  after  thirty  years'  service- 

(rf)  Erasures  of  entries  on  a  descriptive  list  or  descriptive 
and  assignment  card  are  prohibited.  All  changes  made  in  original 
entries  thereon  will  be  duly  authenticated  by  the  signature  of 
the  officer  making  the  changes.  Under  no  circumstances  will 
slips  of  paper  be  pasted  or  attached  to  a  descriptive  list  or 
descriptive  and  assignment  card.  (Cir.  12,  1910). 

A  5  Papers  made  out  in  duplicate,  triplicate,  etc.,  are  marked  in 
the  lower  left-hand  corner,  "In  Duplicate,"  "In  Triplicate,"  etc. 

6     In  case  an  original  paper  has  been  lost  and  it  becomes  neces- 
sary to  make  another,  the  new  one  is  marked  "Duplicate." 

B  7  Whenever  a  signature  is  copied,  (Sgd.)  or  (Sig.)  is  written  before 
the  same. 

C  8  When  practicable,  true  copies. of  papers  should  be  made  by 
another  officer  .than  the  one  interested.  A  "true  copy"  may  be  made 
by  anyone,  but  an  "official  copy"  can  be  made  only  by  the  officer 
having  authority  to  issue  the  order,  or  by  an  officer  through  whom 
the  issuing  authority  may  issue  orders,  e.  g.,  chiefs  of  staff,  adjutants 
general,  aids  and  adjutants. 

9  Interlineations    should    be    initialed    by    the    one    who    makes 
them. 

10  Papers    submitted    for   signature    should    always    contain   the 
rank,   regiment,   and   official   designation   below   the   place   where   the 
officer  is  to  sign. 

11  A  clerk  or  anyone  else  who  typewrites  anything,  should  al- 
ways read  the  paper  carefully  before  submitting  it. 

12  Always  compare  carefully  before  submitting  them,  all  papers 
requiring  comparison. 


244  CHAPTER  XVI 

THE  MUSTER  AND  THE  PAY  ROLLS. 

A       Read  carefully  and  intelligently  and  then  comply  with  all 
the  notes  on  the  rolls. 

Enter  on  the  Muster  Rolls,  everything  affecting  in  any 
way  the  status  or  record  of  every  member  of  the  company 
during  the  period  covered. 

(Note:  However,  only  in  case  of  sickness  at  date  of  muster,  is  the  fact  noted 
on  the  muster  rolls). 

Enter  on  the  Pay  Rolls,  only  such  facts  as  affect  the  sol- 
diers' pay. 

These  rubber  stamps  can  be  used  with  advantage  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  Muster  and  the  Pay  Rolls: 

1.  Stop  $  per  S.  C.  4.    Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

2.  Co.  B,  24th  Infty.  (Dat/r;  fofda^iasTpayment,  etc.) 

3.  Captain  Smith.  6.    Capt.  24th  Infantry 

(Name  of  paymaster)  Commanding  Co.  B 

See  "Rubber  Stamps"  in  Index. 

For  instructions  regarding  the  preparation  of  the  MUSTER  and  the  PAY  ROLLS, 
see  SUPPLEMENT,  Chap.  XVI. 

B       Telegraphing.    See  "Telegraphing,"  Army  Regulations. 

When  numbers  are  used  in  reference  to  dates,  designation  of  organi- 
zations, etc.,  they  should  be  written  in  words  and  not  expressed  in  figures. 

Telegrams  to  The  Adjutant  of  the  Army  should  be  addressed  "Ad- 
jutant General,  Washington,  D.  C." 

In  the  case  of  telegrams  to  the  Adjutant  General,  the  Chief  Quar- 
termaster or  the  Chief  Commissary  of  a  department,  it  is  not  neces- 
sary to  add,  "Department  of — ." 

Such  telegrams  should  'be  addressed  thus,  for  instance:  "Adjutant 
General,  Governor's  Island,  New  York." 

The  last  name  of  the  officer  sending  a  telegram,  followed  by  his  rank, 
or  office  designation,  is  generally  sufficient.  Thus : 

"Smith,  lieutenant,"  "Harris,  adjutant,"  "Jones,  Commanding'1-  (in 
case  of  a  post  or  other  commander.) 


DISCIPLINE  245 

CHAPTER  XVII 
DISCIPLINE 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

Discipline  may  be  defined  as  "The  preservation  of  order, 
the  prevention  of  all  kinds  of  offenses  and  the  faithful  perform- 
ance of  every  kind  of  duty  without  delay  or  interruption." — 
Kautz's  Customs  of  the  Service. 

Drill,  routine,  strict  attention  to  details,  proper  rewards 
and  the  invariable  admonition  or  punishment  of  all  derelictions 
of  duty,  are  the  best  methods  of  attaining  good  discipline. 

In  maintaining  discipline,  it  must  be  remembered  the  ob- 
ject of  punishments  should  be  two-fold:  (a)  To  prevent  the 
commission  of  offenses,  and  (b)  to  reform  the  offender.  They 
should,  therefore,  in  degree  and  character  depend  upon  the 
nature  of  the  offense.  Punishment  should  not  be  debasing  or 
illegal,  and  the  penalty  should  be  proportionate  to  the  nature 
of  the  offense.  If  too  great  it  tends  to  arouse  sympathy,  and 
foster  friends  for  the  offender,  thus  encouraging  a  repetition 
of  the  offense.  A  distinction,  therefore,  should  be  made  be- 
tween the  deliberate  disregard  of  orders  and  regulations,  and 
offenses  which  are  the  result  of  ignorance  or  thoughtlessness. 
In  the  latter  case  the  punishment  should  be  for  the  purpose  of 
instruction  and  should  not  go  to  the  extent  of  inflicting  un- 
necessary humiliation  and  discouragement  upon  the  offender. 
In  the  administration  of  discipline  the  following  principles 
should  be  observed : 

/  Every  one,  officers  and  soldiers,  should  be  required  and  made 
to  perform  their  full  duly.  If  the  post  commander,  for  instance,  re- 
quires the  company  commanders  to  do  their  full  duty,  they  will  re- 
quire their  noncommissioned  officers  to  do  their  full  duty,  and  the 


246  CHAPTER  XVII 

noncommissioned   officers    will    in    turn    require    the    men    to    do    the 
same. 

2  Subordinates  should  be  held  strictly  responsible  for  the 
proper  government  and  administration  of  their  respective  commands, 
and  all  changes  or  corrections  should  be  made  through  them. 

j  Subordinates  should  have  exclusive  control  of  their  re- 
spective commands  and  all  orders,  instructions  and  directions,  af- 
fecting their  commands,  should  be  given  through  them. 

4.  If,  in  case  of  emergency,  it  be  not  practicable  to  make  cer- 
tain changes  or  corrections,  or  to  give  certain  orders,  instructions  or 
directions,  through  the  subordinates,  they  should  be  notified  at  once 
of  what  has  been  done. 

5  After  a  subordinate  has  been  placed  in  charge  of  a  certain 
duty,  all  instructions  pertaining  thereto,  should  be  given  through  him, 
and  all  meddling  and  interfering  should  be  avoided.  Interference  by 
superiors  relieves  the  subordinate  of  responsibility,  and  causes  him 
to  lose  interest,  become  indifferent,  and  do  no  more  than  he  is  obliged 
to  do. 

6  The  certainty  of  reward  and  appreciation  for  meritorious 
conduct;  should  equal  the  certainty  of  punishment  for  dereliction  of 
duty. 

7  It  is  the  duty  of  an  officer  or  noncommissioned  officer  who 
gives  an  order  to  see  that  it  is  obeyed;  carrying  out  orders  received 
by   him   does    not   end   with   their   perfunctory   transmission   to    sub- 
ordinates— this  is  only  a  small  part  of  his  duty.     He  must  personally 
see  that  the  orders  so  transmitted  are  made  effective. 

8  The  treatment  of  soldiers   should  be  uniform  and  just,  and 
under  no  circumstances  should  a  man  be  humiliated  unnecessarily  or 
abused.      Reproof   and   punishment   must    be    administered    with    dis- 
cretion and  judgment,  and  without  passion;  for  the  officer  who  loses 
his  temper  and  flies  into  a  tantrum  has  failed  to  obtain  his  first  tri- 
umph in  discipline.     He  who  can  not  control  himself  can  not  control 
others. 

9  Punishment    should    invariably    follow    derelictions    of   duty; 
for  the  frequency  of  offenses  depends,  as  a  general  rule,  on  the  degree 
of  certainty   with    which    their   commission   is   attended   with   punish- 
ment.     When    men    know    that    their    derelictions    and    neglects    will    be 
observed   and   reproved,   they   will   be   much   more  careful   than    they 
would8  be  otherwise — that's  human  nature. 


DISCIPLINE  247 

10  Obedience — the  cardinal  principle  of  all  discipline — may  be 
denned  as  submission  to  the  lawful  orders  of  superiors.  Men  can  not 
be  punished  for  refusing  to  obey  illegal  orders.  The  question  then 
arises,  who  is  to  judge  of  the  legality  of  the  order?  It  is  evident  that 
if  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  to  judge  when  an  order  is  lawful  and 
when  not,  the  captious  and  mutinous  would  never  be  at  a  loss  for  a 
plea  to  justify  their  insubordination.  It  is  therefore  an  established 
principle,  that  unless  an  order  is  so  manifestly  against  law  that  the 
question  does  not  admit  of  dispute,  the  order  must  first  be  obeyed  by 
the  inferior,  and  he  must  only  subsequently  seek  such  redress  against 
his  superior  as  the  law  allows.  If  the  inferior  disputes  the  legality 
before  obedience,  error  of  judgment  is  never  admitted  in  mitigation  of 
the  offense. 


248  CHAPTER  XVIII 

CHAPTER  XVIII 
AIDES-DE-CAMP 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  AIDE-DE-CAMP,  like 
the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  atten- 
tion to  business. 

A  Requisites  of  a  Successful  Aide-de-Camp.  A  man's  suc- 
cess as  an  Aide-de-Camp — his  usefulness  to  his  general — de- 
pends upon  two  things ;  his  intelligence  and  professional  abil- 
ity, and  his  tact.  If  he  combines  both  in  a  high  degree  his 
success  is  assured  under  almost  all  conditions ;  if  he  has  only 
the  former  he  will  be  a  useful  officer  to  a  hard-working  gen- 
eral, but  not  an  ideal  Aide-de-Camp;  if  serving  with  a  general 
who  occupies  himself  with  merely  routine  affairs,  his  ability 
may  count  for  little  in  the  absence  of  tact.  This  quality,  tact, 
is  the  oil  which  makes  the  official  machine  run  smoothly,  even 
when  the  parts  are  badly  worn  and  ill-adjusted;  it  is  the  lubri- 
cant which  diminishes  the  jar  and  friction  of  heavy  bodies 
working  in  contact.  If  this  quality  is  important  to  all  the 
members  of  a  staff,  it  may  be  said  without  exaggeration  that 
the  Aide-de-Camp  is  especially  charged  with  the  diffusion  of 
its  soothing  influence. 

B  The  Chief  of  Staff.  An  Aide's  relations  with  his  general's  chief 
of  staff  often  present  some  difficulties,  especially  if  both  are  men  of 
character  and  decided  ideas.  It  is  more  the  duty  of  the  former  than 
of  the  latter  to  take  pains  to  keep  these  relations  agreeable.  An 
Aide  may  often  keep  secrets  from  the  chief  o£.  staff,  but  rarely  from 
his  general;  the  relations  of  the  chief  of  staff  may  be  strictly  official 
with  the  general — those  of  the  Aide  are  always  personal  as  well.  A 
chief  of  staff  may  sometimes  resent  what  he  considers  the  prepon- 
derating influence  of  the  Aide  with  the  general,  and,  considering  the 


AIDES-DE-CAMP  249 

greater  intimacy  of  the  latter's  relations,  it  is  his  business  to  avoid 
any  such  appearance  of  predominating  influence.  His  tact  and 
good  sense  can  never  be  shown  better  than  by  disposing  of  this  feel- 
ing before  it  becomes  pronounced  in  the  mind  of  any  other  member 
of  the  staff. 

A  Loyalty.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  an  Aide's  loyalty  should  be 
absolute.  No  word  or  act  of  his  should  ever  betray  a  weakness  or  a 
foible  of  his  chief  to  even  the  most  intimate  friend  or  relative.  Honor 
demands  this  as  well  as  prudence,  for  the  intimacy  permitted  him  with 
his  chief  makes  him  the  repository  of  a  confidence  which  the  outside 
world  does  not  share. 

Some  generals  are  regarded  by  the  public  as  military  heroes. 
An  Aide  may  find  that  for  him,  worship  is  replaced  by  admiration, 
respect,  and  love,  much  more  lasting  and  useful  sentiments;  but  he 
should  always  be  very  sympathetic  toward  the  hero-worship  of  those 
more  distantly  placed. 

It  is  the  duty  of  an  Aide-de-camp  to  study  his  chief's  imper- 
fections, prejudices,  and  foibles,  if  he  have  such,  that  he  may  the  bet- 
ter understand,  protect  and  serve  him. 

B  Frankness.  While  it  is  the  duty  of  an  Aide  to  be  agreeable,  he 
should  not  descend  to  servility;  often  an  Aide  is  called  upon  to  say 
most  difficult  and  disagreeable  things  to  his  chief.  He  should  be  sure 
that  he  is  right  and  then  not  hesitate,  even  if  he  knows  that  his  advice 
will  be  distasteful  or  lead  to  an  angry  outburst.  The  intimacy  of  his 
relations  demands  sometimes  that  he  should,  in  loyalty,  give  the  sort 
of  advice  which  a  chief  of  staff  may  not  offer. 

These  occasions  are  most  rare,  but  when  they  occur  they  should 
be  met  unflinchingly.  It  has  been  said  more  than  once  that  a  char- 
acteristic of  General  Grant's  staff  officers,  as  differing  from  those  of 
several  other  generals,  was  the  frank  way  in  which  they  gave  their 
opinion  when  asked  and  their  freedom  in  differing  with  their  chief. 
This  is  worthy  of  being  pondered  over  by  young  Aides-de-camp. 
General  Grant  was  a  great  and  successful  general;  but  he  listened  to 
the  opinions  of  others  even  if  he  did  not  accept  them;  he  encouraged 
his  staff  to  say  what  they  really  thought  rather  than  to  agree  with  his 
own  ideas. 

C      The  General's  Wife.     The  position  of  an  Aide  with   regard   to 
his  general's  wife  is  sometimes  said  to  be  difficult.     It  may  be,   de- 


250  CHAPTER  XVIII 

pending  on  the  tact  of  all  concerned.  The  simplest  way  to  look  at 
this  question  is  that  the  Aide  should  be  animated  by  a  feeling  of  per- 
sonal attachment  to  his  chief — if  he  has  not  that  feeling  he  ought  not 
to  remain  his  Aide;  the  wife,  then,  of  that  chief  is  preeminently  the 
woman  whom  he  should  wish  to  serve  in  all  the  ways  that  a  gentleman 
may  serve  a  lady.  This  principle  being  accepted,  its  application  is 
purely  one  of  good  manners  and  thoughtfulness  on  both  sides. 

A  Duties.  With  the  exception  of  the  paragraphs  of  Army.  Regu- 
lations which  prescribe  that  Aides  or  other  members  of  the  staff  shall 
be  placed  in  charge  of  small  arms  target  practice  at  division  and  de- 
partment headquarters,  the  Army  Regulations  are  silent  on  the  sub- 
ject of  the  duties  of  Aides.  The  duties  of  Aides  are  what  their 
chiefs  make  them,  some  generals  giving  their  Aides  considerable 
work,  others  requiring  them  to  do  very  little. 

An  Aide  is  always  on  duty  and  this  duty  is  always  personal 
and  always  official.  The  limits  of  this  personal  and  official  service 
can  not  and  need  not  be  denned,  since  they  are  coincident  and  con- 
tinuous. 

This  double  relation  of  personal  and  official  service  which  an 
Aide-de-camp  bears  to  his  chief  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  im- 
aginable between  soldiers  who  esteem  each  other  and  one  of  the  most 
instructive  to  a  young  officer  serving  with  an  able  man.  Whether  in 
battle  or  at  a  ball,  whether  at  the  desk  or  at  the  table,  in  company  or 
alone,  an  Aide's  first  thought  should  be  his  chief's  safety,  reputation 
and  pleasure.  Any  general  who  continually  abuses  this  relationship, 
by  requiring  servile  attention,  would  find  his  Aide,  if  the  latter  was  a 
man  of  character,  applying  for  his  relief.  There  should,  however,  be 
no  failure  on  the  Aide's  part  to  promptly  perform  any  service  sug- 
gested by  the  general.  Likewise  should  the  Aide  refrain  from  any 
expression  of  dislike  of  the  duty  or  service  suggested.  An  appli- 
cation for  relief,  on  the  grounds  referred  to  above,  should  be  in 
writing,  but  should  contain  no  reference  to  this  abuse  of  the  relation- 
ship. If,  however,  the  general  requested  a  full  explanation  of  the 
reasons  for  the  application,  it  would  not  be  improper  for  the  Aide  to 
inform  him,  in  a  respectful  manner,  of  his  reason  for  applying  for 
relief. 

B  Personal  Reports.  Immediately  upon  reporting  for  duty,  make 
to  The  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  A.,  and  to  the  adjutant  of  your  regi- 
ment the  report  required  by  Army  Regulations  and  thereafter  ren- 


AIDES-DE-CAMP  251 

der  on  the  last  day  of  each  month  to  the  same   offices  the   report 
required  by  the  Regulations.    See  Supplement,  Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  125. 

Usefulness.  As  far  as  it  is  possible  for  one  human  being  to 
think  for  another,  an  Aide  should  think  for  his  chief,  especially  in 
matters  of  detail.  An  officer  can  not  be  a  good  Aide  without  initia- 
tive in  thought  and  in  action — he  should  cultivate  and  get  into  the 
habit  of  doing  things  without  being  told — he  should  devote  time,  at- 
tention and  thought  to  anticipating  the  needs  and  wishes  of  his  chief, 
making  it  his  special  business  to  think  of  things  and  to  do  things 
that  will  add  to  his  chief's  comfort  and  save  him  from  worry  and 
annoyance,  thus  relieving  him  from  details,  that  his  mind  may  be 
free  to  attend  to  larger  matters — in  short,  an  Aide  should  make  him- 
self useful.  For  instance,  if  going  on  a  trip  of  inspection: 

/     Before  leaving: 

(a)  See  that  the  report  required  by  the  Army  Regula- 
tions is  made  to  the  next  higher  commander.  See  Sup- 
plement, Chap.  XVIII,  Par.  125. 

(£)  Make  an  itinerary  of  the  proposed  journey,  giving 
the  hours  of  arrival  and  departure  at  the  principal  points  en 
route  and  furnish  copies  to  the  chief  of  staff,  the  adjutant 
general  and  others  who  should  have  copies. 

(c)     Give  the  necessary  directions  for  forwarding  mail. 
2     Take    along   a    railroad    time    table   and    familiarize   yourself 
with  the  hours  of  arrival  at  and  departure  from  the  principal  points  en 
route. 

j  If  connections  are  to  be  made  at  any  point,  ascertain  the  hour 
of  departure,  station,  etc.,  of  the  connecting  train. 

4  If  government  transportation  is  to  be  used  at  destination, 
telegraph  ahead  for  the  same. 

5  If  provision  is  to  be  made  for  meals  or  quarters  at  a  post 
notify  the  commanding  officer  in  advance  of  the  number  in  the  party, 
and  if  there  are  any  ladies,  that  fact  should  be  stated. 

6  Look  after  getting  the  railroad  transportation,  street  car  and 
ferry  tickets  and  any  other  transportation  that  may  be  necessary. 

With  some  generals,  when  going  on  a  journey  of  any  kind  the  aide  takes 
along  enough  cash  to  defray  all  expenses  (transportation,  meals,  street  care  fare, 
tips,  etc.)  for  both  himself  and  his  chief,  and  upon  return  to  their  station  submits 
an  itemized  expense  account  to  the  general  for  reimbursement.  If  the  aide  has  not 
enough  cash  available  before  beginning  the  journey,  he  should  so  inform  the  general. 


252  CHAPTER  XVIII 

7  See  that  the  general's  baggage  is  checked  and  properly  cared 
for.     In  case  there  is  more  than  one  piece  of  baggage,  note  on  the 
back  of  each  check  the  article  checked. 

8  See  that  copies  of  the  daily  papers  published  at  the  principal 
places  en  route  are  gotten  for  your  chief. 

p    Take  along  in  your  valise: 

(<z)  A  roster  of  the  troops  of  the  department,  and  before 
reaching  a  post,  look  up  the  names  of  all  officers  there,  theii 
duties,  etc. 

(b)  The  Army  Register. 

(c)  The  latest  Army  List  and  Directory. 

(d)  The  Army  Regulations. 

(e)  The   Drill   Regulations. 

(/)     Official  envelopes  and  some  letter  paper. 

(g)    Some  official  and  ordinary  telegraph  blanks. 

(A)     Some  carbon  paper,  a  note  book,  fountain  pen,  in- 
delible pencil,  and  postage  stamps. 

(i)      A  supply  of  the  general's  visiting  cards. 

to    In  case  of  possible  use,  take  along  the  general's  personal  flag. 
II    After  returning  from  a  trip: 

(a)  Write,   at   the    direction    of   the    general,   letters    to 
every  one  who  extended  special  courtesies  to  him. 

(b)  Make  out  and  submit  to  him  his  mileage  vouchers. 
And  do  these  things  WITHOUT  BEING  TOLD! 

Pointers 

1  An  Aide  can  not  be  too  punctilious  about  the  neatness  and 
correctness  of  his  dress. 

2  Courtesy  is  an  indispensable  quality  of  a  good  Aide.     In  your 
office  and  everywhere  else,  be  invariably  polite  and  courteous  to  every 
one.     An  Aide  should  never  be  too  busy  to  be  courteous.     Politeness 
costs  nothing  and  it  always  brings  good  returns. 

3  Stay  as  mu:h  as  possible  within  the  call  of  the  general. 

4  Cultivate  thoughtfulness  in  all  matters,   especially  the  civili- 
ties of  life. 

5  In  case  the  general  has  gentleman  visitors,  see  that  they  get 
cards  to  all  clubs  of  which  the  general  is  a  member. 

6  Carry  some  of  the  general's  visiting  cards  in  your  card  case. 


AIDES-DE-CAMP  253 

;    Calls,  etc. 

(a)  Make  note  of  your  chief's  engagements,  calls  to  be 
returned,  etc.,  and  remind  him  of  them  at  the  proper  time. 

(£)  In  the  case  of  official  visits,  it  is  customary  to  ascer- 
tain beforehand  whether  the  hour  the  general  wishes  to  call 
would  be  agreeable  to  the  official  concerned. 

(c)  Always  leave  cards  for  those  called  on.  When  there 
is  more  than  one  person  (for  instance,  an  admiral  and  his 
personal  staff,  and  the  captain  of  the  admiral's  ship)  their 
names  should  be  written  on  the  cards. 

(</)  When  visiting  a  man-of-war,  it  is  customary  for  the 
general's  launch  to  "lay  to"  and  every  one  stand  while  his 
personal  salute  is  being  fired. 

(*)  The  general's  personal  flag  should  fly  only  during 
the  time  the  general  is  actually  aboard  his  launch.  Conse- 
quently it  should  always  be  lowered  as  soon  as  he  leaves 
and  hoisted  again  as  soon  as  he  returns. 

(/)  In  boarding  a  ship,  the  senior  goes  first  and  the 
junior  last,  and  on  leaving,  the  junior  first  and  the  senior  last, 
so  that  the  senior  shall  not  be  kept  waiting  in  the  launch  in 
either  case. 

(#)  Whenever  anyone  calls  upon  the  general  officially  or 
semiofficially,  accompany  the  caller  out  of  the  building — if 
his  carriage  or  other  means  of  transportation  be  near,  see 
him  to  same. 

8  Carry  some  postage  stamps  in  your  pocketbook. 

9  It  is  perfectly  proper  for  an  Aide  to  invite  his  chief's  atten- 
tion to  anything  that  may  be  wrong  about  his  dress,  and  also  to  invite 
his  attention  to  any  social  amenities  or  courtesies  that  might  be  over- 
looked.    In  fact,  an  Aide  should  study  the  shortcomings  of  his  chief,' 
if  he  have  any,  and  see  that  he  guards  himself  against  them.  . 

10  It  is  customary  for  an  Aide  to  enter  his  chiefs  office  with- 
out knocking. 

Some  aides  address  their  chiefs  in  the  third  person.  For  exam- 
ple, "What  does  the  general  wish  me  to  do  in  this  matter?"  "Is  the 
general  going  to  call  on  the  admiral  to-day?" 

11  Familiarize  yourself  with  the  military  record  of  your  chief 
and  be  posted  in  matters  in  which  he  is  known  to  be  interested.   If  in 
general  conversation  or  otherwise  he  should  express  a  desire  to  know 
anything  about  something,  or  if  he  should  seem  interested  in  any  par- 
ticular subject,  study  it  up  and  tell  him  about  it  at  the  first  opportune 
occasion. 


254  CHAPTER  XVIII 

12  At  reviews,  inspections  and  all  other  formal  military  forma- 
tions, the  chief  of  staff,  the  adjutant  general  and  the  Aides  take  the 
relative  positions  prescribed  in  the  Drill  Regulations.     However,  on 
social,    or    semisocial    occasions,    the    Aides    should    be    next    to    the 
general. 

13  If  mounted,  an  Aide  should  always  dismount  when  the  gen- 
eral dismounts  and  should  never  mount  before  the  general  does. 

14  It  is  customary  for  Aides  who  may  be  in  attendance  on  dis- 
tinguished persons  to  wear  white  gloves  when  in  dress  uniform,  with- 
out side  arms. 

75  In  presenting  people  at  a  social  or  official  function,  it  is 
customary  to  stand  in  the  receiving  line,  at  the  end  toward  which  the 
guests  approach.  It  is  not  necessary  to  shake  hands  with  all  guests, 
although  it  is  usual  to  do  so  with  persons  you  know.  Great  care  should 
be  taken  to  announce  ALL  names  in  a  clear,  distinct  tone,  always 
speaking  directly  at  the  person  to  whom  the  announcements  are  made. 

Members  of  the  Cabinet,  and,  in  their  own  territorial  juris- 
diction, ambassadors,  governors  general,  vice  governors  general,  com- 
manding generals,  commanding  admirals  and  other  such  dignitaries, 
are  announced  as,  for  instance,  "The  Secretary  of  War,"  "The  Brit- 
ish Ambassador,"  "The  Governor  General,"  "The  Vice  Governor  Gen- 
eral," "The  Commanding  General,"  "The  Admiral  Commanding,"  etc., 
and  not  as  "Secretary  Smith,"  "Governor  Jones,"  etc. 

16  Officers  (except  members  of  the  staff)  and  others  who  wish 
to  see  the  general,  first  address  themselves  to  one  of  the  aides  (or  to 
the  chief  of  staff  or  the  adjutant  general)  to  ascertain  whether  it  is 
convenient  for  the  general  to  receive  them. 

17  It  is  customary  for  aides  and  other  officers  who  may  be  in  at- 
tendance on  distinguished  persons  to  wear  white  gloves  when  in  dress 
uniform,  without  side  arms. 

A  Correspondence.  It  is  thought  that  an  Aide  in  writing  by  the 
general's  directions  to  an  officer,  especially  to  a  field  officer,  should 
generally  use  the  term  "General  Smith  directs  that  you  will  please  do 
so  and  so."  This  term  is  too  often  absent  in  our  official  correspond- 
ence; it  detracts  in  no  way  from  the  force  of  the  orders  given  and  it 
leaves  an  agreeable  impression  of  politeness  in  the  mind  of  an  officer 
of  some  rank  addressed  by  a  junior  using  his  general's  authority. 

An  ordinary  letter  written  by  the  general's  direction  would  seem 
best  to  be  signed: 

JOHN  SMITH, 

Captain,  30th  Infantry, 

Aide-de-Camp. 


AIDES-DE-CAMP  255 

If  the  letter  is  more  personal  than  official  and  the  statement  does 
not  occur,  "I  am  instructed  by  General  Smith,"  etc.,  or  "General 
Smith  requests  me  to  answer  your  letter,"  etc.,  then  this  signature 
would  seem  best: 

JOHN  SMITH, 

Captain,  30th  Infantry, 

Aide-de-Camp  to  Major  General  Smith. 

Stationery.  This  letterhead  and  envelope  return-address  are 
considered  to  be  in  good  form: 


HEADQUARTERS  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  EAST 

OFFICE  OF  THE  AIDES-DE-CAMP 
GOVERNOR'S  ISLAND,  NEW  YORK 


(Letterhead) 


HEADQUARTERS  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  EAST 
OFFICE  OF  THE  AD  ES-DE-CAMP 
GOVERNOR'S  ISLAND.  NEW  YORK 


(Envelope  Return-Address) 

Visiting  Cards.  (See  also  page  308.)  There  is  no  established 
custom  regarding  the  form  of  visiting  cards  for  Aides-de-camp.  The 
following  are  often  used  and  are  considered  in  good  taste. 


LIEUTENANT  COLONEL  JAMES  A.  Ross 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
AIDE-DE-CAMP   TO  THE   LIEUTENANT   GENERAL. 


256 


CHAPTER  XVIII 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  R.  SMITH, 

TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED   STATES    INFANTRY 

AIDE-DE-CAMP  TO   MAJOR  GENERAL  JONES 


HiIKUTEIVANT  JOHN  R.  SMITH, 

TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED    STATES    INFANTRY 


(NOTE:      On    a   visiting    card    it    matters    not    whether    an    officer   is   a    first    or 
second  lieutenant. 

Some   young   officers   now   put   on   their   card,   for   example, 
Mr.   John   R.    Smith, 
United  States  Army. 

"Mr.    Smith"   might  be   a   Q.    M.    Sergeant,   a   civilian   employee   or   anyone  else    con- 
nected with  the  army.) 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  257 

CHAPTER  XIX 
POST  ADMINISTRATION 

(See   "Military   Reservations,"   page  74). 
(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  COMMANDER, 
like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and 
attention  to  business. 

The  Command  of  a  post,  like  that  of  a  company,  divides 
itself  into  two  kinds  of  duty:  Administration  and  Govern- 
ment. 

The  administration  consists  in  issuing  orders,  rendering 
reports  and  returns,  submitting  estimates  and  requisitions,  the 
supervision  of  the  care  of  Government  property  and  the  dis- 
bursement of  public  funds,  etc. 

The  government  includes  looking  after  the  instruction  and 
discipline  of  the  command,  the  harmony  and  contentment  of 
the  garrison,  and  exercising  a  general  supervision  over  the 
means  adopted  by  organization  commanders  for  the  comfort 
and  welfare  of  their  men. 

The  Commanding  Officer.  The  senior  line  officer  on  duty 
at  a  post  is  called  The  Commanding  Officer.  He  gives  his  or- 
ders and  directions  through  his  staff  officers — mostly  through 
the  adjutant. 

The  Commanding  Officer  should  have  confidence  in  the 
members  of  his  staff  and  he  should  make  them  feel  he  has  con- 
fidence in  them — a  staff  officer  in  whom  he  can  not  have  confi- 
dence and  whom  he  can  not  trust  with  details,  should  be  re- 
lieved. If  a  staff  officer  feels  his  Commanding  Officer  has  no 
confidence  in  him  he  soon  becomes  discouraged  and  disheart- 
ened and  in  time  indifferent  to  his  duty. 


258  CHAPTER  XIX 

The  Commanding  Officer  should  surround  himself  with  an 
efficient  staff  and  then  content  himself  with  giving  general  in- 
structions, leaving  the  details  to  the  different  members  of  his 
staff,  whom  he  should  direct  in  harmony  with  one  another. 

In  the  government  of  a  command,  the  best  results  are  ob- 
tained when  the  Commanding  Officer  confines  himself  to  the 
exercise  of  a  general  supervision  over  organization  command- 
ers and  other  officers.  If  he  attempt  to  interfere  with  the 
interior  economy  of  organizations  or  to  do  the  duty  of  all  his 
subordinates  by  direction  of  details,  he  will  find  the  task  ex- 
ceedingly difficult  and  the  results  unsatisfactory.  The  main 
duty  of  the  Commanding  Officer  should  be  to  make  the  officers 
under  him  do  their  full  duty,  holding  each  and  every  one  of 
them  strictly  responsible  for  the  proper  performance  of  all 
duties.  However,  should  organization  commanders,  for  instance, 
fail  to  look  after  their  organizations  properly,  the  post  com- 
mander would  be  justified  in  taking  into  his  own  hands  the 
regulation  of  the  interior  economy  of  the  organizations  con- 
cerned. In  fact,  under  such  circumstances  he  should  do  so. 

While,  on  the  one  hand,  both  officers  and  men  should  be 
held  to  a  strict,  invariable  accountability  of  all  requirements,  on 
the  other  hand,  they  should  be  given  every  possible  privilege 
as  long  as.  they  do  what  is  required  of  them.  See  Chapter 
XVII  on  "Discipline." 

A  (This  plan  of  instruction  has  been  tried  with  gratifying  results:  The  companies 
are  turned  over  entirely  to  their  respective  commanders  for  a  certain  period  of  time, 
say  one  or  two  months,  the  post  commander  requiring  certain  results  at  the  end  of 
that  time,  the  means  of  attaining  the  end,  such  as  the  manner  of  instruction,  the 
length  of  drills,  etc.,  being  left  entirely  and  absolutely  to  the  company  commander, 
who  is  held  strictly  responsible  for  the  result  Not  only  does  this  throw  the  company 
commander  on  his  own  responsibility,  but  it  also  encourages  and  develops  initiative, 
making  away,  as  it  does,  with  the  awful  monotony  of  fixed,  routine  drills.  It  is  a 
well-known  fact  that  if  men  know  that  they  have  to  drill  for  a  certain  length  of  time 
whether  they  drill  well  or  poorly,  they  are  apt  to  drop  into  perfunctoriness,  while  on 
the  other  hand,  if  they  know  that  they  will  be  dismissed  as  soon  as  they  have  done 
,  their  drill  or  other  work  properly,  they  will  take  a  lively  interest  in  the  work  and 
accomplish  better  results  in  less  time.) 

In  official  matters,  the  Commanding  Officer  should  neither 
fear  nor  love — he  should  do  his  duty  as  he  sees  it,  not  as  other? 
may  see  it. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  259 

A  Although  human,  he  should  strive  to  rise  above  personal 
animosities  and  petulant  matters — although  strict,  he  should 
be  fair  and  impartial.  He  should  make  his  subordinates  feel 
he  shares  with  them  their  joys  and  sorrows.  He  should  be 
considerate  of  the  welfare,  comfort  and  happiness  of  his  com- 
mand, doing  everything  he  consistently  can  to  promote  har- 
mony— such  policy  is  not  at  all  inconsistent  with  good  dis- 
cipline— on  the  contrary,  it  is  conducive  thereto.  He  should 
ertcourage  football,  baseball,  dances  and  other  forms  of  enter- 
tainments— especially  should  he  encourage  amusement  for  the 
soldiers  during  their  idle  hours.  At  some  posts,  as  far  as 
practicable,  all  drills,  schools  of  instruction,  parade,  guard 
mounting,  etc.,  are  held  in  the  forenoon,  thus  leaving  the  en- 
tire afternoon  to  the  pleasure  and  recreation  of  the  command. 
At  posts  near  towns  and  cities  he  should  make  special 
effort  to  cultivate  the  good  will  and  friendship  of  the  citizens 
— they  are  always  willing  to  meet  Army  people  half  way.  See 
"Relations  With  Civilians  and  National  Guardsmen,"  page  48C. 

B  The  Staff.  While  it  is  true  that  noblesse  oblige,  that  rank  imposes 
obligation,  that  much  is  rightly  expected  of  those  occupying  positions  of 
authority,  it  is  also  true  that,  on  the  other  hand,  those  in  authority  are 
rightly  entitled  to  proper  deference,  consideration  and  respect  on  the  part 
of  others.  Especially  is  this  true  of  staff  officers  toward  their  commanding 
officers. 

The  staff  officer  who,  under  the  guise  of  the  "gruff  old  soldier,"  of 
so-called  "manly  independence,"  or  under  any  other  guise,  fails  to  pay  his 
chief  and  the  members  of  his  family  the  deference  to  which  they  are  en- 
titled "by  virtue  of  rank,  age  and  position,  and  which  usage  and  custom 
accord  them,  has  but  one  consistent,  manly  course  open  to  him,  and  that  is 
to  ask  to  be  relieved.  He  should  not  continue  to  enjoy  emoluments  and 
advantages  at  the  hands  of  a  man  to  whom  he  can"  not  be  loyal  in  every 
way;  if  he  does  so,  he  demeans  himself  in  his  own  eyes  and  in  the  eyes 
of  his  brother  officers. 

There  is  one  thing  above  all  others  that  a  staff  officer  should  never 
do :  He  should  never  make  slighting  remarks  about  his  chief  or  members 
of  his  chief's  family.  The  officer  who  does  this  is  totally  lacking  in  a 


260  CHAPTER  XIX 

sense  of  propriety  and  proclaims  to  the  world  that  he  is  deficient  in  the 
genteel  qualities  that  constitute  the  real  officer  and  gentleman. 
A  Parades,  reviews,  and  other  ceremonies,  usually  accom- 
panied with  martial  music,  the  presence  of  spectators,  etc.,  are 
intended  to  stimulate  the  interest  and  excite  the  military  spirit 
of  the  command.  Officers  and  soldiers  should  therefore  be 
sufficiently  fond  of  military  display,  to  show  they  take  a  pride 
in  their  professi^i. 

Inspections.  By  Army  Regulations  the  post  commander 
is  required  to  make  an  inspection  of  his  command  on  the  last 
day  of  every  month.  This  inspection  should  be  most  rigid — 
he  should  visit  and  thoroughly  inspect  the  Government  quar- 
ters occupied  by  married  soldiers,  the  hospital,  bakery,  post 
exchange,  library,  barracks,  kitchens,  guardhouse,  sinks, 
quartermaster  and  commissary  storehouses.  At  these  inspec- 
tions the  Commanding  Officer  should  not  confine  himself  to 
fault-finding,  but  he  should  also  praise  what  he  thinks  good. 
The  natural  impulse  of  some  military  men  is  to  pick  out  only 
the  flaws  and  never  mention  the  good.  Just  praise  incites 
ambition  and  emulation — continued  admonition  usually  causes 
discouragement.  At  these  monthly  inspections  of  the  com- 
mand it  is  a  good  plan  for  the  Commanding  Officer  to  have  the 
officers  of  every  company  join  and  accompany  him  after  the 
inspection  of  their  respective  barracks  and  quarters. 

Some  commanding  officers,  accompanied  by  the  surgeon, 
make  a  general  inspection  of  premises  every  Sunday  morning. 

C  Post  Noncommissioned  Staff.  It  is  customary  to  show 
the  post  noncommissioned  staff  considerable  consideration  re- 
garding quarters  and  privileges.  They  are  not  required  to 
attend  roll  calls,  and  are  generally  allowed  to  leave  the  post 
for  less  than  twenty-four  hours  without  passes,  merely  re- 
porting their  departure  to  the  officers  under  whose  immediate 
direction  they  are,  and  whose  duty  it  is  to  see  that  such  ab- 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  261 

sences  shall  not  interfere  with  any  duty.  They  are  also  given 
the  privilege  of  purchasing  commissary  stores  on  pass  books 
and  keeping  civilian  clothing  in  their  quarters. 

The  post  noncommissioned  staff  is  commanded  by  the  ad- 
jutant. 

Rules  and  Regulations  for  the  Government  of  a  Post.1  In 
every  post  there  is  a  multitude  of  things  that  must  be  regu- 
lated. Of  course,  different  commanding  officers  usually  regu- 
late them  differently,  but  this  in  no  way  affects  the  funda- 
mental fact  that  these  matters  should  be  regulated.  The  ideas 
and  methods  of  several  commanding  officers  of  experience  and 
efficiency  under  whom  the  author  has  served  are  embodied  in 
the  following: 

The  Commanding  Officer.  The  Commanding  Officer  will  trans- 
act all  business  at  his  office  from  9  o'clock  a.  m.  to  12  o'clock  m.,  except 
in  case  of  emergency. 

Adjutant's  Office.  As  far  as  possible,  all  business  of  a  routine 
nature  connected  with  the  adjutant's  office,  will  be  transacted  at  the 
office  during  the  forenoon,  before  first  sergeants'  call.2 

Quartermaster's  Department.  The  quartermaster  will  report  to 
the  commanding  officer  daily,  after  guard  mounting. 

He  will  submit  in  person  all  estimates  and  requisitions. 

The  Quartermaster's  Department  will  be  opened  during  fatigue 
hours  daily,  Sundays  excepted. 

Organization  commanders  will  submit  their  clothing  requisitions 
on  the  15th  of  every  month. 

Requisitions  for  clothing  will  not  be  submitted  at  any  other 
time  except  in  case  of  urgency,  in  which  event  the  urgency  will  be 
stated. 

All  requests  for  repairs  to  buildings,  plumbing  fixtures,  etc.,  must 
be  made  to  the  quartermaster  at  his  office,  either  verbally  or  in  writ- 
ing. None  of  the  employees  of  the  Q.  M.  Dept.  are  allowed  to  take 
orders  for  work  of  any  kind,  except  from  the  Q.  M.  office. 

1When  a  printing  press  is  available,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  publish  about  once  a 
year,  for  the  guidance  and  convenient  reference  of  all  concerned,  an  epitome  of 
the  principal  general  orders  in  force  at  the  post. 

aAll  orders  and  communications  of  a  routine  nature  should  be  delivered  in 
the  forenoon.  Officers  should  not  have  their  afternoons  continually  interrupted  by 
orderlies  delivering  orders  and  communications  of  a  routine  nature. 


262  CHAPTER  XIX 

Public  property  in  use  or  inventoried  in  the  public  Quarters  at 
this  post,  will  not  be  removed  therefrom,  except  by  the  permission  of 
the  quartermaster. 

The  street  lamps  will  be  cleaned  and  filled  by -10  o'clock  A.  M. 

The  street  lamps  will  be  lit  at  dark  and  kept  lit  until  daylight  the 
following  morning. 

In  case  the  moon  rises  within  an  hour  after  dark,  and  the  night 
is  not  cloudy,  the  lamps  will  not  be  lit. 

In  case  the  moon  rises  later  than  an  hour  after  dark,  the  lamps 
will  be  lit  at  dark  and  extinguished  at  moon-rise.  If  the  night  be 
cloudy  they  will  burn  until  the  dawn  of  day. 

Commissary  Department.  The  commissary  will  report  to  the 
commanding  officer  daily,  after  guard  mounting. 

He  will  submit  in  person  his  estimates  and  requisitions. 

The  sales  commissary  will  be  opened  for  sales  to  officers  and  en- 
listed, men  from  8  a.  m.  to  noon  and  from  1  to  3  p.  m.,  daily,  except 
Sundays. 

On  Saturdays,  the  commissary  will  close  at  noon- 

From  the  29th  to  the  last  of  the  month,  the  commissary  will  be 
closed  for  the  taking  of  stock. 

Officers  desiring  to  make  credit  purchases  must  send  their  com- 
missary books  or  written  orders. 

Officers.  Officers  not  in  arrest  or  on  sick  report  may  leave  the 
post  for  a  period  not  exceeding  twelve  hours,  without  special  permis- 
sion from  the  commanding  officer,  provided  no  duty  interferes  and 
no  company  is  left  without  an  officer.  Subalterns  must  first  obtain 
permission  from  their  company  commanders.  Officers  desiring  to 
absent  themselves  for  a  longer  period  than  twelve  hours  must  obtain 
permission  from  the  commanding  officer. 

Before  leaving  the  post,  officers  will  register  at  the  adjutant's 
office  the  hour  of  departure,  destination  and  the  probable  hour  of 
return. 

USUAL  FORM  OF  OFFICERS'  REGISTER. 


Date. 

Name. 

Hour   of 
Departure. 

Probable   Hour 
of  Return. 

Destination. 

Jan.   ] 

J.  C.  Brown 

10:35  a.  m. 

11:30  p.  m. 

Montana  Club, 
Helena 

POST  ADMINISTRATION  263 

When  there  are  two  or  more  medical  officers  for  duty,  the  post 
will  not  be  left  without  a  surgeon,  except  by  special  authority  of  the 
commanding  officer. 

Whenever  officers'  call  is  sounded  all  officers  will,  without  delay, 
report  at  the  adjutant's  office. 

One  officer  will  attend  retreat  with  every  company.1 

All  officers  whose  duty  it  is  to  attend  company  formations  will 
be  not  more  than  twelve  paces  from  their  companies  at  the  sounding 
of  "assembly,"  and  will  observe  that  the  men  fall  in  properly  and 
answer  to  their  names  in  a  soldier-like  manner. 

Officers  who  are  members  of  a  general  court-martial  or  who  are 
undergoing  instruction  in  the  Garrison  School,  must  not  apply  for 
leave  without  calling  attention  to  that  fact. 

In  applying  for  leaves  of  absence,  officers  will  state  the  number, 
kind,  extent  and  dates  of  leave  granted  them  during  the  preceding 
four  years. 

Whenever  permission  is  requested  to  leave  the  post  or  to  do 
anything  else  that  will  interfere  with  any  duty,  routine  or  otherwise, 
the  fact  should  be  stated  to  the  commanding  officer. 

Whenever  an  organization  or  the  guardhouse,  post  exchange, 
post  bakery,  or  any  other  place  is  formally  inspected  on  the  last  of 
the  month,  or  any  other  time,  the  officer  or  officers  responsible  will 
be  present. 

The  chaplain  will  not  be  required  to  turn  out  with  troops  for  in- 
spections, reviews,  parades,  muster,  etc.  He  will,  however,  report  to 
the  mustering  officer  for  muster. 

A.  The  name  of  every  officer  excused  from  duty  on  account  of  sick- 
ness must  be  entered  on  the  appropriate  sick  book,  and  be  accounted 
for  by  the  surgeon  on  the  morning  report.  A  sick  book  for  attached 
officers,  not  on  duty  with  troops,  will  be  kept  at  the  post  hospital. 


*At  some  posts  it  is  customary  to  group  the  organizations  and  have  one  officer 
superintend  the  roll  calls  of  each  group.  After  "receiving  the  reports  of  the  first 
sergeants,  he  reports  the  result  to  the  officer  of  the  day.  When  it  is  practicable 
for  one  officer  to  so  station  himself  so  as  to  superintend  the  formation  and  roll  calls  ot 
all  the  organizations,  the  officer  of  the  day  sometimes  does  this  duty. 


264  CHAPTER  XIX 

Whenever  an  entry  is  made  in  this  book,  it  will  be  sent  to  the  adju- 
tant's office  with  the  morning  report. 

Except  in  cases  of  emergency,  when  it  becomes  necessary  for  an 
officer  to  be  excused  on  account  of  sickness,  he  will  obtain  such  au- 
thority through  a  personal  interview  with  the  surgeon  or  one  of  his 
assistants. 

Officers  will  not  be  permitted  to  put  themselves  on  sick  report 
or  to  report  themselves  for  duty  after  having  been  on  the  sick  report, 
except  by  authority  of  the  medical  officer  who  attends  them. 

An  officer  ordering  a  soldier  into  confinement  will  furnish  the 
officer  of  the  day  with  written  charges  before  the  latter  verifies  the 
prisoners  after  guard  mounting. 

In  case  it  be  impracticable  to  thus  submit  written  charges,  the 
officer  will  make  a  written  or  verbal  report  to  the  adjutant  by  9 
o'clock  a.  m.,  the  day  the  Officer  of  the  Day  concerned  marches  off 
guard. 

During  military  ceremonies  and  drills,  children  will  not  be  per- 
mitted on  the  parade  or  drill  grounds.  During  military  ceremonies 
and  drills,  dogs  will  not  be  permitted  on  the  parade  or  drill  grounds. 

All  Quartermaster,  Commissary  and  Post  Exchange  bills  will 
be  paid  and  the  vouchers  signe~d  not  later  than  the  third  day  of  the 
month. 

Men  employed  to  operate  heating  plants  in  officers'  quarters  will 
be  thoroughly  instructed  in  the  care  and  management  of  the  furnace 
and  the  officers  will  be  held  responsible  for  any  damage  resulting  from 
negligence  or  mismanagement. 

One  of  the  officers  living  in  the  building  set  aside  as  bachelors' 
quarters,  will  be  held  responsible  for  the  condition  of  the  basement, 
the  heating  plant,  the  public  hallways  and  stairways,  the  porches  and 
the  grounds  and  walks  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  This  responsibility 
will  be  taken  in  turn  by  all  the  officers  occupying  the  building,  in  ac- 
cordance with  some  equitable  agreement  between  themselves.  Should 
there  be  any  difficulty  about  arranging  for  the  assumption  of  responsi- 
bility, the  senior  officer  will  at  once  report  the  fact  to  the  Adjutant 
and  until  such  report  is  made  by  him  he  will  be  held  responsible. 

Organization  Commanders.  As  soon  as  the  fact  of  desertion  is 
known  company  commanders  will  complete  the  information  slips 
relative  to  deserters  and  send  the  same  to  the  adjutant. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  265 

Immediately  after  reveille,  first  sergeants  will  send  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  guard,  the  names  of  absentees  reported  to  the  officer  of 
the  day  at  11  o'clock  p.  m.  inspection  and  reveille. 

In  compliance  with  the  128th  Article  of  War,  the  Articles  of  War 
will  be  read  to  every  organization  on  January  15th  and  July  15th  of 
each  year.  The  fact  that  they  have  been  read  will  be  noted  on  the 
morning  report  the  following  day.  In  case  January  15th  or  July  15th 
should  fall  on  Sunday,  the  Articles  will  be  read  the  following  day. 

In  all  barracks,  the  band  quarters,  the  guardhouse,  the  ad- 
ministration building,  the  corral,  the  bakery,  the  quartermaster  store- 
house, the  commissary  storehouse  and  the  exchange  building,  fire 
buckets  filled  with  water,  will  be  kept  in  convenient  places. 

Organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  that  the  quar- 
ters occupied  by  married  men  of  their  commands  are  kept  clean  and 
that  the  premises  are  properly  policed. 

Organization  commanders  and  all  other  officers  in  charge  of 
buildings  will  give  the  necessary  directions  forbidding  all  persons  from 
allowing  faucets  or  hydrants  in  any  part  of  their  barracks,  stables, 
latrines  or  wash  rooms,  to  drip  unnecessarily.  During  excessively 
cold  weather,  water  will  be  turned  off  at  night. 

When  soldiers  are  arrested  by  the  civil  authorities,  their  com- 
pany commanders  will  make  a  thorough  investigation  of  the  case, 
whether  the  men  are  convicted  or  acquitted,  and  charges  will  be  pre- 
ferred for  any  military  offense  that  may  have  been  committed  in  con- 
nection with  the  affair. 

At  first  sergeants'  call,  the  first  sergeant,  the  drum  major,  and 
the  hospital  steward  will  proceed  to  the  adjutant's  office  and  get  their 
morning  report  books,  receive  the  details  for  guard  and  such  other 
orders  as  the  sergeant-major  may  have  for  them.1 

Recruits  enlisted  at  this  post  or  received  in  a  company  will  be 
presented  at  the  hospital  for  vaccination  at  9  o'clock  a.  m.  the  day  suc- 

1  At  some  posts  the  first  sergeants,  the  drum  major,  and  the  hospital  steward 
wear  side  arms. 


266  CHAPTER  XIX 

ceeding  their  enlistment  or  arrival  at  post.  Every  recruit  thus  vaccin- 
ated will  be  presented  at  the  hospital  for  inspection  one  week  later, 
unless  he  shall  have  been  sent  to  some  other  station. 

Summary  Court.  Cases  will  be  tried  by  the  summary  court  at 
9  o'clock  a.  m.  daily  except  Sundays  when  no  case,  unless  of  an  urgent 
nature,  will  be  tried.  When  other  duty  prescribed  by  order  from 
superior  authority  interferes  with  the  sessions  of  the  summary  court 
at  the  hour  prescribed,  the  court  will  try  such  cases  as  may  be  before 
it  at  the  earliest  practicable  time. 

Upon  completion  of  the  trial  of  a  soldier  in  confinement  in  the 
guardhouse,  the  trial  officer  will  send  the  officer  of  the  day,  by  the 
sentinel  who  takes  the  prisoner  to  the  guardhouse,  a  memorandum  of 
the  sentence  of  confinement;  or,  in  case  of  no  confinement,  a  memo- 
randum to  that  effect  and  directing  the  release  of  the  prisoner  by  order 
of  the  commanding  officer.  * 

In  case  of  men  in  arrest  tried  by  summary  court,  and  there  is  no 
confinement,  the  summary  court  will  release  the  prisoner  from  arrest 
by  order  of  the  commanding  officer  and  direct  him  to  report  to  his 
first  sergeant  for  duty.  In  case  the  sentence  should  carry  with  it 
confinement,  the  summary  court  will  order  his  confinement  by  order 
of  the  commanding  officer,  and  notify  the  company  commander  and 
the  officer  of  the  day  accordingly. 

The  summary  court  will  give  orders  to  the  noncommissioned 
officer  in  charge  relative  to  the  disposition  of  the  prisoners  of  his  com- 
pany who  have  been  tried. 

When  an  enlisted  man  is  confined  or  arrested,  the  officer  order- 
ing the  confinement  or  arrest  will  at  once  notify  the  man's  company 
commander  (A.  R.)  who,  in  the  case  of  extra  or  special  duty  men, 
will  notify  the  officer  under  whose  direction  the  soldier  may  be 
working. 

Should  the  man  be  confined  or  arrested  by  order  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  the  officer  of  the  guard  (or,  if  there  be  no  commis- 
sioned officer  on  guard,  then  the  officer  of  the  day)  will  notify  the 
company  commander. 

Men  in  arrest  in  quarters  who  are  to  be  tried  by  the  summary 
court  will  be  reported  to  the  trial  officer  by  a  noncommissoned  officer. 

1  Should  this  plan  be  followed,  the  adjutant  should,  of  course,  notify  the 
summary  court  at  once  of  any  man  who,  for  any  reason,  should  not  be  released  in 
case  of  acquittal. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  267 

(preferably  the  first  sergeant)  wearing  side  arms,  who  will  remain  at 
the  court  room  until  the  accu&ed  have  been  tried. 

Witnesses  before  the  summary  court  will  wear  side  arms  and 
gloves. 

(This  is  customary  only  at  some  posts.  The  author  is  very  much  in 
favor  of  the  practice,  ns  it  tends  to  add  formality  and  solemnity  to 
the  occasion.} 

Police  Regulations.  The  police  officer  will  report  to  the  com- 
manding officer  daily  at  9  o'clock  a.  m. 

The  police  officer  will  make  daily  at  least  one  tour  of  inspection 
of  the  post  and  see  that  all  police  regulations  are  enforced,  reporting 
to  the  adjutant  all  violations  thereof,  as  well  as  all  defacement  of 
Government  property,  broken  window  panes,  etc. 

The  police  sergeant  will  make  a  tour  of  inspection  of  the  post 
every  morning  and  every  afternoon,  noting  all  broken  drains,  fences, 
gates,  etc.,  and  have  the  prisoners  make  such  repairs  as  they  can.  He 
will  also  keep  the  grass  cut  and  the  ground  free  from  leaves,  paper, 
stray  rocks,  brickbats,  etc. 

Peddlers  are  not  to  be  allowed  in  the  garrison  except  by  author- 
ity of  the  commanding  officer. 

Dishonorably  discharged  soldiers  will  not  be  allowed  on  the 
reservation. 

Cigars,  cigarettes,  old  rags,  paper,  water,  etc.,  will  not  be  thrown 
from  the  barracks  and  other  places  occupied  by  soldiers. 

Spitting  on  the  floors  and  pavements  is  forbidden. 

The  company  squad  rooms,  the  sinks,  the  guardhouse,  and  all 
other  places  occupied  by  soldiers,  will  be  provided  with  the  necessary 
number  of  spittoons. 

All  organization  commanders,  the  adjutant,  the  quartermaster, 
the  commissary  and  the  post  exchange  officer,  will  supply  the  quarters 
and  buildings  over  which  they  have  jurisdiction  with  fire  buckets  and 
fire  axes. 

The  dump  cart  will  start  on  its  daily  round  at  6:30  o'clock  a.  m. 

The  administration  -building,  the  commissary,  the  hospital,  the 
guardhouse,  the  barracks,  the  officers'  quarters,  and  all  other  such 
places  will  be  provided  with  barrels,  boxes,  or  other  suitable  recep- 
tacles, kept  in  some  appropriate,  accessible  place,  in  which  will  be 
placed  all  refuse. 


268  CHAPTER  XIX 

These  refuse  receptacles  will  be  kept  covered  at  all  times,  and 
those  used  for  swills  will  be  kept  on  elevated  platforms. 

Special  care  and  attention  will  be  given  to  the  cleanliness  of  the 
water-closets  and  bathrooms,  and  only  toilet  paper  will  be  used  in  the 
former. 

Organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  for  the  strict 
enforcement  of  these  regulations  on' the  premises  occupied  and  used 
by  their  men. 

All  persons  are  directed  not  to  throw  pieces  of  paper  on  the 
walks  or  grounds  or  in  places  where  they  can  be  scattered  by  the  wind, 
but  to  deposit  such  rubbish  in  covered  boxes  or  barrels  to  be  kept  for 
that  purpose,  and  emptied  under  the  direction  of  the  police  sergeant. 

The  hitching  of  horses  or  cattle  to  trees  or  hydrants  is  for- 
bidden. 

Walking  across  the  lawns  is  forbidden.  This  does  not  apply  to 
children  at  play. 

Horses  and  cattle  must  not  be  allowed  to  run  loose  in  the  limits 
of  the  garrison.  This  does  not  apply  to  their  being  taken  back  and 
forth  from  pasture,  but  they  must  be  confined  at  night. 

Lamp-posts  and  trees  must  not  be  used  as  signposts. 

Persons  wishing  crates,  boxes,  etc.,  saved  will  store  the  same  in 
their  cellars  or  arrange  with  the  quartermaster  for  their  storage. 

Uniform.  At  the  payment  of  troops,  officers  and  enlisted  men 
will  wear  side  arms. 

The  officer  of  the  day  and  the  officer  of  the  guard  will  wear  the 
uniform  of  the  guard. 

The  old  guard  will  march  off  in  the  same  uniform  as  the  new 
guard. 

Officers  in  the  post,  when  away  from  their  quarters,  will  always 
appear  in  uniform,  except  when  leaving  or  returning  to  the  post,  or  when 
engaged  in  athletic  exercises.1 

Tennis  suits  are  authorized  when  playing  the  game  and  going 
to  and  from  the  court,  at  which  times  the  overcoat  or  cape  may  be 
worn;  but  no  other  article  of  the  uniform  will  be  worn  with  tennis 
suits. 

The  officers'  cape  will  not  be  worn  at  formations,  and  overcoats 
will  be  worn  only  when  the  call  is  sounded. 

*At  some  posts,  officers  are  required  to  doff  service  dress  and  appear  only  ir 
dress  uniform  after  a  certain  hour  in  the  afternoon  or  evening. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  269 

Barrack  shoes  must  not  be  worn  when  away  from  barracks,  ex- 
cept in  athletic  exercises. 

All  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  this  command  when  outside  of 
barracks,  will  have  their  coats  or  blouses  buttoned  throughout.  Offi- 
cers noticing  soldiers  with  coats  or  blouses  unbuttoned  will  report 
them  to  their  respective  company  commanders,  who  will  prefer  the 
necessary  charges. 

Enlisted  men  must  not  appear  on  the  porches  of  their  barracks 
without  coats  or  blouses,  or  otherwise  improperly  dressed.  First  ser- 
geants and  noncommissioned  officers  in  charge  of  barracks  will  see  to 
the  execution  of  this  order. 

Company  commanders  will  see  that  the  enlisted  men  of  their 
organizations  who  are  required  to  do  fatigue  duty  are  supplied  with 
the  fatigue  uniform. 

Enlisted  men  may  wear  civilian  dress  while  on  pass,  but  it  will 
not  be  accompanied  by  any  mark  or  part  of  the  uniform. 

Enlisted  men  will  not  wear  civilian  dress  in  the  post,  except  in 
going  from  and  returning  to  the  barracks  and  the  guardhouse  on 
pass,  nor  will  civilian  clothing  be  kept  in  the  personal  possession  of 
enlisted  men,  but  will  be  kept  by  the  first  sergeant  in  the  company 
storeroom. 

Civilian  clothing  belonging  to  members  of  the  hospital  corps  will 
be  kept  by  the  hospital  steward  in  the  hospital  storeroom. 

Members  of  the  post,  regimental  and  battalion  noncommis- 
sioned staffs  may  keep  their  civilian  clothing  in  their  lockers. 

Soldiers  must  at  al!  times  appear  neat,  tidy,  and  in  regulation 
uniform,  and  organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  for 
the  appearance  of  their  men. 

GUARD  DUTY. 

Officer  of  the  Day.  When  an  officer  is  detailed  for  duty  as 
officer  of  the  day  or  guard,  permission  to  exchange  his  tour  will  not 
be  given,  except  for  cogent  reasons,  in  which  case  permission  will  be 
obtained  from  the  commanding  officer  before  marching  on,  and  the 
adjutant  notified  accordingly  by  the  officer  concerned. 

Only  in  case  of  urgent  necessity  will  an  officer  be  allowed  to 
leave  the  post  after  he  has  marched  on  guard. 


270  CHAPTER  XIX 

The  officer  of  the  day  will  be  excused  from  all  other  post  duties, 
but  when  an  organization  commander  happens  to  be  on  guard  on  the 
last  day  of  the  month,  he  will  be  present  at  the  muster  and  inspection 
of  his  organization. 

The  officer  of  the  day  will  receive  the  reports  at  the  11  o'clock 
p.  m.  inspection  and  at  reveille,  and  will  inspect  the  guard  at  parade 
and  retreat. 

He  will  in  person  examine  all  noncommissioned  officers  and 
privates  of  the  guard  at  the  guardhouse  or  some  other  suitable  place 
regarding  their  orders,  and  will  note  in  his  report  all  who  are  not  con- 
versant with  the  same. 1 

Soon  after  guard  mounting  he  will  inspect  the  guardhouse,  in- 
cluding the  cells,  water-closets,  bathroom,  furnace  room,  etc.,  seeing 
that  all  are  clean  and  in  good  order  and  that  nothing  not  pertaining 
to  the  guard  is  present. 

A        He  will  note  the  following  on  the  guard  report  book: 

(a)  Received  the  reports  at  11  p.  m.  inspection  and 
reveille.  Absentees:  Pvt.  John  Smith,  Co.  "A,"  etc.,  or 
none. 

(b)  Visited  the  guard  and  sentinels,  from to 

and    from to Pvt.    John    Smith,    Co.    "A,"    and    etc., 

were  not  conversant  with  their  orders,  or,   "All   sentinels 
were  conversant  with  their  orders."  * 

(c)  The  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  were 
examined  regarding  their  orders  and  all  were  conversant 
with  the  same,  or,  Pvt.  John  Smith,  Co.  "A,"  and  etc.,  were 
not  conversant  with  the  same. 

(Note.  Fires,  escape  of  prisoners,  and  other  similar  unusual 
occurrences  will  also  be  noted.) 

The  list  of  prisoners  will  be  made  out  under  the  following 
headings: 

(a}     Military   Convicts. 
(£)     Garrison  prisoners. 

(c)  Awaiting  result  of  trial 

(d)  Awaiting  trial 
(*)     Awaiting  charges. 


1  In  case  there  is  an  officer  of  the  guard,  this  will  be  done  by  him  and  he  will 
report  accordingly  in  the  guard  report  book. 

•At  some  posts  a  blank  form  .embodying  all  this  information  is  furnished  daily 
with  the  O.  D.  detail. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  27] 

The  officer  of  the  day  will  make  an  inspection  of  the  post  dur- 
ing his  tour,  reporting  all  breaches  of  the  police  regulations. 

When  there  is  no  officer  of  the  guard,  the  officer  of  the  day  will 
be  responsible  for  the  proper  making  out  of  the  guard  report  book. 
He  will  be  present  when  the  guard  and  guardhouse  are  inspected  on 
the  last  day  of  the  month. 

(NOTE.  The  instructions  for  the  officer  of  the  day  should  be 
typewritten  or  printed  and  kept  in  an  envelope  marked,  "INSTRUCTIONS 
FOR  THE  OFFICER  OF  THE  DAY.  To  be  handed  in  each  day  to  the  com- 
manding officer  with  the  guard  report  book.") 

Thorough  familiarity  with  the  contents  of  the  Manual  of  Guard 
Duty  is  presupposed  as  a  matter  of  course,  and  the  commanding  officer 
will  expect  from  the  officer  of  the  day,  a  faithful,  correct  and  vigilant 
performance  of  guard  duty. 

VISIT  OF  GUARD  AND  SENTINELS.  In  paragraph  55  of 
the  Guard  Manual  the  term  "Inspect  the  guard  and  sentinels"  is  used, 
and  in  paragraph  56,  "Visits  of  Inspection."  Also  in  paragraph  55  of 
General  Orders,  No.  189,  War  Department,  1906,  the  terms  "Inspect  the 
Guard  and  Sentinels"  and  "Visit  each  relief"  are  employed,  but  there 
are  no  written  directions  as  to  what  shall  constitute  a  "Visit,"  or 
"Inspection  of  the  Guard  and  Sentinels,"  Recent  courts-martial  for 
dereliction  in  the  performance  of  guard  duty  have  made  evident  the 
difference  of  opinion  on  this  important  point  of  inspection  of  sentinels 
and  guards.  For  instance,  would  an  officer  be  entitled  to  sign  on  the 
guard  report  a  statement  that  he  h*ad  "Visited  Guard  and  Sentinels, 
1:00-2:00  A.  M.,"  when  he  had  questioned  part  of  the  sentinels  as  to 
their  orders,  and  merely  observed  others,  and  had  gone  to  the  guard- 
house, but  not  turned  out  and  inspected  the  remainder  of  the  guard? 
Custom,  of  the  service  must  govern,  since  there  are  no  written  in- 
structions or  orders  on  the  subject. 

The  custom  would  appear  to  be  as  follows:  The  words,  "Visit" 
and  "Inspect"  have  the  same  signification  when  applied  to  guard  duty. 
The  guard  is  visited  or  inspected  at  the  guardhouse.  A  sentinel  is 
inspected  or  visited  only  when  walking  post.  The  inspection  or  visit 
is  made  by  going  on  his  post,  and  questioning  him  as  to  conditions  or 
as  to  orders  or  as  to  both.  Merely. walking  in  the  vicinity  of  his  post 
and  observing  the  sentinel  at  a  distance  is  not  considered  an  "In- 
spection," or  "Visit." 

In  the  case  of  old  and  efficient  sentinels  it  is  often  considered 
sufficient  to  approach,  acknowledge  the  salute  rendered  and  ask,  "Have 


272  CHAPTER  XIX 

you  anything  to  report?"  or  "Is  everything  all  right  on  your  post?" 
If  the  answer  to  the  first  is  "No,  sir"  or  to  the  second  "Yes,  sir  it 
is  sufficient. 

But  as  a  rule  the  sentinels  are  questioned: 

1.  As  to  General  Orders, 

2.  As  to  Special  Orders. 

These  may  not  be  required  in  full,  but  sufficient  is  demanded  to 
indicate  that  the  man  knows  his  duty.  This  inspection  of  a  sentinel 
does  not  usually  include  an  inspection  of  his  arms.  The  sentinel 
should  not  be  required  to  quit  his  piece. 

The  terms  "Visiting  the  Guard"  and  "Inspecting  the  Guard" 
mean  generally  that  tire  guardhouse  has  been  visited,  and  the  pris- 
oners and  members  of  the  guard  verified.  It  does  not  necessarily 
mean  that  the  guard  and  prisoners  have  been  turned  out  and  in- 
spected while  in  formation. 

Persons  Entitled  To  Inspect  The  Guard.  The  Manual  of  Guard 
Duty  does  not  state  what  persons  are  entitled  to  inspect  the  guard,  but  it 
may  be  said  that  the  commander  of  the  guard,  the  officer  of  the  day,  the 
commanding  officer,  and  all  those  who  have  authority  to  give  orders  to  the 
commanding  officer,  have  authority  to  inspect  the  guard.  In  the  Reg- 
ular Army  these  are  the  President  of  the  United  States,  the  Secretary 
of  War,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  the  Division 
Commander,  and  the  Department  Commander. 

The  Commander  of  the  Guard.  He  will  see  that  the  cells,  cor- 
ridors, bathrooms,  water-closets  and  all  other  parts  of  the  guardhouse 
are  kept  clean  and  that  nothing  not  pertaining  to  the  guard  is  present. 

He  will  inspect  the  prisoners  and  their  belongings  and  see  that 
they  have  nothing  but  the  barest  necessities. 

He  will  inspect  shackles  on  prisoners  at  retreat  and  reveille. 

He  will  report  to  the  officer  of  the  day  at  reveille. 

All  soldiers  on  pass  will  report  their  departure  and  return  to  the 
commander  of  the  guard,  who  will  not  permit  dirty,  untidy  or  improp- 
erly dressed  men  to  leave.  In  case  of  any  man  returning  late  or  in  a 
dirty  or  drunken  condition,  the  fact  will  be  noted  opposite  his  name,  jn 
the  column  of  "Remarks." 

Men  who  do  not  take  advantage  of  their  passes  will  so  report 
to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

The  commander  of  the  guard  will  have  indorsed  the  hours  of 
departure  and  return  on  the  pass  lists  and  will  note  in  the  column 
of  "Remarks"  all  delinquencies. 

All  pass  lists  will  be  turned  in  to  the  adjutant's  office  daily,  with 
the  Guard  Report  Book. 

General.  At  first  sergeants'  call,  the  sergeant  of  the  guard  will 
report  at  the  adjutant's  office  with  the  first  sergeants. 


POST.  ADMINISTRATION  273    , 

Members  of  the  guard  will  not  change  the  clothing  in  which 
they  marched  on  guard,  until  after  retreat. 

The  sentinels  will  begin  challenging  at  midnight. 

In  going  to  and  returning  from  work,  etc.,  prisoners  will  be 
marched  in  quick  time  and  not  allowed  to  straggle  along. 

All  bedding  in  the  guardhouse  will  be  aired  every  Friday 
morning. 

In  the  morning,  the  cooks  will  be  awakened  by  the  musician  of 
the  guard. 

Immediately  before  being  posted,  day  and  night,  No.  1  and  the 
noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  the  guard  will  verify  the  pris- 
oners. 

Sentinels  guarding  prisoners  at  work,  will  not  suffer  the  prison- 
ers to  get  any  nearer  than  ten  paces  to  them. 

While  the  prisoners  are  at  their  meals,  one  sentinel  will  be 
posted  over  the  gun  rack  and  one  at  the  main  entrance  to  the*  guard 
house. 

All  rifles  not  in  use  will  be  kept  in  the  gun  rack. 

Every  day  at  noon,  the  clock  in  the  guardhouse  will  be  set  by 
the  clock  in  the  adjutant's  office. 

All  water-closets  will  be  kept  supplied  with  toilet  paper  and  no 
other  kind  of  paper  will  be  used  therein. 

The  guard  will  be  paraded  at  parade. 

While  the  battalion  is  at  "Parade  rest,"  the  guard  will  also  be 
at  "Parade  rest."  The  rest  of  the  time,  except  when  the  band  is 
playing  the  "Star  Spangled  Banner,"  the  guard  will  remain  "At  ease." 

Money  will  not  be  tendered  the  post  baker  for  bread,  nor  will 
the  baker  be  permitted  to  receive  it.  Bread  will  be  obtained  by  means 
of  checks  purchased  from  the  post  treasurer. 

Riding,  automobiling,  or  driving  at  a  fast  gait  on  the  roads 
within  the  limits  of  the  post  is  forbidden.  Bicycle  riding  is  pro- 
hibited on  all  sidewalks. 

A         Leaking  faucets   and   defective   plumbing  will   be   promptly   re- 
ported to  the  Quartermaster.     See  Supplement,  Chap.  XIX,  Par.  126. 

No  firecrackers  or  other  fireworks  of  any  description  will  be 
fired  or  exploded  in  the  post. 


274  CHAPTER  XIX 

A  Special  Orders  for  Sentinels.  The  special  orders  for  all  sen- 
tinels will  be  typewritten  or  printed  and  posted  in  the  guardhouse 
in  some  convenient,  accessible  place. 

B  Prisoners.1  The  prisoners  will  be  worked  under  the  direction  of 
the  police  officer. 

Prisoners  serving  summary  court  sentences  will  attend  all  drills, 
with  their  respective  companies,  and  members  of  the  band  all  re- 
hearsals and  ceremonies  with  the  band. 

Such  prisoners  who  are  at  work,  will  be  returned  to  the  guard- 
house twenty  minutes  before  the  first  call  to  dress  for  the  formation. 

After  the  assembly  they  will  be  marched  to  their  company 
parades  under  guard  and  turned  over  to  the  first  sergeants,  who  will 
return  them  to  the  guardhouse  under  guard  immediately  after  drill. 

Such  prisoners  on  parole  will  report  at  the  guardhouse  twenty 
minutes  before  the  first  call  to  dress  for  the  formation.  After  the  as- 
sembly, they  will  report  tor  the  first  sergeants  of  their  companies, 
reporting  their  return  at  the  guardhouse  immediately  after  drill. 

'All  prisoners  will  be  returned  to  the  guardhouse  fifteen  minutes 
before  meals.  Meals  will  be  sent  to  the  guardhouse  promptly  at 
mess  calls. 

The  prisoners  will  eat  at  the  table  furnished  for  that  purpose 
and  will  not  be  allowed  to  carry  any  food  into  the  cells. 

At  no  time  will  singing,  loud  talking  or  other  noise  be  permitted 
amongst  the  prisoners,  nor  will  they  be  allowed  any  books,  smoking 
materials,  playing  cards  or  other  means  of  diversion." 

Just  before  the  prisoners  are  locked  up  for  the  night,  they  will 
be  given  an  opportunity  to  go  to  the  water-closet,  after  which  a  pail 
will  be  placed  in  every  cell  to  be  used  in  case  of  emergency  during  the 
night.  After  the  prisoners  have  been  locked  up  for  the  night,  no  one 
will  be  allowed  to  leave  the  cells. 

Prisoners  will  be  limited  to  the  barest  necessities  and  will  be 
allowed  to  have  only  the  following  articles  of  clothing: 

One  pair  shoes.  One  complete   suit   of  under 

One  campaign  hat.  wear,  besides  the  one  worn. 

One  blue  coat.  One  towel. 

One  fatigue  coat.  Two  pocket  handkerchiefs. 

One  pair  blue  trousers.  One  blanket. 

One  pair  fatigue  trousers. 

1  See  Chapter  XI,  "The  Post  Prison  Officer."  At  some  posts  the  prisoners 
are  worked  under  the  direction  of  a  prison  officer  and  at  others,  under  the  direction 
of  the  officer  of  the  day. 

2It  is  also  a  ffood  plan  to  feed  prisoners  on  the  straight  ration.  In  short,  every- 
thing should  be  done  to  make  the  guardhouse  as  disagreeable  as  possible — a  place 
to  be  dreaded  by  offenders. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  275 

Additional  articles  in  winter  and  rainy  weather: 
One  poncho.  One  pair  fur  gloves. 

One  pair  overshoes.  One  fur  cap. 

One  overcoat.  One  blanket. 

Prisoners  will  be  required  to  bathe  as  soon  as  possible  after  con 
finement  and  thereafter  at  least  once  a  week. 

A  bath  register  will  be  kept  by  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

SOLDIERS 

Behavior,  etc.  Noncommissioned  officers,  clothed  in  the  proper 
uniform  of  their  grade,  are  on  duty  at  all  times  and  places  for  the 
suppression  of  disorderly  conduct  on  the  part  of  soldiers.  If  be- 
longing to  the  same  company  as  the  noncommissioned  officer,  men 
guilty  of  disorderly  conduct  will  be  sent  to  their  quarters  in  arrest 
until  the  facts  can  be  reported  to  the  company  commander.  If  be- 
longing to  some  other  company,  the  noncommissioned  officer  order- 
ing the  arrest  will  report  the  case  to  the  adjutant  without  delay. 

Soldiers  returning  from  the  city  at  night  will  not  create  any  dis- 
turbance by  loud  and  boisterous  talking,  singing  and  laughing  after 
entering  the  post  limits.  It  is  made  the  duty  of  all  officers  and  non- 
commissioned officers,  whether  on  guard  or  not,  to  take  notice  of  any 
violation  of  this  order,  arrest  all  offenders  and  make  prope'r  report  to 
post  headquarters. 

(Drunken,  boisterous  conduct  on  street  cars,  carelessness  in  dress,  negligence 
about  saluting  and  other  similar  delinquencies  that  are  sometimes  found  amongst 
troops  stationed  near  cities,  can,  of  course,  always  and  should  always,  be  stopped  by 
the  post  commander.  Aside  from  the  bad  effect  such  conduct  has  on  the  discipline 
of  a  command  and  the  annoyance  it  causes  the  lady  members  of  the  garrison,  it  also 
prejudices  the  civilians  against  the  Army,  and  failure  to  stop  at  once  and  forever 
such  a  condition  of  affairs,  merely  bespeaks  weakness  on  the  part  of  the  command- 
ing officer.) 

Men  sick  in  quarters  or  otherwise  excused  from  ceremonies  (ex- 
cept guard  mounting)  will  not  loiter  outside  of  their  barracks  during 
the  same. 

A       Enlisted  men  are  forbidden  to  have  revolvers  in  their  possession 
and  to  carry  revolvers,  razors  and  other  such  weapons. 

Enlisted  men  will  not  bring  intoxicating  liquors  on  the  reser- 
vation. 

Men  about  to  be  discharged  will  secure  clearances  from  the 
barber,  tailor,  laundryman  and  post  exchange  officer.  Discharges 
submitted  for  the  signature  of  the  commanding  officer  must  be  accom- 
panied by  such  clearances.  (For  form,  see  page  127). 

Enlisted  men  going  on  furlough  will  leave  fheir  post-office  ad- 
dress with  the  first  sergeant  before  taking  their  departure.  While  on 


276  CHAPTER  XIX 

furlough  they  will  not  be  allowed  to  remain  on  the  reservation  and 
should  they  engage  in  any  business  discreditable  to  the  service,  their 
furlough  will  be  canceled. 

A  Extra  and  Special  Duty  Men.  As  far  as  practicable,  the  work- 
ing hours  for  men  on  extra  and  special  duty  will  be  the  same  as  the 
fatigue  hours.  However,  in  case  of  necessity,  men  may  be  worked 
without  regard  to  fatigue  hours. 

All  extra  and  special  duty  men  will  attend  parades  and  weekly 
and  monthly  inspections,  and  at  least  two  drills  each  week,  unless  es- 
pecially excused  by  the  commanding  officer.  * 

The  drills  and  the  days  on  which  they  will  attend  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  company  commanders. 

Men  on  extra  or  special  duty  will  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  out  of 
quarters  except  in  urgent  cases  and  then  only  by  permission  of  the 
commanding  officer. 

At  target  practice  men  on  special  and  extra  duty  will  be  per- 
mitted to  shoot  first,  so  as  to  enable  them  to  leave  the  range  as  early 
as  possible. 

Target  practice  for  the  men  attached  to  the  band  must  not  inter- 
fere with  their  attendance  at  guard  mounting  and  at  the  band  rehearsals 
that  are  held  daily  from  9:30  a.  m.  to  12  m. 

B  Passes.2  No  soldier  will  be  allowed  to  leave  the  post,  except 
on  pass.  (For  forms,  see  page  133). 

Company  pass  lists,  with  the  names  alphabetically  arranged 
according  to  the  prescribed  form,  will  be  submitted  daily,  with  the 
morning  report. 

The  number  of  men  to  be  given  passes  will  be  left  to  the  .dis- 
cretion of  con?pany  commanders. 

All  soldiers  on  pass  will  report  their  departure  and  return  to  the 
commander  of  the  guard,  who  will  not  permit  dirty,  untidy  or  im- 
properly dressed  men  to  leave.  In  case  of  any  man  returning  late  or 
in  a  dirty  or  drunken  condition,  the  fact  will  be  noted  opposite  his 
name,  in  the  column  of  "Remarks"  and  the  man  shall  not  again  be 
granted  a  pass  for  one  week. 

1  In  the  Coast  Artillery  only  such  extra  and  special  duty  men  as  are 
designated  in  War  Department  orders  can  be  excused  from  artillery  drill. 

3  There  are  two  general  pass  systems  in  vogue  in  the  Army:  1.  Individual 
Passes — Each  man  being  given  a  separate  pass.  2.  Company  Passes — The  names  of 
all  men  belonging  to  the  same  company  being  entered  on  the  same  pass  list.  This 
system  is  now  used  almost  entirely. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  277 

Soldiers  on  pass  will  report  their  return  as  soon  as  they  return 
to  the  post— they  will  not  remain  in  the  garrison  while  on  pass. 

The  chief  musician,  the  members  of  the  post,  regimental  and 
battalion  noncommissioned  staff  may  leave  the  post  by  verbal  per- 
mission of  their  immediate  commanding  officers. 

.Men  who  do  not  take  advantage  of  their  passes  will  so  report  to 
the  commander  of  the  guard. 

Men  on  sick  report  will  not  be  granted  passes,  except  in  case  of 
urgent  necessity. 

Men  on  special  or  extra  duty  will  have  their  names  placed  on 
the  pass  list  for  special  and  extra  duty  men,  which  must  be  submitted 
for  remark  to  the  officer  under  whose  immediate  direction  they  are 
employed,  before  being  submitted  to  the  adjutant's  office. 

The  sergeant  of  the  guard  will  indorse  the  hours  of  departure 
and  return  on  the  pass  lists  and  will  note  in  the  column  of  remarks 
all  delinquencies. 

(NOTE.  It  is  customary  to  grant  passes  for  such  men  and  such 
periods  as  company  commanders  think  proper.  Some  commanding  offi- 
cers leave  the  number  of  men  to  the  discretion  of  the  company  com- 
manders, while  others  limit  the  granting  of  passes  to  a  certain  per 
cent  of  the  company,  allowing  a  greater  percentage  just  after  pay  days 
and  on  holidays  than  on  other  days.  The  pass  system  should  be  just 
as  liberal  as  possible.) 

In  some  few  cases,  commanding  officers  leave  the  matter  of 
passes  entirely  in  the  hands  of  company  commanders.  Each  man  re- 
ports to  the  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters  for  inspec- 
tion before  leaving.  He  reports  his  return  also  to  the  same  non- 
commissioned officer,  who  notes  the  time  on  the  pass;  or  he  may  not 
be  required  to  report  his  return  to  anyone,  all  passes  being  made  to 
expire  just  before  reveille,  retreat  or  some  other  regular  company  roll 
call,  which  will  show  whether  any  one  has  overstayed  his  pass.) 

Old  Guard  Pass.  It  is  sometimes  customary  to  give  soldiers  a 
twenty-four  hours'  pass  after  the  completion  of  a  tour  of  guard  duty. 

Correspondence.  Communications  referred  to  officers  for  ex- 
planation, remark,  investigation,  etc.,  will  be  returned  to  the  adjutant's 
office  within  twenty-four  hours  after  their  receipt.  In  case  this  be 
impracticable,  a  verbal  report  of  the  circumstances  of  the  case  will  be 
made  before  the  expiration  of  the  twenty-four  hours. 


278  CHAPTER  XIX 

Whenever  called  upon  for  information  by  the  adjutant's  office, 
the  same  will  be  furnished  within  the  next  twenty-four  hours,  unless 
otherwise  stated. 

The  use  of  thin,  manifolding  paper  as  outer  folds  of  official  com- 
munications, is  prohibited.  Heavier  paper  through  which  writing  is 
not  visible  will  be  used. 

Official  communications  for  the  adjutant  will  be  delivered  to  the 
sergeant-major  or  placed  on  the  adjutant's  desk  in  the  basket  marked 
"In." 

When  a  man  on  extra  or  special  duty  asks  for  a  furlough,  the 
request  will  be  referred  to  the  officer  under  whom  he  is  employed 
before  the  application  is  sent  to  the  adjutant., 

A  The  Muster  and  the  Pay  Rolls.  On  the  day  of  muster,  the  mus- 
tering officer,  assisted  by  all  available  company  officers,  will  scrutinize 
and  compare  all  muster  and  pay  rolls,  in  the  following  order: 

1  The  Hospital  Corps  Detachment. 

2  The  N.  C.  S.  and  Band  and  the  Post  N.  C.  S. 

3  The  Companies  in  the  order  of  rank  of  their  respective  com- 
manders. 

Company  commanders  will  compare  their  rolls  before  they  are 
submitted  to  the  mustering  officer  for  comparison. 

The  rolls  will  be  submitted  for  the  commanding  officer's  signa- 
ture not  later  than  noon  of  the  first. 

The  pay  rolls  will  be  returned  to  the  adjutant's  office,  signed  by 
the  designated  witnessing  officer,  immediately  after  payment. 

B  Post  Library.  The  post  library  will  be  opened  on  week  days  from 
9  a.  m.  to  11  a.  m.;  1  p.  m.  to  4:30  p.  m.;  after  supper  to  9:30  p.  m.; 
on  Sundays  and  holidays  from  10  to  11  a.  m. 

Officers,  enlisted  men  and  civilian  employees  and  members  of 
their  families  will  be  allowed  to  take  books  from  the  library  for  a 
period  of  not  more  than  ten  days,  at  the  end  of  which  the  books  must 
be  returned.  A  failure  to  so  return  a  book  will  couse  suspension  of 
the  rule  as  relates  to  the  offender. 

Anyone  desiring  a  book  not  on  the  shelves  at  the  time,  may 
register  for  and  obtain  it  in  his  turn. 

Free  access  to  the  shelves  is  not  permitted,  but  all  books  must 
be  removed  from  the  shelves  only  by  the  librarian. 

The  librarian  will  enter  in  a  book  kept  for  the  purpose,  the 
number  of  every  book  taken  out,  the  date  of  its  removal,  and  the  name 
of  the  person  taking  it. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  279 

The  person  taking  a  book  from  the  library  must  return  it  and 
not  lend  or  transfer  it  to  another. 

Damage  to  a  book,  or  loss  of  it,  will  be  charged  against  the 
person  responsible  for  it. 

Newspapers  and  periodicals  will  not  be  taken  from  the  reading 
room. 

Smoking  in  the  reading  room  is  prohibited. 
Dogs  are  not  allowed  in  the  library. 

Soldiers  visiting  the  library  will  conduct  themselves  in  an  or- 
derly and  soldierly  manner,  and  will  not  indulge  in  loud,  boisterous 
or  obscene  language. 

The  Post  School.  A  book  showing  the  daily  attendance  will 
be  kept. 

The  teacher  who  is  required  to  care  for  the  schoolbooks  and 
property,  will  keep  a  book  in  which  will  be  entered  a  list  of  such 
books  and  property. 

The  schoolroom,  benches,  desks,  etc.,  will  be  kept  clean  by  the 
janitor. 

Special  care  will  be  taken  regarding  the  proper  ventilation  of 
the  schoolroom.  Windows  will  be  lowered  from  the  top  and  not 
raised  from  the  bottom. 

Men  whose  names  have  been  placed  upon  the  rolls  will  be  re- 
quired to  attend  all  sessions  unless  prevented  by  sickness  or  duty. 

Absentees  will  be  reported  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  schools 
who  will  in  turn  report  them  to  the  adjutant. 

During  their  attendance  at  school,  the  soldiers  will  be  neatly 
dressed  and  will  behave  themselves  in  a  quiet  and  orderly  manner, 
paying  strict  attention  to  their  studies. 

Misbehavior,  inattention  and  other  violations  of  these  regula- 
tions will  be  reported  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  school,  who,  if 
necessary,  will  report  the  matter  to  the  adjutant. 

Schoolbooks  will  not  be  removed  from  the  schoolroom  without 
the  permission  of  the  teacher  in  charge,  nor  will  they  be  soiled, 


280  CHAPTER  XIX 

marked  or  mutilated.     The  name  of  the  soldier  using  a  book  may  be 
written  in  small,  plain  letters  near  the  top  of  the  first  blank  page. 

As  far  as  practicable,  company  commanders  will  excuse  men  at- 
tending school  from  fatigue,  kitchen  police  and  other  duties  during 
school  hours. 

At  school  call,  the  men  will  fall  in  promptly  on  their  respective 
company  parades  and  be  marched  to  the  schoolroom  by  a  noncom- 
missioned officer,  who  will  report  them  to  the  teacher,  accounting  for 
all  absentees. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  school  term,  the  officer  in  charge  of 
schools  will  ascertain  the  names  of  all  enlisted  men's  children  of 
school  age.  * 

Parents  desiring  their  children  excused  from  attendance  will 
make  application  to  the  commanding  officer. 

Post  Bakery.  It  is  most  essential  that  the  officer  in  charge 
should  give  the  matter  his  close,  personal  attention,  visiting  the  bakery 
daily  and  making  a  thorough  inspection  of  everything.  The  inside  of 
the  trough  should  be  kept  properly  scraped  and  perfect  cleanliness 
should  be  strictly  enforced.  For  War  Dept.  orders  affecting  the 
officer  in  charge  of  the  post  bakery,  see  Supplement,  Chap.  XIX,  Par. 
127. 

In  order  to  prevent  waste  and  dishonesty,  a  close  check  should 
be  kept  on  the  baker,  which  may  be  done  as  follows: 

I  The  same  number  of  sacks  of  flour  (5,  10,  or  15,  for  instance) 
should  be  purchased  from  the  commissary  on  the  same  days  of  the 
month  (10th,  20th,  and  30th,  for  instance). 

An  officer  of  experience  as  post  treasurer  has  found  22  ounces  of  dough 
weighs  about  20  ounces  when  baked  and  about  18  ounces  24  hours  afterwards,  and 
that  100  pounds  of  flour  should  make  from  117  to  140  pounds  of  bread. 

Theoretically   and  approximately, 

(a)     No.  Ibs.  flour  used  x  1J  =  No.  Ibs.  bread  produced. 
(fc)     No.  Ibs.  bread  produced  -f-      =  Ibs.  flour  used. 

With  good  material  and  an  honest  baker,  100  pounds  of  flour  should  make 
about  133  Ibs.  of  bread.  The  amount  of  bread  made  by  each  kind  of  flour  should 
be  ascertained  by  careful  experiment  and  the  baker  should  then  be  required  to  turn 
out  bread  accordingly. 

2  The  baker   should   not  be   permitted   to   do   any   private   baking 
and  he  should  be  made  to  pay  for  all  bread  spoiled  through  carelessness. 

3  Under  no  circumstances  should  the  baker  be  allowed  to  sell  bread 
for  cash — bread  tickets  should  be  kept  on  sale  at  the  post  exchange  or 
at  the  commissary. 

1  Usually  from  6  to  21  years. 


POST  ADMINISTRATION  281 

Form  44,  Subsistence  Dept.,  gives  the  various  bakery  blanks,  which 
are: 

66  Statement  of  Daily  Sales. 

67  Abstract  of  Flour  and  Bread  Consumed. 

68  Sales  Ledger,  Bakery. 

69  Quarterly  Statement  of  Bakery  Transactions. 

70  Receipt  for  Payment  of  Charge  Sales  of  the  Bakery. 


282  CHAPTER   XX 

CHAPTER  XX 
CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

Definition.  "Sometimes  called  common  law  of  the  Army.  Sig- 
nifies generally  a  right  or  law  not  written,  but  established  by  long 
usage.  To  render  a  custom  valid  it  is  said  the  following  qualities-  are 
requisite:  1,  habitual  or  long-established  practice;  2,  continuance 
without  interruption;  3,  without  dispute;  4,  it  must  be  reasonable; 
5,  certain;  6,  compulsory;  7,  customs  must  be  consistent  with  each 
other.  It  may  be  said  that  the  common  law  of  the  Army  derives  its 
force  from  the  tacit  consent  of  those  in  the  service.  General  Kautz 
states  that  officers  of  the  Army  have  certain  duties  to  perform  that 
are  governed  by  certain  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  which  are  inter- 
preted and  executed  in  a  certain  way,  called  'Customs  of  the  Service.' 
A  knowledge  of  these  rules  of  the  service,  and  their  application,  con- 
stitutes the  military  profession,  and  is  the  true  art  of  war.  To  this 
extent  it  is  an  exact  science,  and  may  be  acquired  by  application  and 
experience."  (Wilhelm's  Military  Dictionary  and  Gazeteer.} 

General.  The  military  establishment  of  the  United  States  is 
governed  in  its  administration  and  intercourse  within  and  without  the 
service  by  rules  derived  from  three  sources,  viz:  First,  the  statutes 
enacted  by  Congress,  which  permit  of  no  deviation.  Second,  the  Army 
Regulations,  which  have  the  force  of  law;  they  are  promulgated  by 
the  Secretary  of  War  and  may  be  amended,  suspended  or  abrogated 
by  the  same  power,  and  in  cases  of  emergency  may  be  neglected  by 
independent  commanders  subject  to  subsequent  approval.  Third,  by 
the  subtle  though  no  less  forceful  and  binding  code  included  in 
"Customs  of  the  Service" — a  code  which  governs  in  cases  where  law 
and  regulations  are  silent  and  which  can  only  be  modified  by  drastic 
action  or  through  the  slow  process  of  a  change  of  sentiment  So 
powerful  is  "custom"  that  it  receives  legal  recognition  in  the  84th 
Article  of  War.  * 

The  statute  laws  and  the  regulations  are  published  and  are  so 
available  that  a  knowledge  of  them  may  be  acquired  by  any  student. 

1  The  oath  administered  to  members  of  a  court-martial. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  283 

With  the  "Customs  of  the  Service"  it  is  different.  To  acquire  a  knowl- 
edge of  them  requires  long  association  with  the  military  establishment 
and  usually  involves  many  embarrassments  and  chagrins.  For  instance, 
how  natural  it  would  be  for  an  inexperienced  officer  to  avail  himself 
of  the  shelter  of  an  umbrella,  but  how  mortifying  to  receive  the  jibes 
of  his  comrades  and  the  reprimand  of  his  commanding  officer — yet 
against  the  use  of  the  umbrella  by  soldiers  in  uniform  there  is  nothing 
but  "custom." 

Likewise,  if  a  commanding  officer  should  say  to  one  of  his 
officers,  "I  desire  that  you  do  so  and  so,"  or  "I  wish  that  you  do  so 
and  so,"  and  should  the  officer  fail  or  refuse  to  do  "so  and  so/'  he 
would  be  found  by  a  court-martial  as  guilty  of  a  breach  of  discipline 
as  if  the  commanding  officer  had  said,  "I  hereby  order  that  you  do 
so  and  so." 

Well  might  an  impostor  succeed  in  passing  for  a  member  of 
the  Army  if  only  law  and  regulations  were  to  be  considered.  But 
at  every  turn  he  would  reveal  to  the  experienced  ones  his  fraud 
through  the  constant  transgression  of  those  subtle  laws  described  by 
the  comprehensive  though  hazy  term,  "Customs  of  the  Service" — a 
code  of  laws  so  unconsciously  learned,  and  as  unconsciously  prac- 
ticed, that  their  existence  is  scarcely  observed  and  of  such  remote 
antiquity  that  their  origin  is  frequently  lost  in  the  misty  dawn  of 
war's  beginning. 

Customs  of  the  Service  are  of  two  kinds,  Official  and  Social,  and 
sometimes  it  is  not  easy  to  differentiate  between  the  two. 

The  following  compilation  of  Customs  of  the  Service,  gathered 
from  various  sources,  is  the  result  of  a  sincere  and  faithful  effort  to 
cover  the  ground  in  a  complete  and  accurate  manner: 

A  Calling.  In  the  Army,  calls  are  most  frequently  made  in  the 
evening.  Afternoon  calls  should  not  be  made  on  week  days,  as  you 
will  generally  interrupt  and  disturb  people  who  are  occupied.  The  dress 
uniform  is  usually  worn  in  making  social  calls. 

At  the  smaller  posts  the  old  Army  custom  which  prescribes 
that  everyone  shall  call  on  a  visitor  the  first  or  second  night  after 
his  arrival,  is  rigidly  maintained,  but  at  the  very  large  posts  this 
custom  can  hardly  be  kept  up.  At  such  posts  the  visitor  is  called 
upon  by  all  those  having  close  personal  or  official  relations  with  the 
person  visited. 


284  CHAPTER  XX 

When  an  officer  is  invited  to  call  on  a  visitor  by  the  host,  he 
should  be  careful  to  do  so. 

See  A  and  B,  page  20,  and  E,  page  21. 

If  you  call  at  a  house  and  the  servant  who  answers  the  door  bell  tells  you  that 
the  people  are  at  dinner,  do  not  go  in;  merely  leave  your  name  and  say  you  will  call 
again.  To  go  in  and  wait  will  but  interrupt,  hurry  and  annoy  those  at  dinner — it 
shows  a  lack  of  savoir  faire. 

A  In  small  garrisons,  when  an  officer  returns  from  a  long  leave  or 
detached  service  of  any  duration,  the  officers  of  the  garrison  call  upon 
him  within  a  day  or  so  after  his  return. 

An  officer  returning  from  leave  or  detached  service  calls  with- 
out delay  on  the  commanding  officer  and  on  his  company  commander. 
The  uniform  of  the  day,  without  side  arms,  is  worn.  If  for  any  reason 
it  be  impracticable  to  get  into  uniform  without  delay,  the  calls  are 
made  in  civilian  dress,  usually  explaining  why  it  was  not  practicable 
to  report  in  uniform.  The  officer  also  officially  reports  his  return  to 
the  adjutant  at  once. 

B  Officers  who  may  be  temporarily  absent  on  leave  or  detached  service 
should  upon  their  return  to  the  post  call  promptly  on  any  new  officers 
who  may  have  joined  during  their  absence. 

The  idea  of  a  "first  call,"  is,  of  course,  to  welcome  the  newcomer,  to 
make  him  "feel  at  home;"  consequently  in  a  case  like  this  there  is  no 
question  as  to  who  should  call  first. 

C  Whether  or  not  an  officer  in  the  United  States,  who  has  been 
promoted  into  a  regiment  stationed  in  the  Philippines  and  who  is  or- 
dered to  join  the  station  of  his  command  in  the  United  States  to  await 
its  arrival,  should  call  first  on  the  incoming  officers,  or  whether  they 
should  call  first  on  him,  this  is  a  matter  concerning  which  there  is  con- 
siderable difference  of  opinion  amongst  the  older  officers.  It  is 
thought  the  .best  course  to  pursue  in  a  case  like  this  is  to  ascertain 
from  the  adjutant  or  from  the  commanding  officer  the  custom  in  that 
particular  command  and  then  comply  with  it.  If  there  is  no  estab- 
lished custom  in  the  command,  it  is  always  best,  especially  for  young 
officers  just  beginning  their  career,  to  give  themselves  the  benefit  of 
the  doubt  and  call  first. 

D  Some  people  coming  to  a  place  make  it  a  rule  not  to  accept  dinner 
or  other  invitations  from  persons  who  have  not  yet  called  on  them.  How- 
ever, there  are  other  people  who  take  a  more  broad-minded  view  of  the 
matter,  holding  that  an  invitation,  for  instance,  to  break  bread  at  one's 
table,  is,  in  fact,  even  a  greater  manifestation  of  friendliness  than  a  call, 
and  they  do  not  hesitate  to  accept. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  285 

It  sometimes  happens  in  the  service  that  an  officer  whom  you  know 
asks  you  to  dinner  before  he  has  called  on  you,  and,  whether  or  not  the 
invitation  is  accepted,  according  to  best  usage  you  owe  this  officer  a  call 
and  should  call  on  him  within  a  reasonable  time. 

A  In  small  posts,  officers  leaving  for  any  length  of  time;  on  leave, 
or  detached  service,  call  on  everyone  to  say  good-bye;  in  large  posts, 
they  call  on  their  intimates  only. 

B  The  Army  Regulations  require  an  officer  visiting  a  post  to  call 
on  the  commanding  officer  and  to  register  at  the  adjutant's  office. 
However,  if  the  visiting  officer  be  senior  to  the  commander,  the 
former  may  send  a  card,  in  which  case  it  becomes  the  duty  of  the 
commander  to  make  the  first  call,  but  if  the  visiting  officer  be  the 
junior  he  should  call  without  delay.  If  the  commanding  officer  is  not 
at  his  office,  the  prevailing  custom  is  to  ca.ll  on  him  at  his  quarters, 
thus  making  a  semi-social  call.  When  the  relations  between  the  vis- 
itor and  the  commanding  officer  are  strained,  it  is  sometimes  cus- 
tomary for  all  concerned  to  be  relieved  from  embarrassment  by  leav- 
ing a  card  at  the  adjutant's  office  for  the  commanding  officer  during 
the  absence  of  the  latter  from  his  office. 

Recent  graduates  of  the  Academy  should  remember  that  upon  visiting  West 
Point  they  should  call  at  headquarters  and  also  upon  the  Commandant  of  Cadets. 
They  should  call  upon  the  Officer  in  Charge  before  visiting  the  Cadet  Camp.  Officers 
when  returning  to  West  Point  after  graduation  should  make  themselves  known  to 
their  former  professors  and  instructors.  Their  introduction  should  not  be,  "Colonel 
So-and-so,  do  you  remember  me?",  but  preferably,  "Colonel  So-and-so,  I  am 
Lieutenant  Brown,  21st  Infantry,  class  of  1903."  It  may  be  said  in  this  connection 
that  some  young  officers  have  the  foolish  and  annoying  habit  of  approaching  seniors 
who  do  not  remember  them,  with  some  such  greeting  as,  "You  don't  remember  me,  do 
you?"  and  then  wait  for  the  senior  to  guess  the  name.  If  you  see,  or  if  you  have  any 
reason  to  believe,  that  you  are  not  remembered,  you  should  approach  the  officer  with 
these  words,  for  instance.  "Major,  I  am  Mr.  Smith,  of  the  24th  Infantry,  etc." 

Graduates  of  West  Point  who  may  see  away  from  the  Academy  any  of  the  pro- 
fessors or  other  officers  who  were  on  duty  there  when  such  graduates  were  cadets, 
should,  when  practicable,  go  up  and  speak  to  them.  Little  marks  of  attention  like  this 
are  always  appreciated. 

C  While  not  required,  it  is  courteftus  and  proper,  as  well  as  cus- 
tomary, for  a  civilian  visiting  an  Army  post  to  pay  his  respects,  accom- 
panied by  the  officer  whose  guest  he  is,  to  the  commanding  officer  at 
his  office  before  the  latter  has  called  on  him. 

D  Calling  Aboard  Ship.  Sailors  approach  and  board  vessels  of  war 
by  the  port  (left)  side  and  gangway;  officers  of  the  Army  and  Militia 
approach  and  board  vessels  of  war  by  the  starboard  (right)  side  and  gang- 
way. Upon  boarding  a  ship  one  is  received  by  the  Officer  of  the  Deck,  or 


286  CHAPTER   XX 

some  one  else.  Ask  the  officer  who  receives  you  for  the  person  you 
wish  to  see  and  your  card  will  be  sent  or  you  will  be  shown  down. 

If  your  call  is  made  as  a  welcome  to  the  port,  either  from  your  post, 
your  mess  or  personally,  it  would  be  polite  and  proper  to  call  on  the  cap- 
tain as  wall  as  on  the  officers'  mess.  However,  if  your  call  is  a  personal 
one  on  a  friend,  then  you  are  not  expected  to  call  on  the  captain  or  anyone 
else.  See  page  253  (d  and  f). 

A  New  Year's  Day.  At  some  posts,  on  New  Year's  Day  the  offi- 
cers of  the  command,  in  dress  or  full  dress  uniform  with  side  arms,  call 
in  a  body  on  the  commanding  officer  to  exchange  the  compliments  of 
the  season,  the  officer  next  in  rank  to  the  commanding  officer  designat- 
ing the  uniform,  hour,  place  of  meeting,  etc.  At  regimental  headquar- 
ters, the  band  plays  in  front  of  the  commanding  officers  quarters  during 
the  call.  Should  an  officer,  through  illness  or  some  other  unavoidable 
cause,  be  unable  to  attend,  it  would  be  perfectly  proper  for  him  to 
ask  the  adjutant  or  some  other  officer  to  present  his  regrets  to  the 
commanding  officer,  at  the  same  time  explaining  the  reason  for  his 
absence;  or,  the  officer  might  with  perfect  propriety  send  his  card. 

It  is  not  customary  to  leave  cards  when  thus  calling  on  the 
commanding  officer,  although  it  would  be  proper  to  do  so. 

At  posts  where  there  are  two  or  more  different  arms  of  the  serv- 
ice, it  is  customary  to  call  on  the  senior  officer  of  each  arm. 

However,  this  custom  of  calling  on  the  commanding  officer  in 
a  body  is  not  now  as  general  as  it  used  to  be.  In  some  garrisons  the 
officers  drop  in  individually  some  time  during  the  day  at  his  quarters. 

Some  department  commanders  located  in  the  capitals  of  States, 
and  also  some  post  commanders   stationed   near   such   cities,   accom 
panied  by  their  staff  in  full-dress  uniform,  pay  their  respects  to  the 
governor  on  New  Year's  Day.     In  the  case  of  cities  of  considerable 
size  they  also  sometimes  call  on  the  mayor. 

B  At  garrisons  of  some  size,  especially  a  regimental  headquarters, 
it  is  customary  to  "dance  the  old  year  out  and  the  new  one  in."  About 
11:50  p.  m.,  a  trumpeter  sounds  the  tattoo  of  the  old  year,  and  at  12 
o'clock  taps  is  sounded,  immediately  after  which  the  orchestra  plays 
the  reveille  of  the  New  Year. 

C  The  President's  New  Year  Reception.  It  is  customary  for  the 
President  of  the  United  States  to  receive  on  New  Year's  Day  the  officers 
of  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  the  members  *of  the  Cabinet,  the  Diplomatic 
Corps,  the  Members  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  Congress- 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  287 

men  and  others.  The  reception  usually  begins  at  n  a.  m.  and  ends  about 
1:30  p.  m.,  in  this  order:  (a)  The  Vice  President,  the  members  of  the 
Cabinet,  the  Diplomatic  Corps;  (b)  the  members  of  the  Supreme  Court 
and  certain  others;  (c)  Members  of  Congress;  (d)  Officers  of  the  Army, 
Navy,  Marine  Corps,  and  Militia  of  the  District  of  Columbia;  (e)  The 
Solicitor  General,  assistant  attorney  general,  assistant  secretaries  of  de- 
partments and  various  other  Government  officials;  (f)  Various  military 
societies;  (g)  Citizens. 

It  is  customary  for  the  staff  officers  of  the  Army  to  assemble  before 
n  125  a.  m.  at  the  rooms  of  their  respective  chiefs — that  is,  the  quarter- 
masters assemble  at  the  office  of  the  Quartermaster  General ;  commissaries 
at  the  office  of  the  Commissary  General,  etc.  They  then  proceed  to  the 
office  of  the  Chief  of  Staff  and  informally  pay  their  respects  to  him. 

The  line  officers  assemble  in  the  hall  in  front  of  the  office  of  the 
Chief  of  Staff  and  pay  their  respects  to  him  informally  before  the  line  is 
formed  to  proceed  to  the  White  House.  The  time  selected  by  individual 
officers  to  thus  pay  their  respects  to  the  Chief  of  Staff,  is  when  he  is  not 
occupied  receiving  any  of  the  groups  of  staff  officers  from  the  Quarter- 
master's Department,  the  Commissary  Department  or  any  of  the  other 
staff  departments.  After  the  reception  at  the  White  House,  the  officers 
of  the  Army,  Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  who  are  members  of  the  Army  and 
Navy  Club  go  to  the  club  for  a  buffet  luncheon. 

The  custom  of  making  New  Year  calls  still  obtains  in  Washington. 
It  is,  fact,  one  of  the  features  of  Washington  life.  The  calling  is  gener- 
ally confined  between  the  hours  of  2  and  7  o'clock  p.  m.  Every  Army 
officer  is  expected  to  call  on  the  Vice  President,  every  cabinet  officer,  the 
Chief  of  Staff,  the  Assistant  Chief  of  Staff,  The  Adjutant  General,  and  if 
he  be  a  staff  officer,  on  the  chief  of  his  bureau.  It  is  also  customary  to  call 
on  the  Chairman  of  the  Military  Committee  of  the  Senate  and  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Military  Committee  of  the  House. 

Officers  wear  the  full-dress  uniform  and  side  arms  at  the  President's 
reception  and  in  making  New  Year  calls  afterwards. 

A  Receiving  Distinguished  Persons  at  Posts.  Whenever  the 
Secretary  of  War,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  the  department  commander, 
or  any  other  distinguished  official  visits  a  post,  the  post  commander, 
accompanied  by  one  or  more  members  of  his  staff  (all  in  dress  or 
full-dress  uniform  with  side  arms),  meets  the  visitor  at  the  rail- 
road station  with  the  necessary  transportation.  If  th-ere  be  mounted 
troops  in  the  command,  an  appropriate  escort  is  sent  to  the  sta- 
tion, whether  it  be  on  the  reservation  or  some  distance  therefrom. 


288  CHAPTER  XX 

If  there  be  no  mounted  troops  in  the  post,  foot  troops  are  sometimes 
formed  in  line  in  front  of  the  quarters  where  the  visitor  is  to  stop, 
presenting  arms  as  soon  as  he  reaches  the  line,  and  remaining  in 
that  position  until  he  has  alighted  from  his  carriage.  Sometimes  the 
troops  are  formed,  in  the  place  stated,  in  single  rank,  one  rank  on 
each  side  of  the  road,  presenting  arms  as  described. 

At  the  station  a  sergeant  in  dress  or  full-dress  uniform  reports 
to  the  visitor  as  orderly  during  his  stay. 

The  firing  of  the  salute  is  commenced  just  as  soon  as  the  vis- 
itor enters  the  garrison  proper. 

A  reception,  the  dress,  full-dress  or  white  uniform  being  worn,  is 
often  given  at  the  commanding  officer's  quarters,  at  some  convenient 
time,  and  if  there  be  any  ladies  in  the  visiting  party,  the  ladies  of  the 
garrison  are  also  invited  to  attend.  This  reception  is  sometimes  fol- 
lowed by  a  formal  dinner  in  the  evening  at  the  commanding  officer's 
quarters.  In  some  cases,  instead  of  an  informal  reception,  a  formal 
reception  and  dance  are  given  in  the  evening.  Again,  there  may  be 
no  regular  reception,  but  in  order  to  lessen  for  everybody  the  labor  of 
making  and  receiving  visits,  the  commanding  officer  may  designate 
a  time  when  the  visitor  will  receive  the  members  of  the  garrison. 

It  is  usually  impossible  for  such  officials  during  a  short  stay  to 
return  all  calls  in  person  and  they  frequently  acknowledge  calls  made 
upon  them  by  sending  their  cards  before  departing. 

The  commanding  officer  and  one  or  more  members  of  his  staff 
accompany  the  visitor  to  the  station. 

A  Complimentary  Concerts.  When  captains  or  field  officers  are 
visiting  at  a  post  where  there  is  a  band,  it-  is  sometimes  customary  to 
give  them  an  informal  complimentary  concert  in  front  of  their  quar- 
ters after  the  first  or  second  guard  mount  following  their  arrival. 
The  same  compliment  is  paid  newly  arrived  brides,  visiting  organiza- 
tions and  the  wives  of  officers  reporting  for  duty  the  first  time,  or 
rejoining  after  long  detached  service.  In  some  commands  the  regular 
weekly  concert  following  the  arrival  of  the  person  or  persons  in  question, 
is  given  in  front  of  their  quarters,  and,  "Concert  complimentary  to  Major 
So-and-So"  (or  "Captain  and  Mrs.  So-and-So"),  is  printed  on  the  pro- 
gram. The  same  practice  obtains  in  winter  when  the  regular  weekly  con- 
•  certs  are  given  in  the  post  hall,  except  that  the  band  does  not  play  in  front 
of  the  quarters. 

In  some-  regiments,  especially  at  small  posts,  informal  complimentary 
concerts  are  given  to  visiting  girls  and  ladies. 
B        In   some   regiments   the  band   turns   out   and   plays   for  companies 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  289 

arriving  at  or  leaving  the  post,  and  at  reveille  on  the  4th  of  July  and 
the  22d  of  February,  making  a  circuit  of  the  garrison. 

Titles,  i  When  not  on  duty  a  lieutenant  is  addressed  as  "Mis- 
ter," but  when  on  duty,  especially  with  troops,  the  title  "Lieutenant"  is 
usually  used.  Enlisted  men  always  address  lieutenants  as  "Lieutenant." 
Some  officers  follow  the  custom  of  using  the  military  title  when  introduc- 
ing lieutenants.  Thus,  for  example,  "I  should  like  to  present  to  you 
Lieutenant  Smith,  of  the  Army,"  thereby  fixing  the  official  identity  and 
status  of  the  officer.  However,  after  the  introduction  the  title  "Mister" 
would  be  used. 

2.  When  off  duty  older  officers  sometim-es  address  juniors  as 
"Smith,"  Jones,"  etc.,  but  this  does  not  give  the  junior  the  privi- 
lege of  addressing  his  senior  in  any  other  way  than  by  his  proper 
title.  In  this  connection  it  may  be  added  a  certain  amount  of  famil- 
iarity is  necessary  between  seniors  and  juniors  in  social  intercourse, 
but  young  officers  should  be  exceedingly  careful  not  to  be  "fresh" 
with  their  superiors  just  because  the  latter,  in  order  to  make  post 
life  harmonious  and  agreeable,  adapt  themselves  to  amusements  en- 
gaged in  by  the  former,  or  address  them  by  their  surnames, 

5.  Officers  with  the  grade  of  captain  and  above,  are  addressed 
as  "Captain,"  "Major,"  etc.,  although  one  sometimes  hears  the  wives  of 
such  officers  who  married  them  when  they  were  lieutenents,  refer  to 
them,  especially  in  conversation  with  friends,  as  "Mister  Jones,"  etc. 
It  is  said  that  with  intimate  friends  Mrs.  Grant  usually  referred  to  the 
General  as  "Mr.  Grant." 

4.  In  conversations  and  in  nonofficial  correspondence,  brigadier 
generals,  major  generals  and  lieutenant  generals,  are  referred  to  and 
addressed  as  "General."     Lieutenant  colonels,  under  the  same  condi- 
tions, are  referred  to  and  addressed  as  "Colonel."    See  2390. 

5.  Whenever  there  is  a  difference  in  title,  except  in  the  case  of 
officers  that  are  intimate  and  of  about  the  same  age  or  length  of  serv- 
ice, the  junior  addresses  the  senior  by  his  title.     Thus  lieutenants  ad- 
dress captains  as  "Captain;"  captains  address  majors  at  "Major,"  etc 
Some   captains,   irrespective   of   intimacy   or   former   associations,    al- 
ways  address  majors   as   "Major,"  taking  the  ground  that  propriety 
demands  this,  because  of  the  decided  line  of  demarcation  between  the 
grade  of  major  (field  officer)  and  that  of  captain. 

Officers  of  the  same  grade,  except  where  there  is  considerable 
difference  in  age  or  in  date  of  commission,  generally  address  one 
another  by  their  surnames. 


290  CHAPTER  XX 

6.  Chaplains  are  addressed  as  "Chaplain.".    Chaplains  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  faith  are  sometimes  addressed  as  "Father." 

7.  In  speaking  to  the  professors  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  they 
are  always  addressed,  except  by  the  cadets,  as  "Colonel."    The  cadets 
address   the  professors   as   "Professor."      In   written   communications 
they  are  addressed,  for  instance,  as  "Colonel  John  A.  Smith,  U.  S.  A., 
Professor  of  Modern  Languages."    All  communications  at  West  Point 
that  are  intended  for  the  professors  in  the  line  of  academic  work,  are 
addressed,  for  instance,  "The  Professor  of  Modern  Languages." 

West  Point  cadets  are  addressed  as  "Mister"  in  conversation  and 
as  "Cadet"  in  written  communications. 

8.  Officers  dismissed  from  the  service  are  addressed  as   "Mister," 
and  never  by  their  former  titles. 

The  general  rule  that  when  a  man  has  once  been  entitled  to  a  military  title 
he  never  loses  it,  does  not  apply  in  the  case  of  officers  dismissed  from  the  service. 
Such  men  are  cut  put  of  the  service  in  every  respect — title  and  all.  To  address  a  dis- 
missed officer  by  his  former  military  title  serves  only  to  remind  him  of  his  disgrace. 

NOTE.  When  an  officer  is  dismissed  from  the  service  for  cowardice  or  fraud, 
it  is  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associate  with  him, — (Article  of  War  100). 

A  The  prevailing  custom  now  is  to  address  socially  as  "Major" 
or  "Colonel"  surgeons  with  the  rank  of  major,  lieutenant  colonel  and 
colonel.  Captains  of  the  Medical  Corps  are  sometimes  addressed  as 
"Captain"  and  sometimes  as  "Doctor."  Lieutenants  are  addressed  as 
"Doctor."  Officially  they  are  all,  of  course,  addressed  by  their  mili- 
tary titles,  which  have  been  conferred  upon  them  by  law. 

In  introducing  surgeons  dressed  in  civilian  clothes,  some  officers  use 
this  form  of  introduction :  "I  would  like  to  present  to  you  Major  Jones, 
of  the  Medical  Corps." 

B  There  is  no  uniform  custom  regarding  the  use  of  titles  in  the 
Organized  Militia.  The  subject  may  be  summed  up  as  follows: 

Officers  of  the  rank  of  captain  and  above  are  usually  addressed  by 
their  titles  by  other  military  men  and  by  civilians  who  are  punctilious 
about  matters  of  military  etiquette.  However,  there  are  many  civilians 
who  always  address  National  Guar'd  officers  as  "Mister." 

Some  National  Guard  officers  in  introducing  another  officer  of  the 
Guard  at  a  social  function  or  elsewhere,  would  address  the  officer  by  his 
military  title,  while  others  would  not. 

A  good  form  of  introduction  in  presenting  a  National  Guard  officer, 
is,  for  instance,  "I  would  like  to  present  to  you  Captain  Smith,  of  the  7th 
New  York."  The  identity  of  the  person  introduced  is  thus  fixed,  and  he 
is  not  confused  with  an  officer  of  the  Regular  Army,  Marine  Corps  or 
Navy. 

C  Officers  who  have  held  volunteer  commissions  of  grades  higher 
than  those  they  have  in  the  regular  army,  are  sometimes  addressed 
socially  by  the  titles  of  their  volunteer  rank.  For  instance,  a  captain 
who  held  the  volunteer  commission  of  colonel  or  lieutenant  Qolonel 
during  the  Spanish-American  War  is  sometimes  addressed  socially  as 
"Colonel."  Likewise,  officers  who  have  been  breveted,  or  who  have 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  291 

held  temporarily  rank  higher  than  that  which  they  actually  have,  are 
sometimes  addressed  by  the  title  of  their  brevet  or  former  higher 
rank.  However,  the  custom  of  thus  addressing  officers  is  not  as  gen- 
eral as  it  was  before  the  Spanish-American  war — in  fact,  it  is  quite  rare. 
A  Ex-volunteer  officers  above  the  rank  of  captain  in  civil  life,  are 
addressed  by  their  titles.  However,  this  practice  does  not  seem  to  obtain 
so  generally  in  the  case  of  captains. 

B  All  officers  who  have  served  during  the  war  with  Spain,  or  since,  as  officers  of 
the  Regular  or  Volunteer  Army  of  the  United  States,  and  have  been  honorably  dis- 
charged from  the  service  by  resignation  or  otherwise,  shall  be  entitled  to  bear  the  offi- 
cial title,  and,  upon  occasions  of  ceremony,  to  wear  the  uniform  of  the  highest  grade 
they  have  held  by  brevet  or  other  commission  in  the  regular  or  volunteer  service.  Act 
of  Congress,  approved  Feby.  2,  1910,  and  published  in  G.  O.  9,  '01.  The  veterans  of 
the  Civil  War  are  by  law  entitled  to  the  same  privilege. 

C  Noncommissioned  officers  are  addressed  as  "Sergeant"  and  "Cor- 
poral," while  privates,  cooks,  artificers,  musicians,  etc.,  are  addressed  as 
"Smith,"  "Jones,"  etc. 

D  Lance  corporals  are  addressed  as  "Corporals."  Sergeants  major, 
quartermaster  sergeants,  commissary  sergeants,  ordnance  sergeants  and 
color  sergeants  are  addressed  as  "Sergeant." 

E  In  speaking  to  an  officer  of  an  enlisted  man,  a  soldier  uses  the 
proper  title.  Thus,  "Sergeant  Smith,"  "Corporal  Jones,"  "Private 
Wilson." 

F  Although  chief  musicians  are  enlisted  men,  having  the  same 
rank  as  regimental  quartermaster  and  regimental  commissary  ser- 
geants, it  is  customary  to  address  them  as  "Mister." 
G  The  title  of  "Steward"  no  longer  exists  officially,  the  grade  of 
Hospital  Steward  having  been  superseded  by  that  of  Sergeant  (1st 
class). 

H  Noncommissioned  staff  officers  of  the  Coast  Artillery  are  ad- 
dressed as  follows:  Master  electricians,  as  "Electrician;"  Engineers, 
as  "Engineer;"  electrician  sergeants  (1st  and  2nd  class),  as  "Ser- 
geant;" master  gunner,  as  "Gunner;"  fireman,  as  "Fireman."  (G.  O. 
21,  '08.) 

Master  Signal  Electricians  are  addressed  as  "Sergeant." 
I         The  word  "soldier,"  in  conversation  and  in  writing,  is  generally 
used  in  contradistinction  to  the  term  "officer."     Soldiers  are  usually 
spoken  of  as  "'enlisted  men." 

J  i.  In  the  Navy  officers  with  the  rank  of  commander  and  above 
are  addressed  socially  by  naval  titles,  while  those  with  the  rank  of  lieuten- 
ant commander  and  below  are  addressed  as  "Mister."  *  For  example, 
admirals,  vice  admirals2  and  rear  admirals  are  addressed  as  "Admiral ;" 


1Of  course,  officially  every  officer  is  entitled  to  be  addressed  by  his  naval  title, 
icial  correspondence  they  are  alwaj 
2There  are  no  admirals  and  vice  •< 
is  by  law,  "The  Admiral  of  the  Navy." 


In  official  correspondence  they  are  always  so  addressed. 

'There  are  no  admirals  and  vice  admirals  in  the  Navy  today.     Admiral  Dewey 


292  CHAPTER  XX 

commodores,  as  "Commodore"  (grade  no  longer  exists  on  active  list); 
Captains  as  "Captain;"  commanders,  generally  as  "Captain,"  but  some- 
times as  "Commander;"  lieutenant  commanders,  lieutenants  and 
ensigns,  as  "Mister." 

2.  Any  officer  in  command  of  a  ship  of  whatever  size  or  class  is, 
while  exercising  such  command,  addressed  by  courtesy  as  "Captain,"  es- 
pecially by  those  serving  on  the  ship. 

j.  Paymasters,  past  assistant  paymasters  and  assistant  paymasters  are 
addressed  either  as  ^Paymaster"  or  "Mister" — generally  as  "Paymaster." 

4.  Assistant  surgeons  (with  rank  of  junior  lieutenant),  past  assist- 
ant surgeons  (lieutenant),  surgepns  (lieutenant  commander),  medical 
inspectors  (commander)  and  medical  directors  (captain),  are  addressed 
as  "Doctor." 

The  Surgeon  General  of  the  Navy  on  more  or  less  formal  occa- 
sions is  addressed  as  "Surgeon  General;"  informally  he  is  generally 
addressed  as  "Doctor." 

The  information  contained  in  this  section  has  been  corroborated  by  the  Sur- 
geon-General's Office,  U.  S.  Navy. 

5.  Naval  constructors  and  assistant  naval  constructors  are  addressed 
as  "Mister." 

6.  Chaplains  are  addreLsed  as  "Chaplain,"  Roman  Catholic  chaplains 
being  often  addressed  as  "Father." 

/.  In  introducing  officers  below  the  rank  of  commander  quite  a  num- 
ber of  officers  follow  the  very  sensible  practice  of  using  naval  titles,  thus 
fixing  the  official  identity  and  status  of  those  presented.  For  example:  Lieu- 
tenant Commander  Smith,  Lieutenant  Smith,  Ensign  Smith,  Midshipman 
Smith,  Assistant  Surgeon  Smith,  Past  Assistant  Surgeon  Smith,  Surgeon 
Smith,  Medical  Inspector  Smith,  Medical  Director  Smith.  However,  after 
the  introduction  they  would  be  addressed  as  stated  above.  In  introducing 
captains  and  lieutenants  of  the  Navy,  "of  the  Navy"  should  always  be 
added  after  the  name,  thus  indicating  that  they  belong  to  the  Navy  and 
not  the  Army,  Marine  Corps  or  National  Guard.  Likewise  in  introducing 
officers  of  the  Marine  Corps,  "of  the  Marine  Corps"  should  be  added  after 
the  name. 

8.  Midshipmen  at  the  Naval  Academy  are  addressed  as  "Mister." 
Midshipmen   for  two  years  after  leaving  the   Naval   Academy  are 

still  called  "Midshipmen"  officially  and  sometimes  but  not  often,  "Passed 
Midshipmen"  colloquially. 

9.  Chief  Warrant  Officers.     The  Chief  Boatswain,  Chief  Gunner, 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  293 

Chief  Carpenter,  Chief  Sailmaker,  Chief  Machinist,  and  Chief  Pharma- 
cist are  commissioned  officers,  having  commissions  with  the  rank  of 
ensign  signed  by  the  President.  They  rank  with  but  after  ensigns  and 
are  addressed  as  "Mister."  There  is  no  corresponding  grade  .in  the 
Army. 

10.  Warrant  Officers.  Boatswain,  Gunners,  Carpenters,  Sailmakers, 
Machinists,  and  Pharmacists  hold  warrants  or  appointments  signed  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  and  are  addressed  always  as  "Mister." 

What  has  been  said  regarding  the  use  of  titles  in  the  United  States 
Navy  applies  in  general  to  the  navies  of  all  other  nations. 

A  The  relative  rank  between  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  is  as 
follows:  General  with  admiral;  lieutenant  general,  vice  admiral;  major 
general,  rear  admiral  of  the  upper  nine,  brigadier  general,  rear  admiral 
of  the  lower  nine,  and  commodore;  coloned,  captain;  lieutenant  colonel, 
commander;  major,  lieutenant  commander;  captain,  lieutenant;  first  lieu- 
tenant, lieutenant  (junior  grade;)  second  lieutenant,  ensign. 

(NOTE:    Cadet  at  West  Point  ranks  with  midshipman  at  the  Naval  Academy.) 

The  grade  of  commodore  no  longer  exists  on  the  active  list  of  the 
Navy.  The  nine  junior  rear  admirals  receive  the  pay  and  allowances  of  a 
brigadier  general  of  the  army. 

B  Uniform  to  Be  Worn  at  Dances,  Etc.  The  commanding  officer, 
under  the  uniform  order,  is  required  to  prescribe  the  uniofrm  to  be  worn 
on  all  occasions  of  a  general,  social  or  official  nature  occurring  within  the 
limits  of  his  command. 

The  "Tables  of  "Occasions"  in  the  uniform  order  state  in  detail  the 
uniform  to  be  worn  on  all  occasions. 

C  Dress  to  Be  Worn  at  Dinners,  Etc.  At  formal  dinners  and 
other  formal  private  social  functions  in  the  garrison,  officers  wear  the 
full-dress,  the  special  full-dress,  or  the  mess  jacket. 


294  CHAPTER  XX 

A  Wearing  of  Uniforms  When  Not  Serving  With  Troops.  Because 
of  the  uncommonness  of  uniforms  in  this  country,  when  seen  in  civil 
life  they  make  the  wearer  conspicuous,  and  consequently  officers  sel- 
dom, if  ever,  wear  them  when  on  leave,  or  when  visiting  near-by  cities, 
etc.,  although  officers  usually  wear  their  uniforms  when  visiting  towns 
near  which  they  may  be  stationed. 

Officers  not  serving  with  troops  are  required  to  wear  the  pre- 
scribed uniform  during  hours  of  duty,  unless  authorized  by  the  War 
Department  to  wear  civilian  clothing. 

B  Cavalryman  Thrown  From  His  Horse.  It  is  customary  in  some 
regiments  for  a  cavalry  officer  who  is  thrown  from  his  horse  to  "set  up 
champagne  for  the  crowd."  However,  for  the  penalty  to  be  exacted, 
the  officer,  before  being  thrown,  must  have  been  fairly  seated  in  the 
saddle — i.  e.,  to  be  thrown  while  in  the  act  of  mounting  does  not  call 
forth  the  penalty.  It  is  sometimes  customary  to  have  a  committee  of 
officers  sit  (generally  at  the  club)  to  determine  whether  the  officer 
was  fairly  mounted  before  being  thrown.  (This  custom  is  not  now  as  gen- 
eral as  it  used  to  be,  and  is  more  often  disregarded  than  observed.) 

C  Funerals.  The  Cavalry  Drill  Regulations  require  that  at  the 
funeral  of  a  mounted  officer  or  enlisted  man,  his  horse,  in  mourning 
caparison,  shall  follow  the  hearse.  It  is  sometimes  customary  for  the 
boots  of  the  deceased  officer  to  be  slung  across  the  saddle,  heels  to  the 
front,  thus  signifying  that  his  march  is  ended.  When  enlisted  men 
wore  boots,  the  same  custom  obtained  in  their  case.  The  spurs  are 
put  on  the  boots,  which  are  placed  in  the  stirrups,  hoods  to  the  rear. 
The  saber  of  the  deceased  soldier  is  sometimes  fastened  to  the  saddle, 
on  the  same  side  as  worn  in  life,  but  slanting  to  the  front — that  is, 
with  the  upper  saber  strap  attached  to  the  cantle  ring  and  the  lower 
saber  strap  to  the  spider  ring.  The  saddle  is  placed  over  the  caparison. 
In  the  case  of  an  officer,  the  saber  of  the  deceased  is  sometimes  placed 
on  the  coffin  and  sometimes  attached  to  the  saddle.  Sometimes  the 
caparisoned  horse  of  the  deceased  is  the  only  horse  allowed  to  enter 
the  cemetery. 

Officers  and  enlisted  men  attending  military  funerals  wear  uniform  and  side 
arms  and  in  the  funeral  procession  follow  the  mourners  in  order  of  rank,  seniors  in 
front.  The  funeral  of  an  officer  is  attended  by  such  officers  of  the  post  or  organiza- 
tion in  the  field  as  other  duties  will  permit.  The  funeral  of  a  noncommissioned  officer 
is  attended  by  the  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  of  the  regiment,  or  such  part 
of  it  as  may  be  present  and  can  be  spared  from  other  duties;  that  of  a  private  by  the 
noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  of  his  company. — A.  R.  439,  '10. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  295 

The  following  is  the  prevailing  custom :  In  the  case  of  the  funeral 
of  an  officer  the  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  officer's  regiment  are  di- 
rected to  attend ;  in  the  case  of  the  funeral  of  a  noncommissioned  officer, 
or  private,  the  officers  are  in  some  commands  directed  to  attend  and  in 
others  they  are  requested ;  in  case  of  the  funeral  of  a  private,  in  some  regi- 
ments the  company  of  the  deceased  is  ordered  to  attend  and  the  rest  of 
the  command,  officers  and  men,  are  invited — in  other  commands  all  en- 
listed men  are  ordered  to  attend  and  the  officers  other  than  those  belonging 
to  the  command  of  the  deceased,  are  invited;  and,  again,  sometimes  all 
officers  are  directed  to  attend. 

Either  in  case  of  the  funeral  of  an  officer  or  of  an  enlisted  man,  all 
enlisted  men  attending,  other  than  those  belonging  to  the  company  of  the 
deceased,  whether  ordered  or  invited  to  attend,  are  usually  commanded 
by  the  senior  noncommissioned  officer  present — generally  the  sergeant- 
major. 

The  formation  of  a  funeral  procession  is  prescribed  in  the  Drill  Regu- 
lations. 

It  may  be  said  that  in  some  regiments  the  officers  belonging  to  the  company 
of  the  deceased  wear  sabers,  while  the  others  do  not.  However,  this  practice  is 
contrary  to  the  Army  Regulations. 

A  Umbrellas.  It  is  considered  unmilitary  for  an  officer  or  a  tfrl- 
dier  in  uniform  to  use  an  umbrella.  Several  years  ago  the  colonel  and 
some  of  the  officers  of  a  certain  infantry  regiment  used  umbrellas  while 
in  uniform.  The  regiment  was  soon  jocularly  dubbed  throughout  the 
service  "The  — th  Umbrella,"  and  even  to  this  day  it  is  sometimes 
referred  to  in  this  manner. 

B  Officers  Resigning  at  End  of  Leave.  When  their  services  can  be 
spared,  officers  are  allowed  leaves  of  absence  on  full  pay  at  the  rate 
of  one  month  a  year,  and  they  may  allow  such  leave  to  accumulate 
for  four  years. 

Officers  resigning  from  the  Army  generally  first  take  all  the 
leave  due  them,  submitting  their  resignations  to  take  effect  at  the 
expiration  of  their  leaves. 

C  Saluting  Ladies.  It  is  customary  for  officers  and  soldiers, 
whether  with  or  without  side  arms,  to  greet  ladies  by  removing  the 
cap.  However,  if  the  lady  be  accompanied  by  an  officer,  the  soldier  would 
render  the  military  salute. 


296  CHAPTER  XX 

Some  of  our  best  and  most  experienced  officers  are  of  the  opin- 
ion that  this  custom  is  illogical  and  unmilitary.  The  military  salute  is  the 
mark  and  privilege  of  the  military  man  and  should  therefore  be  used 
by  him  in  saluting  every  one.  In  fact,  officers  and  men  of  all  European 
armies  without  exception,  and  as  far  as  the  author  knows,  of  all  the  armies 
in  the  world  except  ours,  salute  whether  with  or  without  side  arms,  all 
persons  as  a  form  of  greeting — whether  civilians  or  ladies.) 

It  often  happens  in  the  Militia  that  a  soldier  passes  an  officer  with  a  lady 
whom  the  soldier  knows  very  well.  In  such  cases  the  soldier  should  always  render  the 
military  salute.  The  suggestion  that  has  been  made  that  the  soldier  might  first 
render  the  military  salute  and  then  raise  his  cap  to  the  lady  is  not  considered  military. 

Should  the  soldier  be  accompanied  by  a  lady  whom  the  officer  knows,  the 
latter  might  very  properly  acknowledge  the  salute  by  raising  his  cap  to  the  lady — 
but  such  a  license  would  not  be  permissible  on  the  part  of  a  soldier. 

A  Receptions.  In  the  case  of  receptions  at  which  officers  wear  side 
arms,  upon  reaching  the  room  (if  not  the  drill  floor  of  an  armory  or  some 
other  room  not  by  custom  considered  as  "Indoors")  in  which  the  officers 
are  to  be  presented,  the  cap  should  be  removed  and  held  in  the  left  hand, 
top  uppermost  and  visor  pointing  left  oblique,  the  forearm  being  held 
horizontal  and  against  the  left  side  of  the  body.  If  the  receiving  party 
is  on  the  drill  floor  of  an  armory  or  any  other  room  not  by  custom  con- 
sidered "Indoors,"  and  where  it  is  customary  to  wear  the  cap,  the  cap 
should  be  removed  when  the  officers  fall  in  line  to  pass  the  receiving  party. 
After  the  reception  line  has  been  passed,  the  cap  may  be  held  in  either 
hand  and  in  any  position.  If  the  reception  takes  place  in  the  headquarters 
room  or  any  other  room  considered  by  custom  as  "Indoors"  the  caps  should 
be  kept  removed  as  long  as  you  are  in  the  room.  If  the  reception  takes 
place  on  the  drill  floor  of  an  armory  or  any  other  room  where  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  wear  the  cap,  you  should  remain  uncovered  as  long  as  you  are 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  receiving  party,  but  when  away  from  it 
wear  the  cap  as  customarily. 

For  the  meaning  of  the  term  "Indoors,"  see  B,  page  230.  See  also 
15,  page  254,  about  presenting  guests  at  receptions. 

B  Muster.  It  is  customary  for  the  mustering  officer  to  muster, 
when  he  inspects  their  posts  of  duty,  such  cooks,  janitors  and  others 
as  may  not  have  been  able  to  attend  muster.  Sentinels  on  post  usually 
report  to  the  mustering  officer  as  soon  as  they  are  relieved.  Others 
whom  it  is  not  practicable  to  muster  at  their  posts  of  duty,  report  to 
the  mustering  officer  as  soon  as  practicable,  or  at  some  specified  time 
and  place. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE 


297 


At  muster  'it  is  customary  in  some  regiments  for  recruits  not 
yet  instructed  in  the  use  of  the  rifle,  and  also  for  others  whose  duties 
may  require  their  presence  elsewhere  as  soon  as  practicable,  to  form 
in  the  line  of  file  closers  without  arms.  When  their  names  are  called 
they  answer  "Here,"  and  then,  by  way  of  the  right  flank  of  the  com- 
pany, pass  between  the  company  and  the  mustering  officer,  saluting 
him  as  they  pass,  after  which,  by  way  of  the  left  flank,  the  recruits 
resume  their  places  in  the  line  of  file  closers,  while  those  who  may 
have  any  special  work  to  do  are  usually  permitted  to  leave  the  com- 
pany and  repair  to  their  places  of  duty  after  saluting  the  mustering 
officer.  (Sometimes  these  soldiers  form  in  line,  on  the  left  of  the 
ranks,  and  when  their  names  are  called  they  pass  between  the  com- 
pany and  the  mustering  officer,  after  which  they  take  their  places  in 
the  line  of  file  closers). 

A  Folding  the  Flag.  When  the  flag  is  towered  at  the  sounding 
of  the  last  note  of  retreat  every  day,  great  care  should  be  taken  that 
it  shall  not  touch  the  ground.  It  should  be  carefully  folded  into  the 
shape  of  a  cocked  hat.  The  usual  method  of  folding,  which  is  done 
by  two  members  of  the  guard  under  the  direction  of  a  noncommis- 
sioned officer,  is  shown  in  these  illustrations: 


-****** 
******* 


FOLDED   FLA(i 


(NOTE.     The  post  flag  may  be  folded  into  either  three  or  four  folds,  each  fold 
thus  being  either  about  2J  ft.  or  3£  ft.) 

B       Resignation   of   Regimental   Staff   Officers.     In    some   few   regi- 
ments it  is  customary  for  the  adjutant,  the  quartermaster,   and  the 


298  CHAPTER  XX 

i 

commissary  to  tender  their  resignations  when  a  new  colonel  assumes 
command.  Sometimes  the  resignations  are  verbal  and  somewhat  in- 
formal, the  new  colonel,  in  order  to  enable  him  to  select  his  own 
staff,  being  informed  that  the  resignations  of  the  present  staff  are  at 
his  disposal.  Generally,  however,  they  are  in  writing  and  addressed 
to  the  adjutant,  being  couched,  for  instance,  in  these  words: 

THE  ADJUTANT, 

Present. 
Sir: 

In  view  of  the  advent  of  a  new  regimental  commander,  I  have  the  honor, 
following  a  custom  of  the  service,  to  tender  my  resignation  as  quartermaster  of  the 
regiment.  Very  respectfully, 

If  the  new  colonel  does  not  desire  to  accept  the  resignations, 
they  are  personally  returned  and  not  made  of  record.  This  custom 
is  considered  a  matter  involving  the  very  essence  of  stately  military 
courtesy,  touching,  as  it  does,  the  personal  chord  of  staff  relations. 

A  Presents.  The  custom  prevails  in  some  few  regiments  of  present- 
ing wedding  presents  (usually  suitably  inscribed)  to  officers  of  the 
regiment  getting  married,  and  also  of  presenting  suitably  inscribed 
mementos  in  the  way  of  loving  cups,  silver  trays,  etc.,  to  colonels  leav- 
ing the  regiment  by  retirement  or  promotion.  See  Supplement,  Chap. 
XX,  Par.  128. 

B  Army  Bands  and  members  thereof  are  not  permitted  to  receive 
remuneration  for  furnishing  music  outside  the  limits  of  military  posts 
when  the  furnishing  of  such  music  places  them  in  competition  with 
local  civilian  bands.  (G.  O.  80,  '08,  page  8.)  However,  under  other 
conditions  they  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  commanding  officer,  ac- 
cept outside  engagements.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  XX,  Par.  128a. 

As  a  rule,  10  per  cent  of  the  gross  receipts  from  such  engage- 
ments goes  to  the  Regimental  Fund,  but  in  some  regiments  it  is  10 
per  cent  of  the  net  rececipts,  i.  e.,  10  per  cent  of  what  is  left  after 
street-car  fare,  railway  fare,  hotel  expenses,  and  other  reasonable 
expenditures  have  been  deducted. 

The  author,  however,  knows  of  one  regiment  in  which  25  per 
cent  goes  to  the  Regimental  Fund,  and  in  another  regiment,  50  per  cent. 

After  the  share  of  the  Regimental  Fund  has  been  deducted 
from  the  proceeds,  the  balance  is  divided  amongst  the  members  of 
the  band  in  various  ways  in  different  regiments.  For  example,  (a)  pro 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  299 

rata  amongst  the  members  of  the  band,  except  that  the  Chief  Musician 
gets  twice  as  much  as  the  others;  (b)  the  Chief  Musician  receives 
four  times  as  much  as  a  private,  and  the  other  noncommissioned 
officers  receive  amounts  in  proportion  to  their  rates  of  pay  proper; 
(c)  all  are  paid  in  proportion  to  their  rates  of  pay  proper;  (d)  the 
amount  is  divided  equally  amongst  those  who  participated  in  the  en- 
gagement; (e)  the  amount  is  'distributed  by  the  Chief  Musician,  each 
man  being  paid,  as  is  customary  in  civilian  bands  and  orchestras,  i.  e., 
according  to  the  instrument  played  and  the  work  done. 

It  is  also  customary  to  show  the  band  as  much  consideration 
as  possible.  In  one  or  more  regiments,  for  instance,  the  band  is  not 
required  to  attend  reveille — in  other  regiments,  members  of  the  band 
who  have  filled  an  engagement  the  night  before  are  excused  from 
reveille  roll  call. 

A  Chief  Musicians.  In  the  majority  of  regiments  the  Chief  Music- 
ians are  paid  from  $10  to  $20  a  month  extra,  depending  upon  their 
merits,  the  condition  of  the  Regimental  Fund  and  the  amount  of  money 
they  m-ake  on  the  outside.  However,  in  at  least  six  regiments  the 
author  knows  of,  the  Chief  Musicians  receive  no  extra  compensation. 

Chief  Musicians,  being,  as  a  rule,  above  the  average  enlisted 
man  in  education,  refinement  and  artistic  temperament,  they  are  gen- 
erally shown  a  certain  amount  of  cordiality  by  officers.  Naturally 
enough,  the  treatment  of  a  Chief  Musician  depends  in  a  great  measure 
upon  his  personality;  if  he  is  a  worthy,  self-respecting,  modest  man, 
there  is  no  reason  why  he  should  not  receive  the  greatest  respect  and 
consideration,  without,  of  course,  being  accorded  familiar  social  rec- 
ognition. 

Chief  Musicians,  like  all  other  enlisted  men,  are  required  to 
salute  officers.  Many  officers,  however,  in  acknowledging  the  salute, 
make  some  such  remark  as  "Good  morning,  Mr.  Smith."  (See 
page  291 F). 

It  is  customary  to  accord  Chief  Musicians  as  many  privileges 
and  grant  them  as  many  reasonable  requests  as  is  consistent  with 
discipline  and  the  best  interests  of  the  service.  For  example,  they 
are  generally  given  separate  quarters;  permitted  to  leave  the  post 
without  written  passes,  but  merely  by  verbal  permission  of  the  Adju- 
tant; not  required  to  attend  roll  calls,  etc. 


300  CHAPTER  XX 

The  Colors.  In  some  regiments  it  is  customary  for  the  National 
and  the  Regimental  Colors  to  be  kept  at  the  colonel's  quarters  and  not 
at  his  office. 

By  "colors"  is  meant  the  national  and  the  regimental  flags  that  are  carried  by 
foot  troops;  by  "standards"  is  meant  the  national  and  the  regimental  flags  that  are 
carried  by  mounted  troops,  and  which  are  smaller  than  "colors."  Colors  and  stand- 
ards may  be  of  either  silk  or  bunting. 

By  "flag"  is  meant  the  national  emblem  that  waves  from  the  flagstaff  and  other 
stationary  poles,  "Flags"  are  always  of  bunting  and  one  does  not  uncover  to  them. 

Webster's  Unabridged  Dictionary  gives  "Color"  (singular)  as  meaning  a  hue, 
dye,  tint,  and  "Colors"  (plural)  as  meaning  a  flag,  ensign  or  standard,  such  as  is 
borne  by  troops,  or  by  a  ship.  The  Century  Dictionary  states  that  the  word  is 
"Sometimes  used  as  a  singular  noun."  A  flag,  ensign  or  standard  is  called  "colors" 
from  being  usually  marked  by  a  particular  combination  of  colors.  In  the  military 
profession,  however,  it  is  customary  to  use  the  word  "Color"  when  one  flag,  ensign 
or  standard  is  meant,  and  "Colors"  when  more  than  one  are  meant. 

Whenever  in  a  battalion  review,  the  troops  pass  in  review  th,e  second 
time,  at  double  time,  the  reviewing  officer  and  his  staff  should  salute  the 
color.  The  provisions  of  Paragraph  712,  Infantry  Drill  Regulations 
(1911),  that  "The  reviewing  officer,  and  others  at  the  reviewing  stand 
salute  the  color  as  it  passes,"  means  that  the  color  is  to  be  saluted  when- 
ever (every  time)  it  passes.  Furthermore,  it  is  customary  for  the 
reviewing  officer  and  those  who  accompany  him  to  salute  the  color  when 
the  troops  pass  in  review  the  second  time. 

Should  a  person  be  in  a  position  where  the  colors  pass  and  repass 
several  times,  at  short  intervals,  he  would  not  uncover  every  time  they 
passed.  For  instance,  when  troops  are  at  drill  in  an  armory  or  elsewhere, 
the  color  would  be  saluted  the  first  time  it  passes  but  not  after  that.  At 
a  review  when  the  reviewing  officer  passes  in  rear  of  the  color  while  walk- 
ing or  riding  around  the  troops,  he  and  those  who  accompany  him  do  not 
salute  the  color.  (Par.  712,  Infantry  Drill  Regulations,  1911,  states:  "The 
reviewing  officer  and  those  accompanying  him  salute  the  color  when  .pass- 
ing in  front  of  it,"  from  which  it  is  inferred  that  they  should  not  salute 
when  passing  in  rear). 

COURTS  AND  BOARDS  OF  OFFICERS1 

General  Courts- Martial.  G.  O.  169,  '07  (the  uniform  order),  page 
60  states,  "Courts-martial,  courts  of  inquiry,  and  boards  of  officers  will 
hold  their  sessions  in  such  uniform  as  the  court  or  board  shall  decide." 
Par.  3,  page  21,  Manual  for  Courts-Martial,  1908  says,  "The  members  (of  a 
general  court-martial)  wear  dress  uniform,  or  service  uniform  in  com- 
mands not  provided  with  dress  uniform,  with  their  sabers;  the  judge 
advocate  and  the  accused  appear  in  the  same  uniform  as  the  court,  without 
side  arms.  Military  witnesses  wear  the  same  uniform  as  the  court  with 
side  arms." 

The  reason,  of  course,  why  the  accused  does  not  wear  side  arms  is  that  his 
status  is  that  of  arrest,  and  persons  in  arrest  are  by  the  Articles  of  War  and  the 
Regulations  deprived  of  side  arms. 

The  regulations  are  silent  as  to  the  uniform  to  be  worn  by  counsel 
for  the  accused,  but  custom  of  the  service  requires  that  he  wear  the  uni- 
form of  the  court  without  side  arms. 

1  The  question  of  uniform  for  courts  and  boards  of  officers  will  be  fully  covered 
in  the  1911  uniform  order,  which  will  be  issued  in  October  or  November. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  301 

Sabers  are,  of  course  an  emblem  of  authority — hence,  the  court  wears  them : 
but  the  counsel  being  the  representative  of  a  prisoner  his  status  precludes  his  vwear- 
ing  a  saber. 

In  practice,  immediately  upon  receiving  a  copy  of  the  order  con- 
vening the  court,  the  judge-advocate  ascertains  verbally  from  the  president 
the  uniform  in  which  the  court  shall  meet,  or  he  writes  the  president  a 
letter  of  this  tenor: 

Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y., 
Colonel  John  Smith,  M      h       h 

Fort  Ontario,  N.  Y. 
Dear  Colonel: — 

Would  you  please  let  me  know  in  what  uniform  you  wish  the  court 
appointed  by  Par.  i,  S.  O.  No.  10,  c.  s.,  Hdqrs.  Dept.  of  the  East,  to  meet? 

May  I  ask  whether  you  have  suggestions  that  you  would  like  to 
make  about  any  other  matter?  Vgry  respectfully>  ' 

Henry  Jones, 
Captain,  24th  Infantry,  Judge-Advocate. 

Upon  hearing  from  the  president  of  the  court,  the  judge-advocate 
then  notifies  the  members  about  the  uniform.  If  all  the  members  of  the 
court  are  stationed  at  the  same  post  as  the  judge-advocate,  they  are  gen- 
erally notified  by  a  memorandum  circular  sent  around  by  an  orderly.  If 
not  so  stationed,  they  are  notified  by  letter. 

The  court  decides  the  uniform  after  the  first  session. 

The  Manual  for  Courts-Martial  requires  that  the  judge-advocate  and 
the  accused  shall  stand  during  the  reading  of  the  order  convening  the 
court  and  the  arraignment.  It  is  customary  for  the  counsel  also  to  stand. 

Some  judge-advocates  follow  the  polite  custom  of  saying  "Thank 
you"  to  officers  as  they  are  leaving  the  witness  stand. 

The  right  hand  glove  is  always  removed  before  being  sworn.  See 
page  318. 

A  It  is  customary  for  a  soldier  to  be  detailed  as  orderly  for  the  judge- 
advocate,  just  before  and  during  the  trial,  and  while  on  such  duty  it  is 
customary  for  him  to  wear  the  uniform  of  the  court,  with  side  arms  and 
gloves. 

B  Although  there  is  nothing  in  military  law,  orders  or  regulations 
prohibiting  a  member  of  a  G.  C.  M.  from  disclosing  the  findings  of 
the  court  before  the  same  shall  have  been  published  by  the  proper 
authority,  it  is  a  well-defined  custom  of  the  service,  built  up  by  the 
action  of  high-minded  officers,  not  to  divulge  the  findings  prior  to 
their  publication.  This  custom  is  so  well  defined  and  so  generally 
observed  that  it  is  a  question  whether  its  disregard,  especially  in  an 
important  case,  would  not  constitute  an  offense. 

The  president  of  a  court-martial  is  obliged  by  military  laws  and 
usage  to  vacate  that  position  when  another  member  of  the  same 
court  becomes  the  officer  highest  in  rank  by  promotion.  (T.  A.  G. 
April  10,  1900.) 


302  CHAPTER  XX 

Garrison  Courts-Martial,  Regimental  Courts-Martial,  and  Courts 
of  Inquiry.  It  is  customary  for  the  members  of  garrison  courts-mar- 
tial, regimental  courts-martial  and  of  courts  of  inquiry,  following  the 
practice  of  general  courts-martial,  to  wear  sabers. 

The  practice  is  based  on  the  fact  that  by  regulation  garrison  courts-martial. 
regimental  courts-martial  and  courts  of  inquiry  follow  the  same  procedure  as  general 
courts-martial,  which  includes  the  minor  rules  and  customs  of  a  general  court.  ' 

The  judge-advocate,  the  accused,  his  counsel,  and  the  witnesses,  are 
governed  by  the  same  rules  and  customs  that  prevail  in  the  case  of  general 
courts-martial. 

Summary  Court.  The  summary  court  officer  wears  the  uniform 
of  the  command,  without  side  arms,  and  those  appearing  before  him  wear 
the  same  uniform  without  side  arms. 

Some  summary  court  officers  follow  the  polite  custom  of  saying 
"Thank  you"  to  officers  as  they  are  leaving  the  witness  stand. 

One  of  the  clerks  in  the  adjutant's  office  is  charged  with  doing  the 
clerical  work  of  the  summary  court. 

Boards  of  Officers,  as  stated  in  G.  O.  169,  '07,  "hold  their  sessions 
in  such  uniform  as  the  board  shall  decide."  However,  it  is  customary 
for  the  boards  of  officers  usually  convened  in  posts  to  investigate  fires, 
determine  whether  a  soldier's  service  has  been  honest  and  faithful,  etc., 
to  wear  the  uniform  of  the  command,  without  side  arms,  and  those 
appearing  before  the  board,  therefore,  appear  in  the  same  uniform,  with- 
out side  arms. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

A        A  junior   walks,    rides    or   drives    on    the    left    of   a    senior   and 
in  the  first  case  always  keeps  step  with  him. 

B       It  is  customary  for  troops  to  be  paid  under  side  arms.    All  officers 
attending  payment,  except  the  paymaster,  wear  sabers. 

C  "I  desire,"  "I  wish,"  and  similar  expressions,  when  used  by 
the  commanding  officer,  or,  "The  commanding  officer  desires,"  etc., 
when  used  by  the  adjutant,  are  tantamount  to  orders. 
D  In  delivering  verbal  messages  from  a  senior  to  a  junior,  or  one 
officer  to  another  of  the  same  or  nearly  the  same  rank,  soldiers  use 
the  form,  "Captain  Jones  presents  his  compliments  to  Lieutenant 
Smith,  and  says,"  etc.  Formerly  a  junior  officer  never  "presented  his 
compliments"  to  a  senior,  but  the  prevailing  custom  at  present  is  as 
stated.  (See  Par.  B,  page  232). 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  303 

A  One  knock  before  entering  a  room  is  considered  "the  official 
knock"  and  is  a  signal  for  everyone  within  to  come  to  attention. 

B  Formal  dances  given  by  soldiers  are  sometimes  opened  by  offi- 
cers and  ladies  dancing  the  first  dance, 

C      In   one   or  two   regiments,   a    regimental   punch,   "The 

Infantry  Punch,"  the  recipe  for  which  has  been  handed  down  for 
many  years,  is  served  on  all  regimental  social  occasions  and  every 
year  the  officers  send  out  regimental  New  Year's  remembrances  in 
the  form  of  special  cards. 

D  In  some  commands,  the  riding  of  public  horses  about  the  post, 
by  either  officers  or  enlisted  men,  at  gaits  faster  than  the  trot,  is  for- 
bidden. 

E  At  military  weddings  the  bridegroom,  best  man  and  ushers 
wear  side  arms,  and  the  bride  cuts  the  wedding  cake  with  her  hus- 
band's sword. 

In  marching  out  of  the  church,  the  bridegroom,  the  best  man  and 
the  groomsmen  offer  their  right  arm  to  the  bride,  the  maid  of  honor, 
and  the  bridesmaids,  thus  avoiding  the  entanglement  of  sabers  and 
dresses,  and  leaving  the  left  hand  free  to  carry  the  cap,  which  is 
held  with  the  visor  pointing  left  oblique. 

Sometimes  the  decorations  are  so  arranged  that  during  the  mar- 
riage ceremony  the  bride  and  groom  stand  under  the  national  colors 
and  the  regimental  colors  of  the  groom,  crossed. 

At  some  feiv  weddings  that  the  author  has  heard  of,  the  follow- 
ing feature  constituted  a  part  of  the  ceremony:  Tire  members  of  the 
bridal  party  take  their  places  as  here  indicated — 


After  the  ceremony  has  been  performed  and  the  married 
couple  start  to  leave,  the  groomsmen  draw  sabers  and  cross  them 
aloft,  the  couple  passing  beneath.  All  then  return  sabers  and  follow 
out  as  usual. 


304  CHAPTER  XX 

A        "The  Army  Toast  to  the  Bride,"  usually  preceded  by  some  ap 
propriate  remarks  welcoming  her  into   the  Army,   is   drunk  by  hav- 
ing  the   best    man    and    groomsmen    draw    their    sabers    together,    at 
the  command,  "1.  Draw,  2.  Saber,"  and  then  crossing  them  above  the 
bride's  head,  after  which  the  glasses,  passed  by  a  waiter,  are  taken  in 
the  left  hand.     The  toast  may  be  concluded  with,  "How!" 
B         A  very  pretty  old  Army  custom  that  one  sometimes  sees,  is  the 
baptizing  and  christening  of  a  baby  under  the  regimental  color  of  its 
father,  the  function  taking  place  at  home,  with  something  to  drink  to 
the  "recruit V  health. 

C  It  is  now  the  prevailing  custom  for  officers  attending  dances  in 
full-dress  not  to  wear  the  saber — that  is  to  say,  only  the  belt  and 
slings  are  worn.  (The  reason  for  this  is  that  in  dancing  the  saber  is 
in  the  way,  not  only  getting  entangled  with  your  partner's  dress,  but 
also  striking  and  otherwise  inconveniencing  others). 
D  Some  officers  wear  white  kid,  white  chamois,  white  silk  or  white 
lisle-thread  gloves  when  attending  receptions,  dances  and  other  social 
functions  in  dress  uniform,  without  side  arms,  but  the  preponderance  of 
custom  seems  to  be  not  to  wear  gloves,  although  before  the  Spanish  - 
American  War  just  the  reverse  was  the  general  custom.  To  wear 
white  Berlin  gloves  at  such  functions  savors  of  the  bourgeois — it  is 
much  better  to  wear  no  gloves  at  all. 

When  attending  a  social  function  in  full  dress  or  in  special  full 
Iress,  white  kid  gloves  should  be  worn. 

The  ordinary  white  Berlin  glove  should  never  be  worn  at  social  functions,  as  it 
is  in  no  way  a  dressy  glove — in  fact,  it  is  quite  the  contrary.  A  very  satisfactory 
dressy  and  economical  glove  is  the  white  washable  chamois  glove,  which  can  be  gotten 
from  the  Mark  Cross  Co.,  253  Broadway,  New  York,  or  any  other  first  class  glove 
dealer,  at  a  cost  of  about  $1.50  a  pair.  These  gloves  should  be  washed  on  the  hand, 
with  luke  warm  water  and  castile  soap.  The  Warnock  Uniform  Co.,  19  West  31st 
St.,  New  York,  handle  an  excellent  imported  chamoisette  glove  that  is  fully  as  satis- 
factory as  the  chamois  glove.  Price  $1  per  pair. 

F  It  is  customary  for  aides-de-camp  and  other  officers  who  may 
be  in  attendance  on  distinguished  persons  to  wear  white  gloves  when 
in  dress  uniform,  without  side  arms. 

G  At  some  posts  there  is  a  daily  "matinee"  of  officers  at  the  adju- 
tant's office— that  is,  the  officers  gather  informally  at  the  adjutant's 
office  for  a  few  minutes  soon  after  guard  mount,  exchange  saluta- 
tions, discuss  current  topics,  etc.  At  other  posts  it  is  sometimes 
customary  to  sound  officers'  call  at  a  given  hour,  when  all  officers 
repair  to  the  adjutant's  office  to  receive  orders,  etc. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE 


305 


A  Some  officers  upon  joining  as  commanding  officer  of  a  post, 
situated  near  a  town  or  city,  call  officially  on  the  mayor.  Should  the 
place  be  the  capital  of  the  State,  a  call  is  also  made  on  the  governor. 
In  making  this  call,  the  commanding  officer  is  accompanied  by 
the  adjutant,  or  by  the  entire  staff.  This  idea  of  furthering  a  feeling 
of  cordiality  between  the  military  and  the  civil,  is  excellent,  and 
should  be  encouraged.  A  general  officer,  or  the  commanding  officer 
of  troops  passing  through  Honolulu,  to  or  from  the  Philippines,  might, 
for  example,  very  properly  call  on  the  Governor. 


WORDS   TO   THE  ARMY   TRUMPET  CALLS 


Reveille: 


I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up  in  the  morning; 
I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up  at  all; 

Corp'rals  worse  than  the  privates ; 

Sergeants  worse  than  the  corporals; 

Lieutenants  worse  than  the  sergeants, 

And  the  capt'ns  the  worst  of  all. 


Mess  Call: 


Chorus— 
I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get' 'em  up,  etc. 


Soup-y,   soup-y,   soup, 

Without   a   single   bean; 
Pork-y,   pork-y,   pork, 

Without   a   streak    of   lean; 
Coffee,  coffee,  coffee, 

Without  any  cream  ! 

(Or,  the  weakest  ever  seen!) 


Sick  Call: 


Stable  Call: 


Come  and  get  your  quinine,  come  and  get  your  pills. 
Oh  I  come  and  get  your  quinine,  come  and  get  your  pills 


Come  all  who  are  able  and  go  to   the  stable, 

And  water  your  horses   and  give  'em   some  corn; 

For  if  you  don't  do  it,  the  Col'nel  will  know  it, 
And  then  you  will  rue  it,  sure  as  you're  born. 


Taps: 


Fades  the  light; 
And  afar 
Goeth  day, 
Cometh  night; 
And  a  star 
Leadeth  all, 
Speedeth  all 
To  their  rest. 


Love,  good  night. 
Must  thou  go 
Whep  the  day 
And  the  night 
Leave  me  so  ? 
Fare    thee    well; 
Day  is  done, 
Night  is  on. 


Another   Version. 
When  your  last 
Day   is   past, 
From    afar 
Some   bright   star 
O'er    your    grave 
Watch  will  keep, 
While  you  sleep 
With  the  brave. 


306  CHAPTER  XX 

ARMY  SLANG 

B-ACHE — to  complain. 

BEANS — the   commissary    sergeant. 

BEAN-SHOOTER — a  commissary  officer. 

BELLY-ACHE — to   complain. 

BLACK  STRAP — liquid  coffee. 

BLIND — sentenced  by  court-martial  to  forfeiture   of  pay  without  confinement. 

BOB-TAIL — a  dishonorable  discharge,  or  a  discharge  without  honor;  to  be 
"bobtaile'd" — to  be  dishonorably  discharged  or  to  be  given  a  discharge  without  honor. 

BONE — to  study;    to  try;    to  cultivate. 

BONE  BOOTLICK  ON — to  cultivate  the  favor  of. 

BOOTLICK — to  flatter. 

BOW-LEGS — cavalrymen. 

BUCK-PRIVATE — a  term  sometimes  used  in  referring  to  a  private. 
BUCKING   FOR   URDERLY — giving   clothing   and   accoutrements   extra   cleaning   so 
as   to   compete   for  orderly. 

BUNKIE — a  soldier  who  shares  the  shelter  of  a  comrade. 

BUST — to  reduce  a  noncommissioned  officer  to  the  grade  of  private. 

BUTCHER — the  company   barber. 

CANNED  HORSE — canned  beef. 

CHIEF — name  by  which  the  chief  musician  of  the  band  is  usually  called  by 
the  enlisted  men. 

CIT — a  civilian. 

CITS— civilian  clothes. 

C.  O. — commanding  officer. 

COFFEE  COOLER — one  who  seeks  easy  details  away  from  troops;  one  who  is 
always  looking  for  an  easy  job. 

COLD-FEET — fear,  lack  of  courage  (to  have  cold  feet  is  to  be  afraid,  to  lack 
courage). 

COMMISSARIES — groceries. 

CRAWL — to  admonish. 

DOG-ROBBER — name  by  which  the  enlisted  men  call  a  soldier  who  works  for  an 
officer.  (An  offensive  term,  the  use  of  which  generally  results  in  trouble.) 

DOUGH-BOY — infantryman. 

DOUGH-PUNCHER — the  baker. 

DUFF — any  sweet  edible. 

FILE — a  number  on  the  lineal   list. 

FOGY — ten  per  cent  increase  of  officers'  pay  for  each  five  years'  service. 

FOUND — to  be  found  deficient  or  wanting  in  anything,  especially  an  examination. 

FRENCH  LEAVE — unauthorized  absence.  Absent  on  French  leave — absent  with- 
out authority. 

GOLD  BRICK — an  unattractive  girl. 

GOLD  FISH — salmon. 

GOAT — junior  officer  in  post,   regiment,   etc. 

GOATY — awkward,   ignorant. 

GUARDHOUSE  LAWYER — a  soldier  with  a  smattering  knowledge  of  regulations 
and  military  law;  quite  loquacious  and  liberal  with  advice  and  counsel  to  men  in  the 
guardhouse  or  other  trouble. 

HARDTACK — hardbread,   biscuits. 

HIKE — a  march;    to  hike,  to  march. 

HIVE — to  discover,  to  catch. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  307 

HOBO — the  provost  sergeant. 
HOLY  JOE — the  chaplain. 
HOP — a  dance. 

How — form  of  salutation  in  drinking,  meaning  "Here's  to  your  health,"  "My 
regards,"  etc. 

I.  C. — condemned  by  an  inspector. 

JAW-BONE — credit   (to  get  things  on  "jaw-bone,"  to  buy  on  credit). 
JUMP — to  admonish. 
K.  O. — the  commanding  officer. 

MAJOR — name  by  which  the  sergeant-major  is  usually  called  by  the  enlisted 
men. 

MULE-SKINNER — a  teamster. 
NON-COM— noncommissioned  officer. 
O.-D. — the  officer  of  the  day. 
O.  G. — the  officer  of  the  guard.     (Rare). 

OFFICERS'  Row^    the  row  °f  houses  where  the  officers  and  their  families  live. 

OLD  ISSUE — an  old  soldier. 

OLD  FILE — an  old  officer. 

ON  OFFICIAL  TERMS — not  to  be  on   speaking  terms  except  officially. 

ON  THE  CARPET — called  before  the  commanding  officer  for  admonition. 

OPENERS — cathartic  pills. 

ORDERLY  BUCKER — a  soldier,  who,  when  going  on  guard,  strives  by  extra  neat- 
ness of  appearance  to  be  designated  as  orderly  for  the  commanding  officer. 

ORDERLY  ROOM — company  office. 

PILLS — the  hospital  steward,  sometimes  used  in  reference  to  the  surgeon. 

PUNK — light  bread. 

Q.  M. — the  quartermaster. 

Q.  M.  D. — quartermaster's  department. 

RANKED-OUT — to  be  compelled  to  vacate  by  a  senior,  as  "to  be  ranked-out  of 
quarters." 

RED-TAPE — official  formality;  that  is,  the  close  or  excessive  observance  of 
forms  and  routine  in  the  transaction  of  business. 

REGIMENTAL  MONKEY — the  drum  major. 

RE-UP — to  reenlist  at  once. 

ROOKIE — a  new  recruit. 

SAND-RAT — an  officer  or  soldier  on  duty  in  the  rifle  pit  at  target  practice. 

SAW-BONE — the  doctor. 

SHAVE-TAIL — a  new  second  lieutenant.  So  called  after  the  young,  unbroken 
mules  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  ("Shave-tails"). 

SHUTTERS — camphor   or  opium  pills. 

SINKERS — dumplings. 

SKY-SCOUT — the  chaplain. 

SKY-PILOT — the  chaplain. 

SLAP-JACKS — pan  cakes. 

SLUM — a  stew  of  meat,  potatoes  and  onions,  mostly  potatoes  and  onions. 

SOAP  SUDS  Row — the  laundresses'  quarters. 

SOLDIER,  TO — To  soldier,  to  serve ;   also  to  shirk. 

SOLDIERS'  ONE  PER  CENT — one  hundred  per  cent. 

SOW-BELLY — bacon. 

STARS  AND  STRIPES — beans. 


308  CHAPTER  XX 

STEIKER — a  soldier  who  works  for  an  officer. 

TAKE-ON — to  re-enlist  before  the  expiration  of  three  months  after  discharge. 

THE  OLD  MAN — term  sometimes  used  by  officers  and  soldiers  in  referring  to 
the  commanding  officer;  sometimes  used  by  soldiers  in  referring  to  their  company  com- 
mander. 

To  TAKE  ANOTHER  BLANKET — same  as   "Take-on." 

TOP  SERGEANT — first  sergeant. 

YELLOW-LEG — cavalryman. 

YOUNGSTER— a  young  officer  (a  first  or  second  lieutenant.) 

WAGON-SOLDIER — light  or  field  artilleryman. 

WIND-JAMMER — a    trumpeter    or    bandsman. 

WOOD-BUTCHER — company  artificer. 

VISITING   CARDS   AND   WEDDING   INVITATIONS 
There  is  no  general,  settled  form  for  visiting  cards  and  wedding 
invitations,  except,  as  a  rule,  according  to  comparatively  recent  cus- 
tom, below  the  rank  of  captain  the  name  is  prefixed  by  "Mr.,"  and 
with  the  rank  of  captain  and  above,  by  the  military  title. 

However,  some  of  our  older  officers  who  are  well  posted  on 
such  matters,  do  not  think  this  recent  custom  is  in  accord  with 
good  military  usage,  believing  that  on  anything  as  formal  as  a  visiting 
card  or  a  wedding  invitation,  a  lieutenant,  just  as  does  a  captain  or  a 
colonel,  should  have  his  rank  appear:  thus — 

LIEUTENANT  WILLIAM  BRONSON  LIVINGSTON, 
Twenty-fourth   United    States   Infantry. 

The  stocks  of  Black,  Starr  &  Frost,  and  Tiffany  &  Co.,  show  the 
following  forms  to  be  in  use  to-day: 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE 


309 


MR.  JOHN  A.  SMITH 


LIEUTENANT  TWENTY-FOURTH   INFANTRY, 
UNITED   STATES   ARMY. 


CAPTAIN    JOHN    A.    SMITH 


TWENTY-FOURTH    INFANTRY, 
UNITED  STATES   ARMY. 


CAPTAIN   JOHN    A.    SMITH 


COAST   ARTILLERY  CORPS, 
UNITED  STATES   ARMY. 


JOHN    A.     SMITH 


NOTE. — For  other  forms  of  visiting  cards,  see  pages  255-6. 

Many  officers  who  are  very  particular  about  such  matters,  prefer  the  forms  on 
the  following  page. 


310 


CHAPTER  XX 


LIEUTENANT  JOHN  A.  SMITH 

TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED    STATES    INFANTRY 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  A.  SMITH 


TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED    STATES    INFANTRY 


Personally,  the  author  prefers  the  two  forms  above. 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  A.  SMITH 

INFANTRY 


PAYMASTER 


UNITED    STATES    ARMY 


MAJOR    JOHN    A.    SMITH 


UNITED    STATES    ARMY 

(RETI  RED) 


Visiting  Cards  in  the  National  Guard.  Regarding  the  use  and 
form  of  visiting  cards  amongst  officers  of  the  National  Guard,  usage 
is  very  unsettled,  the  customs  and  the  forms  in  the  different  States 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE 


311 


and  also  in  different  organizations  of  the  same  State,  differing  ma- 
terially. In  some  regiments  visiting  cards  with  military  titles  are 
seldom,  if  ever,  used,  while  in  other  regiments  they  are  used  on  all 
occasions  of  an  official  or  military  character,  and  also  on  other  occa- 
sions, when  for  any  reason  it  is  desirable  that  one's  rank  and  regiment 
should  be  known,  e.  g.,  in  attending  receptions  or  making  social  visits 
when  away  on  duty  as  escort  to  the  President,  governor  or  other 
public  personage;  when  visiting  Army  posts  or  armories  of  other 
organizations,  etc. 

The  following  forms,  selected  from  cards  used  in  three  or  four 
of  the  leading  National  Guard  organizations  of  the  country,  are  con- 
sidered in  good  taste: 


COLONEL  JOHN   ALFRED   SMITH 


7TH  REGT.,  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


CAPTAIN   JOHN   ALFRED   SMITH 


ADJUTANT 
RECT.,  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


CAPTAIN   JOHN   ALFRED   SMITH 


2ND  LIEUTENANT,  ?TH  REGT.,  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


312 


CHAPTER  XX 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  ALFRED   SMITH 


COMPANY  A,  IST  REGT.,  INFANTRY 
NATIONAL   GUARD  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 


MR.   JOHN    ALFRED   SMITH 


COMPANY  A,  IST  REGT.  INF.,  N.  G.  P. 


MR.   JOHN   ALFRED   SMITH 


ARMORY 
MADISON  AVE.  AND  94TH  ST.  COMMANDING 

NEW  YORK  SQUADRON  "A,"  N.   G.,  N.  Y. 


MAJOR    JOHN    ALFRED    SMITH 


FIRST  LIEUTENANT,   SQUADRON   "A' 
N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  313 


MR.  AND  MRS.  WILLIAM  HENRY  FAIRFIELD 

REQUEST  THE  HONOR  OF  YOUR  PRESENCE 

AT  THE  MARRIAGE  OF  THEIR  DAUGHTER 

LILLIAN  FENSMITH 
TO 

MR.  WILLIAM  BRONSON  LIVINGSTON 
LIEUTENANT,  UNITED  STATES  AR  MY 

ON  TUESDAY  THE  FIRST  OF  JULY 

AT  TWELVE  O'CLOCK 

AT  TRINITY  CHURCH 

CAMBRIDGE,   MASSACHUSETTS 


Although  this  is  the  form  that  appears  to  be  most  commonly  used  at  present, 
many  officers  who  are  particular  about  such  matters,  prefer  the  form,  for  example, 
"Lieutenant  William  Bronson  Livingston,  Twenty-fourth  United  States  Infantry." 


314  CHAPTER   XX 

Visiting    Cards.      Social    etiquette    regarding    visiting    cards    is 
about  the  same  in  the  Army  as  in  civil  life,  being: 

A  One  card  to  be  left  for  each  person  called  on,  whether  at  home 
or  out — for  instance,  if  calling  on  an  officer,  his  wife,  daughter,  and 
guest,  four  cards  should  be  left;  in  case  the  person  called  on  is  out, 
it  is  customary  with  some  people  to  fold  one  corner  of  the  card  to 
indicate  the  call  was  made  in  person.  The  leaving  of  one  card  folded 
in  the  middle  signifies  the  call  was  intended  for  everyone  in  the  house. 
It  is,  however,  considered  better  form  to  leave  one  card  for  every 
person. 

Whenever  calling  on  an  officer  who  has  just  joined  be  sure  always 
to  leave  your  card  whether  or  not  the  officer  is  in.  Remember  he  is  receiv- 
ing numerous  callers  and  the  leaving  of  your  card  will  enable  him  to  keep 
track  of  your  call — otherwise,  he  must  rely  on  his  memory  and  may  over- 
look it. 

B  When  calling  on  a  young  lady  who  is  a  guest  a  card  should 
also  be  left  for  the  lady  of  the  house  and  her  husband,  whether  or 
not  you  have  ever  met  them. 

C  When  one  of  two  persons  who  are  calling  together  has  no 
cards,  it  is  permissible  for  the  one  to  write  his  name  in  pencil  on  the 
cards  of  the  other. 

D  In  case  of  calls  on  persons  who  are  sick,  "To  inquire"  or  "Kindly 
inquiry"  is  usually  written  on  the  card;  in  case  flowers  or  other  re- 
membrances are  sent,  "Best  wishes  for  a  speedy  recovery,"  or  some 
similar  sentiment,  may  be  written  on  the  card;  in  the  case  of  a  call 
after  a  recent  death  in  the  house,  "Deepest  sympathy."  As  an  ac- 
knowledgment of  a  "Deepest  sympathy"  card,  the  receiver  may  send 
his  mourning  card  with  p.  r.  (pour  remercier),  written  in  the  lower  left 
hand  corner. 

After  a  death,  visiting  cards  maybe  sent  with  some  such  statement 
as  this  written  thereon  in  ink:  "Please  accept  my  heartfelt  thanks  for 
your  kind  inquiries  and  favors  during  my  hour  of  trouble." 

E  When  attending  a  reception,  a  tea  or  an  "at  home,"  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  leave  the  proper  number  of  cards  (one  for  each  person 
receiving)  in  the  hall  or  other  suitable  place.  In  this  connection  it 
may  be  stated  at  large  receptions  it  is  neither  necessary  nor  desirable 
to  say  good-bye  to  the  host  and  hostess  before  leaving.  Upon  ap- 
proaching the  person  doing  the  introducing  always  give  your  name 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  315 

in  a  slow,  distinct  voice,  although  you  may  be  fairly  well  acquainted 
with  him. 

A  Whenever  going  away  for  any  length  of  time,  cards  with  "P.  p. 
c."  (pour  pendre  conge — to  take  leave)  written  in  the  lower  left 
corner  should  be  left  with  everyone  in  the  post  with  whom  you  have 
close  personal  or  official  relations,  and  such  cards  should  also  be 
mailed  to  near-by  friends  on  whom  it  is  not  possible  to  call.  It  is 
sometimes  customary  to  write  your  destination  on  the  lower  or  upper 
part  of  the  card.  With  intimate  friends  this  less  formal  expression 
may  be  used:  "Good-bye.  Sorry  not  to  have  seen  you  before  leaving." 
B  If  the  privileges  of  a  club  have  been  extended  to  you  while 
on  a  visit,  just  before  leaving  the  place  post  one  of  your  "P.  p.  c." 
cards  on  the  club  bulletin  board. 

"To  the  President  and  members  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Club,"  foi 
example,  or  some  similar  remark,  is  sometimes  written  on  the  card  in 
addition  to  "P.  p  .c." 

C  When  paying  calls  in  a  strange  city  or  neighborhood,  write 
your  temporary  address  on  your  card. 

D      In    calling   at    a    hotel,    write    on    the    card    sent    up,    or    left,    the 
name  of  the  person  for  whom  it  is  intended,  thus  making  sure  that  it  will 
be  delivered  to  the  proper  person. 
THE  ORIGIN  OF  CERTAIN  PRACTICES  IN  THE  SERVICE 

Firing  Three  Volleys  at  Military  Funerals.  In  the  funeral  rites 
of  the  Romans  the  casting  of  the  earth  THREE  times  upon  the  coffin 
constituted  "the  burial.".  It  was  customary  among  the  Romans  to 
call  the  dead  THREE  times  by  name,  which  ended  the  funeral  cere- 
mony, after  which  the  friends  and  relatives  of  the  deceased  pronounced 
the  word  "Vale"  (farewell)  THREE  times  as  they  departed  from  the 
tomb.  So  that  to-day,  when  a  squad  of  soldiers  fires  THREE  volleys 
over  a  grave,  they  are,  in  accordance  with  this  old  Roman  custom, 
bidding  their  dead  comrade  "Farewell,"  THREE  times. 

The  number  THREE  was  doubtless  selected  by  the  Romans 
because  of  its  symbolical  and  mystical  signficance,  3,  5,  and  7  being 
so  considered  in  all  recorded  history.  We  have,  for  instance,  the 
Holy  Trinity,  the  Three  Graces,  the  frequent  recurrence  of  THREE 
in  the  Masonic  ritual,  etc.  In  the  old  Army  it  was  customary  in  some 
regiments  when  a  soldier  was  absent  from  roll  call  for  the  first 
sergeant  to  call  the  absentee's  name  again  THREE  times  at  the  end 
of  the  roll.  It  is  really  interesting  to  note  to  what  extent  the  number 
THREE  enters  our  daily  lives:  Boys  start  their  races  by  "One,  two, 


316  CHAPTER  XX 

THREE— Go!;"  the  baseball  fan  says  "THREE  strikes— and  out!;" 
a  ship  before  leaving  her  berth  blows  her  whistle  THREE  times  and 
gives  the  same  number  of  whistles  as  a  salute  when  passing  another 
ship  at  sea;  the  enthusiast  gives  his  "THREE  cheers!"  etc. 

Sounding  Taps  at  Military  Funerals.  This  practice  involves  a 
deeply  felt  sentiment — "rest  in  peace."  In  the  daily  life  of  the  soldier 
the  sounding  of  taps  at  11  o'clock  p.  m.,  signifying  "Lights  out,"  an- 
nounces the  end  of  the  day,  implying  that  the  cares  and  labors  of  the 
soldier  are  ended  for  that  day.  So  does  the  sounding  of  taps  at  his 
funeral  signify  the  end  of  his  day — the  "Lights  out"  of  his  life — his 
"rest  in  peace." 

There  is  no  other  call  so  beautiful,  so  significant,  so  replete 
with  associations  of  comrades  dead  and  gone — there  is  no  other  call 
that  arouses  so  much  sentiment,  so  many  emotions  in  the  soul  of  the 
soldier  as  the  sounding  of  "Taps."  Indeed, 

"Fades  the  light; 
And  afar 
Goeth  day, 
Cometh  night ; 
And  a  star 
Leadeth  all 
To  their  rest." 

It  is  known  that  the  custom  of  sounding  taps  at  military  fun- 
erals obtained  in  some  regiments  during  the  Mexican  War,  and  there 
is  an  impression  in  some  quarters  that  the  practice  existed  prior  to 
that  time,  it  having  been  formally  inaugurated  at  West  Point  about 
1840.  However,  be  that  as  it  may,  it  is  evident  that  the  custom  in 
its  present  form  did  not  become  general  until  after  the  Civil  War,  as 
the  following  from  the  regimental  history  of  the  old  2d  Artillery 
shows: 

During  the  Peninsular  Campaign  in  1862  a  soldier  of  Tidball's 
battery — "A"  of  the  2d  Artillery — was  buried  at  a  time  when  the 
battery  occupied  an  advanced  position,  concealed  in  the  woods.  It 
was  unsafe  to  fire  the  customary  three  rounds  over  the  grave,  on  ac- 
count of  the  proximity  of  the  enemy,  and  it  occurred  to  Captain  Tid- 
ball  that  the  sounding  of  Taps  would  be  the  most  appropriate  cere- 
mony that  could  be  substituted.  The  custom  thus  originated  was 
taken  up  throughout  the  Army  of  the  Potomac,  and  finally  confirmed 
by  orders. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  317 

The  Practice  of  Saluting. 

1  With  the  hand. 

(a)  The  custom  is  supposed  by  some  to  have  come  from  a 
Roman  practice  dating  back  to  the  Borgias,  or  even  earlier.     In  those 
days  assassination  was  so  common  by  the  dagger  that  inferiors  com- 
ing into  the  presence  of  superiors  were  required  to  raise  the  hand, 
palm  to  the  front,  thus  showing  there  was  no  dagger  concealed  in  it. 
Time   and    custom    have    modified   the   requirement   to   the   present 
method  of  saluting. 

(b)  There  are  others  who  are  inclined  to  this  view:    From  the 
beginning   of   time   inferiors   have  '  been    required    to   uncover    before 
their  superiors,  and  equals  to  acknowledge  each  other's  presence  by 
some  courtesy.     It  was  not  so  very  long  ago  when  a  sentinel  saluted 
not    only   with    his    gun    but    by    taking   off    his    hat    also    (viz,    in    the 
British  army  during  the  Revolution).     Complicated  headgear  like  the 
bearskin  and  the  helmet  could  not  be  readily  removed,  and  the  act 
of  removing  the  hat  degenerated  into  the  movement  of  the  hand  to 
the  visor  as  if  the  hat  were  going  to  be  removed,  and  finally  became 
conventionalized  as  at  present. 

(c)  And  there  are  those  of  a  romantic  turn  of  mind  who  favor 
this  version:   In   the   days  of  the  jousts   and  tournaments,   after  the 
crowning  of  the  Queen  of  Love  and  Beauty  the  knights  passed  in  re- 
view before  her  throne.     Each  as  he  drew  near  raised  his  mailed  right 
hand  to  shade  his  eyes — a  chivalric  way  of  intimating  that  he  would 
be  dazzled  by  her  beauty.    This  knightly  homage  passed  on  down  the 
ages  to  become  the  soldier's  salute. 

2  With  the  saber. 

The  practice  comes  from  the  custom  during  the  Crusades,  of 
knights,  when  receiving  orders,  always  to  call  upon  God  to  witness 
their  assumption  of  the  duty  imposed,  by  raising  the  sword  to  the 
lips  and  kissing  the  cross  formed  by  the  guard  and  body  of  the 
weapon.  Originally  the  sword  was  inverted  when  kissed — that  is  to  say, 
the  guard  was  up  and  the  point  down. 

The  dipping  of  the  saber  point  in  saluting  signifies  submission. 

NOTE.  In  the  personal  salutes  is  also  seen  the  survival  of  the  custom  ^of  the 
saluter  placing  himself  unarmed  in  the  power  of  the  saluted.  The  touching  or 
removal  of  the  cap,  dropping  the  point  of  the  sword,  presenting  arms,  firing  cannon 
and  small  arms,  manning  yards,  etc.,  symbolize  the  removal  of  the  helmet,  giving 
up  the  weapon,  exposing  the  crews,  abandoning  the  guns,  etc.) 


318  CHAPTER  XX 

Removing  the  Right  Hand  Glove  When  Sworn  as  a  Witness 
Before  a  Court-Martial.  The  raising  of  the  hands  and  eyes  to  heaven 
in  taking  an  oath  is  of  great  antiquity,  being  a  sort  of  prayer.  The 
head  was  bared  because  of  respect  for  Deity,  to  whom  appeal  was 
made.  After  Christianity  developed  and  the  Bible  was  printed,  oaths 
were  taken  by  placing  the  bare  hand  on  the  book,  head  uncovered, 
during  the  administration  of  the  oath,  and  at  its  completion  the  persons 
swearing  kissed  the  Bible;  all  this  reverently  in  an  appeal  to  Deity 
to  witness  the  obligation  taken.  This  ceremony  was  introduced  in 
this  country  and  continued  until  twenty  or  thirty  years  ago.  But  the 
Bible  was  not  always  at  hand  and  the  general  custom  has  reverted  to 
the  raising  of  the  bared  right  hand  with  the  head  uncovered. 

The  practice  of  removing  the  right  hand  glove  comes  from  the 
fact  that  in  olden  tifnes  all  criminals  were  branded  in  the  palm  of  the 
right  hand,  and  consequently,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  a  witness 
was  a  criminal,  all  witnesses  wearing  gloves  were  required  to  bare  the 
right  hand  before  being  sworn. 

Medals  and  Other  Insignia  are  worn  on  the  left  breast  because 
it  was  the  shield  side  of  the  Crusaders,  and  furthermore,  because  it 
was  near  the  loyal  heart  that  the  knight  placed  his  badge  of  honor 
and  fealty  to  his  king. 

Twenty-one  Guns  the  International  Salute.  This  practice,  like 
many  of  our  others,  we  got  from  ihe  British. 

A  proposition  originating  with  the  British  Government  and 
adopted  by  the  United  States  August  18,  1875,  provides  for  "Salutes 
to  be  returned  gun  for  gun,"  the  British  salute  at  that  time  consisting 
of  21  guns. 

So,  that  is  the  reason  why  our  international  salute  consists  of 
twenty-one  guns.  The  question  now  arises,  "Why  did  the  British  select 
the  particular  number  twenty-one?" 

Originally  zvar-ships  fired  salutes  of  seven  guns,  the  number 
seven,  "The  Sacred  Number,"  having  probably  been  selected  because  of 
the  mystical  and  symbolical  significance  given  it  in  the  Bible  as  well  as 
among  the  principal  nations  of  antiquity.  The  origin  of  the  mystical 
and  symbolical  significance  is  doubtless  astronomical  or  rather  astrolo- 
gical, viz,  the  observation  of  the  seven  planets  and  the  phases  of  the 
moon  changing  every  seventh  day.  In  the  Bible  we  find  the  Creation 
was  completed  in  seven  days;  every  seventh  year  was  sabbatical  and  the 
seven  times  seventh  year  ushered  in  the  jubilee  year,  etc. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  319 

Although  by  regulation  the  salute  at  sea  was  seven  guns,  shore 
batteries  were  allowed  to  fire  three  guns  to  the  ships  one.  The  dif- 
ference was  due  to  the  fact  that  in  those  days  sodium  nitrate,  which 
easily  deliquesces,  was  largely  used  in  the  manufacture  of  powder  and 
consequently  the  powder  easily  spoiled  at  sea,  whereas  it  could  be 
better  kept  on  land,  where  three  times  as  many  guns  were,  therefore, 
prescribed.  The  multiplier,  three,  was  probably  selected  because,  like 
seven,  it  has  been  from  remote  antiquity,  a  number  of  mystical  and 
symbolical  significance. 

After  potassium  nitrate,  which  is  not  as  perishable  as  sodium 
nitrate,  came  into  general  use  in  the  manufacture  of  powder,  and  it 
was  not,  therefore,  so  difficult  to  keep  powder  at  sea.  the  number  of 
guns  for  the  naval  international  salute  was  raised  to  equal  the  number 
of  guns  given  by  land  forces — that  is  twenty-one. 

By  common  agreement,  the  international  salutes  of  all  nations 
are  now  21  guns.  International  salutes  grew  out  of  custom  and  usage, 
and  therefore  have  a  basis  similar  to  that  of  the  common  law  of 
England.  The  custom  began  with  the  requirement  of  strong  nations 
to  exact  from  foreign  vessels  acts  of  submission,  even  by  force,  {mt 
in  the  17th  century  the  question  of  ceremonial  became  a  matter  of 
negotiation  and  frequently  of  hostility  between  the  states  of  Europe. 
Although  saluting  was  originally  forced  upon  the  vessels  of  smaller 
nations  to  compel  them  to  recognize  the  superiority  of  the  greater, 
in  the  final  recognition  of  the  principle  of  equality  between  nations 
it  became  customary  to  render  salutes  "gun  for  gun." 

Twenty-one  Guns  the  Presidential  Salute.  The  Presidential 
salute  has  not  always  been  21  guns.  For  instance,  in  1812  and  1821  it 
was  the  same  as  the  number  of  states,  i.  e.,  18  and  24,  respectively, 
which  was  also  our  international  salute. 

In  1821  the  President  and  the  Vice  President  received  the  same 
number  of  guns.  Before  this  time  the  Vice  President  had  received 
only  15  guns. 

Since  1841  the  President  has  received  a  salute  of  21  guns  and 
the  Vice  President  17. 

The  "Salute  to  the  Union,"  commemorative  of  the  Declaration 
of  Independence  and  consisting  of  one  gun  for  each  State,  is  fired 
at  noon  on  July  4  at  every  post  provided  with  suitable  artillery.  The 
salute  at  present  (July,  1911)  consists  of  46  guns. 


320  CHAPTER  XX 

Dough  Boy.  The  following  versions  are  given  of  the  derivation 
of  the  expression  "Dough  Boy"  a$  meaning  "Infantryman": 

/  In  olden  times,  when  infantrymen  used  to  clean  their  white 
trimmings  with  pipe-clay,  if  caught  in  the  rain  the  whiting  would 
run,  forming  a  kind  of  dough — hence  the  sobriquet  "dough  boy." 

2  The   tramp   of   infantry   marching   in   mud   sounds   as    if   their 
shoes  were  being  worked  and  pressed  in  "dough." 

3  From    "Adobe"    (mud)    then    "Dobie" — the    idea    being    In- 
fantrymen are  the  soldiers  who  have  to  march  in  the  mud;  hence  the 
expressions   used  in  the   sixties  and   early  seventies   in   referring  to  in- 
fantrymen as  "Dobie  crushers,"  "Dobie  makers"  and  "Mud  crushers." 

4  However  some   Infantrymen   think  they  are  called   "Dough 
boys"    because    they    are    always    "kneaded"    (needed),    while    other    In- 
fantrymen  think   they   are    so   called   because   they   are    the    "flower" 
(flour)  of  the  Army. 

(Probably  loyal  infantrymen  think  this  for  the  same  reason  that  good  artillery- 
men say  artillerymen  are  called  "Wagon  soldiers"  because  they  are  the  ones  who  al- 
ways "deliver  the  goods.") 

Meaning  of  the  Word  "Infantry."  The  Infantry  is  the  oldest  of 
the  "arms"  into  which  armies  are  conventionally  divided.  The  word 
"Infantry"  comes  from  a  Latin  word  meaning  child,  boy,  servant,  foot 
soldier — foot  soldiers  being  formerly  the  servants  and  followers  of 
knights.  It  is  said  that  in  German  reviews  the  Infantry  always  comes 
first  and  is  greeted  by  the  Emporer  as  "My  children,"  the  "Mes  enfants" 
of  the  French — hence  "Infantry,"  an  assemblage  of  children. 

How.  The  expression  "How, "  used  by  Army  men  in  drinking, 
's  equivalent  to  the  expressions  "Here's  to  your  health,"  "My  best 
regards,"  etc. 

There  is  a  humorous  version  of  the  significance  of  "HOW"  to  the 
effect  H  O  standing  for  water,  the  HO  stands  for  ^  water  and  the  W 
stands  for  whiskey — i.  e.  "^  water  and  */2  whiskey." 

Some  think  it  is  merely  the  Indian  corruption  of  "How  d'ye 
do?" — the  usual  salutation  of  the  white  man,  abbreviated  by  the 
Indian  into  "How,"  and  taken  up  and  used  by  officers  and  soldiers 
who  in  the  early  days  of  frontier  service  were  thrown  in  constant 
contact  with  the  Indians. 

However,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  others  who  believe  the 
expression  is  derived  from  the  Indian  language  direct.  Colonel  H. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  321 

L.  Scott,  Superintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  and  a  recog- 
nized authority  on  the  Indian  language,  says: 

"The  word  has  been  widely  used  by  the  Indians  of  many  tribes 
'having  different  spoken  languages.  The  earliest  reference  is  from 
Alexander  McKenzie  (discoverer  of  the  McKenzie  River),  1789. 
speaking  of  the  Cree  Indians,  p.  71:  He  then  sits  down  and  the  whole 
company  declare  their  approbation  and  thanks  by  uttering  the  word 
'ho.'  The  next  reference  is  found  in  Bradbury's  Travels  in  the  In- 
terior of  North  America,  1809-1811.  This  book  has  been  reprinted 
in  Early  Western  Travels,  edited  by  Reuben  Goldthwaite,  vol.  V.,  116: 
Whenever  their  performance  (Ricarees,  Mandans,  Gros  Ventres  of 
the  Missouri  singing)  ceased  the  termination  was  extremely  abrupt 
by  pronouncing  the  word  'how'  in  a  quick  elevated  tone.  Consult 
also  Alice  Fletcher's  Indian  Songs.  Century  Magazine,  vol.  XXV,  p. 
421,  and  Archaeological  and  Ethnological  papers,  Peabody  Museum, 
No.  5. 

"Governor  I.  I.  Stevens  in  Pac.  R.  R.  Report,  vol.  12,  part  1,  p. 
75,  1853,  Among  the  Assinniboines — 'My  remarks  seemed  to  make  a 
very  favorable  impression  and  were  received  with  every  mark  of 
respect.  Their  approbation  was  shown  as  each  paragraph  was  inter- 
preted by  the  ejaculation  'how' — a  common  word  answering  every 
purpose  of  salutation,  approval,  concurrence. 

"Dr.  Washington  Matthews  in  his  able  monograph  on  the  Hi- 
datsa  Indians,  written  probably  about  1868,  has,  p.  147,  'H-a-o,'  a 
word  used  to  denote  approbation,  gratification,  agreement,  assent — a 
greeting.  It  is  common  to  many  Indian  languages.  It  is  usually 
written  'how*  by  travelers,  the  same  as  the  English  word  'how.'  It 
is  difficult  to  determine  the  best  mode  of  spelling.  Mr.  Riggs  in  his 
Dakota  dictionary  writes  it  'hao'  and  'ho,'  both  of  which  forms  are 
used  here  also,  although  the  Tidatsas  rarely  say  'ho.'  I  have  heard 
it  myself  with  the  above  signification  used  among  the  Indians  of  the 
Southern  Plains — sometimes  with  the  form  'ehow,  ehow' — 'thanks; 
among  the  Kiowas,  Comanches,  Kiowa  Apaches,  Caddos,  Wichitas 
and  Delawares,  Southern  Cheyennes  and  Arapahoes  in  Oklahoma. 

"The  above  references  show  the  use  of  the  word  on  the  plains 
from  the  Saskatchewan  River  to  the  Rio  Grande,  from  1789  at  least 
until  the  present  day.  The  following  from  Colonel  Rodenbough's 
book  From  Everglade  to  Canon  with  the  2nd  Dragoons,  p.  55,  is  an 
account  of  the  origin  of  the  use  of  the  word  how  in  the  Army: 


322  CHAPTER  XX 

"Coacoochee,  a  chief  of  the  Seminoles  in  Florida,  was  invited  to 
meet  Col.  Worth  at  Fort  Cummings  near  Big  Cypress  Swamp  in 
Florida,  March  5,  1841.  Coacoochee  came  to  the  meeting  and  for  cer- 
tain reasons  was  treated  with  great  consideration On  this 

occasion  originated  the  expression  'Hough/  which,  as  an  army  senti- 
ment, has  been  uttered  by  countless  lips  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  the  St.  Lawrence,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific;  and  even  the 
banqueting  halls  of  foreign  lands  have  not  been  strangers  to  the 
little  word,  so  full  of  joyous  memories  to  the  American  soldiers, 
although  few  know  when,  how,  or  where  it  was  coined. 

"Coachoochee,  observing  that  the  officers  of  the  garrison  used 
certain  expressions,  such  as  'Here's  luck!'  'The  Old  Grudge!'  etc., 
before  drinking,  asked  Gopher  John,  a  negro  interpreter,  what  they 
said.  John  was  puzzled  but  finally  explained  by  saying,  **It  means. 
How  D'ye  do!'  Whereupon  the  chief  with  great  dignity  lifted  his 
cup,  and,  elevating  it  above  his  head,  exclaimed  in  a  deep  guttural 
and  triumphant  voice,  'Hough!' 

"The  word  was  at  once  adopted  by  the  officers  of  the  Infantry 
and  Second  Dragoons,  and  its  use  has  spread  rapidly  through  the  whole 
Army." 

"Sounding  Off"  at  Parade  and  Guard  Mount.  At  parade  and 
at  guard  mount  when  the  adjutant  gives  the  command,  "Sound  off," 
it  is  customary  for  the  band  to' play  three  chords  or  nourishes,  called 
"THE  THREE  CHEERS,"  before  beginning  to  play  the  march  and 
marching  up  and  down  in  front  of  the  command.  After  the  band  has 
returned  to  its  place  and  finished  playing  the  march,  the  "THREE 
CHEERS"  are  again  sounded. 

This  practice  comes  from  the  following  custom  that  obtained 
during  the  Crusades: 

Soldiers  that  had  been  selected  to  go  on  the  Crusades  were 
often  formed  in  line  with  troops  not  so  selected.  The  band  would 
march  past  and  countermarch  only  in  front  of  the  soldiers  designated 
for  Crusade  service,  thus  signaling  out  and  dedicating  to  the  cause 
these  particular  men.  It  is  very  probable  that  the  assembled  populace 
did  considerable  cheering  during  this  part  of  the  ceremony  and  it  is 
quite  likely  that  "THE  THREE  CHEERS"  are  symbolical  of  that 
cheering. 

Parades  and  Reviews  originated  in  the  days  of  feudalism  when 
rulers,  as  a  suggestive  display  of  their  strength,  were  wont  to  parade 
their  soldiers  in  the  presence  of  other  rulers. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  323 

The  Practice  of  Hoisting  The  Flag  to  the  Peak  of  the  Flag- 
Staff  before  Lowering  it  to  and  from  Half-Staff  comes  from  the  Navy, 
where  the  flag  is  invariably  saluted  when  hoisted  and  also  before  being 
lowered.  The  saluting  position  of  the  flag  is  at  the  peak  of  the  flag- 
staff— hence  the  flag  must  be  raised  to  that  position  before  it  can  be 
saluted  upon  being  placed  at  half-staff  or  lowered  therefrom. 

Pledges.  In  case  an  officer  commits  an  offense  while  under  the  in- 
fluence of  liquor  or  drug,  which  renders  him  liable  to  trial  by  court-mar- 
tial, his  commanding  officer,  under  a  well  recognized  custom  of  the  service, 
sometimes  either  refrains  from  preferring  charges,  withholds  charges 
which  may  have  been  preferred,  or  withdraws  such  charges,  in  consid- 
eration of  the  accused  officer's  giving  his  word  of  honor  in  a  written 
signed  pledge  that  he  will  abstain  for  the  future  or  for  a  certain  period, 
from  the  use  of  such  intoxicating  liquor  or  drug. 

Such  a  pledge  is  held  to  be  so  sacred  that  a  violation  of  it  has  always 
been  recognized  as  conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  and  a  gentlemen,  in 
violation  of  the  6ist  Article  of  War. 

FORM  OF  PLEDGE. 

MADISON  BARRACKS,  N.  Y., 

January  i,  1911. 

I,  John  A.  Smith,  Major,  4Oth  Infantry,  in  consideration  of  not  having 
charges  preferred  against  me  (or  of  the  withdrawing  of  charges  preferred 
against  me)  for  drunkenness  on  duty  (or  drunkenness  to  the  scandal  of 
the  service),  of  which  I  am  guilty,  do  hereby  give  my  word  of  honor 
and  pledge  my  commission  that  I  will  abstain  from  the  use  of  alcoholic 
liquor  as  a  beverage  or  otherwise,  except  when  prescribed  as  medicine  in 
^case  of  sickness  by  a  physician,  for  the  period  of  —  years  (or  for  the  rest 
of  the  time  that  I  am  in  the  service). 

In  some  cases  the  following  is  added: 

My  signed  resignation  from  the  service  as  an  officer  of  the  Army, 
without  date,  is  hereby  inclosed  and  in  the  .event  that  I  shall  break  this 
pledge  the  date  may  be  inserted  in  this  resignation  and  it  may  be  forwarded. 

JOHN  A.   SMITH, 

Major,  40th  Infantry. 

Significance  of  Our  Insignia  of  Rank.  The  second  lieutenant 
stands  on  the  level  ground,  looking  up  to  his  superiors  at  varying  al- 
titudes above  him.  He  begins  to  climb  toward  the  top,  his  first  step 
being  the  lower  bar  of  the  fence,  which  position  is  typified  by  the  one 
bar  of  the  first  lieutenant.  Upon  reaching  the  top  of  the  fence,  the 
officer  wears  two  bars,  which  represent  the  bottom  and  the  top  bars 
of  the  fence,  from  which  point  of  vantage  he  can  now  survey  the  field. 
From  the  fence,  the  officer  must  climb  to  the  branches  of  the  oak, 


324 


CHAPTER  XX 


the  tree  of  might  and  strength.  It  is  a  long  climb  and  symbolizes 
the  marked  difference  that  exists  between  the  company  and  the  field 
officer.  The  gold  oak  leaf  on  the  major's  shoulder  strap  symbolizes 
this  position.  The  next  step  is  to  the  tallest  tree  of  the  forest,  the 
straight,  towering  silver  poplar,  with  no  branches  for  many  feet  from 
the  ground.  Although  this  point  of  vantage  is  somewhat  higher  than 
that  of  the  oak,  it  is  not  materially  so,  and  the  duties  and  responsibili- 
ties of  the  position  are  about  the  same.  The  officer  is  now  among 
the  silver  leaves  of  the  poplar,  which  fact  is  typified  by  the  silver  leaf 
of  the  lieutenant-colonel.  The  silver  eagle  of  the  colonel  symbolizes 
the  bird  that  soars  above  the  top  of  the  towering  poplar.  The  next 
step  is  the  greatest  of  all:  To  the  stars  up  in  the  firmament,  far,  far 
above  the  eagle's  flight,  which  position  is  typified  by  the  star  on  the 
general  officer's  shoulder  strap. 

This  description  of  the  significance  of  our  insignia  of  rank  is,  of 
course,  merely  a  romantic  explanation. 

Guard  of  Honor  Over  Remains  Lying  in  State.  Practice  re- 
garding the  details  of  this  custom  is  not  uniform.  The  following 
statements  are  based  on  what  was  done  in  the  cases  of  the  remains  of 
President  Garfield,  Generals  Grant  and  Lawton,  Secretary  of  State 
John  Hay  and  several  other  persons  of  less  note: 

The  number  of  .sentinels,  never  less  than  two,  depends  upon 
the  prominence  of  the  deceased.  These  diagrams  show  various  num- 
bers of  sentinels  and  their  disposition: 


/* 


0* 


ORDINARY 


40 


*>SKCT 

O 

\ 

L 

PERSON   C 
CPEAT  PROMI 


*0 


NTGARFIELD 


V 


if 


l,2,3«,4  FIE'_D  OFFICERS. 


Sentries  are  represented  thus.  Q->  ,  and  the  dotted  lines  indicate  the  line   of  march 

of  the   public. 

The  guard  is  always  under  the  command  of  an  officer,  the  en- 
listed personnel  consisting  of  as  many  noncommissioned  officers  and 
privates  as  may  be  necessary.  In  the  case  of  dignitaries  the  sen- 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  325 

tinels  may  be  officers.1  In  the  case  of  an  officer  serving  with  troops, 
men  of  his  command  are  selected  for  the  duty,  and  preferably  men 
who  have  shared  personal  danger  with  him  or  who  are  attached  to 
him.  In  other  cases,  the  only  things  considered  in  selecting  the 
guard,  are  soldierly  bearing,  steadiness  and  discipline. 

•  The  sentinels,  in  full  dress,  are  posted  as  soon  as  the  casket, 
flags,  flowers,  etc.,  are  arranged  and  before  the  doors  are  opened  to 
the  public.  They  always  face  the  casket,  and  remain  at  parade  rest, 
with  the  head  bowed.  (If  in  a  church,  they  always  face  the  altar.) 
During  the  hours  that  the  public  is  excluded  from  the  build- 
ing, the  sentinels  may  appear  in  dress  uniform  and  may  be  allowed 
to  sit  and  walk — they  would  then  be  relieved  every  hour.  Overcoats 
may  be  worn  if  the  weather  is  sufficiently  cold  and  the  building  can 
not  be  kept  warm.  When  there  are  no  people  around,  the  sentinels 
might  very  properly  be  allowed  to  stand  at  ease. 

The  usual  instructions  for  the  sentinels  are  to  allow  no  one  to 
interfere  with  or  touch  the  casket,  and  to  see  that  the  public  do  not 
stop,  but  that  the  line  moves  on  continuously.  One  or  more  non- 
commissioned officers  should  exercise  general  supervision  over  the 
line  of  passing  people,  and  see  that  it  does  not  stop. 

Sentinels  are  relieved  every  thirty  minutes.  Sometimes  bay- 
onets are  fixed  and  other  times  not-  In  case  of  mounted  troops,  the 
sentinels  are  posted  with  the  saber  drawn.  The  sentinels  render  no 
salute  whatsoever.  Sometimes  the  sentinels  present  arms  when  the 
pallbearers  are  leaving  the  room  with  the  casket. 

An  atmosphere  of  silent  dignity  should  surround  the  remains 
of  the  honored  dead,  and  consequently  the  sentinels  should  be  re- 
lieved in  silence,  the  commands  being  murmured.  The  corporal  and 
sentinels  should  move  to  and  fro  at  trail  and  the  sentinels  do  not 
port  arms  in  exchanging  post.  In  coming  to  the  order,  the  rifle  is 
gently  lowered  to  the  floor.  The  old  sentinel  comes  to  attention  as 
the  new  one  halts  at  his  left,  and  faces  about  at  the  murmured  com- 
mand of  the  corporal,  the  new  sentinel  side-stepping  into  the  old  sen- 
tinel's place  as  soon  as  the  latter  marches  away. 

When  the  pallbearers  take  their  places  at  the  handles — just 
before  the  signal  "Raise"  or  "Lift,"  is  given — the  sentinels  stand  re- 
lieved. They  may,  if  it  be  so  desired,  march  out  immediately  in  rear 
of  the  casket  and  join  the  escort  outside. 

1  This  was  the  case  with  the  remains  of  General  Grant,  President  Carnot  (of 
France)  and  Queen  Victoria. 


326  CHAPTER  XX 

Seating  Guests  at  Dinner.  If  a  dinner  is  given  in  honor  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  A,  then  Mr.  A  sits  at  the  right  of  the  hostess,  and  Mrs.  A  at  the 
right  of  the  host,  irrespective  of  the  social,  political  or  official  importance 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  A. 

(Although  it  is  the  prevailing  custom  to  place  the  "guests  of  honor"  on  the 
right  of  the  host  and  hostess,  it  should  be  said  that  when  there  are  present  persons 
of  considerably  greater  prominence  than  the  "guests  of  honor,"  it  is  thought  that  the" 
former  should  be  given  precedence.  Abroad  the  rank  of  individuals  determines  the 
position  at  table,  regardless  of  the  "guest  of  honor,"  unless  the  latter  be  a  great 
celebrity.  In  Washington  and  other  large  cities  the  American  usage  is  giving  way 
to  that  of  the  rest  of  the  world.) 

If  a  dinner  is  not  given  in  honor  of  some  particular  person,  then, 
when  military  and  civil  officials  are  present,  the  hostess  places  the  most 
important  civil  functionary  on  her  right  and  the  highest  ranking  officer 
on  her  left,  or  vice  versa,  depending  upon  circumstances,  which  the  occa- 
sion alone  can  decide.  Their  wives  should  have  the  corresponding  seats 
of  honor  next  to  the  host.  For  example,  in  the  Philippines  a  Department 
Commander  would  be  given  precedence  over  a  Provincial  Governor,  and 
ordinarily  a  post  commander  would  be  given  precedence  over  a  presidente. 
Department  Commanders  should  rank  next  to  Commissioners,  Colonels 
next  to  Provincial  Governors,  and  other  field  officers  (not  commanding 
posts)  next  to  presidentes.  Common  sense  and  custom  must  be  exercised 
in  determining  precedence,  but  in  a  gathering  of  civil  and  military  officials 
this  general  principle  should  always  be  borne  in  mind :  In  our  form  of 
government  the  military  is  subordinate  to  the  civil;  so,  where  the  positions 
of  a  military  and  of  a  civil  official  are  so  nearly  the  same  in  importance 
as  to  cause  doubt  as  to  precedence,  it  is  always  safer  to  give  precedence  to 
the  civil  official. 

The  other  civilians,  the  officers  and  the  ladies  should  be  assigned  to 
seats  according  to  rank  or  position,  social  or  official,  (ladies  and  gentle- 
men alternating)  from  the  two  ends  to  the  center  of  the  table,  but  the 
hostess  must  use  good  judgment  and  consider  the  congeniality  oi 
neighbors.  It  goes  without -saying  that  when  natives  in  the  Philippines  are 
invited  to  dinner,  there  can  be  no  discrimination  in  assigning  them  seats. 

If  no  ladies  are  present,  as  for  instance,  at  a  military  dinner,  the  host 
might  select  an  officer  of  his  own  rank — ordinarily  an  intimate  friend — or 
the  senior  officer  present,  and  place  him  at  the  opposite  end  of  the  table. 
Then  the  host  would  assign  the  highest  in  rank  to  the  seat  on  his  right, 
the  next  to  the  seat  on  his  friend's  (or  senior's)  right,  the  third  on  his 
left,  the  fourth  on  his  friend's  (or  senior's)  left,  etc.  If  an  Army  officer 
were  governor  of  a  province,  he  would  ordinarily,  at  a  "stag"  dinner, 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  327 

place  the  highest  civil  functionary  at  the  other  end  of  the  table;  No.  2 
civil  at  his  right,  No.  3  civil  at  his  left;  Nos.  i  and  2  Army,  at  the  right 
and  left  of  the  civil  functionary,  etc.,  alternating  officers  and  civilians  with 
due  regard  to  importance,  but  being  careful  to  arrange  neighbors  that  will 
probably  be  congenial. 

The  hostess  should  be  served  first,  or,  in  her  absence,  the  host — the 
latter  is  always  served  first  with  the  wine.  The  reason  being  that  the  hosts 
are  thus  able  to  see  that  everything  is  as  it  should  be  before  being  served 
to  the  guests.  * 

The  servant  should  then  pass  to  the  hostess'  right  and  down  that  side 
around  and  back  up  the  other  side,  helping  the  guests  in  regular  order 
irrespective  of  sex  or  rank. 

If  there  are  two  serving  the  same  dish,  they  should  both  repair  to 
the  hostess  and  then  pass  around  the  two  sides  simultaneously. 

If  two  servants  are  passing  the  different  parts  of  the  same  course, 
one  proceeds  as  above  and  the  other  follows. 

If  the  table  is  not  long  but  is  round,  the  seating  and  serving  con- 
form as  nearly  as  possible  to  the  principles  above  cited. 

At  even  small  dinners  of  eight  people  it  is  customary  to  use  "place 
cards"  on  the  table  at  each  napkin,  neatly  written :  "Mrs.  Blue,"  "Colonel 
Yellow,"  etc. 

"Place  cards"  should  always  be  used  at  large  dinners  so  as  to 
avoid  confusion. 

At  very  formal  and  rather  large  dinners,  the  gentlemen,  on  entering 
the  host's  home  are  handed  by  the  maid  at  the  door,  a  small  envelope 
inclosing  a  card  bearing  in  writing  the  name  of  the  lady  to  be  escorted  by 
him  to  dinner.  It  becomes  his  duty  to  seek  her  "place  card"  and  draw  back 
and  push  up  her  chair. 

At  very  large  dinners  for  men  a  diagram  of  tables  and  seats  showing 
the  place  of  each  guest  is  prepared  for  consultation  by  guests  before 
entering  the  dining  hall.  Great  confusion  and  endless  wandering  about 
might  otherwise  result. 

See  "Dinner"  in  the  index. 

Treatment  of  Guests  at  Receptions.  At  a  reception  no  one  in  par- 
ticular can  be  served  first — it  is  a  case  of  "First  come,  first  served."  Soon 
after  the  guests  pass  the  receiving  line  they  are  shown  to  the  dining  room 
where  they  are  served  and  looked  after  by  the  assistants  and  attendants. 

xThe  Romans  did  likewise  but  with  them  it  was  done  to  prove  to  their  guests 
that  food  and  drink  were  not  coisoned. 


328  CHAPTER  XX 

Special  attention  should  always  be  paid  to  persons  of  prominence. 

See  "Receptions"  in  the  index. 

The  Regimental  Mess.  The  main  purpose  of  a  Regimental  Mess 
is  to^promote  cordiality,  comradeship  and  esprit  de  corps,  and  while  such 
a  mess  is  social  in  its  nature,  the  meals,  especially  dinner,  are  in  a  way 
semi-official  functions.  In  order  to  give  a  Regimental  Mess  the  proper 
atmosphere,  it  should  be  the  repository  of  regimental  trophies  and  regi- 
mental souvenirs  collected  during  the  service  of  the  regiment. 

The  Regimental  Mess  in  our  Army  is  not  a  general  and  established 
institution  as  it  is  in  European  armies ;  consequently  our  mess  customs 
are  not  uniform.  In  most  European  regimental  messes,  particularly  the 
English  and  German,  there  is  considerable  formality,  especially  at  dinner, 
where  the  English  wear  the  mess  jacket  and  the  Germans  their  double 
breasted  frock  coats  or  full  dress  if  distinguished  guests'  are  present, 
toasts  are  made  to  the  sovereign  and  others,  and  many  customs  observed. 
The  following  is  the  consensus  of  opinion  of  various  officers  who  have 
been  in  regimental  messes  both  in  this  country  and  abroad : 

The  colonel  (or  the  senior  officer)  presides  and  sits  at  the  head  of 
the  table,  the  lieutenant  colonel  on  his  right,  the  adjutant  on  his  left,  the 
other  officers  being  'seated  on  both  sides  of  the  table  according  to  rank. 
The  caterer  sometimes  sits  at  the  end  of  the  table  opposite  the  presiding 
officer.' 

Dinner  is  a  formal  meal,  everyone  wearing  .the  uniform  prescribed. 
The  members  of  the  mess  assemble  at  some  convenient  place  and  await 
if  necessary  the  arrival  of  the  presiding  officer.  They  follow  him  into  the 
mess  and  take  their  seats  when  he  takes  his.  Should  he  know  that  he  will 
be  late,  he  ordinarily  sends  word  to  the  officers  not  to  wait  for  him,  but 
to  proceed  with  the  meal.  Should  he  arrive  during  the  meal,  everyone 
rises  and  remains  standing  until  he  has  taken  his  seat,  and  likewise  when 
he  leaves  the  table,  those  who  remain,  rise,  This,  of  course,  applies  to 
all  meals. 

The  cloth  is  considered  "removed"  wlien  the  presiding  officer  receives 
his  cup  of  coffee;  this  ends  the  "formal"  part  of  the  meal,  and  smoking 
is  in  order.  Before  the  cloth  is  "removed"  no  officer  may  leave  the  table 
without  making  his  excuses  to  the  presiding  officer.  At  very  important 
dinners  no  officer  may  leave  the  table  until  the  presiding  officer  himself 
sets  the  example. 

In  case  a  junior  officer  is  late  at  dinner  he  should,  before  taking  his 
place  at  table,  approach  the  presiding  officer  with  a  gentlemanly  word  of 
apology  for  his  lateness.  This,  however,  is  not  necessary  at  the  informal 
meals  of  breakfast  and  luncheon. 

Should  the  presiding  officer  so  desire,  it  would  not  be  amiss  to 
invite  the  regimental  chaplain,  by  a  mere  inclination  of  the  head,  to  say 
grace  before  dinner.  Should  a  bishop  or  prelate  be  present  as  a  guest, 
he  might  be  invited  to  say  grace. 

Guests  should  be  introduced  to  the  presiding  officer  before  the  meal. 

Breakfast  and  lunch  are  informal  meals  and  all  officers  come  and  go 
at  their  own  pleasure,  within  the  hours  fixed  for  the  meals,  wearing  the 
uniforms  that  may  be  required  by  their  various  duties. 

See  "A,"  page  391. 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  329 

REGULATIONS   FOR  A   REGIMENTAL   MESS. 

(Compiled  from  those  of  two  regimental  messes.) 

1.  All  officers  of  the  regiment  (which  includes  the  chaplain)  and  the  surgeons 
on  duty  with  the  regiment,  are  eligible  to  membership. 

2.  Breakfast    and   lunch   being   informal    meals,   will   be   served    from   6:30   to 
8:30  a.  m.  and  from  12  m.  to  1:30  p.  m.,  and  may  be  partaken  of  individually,  each 
officer  selecting  the  hour  most  convenient.     The  dress  will  be  that  prescribed  for  the 
day's  duty. 

3.  Dinner  will  be  served  at  p.  m.,  and  the  mess  jacket  will  be  worn. 

4.  Political,    personal    and    religious   discussions    and    the    criticism    of  Borders, 
are   interdicted   as   being   contrary  to  the   spirit   of  the   occasion.      Officers   will   also 
refrain   from    conversation   that    may    possibly    be   misinterpreted    by    servants    in   the 
room. 

5.  Officers   having  guests   will   notify  the   steward   in   advance,   and,   in   order 
that   proper   attention    may    be    shown    them,    will   present   them   to   the    senior    officer 
immediately  upon  his  arrival. 

6.  Expenses,    except   for   liquors   and   tobaccos,    will   be   divided   pro    rata,    and 
guests  will  be  paid  for  by  their  entertainers. 

7.  The  office  of  caterer  will  rotate  monthly  amongst  the  members  of  the  mess. 

8.  Those  who  are  late  will  be  served  with  the  course  then  in  progress,   unless 
unavoidably  detained,  in  which  event,  after  having  made  his  excuses  to  the  presiding 
officer,  the  latter  remarks,  "Let  the  gentleman  be  served  with  the  first  course." 

9.  No  orderlies,   messengers,   etc.,   will   be   allowed   to   enter   the  mess   during 
meals. 

A  Flag  at  Half-Staff.  The  exact  position  of  the  flag  at  half-staff  is 
not  fixed  in  the  Army  Regulations,  the  Manual  of  Guard  Duty,  or  the 
Navy  Regulations,  nor  has  it  ever  been  defined  in  orders.  In  practice  the 
position  of  the  flag  at  half-staff  is  as  follows : 

(a)  In  the  case  of  a  cylindrical  iron  flag-stctf,  the  middle  of  the 
hoist1  is  half  way  between  the  top  of  the  top-staff  and  the  band  to  which 
the  top  of  the  guy  anchors  are  fastened ; 

(fc)  In  the  case  of  a  flag  staff  with  cross-tress,  the  middle  of  the 
hoist  is  half  way  between  the  top  of  the  top-staff  and  the  top  of  the 
lower-staff; 

(c)  In  the  case  of  a  flag-staff  of  one  piece,  the  middle  of  the  hoist 
is  half  way  between  the  top  of  the  flag-staff  and  the  foot  of  the  flag- 
staff. 

B  Special  Dinners.  On  Christmas  day,  Thanksgiving,  July  Fourth, 
and  sometimes  February  22,  special  dinners  are  served  to  the  soldiers, 
in  many  cases  the  dining  rooms  being  appropriately  decorated.  As 
a  rule  the  decorations  remain  during  the  whole  of  Christmas  week 
and  a  special  dinner,  but  not  as  elaborate  as  the  Christmas  dinner,  is 
served  New  Year's  day.  The  company  commander  and  the  lieutenants 
of  the  company,  accompanied  by  the  lady  members  of  their  families 
as  well  as  by  others,  visit  the  dining  room  and  kitchen  just  before 
the  dinner  is  served.  In  some  few  companies  the  soldiers  are  permit- 
ted to  invite  their  wives  and  other  ladies  to  dinner. 

In  some  commands  the  post  commander,  accompanied  by  his 
staff,  other  officers  and  some  of  the  ladies  of  the  garrison,  visit  all  the 
dining  rooms  and  kitchens  just  previous  to  the  dinner  hour. 

At  some  posts  the  soldiers  give  a  dance  that  evening  or  the 
evening  before,  in  the  post  hall  or  in  the  barracks. 

*The  dimension  of  a  flag  that  extends  along  the  flag-staff  is  called  the  "hoist," 
while  the  other  dimension  is  called  the  "fly."  In  case  of  a  flag  that  is  fastened 
to  a  staff,  like  a  guidon,  for  instance,  the  dimensions  are  called  the  "pike"  and  the 
"hoist."  When  a  flag-staff  consists  of  two  parts  or  sections,  the  upper  part  is  called 
the  top-staff  (or  topmast)  and  the  lower  part  the  lower-staff  (or  lower- mast  or  main- 
mast). The  term  "staff"  is  military,  while  the  term  "mast"  is  naval  or  nautical. 


330  CHAPTER  XXI 

CHAPTER  XXI 
FIELD  SERVICE1 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

Just  what  and  how  much  should  be  taken  into  the  field 
in  the  way  of  equipment  and  personal  effects  depends  upon  the 
kind  and  amount  of  transportation  available,  the  nature  and 
probable  duration  of  service,  climatic  conditions  and  other 
considerations.  The  general  tendency,  however,  is  to  take 
along  a  lot  of  unnecessary  plunder — the  matter  should  be 
given  careful  thought,  and  nothing  except  what  is  absolutely 
necessary  should  be  carried. 

In  time  of  peace,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  a  com- 
pany commander  receiving  orders  to  take  the  field  with  his 
company,  should  at  once  make  the  following  preparations  re- 
garding rations,  transportation,  equipage,  blanks  in  field  desk, 
etc.2: 

Personal  Equipment  of  Enlisted  Men 

Have  the  first  sergeant  inform  the  men  as  to  what  equipment 
they  are  to  take,  arid  cause  them  to  pack  up  the  rest.  The  men  should 
be  informed  as  to  what  they  will  carry  on  their  persons  and  what 
they  will  send  by  wagon  or  rail. 


1For  War  Department  Orders  regarding  arms  and  equipments  for  troops  and 
field  training  of  troops,  see  SUPPLEMENT,  Chap.  XXI,  Par.  129 

^The  order  directing  a  company  commander  to  take  the  field  usually  specifies 
the  number  of  rations,  amount  and  kind  of  tentage,  the  number  of  rounds  of  ammu- 
nition to  be  carried  by  the  men  and  to  be  carried  by  transportation,  and  the  trans- 
portation to  be  furnished.  The  order  should  also  show  the  destination,  time  of 
departure,  probable  duration  of  absence  and  the  nature  of  the  duty  to  be  performed. 


FIELD  SERVICE 


331 


Officers'    Equipment   and    Personal    Effects.      (See    Supplement, 
Chap.  XXI,  Par.  131.) 

v  A  piece  of  canvas  this  shape 

ID 0_ [H 


or  Folded  &anke,t 


The  flap  A  folds  over  the  mattress;  B  buckles  over  on  the  top 
of  D,  which  is  folded  over  the  mattress;  C,  on  which  are  pockets  for 
toilet  articles,  etc.,  is  buckled  over  on  the  top  of  the  other  flaps.  The 
whole  is  then  rolled  into  as  small  a  roll  as  possible  and  strapped  or 
roped.  The  pillow,  blankets,  towels,  extra  underwear,  etc.,  are  car 
ried  in  the  roll.  The  canvas  can  be  made  into  a  hammock  or  a  sleep- 
ing bag. 

(Some  officers  piefer  a  piece  of  canvas  of  rectangular  shape, 
i.  e.,  cut  away  at  the  corners  like  the  above  piece). 

An  officer's  canvas  bedding  roll  may  be  purchased  from  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  (Cir.  22,  1909,  and  3,  1910).  Cost,  $6.28. 

The  Q.  M.  clothing  roll  costs  $3.12. 

A  piece  of  canvas  or  matting  about  3x6  feet  is  very  convenient 
to  cover  the  floor  of  the  tent  near  the  cot. 

The  following  list  of  articles  is,  of  course,  subject  to  curtail- 
ment, depending  upon  personal  taste  and  the  available  transportation, 
climatic  conditions,  probable  duration  of  field  service,  etc.: 

Bath  tub,  rubber. 

Blankets. 

Bucket,  G.  I.  and  dipper  (or  a  folding  rubber  bucket). 

Camp  chair  and  table,  folding. 

Candles. 

Candlesticks. 

Can  opener. 

Cards,  playing. 

^  Carry-all,  with  pockets  for  whisk  broom,  tooth  brush  and  pow 
der,  hair  comb  and  brush,  shaving  materials,  etc. 


332  CHAPTER  XXI 

Chocolate  should  be  carried  when  amount  of  food  is  limited 
because  of  lack  of  transportation  or  for  other  reasons. 

Clothing — extra  shirts  and  trousers. 

Clothes  hooks  which  can  be  attached  to  tent  pole. 

Coat,  i  extra. 

Cold  cream,  if  winter — fine  for  chapped  lips,  etc. 

Comb  and  brush. 

Compass. 

Corkscrew. 

Cot,  G.  M. 

Diary.  Some  officers  make  it  a  rule  always  to  keep  a  diary 
while  in  the  field.  It  is  very  convenient  to  refer  to  afterwards  as  to 
dates,  etc.,  when  various  things  have  occurred. 

Emergency  ration.  It's  a  good  plan  to  have  always  in  your  kit 
one  emergency  ration. 

Field  glasses.1  (The  Goerz  Army  and  Navy  Binoculars,  manu- 
factured by  the  C.  P.  Goerz  American  Optical  Company,  317-323  East  34th 
St.,  New  York,  are  recommended,  being  especially  constructed  for  hard 
field  service.  The  large  field  of  these  glasses  enables  one  to  see  in  the 
early  morning  and  in  the  evening  when  the  light  is  too  faint  to  use  the 
ordinary  field  glass.  Having  a  very  large  field,  they  are  easy  to  hold 
steady.  They  are  sold  to  Army  and  National  Guard  officers  at  the  same 
price  that  the  Government  pays.) 

First  aid  packet. 

Flannel  shirt. 

Footgear  (boots,  shoes,  rubber  boots,  or  what  not,  according  to 
nature  of  duty). 

Handkerchiefs. 

Hatchet  (small). 

Housewife,  with  needles,  pins,  thread,  buttons,  etc. 

Lantern  with  lantern  candles  (or  a  folding  lantern). 

Map  of  the  country  to  be  traversed. 

Matches. 

Medicine.  A  pocket  aluminum  medicine  case,  weighing  three 
or  four  ounces,  with  tubes  containing  some  such  medicines  as: 

/    Tablets   of   aloin,   belladonna,    strychnine,    and    capsicum,    to 
be  taken  at  night  to  relax  bowels  by  morning. 

2  Acetanilid,  extremely,  antiseptic;  internally,  for  fever. 

3  Aspirine  in  capsules.    For  rheumatism,  5  grains  every  5  hours. 

1  Field  glasses  may  be  purchased  from  the  Signal  Corps. 


FIELD  SERVICE  333 

5    Squib's  Mixture,  in  tablet  form,  for  cramps  and  diarrhea. 

6-   Ipecac  tablets,  to  induce  vomiting  in  case  of  poisoning,  etc. 

7  Compound  cathartic  pills  (of  the  pharmacopoeia.  ) 

8  Quinine. 

9  Morphia  and  atropin  for  surgical  pain.     (Tablets  should  not 

be  over  ^  grain  of  morphine  and  1-120  of  atrophine.) 

10  Capsicum,  nux  vomica,  and  ipecac,  digestant. 
IT    Heroin  tablets  (gr.  1-24).    For  coughs. 

Such  a  case  can  be  obtained  from  any  large  drug  store. 

It  is  also  well  to  take  along  a  roll  of  zinc  oxide  plaster  for 
abrasions,  cuts,  blisters,  etc.;  also,  some  sodium  hyposulphate — "Hypo" 
— for  chigers.  Bacon  fat  is  also  excellent  for  this  purpose. 

Mirror,  hand. 

Money.  $20  or  $25,  depending  upon  circumstances,  financial  and 
otherwise.  If  you  have  a  bank  account,  it  might  be  well  to  carry  two  or 
three  blank  checks. 

Odometer — for  use  on  one  of  the  wagons. 

Overcoat — in  case  of  possibility  of  chilly  evenings. 

Pillow  (with  colored  pillowcase). 

Pocket  knife. 

Poncho  (or  rubber  cape  or  mackintosh.  In  the  cavalry,  a  pommel 
slicker). 

Razor,  with  strop,  shaving  soap  (Williams,  stick),  and  brush 

Reading  matter. 

Rope — about  12  feet  of  4-inch  rope  to  be  tied  to  upright  poles 
near  top  of  tent  to  hang  clothes  on. 

Scissors. 

Shoes — one  extra  pair. 

Shoe  laces  (two  or  three  extra  pair). 

Slippers. 

Soap  (toilet  and  laundry).    Toilet  soap  in  tin  box. 

Sponge,  large  (in  oil-silk  bag). 

Stationery,  etc.,  including  a  fountain  pen,  pencils,  carbon-dupli- 
cating notebook,  ordinary  notebook,  postage  stamps,  paper  fasteners, 
assorted  rubber  bands.  Also  a  pencil  with  one  red  end  and  the/other 
blue.  One  of  the  various  Field  Message  Books  might  prove  useful. 

Sticking  plaster  (zinc  oxide  adhesive  plaster,  in  spool  form,  is 
the  best). 

Tobacco. 

Toilet  paper. 


334  CHAPTER  XXI 

Tooth  brush  and  powder. 

Towels  (face  and  bath). 

Trousers,  1  pair. 

Underwear  (shirts,  drawers  and  socks). 

Wash  basin,  tin  or  rubber. 

Watch.     (A  small  watch,  worn  in  a  leather  bracelet,  is  recom 
mended). 

Whisk  broom. 

Whiskey  (or  brandy),  if  desired. 

A  ball  of  twine,  a  few  screw  eyes  and  hooks  and  a  few  nails  and 
tacks  might  not  be  amiss. 

A  In  cold  weather,  it  is  most  important  both  for  comfort  and 
health  that  the  extremities  be  kept  warm  at  night.  A  sweater  with 
high  rolling  collar,  a  pair  of  heavy  woolen  socks  and  a  woolen  knitted 
nightcap  are  excellent  for  this  purpose,  being  equivalent  to  two  or 
three  blankets. 

In  mosquito  time,  a  mosquito  head-net  should  be  taken  along. 

Under  certain  conditions  the  following  might  be  taken  in  an 
officer's  kit: 

A  hollow-handle  tool  set. 

Tent-pole  hooks. 

Combination  knife  (the  "H.  H.  H."  knife  made  by  Oscar  Bar- 
nett,  Newark,  N.  J.,  is  very  good). 

Portable  shower  bath  ("The  Gorrien,"  made  by  the  Plant  Rub- 
ber Co.,  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  is  very  good.) 

Field  Quartermaster  and  Commissary 

If  necessary,  designate  one  of  the  lieutenants  to  act  as  quarter- 
master and  commissary.  If  wood  and  forage  are  to  be  purchased  and 
other  expenses  incurred,  the  necessary  arrangements  as  to  blanks, 
etc.,  must  be  made. 

For  blanks  that  should  be  carried  along,  see  Supplement, 
Chap.  XXI,  Par.  132. 

If  checks  are  to  be  issued,  then  a  check  book  must  also  be 
carried. 

In  addition  to  the  above  a  memorandum  book  should  be  carried 
in  which  each  voucher  as  to  amount  of  purchases,  cost,  services,  etc., 
should  be  entered — also  the  actual  issues  and  expenditures  made 
daily — in  fact,  a  journal  of  all  transactions  which  will  require  reports 
to  be 


FIELD  SERVICE  335 

Allowance  of  fuel  per  day  for  100  men: 

Hard  wood,  2  cd.  ft.  3  in. 

Soft  wood,  3  cd.  ft.  11  in. 
Allowance  of  forage  and  straw: 

Hay,  14  Ibs.  each  animal. 

Straw,  3i  ibs.  each  animal. 

Grain,  9  Ibs.  each  mule;  12  Ibs.  each  horse. 

All  vouchers  for  rent  for  camping  ground  must  state  time  the 
ground  is  occupied  (for  example,  from  1  to  4,  July,  1903). 

Transportation 

Ascertain  what  transportation  you  will  have.  If  wagon,  have 
it  report  to  you  as  early  as  practicable  for  your  personal  inspection,  at 
which  the  post  quartermaster  should  be  present.  If  rail  or  water 
transportation  is  to  be  furnished,  obtain  the  necessary  transportation 
requests  from  the  quartermaster  and  the  liquid  coffee  money  from  the 
commissary. 

The  cars  should  be  inspected  before  the  troops  embark  and  also 
after  they  disembark,  and  their  condition  noted. 

For  field  allowance  of  transportation  and  the  amount  of  supplies 
to  be  carried,  see  "Manual  for  Quartermasters  Serving  in  the  Field." 

Tentage 

If  the  order  does  not  state  the  amount  and  kind  of  tentage  to 
be  taken,  get  this  information  from  the  adjutant.  If  conical  or  wall 
tents  are  to  be  taken,  they  should  be  pitched  and  inspected  as  soon  as 
drawn  from  the  quartermaster. 

The  tent  pins  should  be  carried  in  a  box  or  in  sacks  and  not  in 
the  tents. 

A  tent  fly  or  a  paulin  (with  upright  and  ridge  poles)  should  be 
carried  for  shelter  over  the  kitchen. 

Rations 

Ascertain  how  many  days'  rations  you  are  to  take  and  then  con- 
sult the  first  sergeant,  the  quartermaster  sergeant  and  the  cooks  as  to 
what  articles  of  the  ration  are  to  be  taken.  If  there  is  sufficient 
transportation,  soft  bread  should  be  taken  for  the  first  two  days. 

The  rations  should  be  drawn  and  taken  to  the  company  as  soon 
as  practicable,  so  as  to  be  on  hand  in  ample  time  to  be  loaded  when 
the  transportation  reports.  The  quartermaster  sergeant  should  be  charged 
with  this. 


336  CHAPTER  XXI 

If,  before  returning,  rations  are  to  be  drawn  from  some  other 
commissary,  do  not  fail  to  get  your  ration  certificate  (Form  27,  Sub. 
Dept.),  from  the  post  commissary. 

For  method  of  messing  troops   traveling  by   rail,   see   Supplement. 
Chap.  XXI,  Par.  133. 

Forage 

The  amount  of  forage  should  be  cut  down  to  the  lowest  neces- 
sary amount.  As  a  rule  teamsters  and  quartermasters  want  to  load 
up  with  extra  forage. 

Ammunition 

If  the  order  does  not  state  how  much  ammunition  is  to  be 
taken,  ascertain  the  amount  from  the  adjutant. 

Medicines  for  Animals 

A  supply  of  the  veterinary  medicines  commonly  used  for  colic, 
burns,  etc. 

Equipage 

Consult  the  first  sergeant  and  the  quartermaster  sergeant  about 
the  matter.  Generally  the  following  articles  would  answer  for  a  com- 
pany of  65  men: 

1  field  range,  or  two  buzzacotts. 

8  camp  kettles. 

8  mess  pans. 

1  pot  rack. 

6  buckets,  G.  I. 

3  lanterns.     (If  you  can  get  them,  1  for  each  tent.) 
6  axes  and  6  extra  helves. 

6  camp  hatchets  and  4  extra  helves. 

(The  axes  and  hatchets  should  be  provided  with  leather  covers 
that  protect  the  edges  and  also  prevent  damage  to  other  articles  with 
which  they  may  be  packed.) 

4  picks  and  1  extra  helve. 
3  shovels,  S.  H. 

2  spades. 

i   Sibley  stove  and  pipe  to  every  tent  in  winter. 

The  following  articles  should  also  be  carried: 
Some  4-inch  and  J-inch  rope. 
A  saw. 

Ratchet  brace  and  assorted  bits  (including  a  screw-driver  bit). 
A  file. 


FIELD  SERVICE  337 

Lanterns. 

One  ball  twine. 

Rivets. 

An  assortment  of  6,  10,  20  and  60  penny  nails. 

A  spring  balance  which  will  weigh  about  200  Ibs.  is  an  excel- 
lent thing  to  carry  along — can  be  used  in  verifying  weights  of  beef, 
forage,  stores,  etc.,  preventing  disputes  that  usually  arise  from  "guess 
ing"  at  weights. 

Field  Desk 

Have  the  company  clerk  pack  the  field  desk,  which  should  al- 
ways contain  these  articles: 

1  Army    Regulations,    Field    Service    Regulations,    and    Drill 

Regulations. 

2  Manual  for  Courts-Martial  and  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

3  Quartermaster's  Manual. 

4  Field  Morning  Report. 

5  Descriptive    Lists,    Military    Records,    and    Statements    of 

Accounts  (with  latest  clothing  order.) 

6  Sick  Report. 

7  Duty  Roster. 

8  Property  Book. 

9  Memorandum  Book  for  data  for  muster  and  pay  rolls. 

10    General    Orders    and    Circulars,    War    Dept,    since    publica- 
tion of  last  Army  Regulations. 
Master  Rolls. 
Descriptive  Lists. 

/j     Certificate  of  Disability  for  Discharge. 
14     Inventory  of  Effects  of  Deceased  Soldiers. 
75     Special  Descriptive  List  of  Deserters. 
16     Record  of  Previous  Convictions,  Summary  Court. 
//     Statement  of  Service. 
18     Company  Return. 

79     Return  of  Casualties  in  action  (to  be  taken  only  in  case 
of  expected  action). 

20  Special  Field  Return. 

21  Furloughs. 

22  Discharge  (honorable  and  without  honor). 

23  Final  Statements. 

24  Ration  Returns. 


338  CHAPTER  XXI 

25  List  of  Soldier's  Allotments. 

26  Soldier's  Allotments  to  be  Discontinued  and  to  Expire. 

27  Pa>  Rolls. 

28  Survey  Blanks. 

<  29  Inventory  and  Inspection  Reports. 

30  Mucilage. 

31  Envelopes. 

32  Rubber  erasers. 

33  Ink  eraser. 

34  Pins  and  paoer  fasteners. 

35  Tape. 

36  Ink  (red  and  black),  pens,  penholders  and  pencils. 

37  Sealing  wax. 

38  Blotting  paper. 

39  Rubber  bands. 

40  Ruler. 

41  Paper  pads — plain  and  also  carbon-duplicating. 

42  One  or  two  blank  books. 

43  Letter  paper  and  legal  cap  paper. 

44  Candles. 

45  Matches. 

The  correspondence  book  may  he  kept  in  a  memorandum  book 
and  transferred  to  the  permanent  records  upon  return  to  post.  What 
other  books  and  blanks  are  to  be  carried  will  depend  upon  what 
reports  and  returns  may  be  required,  ihe  probable  duration  of  the 
field  service  and  other  circumstances.  If,  for  instance,  the  company 
is  to  be  out  from  May  1  to  July  15,  several  men  are  to  be  discharged 
and  reenlisted;  telegrams  are  likely  to  be  sent  and  transportation 
requests  issued;  and  an  ordnance  return  to  be  submitted,  then  the  fol- 
lowing additional  articles  are  to  be  carried: 
/  Official  telegram  blanks. 

2  Transportation  Requests. 

3  Railroad  Guide. 

4  Descriptive  and  Assignment  Cards. 

5  Enlistment  papers.  * 

6  Special  Tri-monthly  Report,  recruiting  service. 

7  Physical  Examination  .of  Recruits. 

8  Statement  of  Charges.     (Q.  M.  D.) 

9  Return  of  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores  (with  retained 

copy  of  last  return). 


FIELD  SERVICE 


339 


10    Receipt — Invoice  for  Transfer  of  Ordnance  Property  in 

the  Field. 

//     Abstract  of  Expenditures  (Ordnance;. 
12     Statement  of  Charges  (Ordnance). 
IS     Addressed    Penalty    Envelopes   foi    Return   of   Ordnance 

Stores. 

NOTE.  The  only  periodical  reports  or  returns  made  by  an  officer  in  command 
of  a  detachment  on  detached  service,  are  the  muster  rolls  (Feb.  28,  Apr.  31,  June  30, 
Aug.  31,  Oct.  31.  and  Dec.  31)  and  the  pay  rolls  (monthly).  No  other  reports  or 
returns  are  rendered  unless  required  by  special  instructions. 

Medicines 

If  no  surgeon  is  to  accompany  the  command  the  following 
medicines  should  be  taken  along,  the  directions  being  plainly  marked 
on  each  package : 

Doses  Use 

1  oz.  Brifk  cathartic 


Medicines 

Magnesium  sulphate 
Compound  cathartic 

pills 
Castor  oil 

Camphor  and  opium 
pills 

Squibb's  Mixture 
Bismuth  powders 

Aromatic  spirits  of 
ammonia 

Whiskey 
Potassium  chlorate 


Tincture  of  iodine 


Brown  Mixture 
Quinine  sulphate  tab- 
lets (3  grains) 


to  3  pills 
to  1  oz. 


Cathartic 
Bland    cathartic; 
in  diarrhea,  etc. 


1  to  2  pills 
30  to  90  drops 
10  to  30  grains 
30  to  60  drops 


i  to  1  oz. 
Saturated  solution 
(All   that   water  will 

dissolve) 
Paint  over  surface 


1  to  2  teaspoonfuls 


1  to  4  tablets 


used 


dys- 


For   diarrhea   and 
entery 

Intestinal  colic  and 
diarrhea 

Indigestion  and  diar- 
rhea 

Stimulant  to  the  heart; 
used  in  heat  ex- 
haustion 

Stimulant 

As  a  gargle  for  sore 
throats 

For  inflammations,  con- 
tusions, bruises,  etc., 
where  the  skin  is  not 
broken 

Bronchitis 

For  colds,  malaria1 
fever  tonics,  etc. 


34C 


CHAPTER  XXI 


Copaiba  pills 


Carbolized  vaseline 


1  to  3  pills 


Emollient 


Gonorrhea  and  other 
inflammations  of  the 
urinary  tract,  also 
sub-acute  and  chron- 
ic-bronchitis 

Dressings  in  sores  and 
skin  affections 


A.mmonia  or  soap  lini- 
ment 

Morphine  sulphate 
Potassium  bromide 


Pepsin 

Mustard  plaster 
Powdered  Ipecac 

Mint  tablets 
Sodium  salicylate 
Phenacetin 


External  use  Sprains,  bruises,  etc. 

i  to  I  grains  To  relieve  pain 

10  to  15  grains  To    quiet    the    system 

and  produce  sleep 
10  to  30  grains  Indigestion 

External  use  Counter-irritant 

30  grains  To  produce  vomiting  in 

case  of  poisoning 

1  to  2  tablets  Sour  stomach 

1  to  3  tablets  Rheumatism 

3  to  5  grains  For  headache  and  fev- 

ers.    Combined   with 
salol  for  influenza 

Dressings:    Sublimated   gauze,   bandages,    first-aid   packets,    ab- 
sorbent and  safety,  splints,  iodoform,  adhesive  plaster  and  pins  (com- 
mon), cotton,  cotton  batting. 
Funda 

Take  along  the  company  fund  check  book  and  about  $50  in  cash 
from  the  company  fund. 
Maps 

If  possible,  take  along  a  map  of  the  country  to  be  traversed. 
Sick  and  Prisoners1 

Make  arrangements  about  leaving  behind  the  sick  and  general 
prisoners.  In  the  cavalry  and  artillery  provision  must  be  made  for 
the  horses,  if  any,  to  be  left  behind. 

Sometimes  men  to  be  discharged  while  the  troops  are  on  a  prac- 
tice march  and  who  do  not  intend  to  reenlist,  are  left  at  the  post. 

The  descriptive  lists  of  all  men.  remaining  at  the  post,  including 
those  in  the  hospital,  must  be  left  with  the  proper  officers. 

Officers'  Mess 

Detail  a  soldier  to  cook  for  the  mess  and  designate  one  of  the 
lieutenants  to  run  the  mess.  The  officer  in  charge  should  get  a  supply 
of  subsistence  stores  and  arrange  for  the  necessary  messing  outfit, 
including  table,  camp  chairs,  etc. 

1  In  the  field  the  construction  of  sinks,  chopping  of  wood,  hauling  of  water, 
etc.,  are  usually  done  by  prisoners,  when  there  are  any.  Each  company  sends  the 
necessary  guard  to  get  prisoners  and  to  guard  them  while  with  the  company. 


OFFICERS'  MESS  CHEST. 

(Designed  by  Capt.  Robert  Alexander,  U.  S.  A.) 
All  measurements  given  are  interior. 


(Depth  of  tray,  not  in- 
cluding thickness   of  bot- 
ins.) 


* 


terior  painted  gray.) 


(Made  of  white  pine,  94 
inch  thick.  Partitions  H 
inch  thick.  Corners  rein- 
forced —  handles  at  ends  — 
Yale  padlock  and  key  —  ex 


CONTENTS. 

(Agate  Ware.) 
2   Baking  pans    (two  sizes,  so  that 

one  will  fit  into  the  other.) 

1    Can  opener. 

6  Cans,  with  screw  tops  (cans  in 
which  Lowney's  commissary  candj 
comes). 

1    Corkscrew. 

1    Coffee  pot  (small). 

6  Cups,  with  handles  (3  ins.  deep; 
3JH$  ins.  diam.) 

6  Cups,  without  handles  (conical 
shape,  3^  ins.  high;  2%  ins.  diam. 
at  top). 

8   Forks,   table. 

1    Fork,  iron,  long. 

1    Frying   Pan. 

1    Gridiron,   wire, 

1   Knife,    meat. 

(Continued  following  page.) 


342  CHAPTER  XXI 


CONTENTS. 

(Agate  Ware — Continued.) 

8  Knives,   table. 
1  Meat  cleaver. 
1    Pepper   box. 
1    Pitcher,   small. 
6  Plates  (8&  ins.  diam.) 
6  Plates  (7  ins.  diam.) 
1   Platter  (14  x  11  ins.) 
1  Platter  (12  x  8H  ins.) 

6  Ramekin  dishes  (5H  ins.  diam.;  1  in.  deep). 
1    Saltseller. 

6  Soup  bowls  (5#  ins.  diam.;  2y2  ins.  deep;. 
1  Soup  ladle. 
1    Spoon,  iron,  long. 
10  Spoons,  large. 
8  Spoons,  small. 
3  Vegetable  dishes  (three  sizes  so  that  they  will  fit  into  one  another). 

NOTE.     A  camp  kettle,  a  mess  pan  or  two,   a  table  cloth  and  a  dozen  napkins 
should  also  be  taken  along. 


FIELD  SERVICE  343 

Special  Field  Return 

Submit  the  Field  Return  as  required  by  Army  Regulations. 

Care  of  Property  to  be  Left  Behind 

A  reliable  noncommissioned  officer  and  one  or  two  reliable  pri- 
vates should  be  left  behind  to  look  after  the  barracks  and  the  property 
not  taken  along.  A  company  order  should  be  issued  making  one  of 
them  responsible  for  all  the  property,  and  arrangements  should  be 
made  about  their  mess  during  the  absence  of  the  company.  As  many 
articles  of  personal  property  as  possible  that  are  to  be  left  behind  are 
packed  in  the  lockers,  everything  surplus  being  plainly  marked  with 
the  owner's  name  and  then  packed  in  clothing  boxes. 

Mattresses,  pillows,  sheets,  pillowcases,  lamps,  etc.,  should  be 
turned  in  to  the  quartermaster  or  left  stored  in  the  company  quarters 
depending  upon  the  probable  length  of  field  service.  All  surplus  ord- 
nance should  be  carefully  packed  and  locked  or  sealed. 

The  company  quarters  and  premises  should  be  policed,  the  win- 
dows fastened,  the  doors  locked  and  the  keys  turned  over  to  the  per- 
son to  be  in  charge  of  the  quarters. 

MARCHES 

In  time  of  war,  protection  for  troops  on  the  march  is  provided 
by  means  of  Advance  Guards,  Flanking  Parties  and  Rear  Guards. 

The  average  march  for  infantry  is  from  15  to  20  miles  a  day; 
for  cavalry,  from  20  to  25,  and  for  artillery  from  15  to  25. 

When  practicable,  marches  should  begin  in  the  morning1  after 
the  men  have  had  their  breakfast,  and  the  following  general  rules 
should  be  observed: 

/    The  canteens  should  be  filled  before  the  march  begins. 

2  Infantry  should  march  about  3  miles  an  hour;  cavalry  about 
5,  alternating  the   walk  and   trot   and   occasionally  dismounting  and 
leading  for  short  distances;  the  artillery  about  4,  the  walk  being  the 
habitual  gait. 

3  The  pace  at  the  head  of  the  column  must  be  steady  and  the 
column  must  be  kept  closed  up  throughout  its  length. 

1  If  considerable  distance  is  to  be  marched  without  water,  the  start  should  be 
made  late  in  the  afternoon  and  continued  until  night  and  then  again  early  the  next 
morning,  halting  before  the  sun  gets  hot. 


344  CHAPTER  XXI 

4  After  the  first  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour's  march,  the 
command  should  be  halted  for  about  fifteen  minutes  to  allow  the  men 
to  relieve  themselves  and  to  adjust  their  clothing  and  accoutrements. 

5  After  the  first   rest,  there   should  be  a  halt  of  ten  minutes 
every  hour. 

Immediately  upon  halting,  the  company  should  be  cautioned, 
"Any  man  wishing  to  relieve  himself,  do  so  at  once" — otherwise  some 
will  wait  until  the  halt  is  nearly  over. 

6  Indiscriminate  rushing  for  water  upon  halting  should  not  be 
allowed — one  or  more  men  from  every  squad  should  be  designated  to 
fill  the  canteens  of  the  squad. 

7  No  man  should  be  allowed  to  leave  the  ranks  without  per- 
mission of  his  company  commander. 

Men  allowed  to  fall  out  on  account  of  sickness  should  be  given 
notes  to  the  surgeon.  If  a  man  be  very  sick  a  noncommissioned 
officer  or  reliable. private  should  fall  out  with  him. 

8  Whenever   a   stream   is   forded   or   any  obstacle  passed,   the 
head  of  the  column  should^be  halted  a  short  distance  beyond,  so  as  to 
enable  the  rest  of  the  column  to  close  up. 

9  In  crossing  shallow  streams,  the  men  should  be  kepj:  closed 
up  and  not  allowed  to  pick  their  way. 

10     All  men  should  be  made  to  keep  their  places  in  column. 
//     A  lieutenant  or  the  first  sergeant  should  march   in  rear  of 
the  company  to  look  after  stragglers. 

12  Nibbling  while  actually  marching  should  be  prohibited. 

13  When  the  troops  march  for  the  greater  part  of  the  day,  a  halt 
of   an   hour   should   be   made   about   noon,   near   wood   and   water,   if 
practicable. 

14  The  halt  for  the  night  should  be  made  in  plenty  of  time  to 
allow  tents  to  be  pitched,  supper  cooked,  etc.,  before  dark. 

75  Since  marching  at  the  rear  of  the  column  is  more  disagree- 
able and  fatiguing  than  marching  at  the  front,  organizations  should 
take  daily  turns  in  leading.1 


1  See  "Marches"  in  the  Infantry,  the  Cavalry  and  the  Artillery  Drill  Regula- 
tions, in  Field  Service  Regulations  and  in  the  Army  Regulations.  See  also  "The 
March  in  Campaign,"  in  Munson's  Military  Hygiene. 


FIELD  SERVICE  345 

ARTICLES    OF    WAR 

ART.  54.  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters,  garrison  or  on 
the  march,  shall  keep  good  order,  and,  to  the  utmost  of  his  power,  re- 
dress all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may  be  committed  by  ^ny  officer 
or  soldier  under  his  command;  and  if,  upon  complaint  made  to  him 
of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  otherwise  ill-treating-  any  person, 
disturbing  fairs  or  markets,  or  committing  any  kind  of  riot,  to  the 
disquieting  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States,  he  refuses  or  omits 
to  see  justice  done  to  the  offender,  and  reparation  made  to  the  party 
injured,  so  far  as  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall  go  toward  such 
reparation,  he  shall  be  dismissed  from  the  service,  or  otherwise  pun- 
ished as  a  court  martial  may  direct. 

ART.  55.  All  officers  and  soldiers  are  to  behave  themselves  or- 
derly in  quarters  and  on  the  march;  and  whoever  commits  any  waste 
or  spoil,  either  in  walks  or  trees,  parks,  warrens,  fish  ponds,  houses, 
gardens,  grain  fields,  inclosures,  or  meadows,  or  maliciously  destroys 
any  property  whatsoever  belonging  to  inhabitants  of  the  United 
States  (unless  by  order  of  a  general  officer  commanding  a  separate 
army  in  the  field)  shall,  besides  such  penalties  as  he  may  be  liable  to 
by  law,  be  punished  as  a  court  martial  may  direct. 


In  time  of  war  protection  for  troops  in  camp  is  provided  by 
means  of  Outposts. 

The  art  of  laying  out  camps  is  called  castrametation. 

The  following  conditions  must  be  considered  in  the  selection  of 
camp  sites: 

/     Location. 

2  Water,  wood  and  grass. 

3  Sanitation,  and  in  time  of  war,  defense  and  safety. 

Camps  should  be  on  slightly  sloping  ground,  well  drained  and 
subject  to  sunny  exposures.  Sandy  or  deep,  gravelly  soil  is  desirable, 
but  muddy  rivers,  ponds,  swamps,  made  ground,  alluvial  soil  and  en- 
closed ravines  must  be  avoided. 

In  time  of  war  all  hills  and  eminences  near  by  should  be  occupied 
by  pickets.  When  camp  is  established  for  an  indefinite  period,  drain- 
age should  be  attended  to  at  once.  Each  tent  should  have  a  shallow 


346  CHAPTER  XXI 

trench  dug  around  it  and  the  company  and  other  streets  ditched  on 
both  sides,  all  the  trenches  and  ditches  connecting  with  a  ditch  that 
carries  the  water  from  the  camp.  All  surface  drainage  from  higher 
ground  should  be  intercepted  and  turned  aside. 

In  front  of  every  camp  of  a  permanent  nature,  there  should  be 
a  parade  ground  for  drills  and  ceremonies,  and  the  sanitary  condi- 
tions of  the  camp  should  be  carefully  considered. 

In  camping  for  the  night  on  a  fordable  stream  that  is  to  be 
crossed,  always  cross  before  going  into  camp;  for  a  sudden  rise  or 
the  appearance  of  the  enemy  might  prevent  the  crossing  the  next 
morning. 

Whenever  windstorms  are  expected,  the  tent  pegs  should  be 
secured  and  additional  guy  ropes  attached  to  the  tents.  If  the  soil  be 
loose  or  sandy,  stones  or  other  hard  material  should  be  placed  under 
the  tent  poles  to  prevent  their  working  into  the  soil,  thus  leaving  the 
tent  slack  and  unsteady.  When  the  soil  is  so  loose  that  the  pegs  will 
not  hold  at  all,  fasten  the  guy  ropes  to  brush,  wood  or  rocks  buried 
in  the  ground. 

Tents  may  be  prevented  from  blowing  down  by  being  made  fast 
at  the  corners  to  posts  firmly  driven  into  the  ground,  or  by  passing 
ropes  over  the  ridge  poles  and  fastening  them  to  pegs  firmly  driven 
into  the  ground. 

While  trees  add  very  much  to  the  comfort  of  a  camp,  care 
should  be  exercised  not  to  pitch  tents  near  trees  whose  branches  or 
trunks  might  fall. 

In  a  hostile  country  the  capability  of  defense  of  a  camp  site 
should  always  be  considered. 

,  «r 

Making  Camp 

The  command  should  be  preceded  by  the  commanding  officer  or 
a  staff  officer,  who  selects  the  camp  site,  and  designates,  by  plant- 
ing stakes,  the  lines  of  tents,  the  positions  of  the  sinks,  guard  -tent, 
kitchens,  picket  line,  etc. 

After  the  companies  are  marched  to  their  proper  positions  and 
arms  are  stacked,  the  details  for  guard  and  to  bring  wood,  water,  dig 
sinks,  pitch  tents,  handle  rations,  etc.,  should  be  made  before  ranks 
are  broken. 

Immediately  upon  reaching  camp  and  before  the  men  are  allowed 
to  go  around,  patrolling  sentinels  should  be  established  to  prevent 


FIELD  SERVICE  347 

-v 

men  from  polluting  the  camp  site   or  adjoining  ground  before   the 
sinks  are  constructed. 

Sentinels  should  be  posted  over  the  water  supply  without  delay. 

As  soon  as  the  tents  have  been  pitched  and  the  sinks  dug,  the 
camp  should  be  inspected  and  all  unnecessary  sentinels  relieved. 

The  tents  should  be  pitched  and  the  sinks  dug  simultaneously. 

If  the  weather  is  at  all  threatening  or  if  it  is  intended  to  camp 
more  than  one  night,  all  tents  should  be  ditched. 

Should  the  troops  reach  camp  before  the  wagons,  the  companies 
may  be  divided  into  squads  and  set  to  work  clearing  the  ground, 
gathering  fire  wood,  collecting  leaves,  grass,  etc.,  for  beds,  etc. 

The  moment  a  command  reaches  camp  its  officers  and  men 
usually  want  to  go  here  and  there  under  all  sorts  of  pretexts.  No  one 
should  be  allowed  to  leave  camp  until  all  necessary  instructions  have 
been  given. 

Officers  should  not  be  allowed  to  leave  camp  without  permission 
from  the  commanding  officer,  and  enlisted  men  should  not  be  per- 
mitted to  leave  camp  without  permission  of  their  company  com- 
manders. 

Sick  call  should  be  held  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  tents 
have  been  pitched. 

Retreat  roll  call  should  always  be  under  arms,  an  officer  being 
with  each  company  and  inspecting  its  arms. 

Construction  of  Sinks 

The  sinks  must  be  dug  immediately  upon  reaching  camp — their 
construction  must  not  be  delayed  until  the  camps  have  been  pitched 
and  other  duties  performed.  The  number  of  sinks  should  be  reduced 
to  a  minimum — each  company  should  not  be  permitted  to  have  its 
own  sink — there  should  be  one  sink  to  each  battalion.  The  exact 
location  of  the  sinks  should  be  determined  by  the  commanding  officer, 
or  by  some  officer  designated  by  him,  the  following  considerations 
being  observed: 

/  They  should  be  so  located  as  not  to  contaminate  the  water 
supply,  and  should  be  on  the  leeward  side  of  the  camp. 

2  They  should  not  be  placed  where  they  can  be  flooded  by  rain 
water  from  higher  ground,  nor  should  they  be  so  placed  that  they  can 
pollute  the  camp  by  overflow  in  case  of  heavy  rains. 

3  They  should  be  as  far  from  the  tents  as  is  compatible  with 
convenience — if  too  near,  they  will  be  a  source  of  annoyance;  if  too 


348  CHAPTER  XXI 

far,  some  men,  especially  at  night,  and  particularly  if  affected  with 
diarrhea,  will  defecate  before  reaching  the  sink.  Under  ordinary  circum- 
stances, a  distance  of  about  75  yards  is  considered  sufficient. 

4.  The  sinks  and  the  kitchens  should  always  be  widely  separated, 
and  when  practicable  should  be  on  opposite  sides  of  the  camp. 

The  size  of  the  sink  will  depend  on  the  length  of  time  the  camp 
is  to  be  occupied.  If  it  be  for  only  one  night,  a  trench  about  two  feet 
wide  and  two  feet  deep  will  be  sufficient,  its  length  depending  upon 
the  number  of  men  to  be  accommodated;  a  length  of  about  twenty 
feet  being  sufficient  for  a  company  of  one  hundred  men.  If  the  camp 
is  to  be  occupied  for  several  days,  the  sink  should  be  about  six  feet 
deep,  three  feet  wide  at  the  top  and  two  feet  at  the  bottom.  The 
soil  from  the  trench  should  be  piled  to  the  rear,  from  where  it  can 
be  scattered  as  needed  over  the  deposits.  The  seat  may  be  formed 
by  placing  a  good  stout  pole  on  the  edge,  about  18  inches  above  the 
ground,  and  supported  at  each  end  by  forked  posts. 

The  sink  should  be  hidden  fromsview  by  brushwood  stuck  into 
the  ground  and  a  roof  of  boughs  should  be  constructed  to  keep  off 
the  sun.  At  least  twice  a  day,  in  the  morning  and  in  the  evening,  the 
police  party  should  cover  the  bottom  with  a  slight  layer  of  loose 
earth.  Better  still,  each  man  should  be  made  to  cover  his  own  defeca- 
tion with  earth,  ashes  or  lime.  As  a  general  rule,  one  soldier  for 
every  sink  should  be  especially  detailed  to  see  that  the  defecations 
are  properly  covered  and  that  all  other  rules  pertaining  to  the  sinks 
are  obeyed.  Lime  or  crude  petroleum,  if  available,  should  be  spread 
over  the  deposits,  petroleum  being  especially  good  to  keep  flies  away. 

When  the  sink  is  filled  to  within  two  or  three  feet  of  the  surface 
its  use  is  to  be  discontinued  and  earth  thrown  in  and  packed  until  a 
slight  mound  is  made  above  it. 

All  sinks  should  be  filled  in  before  marching. 

See  "The  Sanitary  Administration  of  the  Camp,"  in  "Munson's  Military 
Hygiene." 

Kitchens 

The  following  are  simple  methods  of  constructing  camp 
kitchens: 

1  Dig  a  hole  about  two  feet  deep,  in  which  build  a  fire  and 
keep  it  burning  until  the  hole  is  full  of  hot  ashes;  put  what  is  to  be 
cooked  in  covered  pans  which  are  placed  in  the  hole  and  covered  with 
ashes,  on  top  of  which  keep  a  fire  burning  briskly. 


FIELD  SERVICE  349 

2  Dig  a  trench  in  the  direction  of  the  wind,  of  a  width  a  little 
less  than  the  diameter  of  the  kettles  and  about  one  foot  deep  at  the 
end  from  which  the  wind  is  blowing,  continuing  this  depth  for  four 
or  five  feet  and  then  gradually  decreasing  it  until  the  surface  of  the 
ground  is  reached.     Build  a  fire  in  the  deep  part  of  the  trench;  be- 
ginning a  short  distance  from  the  deep  end  of  the  trench,  place  the 
kettles  over  the  fire  touching  one  another,  stopping  up  with  dry  sod 
the  chinks  made  by  the  roundness  of  the  kettles,  so  that  the  space 
underneath  will  form  a  flue. 

3  Dig  a  trench  about  two  feet  wide,  one  foot  deep  and  five  feet 
long;  at  each  end  drive  into  the  ground  a  forked  stick,  of  equal  heights 
and  place  upon  them  a  stout  sapling,  from  which  suspend  the  kettles 

4  In  clay  soil,  preferably  on  the  slope  of  a  hill,  dig  a  hole  about 
three  feet  square  and  two  feet  deep;  from  one  side  of  the  hole,  and 
about  one  foot  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  run  a  lateral  shaft 
about  one  foot  square  and  six  feet  long,  sinking  a  vertical  shaft  at 
the  end;  connect  the  lateral  shaft  with  the  surface  of  the  ground  by 
three  equidistant  holes,  over  which  the  kettles  are  placed. 

As  a  precautionary  measure  against  setting  the  camp  on  fire, 
all  dry  grass,  underbrush,  etc.,  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  kitchen 
should  be  cut  down. 

In  case  of  a  fire  in  camp,    underbrush,  spades,  shovels,  blankets, 
etc.,  are  used  to  beat  it  out. 

Gunny  sacks  dipped  in  water  are  the  best  fire  fighters. 

Burning  away  dried  grass  and  underbrush  around  exterior  of 
camp  is  a  great  protection  against  fire  from  outside. 

KITCHEN  PITS 

Pits  of  convenient  size  should  be  constructed  for  the  liquid  refuse 
from  the  kitchens.  Solid  refuse  should  be  burned  either  in  the  kitchen 
fire  or  at  some  designated  place,  depending  upon  whether  the  camp 
is  of  a  temporary  or  permanent  nature.  Unless  the  camp  be  of  a 
very  temporary  nature,  the  pits  should  be  covered  with  boards  or 
material  in  order  to  exclude  the  flies. 

All  pits  should  be  filled  in  with  earth  before  breaking  camp. 


350 


CHAPTER  XXI 


The  Incineration  Pit  used  by  the  National  Guard  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  shown  in  the  following  diagram,  affords  an  excellent,  simple  and 
economical  way  of  disposing  of  camp  waste  and  offal,  tin  cans  and 
dish-water  included: 


FIELD  SERVICE  351 

Description. 

The  pit  is  about  4l/2  feet  long,  ll/2  feet  wide  and  2  feet  deep  at 
one  end  and  2^  at  the  other.  It  is  partially  filled  with  stones,  the 
larger  ones  on  the  bottom  and  the  smaller  on  the  top.  At  one  end  of 
the  pit  the  stones  extend  a  little  above  the  surface,  and  slope  gradually 
toward  the  other  end  until  the  fire  pit  is  reached  ten  inches  below  the 
surface  of  the  trench.  Over  the  fire  pit,  about  five  inches  above  the 
ground,  is  placed  a  crab  or  a  piece  of  boiler  iron,  on  which  is  boiled 
all  the  water  for  washing  dishes,  etc.  The  fire  pit  is  only  about  one- 
half  of  the  stone  surface,  as  the  radiated  heat  keeps  the  rest  of  the 
stones  hot,  causing  all  dish  and  slop  water  to  evaporate  quickly. 

Any  tin  cans  that  may  be  thrown  into  the  fire  pit  are  removed 
after  a  short  exposure  to  the  heat  and  placed  in  a  trench  especially 
dug  for  the  purpose. 

Ovens 

A  simple  camp  oven  may  be  constructed  as  follows: 
Place  horizontally  a  barrel  with  iron  hoops  in  a  hole  of  proper 
width  and  of  a  depth  equal  to  about  one-fourth  of  the  diameter  of 
the  barrel;  except  at  the  open  end,  which  is  to  be  the  mouth,  cover 
the  barrel  with  six  or  eight  inches  of  wet  earth,  preferably  clay;  fill 
the  bottom  of  the  barrel  with  mud  until  an  even  floor  is  formed; 
cover  all  the  mud  with  several  inches  of  sand,  earth,  etc.;  make  a  flue 
of  two  or  three  inches  in  diameter  at  the  further  top  end  of  the  barrel, 
then  light  a  fire  in  the  barrel  and  keep  it  burning  briskly  until  all  the 
staves  are  burned  out  and  the  earth  is  well  hardened.  See  "Bakery 
Facilities,"  page  174,  "Munson's  Military  Hygiene,"  and  "Field 
Baking  Expedients,"  Manual  For  Army  Bakers  (1910),  page  74. 

Bunks 

Place  a  number  of  small  poles  about  seven  feet  long  close  to- 
gether, the  upper  ends  resting  on  a  cross  pole  about  six  inches  in 
diameter  and  the  lower  ends  resting  on  the  ground;  or,  the  poles  may 
be  raised  entirely  off  the  ground  by  being  placed  on  cross  poles  sup- 
ported by  forked  stakes  at  the  corners;  on  the  poles  place  grass, 
leaves,  etc. 

Wood 

The  firewood  should  be  collected,  cut  and  piled  near  the  kitchen. 
Dry  wood  is  usually  found  under  logs  or  roots  of  trees. 

If  wagons  are  not  heavily  loaded,  it  is  sometimes  a  good  plan 
to  bring  a  few  sticks  of  dry  wood  from  the  preceding  camp,  or  to 
pick  up  good  wood  en  route. 


352  CHAPTER  XXI 

Water 

Precautionary  measures  should  always  be  taken  to  prevent  the 
contamination  of  the  water,  and  a  guard  from  the  first  troops  reach- 
ing camp  should  be  placed  over  the  water  supply.  Water  used  for 
drinking  purposes  should  be  gotten  from  above  the  camp,  and  places 
below  this  point  should  be  designated  for  watering  the  animals, 
bathing  and  washing  clothes. 

In  the  field  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  sterilize  or  filter  water. 
The  easiest  and  surest  way  of  sterilizing  water  is  by  boiling.  Boiled 
water  should  be  aerated  by  being  poured  from  one  receptacle  to  an- 
other or  by  being  filtered  through  charcoal  or  clean  gravel.  Unless 
boiled  water  be  thus  aerated  it  is  very  unpalatable  and  it  is  with 
difficulty  that  troops  can  be  nade  to  drink  it. 

Filtration  merely  clarifies — it  does  not  purify.  The  following 
are  simple  methods  of  filtration: 

/  Dig  a  hole  near  the  source  of  supply  so  that  the  water  may 
percolate  through  the  soil  before  being  used. 

2  Sink   a   barrel   or   box  into,  the   ground,   the   water   entering 
therein  through  a  wooden  trough  packed  with  clean  sand,  gravel  or 
charcoal. 

3  Place  a  box  or  barrel  in  another  box  or  barrel  of  larger  size, 
filling  the  space  between  with  clean  sand,  gravel,  moss  or  charcoal, 
and  piercing  holes  near  the  bottom  of  the  outer  barrel  and  near  the 
top  of  the  inner.     The  filter  thus  constructed  is  partly  submerged  in 
the  water  to  be  filtered.    See  also  page  97. 

4  Bore  a  small  hole  in  the  bottom  of  a  barrel  or  other  suitable 
receptacle,  which  is  partly  filled  with  layers  of  sand,  gravel,  and,  if 
available,  charcoal  and  moss.     The  water  is  poured  in  at  the  top  and 
is  collected  as  it  emerges  from  the  aperture  below. 

The  amount  of  water  used  by  troops  is  usually  computed  at  the 
rate  of  five  gallons  for  each  man  and  ten  gallons  for  each  animal  per 
day. 

For  a  full  discussion  of  the  purification  of  drinking  water,  see 
"Water,"  Munson's  Military  Hygiene. 

Police  of  Camp 

The  proper  and  efficient  police  of  a  camp  is  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance, and  the  following  regulations  should  be  enforced: 

/  Company  commanders  will  maintain  neatness  and  proper 
sanitary  conditions  within  their  respective  organizations. 


FIELD  SERVICE  353 

2  The  officer  of  the  day  is  charged  with  the  general  policing  of 
the  camp,  utilizing  prisoners  and  fatigue  parties  for  the  purpose. 

3  Company   commanders   will   make   daily  inspections   of  their 
company  quarters,  kitchens  and   sinks. 

4  The  company  streets  will  be  swept  daily,  and  the  intervening 
spaces  between  tents  carefully  policed. 

5  All  tents  will  be  swept  out  daily. 

6  All  bedding  will  be  sunned  daily. 

7  The  condition  of  the  outskirts  of  the  camp  will  be  given  close 
attention,  being  kept  free  from  all  refuse. 

8  In  fair  weather,  every  morning  after  breakfast  the  tent  walls 
will  be  looped  up.     In  cold  weather  the  tent  walls  will  be  raised  dar- 
ing the  absence  of  the  occupants  at  drill  or  other  duty. 

Q  Every  night  at  tattoo  and  also  during  wet  weather  the  tent 
ropes  will  be  slackened.  They  will  be  tightened  again  at  reveille  or 
when  the  weather  clears. 

LOADING  WAGONS 

The  property  to  be  loaded  should  be  carefully  inspected  before 
any  is  loaded,  to  see  that  everything  is  in  good  order  and  properly 
boxecl,  crated  or  tied. 

Large  heavy  boxes  should  be  avoided. 

The  following  general  rules  must  be  observed: 

/  Heavy  stuff  must  go  on  the  bottom  (and  forward  rather  than 
rear)  and  light  stuff  on  top — thus,  heavy  articles  will  not  crush  light 
ones  "and  the  centre  of  gravity  will  be  nearer  the  axles,  making  the 
turning  over  of  the  load  more  difficult. 

2  Things  needed  first  upon  reaching  camp  must  be  placed  on 
top  or  in  rear. 

The  following  method  of  loading  a  wagon  is  in  accordance  with 
the  general  principles  cited  above: 

Ammunition.  Ordinarily  just  back  of  the  forward  axle.  In  case 
of  possible  need,  however,  the  ammunition  should  be  placed  where  it 
could  be  gotten  at  immediately. 

Axes,  Spades,  Shovels,  and  (Unhandled)  Picks.  Should  be  out- 
side of  wagonbed,  in  leather  pockets  or  strong  bags,  or  stood  on  end 
at  rear  of  wagon.  They  should  not  be  placed  between  the  sides  of 
the  wagon  and  the  load. 

1  Brooms  can  be  improvised  by  tying  together  a  number  of  small  twigs  of 
equal  length.  The  leafy  branches  of  trees  will  answer  the  same  purpose. 

*  Poles  supported  by  forked  uprights  are  convenient  for  drying  and  sunning 
garments  and  bedding. 


354  CHAPTER  XXI 

Blanket  Rolls.  If  to  be  carried  on  wagon,  they  should  be  rolled 
tightly  and  left  straight — not  tied  in  a  circle — and  loaded  on  top, 
crosswise. 

Buzzacott  Oven.  On  back  of  wagon,  resting  on  end  on  feed  box 
and  secured  by  rope  or  chain. 

Camp  Kettles  and  Buckets.  Under  the  wagon,  suspended  from 
the  reach  pole. 

Field  Desk.    To  be  placed  on  or  near  bottom  and  well  forward, 
as  it  is  seldom  required  early. 

Field  Range.    On  bottom,  at  rear  end  of  wagon. 

Forage.    If  to  be  carried  on  wagon,  in  front  of  ammunition. 

Lashing.  Use  two  pieces  of  54-inch  rope  about  75  feet  long, 
passing  over  load  first  from  front  to  rear  diagonally,  and  finally  se- 
cured by  being  tied  to  rings  on  the  rear  bolster  standards — never  to 
the  end  gate  rods.  The  rope  should  be  passed  through  strong  hooks 
securely  clinched  to  the  body  of  the  wagon,  and  not  passed  around 
the  ends  of  the  bows. 

Mess  Tables  (with  folding  legs.)  To  be  stood  on  end  at  rear 
end  of  wagon. 

Officers'  Bedding  Rolls.    To  be  on  top  of  load. 

Rations.  Surplus  rations  (not  required  for  next  camp)  in  bot- 
tom of  wagon,  between  ammunition  and  ration  box. 

Bacon  should  be  on  the  bottom  of  wagon,  where  the  grease  will 
do  no  harm. 

Ration  Box.  Next  to  field  range,  toward  front  of  wagon.  After 
the  field  range  has  been  unloaded,  the  ration  box  is  readily  accessible 
and  need  not  be  unloaded. 

At  every  camp  the  ration  box  should  be  restocked  for  the  next 
camp. 

Sibley  Stoves.  Slung  on  chain,  just  outside  of  feed  box  and 
below  the  Buzzacott  oven. 

Stove  Pipe.    Should  be  crated  and  lashed  on  in  rear  of  a  wagon. 

Tentage.  Should  be  rolled  and  not  folded,  except  in  places 
where  absolutely  necessary — and  placed  across  wagon,  on  top  of 
boxes,  etc. 

(Attention  is  invited  to  the  fact  that  canvas  becomes  unserv- 
iceable more  from  handling  and  transportation  than  from  wear  when 
in  actual  use  in  sheltering  troops). 

The  tents,  properly  dried  out,  should  be  laid  out  smoothly  on 
the   ground;    the   part   of   the   wall   appearing  uppermost    should   be 


FIELD  SERVICE  355 

folded  over  toward  the  peak  of  the  tent;  that  underneath  should  be 
(by  lifting  the  lower  part  of  the  tent)  in  like  manner  folded  under 
and  toward  the  peak;  then  by  commencing  at  the  peak,  at  the  final 
folding,  the  wall  of  the  tent  will  appear  on  the  outside  of  the  com- 
pleted roll. 

Ropes  not  required  for  securing  the  bundle  should  be  folded 
inside. 

Tent  Pins.     On  top,  in  sacks. 

Tent  Poles.  Should  be  tied  with  a  rope  and  placed  just  inside 
the  bows  so  as  to  extend  above  the  wagon  bed  side;  or  carried  in  two 
iron  hooks  suspended  from  side  ol  v/agon  bed,  about  four  feet  apart. 

NOTES 

/  Pots  and  Kettles.  Should  be  in  gunny  sacks  so  as  not  to 
dirty  everything. 

a  The  Quartermaster-Sergeant  should  ride  on  one  of  the 
wagons. 

3  A    Noncommissioned    Officer    should   personally    superintend 
the    loading    of    every    wagon,    the    same    noncommissioned    officer 
always  having  charge  of  the  same  wagon. 

4  The  Jockey  Box  should  be  left  entirely  for  use  of  teamster, 
and    in    which    should    be    kept    wrench,    grease,    spare    bolts,    mule 
shoes,  etc. 

5  A  detail  of  men,  the  size  of  which  depends  upon  the  number 
of  wagons,  should  accompany  the  train.  Often  the  guard,  or  old 
guard  performs  this  duty,  but  it  is  preferable  to  detail  men  who  know 
how  to  meet  emergencies  such  as  a  wagon  tipping  over  on  a  hillside, 
wagons  requiring  repacking,  mule  down  and  hurt,  etc. 

THE  CARE  OF  THE  FEET 

The  feet  should  be  kept  clean  and  the  nails  cut  close  and  square. 
An  excellent  prevemative  against  sore  feet  is  to  wash  them  every 
night  in  hot  (preferably  salt)  water  and  then  dry  thoroughly. 

Rubbing  the  feet  w'th  hard  soap,  grease  or  oil  of  any  kind  before 
starting  on  a  march  is  also  good. 

Sore  or  blistered  feet  should  be  rubbed  with  tallow  from  a  lighted 
candle  and  a  little  common  spirits  (whiskey  or  alcohol  in  some  other 
form)  and  the  socks  put  on  at  once. 

Blisters  should  be  perforated  and  the  water  let  out,  but  the  skin 
must  not  be  removed. 

A  little  alum  in  warm  water  is  excellent  for  tender  feet. 

Two  small  squares  of  zinc  oxide  plaster,  one  on  top  of  the 
other,  will  prevent  the  skin  of  an  opened  blister  from  being  pulled  off. 
Llnder  no  circumstances,  should  a  soldier  ever  start  off  on  a  march 
with  a  pair  of  new  shoes. 


356  CHAPTER  XXII 


CHAPTER  XXII 
THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER 

{See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.} 

GENERAL  DUTIES 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  ATHLETIC 
OFFICER,  like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

The  Post  Athletic  Officer  has  general  charge  of  all  athletics  at 
the  post,  including  gymnasium  work.  His  management  of  them  will 
depend  not  only  upon  his  tact  and  his  knowledge  of  athletics,  but  also 
upon  the  scope  -which  is  allowed  him  by  the  commanding  officer,  and 
upon  the  enthusiasm  which  he  can  inspire  in  the  company  officers 
and  men. 

He  should  endeavor,  as  far  as  possible,  to  avoid  a  feeling 
amongst  the  men  that  athletics  is  a  drill,  for  the  moment  men  so  re- 
gard it,  just  that  moment  they  may  begin  to  do  it  in  a  perfunctory 
way. 

Skill  and  tact  must  be  used  in  creating  rivalry  among  the  var- 
ious organizations,  and  everything  possible  should  be  done  to  bring 
into  the  competitions  as  many  men  as  possible.  Handicaps,  the  bar- 
ring of  former  winners  from  certain  events,  and  awarding  prizes  will 
do  much  toward  accomplishing  these  ends. 

He  should  encourage  amongst  the  officers  and  the  enlisted  men 
of  the  command  such  games  as  tennis,  golf,  quoits,  polo,  baseball, 
football,  skating,  snowshoeing,  swimming,  etc. 

The  exercises  should  be  short  (from  15  to  20  minutes)  and  con- 
stantly varied  so  that  interest  may  not  lag. 

He  is  also  charged  with  the  preparation  of  the  program  for 
the  various  field  days,  and  he  also  looks  after  all  apparatus,  the 
grounds,  etc. 

The  Post  Athletic  Officer  should  be  thoroughly  familiar  with 
all  the  rules  of  the  Amateur  Athletic  Association,  and  he  should  study 
the  standard  authorities  on  athletics.  (  A  copy  of  the  rules  of  the 
Amateur  Athletic  Association  can  be  obtained  from  A.  G.  Spalding  & 


THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER  357 

Bros.,  New  York,  or  almost  any  other  athletic   dealer,  at  a  cost  of 
about  25  cents.) 


li  is  thought  the  be"  s  t"  r  e  sutf  s—  ai^^oBtain  e  d  when  the  plan  of 
instruction  is  based  on  these  general  principles: 

1  The  strength  of  the  soldier  is  determined  by  the  strength 
of   his    weakest   physical   part  —  hence,    every   effort    should   be    made 
toward  strengthening  the  weak  points  of  the  soldier  and  not  toward 
increasing  the  power  of  muscles  already  strong. 

2  Everything    possible    should    be    done    to    produce    all-around 
athletes,  and  not  specialists  in  particular  lines  or  in  a  limited  number 
of  athletic  exercises  —  hence,  exercises  which  result  in  moderate  benefit 
to  many  are  preferable  to  those  which  result  in  great  benefit  to  only 
a  few. 

3  With  a  view  to  obtaining  the  best  results  for  the  greatest 
number,  contests  should  be  so  arranged  and  managed  as  to  arouse 
interest  and  friendly  rivalry  between  squads,  platoons,  companies  and 
battalions,  rather  than  between  individuals  —  consequently  special  at- 
tention should  be  given  to  team  work,  and  to  team  competition. 

4  Whenever    practicable,    instruction    should    be    held    out    of 
doors,  and  the   directions  contained  in   "Koehler's   Manual   of  Calis- 
thenics," pages  1-4,  under  the  headings,  "Advice  to  Instructors"  and 
"Hygiene,"  should  be  carefully  followed. 

5  The  mind  must  be  put  into  the  work,  and  the  will  power  con- 
centrated upon  the  exercises,  that  the  muscles  may  feel  the   strain. 
This  is  the  fundamental  principle  of  successful  physical  training. 

Field  Days.  Every  effort  should  be  made  to  give  the  day  the 
air  of  a  holiday,  devoted  to  amusement  and  recreation,  and  whenever 
practicable,  music  should  be  furnished  for  the  occasion. 

The  contests  on  the  various  field  days  should  be  of  a  progres- 
sive nature,  sufficiently  limited  to  avoid  being  tiresome,  varied  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  afford  diversion  and  amusement,  and  of  a  kind 
to  arouse  emulation,  friendly  rivalry  and  general  interest  in  physical 
culture,  while  at  the  same  time  developing  muscular  strength,  agility 
and  endurance  in  performing  functions  pertaining  to  legitimate  mili- 
tary training. 

As  far  as  possible  the  contests  should  be  conducted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  rules  of  the  Amateur  Athletic  Union,  and  as  far  as 
practicable  the  officials  should  be  those  prescribed  by  these  rules. 


358  CHAPTER  XXII 

In  planning  and  in  managing  field  days,  the  Post  Athletic  Offi 
cer  should  try  to  forget  that  he  is  ordering  a  lot  of  soldiers — he  should 
act  on  the  principle  of  handling  2  !ot  of  athletes  bclongirg  *o  differ 
ent  clubs,  regarding  each  organization  as  a  club. 

A  system  of  handicapping  conforming  to  the  Amateur  Athletic 
Union  rules  should  apply,  and  in  addition  to  the  open  handicap  events 
there  should  be  a  separate  set  of  events  open  to  maiden  entries,  01 
men  who  have  .not  been  placed  in  these  events  in  former  competitions 

All  details  should  be  carefully  prearranged  so  that  the  pro- 
gram will  be  carried  out  without  any  hitch  or  delays  between  events— 
that  is  to  say,  by  foresight  and  otherwise  everything  possible  should 
be  done  to  inject  life,  snap  and  vim  into  the  program. 

SAMPLE  ORDER  FOR  A  FIELD  DAY 

GENERAL  ORDERS, 

No.  ... 

1.  In  compliance  with  General  Orders  No.  121,  current  series, 
Department  of  Texas,  Field  Day  will  be  held  at  this  post  on  December 
30,  1907. 

The  following  named  officers  are  detailed  as  officials  for  the  dav.: 
Referee: 

Major ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Judges: 

Major ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Major ,  3d  Field  Artillery. 

Captain ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Starter: 

Captain ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Time-keepers: 

ist  Lieut ,  Qth  Infantry. 

ist  Lieut ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Clerk  of  the  course: 

ist  Lieut ,  Battalion  Adjutant,  Qth  Infantry. 

Inspectors: 

Captain ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Captain ,  Qth  Infantry. 

Captain ,  3rd  Field  Artillery. 

Scorer  and  reporter: 

ist  Lieut ,  Battalion  Adjutant,  Qth  Infantry. 


THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER  359 

The  following  events  will  be  contested  for,  the  value  in  points 
for  1st,  2d,  and  3d  place  and  number  of  entries  per  company  or  bat- 
tery being  set  after  each: 

ATHLETICS   FOR  ALL   TROOPS. 

Place         Place  Place     Entries 

1st  2nd  3rd 

1.  100  yard  dash  2  1  J4         1 

2.  120  yard  hurdles,  10  hurdles  2  ft. 

6  in.  high  3  1^         1  1 

3.  Relay  race   5  2  1 

Teams  of  four  men  from  each  battalion,  one  man  to  be  posted 
at  scratch  and  others  at  110  yard  intervals.  The  message  to  be  car- 
ried by  relays  to  a  point  440  yards  from  scratch.  Relays  must  start 
from  mark.  Message  must  not  be  passed  before  mark  is  reached. 
Running  pass  permitted. 

4.  Litter  bearer's  race:     4211 

Uniform :  Olive-drab  breeches,  woolen  shirt,  leggins,  and  regu- 
lation shoes  for  both  men.  Hats  not  required.  Supposed  wounded 
man,  weight  not  less  than  140  pounds,  to  be  placed  on  ground  75 
yards  from  scratch.  Contestant  to  run  to  man,  pick  him  up  and  carry 
him  back  to  scratch.  Wounded  man  to  have  his  legs  strapped  to 
gether,  and  to  render  no  assistance.  Body  not  to  be  stiffened. 

5.  Pitching  single  shelter  tent:     5311 
Uniform:    Olive-drab  breeches,  woolen  shirt,  leggins,  campaign  hat 

and  regulation  shoes.  Teams  to  consist  of  two  (2)  enlisted  men  placed 
on  line,  rear  rank  man  on  right,  right  heel  of  front  rank  man  marking 
positions  of  front  tent  pole.  Each  man  to  be  equipped  with  blanket 
roll  consisting  of  shelter  half,  pole,  pins  and  guy  rope  not  fastened 
in  eyelet.  Roll  to  be  made  up  in  presence  of  judges,  according  to  para- 
graph 486,  Infantry  Drill  Regulations,  1904.  Tent  to  be  pitched  accord- 
ing to  paragraph  570,  Infantry  Drill  Regulations,  1904.  Signal  for  start- 
ing, a  pistol  shot.  Tent  to  be  buttoned.  Blanket  to  be  neatly  folded 
and  placed  in  entrance  of  tent,  each  man's  blanket  on  his  side  of  tent. 

MILITARY  EVENTS  FOR  INFANTRY  ONLY. 

1.     Blank  cartridge  race:  4211 

Uniform:  Olive-drab  breeches  and  shirt,  leggins,  service  cap, 
regulation  shoes,  belt  with  bayonet  in  scabbard.  Five  blank  cartridges 
on  small  sheet  of  paper,  five  yard  intervals,  to  be  brought  one  at  a 


360  CHAPTER  XXII 

time  and  placed  in  clip,  left  on  ground  at  scratch  at  side  of  rifle. 
After  last  cartridge  has  been  placed  in  clip,  the  clip  to  be  inserted  in 
magazine,  rifle  loaded  and  fired  in  air  as  signal  of  completion. 

2.  Equipment  race:  5  3  1  1 

Competitors  to  be  on  stretch  dressed  in  olive-drab  breeches, 
olive-drab  shirts  and  issue  stockings.  Shoes  to  be  placed  on  ground 
at  scratch;  legeins  at  2O-yard  mark;  olive-drab  t>louse  and  cap  at 
40-yard  mark;  belt,  bayonet  and  scabbard  (bayonet  to  be  out  of 
scabbard)  at  6o-yard  mark;  five  rounds  blank  ammunition  and  clip 
(ammunition  not  in  clip)  at  8o-yard  mark,  rifle  with  bolt  taken  out 
and  apart  at  loo-yard  mark.  At  pistol  shot,  competitor  puts  on  his 
shoes,  fully. lacing  same,  then  runs  to  20-yard  mark,  puts  on  his  leg- 
gins,  fully  lacing  same;  then  runs  to  40-yard  mark,  puts  on  his  cap 
and  blouse  (blouse  to  be  fully  buttoned  and  hooked);  then  runs  to 
6o-yard  mark,  puts  on  his  belt  and  places  bayonet  in  scabbard;  then 
runs  to  8o-yard  mark,  inserts  five  blank  cartridges  in  clip  and  places 
clip  in  cartridge  box;  then  runs  to  loo-yard  mark,  assembles  bolt,, 
puts  bolt  in  rifle  and  returns  to  scratch;  inserts  clip  in  magazine, 
loads  and  fires  his  rifle  as  signal  of  completion.  All  things  pre- 
scribed to  be  done  at  a  certain  mark,  must  be  completed  before  start- 
ing for  .the  next  mark. 

3.  Competitive  squad  drill:  10  5  2^  1 

Squad  to  consist  of  one  corporal  and  seven  privates,  to  be 
drilled  by  the  corporal  in  the  manual  of  arms  and  bayonet  exercise 
as  laid  down  in  authorized  drill  regulations  for  infantry.  Each 
competing  squad  to  be  allowed  five  minutes.  Uniform:  Olive-drab 
blouse,  breeches,  leggins,  regulation  shoes,  service  cap,  belt  with 
bayonet  in  scabbard,  and  rifle. 

MILITARY  EVENTS  FOR  ARTILLERY  ONLY. 

1.     Section  contests:  10  5  0  1 

Teams  to  consist  of  one  composite  section  from  each  battery. 
At  start,  section  to  be  placed  in  park,  harness  disposed  of  as  in  field, 
paragraph  298,  drill  regulations.  Horses  to  wear  halter  and  to  be 
tied  to  wheels.  Chief  of  section's  horse  tied  to  gun  wheels.  Caisson, 
corporal's  horse  tied  to  caisson  wheels.  Squad,  consisting  of  chief  of 
section,  caisson  corporal,  six  drivers  and  five  cannoneers,  to  fall  in  in 
front  of  pole.  Chief  of  section  and  drivers  on  the  right.  At  pistol 
shot,  section  to  harness,  drivers  and  cannoneers  to  mount  and  section 
to  proceed  to  mark  100  yards  in  advance  of  start,  unlimber  and  fire 


THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER  361 

one  shot.  Sights  will  be  set  for  deflection  924,  range  1,750  yards 
Quadrant  sight  to  be  set  for  same  range,  and  angle  of  sight  to  be 
304.  All  corrections  for  difference  in, level  of  wheels  etc.,  to  be  made. 
(Piece  to  be  laid  for  range  only.)  Section  will  go  into  action  as 
prescribed  in  drill  regulations.  Caisson  to  be  in  its  prescribed  place, 
and  guns  and  caissons  prepared  for  action.  Before  the  start,  the 
section  will  be  at  "March  Order:"  muzzle  covers,  sight  covers,  etc., 
on  as  prescribed.  Time  to  be  taken  from  starting  shot  to  first  shot 
fired  by  piece.  After  finishing,  each  section  to  be  inspected  by  judges 
and  penalties  in  seconds  given  for  each  defect  in  harnessing  and 
irregularity  in  sight  seeing,  laying,  or  position  of  carriages.  Fire 
will  be  to  the  front.  (Action  front.) 

2    Driving  contest :  5  3  o  i 

Caisson  and  limber  fully  harnessed,  to  drive  at  trot  and  gallop 
over  figure  8  course,  the  figure  8  to  be  100  yards  long,  a*:d  wheel 
course  to  have  six  inche's  clearance  on  both  sides.  Course  10  be 
marked  by  twelve  stakes.  Five  seconds  to  be  added  to  the  time  of  thr 
run  for  each  stake  knocked  down. 

Any  athletic  -  dress  may  be  worn  in  events  Nos.  i,  2  and  3  in 
athletics  for  all  troops. 

Whenever  blank  cartridges  are  prescribed,  the  competitors  will 
be  furnished  same  by  organizations  to  which  they  belong. 

In  "Events  for  Infantry  only"  and  in  "Athletics  for  all  Troops," 
no  one  man  will  be  permitted  to  enter  more  than  one  event. 

In  "Events  for  Artillery  only,"  it  is  discretionary  with  battery 
commanders  as  to  whether,  or  not  more  than  one  man  will  enter  more 
than  one  event. 

A  list  of  all  entries  from  each  company  and  battalion  will  be 
submitted  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  post  athletics  by  noon  of  Decem- 
ber 29,  1907. 

Each  organization  will  have  a  team  captain,  either  an  officer 
or  a  noncommissioned  officer,  who  will  be  responsible  that  all  con- 
testants from  his  organization  are-  present  at  the  beginning  of  the 
meet,  and  that  in  each  event  all  contestants  report  promptly  to  the 
clerk  of  the  course  as  the  event  is  called. 

On  the  day  of  the  meet  all  duties  at  the  post,  except  the  neces- 
sary guard  and  fatigue,  will  be  suspended.  On  this  day  guard  mount 
will  be  as  follows :  ist  Call  at  8  a.  m.,  Assembly  at  8:05  a.  m. 

The  meet  will  start  at  8:30  a.  m.,  and  be  held  on  the  parade 
ground.  The  band  will  furnish  appropriate  music  for  the  occasion. 

In  case  of  inclement  weather,  the  field  day  will  be  held  on  the 
first  good  day  after  January  1,  1908. 


362 


CHAPTER  XXII 


NOTES. 

1  When  prizes  are  given  they  should  be  announced  in  the  order,  after  each 
event. 

2  The  order  should  be  issued  at  least  two  weeks  before  hand  so  as  to  allow 
the  contestants  sufficient  time  for  training. 

Construction  of  an  Athletic  Field.  The  following  diagram 
shows  an  athletic  field  that  has  been  used  with  most  satisfactory 
-esults: 


500-Y<i 


THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER  363 

The  entire  field  is  about  500  yards  by  300  yards,  and  quite 
level.  The  track  is  one-fourth  mile  (440  yards)  long,  consisting  of 
two  sides,  each  100  yards,  connected  by  two  semicircles  (radius  about 
38.197  yards),  each  120  yards. 

The  various  starting  points  are  marked  by  iron  pipes  painted 
white  and  black,  one  on  each  side  of  the  track,  and  bearing  pennants. 
Similar  pjpes  mark  every  25  yards  of  the  last  100  yards,  and  every 
10  yards  of  the  last  50. 

Inside  of  the  track  are  the  jumping  boxes  (dug  out  and  filled 
in  with  light  loam)  and  the  shot  and  hammer  rings. 

Inside  the  track,  near  the  finish,  is  a  small  house  ("a")  with  a 
gallery  around  it,  which  is  used  as  a  storehouse  for  apparatus  and  as  a 
view  point  from  which  the  referees  can  watch  the  entire  track. 

In  building  the  track  the  ground  should  be  dug  out  to  a  depth 
of  18  inches,  then  6  inches  of  sand  filled  in,  oiled  and  rolled;  on  this, 
successive  layers  of  coarse  cinders  are  laid  and  rolled  until  the  whole 
track  is  above  the  ground  surface. 

Railroad  clinker  cinders  make  an  excellent  top  dressing. 

All  corners  should,  of  course,  be  banked  to  a  proper  angle. 


364  POST  RANGE  OFFICER 

CHAPTER  XXIIF 
THE  POST  RANGE  OFFICER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

GENERAL  DUTIES 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  RANGE  OFFI- 
CER,  like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work 
and  attention  to  business. 

The  duties  of  Range  Officer  in  a  large  post  are  onerous,  exact- 
ing, and  oftentimes  annoying.  It  should  be  his  aim  to  know  the 
firing  regulations,  and  in  so  far  as  his  duties  are  concerned,  to  carry 
them  out  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  as  little  friction,  delay  and  trouble 
as  possible.  He  should  post  himself  concerning  all  adjuncts  in  the 
way  of  anemometers,  wind  clocks,  stop  watches,  etc.,  that  will  facili- 
tate target  practice.  When  such  articles  can  be  obtained  from  the 
supply  departments  it  should  be  done;  sometimes  the  articles  needed 
can  be  made  at  the  post. 

It  should  appeal  to  his  professional  pride  to  furnish  the  troops 
firing  on  his  range  with  all  the  aids  and  facilities  that  the  regulations 
allow.  Success  in  target  practice  is  most  easily  attained  on  ranges 
where  everything  is  arranged  for  the  ease  and  convenience  of  the 
troops  firing. 

He  is  responsible  for  the  preparation,  care,  equipment  and  police 
of  the  range,  and  during  the  target  season  is  charged  with  making 
proper  arrangements  for  the  daily  firing. 

Repair  and  Preparation  cf  Range.  As  soon  as  practicable  after 
being  detailed,  the  Range  Officer  should  ascertain  from  the  Quarter- 
master how  much  of  an  appropriation  is  available,  within  what  time 
the  money  must  he  expended  and  what  class  of  work  may  be  done, 
or  what  kind  of  material  may  be  purchased  from  this  appropriation. 
For  instance,  a  camp  site  or  the  water  supply  can  not  be  improved 
from  the  ordinary  appropriation  for  "shooting  galleries  and  ranges," 
but  must  be  done  with  money  available  from  the  appropriation  for 
"barracks  and  quarters,"  or  "army  transportation." 

1  In  the  preparation  of  this  chapter  valuable  assistance  was  received  from  Capt. 
Harry  A.  Eaton,  23rd  Infantry. 


THE  POST  RANGE  OFFICER  365 

He  should  then  ascertain  from  the  Post  Commander  what  plans, 
if  any,  he  desires  carried  out.  He  should  also  consult  with  the  com- 
pany commanders  who  have  fired  on  the  range,  as  to  any  suggestions 
they  may  have  to  make  regarding  the  improvement  of  the  range. 

The  Range  Officer  should  then  carefully  inspect  the  range. 

With  a  transit  and  chain,  or  with  a  chain  alone,  all  distances 
and  directions  should  be  verified,  even  though  the  range  appears  to 
be  carefully  laid  out,  special  care  being  taken  to  see  that  all  firing 
points  are  in  lines  at  right  angles  to  the  face  of  rhe  target. 

When  the  ground  is  not  level  a  contour  map  is  a  great  aid  in 
determining  heights  to  which  the  firing  points  must  be  raised,  etc. 

He  is  now  ready  to  determine  what  repairs,  alterations  or  addi- 
tions are  needed.  Lists  describing  accurately  and  in  detail  all  material 
and  labor  needed  are  then  prepared — dimensions,  kind,  amount,  etc., 
should  be  stated.  For  such  of  the  material  and  labor  as  the  Quarter- 
master is  expected  to  furnish,  the  Range  Officer  sends  him  a  list 
through  the  Adjutant,  keeping  a  copy  himself.  It  should  be  stated 
when  the  articles  enumerated  are  needed  on  the  range. 

The  telephones,  or  the  system  of  signals,  should  be  tested  and, 
if  necessary,  the  Signal  Officer  should  be  requested,  through  the  Ad- 
jutant, to  make  such  repairs  or  to  obtain  and  install  such  apparatus 
as  may  be  necessary. 

A  system  which  enables  the  scorer  to  notify  the  pit  detail  the 
moment  the  target  has  been  fired  at  will  save  much  time,  especially 
at  long  ranges.  A  system  of  bells  and  push  buttons  or  a  system  based 
on  the  "responsive  ring"  of  the  telephone  may  be  practicable. 

The  streamers,  target  frames,  marking  disks,  etc.,  should  be  ex- 
amined and  those  found  to  be  in  poor  condition  should  be  sent  to  the 
Post  Ordnance  Officer  for  repair. 

The  Range  Officer  should  consult  with  the  Ordnance  Officer  and 
make  a  memorandum  of  all  target  material  and  supplies  that  are  avail- 
able. In  case  enough  are  not  on  hand,  the  Ordnance  Officer  should 
be  requested  to  make  early  requisition  for  material  and  supplies  up  to 
the  full  allowance  for  the  post. 

All  ordnance  material  for  the  range  is  obtained  from  the  Ord- 
nance Officer  on  memorandum  receipt,  the  expendable  articles  being 
canceled  from  time  to  time. 


366  CHAPTER  XX  III 

All  the  preliminary  work  of  inspection  having  been  made  anc 
the  estimates  and  requisitions  submitted,  the  Range  Officer  should  no 
content  himself  with  this,  but  should,  after  a  reasonable  time,  ascer- 
tain if  the  things  requested  have  been  obtained  or  allowed.  In  this 
matter  as  well  as  in  all  others,  we  should  not  lose  sight  of  the 
assurance  that  "The  Lord  helps  those  who 'help  themselves." 

Then,  in  sufficient  time  to  have  the  range  ready  for  use  on  the 
day  designated  for  the  firing  to  commence,  he  proceeds  to  the  range 
with  his  laborers  and  material. 

After  locating  the  firing  points,  he  should  see  that  stakes  plainly 
marked  with  the  number  of  the  target  and  the  range  are  placed  at 
each  fitting  point.  As  stated  before,  he  should  be  sure  to  see  that  the 
firing  points  are  in  lines  perpendicular  to  the  face  of  the  target. 

Stakes  three  inches  wide,  painted  white,  having  the  number  of 
the  targets  in  black  figures,  near  the  top  and  about  an  inch  below  the 
numbers  indicating  the  range,  have  been  found  to  answer  well  the 
purpose.  The  stakes  should  be  placed  so  the  firers  can  see  them  with- 
out changing  their  position.  The  firers  should  be  behind  the  stakes, 
which  should  be  firmly  driven. 

Experience  has  shown  that  white  numbers  on  a  black  back- 
ground are  much  better  than  black  numbers  on  a  white  background 
for  showing  the  numbers  of  target  and  the  skirmish  groups.  A  good 
way  to  designate  targets  is  to  suspend  on  a  cable,  light  black  boards 
with  white  arabic  numerals  on  them,  placing  them  in  such  a  way  that 
they  will  be  directly  over  the  targets  when  they  are  up,  and  yet  high 
enough  above  so  that  moderately  high  shots  will  pass  below  the 
boards. 

The  Range  Officer  should  apply  for  an  efficient,  reliable  non- 
commissioned officer  who  should  report  to  him  at  the  beginning  of 
this  work  and  should  continue  on  duty  through  the  season's  practice. 

Should  the  range  cover  a  large  area,  this  noncommissioned 
officer  should  have  one  or  more  noncommissioned  officers  as  assist- 
ants, the  range  being  divided  into  sections  with  a  noncommissioned 
officer  in  charge  of  each,  and  each  noncommissioned  officer  being 
held  responsible  for  all  property,  the  police 'and  the  readiness  of  the 
targets  in  his  section. 

The  Target  Practice.  When  the  troops  arrive  at  the  range 
there  should  be  on  hand  a  sufficient  number  of  targets  pasted  and 
ready. 


THE  POST  RANGE  OFFICER  367 

Each  organization  should  furnish  on  special  duty  one  man  to 
report  to  the  range  sergeant.  These  men  should  be  excused  from 
all  other  duties,  for  their  work  will  begin  early  and  end  late. 

The  necessary  number  of  men  should  be  detailed  on  special 
duty  to  look  after  telephones,  being  relieved  only  when  necessary, 
and  then  by  regularly  detailed  men  who  understand  the  manipulation 
of  the  telephones. 

If  there  be  any  need  for  stationing  men  on  roads  or  elsewhere 
to  warn  passers-by,  the  posting  of  these  men  should  be  provided  for. 
Should  it  be  necessary  to  stop  firing  in  order  to  allow  persons  to 
pass  behind  the  butts,  the  necessary  arrangements  should  be  "made 
therefor. 

A  -list  of  regulations  governing  the  conduct  of  parties  in  the 
pit  and  elsewhere  on  the  range,  especially  to  guard  against  accidents, 
should  be  carefully  drawn  up,  and,  on  approval  or  publication  in 
orders  by  the  Commanding  Officer,  be  conspicuously  posted  in  the 
pit  and  other  places.  Great  care  must  be  exercised  in  this,  as  the 
responsibility  for  any  accident  will  fall  heavily  on  the  range  officer 
unless  he  has  taken  proper  precautions. 

The  Status  of  the  Range  Officer.  He  is  in  reality  in  the  posi- 
tion of  a  staff  officer  so  far  as  duties  on  the  range  are  concerned,  and 
he  has  no  authority  over  the  personnel  on  the  range  except  such  as 
is  outlined  below  or  as  may  be  specially  given  him  by  the  Command- 
:ng  Officer.  In  these  cases,  if  he  gives  any  orders,  he  gives  them 
as  orders  of  the  Commanding  Officer. 

The  Range  Officer  has  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  super- 
vision of  the  practice  firing  of  any  organization,  nor  has  he  any 
authority,  unless  such  is  specially  given  him  by  the  Commanding 
Officer,  to  interfere  in  the  practice  of  any  organization,  except  such 
interference  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  safety  and  freedom  from 
accident.  He  is,  however,  charged  with  all  arrangements  and  with 
the  personnel  at  the  butts,  and  also  is  responsible  hi  everything  that 
pertains  to  the  safety  of  persons  on  the  range;,  in  this  respect  he  is 
in  full  charge  and  has  authority  to  give  orders. 

In  cases  of  violations  of  the  firing  regula  ions,  particularly 
where  the  question  of  accuracy  or  fairness  comes  ur  che  Range  Officer 
has  no  authority  to  interfere.  In  these  cases  he  should  at  once 
report  -to  the  Commanding  Officer  such  violations  of  regulations  as 
have  come  under  his  notice  or  as  have  been  reported  to  him,  and  the 
Commanding  Officer  will  take  the  necessary  steps  for  correction-  and 
punishment. 


368 


CHAPTER  XXIII 


The  Post  or  Camp  Commander  usually  exercises  supervisory 
control  over  the  firing,  while  the  Range  Officer  works  out  the  details, 
allotting  targets  to  organizations  or  individuals,  specifying  the  hours 
for  practice,  assigning  markers  and  scorers  to  organizations,  etc. 

Each  day,  before  the  completion  of  the  firing,  preparation 
should  be  made  for  the  firing  the  following  day.  The  following  is  a 
good  plan: 

Ask  the  Post  or  Camp  Commander  to  direct  that  company  com- 
manders notify  you  each  day,  say  prior  to  5  o'clock  p.  m.,  of  the  ranges 
and  classes  of  fire  they  desire  the  following  day.  If  you  have  time,  it  is 
suggested  that  you  go  along  the  firing  line  toward  the  close  of  the 
firing  and  take  notes  of  the  information  concerning  the  next  day's 
needs. 

Then  on  slips  which  you  may  get  the  adjutant  to  print  or 
mimeograph  for  you,  make  up  the  schedule  for  the  following  day, 
bearing  in  mind  the  greatest  good  to  the  greatest  number. 

Each  organization  is  given  a  slip  as  follows : 1 


Sept.  28,  1907 

Company   A 

Targets  3  and  4 

Ranges  200,  300  and  500 
Time— 200— 7=30  to  9=00  a.  m. 

300—9^00  to  11: 30  a.  m. 

500— I' 30  p.  m. 

Skirmish 

Non-Corn.  Officers  from  Co.  B. . 


*This  plan  contemplates  that  all  organizations  shall  fire  from  the  same  ranges 
at  the  same  time. 


THE  POST  RANGE  OFFICER  369 

The  information  regarding  ranges  and  time  is  furnished  the 
range  sergeant,  who  should  report  to  you  daily,  at  some  designated 
time  and  place — after  supper  at  your  quarters,  for  instance. 

It  is  best  to  so  assign  targets  that  at  some  time  or  other  each 
organization  will  have  fired  on  all  the  different  targets.  A  good  plan 
to  follow  is  to  give  target  numbers  one  and  two  to  the  first  company 
the  first  day,  the  next  day  targets  three  and  four  and  so  on. 

However,  on  ranges  where  the  targets'  are  sufficiently  numerous 
to  give  each  organization  one  or  more  targets  every  day,  and  where 
there  is  practically  no  difference  in  individual  ranges,  company  com- 
manders will  frequently  be  willing  to  draw  lots  for  targets  for  per- 
manent assignment  during  the  season;  in  such  cases  each  company 
can  look  after  its  own  targets  and  the  policing  of  its  own  range  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Range  Officer  and  his  noncommissioned  offi- 
cers. A  saving  of  labor  and  trouble  can  also  be  made,  if  company 
commanders  agree  to  it,  by  assigning  noncommissioned  officers  as 
markers  and  scorers,  etc.,  taking  care  that  no  two  organizations  ex- 
change markers  and  scorers,  e.  g.,  Cos.  A,  B,  C  and  D  have  target 
practice  together;  A  can  furnish  markers  and  scorers  to  B,  B  to  C, 
C  to  D  and  D  to  A.  There  is  no  more  chance  for  collusion  in  such 
an  arrangement  than  in  the  ordinary  arrangement  of  shifting  about 
in  the  assignment  of  markers  and  scorers.  A  company  commander 
then  knows  where  his  markers  are  to  come  from  and  the  markers  and 
scorers  always  know  to  whom  and  where  to  report.  This  arrange- 
ment saves  much  time  and  annoyance. 

When  only  instruction  practice  is  being  had,  company  com- 
manders may  either  come  or  send  to  you  at  some  designated  time 
and  place  and  each  is  given  his  slip.  Each  company  commander  is 
then  responsible  that  his  pit  detail  goes  to  the  proper  target  and  puts 
the  target  in  working  order.  (The  pasting  of  papers  on  and  the 
repairs  to  targets,  putting  up  streamers,  etc.,  is  done  by  special  duty 
men.  Each  company  puts  up  and  takes  down  targets  and  puts  the 
dirks,  pasters,  etc.,  away.) 

When  an  organization  is  firing  record  practice,  two  noncom- 
missioned officers  for  each  target — one  for  duty  in  the  pit  as  marker 
and  the  other  for  duty  at  the  firing  point  as  scorer — should  report  to 
you  from  each  organization,  say  every  day  after  supper,  for  assign- 
ment to  the  various  companies.  The  slips  before  referred  to  are  then 
given  to  the  noncommissioned  officers,  who  are  directed  to  report 


370  CHAPTER  XXIII 

at  once  with  same  to  the  company  commanders  to  which  assigned. 
In  cases  where  ranges  are  so  close  that  companies  must  all  move  at 
the  same  time  from  one  distance  to  another,  the  range  officer  should, 
before  the  season  actually  begins,  try  to  get  the  organization  com- 
manders together  and  fix  upon  rules  that  will  govern  in  such  cases; 
these  rules  should  thereafter  be  strictly  adhered  to  without  partiality. 

In  order  that  firing  may  cease  at  a  given  time  it  is  necessary 
that  the  watches  of  all  agree,  or  that  notice  be  given  a  few  minutes 
before  firing  is  to  cease,  so  that  no  new  scores  will  be  commenced. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood,  and  always  enforced,  that 
the  firing  shall  cease  at  the  designated  hour.  Unless  this  rule  is  en- 
forced, one  man  firing  often  holds  up  the  firing  of  ten  or  more  who 
are  waiting  to  begin  the  next  range. 

At  the  end  of  the  practice  season  the  Range  Officer  should 
have  all  property  stored  away,  putting  aside  such  articles  as  need 
repairing.  Iron  parts  that  can  not  be  taken  in  should  be  painted. 

For  paragraphs  in  the  Army  Regulations  and  the  Small-Arms 
Firing  Manual,  and  for  War  Department  orders  and  circulars 
affecting  Range  Officers,  see  Supplement,  Chap.  XXIII. 


OFFICER  IN  COMMAND  OF  THE  MACHINE-    371 
GUN  PLATOON 

CHAPTER  XXIV 

OFFICER  IN  COMMAND  OF  THE  MACHINE- 
GUN  PLATOON 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  OFFICER  IN 
COMMAND  OF  THE  MACHINE-GUN  PLATOON,  like  the  proper 
performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  attention  to  busi- 
ness. 

The  duties  of  the  Officer  in  Command  of  the  Machine-Gun 
Platoon  are  nowhere  denned,  as  the  whole  matter  is  still  in  the 
experimental  stage.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  XXIV,  for  personal  equip- 
ment, etc. 

CHAPTER  XXV 
THE  SUMMARY  COURT 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The  author  has  heard  of  some  few  summary  court  officers  who  made 
it  a  rule  always  to  give  the  maximum  punishment.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  are  some  summary  court  officers  who  are  entirely  too  lenient.  The 
ends  of  justice  and  the  ends  of  discipline  are  better  served  by  not  running 
to  either  extreme/ but  by  trying  each  case  on  its  own  individual  merits 
and  awarding  in  every  case  a  punishment  that  will  tend  to  prevent  a 
repetition  of  the  offense.  While  perfectly  fair  and  just,  the  summary 
fourt  should  be  firm  and  strict,  making  allowances  in  the  case  of  first 
offenses,  but  showing  no  leniency  to  old  offenders. 

As  company  commanders  know  their  men  better  than  the  summary 
court,  does,  and  as  they  often  know  what  form  of  punishment  would 
answer  best  in  individual  cases,  some  summary  courts,  in  certain  cases, 
especially  where  noncommissioned  officers  are  concerned,  make  it  a 
practice  to  consult  the  man's  company  commander  before  passing  sentence. 

'See  the  forms  on  pages  120-1-2,  usually  used  in  connection  with 
the  Summary  Court.  See  also,  "Summary  Court,"  page  266,  and  302. 


372  CHAPTER  XXVI 

CHAPTER  XXVI 
INSPECTOR  OF  SMALL-ARMS  PRACTICE 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

DUTIES 

The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  INSPECTOR  OF 
SMALL-ARMS  PRACTICE,  like  the  proper  performance  of  any 
other  duty,  requires  work  and  attention  to  business. 

The  duties  of  an  Inspector  of  Small  Arms  Practice  are  nowhere 
fully  and  definitely  specified.  So  far  only  experience  and  custom  have 
accorded  this  office  its  functions.  ^  At  some  headquarters  it  is  of 
small  importance,  while  at  others  it  receives  considerable  attention, 
depending  on  the  interest  taken  by  the  officer  in  charge.  In  general, 
however,  the  work  of  an  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice  is  divided 
into  these  four  divisions: 

/  General  and  Confidential  Adviser  to  the  Commanding  Gen- 
eral on  All  Questions  Pertaining  to  the  Target  Practice  of  the  Troops 
in  the  Command.  This  work  entails  the  following: 

(a)  A  thorough  knowledge  of  the  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual 
and  all  other  regulations,  orders,  circulars  and  decisions  affecting  small 
arms  practice.  Also  a  knowledge  of  the  ballistics  of  the  rifle  and  the 
revolver. 

(&)  The  designation  of  the  target  season,  both  regular  and 
supplementary,  for  the  whole  command.  This,  of  course,  requires  a 
knowledge  of  the  general  climatic  conditions  at  each  post,  as  such 
conditions  determine  the  best  time  for  practice. 

2  The  Chief  Range  Officer  of  the  Department,  Exercising 
Supervisory  Control  Over  the  Work  of  All  Post  Range  Officers.  This 
duty  is  important,  and  in  order  to  be  done  intelligently  and  satisfac- 
torily, the  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice  should  visit  every  range 
in  the  Department,  familiarizing  himself  with  its  construction,  'needs, 
etc.  Although  the  Chief  Quartermaster  of  the  Department  has  charge 
of  the  disbursement  of  the  annual  allotment  of  funds  appropriated 
for  repairs  to  shooting  galleries  and  target  ranges,  no  disbursement 

1  In  the  preparation  of  this  chapter  valuable  assistance  was  received  from  Cap- 
tain Hugh  A.  Drum,  23rd  Infty. 


INSPECTOR  OF  SMALL  ARMS  PRACTICE      373 

should  be  made  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Inspector  of 
Small-Arms  Practice,  who  is  supposed  to  know  the  needs  of  every 
range,  and  where  the  money  can  be  spent  to  best  advantage.  Any 
money  expended  pn  a  range  should  be  on  such  lines  as  include  its 
future  usefulness  and  enlargement.  The  Inspector  of  Small-Arms 
Practice  should  have  general  supervision  over  all  range  construction 
work,  and  in  performing  this  duty  he  should  have  on  hand  complete 
drawings  of  every  range  in  the  Department.  The  drawings  should 
show  the  present  condition  of  the  ranges  and  the  proposed  improve- 
ments therefor,  if  any.  The  latter  feature  should  be  approved  by  the 
Commanding  General  and  thereafter  every  expenditure  on  any  range 
should  be  made  on  the  lines  indicated  in  the  scheme  of  improvement 
as  shown  on  the  plan — i.  e.  a  standard  plan  for  the  ultimate  improve- 
ment on  each  range  should  be  made  and  thereafter  always  adhered 
to.  This  method  will  prevent  diversity  of  opinion  from  destroying 
good  work  done  in  the  past  just  to  make  changes  prompted  by  per- 
sonal views;  for  such  action,  if  constantly  permitted,  would  hamper 
and  even  prevent  the  eventual  enlargement  and  completion  of  the 
range. 

3  The  Statistical  Officer  of  the  Department.  This  part  of  the 
duties  of  an  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice  is  most  exacting.  It 
requires  the  examination  of  all  target  reports  to  see  (a)  if  the  prac- 
tice has  been  conducted  as  prescribed  by  regulations,  (&)  if  the  re 
ports  have  been  properly  rendered  and  if  the  figuring  and  the  per- 
centage have  been  correctly  computed,  and  (c)  if  the  classifications, 
etc.,  are  in  accordance  with  regulations.  This  last  matter  is  very 
important  and  must  be  carefully  considered,  as  these  classifications 
constitute  a  claim  for  pay  against  the  Government. 

All  classifications  above  first  class  ^hould  be  announced  in  orders 
as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  examination  of  the  reports. 

The  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice  should  always  keep  on 
hand  sufficient  insignia  to  supply  promptly  those  entitled  thereto,  as 
delay  causes  discontent.  These  insignia  should  be  presented  with 
military  ceremony  and  when  practicable  by  the  Commanding  General 
in  person  during  his  tours  of  inspection.  This  feature  adds  zest, 
dignity  and  incentive  to  the  honor. 

The  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice  is  charged  with  the  duty 
of  compiling  all  organization  reports  into  the  annual  departmental  re- 
port. The  regulations  regarding  computing  percentage,  etc.,  should 


374  CHAPTER  XXVI 

be  carefully  studied  and  the  work  done  with  the  greatest  pains  and 
accuracy,  as  it  is  a  matter  that  affects  the  Army  standing  of  the 
organizations  concerned. 

The  annual  report  of  the  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice 
should  contain  suggestions  and  recommendations  on  the  target  sys- 
tem, and  also  an  estimate  for  funds  for  the  next  fiscal  year  for  re- 
pairs to  shooting  galleries  and  target  ranges. 

4  The  Commanding  General's  Adviser  and  Representative  on 
All  Matters  Pertaining  to  the  Annual  Small-Arms  Competition.     This 
work  entails  all  the  details  necessary  for  the  success  of  the  Competi- 
tion, some  of  which  details  are: 

(a)  The  selection  of  a  range  upon  which  to  hold  the  shoot, 
which  has  sufficient  facilities  for  the  firing  feature  and  for  the  camp- 
ing of  the  competitors.  If  practicable,  a  range  near  some  point  of 
interest  should  be  selected,  so  as  to  add  this  incentive  to  the  men 
Who  have  worked  for  places  at  the  shoot. 

(&)  The  officers  who  are  to  act  as  the  officials  of  the  Competi- 
tion should  be  selected  from  men  known  to  be  interested  in  this 
kind  of  work  and  well  versed  in  the  regulations  pertaining  thereto — 
efficiency  and  justice  are  most  essential  to  the  success  of  a  Com- 
petition. 

The  following  officials  are  generally  needed: 

J  An  "Officer  in  Charge,"  who  should  be  a  man -of  some  rank, 
and  of  experience,  good,  quick  judgment  and  more  invariable  than 
variable  in  his  opinions. 

2  An  Adjutant  and  Statistical  Officer — a  man  who  is  energetic 
and  thorough;  accurate  and  quick  with  figures;  well  acquainted  with 
the  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual ;  affable  and  not  irritable. 

5  A  Chief  Range  Officer,  who  should  be  a  man  of  experience, 
with  especial  knowledge  of  how  to  conduct  the  firing. 

4  The  other  officials  are  less  important  and  include  all  the 
necessary  staff  officers  for  any  camp,  and  also  a  sufficient  number 
of  assistant  range  officers — generally  one  to  each  target. 

The  enlisted  detail  is  important.  The  Statistical  Officer  usuall} 
needs  about  five  good  clerks,  one  being  a  good  typewriter. 

There  should  be  two  noncommissioned  officers  for  each  target 
(one  to  act  as  marker  and  the  other  scorer),  and  also  two  privates 
to  manipulate  the  target. 


THE  SURVEYING  OFFICER  375 

A  Signal  Corps  man  is  needed  to  look  after  the  telephones. 
There  should  be  an  ordnance  sergeant  to  look  after  the  ammu- 
nition. 

If  a  camp  mess  is  run,  the  necessary  cooks  must  be  detailed. 
•  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Inspector  of  Small-Arms  Practice  to  see 
that  sufficient  ordnance  supplies  are  sent  to  the  place  of  competition, 
such  supplies  being  invoiced  to  the  post  ordnance  officer.  He  should 
also  furnish  the  Statistical  Officer  the  blank  forms  for  the  report  of 
the  competition  (both  rifle  and  pistol),  all  necessary  stationery,  a 
mimeograph  (Neostyle  is  preferable),  the  programs,  and  an  official  list 
of  the  competitions. 

He  should  also  secure  from  the  Ordnance  Department  the 
necessary  medals  and  have  them  in  time  to  be  presented  to  the  suc- 
cessful competitors  at  the  close  of  the  Competition. 

For  paragraphs  in  the  Army  Regulations,  War  Department 
Orders,  etc.,  affecting  Inspectors  of  Small-Arms  Practice,  see  Supple- 
ment, Chap.  XXVI. 

CHAPTER  XXVII 
THE  SURVEYING  OFFICER 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

There  is  so  much  in  the  Army  Regulations  and  in  War  Department 
orders  that  pertains  to  surveying  officers,  all  of  which  is  subject  to  change, 
that  it  is  considered  best  to  confine  the  treatment  of  the  matter  to  the 
Supplement.  See  Supplement,  Chap.  XXVII. 


376  CHAPTER  XXVIII 

CHAPTER  XXVIII 
MILITARY  ATTACHES 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

The    proper    performance    of    the    duty    of    MILITARY    AT- 
TACHE, like   the   proper  performance   of  any   other   duty,   requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 
REQUISITES  OF  A  SUCCESSFUL  MILITARY  ATTACHE 

Good  address,  intelligence,  tact  and  industry;  knowledge  of  the 
language  of  the  country  where  he  is  stationed,  especially  a  speaking 
knowledge,  and  a  sufficient  income  to  live  in  a  fitting  manner  and 
associate  with  his  fellows  of  the  diplomatic  corps,  in  a  (European) 
capital. 

Officers  who  have  had  experience  as  Military  Attaches  say  a 
bachelor  attached  to  an  embassy  should  have  an  annual  incpme  of 
four  to  eight  thousand  dollars,  and  married  men  should  have  twice 
that  amount.  At  most  of  our  legations  something  less  than  this 
would  suffice. 
GENERAL  DUTIES 

In  general,  it  may  be  said  the  duties  of  a  Military  Attache  con- 
sist in  collecting  whatever  information  would  be  useful,  directly  or 
indirectly  (to  our  General  Staff),  concerning  the  country  where  he  is 
stationed;  organization,  improvements  in  weapons,  inventions,  all 
new  ideas  and  old  ones  not  yet  familiar  to  us.  Some  of  his  reports 
are  in  answer  to  questions  frpm  his  chief,  but  his  most  useful  ones 
will  generally  be  original.  A  good  Military  Attache  usually  finds 
his  own  work. 

When  an  officer  is  appointed  Military  Attache  he  receives  a 
memorandum  of  instructions  from  the  War  Department  regarding 
the  nature  of  his  duties,  reports  to  be  rendered,  etc.  He  is  at  the 
same  time  designated  as  a  special  disbursing  agent,  Pay  Department, 
and  may  thus  pay  himself  while  abroad.  However,  whether  or  not  he 
takes  funds  and  acts  as  a  disbursing  officer,  is  optional.  If  he  does 
not  choose  to  act  as  a  disbursing  officer,  he  may  arrange  as  follows 
about  his  pay:  Under  the  provisions  of  Par.  1282,  A.  R.,  1910,  arrange 
with  the  Paymaster  General  to  deposit  your  pay  from  month  to  month 
to  your  credit  with  some  bank  in  the  United  States;  upon  reaching 
your  post  of  duty,  get  the  ambassador  or  minister  to  introduce  you  at 
some  bank  and  have  your  personal  checks  on  your  bank  in  the 
United  States  cashed  there,  the  same  as  you  would  in  the  States. 


MILITARY  ATTACHES  377 

While  his  first  duty  is  the  acquirement  of  professional  and 
technical  information,  a  Military  Attache  is  also  expected  to  familiar 
;ze  himself  as  quickly  as  possible  with  the  court  etiquette  and  social 
usages  of  his  post.  A  thorough  knowledge  of  these  will  be  of  the 
greatest  value  to  him  in  all  his  relations  with  local  officials,  with  the 
diplomatic  corps  (of  which  he  is  a  member)  and  with  influential  in- 
dividuals. 

Many  calls  are  made  on  Military  Attaches  by  officers  of  our 
Army  for  information  relating  to  the  country  to  which  the  Attaches 
are  assigned.  However,  experience  has  shown  that  much  trouble 
and  annoyance  are  avoided  if  no  such  requests  are  complied  with  un- 
less forwarded  through  the  proper  channels. 

RELATIONS  (SOCIAL  AND  OFFICIAL)  TO  THE  AMBASSA- 
DOR OR  MINISTER 

* 
He    is    a   member    of    the    Ambassador's    official    family,    directly 

responsible    to    him    for    his    conduct,    though    his    reports    do    not    go 
through  him. 

He  must  comply  with  such  instructions  as  the  Ambassador 
may  give  him,  but  should  the  duties  thus  assigned  him  conflict  with 
those  assigned  by  the  War  Department,  or  should  friction  or  strained 
relations  arise,  the  Attache  should  report  the  matter  to  the  War,  De- 
partment immediately,  and  ask  to  be  recalled.-  In  fact,  a  Military 
Attache,  who,  for  any  reason  is  not  on  good  terms  with  his  Ambassa- 
dor or  Minister,  should  ask  to  be  relieved. 

CALLS,  ETC.,  TO  BE  MADE  UPON  REPORTING  FOR  DUTY 

No  rule  can  be  laid  down,  as  customs  vary  in  various  countries. 
A  new  Attache  should  have  all  this  from  his  predecessor,  or  from  a 
member  of  the  embassy  (generally  the  Senior  Secretary),  or  from 
the  dean  of  his  own  body,  or  if  all  these  fail  him,  from  an  officer  of 
the  army  of  the  country  to  which  he  is  accredited. 

It  is  perhaps  regrettable  that  so  much  time  must  be  consumed 
in  calling,  but  the  mandates  of  society  in  this  respect  are  imperative. 

STATIONERY  (LETTERHEADS,  ETC.) 

This  depends  somewhat  on  the  country.  Sometimes  it  is  in 
English,  sometimes  in  French.  The  Military  Attache  usually  has  his 
letter  headed,  for  instance : 


378  CHAPTER  XXVIII 

American  Embassy  (or  Legation). 
Office  of  Military  Attache. 

London 

While  it  might  seem  affected  to  put  a  letterhead  in  French, 
it  must  be  remembered  that  diplomatic  agreement  and  custom  have 
authorized  the  use  of  this  language,  and  therefore  all  diplomats  are 
supposed  to  have  a  knowledge  of  it.  If  each  nation  should  use  only 
its  own  language  for  letterheads,  the  inconvenience  that  would  fol- 
low is  evident.  However,  in  spite  of  this  there  are  few  places  where 
it  would  not  be  correct  to  use  English. 
VISITING  CARDS 

These  are  practically  always  in  French,  except  in  London.  A 
correct  card  would  be: 

Lieutenant  Joseph  Jones, 

Or 

Le  (Dapitaine  Jones, 

Attache  Militaire  a  1'Ambassade  des  Etats  Unis 
d'Amerique,  25  rue  Ollivier. 

It  is  not  uncommon  for  bachelors  to  leave  the  address  off.  in 
which  case  the  Embassy  suffices.  As  a  rule  embassies  are  centrally 
located,  and  are  therefore  convenient  to  persons  having  communica 
dons  for  military  attaches. 

It   is    sometimes    convenient   to    have   three    different   kinds   of 
cards;  one  in  English,  for  Americans  and  Englishmen;  one  in  French, 
for  the  diplomatic  corps,  and  one  in  the  language  of  the  country,  tc 
be  used  in  social  intercourse  with  the  people  of  that  country. 
MISCELLANEOUS 

A  Military  Attache  represents  on  every  occasion  his  country 
and  its  Army;  he  must  not  do  or  appear  to  do  anything  which  can. 
lower  their  prestige.  He  can  afford  to  go  only  with  the  best  com- 
pany; frequent  only  the  best  places  of  amusement,  hotels,  etc.,  and 
present  the  appearance  of  a  man  of  rank  and  dignity.  This  does  not 
mean  that  he  must  ever  seem'to  bother  about  either. 

Whatever  he  does  not  know  in  the  way  of  customs  he  should 
ask  the  Senior  Secretary  of  his  Embassy  or  the  dean  of  the  attaches; 
cultivate  cordial  relations  with  comrades  and  army  officers;  go  about 
much  and  be  seen  and  known.  Work  hard  at  home  and  give  the  ap- 
pearance outside  of  being  a  man  of  leisure,  not  over-zealous  as  tr 
military  things.  It  is  entirely  unnecessary  for  him  to  let  others 
know  that  he  is  working  hard  in  his  office. 


EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY        379 


CHAPTER  XXIX 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY,  AND 
PROFESSIONAL   STUDY 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  a  description  of  the  various  schools  and 
for   changes,   if   any.) 

It  may  be  said  the  general  plan,  the  purpose,  of  our  present 
military  educational  system  is  twofold: 

J.  By  means  of  a  carefully  prepared,  comprehensive  and  pro- 
gressive scheme  of  practical  and  theoretical  instruction,  to  stimulate 
interest  in  technical  education,  thus  improving  the  minds  of  all  in 
the  service — the.  officers  and  men  alike — with  a  corresponding  increase 
in  the  efficiency  of  our  military  establishment; 

2.  To  amplify  the  military  education  of  specially  selected  offi- 
cers, the  underlying  principle  of  the  plan  being  "THE  SURVIVAL 
OF  THE  FITTEST"— that  is  to  say,  the  officers  who  excel  in  tht 
garrison  schools  are  to  be  given  preference  in  the  details  to  the  var- 
ious special  service  schools;  those  who  excel  in  the  various  special 
service  schools  are  to  be  detailed  for  courses  of  higher  instruction — 
for  example,  those  who  excel  in  the  Army  School  of  the  Line  are  to 
be  detailed  for  the  Staff  College;  those  who  excel  in  the  Staff  Col- 
lege are  to  be  sent  to  the  Army  War  College.  Graduates  of  the  Staff 
College  and  the  Army  War  College  are  to  be  selected  for  important 
details,  such  as  the  General  Staff,  Military  Attaches,  etc.  In  case  of 
war,  these  graduates  would  be  assigned  important  duties. 

The  present  system  is  so  broad,  comprehensive  and  far-reaching 
that  it  has  not  been  in  existence  long  enough  for  the  theory  of  "The 
survival  of  the  fittest"  to  have  crystallized,  but  things,  with  the  power 
and  the  certainty  of  a  moving  glacier,  are  gradually  molding  them- 
selves that  way,  and  the  object  in  view  will  doubtless  be  attained 
within  the  next  few  years,  and  when  it  does  come  those  who  have 
neglected  their  technical  education  will  find  themselves  greatly  hand- 
icapped. It  is,  therefore,  suggested  that  young  officers  just  entering 
the  service  begin  to  prepare  themselves  at  once,  by  study  and  by 
practical  work,  for  the  educational  competition  that  is  now  manifest- 

1  In  the  preparation  of  this  chapter  valuable  assistance  was  received  from 
Colonel  Gustav  J.  Fiebeger,  Professor  of  Civil  and  Military  Engineering,  U.  S.  Mili- 
tary Academy. 


380  CHAPTER  XXIX 

ing  itself  everywhere  in  the  Army,  and  that  is  working  on  the  cumula- 
tive principle  of  a  snowball  rolling  down  the  side  of  a  mountain. 

Aside  from  the  natural  and  commendable  pride  which  every 
officer  should  take  in  wishing  to  keep  pace  with  his  fellow-officers — 
aside  from  the  power,  confidence  and  satisfaction  which  knowledge 
gives — there  is  also  another  phase  of  the  matter  which  should  appeal 
to  every  ambitious  officer: 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  Spanish  War,  for  instance,  it  fell  to  the 
lot  of  many  junior  officers  to  muster  in  the  volunteer  regiments.  Such 
officers  were  constantly  asked  questions  relating  to  company  and 
regimental  administration,  by  commanders  and  staff  officers  not  famil- 
iar with  the  requirements  of  the  bureaus  of  the  War  Department.  In 
no  other  way  can  a  young  officer  more  rapidly  advance  himself  in  time 
of  war,  than  by  demonstrating  to  the  volunteers  his  thorough  familiar- 
ity with  the  details  of  his  profession.  Many  an  officer  of  the  Civil  War 
received  his  first  regiment,  because  he  had  shown  his  mastery  of  the 
art  of  caring  for  one. 

The  mastery  of  the  details  of  company  and  post  administra- 
tion, the  mastery  of  the  evolutions  of  the  drill  book,  etc.,  are  val- 
uable assets  in  the  education  of  an  officer,  but  they  are  far  short  of 
constituting  such  a  military  education  as  fits  an  officer  for  the  respon- 
sible duties  of  a  general  staff  officer,  or  for  high  command  in  time  of 
war.  These  should  be  the  ultimate  aim  of  every  young  officer.  How 
puny  are  the  weightiest  questions  of  post  administration  when  com- 
pared with  the  military  policy  of  a  nation,  the  organization  and  mobili- 
zation of  its  armies,  the  strategy  of  a  war,  the  tactics  of  a  modern 
battle,  the  organization  of  the  lines  of  supply! 

PROFESSIONAL  STUDY  AND  READING. 

In  commenting  upon  one  of  the  works  on  the  art  of  war,  pub- 
lished while  he  was  on  the  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  Napoleon  gave  the 
following  as  the  means  of  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  leadership: 

"Read  and  reread  the  campaigns  of  Alexander,  Hannibal,  Gus- 
"tavus  Adolphus,  Turenne,  Eugene  of  Savoy,  and  Frederick 
"the  Great.  Model  yourself  on  them,  This  is  the  only  means 
"of  becoming  a  great  captain  and  of  discovering  the  secrets 
"of  the  art.  Evolutions,  the  science  of  the  engineer  and  of 
"the  artillerist  may  be  learned  from  treatises,  as  geometry  is 
"learned,  but  leadership  can  be  acquired  only  by  experience 
"and  by  the  study  of  the  history  of  the  wars  of  the  great 
"captains."  » 


EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY        381 

The  young  officer  who  has  the  leisure  and  the  inclination  will 
find  himself  well  repaid  by  a  careful  reading  of  the  campaigns  of  the 
great  captains  mentioned  by  Napoleon.  It  must  be  remembered  that 
when  Napoleon  gave  this  advice,  he  was  farther  away  from  the  period 
of  war  chariots,  the  shield  and  pike  than  we  are  from  the  flint-locks 
and  smoothbore  cannon  of  Frederick  the  Great. 

Napoleon  no  doubt  meant  that  while  the  means  of  prosecuting 
the  art  of  war  had  changed,  the  problem  of  war  as  it  presents  itself 
to  the  responsible  commander  is  ever  the  same — to  form  a  plan  of 
action  when  confronted  by  conflicting  reports  and  hazy  information; 
to  act  on  it  with  a  confidence  which  gives  assurance  to  subordinates 
and  dismay  to  the  enemy;  and  to  meet  every  unexpected  difficulty 
and  even  disaster  with  nerves  and  brain  well  under  control.  Did  ever 
modern  commander  need  these  qualities  to  a  higher  degree  than  Han- 
nibal who  for  fifteen  years  maintained  himself  in  the  Italian  peninsula 
defying  the  power  of  the  great  Roman  republic;  or  Caesar  when  he 
spent  eight  years  in  Gaul  upholding  the  power  of  Rome  against  the 
continuous  attacks  by  the  hordes  of  Gaul  and  Germany,  with  no  other 
weapons  than  the  sword  and  pilum;  or  Frederick  the  Great,  who  in 
the  seven  years  war  had  to  defend  his  territory  against  the  combined 
powers  of  Austria,  Germany  and  Russia? 

To  those  who  have  the  time  and  inclination  to  learn  the  art  as 
practiced  by  these  captains  the  following  books  are  recommended: 

1.  Alexander,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  680  pages.) 

2.  Hannibal,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  670  pages.) 

3.  Caesar,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  778  pages.) 

4.  Gustavus    Adolphus,    Colonel    Theodore    A.    Dodge — (8-vo, 
850  pages.) 

(These  four  books  are  well  illustrated,  and  give  a  complete 
account  of  the  development  of  the  art  of  war  from  the  time  of  Alex- 
ander to  that  of  Frederick  the  Great.  The  series  is  to  be  completed 
with  the  lives  of  Frederick  the  Great  and  Napoleon.  The  latter  has 
been  published  but  not  the  former.) 

5.  Turenne,  H.  M.  Hozier — (4-vo,  198  pages,  London.) 

6.  Eugene  of  Savoy,  Col.  Malleson — (264  pages,  London.) 

7.  Frederick  the  Great — Battles  of  Frederick  the  Great  from 
Carlisle,  Ransome — (237  pages,  London.) 

Experience  and  Study,  according  to  Napoleon,  are  the  rules  that 
lead  to  military  success.  And  yet  if  we  are  to  accept  the  story  told 
by  Marshal  Gouvion  St.  Cyr,  Napoleon  did  not  place  a  high  -value  on 
experience. 


382  CHAPTER  XXIX 

In  1813,  in  a  conversation  between  the  two,  St.  Cyr  told  the 
Emperor,  that  he,  St.  Cyr.  did  not  believe  that  either  experience  or 
long  practice  was  of  much  value  in  acquiring  the  science  of  war.  That 
of  all  men,  friends  and  foes,  who  had  commanded  armies  during  the 
wars  caused  by  the  French  Revolution,  he  did  not  find  one  who  had 
learned  much  by  experience.  He  would  not  except  even  Napoleon 
from  this  category,  for  he  still  considered  the  first  Italian  campaign 
as  Napoleon's  masterpiece. 

The  Emperor  replied  that  St.  Cyr  was  right.  Considering  the 
small  means  at  his  disposal,  he,  Napoleon,  also  regarded  this  as  his 
finest  campaign.  Furthermore,  he  knew  but  one  general  who  had 
uninterruptedly  learned  by  experience, — and  that  was  Turenne,  whose 
great  talents  were  the  fruit  of  the  deepest  study.  Turenne,  himself, 
thought  that  the  art  of  war  was  learned  more  from  books  than  from  bat- 
tlefields. 

Popular  writers  are  prone  to  attribute  every  act  of  a  great  cap- 
tain to  inspiration.  The  masters  of  the  art,  however,  attribute  their 
success  to  careful  calculation,  based  on  study  and  experience.  Inspi- 
ration seems  to  be  only  calculation  made  so  rapidly  that  it  bewilders 
the  ordinary  mind.  The  same  qualities  are  shown  by  the  masters  of 
any  other  art  or  profession. 

Students  of  the  art  of  war  have  as  a  rule  accepted  the  dictum 
of  Napoleon  above  given,  and  agree  that  correct  principles  of  the  art 
can  be  deduced  only  from  military  history  and  that  each  principle 
must  be  supported  by  examples  drawn  from  actual  warfare. 

Von  Moltke,  for  example,  never  commanded  troops  in  war 
until  he  was  66  or  68  years  old — he  learned  all  he  knew  from  the  study 
of  military  history,  solving  map  problems,  playing  the  war  game  and 
staff  rides. 

A  COURSE  OF  READING  AND  STUDY.1  The  following 
is  given  merely  as  a  general  guide  for  a  beginner— as  a  plan  that 


1  NOTES. 

/.  Any  military  book  in  print,  domestic  or  foreign,  can  be  purchased  from  The 
Secretary,  Army  Service  Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. ;  The  U.  S.  Infantry 
Association,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  or,  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Association,  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  Kans. 

2.  As  soon  as  an  officer  is  appointed  he  should  apply  to  the  Chief,  War  College 
Division,  General  Staff,  Washington,  D.  C.,  for  the  following  named  Government  pub- 
lications, which  will  be  furnished  him  free  of  cost:  1,  Army  Regulations;  2,  Manual  of 
Guard  Duty;  3.  Manual  for  Courts-martial;  4,  Field  Service  Regulations;  5,  Small-Arms 
Firing  Manual ;  6,  Paymaster's  Manual ;  7,  Medical  Department  Manual ;  8, 
Subsistence  Manual;  9,  Quartermaster's  Manual  for  Army  Cooks;  11,  Army  Trans- 
port Regulations;  12,  Drill  Regulations. 


EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY         383 

may  be  extended  almost  indefinitely  by  supplementary  reading  and 
study  under  the  different  headings: 

1.  As  soon  as  possible  after  receiving  your  appointment  read 
carefully  and  intelligently  these  books: 

(a)     Army    Regulations.       (For    paragraphs,    see    Supplement, 
Chap.  I,  Par.  28.) 

(&)     Manual  of  Guard  duty. 

(c)  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(d)  Field  Service  Regulations. 

(?)     Studies  in   Minor  Tactics,   by  the   Dept.   of   Military   Art, 
Service  Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  75  cts.  (with  2  maps). 

(NOTE.  The  best  way  to  learn  the  Drill  Regulations  is  to  study  them  from  day 
to  day  in  connection  with,  your  drills;  the  Small  Arms  Firing  Manual,  in  con- 
nection with  target  practice;  the  manuals  of  the  various  departments,  when  one  has 
quartermaster,  commissary  and  other  similar  duties  to  perform;  military  law,  hippo- 
logy,  military  hygiene,  topography,  field  engineering,  etc.,  in  the  regular  course  of 
instruction  in  the  Officers'  School.  (See  Supplement,  Chapter  XXIX.) 

(f)  Shaw's   "Elements   of   Modern   Tactics."      (Latest   edition, 
1906).    $2.50. 

(g)  If   a   cavalry   officer,    De    Biensen's    "Conduct   of    Contact 
Squadron."    $1.20. 

(h     Griepenkerl's  "Letters  on  Applied  Tactics."     $2. 
(0     Hamley's  "Operations,  of  War."     (2  vols.)     $9. 
(/)     Napoleon's  Maxims,  75  cts.     ("Stonewall"  Jackson  used  to 
always  carry  this  little  book  in  his  saddlebags.) 

(NOTE.  Every  officer  should  read  Upton's  "Military  Policy  of  the  United  States" 
— a  Government  publication.) 

2.  Having  thus  grounded  himself  in   the  principles   of  tactics 
and  strategy,  the  young  officer  is  now  prepared  to  take  up  the  study 
of  campaigns — in  other  words,  he  is  now  ready  to  begin  orienting  him- 
self in  military  history — that  is,  by  familiarizing  himself  with  the  cam- 
paigns and  battles  which  are  most  frequently  employed  by  military 
writers  to  illustrate  the  principles  of  the  art  of  war. 

It  is  thought  that  he  should  begin  by  studying  the  history  and 
the  campaigns  of  his  own  country. 
A         The  following  course  of  reading  is  suggested: 

(a)     A  reliable,  connected  history  of  the  United  States. 

Wilson's  "A  History  of  American  People."    (5  vols.  $17.50.    Har- 
per &  Bros.);    or  any  other  standard  work  is  recommended. 

(See  footnote,  page  37.) 

(&)     Fiske's  "History  of  the  Revolution."    (2  Vols.    $3.    Hough- 
ton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston). 


384  CHAPTER  XXIX 

(c)  An  excellent  account  of  the  War  of  1812  can  be  found  in 
Adams'  "History  of  the  United  States,  from  1801  to  1817,"  (Vols.  5 
and  6;  $2  each,  Scribner).  And  in  McMaster's  "History  of  the  People 
of  the  United  States"  (Vol.  4;  $2.25,  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  New  York.) 

However,  there  is  not  much  to  be  learned  from  this  war,  either 
tactically  or  strategically,  but  a  great  deal  to  be  learned  by  Congress 
and  the  people. 

(rf).  i  Wilcox's  History  of  the  Mexican  War.  (Out  of  print). 
2  Howard's  "Life  of  Zachary  Taylor"  and  Wright's  "Life 
of  Winfield  Scott." 

(*)  THE  AMERICAN  CIVIL -WAR,  in  the  length  of  its 
duration  and  the  extent  of  the  territory  covered  by  it,  is  second  in 
importance  to  the  Napoleonic  Wars.  The  study  of  its  operations  con- 
firms the  principles  of  warfare  as  developed  by  Napoleon,  and  teaches 
the  American  officer  the  military  geography  of  much  of  this  country. 
The  study  of  the  recruiting  of  the  armies,  and  their  tactical  employ- 
ment on  the  battlefield  and  on  the  march,  teach  the  officer  the  difficul- 
ties he  will  have  to  contend  with  in  operating  with  volunteers  of  the 
future  war. 

Books  recommended: 

(a)  Ropes'  "Story  of  the  Civil  War."  $3.  (Does  not  go  be- 
yond battle  of  Stone's  River,  Dec.  31,  1862.) 

(6)     Alexander's  Memoirs,  $4. 

(c)     Henderson's  "Stonewall  Jackson."     (2  Vols.  $4.) 

(rf)  The  Scribner  series  covering  the  campaigns  of  Vicksburg, 
Atlanta,  Franklin  and  Nashville,  the  Wilderness  and  the  Valley.  (The 
Scribner  Campaigns  of  the  Civil  War  Series  is  complete  in  13  volumes. 
They  can  be  purchased  separately  at  $1  each). 

The  above  books  give  all  of  the  principal  campaigns  of  the 
Civil  War. 

(/)     THE  SPANISH-AMERICAN  WAR. 

Books  recommended: 

"The  Campaign  of  Santiago,"  by  Sargent.     (3  Vols.  $5.) 

(£)  NAPOLEONIC  WARS.  Because  of  the  length  of  the 
period  covered  by  the  Napoleonic  Wars,  the  extent  of  the  territory 
covered  by  the  operations,  the  variety  in  the  campaigns,  the  brilliancy 
of  its  military  feats,  these  wars  are  quoted  by  military  writers  more 
than  the  wars  of  any  other  period  of  history.  This  probably  will 
always  be  quoted  as  standards  of  strategy  and  leadership;  as  the  origin 


EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY        385 

of  the  modern  tactics  of  the  tliree  arms;    and  as  the  origin  of  modern 
military  organization. 

Books  recommended: 

Jomini's  "Life  of  Napoleon."     $12. 

(Rope's  Battle  of  Waterloo  is  considered  by  some  the  best  book 
ever  written  on  the  subject.) 

(A)  THE  FRANCO-GERMAN  WAR  teaches  the  value  of 
thorough  preparation  in  time  of  peace  and  the  difficulties  encountered 
in  operating  with  hastily  raised  levies  ag»ainst  a  thoroughly  organized 
army,  backed  by  the  morale  of  repeated  victories. 

Books  recommended : 

"The  Franco-German  War."— Von  Moltke— $2.20. 

(0  THE  BRITISH-BOER  AND  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WARS 
are  valuable  in  teaching  the  effect  upon  tactics  of  modern  firearms 
and  fortification. 

Books  recommended.- 

i.     The  British-Boer   War. 
"German  General  Staff  Account."     2  Vols.  $7.20. 

2     The  Russo-Japanese  War. 

"The  War  in  the  Far  East,"  by  Military  Correspondents  of  the 
London  Times  ($5).  "The  Battle  of  Mukden,"  by  German  General 
Staff  ($1.50).  "The  Battle  of  Shaho,"  by  German  General  Staff  ($1.50). 

3.  Having  oriented  himself  in  military  history,  the  young  officer 
is  then  prepared  to  study  the  various  standard  military  writers  who 
elucidate  the  principles  of  tactics,  strategy,  supply,  fortification,  organ- 
ization, and  the  many  other  subdivisions  into  which  the  art  of  war 
may  be  subdivided. 

Of  the  many  excellent  books  on  the  subjects,  the  following  are 
recommended : 

(a)     TACTICS. 

A  History  of  Tactics — Johnstone — (Small  8-vo,  220  pages  with 
27  plates,  1906,  London). 

The  Development  of  Tactics — Maguire  (8-vo,  218  pages,  Lon- 
don). 

(fc)     STRATEGY. 

The  Conduct  of  War— Von  der  Golz  (8-vo,  216  pages). 

Evolution  of  Modern  Strategy — Maude  (8-vo,  134  pages,  Lon- 
don). 


386  CHAPTER  XXIX 

Elements  of  Strategy — Fiebeger  (8-vo — 138  pages);  West  Point. 

(c)     SUPPLY. 

Provisioning  of  Modern  Armies — Sharpe  (8-vo,  115  pages). 

Provisioning  Armies  in  the  Field— Furse  (8-vo,  300  pages,  Lon- 
don). 

Lines*  of  Communication  in  War — Furse  (8-vo,  510  pages,  Lon- 
don). 

(rf)     FORTIFICATION. 

Fortification— Clarke,  (8-vo,  London,  1907). 

Field  Fortification — Fiebeger  (8-vo,  ISO  pages). 

Permanent  Fortification — Fiebeger  (8-vo,  102  pages,  West  Point, 
1907). 

Annals  of  a  Fortress — Violet  le  Due  (8-vo,  380  pages). 

Principles  of  Land  Defense — Thuillier  (8-vo,  380  r-tg»i,  Lon- 
don). 

0?)     ORGANIZATION. 

Armies  of  to-day — Harper's  (8-ov,  438  pages.) 

The  young  officer  will  naturally  desire  to  perfect  himself  first 
in  the  tactical  development  of  his  own  army,  and  for  this  purpose 
the  following  books  are  suggested: 

Modern  European  Tactics  (infantry)  Balck,  8-vo.  386  pages, 
London,  1899. 

The  Art  of  Marching — Furse,  8-vo,  576  pages,  London. 

Cavalry  in  Action — Trans,  from  French,  8-vo,  271  pages,  Lon- 
don, 1905. 

Cavalry  in  Future  Wars — Trans,  from  German,  8-vo..  293  pages, 
London,  1906. 

Tactical  Employment  of  Quick  Firing  Field  Artillery — Rou- 
querol,  8-vo,  231  pages,  London,  1905. 

Tactics  of  Seacoast  Defense — Wisser,  232  pages, 

(/)  MILITARY  MEMOIRS.  Much  light  is  often  thrown  on 
military  operations  by  the  memoirs  of  the  participants  in  the  events. 
Some  of  the  most  fascinating  of  military  literature  is  found  in  these 
memoirs  which  should  not  be  neglected.  Even  historical  novels, 
whose  epoch  is  that  of  a  great  war,  throw  light  upon  the  conditions 
of  the  time  and  the  attitude  of  the  participants  in  the  struggle. 

The  following  memoirs  are  recommended: 


EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY        387 

NAPOLEONIC  ERA. 

Memoirs  of  Baron  Marbot. 
Recollections  of  Marshal  MacDonald. 
Memoirs  of  Marshal  Oudinot. 

Memoirs  of  Baron  Le  Jeune — (Aid  to  Berthier,  Davout  and 
Oudinot). 

An  Aide-de-Camp  of  Napoleon — Segur. 

Memoirs  of  Baron  Meneval.     (Secretary  to  Napoleon). 

CIVIL  WAR. 

Memoirs   of  Regular   Officers — Grant,    Sherman,    Sheridan,    Long 
street,  Johnston,  E.  P.  Alexander,  Schofield,  and  Howard. 

Memoirs  of  Volunteer  Officers — 

From  Bull  Run  to  Chancellorsyille — Curtis;  Volunteer  Soldier 
of  America — Logan;  Military  Reminiscences  of  Civil  War — Cox; 
Story  of  a  Cavalry  Regiment — W.  F.  Scott;  Reminiscences  of  the 
Civil  War — J.  B.  Gordon;  Four  Years  Under  Marse  Robert— Stiles. 

5.  CLUB  STUDY.  Small  clubs  organized  for  the  purpose  of 
studying  military  topics  will  be  of  great  value  to  its  members.  The 
discussions  that  take  place  in  such  a  club  are  certain  to  bring  out  im- 
portant points  which  would  have  escaped  any  individual  member. 

War  games  are  of  great  value  in  the  study  of  tactics.  They 
combine  with  tactics  the  reading  of  maps,  and  impress  upon  the  stu- 
dent more  strongly  than  can  be  impressed  by  a  printed  page,  the  time 
required  to  move  and  deploy  troops,  and  the  losses  inflicted  by  modern 
firearms.  Sayre's  "Map  Maneuvers"  is  recommended. 

Excellent  results  can  be  obtained  from  Staff  Rides,  Tactical 
Rides  and  Tactical  Walks,  in  which  you  practice  quickening  your  pow- 
ers of  decision  by  assuming  military  situations  and  then  drafting  the 
necessary  field  orders.  The  power  of  rapidly  grasping  a  situation,  of 
coming  quickly  to  a  decision  and  of  being  able  to  issue  clear  and 
easily  executed  orders — such  a  faculty,  more  than  anything  else,  brings 
success  to  a  commander  in  the  field. 

A  Staff  Ride  consists  in  working  out  on  the  ground  and  %  without  troops,  the 
problems  in  staff  duties  which  arise  in  large  units,  such  as  divisions.  The  problems 
relate  to  strategy,  tactics,  transportation,  supply,  and  sanitary  service.  The  com- 
manders and  the  staff  officers,  including  the  heads  of  the  various  supply  departments, 
are  represented  by  officers,  the  troops  and  their  impedimenta  being  imaginary.  The 
officers  are  mounted  and  the  operations  cover  considerable  time  and  territory.  Each 
officer  works  out  the  problem  which  falls  to  his  specialty.  The  work  of  all  is  then 
studied  and  discussed  on  the  ground.  The  work  is  conducted  under  a  director,  who 
states  the  problem,  and  conducts  the  discussion,  etc.  The  purpose  of  a  staff  ride  is 
to  practice  staff  officers  in  working  together  and  in  carrying  out  and  coordinating  the 
various  duties  they  would  be  required  to  perform  on  a  campaign. 

"STAFF  RIDES,"  by  Capt.  A.  H.  Marindin,  published  by  Hugh  Recs,  Lon- 
don, explains  in  detail  the  conduct  of  a  staff  ride.  "Training  and  Maneuver  Regula- 
tions" (British  Army),  1909,  gives  general  instructions  for  the  conduct  of  staff  rides, 
war  games  and  maneuvers. 

A  Tactical  Ride  consists  of  operations  by  a  small  party  of  officers  mounted, 
without  troops  operating  against  an  imaginary  enemy.  It  concerns  itself  only  with 
the  tactics  of  the  operations,  and  extends  over  a  briefer  period  than  a  staff  ride.  Un- 
like a  staff  ride,  it  is  applicable  to  the  instruction  of  junior  officers  and  noncommis- 
sioned officers,  the  rang!  of  problems  extending  from  simple  patrols  to  attacks  by 
large  forces.  ,  .  - 


388  CHAPTER  XXIX 

"A  TACTICAL  RIDE,"  by  Verdy  du  Vernois,  translated  by  Major  Swift, 
explains  in  detail  the  conduct  of  a  tactical  ride. 

A  Tactical  Walk  is  similar  to  a  tactical  ride.     Officers  are  dismounted. 

A  Map  Problem  consists  of  a  written  solution  of  a  given  problem.  The  troops 
are  assumed  to  be  as  stated  in  the  situation.  The  terrain  is  exactly  as  represented  by 
the  map  employed. 

A  War  Game  (sometimes  called  a  Map  Manuever)  is  a  contest  in  which  com- 
manders and  subordinates,  beginning  with  a  stated  problem,  conduct  their  operations 
with  imaginary  troops,  on  a  terrain  represented  by  a  large-scale  map.  Troops  are 
represented  by  blocks.  An  umpire  renders  decisions  as  to  the  effects  obtained  by 
fire,  the  results  of  the  various  movements  of  troops,  etc. 

The  object  of  a  war  game  is  to  afford  an  opportunity  of  studying  strategical 
and  tactical  problems  and  to  develop  initiative,  the  power  of  decision  and  skill  in 
formulating  tactical  orders,  etc.. 

"MAP  MANEUVERS,"  by  Major  Sayre,  obtainable  from  the  Army  Service 
Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  explains  in  detail  the  conduct  of  a  war  game. 
(Book,  45  cts. ;  one  war  game  set,  50  cts. ;  one  12-inch  map,  $1.25.) 

Maneuvers  are  actual  operations  of  troops  using  blank  cartridges,  in  which  the 
results  of  the  operations  are  decided  by  umpires. 

6  SUGGESTIONS  ON  READING  OF  MILITARY  HIS- 
TORY. 

(a)  From  the  very  beginning  of  your  service,  set  aside  a  few 
hours  of  each  day  for  a  regular  and  systematic  course  of  study; 

(&)  The  books  you  read  should  not  be  skimmed,  like  a  novel, 
but  you  should  peruse  them  carefully,  making  mental  pictures  of  the 
situations  as  they  probably  appeared  to  the  participants,  and  make  up 
your  mind  what  you  would  do  in  like  circumstances.  In  reading  dis- 
cussions about  tactics,  do  not  blindly  accept  what  the  writer  may  say, 
but  think  over  the  matter  carefully,  and  make  up  your  mind  whether 
the  reasoning  is  based  on  sufficient  facts  to  warrant  the  conclusions 
drawn; 

(c)  The  study  of  any  particular  battle  or  campaign,  must  al- 
ways be  considered  in  its  relation  to  the  rest  of  the  war; 

(d)  After  completing  any  one  subject,   some  time   should  be 
spent  thinking  over  it — digesting  it — before  proceeding  to  another.     It 
is  a  good  plan  to  write  out  a  general  synopsis  of  it.     General  Grant 
used  to  do  this  when  he  was  a  second  lieutenant. 

(e)  A  prominent  general  officer  who  has  the  reputation  of  being 
one  of  our  best  military  students,  says: 

"I  find  it  to  have  been  a  misfortune  in  my  own. early  reading, 
and  one  that  is  common  with  most  officers  with  whom  I  have  dis- 
cussed the  subject,  that  too  much  attention  is  paid  to  the  prowess 
of  individual  commanders  and  the  movement  of  units,  and  too  little 
time  is  spent  in  grasping  the  situation.  If  an  officer,  in  reading  books 
on  campaigns,  would  shut  his  eyes  to  the  names  of  the  generals  and 
the  movements  of  individual  units,  and  gain  an  insight  into  the  situa- 
tions which  cause  those  movements,  he  would  then  be  able  to  proceed 
to  a  critical  study  of  the  campaigns  as  recorded  in  history.  In  other 
words,  I  mean  that  each  battle  and  campaign  is  a  series  of  situations 
which  the  general  meets  by  certain  movements  of  his  troops.  If  these 
movements  are  ill  judged,  the  battle  or  campaign  is  a  failure;  if  they 
are  well  judged,  he  meets  with  success.  This  idea  is  particularly  val- 
uable, in  my  opinion,  when  it  comes  to  the  solution  of  map  problems, 
which  are  themselves  a  series  of  situations." 


ESPRIT  DE  CORPS  389 

CHAPTER  XXX 
ESPRIT  DE  CORPS.1 

Esprit  de  Corps  is  that  feeling  of  loyalty,  pride,  and  enthusiasm 
of  the  officer  and  the  soldier,  first  and  especially  for  his  own  particu- 
lar regiment  or  corps;  second  and  generally  for  the  army  to  which 
he  belongs — founded  in  each  case  on  the  glorious  traditions  of  the 
past,  on  the  patriotism  and  efficiency  of  the  present,  and  on  the  de- 
termined resolve  in  future  war  and  peace,  to  uphold  the  prestige,  the 
honor,  the  tradition  of  the  army  and  of  his  regiment  or  corps — nay, 
more,  to  go  further  and  increase  the  prestige,  the  honor,  the  tradi- 
tion by  adding  something  thereto  through  individual  acts  of  his  own. 

Whatever  means  tend  to  bring  to  bear  and  render  potent  the 
glorious  traditions  of  the  past;  whatever  means  tend  to  promote 
patriotism  and  efficiency  in  the  individual,  the  regiment  or  corps  and 
the  army;  whatever  means  tend  to  uphold  and  increase  prestige, 
honor,  tradition,  must  of  necessity  preserve  and  strengthen  Esprit 
de  Corps,  for  these  are  the  living  springs  that  give  it  its  life  and  it 
has  need  of  them  all. 

No  two  officers,  no  two  soldiers  are  alike,  however  much  they 
may  appear  to  be  animated  by  the  same  spirit.  Though  in  order  to 
possess  Esprit  de  Corps  all  must  have  loyalty,  pride,  and  enthusiasm 
in  their  regiment  or  corps,  and  in  the  army  to  which  they  belong,  yet 
the  controlling  influence  in  each  individual  varies  with  and  depends 
upon  his  antecedents,  his  temperament,  his  character  and  his  training. 
One  will  receive  more  encouragement  and  stimulus  from  the  past, 
from  tradition;  for  such  the  study  of  the  history  of  the  army  and  of 
his  regiment,  their  deeds,  their  distinguished  names,  their  banners, 
their  trophies,  their  traditions  will  be  the  awakening  and  sustaining 
influence.  Another  will  receive  more  stimulus  from  the  present;  him 
the  drill,  the  discipline,  the  care  and  comfort  of  troops,  the  fighting 
capacity  of  his  regiment  or  corps  will  make  enthusiastic  in  his  life 
of  soldier.  While  a  third  will  have  his  pride  and  enthusiasm  aroused 
more  by  contemplating  the  future;  he  is  not  content  with  tradition, 

1  By  Captain  Peter   E.   Traub,   12th   Cavalry,   Associate   Professor,   Department 
of  Languages,  U.   S.   Military  Academy. 


390  CHAPTER  XXX 

with  efficiency,  with  the  past,  with  the  day's  work;  he  looks  forward 
to  promotion  and  longs  and  sighs  for  opportunities  to  win  reputation 
and  glory.  The  officer  and  the  soldier  imbued  with  true  Esprit  de 
Corps  receives  a  proper  stimulus  from  all  three  sources, 

It  is  customary  in  speaking  of  Esprit  de  Corps  to  restrict  it  to. 
regimental  or  corps  feeling,  but  this  is  taking  into  account  only  the 
narrower  though  more  intense  development  of  which  Esprit  de  Corps 
is  capable,  and  is  neglecting  the  broader  feeling,  army  Esprit  de 
Corps,  that  makes  the  regimental  feeling  possible.  True  Esprit  de 
Corps  is  a  combination  feeling  of  pride  and  enthusiasm  in  the  army 
as  a  whole  and  of  pride  and  enthusiasm  in  one's  particular  regiment 
or  corps.  Take  the  case  of  officers  promoted  to  regiments  other  than 
their  own. 

The  army  feeling  permits  and  enables  the  officer  to  go  from 
regiment  to  regiment  in  the  same  branch  of  service,  where,  amidst 
conditions  not  necessarily  very  different  from  those  existing  in  his 
former  regiment,,  he  can  accommodate  himself  to  his  new  surround- 
ings and  imbibe  the  special  traditions  of  his  new  regiment  and  eventu- 
ally get  to  feel  nearly,  if  not  entirely,  as  much  at  home  as  with  his 
former  comrades. 

The  same  is  the  case,  in  somewhat  less  degree,  with  officers 
detailed  to  Staff  Corps,  under  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  Congress, 
approved  February  2,  1901,  and  with  officers  detailed  to  the  General 
Staff  Corps.  The  army  feeling  enables  the  officer  to  serve  with  credit 
in  any  capacity,  anywhere,  in  the  world,  and  forms  the  foundation  on 
which  is  built  the  special  superstructure,  occasioned  by  his  regimental 
or  corps  surroundings — a  superstructure  insensibly  changing  to  meet 
existing  conditions. 

There  is  a  potent  influence  in  the  monumental  past  that  has 
not  been  fully  recognized  in  our  practical  army  because  that  influence 
is  an  unmeasurable  quantity,  a  sentiment  called  tradition — the  tradition 
of  our  army  as  a  whole,  of  our  regiments  and  corps,  the  tradition  that 
attaches  to  the  great  soldiers  who  have  added  dignity  to  our  profes- 
sion and  luster  to  our  arms. 

It  can  not  be  denied  that  a  full  and  complete  knowledge  from 
private  to  colonel  of  the  various  steps  that  have  made  the  regiment 
or  corps  what  it  now  is,  that  a  full  display  of  the  noble  deeds  to  be 
found  in  the  history  of  all,  can  fail  to  have  a  great  influence  for  good. 


ESPRIT  DE  CORPS  391 

on  the  zeal  and  ardor,  on  the  spirit  of  emulation,  which  is  the  very 
foundation  of  the  character  and  reputation  of  our  army. 

Study  the  history  of  the  army  and  of  your  regiment  or  corps, 
that  you  may  know  how  it  came  to  be  what  it  is — that  you  may  un- 
derstand how  perfect  discipline,  efficiency  and  brilliant  courage  com- 
bine to  give  success  in  war.  Venerate  the  past  for  the  good  there  is 
in  it.  Though  you  do  not  see  emblazoned  on  your  regimental  color  or 
standard  the  names  of  the  battles  in  which  the  regiment  participated, 
keep  those  names  so  emblazoned  on  your  heart  that  when  your  flag 
goes  by  at  the  side  of  the  National  Color  you  will  involuntarily  call 
to  mind  those  past  deeds  and  the  courage  and  honor  of  your  regiment 
or  corps  that  made  those  deeds  possible. 

Always    show   the   greatest   respect   for   and   take   the   greatest 
pride  in  the  national  flag,  the  national  anthem  and  the  national  uni 
form — by  so  doing  you  will  instill  this  respect  and  pride  in  the  hearts 
of  your  subordinates. 

A  Remember  that  the  most  characteristic  factor  in  a  regimental 
organization  for  fostering  regimental  Esprit  de  Corps  is  the  Regi- 
mental Mess.  Do  not  consider  it  merely  as  a  place  where  the  bach 
elor  officers  dine,  but  rather  as  the  regimental  hearthstone  where  at 
certain  intervals  it  is  compulsory  on  all  the  regimental  officers  present 
to  dine  together.  It  should  be  the  place  where  the  old  regimental 
colors  are  displayed,  where  all  the  old  regimental  relics  in  the  shape 
of  books,  pictures,  plates,  etc.,  are  on  file  to  be  looked  up  and  referred 

to  when  Colonel spins  his  yarn  about  General ,  who 

commanded  the  regiment  in  17 — ;  it  should  be  the  place  where 
colonel  and  lieutenant  meet  in  the  social  equality  of  gentlemen  in  that 
camaraderie  and  good  fellowship  which  teaches  the  youngster  respect 
and  affection  for  his  seniors,  and  the  elders  kindness  and  considera- 
tion for  the  juniors;  it  should  be  the  place  where  are  forged  the  links 
that  bind  the  regimental  front  unbroken  to  the  outside  world,  and 
where  in  their  own  privacy  they  can  deal  with  questions  affecting  the 
honor  and  tradition  so  dear  to  them;  it  should  be  the  place  where 
dwells  the  spirit  and  the  soul  of  the  principles  that  have  made  the 
regiment  and  that  have  preserved  intact  its  prestige,  its  honor,  its 
tradition. 

There  is  no  other  single  means  more  full  of  bright  and  prom- 
ising good  for  Esprit  de  Corps  that  your  regimental  mess  on  a  firm  and 
zeal-inspiring  basis. 


392  CHAPTER  XXX 

Tradition,  up  to  the  present,  has  been  a  more  or  less  minor 
characteristic  of  our  Esprit  de  Corps,  efficiency  has  been  its  keynote — 
efficiency  in  the  individual  and  in  the  various  combinations  of  indi- 
viduals from  the  lowest,  or  squad,  to  the  highest,  or  army. 

Each  private,  each  noncommissioned  officer,  each  and  every 
commissioned  officer  in  OUT  army,  owes  it  to  his  government,  in 
whatever  position  he  may  be  placed,  to  strive  to  his  uttermost  to 
fulfill  his  duties  and  responsibilities  faithfully,  unhesitatingly,  loyally. 
He  has  duties  to  perform  toward  his  government  as  far  as  he  himself 
is  concerned;  he  has  duties  and  responsibilities  as  far  as  his  inferiors 
and  as  far  as  his  superiors  are  concerned.  The  officer,  the  soldier 
that  recognizes  his  threefold  task  and  that  lives  up  to  it  willingly, 
cheerfully  and  to  the  best  of  his  ability  has  the  proper  feeling,  the 
proper  professional  spirit,  the  proper  army  Esprit  de  Corps. 

The  soldier  when  he  enlists  and  the  officer  when  he  receives 
his  commission  must  write  down  three  cardinal  principles  that  are  to 
be  his  guide  in  his  chosen  profession — "Self-control,  self-culture,  self- 
sacrifice."  He  must  strive  actively  and  manfully  to  maintain  the  high- 
est standard  of  physical,  mental  and  moral  discipline;  in  other  words, 
self-control]  he  must  make  the  best  use  of  his  opportunities  under  all 
circumstances,  that  will  enable  him  by  self-culture  to  be  ihe  best  officer 
or  soldier,  in  every  way,  that  he  is  capable  of  becoming;  but  self- 
control  and  self-culture  are  simply  preparatory  to  the  third  and  last 
cardinal  principle,  self-sacrifice.  The  officer  and  the  soldier  by  their 
oath  have  made  a  solemn  vow  to  sacrifice  self  upon  the  altar  of  their 
country  wherever  its  law  is  to  be  upheld,  its  honor  defended  or  its 
existence  secured.  It  is  a  vow  not  to  be  taken  lightly,  for  it  means 
many  duties,  many  responsibilities,  hardships,  privations,  mayhaps, 
torture,  or  death  itself. 

Such  are  the  duties  of  the  individual  to  the  State  as  far  as  he 
himself  is  concerned.  That  these  duties  are  not  always  lived  up  to 
can  be  seen  by  a  reference  to  court-martial  orders  and  suspension 
from  promotion,  showing  in  individual  cases  lack  of  self-control  and 
of  self-culture. 

Esprit  de  Corps  is  still  capable  of  improvement  in  our  army,  but 
the  healthiest  sign  of  progress  is  the  very  sloughing  of  the  unhealthy 
members  through  the  army's  own  disciplinary  methods. 

Every  individual  in  the  service  has  an  influence  for  good  or  evil 
on  Esprit  de  Corps.  The  influence  of  the  commissioned  officers  is 


ESPRIT  DE  CORPS  393 

greater  than  that  of  the  enlisted  men,  not  only  because  of  their  more 
exalted  position,  but  also  because  of  the  fact  that  they  make  the 
army  their  lifelong  career.  It  becomes  a  matter  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance to  make  the  military  service  a  lifelong  profession  for  the 
trained  enlisted  man — getting  him  to  reenlist  and  reenlist,  preferably 
in  the  same  regiment  or  corps,  until  he  is  finally  retired  for  length  of 
service.  It  can  be  stated  as  a  general  proposition  that  that  regiment 
whose  commissioned  officers  on  promotion  seek  to  return  to  it  by 
transfer,  whose  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  reenlist  and 
reenlist  on  expiration  of  term  of  service,  and  whose  enlisted  men 
rarely  desert,  has  true  regimental  Esprit  de  Corps. 

A  While  army  Esprit  de  Corps  depends  in  great  measure  upon  the 
acts  of  Congress  and  the  actions  of  the  War  Department  in  the 
matter  of  pay,  clothing,  food,  equipment,  justice,  and  equality  of  oppor- 
tunity, regimental  Esprit  de  Corps  depends  in  great  measure  on 
TREATMENT — kindly,  just  and  considerate  treatment — of  the  officers 
and  enlisted  men  by  the  colonel  and  others  of  the  regiment,  each 
within  his  own  sphere  of  influence  and  authority. 

You  can  not  be  too  correct  in  your  treatment  of  the  noncom- 
missioned officers  in  the  presence  of  the  men.  Be  careful  in  the 
treatment  of  the  married  soldiers;  do  what  lies  in  your  power  for  the 
comfort  of  them  and  their  families.  Be  careful  in  your  treatment  of 
the  bachelor  sergeants — give  them  a  sergeant's  mess  if  you  can,  so 
as  to  distinguish  them  in  the  eyes  of  others.  Remember  that  nothing 
so  influences  a  man's  moral  nature  for  good  as  physical  training  and 
healthy  recreation;  encourage  all  athletic  sports  and  contests  indoors 
and  out  of  doors,  so  as  to  instill  a  spirit  of  rivalry  and  emulation; 
regulate  and  foster  amusements,  such  as  dances,  minstrel  and  other 
shows.  By  doing  these  things  you  will  find  the  influence  of  it  all  will 
be  to  make  the  soldier  contented  and  pleased  with  his  life  and  sur- 
roundings, and  to  diminish  his  desire  for  improper  pastimes  when 
off  duty.  Show  an  interest  in  everything  pertaining  to  the  joys  and 
sorrows,  besides  the  drill  and  efficiency,  of  your  men  and  you  will 
be  repaid  in  the  noblest  of  all  coin — Esprit  de  Corps — love  for  the 
regiment  by  the  men  who  want  to  make  it  their  home  for  life. 

Remember  by  all  means  that  military  merit  alone  should  give 
you  any  claim  to  military  preferment  or  to  military  reward.  Always 
do  the  work  that  lies  nearest  to  you  and  do  it  to  the  very  best  of 
your  ability.  Let  your  merit  make  you  indispensable,  the  rest  will 


394  CHAPTER  XXX 

follow  in  due  course  of  time  without  your  worrying  over  it.  It  is 
always  wrong  to  appeal  to  Congressmen  or  Senators  or  anybody  else 
for  personal  favors. 

If  you  succeed  in  gaining  in  this  way  any  improper  advantage 
over  your  brother  officers,  you  deal  Esprit  de  Corps  a  blow  below  the 
belt  that  may  require  the  count  to  be  taken;  and,  though  one  or  two 
may  bow  down  to  you  for  the  "influence"  you  are  supposed  to  have 
back  of  you,  there  will  come  a  time,  and  that  only  too  soon,  when 
your  "influence,"  having  vanished,  you  will  wish  unavailingly  for  the 
unattainable  respect  and  affection  of  those  same  brother  officers. 

Let  the  words  of  General  Sherman  on  this  subject  sink  deeply 
into  your  brain:  "The  army  has  its  common  law  as  well  as  its  statute  law, 
each  officer  is  iveighed  in  the  balance  by  his  fellows,  and  these  rarely 
err.  In  the  barrack,  in  the  mess,  on  the  scout,  and  especially  in  battle,  a  man 
can  not — successfully — enact  the  part  of  a  hypocrite  or  flatterer,  and  his 
felloivs  will  measure  him  pretty  fairly  for  what  he  is" 

Finally,  remember  that  true  Esprit  de  Corps  never  conflicts  with 
the  "Good  of  the  Service."  If  you  do  anything  personally  that  does 
not  measure  up  to  that  standard;  if  you  see  or  permit  things  to  be 
done  in  your  platoon,  your  troop,  battery  or  company,  or  your  regi- 
ment, that  is  subversive  of  that  standard,  it  is  your  duty  as  far  as  you 
properly  can  to  make  every  effort  to  right  the  wrong. 

Be  slow  to  think  evil,  but  when  you  are  sure  that  there  is 
evil,  then  let  only  the  "Good  of  the  Service"  govern  your  conduct. 

You  must  not  go  backward;  you  can  not  stop;  you  should  ad 
vance  along  lines  that  lead  only  to  the  good  of  the  army  and  neces- 
sarily the  good  of  the  State.  Be  loyal  to  yourself  and  to  your  su- 
periors, take  pride  in  your  profession  and  go  gladly  and  enthusiastic- 
ally to  the  extreme  of  self-sacrifice. 


EMPLOYMENT   OF   THE   REGULAR   ARMY     395 

CHAPTER  XXXI 
EMPLOYMENT  OF  THE  REGULAR  ARMY  l 

The  Regular  Army  may  be  used: 

1st.     In  time  of  War. 

2d.     In  time  of  Peace. 

In  time  of  War  the  use  of  the  Regular  Army  needs  little  dis 
cussion. 

In  time  of  Peace  the  Regular  Army  has  two  uses: 

ist.  In  its  capacity  as  a  distinct  community — that  is,  in  the  per- 
formance of  its  ordinary  duties. 

2d.  In  the  execution  oi  the  laws.  The  word  laws  here  refers 
to  both  State  and  Federal  laws. 

It  is  the  use  of  the  Regular  Army  in  execution  of  the  laws 
that  we  are  to  consider  under  this  chapter. 

In  what  manner  may  the  Regular  Army  be  used  in  execution 
of  the  laws?  It  may  be  used  in  the  following  manner  and  not  other- 
wise: 

ist.     As  a  posse  comitatus. 

2d.     As  an  aid  to  the  civil  authority. 

3d.     For  the  protection  of  government  property. 

4th.     Under  martial  law. 

5th.     Under  military  government.     (Military  government  arises 
only  in  time  of  war,  but  it  may  continue  after  war  has  ceased). 
ist.     As  a  posse  comitatus. 

Posse  comitatus  is  a  Latin  expression  meaning  the  power  of 
the  county.  "The  sheriff,  or  other  peace  officer,  has  authority  by  the 
common  law,  while  acting  under  the  authority  of  the  writ  of  the 
United  State's,  commonwealth  or  people,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  for 
the  purpose  of  preserving  the  public  peace,  to  call  to  his  aid  the  posse 
comitatus. 

"Having  authority  to  call  in  the  assistance  of  all  citizens,  he 
may  equally  require  that  of  any  individual;  but  to  this  general  rule 

1  By   Captain    H.    A.    White,    Senior    Instructor,    Dept.    of    Law,    Army    Service 
schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. 


396  CHAPTER  XXXI 

there  are  some  exceptions;  persons  of  infirm  health,  or  who  lack  un- 
derstanding, minors  under  the  age  of  fifteen  years,  women,  and  per- 
haps some  others,  it  seems,  can  not  be  required  to  assist  the  sheriff 
and  are  not,  therefore,  considered  as  a  part  of  the  power  of  the 
county." — (Bouvier.} 

The  act  of  June  18,  1878,1  a  part  of  which  is  given  below  and 
which  part  will  be  found  in  Army  Regulations,  Article  48,  took  away 
the  power  of  the  U.  S.  marshals  and  their  deputies  to  call  upon  the 
military  forces  of  the  United  States  as  a  posse  to  assist  them  in  the 
execution  of  the  process  of  the  U.  S.  Courts.  This  authority  was 
resorted  to  in  numerous  cases  before  the  passage  of  the  act.  Since 
the  passage  of  this  act  the  Federal  troops  can  be  used  as  a  posse 
comitatus  in  a  very  limited  number  of  cases  only.  What  those  cases 
are  will  be  found  in  Article  48,  Army  Regulations.  Consequently, 
when  an  army  officer  receives  orders  to  take  his  force,  or  a  part 
thereof,  and  act  as  a  posse  comitatus,  he  should  carefully  read  Article 
48  for  instructions. 

2d.    As  an  aid  to  the  civil  authority. 

Attention  is  directed  to  Article  48,  Army  Regulations,  and  to 
paragraph  495  of  that  Article,  as  well  as  to  the  wording  of  the  Act 
of  June  18,  1878.  Paragraph  495,  based  upon  said  act,  is  as  follows: 
"Officers  of  the  Army  will  not  permit  troops  under  their  command 
to  be  used  to  aid  the  civil  authorities  as  a  posse  comitatus,  or  in  exe- 
cution of  the  laws,  except  as  provided  in  the  foregoing  paragraph." 

Now,  what  is  the  foregoing  paragraph?  It  is  a  selection  of  the 
Statutes  of  the  Federal  Government  giving  all  cases  where  the  Regu- 
lar Army  may  be  used  in  time  of  peace.  And  as  stated  in  paragraph 
485,  the  Regular  Army  can  be  used  in  no  other  circumstances  and  in 
no  other  manner.  Consequently,  when  an  army  officer  receives  orders 
to  take  his  force,  or  part  thereof,  and  use  it  in  the  execution  of  the 
laws,  he  should  carefully  read  Article  48  for  instructions. 

Now,  it  will  not  always  be  possible  for  subordinate  officers  to 
see  the  orders  under  which  they  are  placed  in  situations  aiding  the 

1  From  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  it  shall  not  be  lawful  to  employ 
any  part  of  the  Army  of  the  United  States,  as  a  posse  comitatus  or  otherwise,  for 
the  purpose  of  executing  the  laws,  except  in  such  cases  and  under  such  circum- 
stances as  such  employment  of  said  force  may  be  expressly  authorized  by  the 
Constitution  or  by  act  of  Congress;  and  no  money  appropriated  by  this  act  shall 
be  used  to  pay  any  of  the  expenses  incurred  in  the  employment  of  any  troops  in 
violation  of  this  section."— Act  of  June  18,  1878.  (20  Stat.  L). 


EMPLOYMENT   OF   THE   REGULAR   ARMY     397 

civil  authorities.  However,  a  presumption  of  legality  attends  their 
duties  under  such  circumstances  that  will  be  of  some  help  to  them 
should  they  subsequently  be  called  before  civil  tribunals  in  criminal 
actions  or  in  actions  for  damages.  But  as  every  individual  member 
of  the  Regular  Army,  from  the  commanding  officer  to  the  lowest 
ranking  private,  is  answerable  legally  for  any  act  he  may  do  not  in 
conformity  with  Article  48,  it  is  considered  the  duty  of  commanding 
officers  to  inform  their  subordinates  of  the  legal  status  of  the  cir- 
cumstances surrounding  them,  unless  there  is  some  tactical  reason 
why  this  should  not  be  done. 

Presumably  the  President,  or  other  lawfully  constituted  author- 
ity, will  never  place  the  Regular  Army  in  a  position  not  in  conformity 
with  Article  48.  The  presumption  of  legality  is  very  strong  and 
orders  should  not  be  disobeyed  as  not  being  covered  by  Article  48 
unless  palpably  illegal. 

Questions  arising  concerning  the  employment  of  the  Regular 
Army  under  this  head,  the  aid  of  the  civil  authorities,  arise  most  fre- 
quently, if  not  entirely,  not  from  the  illegality  of  the  use  of  the  force, 
but  from  the  excessive  and  unwarranted  action  of  some  officer  or 
officers  of  the  Army. 

As  to  their  responsibility  for  their  acts,  officers  should  remem- 
ber that  necessity  is  always  and  forever  the  measure  of  their  actions. 
Now,  when  a  person  acts  through  necessity  he  must,  naturally,  be 
the  judge  of  what  that  necessity  is.  As  long  as  his  judgment  is  re^- 
sonable,  what  most  men  would  judge  was  necessary  under  the  same 
circumstances,  he  will  probably  be  protected  by  the  law. 

But  army  officers  may  rest  assured  that  in  ninety-nine  cases 
out  of  ofte  hundred  where  life  or  limb  has  been  taken,  or  property 
has  been  destroyed,  they  will  subsequently  be  called  upon  to  justify 
their  acts  before  the  civil  courts.  For  this  is  a  government  of  the 
laws  and  no  man  can  take  life  or  destroy  property  without  being 
called  upon  to  defend  his  actions.  It  is  well  to  remember  that  this 
is  true  under  every  phase  in  which  the  Regular  Army  can  be  used 
in  time  of  peace,  and  also  in  many  cases  in  time  of  war. 

As  to  the  tactical  propositions  that  arise  in  the  performance  of 
this  duty  of  aiding  the  civil  authority,  these  are  purely  tactical  ques- 
tions and  are  to  be  decided  by  you  as  such.  Whether  you  will  take 
life  or  destroy  property  must  depend  upon  the  circumstances  of  each 


398  CHAPTER  XXXI 

separate  case.  Whether  you  shall  fire  into  a  mob  or  not  depends 
upon  the  circumstances  at  that  very  moment  existing,  and  these  you 
must  view  as  would  a  reasonable  man  under  the  same  condition.  No 
two  cases  will  ever  be  exactly  the  same.  So  while  a  study  of  the 
cases  where  the  Federal  Power  has  been  used  in  domestic  disturb- 
ances is  of  vital  necessity  to  make  you  familiar  with  such  questions.1 
yet  the  exact  circumstances  confronting  you  at  any  time  will  have  no 
exact  precedent.  Attention  is  directed  to  paragraph  498,  Article  48, 
Army  Regulations,  as  to  the  tactical  employment  of  troops  in  such 
cases. 

3d.     For  the  protection  of  government  property. 

This  duty  will  ordinarily  arise  either  when  the  troops  are  being 
used  under  the  heading  above  given,  when  they  are  already  called 
into  action  as  an  aid  to  the  civil  authorities,  or  when  martial  law 
exists.  But  cases  may  arise  when  it  will  be  an  officer's  duty  to  pro- 
tect government  property  when  he  has  not  been  called  upon  under 
any  of  the  other  classes  of  action. 

For  instance,  an  officer  may  be  informed  that  a  postoffice  build- 
ing is  threatened,  and  this  when  no  state  of  riot  or  insurrection  exists, 
and  also  when  he  has  not  been  requested  by  the  civil  authority  to 
protect  the  building.  Yet  his  duty  to  protect  the  building  is  plain, 
and  the  measure  of  his  responsibility  here  is  the  same  as  it  is  in 
every  other  form  of  the  employment  of  the  military — he  will  use  only 
tftat  amount  of  force  that  is  necessary  under,  the  circumstances  to 
accomplish  his  object  or  to  perform  his  duty. 

4th.     Under  martial  law. 

When  the  civil  authorities  are  unable  to  meet  a  disturbed  con- 
dition of  affairs,  and  instead  of  matters  getting  better  they  are  con- 
stantly growing  worse,  the  military  power,  the  only  one  capable  of 
coping  with  the  situation,  must  step  in  and  for  the  time  being  be- 
come supreme.  Now,  the  civil  authorities  may  be  unable  to  control 
the  situation  even  when  they  have  the  appearance  of  being  able  to 
perform  their  usual  functions.  Judges  may  be  willing  and  able  to 
proceed  with  trials  but  yet  it  may  be  impossible  to  secure  juries  to 
act.  Men  may  be  unable  to  render  just  verdicts  on  account  of  terror 

1Officers  should  secure  a  copy  of  the  government    publication    entitled    "Federal 
Aid  in  Domestic  Disturbances." 


EMPLOYMENT   OF  THE   REGULAR  ARMY     399 

hanging  over  them.  Sheriffs  or  marshals  may  not  be  able  to  carr> 
out  the  writs  and  mandates  of  the  courts.  This  is  equally  a  suspension 
of  the  civil  authority  as  is  the  inability  of  the  judges  to  perform  their 
usual  duties. 

As  to  the  manner  of  performing  the  duties  that  arise  under 
martial  law,  in  most  cases  there  will  exist  a  hearty  cooperation  be- 
tween the  civil  and  the  military  authorities.  While  the  civil  authori- 
ties have  been  forced  from  their  wonted  duties,  yet  they  should  be 
consulted  for  advice  and  suggestions.  When  acting  as  "an  aid  to 
the  civil"  the  military  asks  the  civil  authorities  what  they  wish  done, 
and  then  the  military  do  it,  only,  of  course,  in  their  own  way.  Under 
martial  law  the  military  may  and  generally  will  ask  opinions  of  the 
civil  authorities  regarding  measures  tending  to  restore  tranquillity 
This,  however,  is  advice  merely. 

Under  martial  law  the  military  generally  continues  in  existence 
all  civil  powers  possible,  such  as  the  various  departments,  fire,  police, 
sanitation,  etc.  The  military  makes  use  of  all  the  customary  methods 
of  municipal  business,  using  the  officialdom  of  municipal  government, 
because  the  military  is  not  familiar  with  such  work  and  it  will  seldom 
be  in  sufficient  force  to  handle  all  the  civil  duties  in  a  disturbed  com- 
munity. This  is  also  in  keeping  with  the  general  idea  of  martial 
law,  that  there  should  be  as  little  upsetting  of  the  customary  run  of 
affairs  as  possible.  The  duty  of  the  military  is  to  bolster  up  the  civil 
authority  and  as  speedily  as  possible  restore  the  usual  conditions. 

The  legal  responsibility  of  officers  under  martial  law  is  exactly 
the  same  as  when  the  troops  are  being  used  "in  aid  of  the  civil." 
Necessity  is  the  measure  of  responsibility  here  as  in  every  other 
occasion  of  the  use  of  the  military.  What  was  said  above  as  to 
responsibility  applies  equally  here  and  applies  equally  well  to  every 
phase  of  military  action  that  we  are  here  discussing. 

5th.     Under  Military  Government. 

Military  Government  arises  only  in  time  of  war  but  it  may  con- 
tinue after  war  has  ceased.  It  relates  to  the  power  and  duties  of  a 
belligerent  as  a  governor.  It  is  the  government  applied  to  occupied 
enemy  territory.  This  may  be  either  foreign  territory  or  our  own 
territory  where  the  status  of  belligerency  exists,  as  in  certain  sec- 
tions during  the  civil  war. 

This  form  of  government  is  "exercised  by  the  military  com- 
mander under  the  direction  of  the  President,  with  the  express  or 


400  CHAPTER  XXXI 

implied  sanction  of  Congress."  *  Its  limitations  are  practically  the 
Laws  of  War.  But  there  is  this  thought  that  officers  should  bear  in 
mind — the  responsibility  of  officers  here  is  the  same  as  in  other 
forms  of  the  use  of  the  military.  If  in  exercising  military  government 
an  officer  unnecessarily  injures  a  loyal  citizen  of  our  country  he  will  be 
held  responsible. 2  He  might  not  be  held  responsible  for  injuries  to  an 
enemy,  for  it  is  doubtful  if  any  court  would  ever  hear  complaints  from 
an  enemy.  But  his  responsibility  to  those  who  have  the  right  to  sue 
in  the  established  courts  of  this  country  is  the  same  as  stated  above. 
Hence  here,  as  elsewhere,  necessity  is  the  measure  of  an  officer's  re- 
sponsibility. 

The  above  is  a  discussion  of  the  use  of  the  Regular  Army.  The 
measure  of  responsibility,  however,  is  the  same  for  the  Militia  in  its 
several  uses  as  above  described  for  the  regular  forces.  The  legality  of 
the  use  of  the  Militia  in  regard  to  the  manner  of  its  calling  out  when 
done  by  a  state,  must  be  measured  by  the  laws  of  the  state.  When 
called  into  use  by  the  federal  government  the  militia  becomes  federal 
forces  and  subject  to  the  law  as  given  in  this  chapter. 


1  Ex  parte  Milligan.     4  Wall. 

2  Mitchell  v.  Harmony.      13  Howard. 

An    excellent    book,    "The    Laws    and    Customs    of    Riot    Duty,"    by    Colonel 
Byron  L.  Barger,  N.  G.  Ohio,  is  recommended  to  all  National  Guard  officers. 
See  Chapter  XXXIII,  page  408,  on  "Riot  Duty." 


THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES  401 


CHAPTER  XXXII 

THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES 
IN  PUBLIC  CATASTROPHES. 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

Nature  of  Obligation.  On  occasions  of  great  public  catastro- 
phes, such  as  fire,  flood,  earthquake,  etc.,  beyond  the  power  of  the 
civil  authorities  to  properly  alleviate,  it  is  not  a  legal  duty  of  the  Army 
to  offer  assistance,  but  there  may  be  a  moral  obligation  to  do  so. 

There  is  no  authority,  general  or  otherwise,  for  the  use  of  the 
Army  in  such  emergencies — the  only  justification  is  an  absolute  neces- 
sity to  protect  life  and  alleviate  human  suffering. 

Custom  alone  has  sanctioned  the  action  of  commanding  officers 
in  offering  assistance  under  such  circumstances,  but  each  case  is  a 
special  one  and  must  be  solved  by  the  commanding  officer  himself, 
who  in  all  such  cases  acts  on  his  own  responsibility.  In  all  cases 
where  discretion  and  good  judgment  have  been  displayed,  the  War 
Department,  and  when  necessary  the  Congress,  has  accorded  approval 
and  support. 

How  to  Proffer  Assistance.  Proffer  of  aid  should  be  made  to 
the  chief  administrative  official  of  the  town  or  city,  and,  except  in 
very  grave  emergencies  involving  loss  of  life  or  other  great,  immediate 
and  irreparable  disaster,  no  action  should  be  taken  without  the  ex- 
pressed wish  of  said  officials.  When  time  permits  such  aid  should  be 
tendered  in  writing,  and  in  all  cases  should  be  so  recorded  at  the  ear- 
liest practicable  moment. 

Art.  IV.,  Sec.  IV.  of  the  Constitution  provides  that  "The  United 

States shall  protect  each  one  of  them  [the  states] 

against  invasion,  and  on  application  of  the  legislature,  or  of  the  ex- 
ecutive (when  the  legislature  can  not  be  convened),  from  domestic 
violence." 

This  article  is  the  only  one  which  authorizes  the  use  of  the 
forces  of  the  general  government  in  time  of  peace  to  assist  a  state 


402  CHAPTER  XXXII 

government,  or  a  municipality  within  a  state,  in  case  of  any  kind  ot 
domestic  violence. 

A  public  calamity,  such. as  flood,  fire,  earthquake  or  pestilence, 
in  itself  is  not  "domestic  violence"  in  the  terms  of  the  articles,  but 
might  be  productive  of  violence  by  rendering  powerless  the  civil  au- 
thorities and  tempting  the  lawless  element  of  our  population  to  commit 
crimes  of  violence. 

A  commanding  officer  of  troops,  who  has  proffered  assistance 
to  the  civil  authorities  should  report  at  once  his  action  in  full  to  the 
War  Department,  through  the  next  higher  commander,  by  telegraph, 
including  his  communication  to  the  state  executive,  and  should  request 
orders.  He  should  also  immediately  take  steps  to  assure  his  posi- 
tion by  communicating  with  the  executive  of  the  state,  informing  him 
that  the  troops  have  been  employed  in  the  manner  stated,  at  the 
request  of,  or  after  the  acceptance  of  proffered  services  by  the  civil 
authorities  at  the  place  of  calamity;  that  the  troops  are  there  without 
legal  sanction  and  must  be  withdrawn  unless  the  executive,  by  his 
action,  obtains  constitutional  authorization  for  their  further  use  under 
Art.  IV.,  Sec.  IV.  of  the  Constitution;  that  he  has  communicated  his 
action  to  the  War  Department  and  awaits  orders  from  the  same,  by 
which  he  must  regulate  his  future  conduct;  that  he  desires  to  assist 
the  local  authorities  in  every  way,  but  is  totally  without  police  power 
unless  the  status  of  the  troops  be  determined  in  the  proper  manner; 
that  he  will  give  a  reasonable  time  to  the  executive  for  obtaining  the 
action  of  the  federal  government,  and  that  he  is  unwilling  to  remain 
longer  without  legal  status. 

His  action  is  then  complete  and  he  may  abide  by  the  later 
orders  of  his  immediate  superior  or  of  the  War  Department. 

The  troops  should  be  directed  thereupon  to  render  assistance 
but  not  to  assume  police  authority,  relying  on  the  moral  effect  of 
their  presence  to  preserve  order,  until  proper  instructions  may  have 
been  issued  by  the  proper  commander. 

(NOTE.  The  local  civil  authorities  have  no  power  to  clothe  troops  or  indi- 
viduals of  the  army  with  power  to  act  as  police  or  sheriff's  posse,  nor  does  their 
request  for  assistance  legalize  in  any  way  the  presence  or  action  of  troops.) 

Report  of  Action.  Such  emergent  action  on  the  part  of  a 
military  commander  should  be  immediately  reported  by  telegraph  to 
superior  authority,  with  a  clear  statement  of  the  extent  of  disaster,  the 
services  rendered,  the  probable  length  of  duty,  "etc. 


THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES  403 

Gratuitous  Issue  of  Supplies.  A  commanding  officer  has  no 
authority  to  issue  rations,,  medicines,  clothing,  and  other  government 
property  to  sufferers.  An  effort  should  be  made  to  obtain  special 
authority  by  telegraph.  If  all  communication  is  cut  off,  the  command- 
ing: officer  must  use  his  own  judgment  and  take  the  chances — the 
assumption  of  such  responsibility  shows  the  quality  of  the  man. 

When  the  necessary  authority  has  been  obtained  supplies  issued 
are  dropped  on  the  certificate  of  the  issuing  officer  without  receipt, 
as  expended  by  order  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  who  must,  of  course, 
look  to  Congress  for  relief,  as  was  done  in  the  case  of  the  San 
Francisco  disaster. 

Status  of  the  Army.  Until  the  executive  or  legislature  of  a 
state  shall  have  made  the  request  required  in  Art.  IV.,  Sec.  IV,  of  the 
Constitution,  the  army  has  no  legal  status.  Its  use  for  any  purpose 
except  relief  would,  as  a  principal,  be  pernicious.  For  example,  tjie 
local  civil  authorities  could  not  properly  request  the  aid  of  troops, 
nor  could  such  aid  be  proffered  by  the  military  commander  to  suppress 
a  serious  riot  or  sedition,  though  such  riot  or  sedition  might  result 
in  an  exceedingly  disastrous  fire  or  other  public  calamity.  Aid  in 
this  or  any  other  case  should  be  limited  to  relief  of  the  helpless  suf- 
ferers of  the  calamity. 

The  wishes  of  the  civil  authorities  should  be  carried  out  as 
regards  relief  of  persons  and  salvage  of  property,  but  the  army  should 
not  usurp  the  police  power  until  its  status  is  legalized  as  provided 
for  in  the  Constitution.  It  can  then  cooperate  with  the  civil  authori- 
ties in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law  and  regulations. 

Of  course,  the  civil  authorities  can  exercise  no  authority  what- 
soever over  the  troops,  nor  should  they  under  any  circumstances 
be  permitted  to  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  manner  of  their  em- 
ployment. Having  received  from  ^the  civil  authorities  the  purpose 
and  object  they  would  like  to  have  accomplished  (which  should  al- 
ways be  given  in  writing,  but  if  that  be  not  practicable,  then  in  the 
presence  of  witnesses),  the  military  commander  alone  'Is  to  be  the 
sole  judge  of  the  best  mode  and  means  of  accomplishing  the  duty 
required  of  him. 

Where  the  case  is  one  such  that  the  President  has  under  the 
Constitution  and  the  U.  S.  laws  authority  to  intervene  (e.  g.,  to  protect 


404  CHAPTER  XXXII 

federal  property,  insure  the  transmission  of  U.  S.  mail,  etc.),  and  one 
in  which,  by  reason  of  broken  communication  with  higher  authorities, 
it  is  impossible  to  obtain  authority,  the  military  commander  must  de- 
termine whether  the  case  is  of  sufficient  gravity  to  warrant  his  inter- 
vening. While  the  exercise  of  discretion  is  demanded  when  it  comes 
to  protecting  railroad  trains  carrying  the  U.  S.  mails  or  otherwise 
protecting  federal  interests  in  what  we  may  call  an  indirect  manner, 
there  can  be  no  question  of  the  duty  imposed  upon  the  military  in  a 
case  of  emergency  to  directly  protect  government  property.  Thus,  for 
instance,  it  becomes  an  immediate  duty  to  protect  a  sub-treasury  of 
the  United  States,  a  post  office,  or  a  custom  house.  A  garrison  may 
therefore  be  established  in  one  of  these,  even  where  no  other  action 
is  deemed  advisable. 

Whenever  the  military  commander  is  unwilling  to  conform  to 
the  wishes  of  the  supreme  civil  official,  as  expressed  personally 
or  through  certain  designated  assistants,  the  army  should  be  prompt!* 
withdrawn,  and  in  no  event  should  it  remain  on  such  duty  beyond 
a  time  of  recognized  necessity.  A  command  should  be  withdrawn 
invariably  on  the  initiative  of  the  military  commander,  remembering 
it  is  better  to  be  a  day  early  rather  than  an  hour  late  in  restoring 
settled  forms  of  government. 

All  power  exercised  has  its  origin  in  civil  officials,  and,  apart 
from  the  first  grave  emergencies,  no  specific  duties  should  be  assumed 
except  after  discussion,  and  under  a  definite  agreement  which  should 
always  be  reduced  to  writing. 

Military  Regulations.  When  important  duties  are  assumed  un- 
der such  agreement,  specific  military  regulations  for  their  perform- 
ance should  be  published  to  the  command,  copies  being  furnished 
the  civil  administration  chief  and  also  posted  for  public  information 
and  guidance. 

Orders  about  Firing  on  People.  This  is  a  very  delicate  sub- 
ject and  one  that  should  be  handled  with  the  greatest  judgment  and 
discretion. 

The  army  having  no  legal  status,  excepting  as  above  stated  in 
regard  to  federal  property,  strict  orders  should  be  given  against  firing 
on  any  person,  even  for  the  prevention  of  crime,  though  assistance 
short  of  killing  or  maiming  individuals  could  be  rendered  the  civil 
authorities  to  protect  life  and  prevent  crimes  of  violence  to  persons. 


THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES  405 

Until  properly  vested  with  police  power,  each  individual  of  the 
Army  must  understand  that  he  stands  as  any  other  citizen,  amenable 
to  prosecution  in  a  civil  suit  for  damages  and  amenable  to  trial  for 
commission  of  crime  by  either  a  civil  or  a  military  court  for  any 
action  committed  by  him,  and  that  violence  to  the  individuals  is  done  in 
such  cases  not  under  legal  orders,  but  only  on  his  own  responsibility. 

The  power  to  take  life  would  be  limited  to  the  right  of  a  pri- 
vate citizen  under  similar  circumstances. 

The  request  of  local  civil  authorities  would  in  no  way  modify 
the  legal  status  of  the  Army  so  as  to  permit  firing  on  persons  for 
rioting,  looting  or  for  any  other  reason. 

After  the  status  of  the  Army  has  been  properly  legalized  as 
provided  for  in  Art.  IV.,  Sec.  IV.  of  the  Constitution,  troops  can  be 
ordered  to  fire  on  persons  committing  crimes  of  violence.  Under 
such  conditions  the  duties  and  powers  of  the  civil  government  de- 
volve, temporarily,  upon  the  army,  and  among  such  is  that  of  police 
authority. 

The  clearest  statement  bearing  on  such  cases  that  the  author 
knows  of  is  by  Tiedman,  in  his  "Limitation  of  Police  Power:" 

"If  there  be  any  valid  ground  of  justification  in  the  taking  of 
human  life,  it  can  only  rest  upon  its  necessity  as  a  means  of  protection 
to  the  community  against  the  perpetration  of  dangerous  and  terrible 
crimes  by  the  person  whose  life  is  to  be  forfeited." 

In  short,  the  same  conditions  which  would  justify  a  policeman 
in  firing  on  civilians,  or  in  taking  their  lives,  would  equally  justify  the 
soldier,  when  acting  as  a  policeman,  in  taking  similar  action. 

Seizure  of  Private  Property  for  Public  Uses.  The  extent  of  a 
public  calamity  would  determine  the  propriety  of  seizing  private 
property  for  the  relief  of  sufferers. 

There  is  no  right,  constitutional  or  legal,  for  such  seizure,  but 
a  commanding  officer  might  be  justified  in  so  doing  if  he  could  thereby 
prevent  death  or  suffering  among  the  victims  of  the  calamity. 

He  would  do  so  on  his  own  personal  responsibility,  with  the 
full  knowledge  that,  in  case  he  were  not  relieved  by  public  contribu- 
tion or  otherwise,  he  would  become  personally  liable  for  his  acts. 

Such  seizure,  if  made,  should  be  limited  to  the  minimum  neces- 
sary for  the  relief  desired,  and  receipts  for  supplies,  and  certificates 
of  services,  in  cases  of  transportation  or  labor  requisitioned,  should 


406  CHAPTER  XXXII 

always  be  given.  Such  receipts  and  certificates  should  be  given  in  as 
full  detail  as  possible;  for  they  will  be  used  subsequently  in  the  settle- 
ment of  claims. 

Liquor,  if  there  should  be  fear  of  this  being  distributed  and 
resulting  in  riot,  should  be  carefully  guarded  and  its  sale  or  gift  pre- 
vented. It  should  never  be  destroyed  unless  abandoned  or  in  danger 
of  falling  into  the  hands  of  a  mob,  and  when  destroyed  the  destruction 
as  far  as  possible  should  be  made  the  subject  of  careful  memoranda 
having  in  view  the  claims  which  are  sure  to  arise  later. 

If  there  should  be  any  destruction  or  requisition  of  property, 
those  charged  therewith  should  receive  detailed  instructions,  in 
writing  if  possible,  as  to  just  how  far  they  are  to  go.  They  should 
also  be  informed  of  the  reason  for  requisitioning  or  destroying  the 
property.  Receipts  with  full  detail  should  be  given  for  property 
destroyed. 

Relief  Work.  Such  supplies  as  may  have  been  requisitioned 
from  private  stores,  those  gratuitously  issued  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment, and  such  as  may  have  been  contributed,  should  be  issued  daily 
to  sufferers  in  quantities  necessary  for  their  temporary  subsistence. 

The  locality  should  be  districted,  each  district  being  placed 
for  relief  and  other  purposes,  under  the  command  of  an  officer  of 
suitable  rank. 

A  central  supply  depot  should  also  be  designated  and  placed 
under  the  charge  of  a  competent  officer.  Proper  staff  officers  should 
be  designated  at  headquarters  to  manage  the  various  bureaus  of  relief, 
sanitation,  hospitals  and  police,  when  this  power  is  exercised. 

Each  district  commander  should  make  the  .most  efficient  dis- 
tribution of  the  troops  under  his  command  for  the  purposes  which 
he  is  required  to  execute;  he  should  establish  relief  stations  at  central 
points  and  designate  officers  in  charge  of  them,  giving  them  general 
instructions  as  to  their  duties;  he  should  establish  a  service  of  sani- 
tation and  public  health  in  his  district,  organizing  dispensaries  and 
temporary  hospitals  if  necessary,  and  assigning  military  surgeons  and 
volunteer  civil  physicians  and  nurses;  he  should  send  in  reports  of 
his  actions,  with  estimates  of  number  of  refugees  and  requests  for 
necessary  supplies,  so  that  the  needs  of  his  district  may  be  supplied 
from  the  central  distributing  station.  In  general,  he  would  obtain 
transportation  and  send  an  officer  for  supplies,  rather  than  wait  till 
they  were  sent  him. 


THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES  407 

Inspectors.  Military  inspectors  should  be  appointed  in  such 
numbers  as  to  keep  the  command  fully  informed  as  to  conditions, 
etc.  They  should  report  verbally  and  in  a  body  at  fixed  hours  so 
that  all  inspectors  may  be  familiar  with  the  conditions  in  other  dis- 
tricts, and  especially  as  to  relief  extended,  evils  corrected,  precau- 
tions taken,  etc.  Where  commanders  can  not  cover  the  whole  area 
satisfactorily,  suitable  districts  should  be  assigned  to  competent  offi- 
cers with  full  power  to  act. 

Complaints.  Al!  complaints,  of  whatever  character,  should  be 
patiently  heard.  When  they  are  reduced  to  writing,  or  on  verbal 
representation  when  serious,  investigations  by  inspectors,  preferably 
those  authorized  to  administer  an  oath,  should  be  immediately  made 
and  the  substance  of  the  report  furnished  to  the  complainant.  Public 
confidence,  a  factor  of  extreme  importance,  is  ensured  by  prompt 
correction  of  existing  evils  and  proper  publicity  of  official  investi- 
gation. 

Main  Lines  of  Action.  In  brief,  complete  subordination  to 
civil  authority,  considerate  action  toward  the  distressed,  the  prompt 
arrest  and  transfer  to  the  civil  authorities  of  criminals  actively  dis- 
turbing the  public  peace,  are  the  main  lines  of  action  and  principles 
underlying  successful  active  administration  by  the  Army  of  relief  in 
public  disasters. 

The  Principal  Qualities  Needed  in  an  Officer  in  All  Cases  of 
Public  Calamity  are  good  judgment  and  tact,  energy,  zeal  and  in- 
sensibility to  fatigue,  consideration  for  sufferers  and  for  his  own 
troops,  and  more  than  all,  initiative  and  a  willingness  to  accept  responsi- 
bility. 

(NOTE.  Those  wishing  to  go  into  this  subject  more  fully  should  read  "Federa\ 
Aid  in  Domestic  Disturbances" — a  War  Department  publication.) 


408  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

CHAPTER  XXXIII 
RIOT  DUTY1 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

General  Considerations.  Riot  Duty  is  without  doubt  the  most 
disagreeable,  distasteful,  obnoxious  and  unsatisfactory  duty  that  an 
officer  may.  ever  be  called  upon  to  perform. 

The  liability  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  to  civil  action  and 
criminal  prosecution  for  acts  performed  in  the  execution  of  their  duty: 
the  submission  to  insults  from  men,  women  and  children,  and,  some- 
times, even  to  bodily  attack  by  women;  the  use  of  dynamite  by  rioters, 
and,  especially  in  the  case  of  the  Organized  Militia,  the  injection  of 
local  politics  into  tactical  considerations — all  these  things  conspire  to 
make  Riot  Duty  most  distasteful  and  disagreeable  to  the  soldier.  How- 
ever, there  is  no  duty  more  vitally  important  than  that  of  suppressing 
lawlessness  that  threatens,  as  riot  often  does,  the  stability  of  our  institu- 
tions and  the  safety  of  our  homes.  Because  of  its  nature  on  the  one  hand 
and  its  importance  on  the  other,  it  is  a  subject  that  should  receive  the  care- 
ful thought  and  consideration  of  all  military  men. 

The  subject  of  Riot  Duty  possesses  two  separate  and  distinct 
sides :  The  LEGAL  SIDE  and  the  TACTICAL  SIDE. 

THE  LEGAL  SIDE 

The  Military  Subordinate  to  the  Civil.  In  this. country  the  mili- 
tary is  normally  subordinate  to  the  civil. 

A  Considering  the  military  power  (Regulars,  Militia,  and  Volunteers) 
as  an  organization,  this  means  that  the  military  power  is  created  by 
the  civil  authorities  ;  that  after  organization  it  is  subject  to  the  laws  enacted 
by  the  civil  authorities  and  can  be  disbanded  by  the  civil  authorities; 
that  it  can  not,  of  its  own  initiative  undertake  any  action,  and  espe- 
cially none  to  enforce  the  laws  or  suppress  disorder,  or  to  aid  the  civil 

1  In  the  preparation  of  this  chapter  extracts  were  freely  made  from  "The  Rela- 
tions of  the  Milita-ry  to  the  Civil  Authority,"  by  General  Chas.  B.  Hall,  U.  S.  Army, 
"Street  Riot  Duty,"  by  General  Albert  Ordway,  N.  G.,  D.  C.,  "Legal  and  Tactical 
Considerations  Affecting  the  Employment  of  The  Military  In  The  Suppression  of 
Mobs,"  by  Lieut.  R.  W.  Young  (Journal'Military  Service  Institution,  June,  1888),  and 
the  U.  S.  Army  Regulations.  "-The  Law  and  Customs  of  Riot  Duty,"  by  Colonel 
Bryon  L.  Bargar,  N.  G.,  Ohio,  the  most  complete  work  ever  published  on  the  subject, 
was  also  consulted.  The  article  was  carefully  reviewed  by  General  C.  B.  Dougherty. 
N.  G.,  Penna.,  one  of  the  leading  authorities  of  this  country  on  riot  duty. 


RIOT  DUTY  409 

authorities  in  the  enforcement  of  law  or  the  suppression  of  disorder, 
but  that  any  action  taken  can  be  pursuant  only  to  the  procedure  estab- 
lished by  the  civil  authorities;  that  the  military  power  can  neither 
declare  war  nor  make  peace,  but  the  civil  authorities  alone  possess  that 
power;  that  the  military  must  always  be  kept  in  subjection  to  the  laws 
of  the  country;  that  the  law  alone  governs  and  to  it  the  military  must 
yield. 

Considering  the  individual  officers  and  soldiers  who  unite  to  con- 
stitute the  military  power,  the  military  being  subordinate  to  the  civil 
means  that  an  officer  or  soldier  in  taking  upon  himself  the  additional 
responsibilities  and  obligations  of  the  military  profession,  can  not  or- 
dinarily divest  himself,  as  an  individual,  of  civil  responsibility  to  other 
citizens  and  criminal  responsibility  before  the  courts  of  the  country 
for  his  private  individual  acts;  that,  if  a  member  of  the  Regular  Army, 
he  is  liable  to  civil  and  criminal  prosecution  also,  for  his  official  acts  in  the 
performance  of  his  military  duties. 

However,  the  laws  of  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  York, 
Wisconsin,  Alabama,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  several  other  states 
provide  that  no  officer  of  their  Militia  shall  be  held  liable  to  civil 
or  criminal  prosecution  for  his  acts*  while  rendering  aid  to  the  civil 
authority.1  But  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  Regular  Army  and  also  of 
the  Militia  of  States  that  have  no  laws  giving  them  immunity  from 
prosecution,  should  remember  this:  As  long  as  you  act  within  the 
scope  of  your  authority,  or  do  not  show  "malice,  corruption  or  cru- 
elty," this  law  of  the  civil  authority  to  which  you  are  required  to  sub- 
ject yourself  will  protect  you;  remember  also  that  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United  States  has  decided  that  in  order  to  obtain  judgment 
against  an  officer  for  acts  alleged  to  have  been  done  while  on  duty, 
the  burden  of  proof  is  upon  the  party  complaining  to  show  that  the 
officer  exceeded  his  authority ;  and  remember,  too,  that  his  acts  are 
presumed  to  be  legal.  To  overcome  this  presumption  it  is  necessary  to 
show  that  the  officer  or  soldier  committed  more  than  an  error  of  judg- 
ment— it  must  be  shown  that  he  committed  a  malicious  and  willful  error. 

There  are,  however,  occasions  when  the  fundamental  principle  of 
subordination  of  military  power  to  civil  authority  is  either  modified  or 
suspended.  It  is  modified  when  civil  authority  calls  military  force  to 
its  aid;  it  is  suspended  when  civil  authority  declares  martial  law. 

*It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  even  though  there  may  be  a  State  law 
conferring  immunity  upon  officers  and  soldiers  for  their  acts  while  on  duty  in  aid  of 
the  civil,  such  a  law  does  not  shield  them  from  responsibility  for  acts  committed 
through  malice  or  with  corrupt  intent.  Otherwise  officers  and  soldiers  on  such  duty 
could  commit  rape,  arson,  theft  and  what  not,  with  impunity. 


410  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

When  The  Regular  Army  May  Be  Called  Out  For  Riot  Duty. 

"In  all  cases  of  civil  disorder  or  domestic  violence,  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  Army  to  preserve  an  attitude  of  indifference  and  inaction  till 
ordered  to  act  by  the  President.  *  *  *  *  In  a  case  of  civil  dis- 
turbance in  violation  of  the  laws  of  a  state,  a  military  commander  can 
not  volunteer  to  intervene  with  his  command  without  incurring  a  per- 
sonal responsibility  for  his  acts.  In  the  absence  of  the  requisite  orders 
he  may  not  even  march  or  arra}'  his  command  for  the  purpose  of 
exerting  a  moral  effect  or  an  effect  in  terrorem;  such  a  demonstration 
indeed  could  only  compromise  the  authority  of  the  United  States  while 
insulting  the  sovereignty  of  the  State."  (Digest  of  Opinions  of  the  Judge 
Advocate  General  of  the  Army,  1901  Edition.) 

Troops  of  the  Regular  Army  may  be  ordered  out  for  riot  duty 
under  the  following  conditions: 

i.    By  the  President. 

a.  If  requested  by  any  State  and  if  after  investigation  the  facts 
warrant  it.    If  the  legislature  is  in  session,  the  request  must  be  made 
by  that  body;  if  not  in  session,  then  the  governor  may  make  the  re- 
quest. 

b.  If  property  of  the  United  States  is  being  endangered  or  de- 
stroyed, or  if  the  rioters  are  interfering  with  the  execution  of  Federal 
Laws  or  with  the  mails  of  the  United  States.     Of  course,  in  this  case 
the  troops  would  confine  themselves  absolutely  to  matters  affecting 
the  Federal  Government. 

2.  By  the  Commanding  Officer  of  Troops  under  the  circumstances  cited 
in  (&),  provided  the  emergency  is  so  imminent  as  to  render  it  dangerous 
to  await  instructions  requested  through  the  speediest  means  of  com- 
munication. In  this  case  the  commanding  officer  will  at  once  report  in 
detail,  by  the  quickest  way  his  actions  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  and  the  Adjutant  General  of  his  Department. 

Any  person  employing  any  part  of  the  Regular  Army  in  riots 
except  under  these  conditions  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and,  on 
conviction  thereof,  will  be  punishable  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  $10,000, 
or  imprisonment  not  exceeding  two  years,  or  by  both  such  fine  and 
imprisonment. 

After  the  troops  have  been  called  out,  the  military  alone  must 
decide  how  its  power  shall  be  used— the  civil  merely  says  what  it 


RIOT  DUTY  411 

wishes  done;  the  military  decides  how  it  shall  be  done.     Under  no  cir- 
cumstances can  Regular  troops  act  under  any  civil  officer. 

A  Supposed  Case. 

Let  us  suppose  that  a  riot  has  broken  out  in  a  city  and  that, 
having  assumed  proportions  beyond  the  control  of  the  civil  author- 
ities and  the  Militia  of  the  State,  the  governor  (the  legislature  not  be- 
ing in  session)  has  called  upon  the  President  for  the  assistance  of 
Regular  troops.  .The  President,  after  satisfying  himself  that  the  con- 
dition of  affairs  warranted  it,  would  issue  liis  proclamation  command- 
ing the  rioters  to  disperse  and  order  to  the  scene  of  disturbance  the 
troops  most  available.  In  the  absence  of  any  specific  instructions  to 
the  contrary,  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troops  would  march  his 
command  to  the  vicinity  of  the  trouble  and  then  report  his  arrival  to 
the  civil  officer  calling  for  assistance,  and  request  of  him  a  written 
report  of  what  he  desires  accomplished;  if  a  written  statement  can 
not  be  obtained,  then  a  verbal  one  should  be  required  and  made  in  the 
presence  of  witnesses.  The  power  of  the  civil  officer  ends  here  and 
he  can  not  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  manner  in  which  the  troops 
operate,  nor  give  them  any  orders,  nor  make  any  suggestion  the  com- 
manding officer  is  bound  to  accept — the  military  officer  is  the  sole 
judge  of  how  the  end  desired  by  the  civil  shall  be  accomplished. 

The  commanding  officer  should  ascertain  from  the  civil  authorities 
what  steps,  if  any,  have  been  taken  to  protect  the  gas-works  and  gas-mains, 
the  water-works  and  water-mains,  engine  houses,  etc.,  to  guard  the  gun 
stores  and  ammunition  and  explosive  factories.  Everything  possible 
should  be  done  at  once  to  prevent  arms  and  ammunition  from  falling  into 
the  hands  of  the  rioters  and  if  it  is  found  impossible  to  defend  a  gun- 
store,  armory  or  other  place  containing  arms  and  ammunition  and  it  is 
feared  that  these  supplies  may  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  rioters,  then  meas- 
ures should  be  taken  to  render  the  arms  useless  (which  may  be  done  by 
removing  important  parts). 

When  The  Militia  May  Be  Called  Out  For  Riot  Duty. 

(a)  Within  Its  Own  State.  It  may  be  called  out  by  such  civil 
officers  of  the  State  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  laws  to  do  so.  In 
some  states  only  the  governor  can  call  out  the  Militia,  while  in  others, 
various  county,  city  or  town  authorities,  civil  magistrates,  the  sheriff,  and 
other  civil  officers  may  do  so;  and  in  others,  the  local  military  com- 
mander may  call  out  the  troops  if,  in  his  own  judgment,  the  danger 
appears  sufficiently  great. 


412  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

Militia  officers  should  familiarize  themselves  with  the  laws  of 
their  respective  States  on  this  point  so  that  they  may  know  when 
called  upon  that  the  call  is  made  in  a  legal  manner.  However,  the 
officer  having  been  legally  called  out,  he  can  not  question  the  reason  or  the 
necessity  for  the  call — he  has  no  alternative  but  to  obey — and  whatever  he 
may  order  his  troops  to  do  in  obedience  to  such  call  must  be  done  by  all 
subordinate  officers  and  soldiers,  all  of  whom  have  nothing  whatsoever 
to  do  with  or  question  whether  the  call  was  made  in  a  legal  manner — 
the  order  to  them  is  purely  a  military  order,  and  must>  be  obeyed  with- 
out question. 

It  is  vitally  important  that  officers  and  soldiers  should  familiarize 
themselves  with  all  their  local  State  laws  on  the  subject  of  the  military  in 
aid  of  the  civil.  As  a  rule  these  laws  are  embodied  in  the  regulations  for 
the  military  force  of  the  State. 

(&)  Outside  Its  Own  State.  The  Militia  may  be  called  out  by 
the  President  of  the  United  States  upon  application  of  any  other  State. 
Militia  so  called  out  is  then  in  the  service  of  the  United  States  and 
is  governed  by  the  same  laws  and  regulations  as  those  by  which  the 
Regular  Army  is  governed. 
Civil  Control  Of  The  Troops. 

(a).  Regular  Troops.  After  the  troops  have  been  ordered  out 
and  the  commanding  officer  has  ascertained  from  the  civil  authorities 
the  ends  they~desire  accomplished,  the  military  alone  must  decide  how 
its  power  shall  be  employed.  While  the  commanding  officer  should 
do  all  in  his  power  to  promote  harmony  and  cooperation  between  the 
military  and  the  civil, ..  he  is  not  required  to  accept  any  suggestions 
even,  much  less  instructions,  from  the  civil  as  to  how  the  troops  shall 
be  handled  and  the  end  desired  attained. 

(&)  The  Militia.  In  some  States  there  are  detailed  regulations 
governing  the  Militia  when  on  riot  duty.  All  Militia  officers  should 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  laws  and  regulations  of  their  respec- 
tive States  and  they  should  not  wait  until  ordered  out  on  riot  duty 
before  doing  so.  However,  should  a  State  have  no  specific  laws  or 
regulations  on  the  subject,  the  regulations  of  Massachusetts,  which 
cover  the  subject  most  thoroughly,  may  be  followed  with  safety.  They 
are: 

"Par.  2298.  The  civil  officer  is  not  authorized  to  interfere  in  any 
way  with  the  formation  or  details  of  the  force,  the  military  officer 
being  held  responsible  for  the  success  of  the  operations  to  be  under- 
taken; and  it  is  for  the  latter,  and  for  him  alone,  to  judge  in  what 


RIOT  DUTY  413 

manner  the  troops  shall  effect  the  object  which  the  civil  officer  has 
indicated,  and  to  direct  the  force  in  the  execution  of  the  service  in 
"Par.  2299.  While  the  instructions  of  the  civil  officer  are  given 
in  general  terms  to  accomplish  a  particular  purpose,  and  the  mode 
and  means  are  within  the  discretion  of  the  military  commander,  the 
latter,  to  prevent  misunderstanding,  should  request  to  have  his  in- 
structions reduced  to  writing." 

Liability  For  Acts  Done  In  Obedience  To  Orders.  It  is  a  prin- 
ciple of  law  that  no  subordinate  can  be  punished  for  refusing  to  obey  an 
illegal  order,  and  it  is  also  true  that  both  the  superior  who  gives  such 
an  order  and  the  subordinate  who  obeys  it  lay  themselves  liable  to 
civil  and  military  prosecution.  However,  the  courts  have  held  that 
"except  in  a  plain  case  of  excess  of  authority  where  at  first  blush  it  is 
palpable  to  the  commonest  understanding  that  the  order  given  is 
illegal,  a  military  subordinate  should  be  held  excused,  in  law,  for  acts 
done  in  obedience  to  the  orders  of  his  commander."  While  it  is  true 
that  soldiers  can  not  be  punished  for  refusing  to  obey  illegal  orders,  the 
question  arises,  who  is  to  judge  of  the  legality  of  the  order?  It  is 
evident  that  if  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  to  judge  when  an  order  is 
lawful  and  when  not,  the  captious  and  mutinous  would  never  be  at  a  loss 
for  a  plea  to  justify  their  insubordination.  It  is  therefore  an  established 
principle,  that  unless  an  order  is  so  manifestly  against  law  that  the  ques 
tion  does  not  admit  of  dispute,  the  order  must  .first  be  obeyed  by  the 
inferior,  and  he  must  only  subsequently  seek  such  redress  against  his 
superior  as  the  law  allows.  If  the  inferior  disputes  its  legality  before 
obedience,  error  of  judgment  is  never  admitted  in  mitigation  of  the  offense. 

The  Seizure,  Use  And  Destruction  Of  Private  Property.     It  is 

sometimes  necessary  to  seize,  use.  or  destroy  private  property.  For 
instance,  it  may  be  necessary  to  seize  food  or  means  of  transportation 
for  the  troops,  to  convert  the  nearest  available  material  into  barri- 
cades, or  to  destroy  a  building  occupied  by  rioters.  If  the  danger  is 
great  or  the  necessity  urgent,  the  commanding  officer  should  not 
hesitate.  While  it  is  true  that  he  may  thus  render  himself  liable  to 
civil  action,  he  need  have  no  fear  if  he  has  not  exercised  his  power  in 
a  corrupt  or  malicious  manner. 

Whenever  practicable  receipts  in  detail  should  be  given  for  sup- 
plies and  property  seized  and  transportation  or  labor  requisitioned — 


414  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

such   receipts  will  assist  materially  in  adjusting  the  claims  that  are 
sure  to  follow. 

Firing  By  Troops  On  Riot  Duty.  A  riot  may  be  defined  as  "An 
unlawful  assemblage  of  people  of  threatening  attitude,  acting  in  concert, 
with  disorder  and  violence  and  determined  to  accomplish  some  injury 
to  persons  or  property  in  spite  of  any  resistance  which  may  be  offered," 
and  under  the  law  the  killing  of  any  participant  in  the  riot  is  clearly 
justifiable,  if  the  riot  can  not  be  suppressed  fyy  less  violent  means. 

The  question  whether  a  person  killed  was  a  participant  is  settled 
by  the  rule  of  law  that  "those  present  at  the  commission  of  a  riotous 
felony  are  principals,"  and  is  put  beyond  all  question  if  the  proper 
officer  has  commanded  the  assembly  to  disperse  before  the  firing  was 
ordered. 

After  the  troops  have  been  called  out  for  riot  duty,  the  question 
of  firing  upon  rioters  is  purely  a  tactical  question — a  question  to  be  decided 
by  the  immediate  commander  of  the  troops,  according  to  his  judgment  of 
the  situation.  However,  at  all  times  and  under  all  circumstances,  must  the 
firing  be  under  absolute  control  of  the  immediate  commanding  officer,  with 
whom  rests  the  responsibility  of  determining  whether  the  situation  pre- 
sented is  such  as  to  warrant  such  a  severe  course  as  firing  on  the  rioters. 
By  giving  selected  sharpshooters  general  instructions  to  fire  on  rioters 
throwing  missiles  at,  or  firing  upon,  the  troops,  the  commanding  officer 
does  not  in  any  way  lose  control  of  the  firing,  nor  is  he  in  any  way 
relieved  of  responsibility. 

The  strictest  kind  of  orders  should  be  given  that  no  one  shall  fire 
a  single  shot  except  upon  an  order  from  an  officer.  (Of  course,  in  indi- 
vidual cases  of  self-defense  soldiers  would  not  have  to  wait  for  orders 
to  fire.) 

(a)  Under  the  law  any  citizen  has  the  right  to  use  the  force  neces- 
sary in  order  to  prevent  the  perpetration  of  a  felony,  or  to  arrest  a 
felonious  culprit. 

(6)  Par.  498  of  the  1910  Army  Regulations  says,  "Single  selected 
sharpshooters  may  shoot  down  individual  rioters  who  have  fired  upon  or 
thrown  missiles  at  the  troops." 1  With  the  exception  of  the  statements 
(a)  and  (&),  there  is  nothing  else  definite  and  specific  in  the  Army  Regu- 


1  However,  this  does  not  give  the  commanding  officer  an  unqualified  right  to 
have  selected  sharpshooters  shoot  down  rioters — the  responsibility  still  remains  with 
him  to  determine  whether  such  a  course  of  procedure  is  justified  by  the  situation  that 
confronts  him. 


RIOT  DUTY  415 

lations,  in  law  books  or  elsewhere,  as  to  the  circumstances  under  which 
the  commanding  officer  may  give  the  command  to  fire.1 

These  are  the  general  principles  of  the  common  law  on  the  subject: 

1.  The  justification  allowed  by  the  common  law  to  the  taking  of  life 
in  cases  of  riot  is  limited  to  the  necessity  of  the  case; 

2.  The  infliction  of  death  or  bodily  harm  is  not  a  crime  when  it  is 
done  "for  the  purpose  of  suppressing  a  general  and  dangerous  riot  which 
can  not  otherwise  be  suppressed;" 

3.  The  taking  of  life  can  only   be  justified  by  the  necessity   for 
protecting  persons  or  property  against  various  forms  of  violent  crime  or 
by  the  necessity  of  dispersing  a  riotous  crowd  which  is  dangerous  unless 
dispersed." 

From  this,  therefore,  we  see  that  the  fundamental  question  for  the 
immediate  commanding  officer  to  decide  is  whether  the  taking  of  life  is 
NECESSARY  for  the  effectual  performance  of  the  duty  imposed  upon 
him. 

In  deciding  this  question  he  must,  of  course,  exercise  the  judgment 
of  a  man  of  some  discretion  and  prudence,  upon  the  facts  as  they  appear 
to  him  at  that  time,  and  not  as  they  may  appear  to  others  in  the  light 
of  subsequent  events.  He  must  bring  to  the  solution  of  the  question  an 
honest  determination  to  do  his  duty;  he  must  not  act  "from  recklessness 
or  a  love  of  power  or  to  gratify  any  passion ;"  he  must  not  be  influenced 
by  a  desire  to  retaliate  or  to  inflict  punishment.  He  must  also  bear  in 
mind  that  the  mere  use  of  insulting  or  abusive  words  is  not  of  itself 
enough  to  justify  extreme  force.  It  has  been  well  said  by  Sir  Charles  J. 
Napier  that,  "The  Government  has  a  right  to  expect  the  troops  to  bear 
some  insult  from  a  mob ;  strength  should  not  be  waspish  and  put  forth  to 
act  hastily." 

Remember  that  an  officer  who  is  by  law  authorized  to  suppress  a  mob 
is  by  the  nature  of  things  given  discretionary  power  and  can  not,  there- 
fore, be  held  responsible  for  errors  of  judgment  or  mistakes  of  law,  as 
long  as  he  acts  in  good  faith  and  without  malice,  corruption  or  cruelty, 
and  keeps  within  the  scope  of  his  authority. 

1NoTE. — It  should  be  remarked  that  the  provisions  of  the  U.  S.  Army  Regula- 
tions on  the  subject  of  riot  duty  apply  to  the  Organized  Militia  only  if  it  be  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  United  States,  or  if  such  Regulations  have  been  embodied  in  the  laws  and 
Militia  regulations  of  the  State.  But  where,  as  is  more  frequently  the  case,  the  pro- 
visions of  the  U.  S.  Army  Regulations  have  not  been  embodied  in  the  laws  of  the 
State,  they  are  only  of  indirect  benefit  to  the  Militia.  Should  criminal  or  civil  suit, 
for  instance,  be  brought  against  an  .officer  of  the  Militia  who  had  acted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  U.  S.  Army  Regulations,  the  officer  would  have  the  opportunity  to 
justify  his  act  by  showing  that  it  was  a  course  recognized  as  proper  to  be  pursued 
by  those  who  are  looked  upon  as  experts  in  such  matters,  viz.  the  officers  of  the 
Regular  Army.' 


416  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

Remember  also  that  it  has  been  held  by  the  courts  of  law  that  an 
officer  who  acts  "amid  the  noise  and  danger,  the  uncertainties  and  per- 
plexities of  the  field  of  action,  must  not  be  judged  by  facts  as  they  appear 
in  the  calm,  judicial  atmosphere  of  the  forum." 

Having  decided  that  it  is  necessary  to  fire  upon  a  mob,  the  officer  in 
command  should,  if  practicable,  first  call  upon  the  mob  to  disperse,  as 
this  will  afford  the  innocent  persons  who  from  idle  curiosity  or 
other  motives  almost  invariably  form  a  part  of  mobs,  an  opportunity 
to  withdraw.  However,  circumstances  may  be  such  as  to  make  the  giving 
of  such  notice  impracticable — for  example,  in  the  case  of  an  aggressive 
mob  attacking  the  troops,  or  in  the  case  of  a  mob  engaged  in  a  felony 
that  prohibits  the  waste  of  time. 

However,  when  it  becomes  necessary  to  fire  upon  a  mob;  it  is 
merciful  to  make  the  fire  short,  relentless,  and  effective.  Under  no  cir- 
cumstances should  blank  cartridges  ever  be  fired,  nor  should  the 
troops  ever  fire  over  the  heads  of  the  rioters — such  tactics-almost  invar- 
iably give  the  mob  a  courage  and  confidence  that  only  aggravate  the 
situation.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  tendency,  especially  on  the  part 
of  inexperienced  troops,  is  to  fire  high,  the  firing  should  be  delivered 
kneeling,  and  by  volleys,  as  this  form  of  fire  not  only  enables  better  fire 
discipline  but  it  also  has  a  very  demoralizing  effect  on  the  mob. 

While  the  taking  of  human  life  under  the  conditions  cited  does 
not  involve  legal  responsibilities,  it  entails  moral  responsibilities,  and 
the  order  to  fire  should  not  be  given  unless  it  is  clearly  evident  that 
the  end  desired  can  not  be  attained  in  any  other  way. 

No  more  firing  should  be  employed  than  is  necessary  to  accomplish 
the  object  in  view — that  is,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  commanding  officer 
the  firing  of  two  or  three  men  or  a  squad  can  accomplish  his  purpose, 
then  only  two  or  three  or  a  squad  are  ordered  to  fire ;  if  in  his  opinion  the 
whole  company  is  necessary  in  order  to  accomplish  his  purpose,  then  the 
whole  company  is  ordered  to  fire. 

Remember,  whatever  the  number  firing  may  be,  all  firing  must  cease 
the  very  instant  it  is  no  longer  necessary — the  very  instant  the  commanding 
officei's  object  has  been  accomplished. 

The  commander  of  the  troops  must  always  bear  in  mind  these  three 
things : 

i st.  As  the  use  of  force  is  only  justified  by  the  necessity  of  the 
occasion  it  follows  that  only  so  much  force  should  be  used  as  the  neces- 
sity of  each  case  requires  and  that  force  should  not  be  continued  longer 
than  is  absolutely  necessary. 


RIOT  DUTY  417 

2d.  Under  no  circumstances  should  troops  attempt  to  punish 
anyone — as  stated  in  Par.  498,  of  the  1910  Army  Regulations,  "Punish- 
ment belongs,  not  to  the  troops,  but  to  the  courts  of  justice." 

3d.  Every  endeavor  should  first  be  made  to  induce  or  force  the 
rioters  to  disperse  before  ordering  the  troops  to  fire  on  them. 

Now,  to  sum  up  what  has  been  said  on  this  subject: 

The  law  and  the  Army  Regulations  give  only  four  concrete  cases 
where  troops  may  fire  on  rioters: 

1.  To  prevent  the  perpetration  of  a  felony,  if  it  can  not  be  stopped 
otherwise. 

2.  To  arrest  one  who  has  committed  a  felony,  if  he  can  not  be  ar- 
rested otherwise; 

3.  In  case  any  individual  rioter  fires  upon  the  troops,  he  may  be 
shot  down. 

4.  In  case  any  individual  rioter  throws  missiles  at  the  troops,  he 
may  be  shot  down. 

Remember,  however,  that  this  does  not  relieve  the  commanding  offi- 
cer from  the  exercise  of  sound  discretion  and  the  responsibility  of  using 
no  more  force  than  is  necessary  to  accomplish  the  desired  end. 

Whether  he  be  called  on  to  disperse  a  riotous  assembly  engaged  in 
committing  crimes  or  to  protect  life  or  property  from  attack  by  such  a 
body,  the  question  will  in  each  particular  case  be  whether  it  is  necessary 
to  take  life  to  properly  discharge  his  duty. 

No  set  of  rules  exists  which  governs  every  instance  or  defines  before- 
hand every  contingency  that  may  arise. 

Arresting  Rioters  In  Private  Houses.  If,  during  the  actual  pro- 
gress of  a  riot,  a  rioter  commits  a  felony  or  breach  of  the  peace,  or  a 
felony  is  committed  and  there  is  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  a  par- 
ticular rioter  has  committed  it,  a  member  of  the  Regular  Army  or 
Militia  who  is  present  on  riot  duty  may,  without  warrant,  arrest  the 
rioter  at  once.  If  the  rioter,  after  committing  a  felony,  flees  to  a  pri- 
vate house  he  may  be  pursued  and  an  entrance  may  be  forced,  to  make 
the  arrest,  but  as  a  matter  of  lawful  caution,  a  demand  for  the  sur- 
render of  the  culprit  should  be  made  before  forcing  an  entrance.  If 
necessary  to  force  an  entrance,  before  doing  so  the  person  seeking  to 
make  the  arrest  should. announce  to  the  inmates  his  official  character 
and  his  business  and  demand  admission,  unless  it  is  quite  certain  these 
are  already  known,  in  order  that,  knowing  his  official  character,  there 


418  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

may  be  no  resistance  to  him.  If,  however,  an  interval  of  say  a  num- 
ber of  hours  or  a  day  elapses  between  the  commission  of  the  felony 
and  the  effort  to  apprehend,  then  a  warrant  should  be  obtained  from 
the  civil  authorities,  and  the  civil  authorities,  supported  by  the  troops, 
would  have  every  power  to  make  the  arrest. 

Disposition  of  Persons  Arrested.  Civilian  prisoners  should  always 
be  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities  without  unnecessary  delay.  Should 
it  not  be  practicable  to  turn  the  prisoner  over  to  the  civil  authorities  im- 
mediately he  may  be  detained  by  the  military  so  long,  and  so  long  only, 
as  the  necessity  of  the  situation  requires. 

These  restrictions  upon  the  detention  of  civilians  as  prisoners  by 
the  military  do  not  apply  where  by  the  declaration  of  martial  law  the 
( ivil  power  has  been  superseded  by  military  authority. 

Difference  Between  a  Felony  and  a  Misdemeanor.  A  felony  may 
generally  be  defined  as  an  offense  that  is  punishable  by  imprisonment 
in  a  penitentiary  or  state  prison — for  example :  homicide,  assault  with 
a  dangerous  weapon,  highway  robbery,  burglary,  larceny,  rape,  arson. 
Crimes  that  are  not  punishable  by  imprisonment  in  a  penitentiary  or 
state  prison  may  be  generally  defined  as  misdemeanors — for  example, 
drunkenness,  disorderly  conduct,  carrying  of  concealed  weapons,  tres- 
passing, violations  of  city  ordinances. 

Arrest  of  Officers  and  Enlisted  Men.  During  their  tour  of  duty 
in  aid  of  the  civil  authorities,  officers  and  enlisted  men,  of  either  the 
Regular  Army  or  the  Organized  Militia,  can  not,  with  the  two  excep- 
tions stated  below,  be  arrested  or  compelled  to  answer  the  process  of 
civil  courts  on  account  of  any  act  committed  during  such  tour  of  ser- 
vice. (However,  they  may  be  served  with  summons  in  a  suit  for  dam- 
ages). Any  other  rule  of  law  would  expose  the  military  power  to 
practical  nullification  at  the  hands  of  the  civil  courts. 

The  two  exceptions. 

(a)  In  the  case  of  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  requiring  a  mili- 
tary officer  to  produce  in  court  the  body  of  a  prisoner; 

(&)  When  an  officer  or  an  enlisted  man,  acting  outside  the 
scope  of  his  military  duties,  commits  an  offense  mentioned  in 
the  59th  Article  of  War,  which  reads,  "When  any  officer  or  sol- 
dier is  accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  any  offense  against  the 
person  or  property  of  any  citizen  of  any  of  the  United  States, 
which  is  punishable  by  the  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding 
officer,  and  the  officers  of  the  regiment,  troop,  battery,  com- 


RIOT  DUTY  419 

pany,  or  detachment,  to  which  the  person  so  accused  belongs, 
are  required,  except  in  time  of  war,  upon  application  duly  made 
by  or  in  behalf  of  the  party  injured,  to  use  their  utmost  en- 
deavors to  deliver  him  over  to  the  civil  magistrate,  and  to  aid 
the  officers  of  justice  in  apprehending  and  securing  him,  in  or- 
der to  bring  him  to  trial." 

However,  the  commanding  officer  should  not  turn  the  accused 
over  to  the  civil  authorities  unless  the  application,  or  accompanying 
evidence,  identifies  him  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  officer,  and  until  the 
latter  is  convinced  after  careful  investigation,  that  the  application  is 
made  in  good  faith  and  in  the  interests  of  law  and  justice. 

Habeas  Corpus.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  writ  of  habeas 
corpus  is  in  no  way  suspended  or  modified  just  because  troops,  either 
Regular  or  Militia,  are  acting  in  aid  of  the  civil  authorities,  and  th^.t 
respectful  return  must  be  made  to  all  such  writs. 

Form  of  Return. 
In  re  John  Doe 

(Writ  of  habeas  corpus — Return  of  Respondent) 

To  the (Court  or  Judge). 

The  respondent,  Major  John  Smith,  24th  U.  S.  Infantry,  upon 
whom  has  been  served  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  for  the  production  of 
John  Doe,  respectfully  makes  return  and  states  that  he  holds  the  said 
John  Doe  by  authority  of ,  under  the  fol- 
lowing circumstances: 

(State  orders  under  which  the  troops  are  serving,  cause  of  arrest, 
and  reasons  for  holding  the  prisoner  in  custody.  Give  the 
circumstances  as  fully  as  possible  so  as  to  enable  the  court 
to  determine  the  question  of  jurisdiction). 

Wherefore  without  intending  any  disrespect  to  this  Court,  but 
for  the  reason  that  he  is  advised  and  believes  that  said  writ,  under  the 
circumstances,  should  not  be  enforced,  and  that  this  Court  has  no 

jurisdiction  in  the  premises  and  in  obedience  to  the  order 

this  respondent  respectfully  declines  to  produce  to  this 

Court  the  body  of  said  John  Doe ;  or, 

However,  in  obedience  to  the  said  writ  of  habeas  corpus  the 
respondent  herewith  produces  before  the  Court  the  body  of  the  said 
John  Doe,  but  for  the  reasons  set  forth  in  this  return  prays  this  hon- 
orable court  to  dismiss  the  said  writ. 

JOHN  SMITH, 
Major,  24th  U.  S.  Infantry, 

Officer  in  Charge  of  Prisoners. 


420  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

If  an  officer  of  the  Regular  Army  had  in  custody  a  rioter  that  he  had 
arrested,  but  had  not  yet  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities,  and  if  he 
were  served  with  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  by  a  Federal  court,  he  would 
at  once  obey  the  writ,  produce  the  body  in  court  and  make  return,  setting 
forth  the  reasons  for  restraining  the  rioter.  He  would  report,  by  wire, 
the  fact  of  such  service  direct  to  The  Adjutant  Geneal  of  the  Army  and 
the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Department,  as  required  by  A.  R.  1016,  '10. 
If  the  writ  were  issued  by  a  State  court,  the  officer  would  at  once  tele- 
graph The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  and  the  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Department  that  such  a  writ  had  been  served.  If  the  rioter  were 
held  for  an  offense  against  the  United  States,  respectful  return  should  at 
once  be  made  showing  cause  of  detention,  claiming  that  the  State  is  with- 
out jurisdiction  to  issue  the. writ,  and  asking  that  same  be  dismissed,  but 
the  body  need  not  be  produced.  If  the  rioter  were  held  for  an  offense 
against  the  State  the  court  would  doubtless  have  jurisdiction  and  return 
should  be  made  and  the  body  produced  after  being  so  advised  by  superior 
authority. 

If  an  officer  of  the  Organised  Militia  had  in  custody  a  rioter  that 
he  had  arrested  but  had  not  yet  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities,  and 
if  he  were  served  with  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  by  either  a  Federal  court 
or  a  State  court,  he  would  at  once  report  the  matter  by  wire  to  proper 
superior  authority,  make  return  and  produce  the  body. 

Relations  With  the  Civil  Authorities.  In  their  relations  with  the 
civil  authorities  officers  should  always  be  courteous,  obliging  and  cheer- 
ful, showing  at  all  times  a  disposition  to  assist  and  cooperate. 

Conduct  Toward  Civilians  on  the  part  of  both  officers  and  en- 
listed men  should  be  courteous  and  considerate,  except,  of  course, 
when  civilians  affiliate  with  the  rioters,  in  which  case  they  should  be 
treated  accordingly. 

Private  Property  must  be  respected.  In  case  of  injury,  destruc- 
tion or  appropriation  by  individuals,  the  guilty  parties  may  be  made  to 
make  reparation  from  their  pay,  as  provided  for  by  the  54th  Article  of 
War.1  Should  it  be  impossible  because,  for  instance,  of  indifference  on 

1  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters,  garrison,  or  on  the  march,  shall  keep 
good  order,  and,  to  the  utmost  of  his  power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may 
be  committed  by  any  officer  or  soldier  under  his  command;  and  if,  upon  complaint  made 
to  him  of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  otherwise  illtreating  any  person,  disturbing 
fairs  or  markets,  or  committing  any  kind  of  riot,  to  the  disquieting  of  the  citizens  of 
the  United  States,  he  refuses  or  omits  to  see  justice  done  to  the  offender,  and  repara- 
tion made  to  the  party  injured,  so  far  as  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall  go  toward  such 
reparation,  he  shall  be  dismissed  from  the  service,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  court- 
martial  may  direct. — 54th  Article  of  War. 


RIOT  DUTY  421 

the  part  of  the  company  officers  and  the  men,  to  ascertain  the  names 
of  any  members  of  their  company  that  have  appropriated,  injured  or 
destroyed  any  property,  damages  might  very  properly  be  assessed 
against  the  entire  organization. 

Camp  Grounds.  Although  military  necessity  might  require  a 
commanding  officer  to  camp  on  grounds  against  the  wishes  of  the  owner, 
it  must  be  remembered  that  the  commanding  officer  has  no  legal  right 
to  do  this,  and  that  it  should  not  be  done  whenever  avoidable. 

THE  TACTICAL  SIDE 

"In  Time  of  Peace  Prepare  for  War."  This  injunction  is  quite 
as  valuable  in  a  local  as  it  is  in  a  national  sense.  In  every  city  where 
Militia  is  stationed,  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troops  should  divide 
the  city  into  military  districts,  detailing  officers  to  map  the  various  dis- 
tricts, submitting  with  their  maps  descriptions  of  the  streets,  buildings, 
character  of  the  inhabitants,  means  of  barricading  or  other  resistance 
by  a  mob,  points  of  advantage,  quickest  and  least  exposed  avenues  of  ap- 
proach, with  plans  as  to  the  best  disposition  of  troops,  whether  acting 
offensively  or  defensively,  etc. 

The  locations  of  all  armories,  -police  stations,  engine  houses,  gas 
plants,  electric-light  plants,  water-mains,  hydrants,  gun  stores,  explosive 
factories,  etc.,  should  be  plainly  indicated  on  the  map  and  plans  to  protect 
them  should  be  formulated.  The  heights  and  material  of  buildings,  their 
strategic  importance,  if  any;  whether  flat  or  pitched  roofed,  with  or  with- 
out openings  in  party-walls  and  other  peculiarities  of  construction,  etc., 
should  be  noted.  The  ranges  from  all  important  buildings  to  all  points 
commanded  by  them  and  the  points  at  which  gas  and  water  can  be  shut 
off  should  also  be  indicated. 

Signal  stations  at  various  points  should  be  selected  and  a  system  of 
rapid  communication  with  the  armories,  headquarters,  police  stations 
and  other  points  should  be  devised.  A  cipher  code  should  be  adopted. 

The  question  of  getting  troops  from  outside  the  city  in  case  of  se- 
rious trouble  should  also  be  considered  and  a  plan  for  their  debarkation 
should  be  prepared. 

Public  buildings  should  not  be  without  facilities  for  lighting  and 
for  procuring  water  in  case  the  shutting  off  of  the  water  and  the  lighting 
facilities. 

In  order  to  provide  for  the  certain  and  rapid  assembly  of  the  troops 
at  the  armory  a  system  of  notification  should  be  adopted.  The  plan  of 


422  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

ringing  bells  has  the  disadvantage  of  notifying  the  rioters  as  well  as  the 
Militiamen  and  consequently  should  not  be  adopted.  A  good  plan  is  for 
every  captain  to  divide  his  company  into  squads,  each  under  the  charge 
of  a  noncommissioned  officer,  who  is  to  carry  at  all  times  with  him  a  Hst 
of  his  squad  and  their  addresses  and  telephone  numbers,  the  squads  being 
grouped  geographically  so  that  there  will  be  no  loss  of  time  in  warning 
them.  When  the  company  is  ordered  to  assemble  the  captains  notify  the 
squad  leaders,  who  in  turn  at  once  notify  the  members  of  their  respective 
squads. 

The  Importance  Of  Quelling  Riots  In  Their  Incipient  Stage. 
Mobs  are,  by  their  very  nature,  peculiarly  liable  to  dejection  or  elation; 
they  sneak  into  their  hiding-places  or  swarm  into  the  streets  directly  as 
they  fail  or  succeed.  Without  discipline  they  can  neither  be  checked  in 
the  excesses  that  follow  victory,  nor  rallied  from  the  discouragement  that 
follows  defeat. 

Victorious  or  temporized  with,  the  rioter  finds  a  thousand  venal 
wretches  at  his  back ;  beaten,  or  energetically  handled,  he  is  deserted  by  his 
erstwhile  friends.  The  fact  that  there  are  in  society  so  many  professional 
agitators,  so  many  anarchists,  socialists,  thieves,  cut-throats,  vagabonds, 
and  ruffians,  who,  with  the  instinct  of  the  vulture,  will  seek  the  field  of 
prey  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the  other,  with  the  instinct  of  the  rat, 
desert  the  sinking  ship,  renders  it  absolutely  necessary  that  the  mob  shall 
not  be  trifled  with  to  the  extent  even  of  permitting  them  to  seem  to  be 
victorious  for  a  single  day. 

Mobs  are  cowards  at  first.  They  only  gain  courage  as  they  find  that 
those  whose  duty  it  is  to  suppress  them  are  themselves  cowards.  A  mob 
is  not  to  be  feared  when  it  is  first  aroused. 

It  is  only  as  its  passion  for  carnage  is  whetted  by  taste  of  blood,  or 
its  greed  for  pillage  is  gratified,  that  it  becomes  dangerous.  Upon  whom- 
soever devolves  the  duty  of  suppression,  let  this  be  his  first  effort:  Check 
at  the  very  beginning ;  allow  no  tumultuous  gatherings ;  permit  no  delay ; 
a  few  stern  resolute  words ;  if  these  be  not  heeded,  then  strike  resolutely, 
boldly ;  let  there  be  no  hesitation ;  if  necessary,  take  life  at  the  outset.  It 
will  be  more  merciful  to  take  one  life  than  to  suffer  the  mob  to  take  the 
lives  of  many  later. 

Nothing  so  emboldens  a  crowd  as  passive  resistance  and  it  should 
never  be  allowed.  Any  man  in  a  crowd,  on  a  roof,  or  at  a  window,  who 
is  seen  to  fire  a  shot,  throw  a  stone  or  other  missile,  or  assault  a  soldier 
should  be  shot  down  by  a  sharpshooter. 


RIOT  DUTY  423 

Mobs  As  A  Rule  Are  Made  Up  of  Cowards — not  necessarily  physi- 
cal cowards  but  moral  cowards — moral  cowards  because  of  their  conscious- 
ness of  being  in  the  wrong,  of  being  lawless.  The  most  cowardly  members 
of  a  mob  are  generally  in  the  rear,  which  is,  therefore,  the  weakest,  the  most 
vulnerable  part.  Having  neither  discipline  nor  organization,  the  very 
moment  a  break  is  started,  the  rest  will  follow  like  so  many  sheep.  The 
logical  point  to  attack  mobs,  is,  therefore,  the  rear  and  flank.  If  it  be  not 
practicable  to  send  a  part  of  the  command  to  attack  in  rear,  practically 
the  same  result  can  be  obtained  by  dispatching,  if  practicable,  sharpshoot- 
ters  to  the  roofs  or  upper  stories  of  houses,  from  which  they  can  pick  off 
rioters  in  the  rear  of  the  mob.  The  picking  off  of  a  few  rioters  there  will 
generally  cause  others  to  flee  and  they  in  turn  will  be  joined  by  the  rest 
of  the  mob. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  fact  that  although  a  number  of  persons 
in  the  front  of  a  mob  might  be  killed  and  wounded,  the  rest  would  not 
be  able  to  get  away  because  the  crowd  in  rear,  many  of  whom  would  not 
even  know  what  had  happened  in  front,  would  act  as  a  barrier,  while,  of 
course,  those  in  front  would  not  flee  in  the  direction  of  the  main  body  of 
soldiers. 

A  "The  Crowd ;  A  Study  of  The  Popular  Mind,"  by  Gustave  Le  Bon,  is  a  very  in- 
teresting Book.  It  is  a  foreign  publication,  but  can  be  gotten  through  Tice  &  Lynch, 
18  Beaver  St.,  New  York.  Cost,  85  cts. 

Army  Regulations.  "After  having  been  called  into  action  against 
a  mob  the  troops  are  governed  by  the  general  regulations  of  the  Army 
and  apply  military  tactics  in  respect  to  the  manner  in  which  they  shall 
act  to  accomplish  the  desired  end.  It  is  purely  a  tactical  question  in 
what  manner  they  shall  use  the  weapon  with  which  they  are  armed — 
whether  by  fire  of  musketry  and  artillery  or  by  the  use  of  the  bayonet 
and  saber,  or  by  both,  and  at  what  stage  of  the  operations  each  or 
either  mode  of  attack  shall  be  employed.  This  tactical  question  will 
be  decided  by  the  immediate  commander  of  the  troops,  according  to 
his  judgment  of  the  situation."  (Par.  498,  A.  R.,  1910). 

Assembling  of  Militia  Organizations.  If  there  are  indications  that 
the  Militia  may  be  called  out,  a  detachment  should  be  quietly  kept  in 
the  armory  to  guard  the  building  against  surprise  and  if  necessary,  to 
protect  the  assembly  of  the  troops. 

If  a  call  is  made  for  the  troops,  this  armory  guard  should  be 
deployed  a  sufficient  distance  from  the  building  to  protect  it  on  every 
side  and  to  prevent  unauthorized  persons  from  approaching.  Should 
the  crowd  become  hostile  or  threatening  the  guard  should  be  reen- 
forced  as  rapidly  as  possible. 


424  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

Should  th.e  command  be  ordered  out  unexpectedly  and  the  pre- 
caution just  cited  therefore  not  taken,  the  police  authorities  should  at 
once  send  a  squad  of  policemen  to  the  armory  to  perform  the  duties 
described  until  the  arrival  of  enough  soldiers  to  relieve  them. 

There  should  be  two  methods  of  calling  out  troops:  (a)  By 
verbal  orders  to  individuals,  sent  through  their  squad  leaders;  (&)  by 
a  prescribed  signal  on  the  fire-alarm  bells,  to  be  used  only  in  case  of 
emergency. 

Every  man  -should  take  with  him  from  home  sufficient  food  for  a 
day,  in  order  to  provide  against  contingency. 

Uniforms,  arms,  and  equipments  should  always  be  kept  in  the 
armory;  otherwise  men  in  uniform  attemoting  to  reach  the  armory 
might  be  waylaid  by  rioters. 

After  the  troops  are  assembled  in  the  armory,  the  company  should 
be  carefully  inspected  to  see  that  every  .man  is  properly  equipped — 
that  he  has  been  supplied  with  ball  cartridges,1  that  his  canteen  is 
filled  with  water,  that  his  rifle  is  in  perfect  order,  etc. 

The  commanding  officer  of  all  the  troops  should  assemble  his 
officers  and  explain  to  them  the  nature  of  the  duty  he  has  been  or- 
dered to  perform  and  outline  the  manner  in  which  he  intends  to  carry 
out  his  orders.  He  should  caution  his  officers  against  the  use  of 
intoxicants  and  give  strict  orders  that  all  enlisted  men  must  keep  out 
of  saloons  and  not  drink  intoxicants. 

Before  leaving  the  armory  special  care  must  be  taken  to  see  that  the 
ammunition  supply  has  been  looked  after. 

Since  it  is  always  probable  that  in  a  general  riot,  troops  will  have  to 
attack  barricaded  buildings,  the  command  should  in  such  cases  be  supplied 
with  axes,  crowbars,  ropes,  sledge  hammers,  short  ladders,  bags  of  pow- 
der (6  to  10  pounds)  and  hand  grenades. 

Every  company  commander  should  give  to  his  men  some  general 
instructions  and  precautions,  especially  about  firing  upon  people. 

Attention  should  be  called  to  the  following  fire  discipline  rules 
from  the  Drill  Regulations: 

a.  Never  fire  unless  ordered. 

b.  Never  exceed  the  number  of  cartridges  indicated. 

c.  Never  fire  after  the  command  or  signal,  cease  firing. 

d.  Always  fire  at  the  named  objection;  if  so  situated  as  to  be  unable 
to  see  the  objective,  do  not  fire. 

1  Guard  cartridges,  instead  of  the  regular  ones,  are  more  suitable  for  riot  duty, 
although  troops  might  very  advisably  be  supplied  with  both. 


RIOT  DUTY  425 

e.  Always  aim  at  the  bottom  line  of  the  objective;  if  it  be  a  line  of 
men,  aim  at  the  feet;  if  a  clump  of  trees,  aim  at  the  junction  of  the 
tree  trunks  and  ground. 

The  men  should  also  be  instructed  about  respecting  private 
property  and  treating  all  law-abiding  citizens  with  proper  courtesy. 

A  detachment  commanded  by  an  officer  should  be  detailed  to 
remain  at  the  armory  after  the  troops  leave. 

Leaving  The  Armory.  Should  there  be  a  hostile  or  threatening 
crowd  in  the  street  at  the  exit  of  the  armory,  the  troops,  consisting, 
for  instance,  of  four  companies,  may  make  their  exit  and  form  as 
follows: 

A  company  in  columns  of  squads,  at  port  arms,  with  bayonets  fixed, 
and  rifles  loaded,  is  formed  facing  the  exit;  just  as  soon  as  the  doors 
are  thrown  open  the  company  marches  forward,  Nos.  1  and  2  (front 
and  rear  file)  of  the  first  squad  turning  to  the  right  and  forming  "single 
rank,  and  Nos.  3  and  4  doing  the  same,  to  the  left,  at  the  same  time 
clearing  the  street;  as  soon  as  the  second  squad  has  passed  the  first 
squad,  it  separates  in  a  similar  manner;  the  second  squad  is  followed 
by  the  third,  and  so  on,  until  the  entire  company  is  out.  As  soon  as 
the  space  in  front  of  the  exit  has  been  cleared,  the  second  company 
marches  out  in  column  of  squads,  forming  line  crosswise  of  the  street  (i.  e. 
at  right  angles  to  the  armory),  to  the  right  or  left;  it  is  followed  by 
the  third,  which  forms  line  crosswise  of  the  street,  to  the  left  or  right;  the 
fourth  company  then  follows,  forming  line  along  the  curb  line,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  street;  the  first  company  is  in  the  meantime 
assembled  along  the  curb  line  near  the  exit,  between  the  second  and 
third  companies,  the  four  companies  thus  forming  a  hollow  square, 
which  may  be  marched  by  forming  the  first  and  fourth  companies  in 
column  of  squads,  with  the  second  and  third  facing  the  same  direction. 

Sometimes  it  might  be  possible  to  work  a  ruse  on  the  mob  and  have 
the  command  leave  the  armory  by  an  exit  of  which  the  crowd  knows  noth 
ing,  but  under  no  circumstances  should  the  exit  be  so  made  as  to  sho\i 
timidity.  It  is  much  better  to  come  right  out  and  face  the  mob  with  deter- 
mination, giving  it,  if  necessary,  a  severe  lesson,  which  at  this  junction 
may  prevent  much  trouble  later  on. 

Marching  To  The  Scene  Of  Trouble.  The  troops  should,  of 
course,  be  marched  through  the  streets  without  music  or  colors,  and 
if  the  riot  be  local  and  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  armory, 
the  command  should  be  marched  in  column  of  squads  by  the  least 


426  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

frequented  streets,  so  AS  not  to  create  excitement  and  inteifere 
with  public  traffic. 

However,  if  the  riot  is  of  a  general  nature,  the  troops  should  be 
marched  upon  whatever  streets  military  policy  may  require. 

A  squad  of  police  should  accompany  each  body  of  troops  for  the  pur- 

1  '  ,    (•-       riu-v  in. iv  march  in  the  line  of  tile  closers  or  in 

side  the  hollow  square,  sallying  forth  from  time  to  time  to  make  such 
arrests  as  may  be  necessary  and  returning  with  their  prisoners. 

When  approaching  the  scene  of  trouble,  the  hollow  square  for- 
mation just  described  (or  some  other  suitable  formation)  should  be  as- 
sumed, the  front  and  rear  companies  extending  from  curb  line  to  curb  line, 

ami  selected   sharpshooters  walking  on  both  sidewalks  so  .is  to  he  ahle  to 

cover  the  windows  and  roofs  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  street    These 

sharpshootefl  should  he  under  tlu-  command  of  ;ui  olViccr  especially  titled 

u<  work  and,  if  so  instructed,  they  should  shoot  down  anyone  firing 
or  throwing  missiles  at  the  troops. 

The  sharpshooters  must  be  constantly  on  th,-  \\  .itching  the  roofs 

.iml  windows  on  the  opposite  side.  .uul.  .it  a  halt,  sei/e  any  prominence 
atloulmg  them  a  \ic\\  >"  :'v  mo1'  Chcy  mu>t  not  tire  until  individually 
ordered,  unless  ot  cout.se.  special  instructions  have  heen  given  to  the  con- 
trary. During  a  general  engagement  they  may  be  instructed  to  pick  off  the 
leaders.  The  knowledge  that  sharpshooters  are  present  with  special  in- 
structions to  shoot  the  leading  spirits  among  the  aggressors,  would  have  a 
salutary  effect. 

When  the  troops  do  not  assume  the  hollow  square  formation, 

competent  nOttCOmmitSioned  Officer!  01   MleCted  privates,  should  march 

on  both  flanks  of  every  company  to  keep  an  observant  eye  for  any 
overt  act  c<  the  troops,  and  they  should  be 

to  pick  out  and  fire  upon  the  offending  rioters.  The  act  committed  against 
the  troops,  however,  should  be  of  sufficient  aggravation  to  warrant  tlu 
rioter  being  fired  upon. 

In  t  movement  along  the  streets,  in  the  face  of  opposition,  the  troops 
are  not  to  be  crowded,  as  a  repulse  of  those  in  front  might  lead  to  a 
ble  slaughter  and  confusion.    The  advance  should  be  made  by  successive 
companies  or  platoons  at  considerable  intervals,  those  not  actually  en- 
gaged being  kept  under  cover  as  much  as  possible.    There  must  always  be 

advatvc  and  icai   |Utrdl  and  Rankin|  piftta,  \\hich  should  he  in  force  and 

which  should  march  in  streets  parallel  to  the  street  of  main  attack. 

will  result  in  outflanking  the  crowd,  and  will  lessen  the  casualties  from  a 

heavy  column  proceeding  along  a  single  street 


RIOT  DUTY  427 

Skirmishers  should  be  advanced  and  instructed  to  slip  along  the 
sidewalks  and  thus  protect  themselves  by  the  projections  from  the  build 

ings. 

When  an  advancing  column  is  fired  upon  from  a  house,  the  house 

•.honld  IK-  i. -i.c.l  .MM!  the  i  inters  captured  or  driven  therefrom.  Small 
bodies  of  troops  should  be  detached  from  the  main  column  to  enter  the 

buildings.  \vliii-li  nu\   he  done  by  llic   front,  the  back,  (he  side  or  roof.     The 

hack  is  apt  to  be  unguarded;  to  enter  from  the  top,  either  from  the  roof 
<>r  through  the  party- wall  of  the  top  story,  possesses  the  advantage  of  gen- 
erally catching  the  occupants  unaware,  and  of  enabling  the  attacking 

I-. 11  Iv   to   light   doun   i.ilhci    Ih. in   up 

The  sidewalks  being  protected  on  one  flank  and  being  more  elevated 
than  the  street,  are  places  of  vantage,  and  when  a  small  body  of  troops  is 

advancing  along  a   wide  sheet,   they   should   march  along  the   sidewalks   in 

preference  to  the  middle  of  the  street. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  a  crowd  be  permitted  to  stand  on  the 
sidewalks  while  troops  are  marching  through  the  streets. 

If  troops  arc  hcing  moved  to  the  scene  of  trouble  by  rail,  the 
train  should  be  stopped  at  a  distance,  where  the  command  can  be 

disembarked     and     formed     without     confusion.       Should     the     engineer 

decline  to  obey  the  commanding  officer's  orders  in  this  respect,  the 
train  should  be  seized  immediately.  It  would  be  suicidal  to  attempt 
to  unload  troops  and  to  form  companies  in  the  midst  of  an  ugly  mob. 

When  troops  are  approaching  by  train  a  community  to  wln< -h 
tliev  have  been  ordered  for  riot  duty,  a  number  of  sharpshooters  should 
be  placed  on  the  pilot,  as  well  as  on  the  tank,  of  the  engine,  and  on 
the  tops  of  the  coaches,  with  instructions  to  fire  upon  any  person  com- 
mining  an  overt  act  against  the  troop  train.  When  ncaring  the 

scene  of  di.slni  bain  e.  the   h.iin  •  .li.mld   1«    slowed   down,  and   if  there   is  any 

reason  to  believe  that  dynamite  may  have  been  placed  on  the  track,  two  or 
three  flat  cars  should  be  placed  in  front  of  the  engine. 

Dispersing  Or  Attacking  A  Mob.    Upon  approaching  a  mob  to  be 

dispersed,  halt   .it   a   point    from   which   its  position   can   b<-  observed  and 

reconnoitred,  and  then  form  your  plans  for  dealing  with  it.  If  the 
mob  stait  io  adv.mca  on  you,  keep  it  at  a  distance  by  rifle  fire,  if  neces- 
sary. 

If   the    mob   is    im  lined    to   be    timid    and    n  ndel  ei  mi  ned,   the   appeal 
ance  of  a  military   force,  espe<  i.dly   il   e, pupped  with  a  Catling  gtm  or  two, 
may  induce  it  to  listen  to  the  order  to  disperse. 


428  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

Mounted  troops  armed  with  ax  handles  or  sticks  are  very  ef- 
fective in  dispersing  mobs.  Water  from  a  fire  hose  may  sometimes  be 
used  with  good  results.  The  use  of  the  butt  of  the  rifle  on  the  toes  of 
the  front  rank  of  a  timid  mob  has  been  known  to  work  well. 

We  will  now  consider  these  cases  in  which  the  mob  refuses  to 
disperse: 

1.  The  mob  being  in  an  open  street,  without  barricades,  and  not 
occupying  houses.     Although   the  Army  Regulations   state,   "As   a  gen 
eral  rule  the  bayonet  alone  should  be  used  against  mixed  crowds  in 
the  first  stage  of  a  revolt,"  it  is  thought  that  only  if  the  mob  be  very 
timid  or  the  troops  be  numerically  stronger  should  dismounted  sol- 
diers be  brought  in  immediate  contact  with  a  mob,  lest  they  should  be 
crushed    and    disarmed    by    mere    weight    of    numbers.      In    any    event, 
whenever  dismounted  troops  are  brought  in  immediate  contact  with 
the  mob,  a  support  or  reserve  should  be  held  at  a  convenient  distance. 

After  determining  how  many  troops  are  necessary  to  hold  the 
mob  in  check,  the  balance  of  the  command  is  divided  into  two  de- 
tachments, which  move  down  the  streets  parallel  to  the  one  held  by 
the  mob  and  on  each  of  its  flanks;  the  detachments  come  in  on  the 
flanks  of  the  mob  by  alternate  streets  so  as  not  to  fire  into  each  other, 
and,  if  possible,  a  squad  is  sent  to  attack  the  mob  in  rear.  The  flank- 
ing and  rear  detachments  should  begin  their  work  first,  after  which  a 
determined  advance  or  a  volley  or  two  on  its  front  will  end  the  work. 

Whenever  it  becomes  necessary  to  fire  on  a  mob,  sharpshooters 
should,  if  practicable,  as  stated  before,  be  dispatched  to  the  roofs  of  houses 
from  which  they  can  pick  off  rioters  in  the  rear  of  the  mob.  Mobs  are 
cowardly  and  the  rearmost  portion  is  the  most  cowardly.  If  a  break  can 
be  started  in  the  rear  of  the  mob,  and  the  picking  off  of  a  few  rioters 
there  will  generally  do  this,  the  rear  members  will  at  once  begin  to  flee  and 
will  be  joined  by  the  rest. 

In  some  cases  women  and  children,  a  number  of  the  former  car- 
rying babes  in  their  arms,  have  been  placed  at  the  head  of  the  mobs. 
In  such  cases  the  mob  should  be  attacked  in  rear.  A  small  force  can 
almost  always  completely  demoralize  the  rear  of  a  mob,  and  mobs 
should,  whenever  practicable,  be  so  attacked. 

2.  The  Mob  Being  Entrenched  by  Means  of  Barricades.     Direct 
attacks  of  barricades  should  never  be  made  until  all  other  means  of 
capturing  them  have  failed  or  are  evidently  useless. 

A  reconnaissance  should  be  made  to  determine  whether  the  barri- 


RIOT  DUTY  429 

cade  can  be  attacked  in  the  rear  or  on  the  flanks.  If  necessary,  houses 
may  be  destroyed  in  order  to  give  a  direct  access  to  one  of  the  flanks. 
Barricades  may  also  sometimes  be  made  untenable  by  infantry  fire 
directed  from  the  windows  and  tops  of  near-by  houses.  Again,  condi- 
tions might  be  such  that  the  barricaded  position  could  be  cut  off  and 
isolated  while  the  work  of  suppressing  the  riot  in  other  parts  of  the 
city  proceeded. 

If,  however,  it  becomes  necessary  to  make  a  direct  attack  on  a 
barricade,  artillery  is  indispensable.  The  artillery  is  supported  by  the 
infantry  designated  to  make  the  assault,  and  which  is  kept  under  cover 
as  much  as  possible.  The  artillerymen  are  protected  from  the  fire 
of  rioters  on  overlooking  houses  by  improvised  epaulements.  Sharp- 
shooters properly  stationed  prevent  any  return  fire  from  the  barricade 
and  any  attempt  by  its  defenders  to  repair  breaches.  Detachments  of 
infantry  are  started  from  the  first  available  house  on  each  side  of  the 
street,  fighting  their  way  from  house  to  house  until  they  reach  the 
houses  flanking  and  overlooking  the  barricade.  When  they  have 
reached  that  point  the  infantry  in  support  of  the  artillery  makes  a  di- 
rect assault  on  the  barricade  unless  it  has  been  abandoned  by  this  time. 

An  enterprising  commander,  with  a  small  force  of  courageous 
men,  may  sometimes  surprise  and  capture  a  barricade  in  the  night  by 
watching  the  opportunities  offered  through  lack  of  discipline  and 
improper  guard  duty  on  the  part  of  its  defenders. 

Captured  barricades  are  immediately  removed  or  destroyed. 

Attack  of  Houses.  A  house  occupied  by  rioters  may  be  either 
avoided,  isolated  or  attacked,  depending  upon  circumstances. 

Avoided.     If  a  house  is  occupied  as  a  place  of  refuge  and  does  not 
annoy  the  passage  of  troops  ordered  to  a  designated  point  for  a  spe 
cific  purpose,  it  is  better  to  avoid  the  house  by  marching  around  it. 

Isolated.  However,  if  a  house  so  occupied  would  be  a  menace 
in  the  rear  of  the  troops,  or  an  obstacle  to  their  retreat  in  case  of 
defeat,  it  would  be  better  to  isolate  or  blockade  it,  or  the  square  in 
which  it  is  located. 

Attacked.  But  if  a  house  is  occupied  as  a  place  of  refuge  or  de- 
fense by  defeated  rioters,  or  as  a  flank  defense  of  a  barricaded  posi- 
tion or  as  a  vantage  ground  for  fighting;  or  if  for  any  other  reason  it 
becomes  necessary  to  dislodge  the  occupants,  the  house  must  be  at- 
tacked. A  direct  attack  should  never  be  made  if  it  can  be  avoided,  but 
if  made  the  interior  defenses  should  first  be  destroyed  by  artillery  fire. 


430  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

If  the  houses  occupied  are  a  part  of  a  block  of  houses,  possession 
is  gotten  of  the  first  unoccupied  house  in  the  block.  If  the  roofs  are 
flat,  the  first  occupied  house  is  attacked  by  way  of  the  roof,  gain- 
ing access  through  the  scuttles  or  by  cutting  holes  in  the  roof.  If 
the  roofs  are  steep,  holes  are  made  through  the  walk  of  the  top  story. 
It  is  infinitely  better  to  fight  downward  than  upwards,  and  the  latter 
should  not  be  attempted  if  there  is  any  way  of  avoiding  it. 

Hand  grenades  or  light  dynamite  bombs  dropped  down  the  roof 
scuttles  or  chimneys  are  good  preliminaries  to  the  descent  of  the 
troops. 

After  getting  into  a  house,  there  must  be  no  pause  in  the  attack; 
the  defenders  must  be  closely  followed  from  room  to  room  and  floor 
to  floor  until  resistance  ceases  or  they  have  been  driven  into  the 
hands  of  the  troops  in  the  streets. 

The  first  house  attacked  having  been  cleared  the  next  adjoining 
is  attacked  in  the  same  manner,  an'd  so  on  until  they  are  all  cleared. 

Let  us  now  take  the  case  in  which  all  the  houses  in  a  block  are 
occupied  and  it  is  necessary  to  make  a  direct  attack  on  one  of  them 
in  order  to  get  a  foothold  from  which  to  attack  the  others  as  described. 
If  the  houses  on  both  sides  of  the  street  are  occupied  by  rioters,  it  is 
better  to  attack  from  the  rear,  in  which  event  the  attacking  party  is 
protected  by  sharpshooters  stationed  in  the  rear  of  the  house  back 
of  the  one  attacked.  If  only  the  houses  on  one*side  of  the  street  are 
occupied,  then  the  sharpshooters  are  stationed  in  the  houses  on  the 
opposite  side. 

Troops  attacking  a  house  should,  if  possible,  always  approach 
from  the  right  and  keep  close  to  the  wall,  as  this  will  compel  the  de- 
fenders to  expose  a  large  part  of  their  own  bodies  in  order  to  fire, 
thus  affording  a  better  target  for  the  sharpshooters  in  the  building 
opposite. 

To  force  an  entrance  into  a  house  under  these  conditions,  small 
bags  of  gunpowder  nailed  against  the  doors  and  windows,  and  ex- 
ploded, are  very  effective,  but,  of  course,  artillery  is  the  best  means 
with  which  to  open  a  passage  into  a  block  of  houses. 

A  very  strong  door,  even  if  barred  and  bolted,  can  be  blown  open 
by  ten  pounds  of  powder.  A  rifle  bullet  fired  into  a  lock  will  generally 
destroy  it. 

The  Defense  of  Houses.  In  preparing  a  building  for  defense, 
first  of  all  it  should  be  supplied  with  water,  and  food,  and  means  of 
lighting,  and  facilities  for  extinguishing  fire:  Then  as  many  of  the 


RIOT  DUTY  431 

entrances  as  possible  should  be  closed,  and  all  the  outer  doors  and 
windows  of  the  basement  and  first  floor  should  be  barricaded  with  fur- 
niture, mattresses,  piles  of  books,  and  any  other  available  material. 
The  loopholes  should  be  so  high  that  they  can  not  be  used  from  the 
outside,  boxes  and  chairs  being  employed  by  the  defenders  to  enable 
them  to  use  the  loopholes.  If  the  building  is  accessible  from  adjoining 
buildings,  the  roof  should  be  occupied  and  the  partition  walls  on  each 
floor  loopholed.  In  extreme  cases  the  stairways  should  be  demolished 
and  ladders  substituted,  all  interior  doors  and  partitions  loopholed  and 
long  halls  or  passageways  barricaded. 

If  the  building  to  be  defended  is  isolated,  a  first  or  outer  line  of 
defense  should  be  provided  for  by  means  of  trenches  and  of  barri- 
cades constructed  on  all  avenues  of  approach  and  at  such  distances 
away  that  neither  dynamite  nor  fire  can  be  used  against  the  building; 
and  all  surrounding  buildings  that  command  the  fronts  and  entrances 
to  the  house  defended  should  be  occupied  as  a  second  or  interior 
line  of  defense.  A  reserve  should  occupy  the  house  itself  to  protect, 
if  necessary,  the  retreat  of  the  outlying  troops  and  to  assist  in  the 
defense  of  the  building  in  case  the  other  troops  are  driven  in. 

This  general  principle  should  govern  the  defense  of  isolated 
buildings:  No  building  should  be  defended  from  within  itself  until 
all  its  outlying  defenses  have  been  forced. 

The  first  defense  should  be  made  outside  and  at  considerable 
distance  from  the  building,  the  building  itself  being  regarded  as  the 
last  refuge  of  the  defenders. 

A  defense  of  a  building  must  always  be  most  obstinate  and  des- 
perate, as  capture  usually  means  annihilation. 

Construction  of  Barricades.  Barricades  may  be  constructed  by 
plankings  filled  with  earth,  dung,  stones;  wagons  and  carriages,  their 
wheels  removed,  filled  with  earth,  etc. ;  alternate  layers  of  paving  stones 
and  earth,  with  the  steep  side  toward  the  enemy,  and  with  ditch  and  pits ; 
barrels,  boxes  and  bales  of  merchandise;  casks  filled  with  stones;  counters, 
trees,  signs;  rolls  of  carpet  and  matting;  sacks  filled  with  earth,  etc. 

Barricades  should  be  located  at  elevated  points  so  as  to  command  the 
street  in  front,  and  at  the  middle  of  the  block  because  at  the  end  they 
would  be  more  easily  turned.     The  buildings  at  the  flanks  of  barricades 
should  be  loopholed  and  garrisoned. 
Defense  of  Railways. 

Passenger  Stations  and  Freight  Depots  may  be  defended  in  .the  man- 
ner above  described  for  other  buildings. 


432  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

The  Rolling  Stock,  especially  loaded  freight  cars,  should  be  placed 
in  mass  on  parallel  tracks  and  then  treated  as  a  building,  being  de- 
fended in  the  same  manner — that  is,  the  first  line  of  defense  being 
at  some  distance  from  the  mass  of  cars.  Open  or  flat  cars  should  be 
placed  on  the  outer  tracks  and  at  the  ends  of  each  line  of  cars,  with 
bales  of  hay,  barrels  or  boxes  of  merchandise  on  them  forming 
breastworks. 

The  Tracks  may  be  best  guarded  by  constantly  running  back  and 
forth  a  locomotive  with  open  cars  attached  to  its  front  and  rear,  car- 
rying sharpshooters  and  a  detachment  of  troops. 

In  order  to  guard  against  dynamite  on  the  tracks,  a  couple  of 
unoccupied  flat  cars  should  precede  the  first  car  carrying  troops. 

Troops  Not  To  Be  Separated  Into  Small  Detachments  and  The 
Avoidance  of  Promiscuous  Clashes.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  divide 
the  troops  into  small  detachments  and  send  them  out  on  various  missions, 
as  this  may  result  in  their  being  defeated  in  detail  by  the  rioters.  It  must 
also  be  borne  in  mind  that  small,  promiscuous  clashes  between  the  troops 
and  rioters  really  accomplish  nothing,  and  merely  tend  to  excite  the  rioters 
and  urge  them  on  to  acts  of  lawlessness. 

Traffic  Routes.  In  the  case  of  express  and  similar  strikes,  where 
stores  are  to  be  transported  through  the  city,  "traffic  routes"  should  be 
established — that  is,  certain  streets  should  be  thoroughly  guarded  and 
patrolled,  and  all  traffic  confined  to  these  routes. 

Never  Harangue  A  Mob.  It  almost  invariably  has  a  bad  effect 
on  them — it  generally  does  nothing  but  incite  them.  If  you  have  occasion 
to  address  them,  do  so  in  a  calm,  firm,  resolute  manner,  catching,  if  pos- 
sible, the  eyes  of  those  who  are  nearest  to  you — show  them,  make  them 
feel,  by  your  speech  and  manner  that  you  are  not  vindictive  and  you  are 
not  anxious  to  punish  anyone,  but  you  mean  business  and  that  you  are 
going  to  do  just  exactly  what  you  say. 

Never  Try  To  Bluff  A  Mob.  Never  threaten  to  do  things  you  do 
not  intend  to  do,  or  that  you  can  not  do,  or  that  you  know  would  be  illegal 
if  you  did  do  them.  Should  your  "bluff"  be  called,  the  mob  would  then 
neither  respect  nor  fear  you  and  the  result  would  probably  be  that  the 
mob  would  become  more  lawless  and  outrageous. 

The  Ruffian  Element  Of  A  Community  always  takes  advantage 
of  a  riot  to  commit  acts  of  lawlessness,  and  frequently  they  cause  more 
trouble  than  anyone  else.  These  people  are  entitled  to  absolutely  no  con- 
sideration and  should  be  handled  with  a  severe  hand. 


RIOT  DUTY  433 

It  is  said  that  in  the  railroad  riots  of  1877,  the  most  extensive  riots 
that  have  ever  occurred  in  this  country,  not  15  per  cent  of  the  railroad  em- 
ployees were  participants  or  sympathizers  with  the  mob,  which  consisted 
almost  entirely  of  roughs,  tramps,  pickpockets,  thieves  and  unknown  men. 

RIOT  STRATEGY 

In  case  of  a  general  riot,  the  troops  should  not  be  divided  into 
numerous  small  detachments  to  quell  minor  disorders  at  various  scat- 
tered points.  Detached  engagements  without  decisive  or  material 
results  do  nothing  but  exhaust  the  troops  and  encourage  the  rioters. 

Militia  officers  stationed  in  cities  should  study  its  strategic  points 
and  in  case  of  a  general  riot  the  troops  should  be  concentrated  as 
rapidly  as  possible  at  these  points,  instead  of  being  scattered  through- 
out the  city. 

In  occupying  strategic  points  the  mass  of  the  troops  should  be 
concealed  as  much  as  possible  until  the  time  of  action  arrives,  so  that 
their  sudden  appearance  may  come  as  a  surprise. 

By  means  of  detectives,  or  scouts  in  civilian  clothing,  the  com- 
manding officer  should  keep  himself  constantly  informed  of  the  move- 
ments and  purposes  of  the  rioters. 

VARIOUS  MEASURES 

Closing  Saloons.  Not  only  do  saloons  afford  opportunity  for 
intoxication  and  consequent  disorders,  but  they  also  offer  a  place  for 
rioters  to  congregate,  talk  and  plan. 

Except  under  martial  law,  the  commander  of  the  military  forces  has 
no  authority  to  order  the  closing  of  saloons,  unless,  of  course,  such 
authority  is  given  him  by  the  laws  of  the  State.  This  must,  as  a  rule,  be 
done  by  the  civil  authorities,  and  in  some  States  there  are  laws  requiring 
that  all  saloons  shall  be  closed  during  riots.  In  States  where  no  such,  laws 
have  been  enacted,  the  matter  is  discretionary  with  the  civil  authorities,  and 
should  the  military  commander  consider  the  closing  of  saloons  advisable, 
he  should  request  the  civil  authorities  to  issue  the  necessary  orders. 

Whenever  a  saloon  keeper  harbors  disorderly  crowds  that  become  a 
menace  to  the  public  peace,  the  commanding  officer  in  person  or  a  duly 
authorized  officer  should  visit  the  saloon  with  a  detachment  of  soldiers 
and  notify  the  proprietor  that  the  place  is  a  disorderly  one,  and  that  unless 
he  rid  his  place  immediately  of  all  disorderly  and  undesirable  characters, 
and  then  maintain  it  in  a  peaceful,  orderly,  law-abiding  manner,  he,  the 


434  CHAPTER  XXXIII 

officer,  will  close  the  place  (or  have  the  place  closed  by  the  civil  author- 
ities, or  lay  the  matter  before  the  proper  authorities  with  a  view  to  having 
his  license  rescinded,  depending  upon  the  law  of  the  State.) 

As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  command  arrives,  saloon  keepers 
should  be  instructed  not  to  sell  liquor  to  soldiers.  If,  however,  they  should 
do  so  after  such  instructions  have  been  given,  then  steps  should  be  taken 
to  have  the  saloons  closed. 

s 

Public  Meetings,  especially  at  night,  are  almost  invariably  a 
source  of  trouble.  They  afford  splendid  opportunity  for  trouble-making 
oratory.  They  should  be  prohibited,  but,  as  in  the  case  of  closing 
saloons,  the  order  must  come  from  the  civil  authorities. 

Theaters  and  other  Places  of  Amusement  may  or  may  not  be 
permitted  to  remain  open,  depending  upon  circumstances,  but  if  per- 
mitted, the  managers  should  be  instructed  that  no  sentiments  antagonistic 
to  the  restoration  of  peace  and  order  will  be  tolerated,  and  should  these 
instructions  be  disregarded,  the  place  should  be  closed  by  the  civil  au- 
thorities. 

Curfew.  It  is  sometimes  necessary  for  the  civil  authorities  to 
issue  orders  requiring  all  persons  without  permits  to  repair  to  and  remain 
in  their  homes  after  a  certain  hour  at  night.  Curfews  are,  at  best,  very 
obnoxious  and  annoying  to  the  inhabitants  and,  should  they  be  neces- 
sary, they  should  be  enforced  as  considerately  as  is  consistent  with 
the  end  desired. 

It  should  be  remarked  in  this  connection  that,  as  a  matter  of  policy, 
no  more  hardships  than  are  absolutely  necessary  should  be  imposed  upon 
the  inhabitants  of  the  community.  Unnecessary  hardships  will  only  tend 
to  create  public  sentiment  against  the  military  and,  in  many  cases,  arouse 
sympathy  for  the  rioters. 

Ministers,  from  the  pulpit  and  otherwise,  are  very  often  able  to 
assist  materially  in  restoring  law  and  order,  and,  when  necessary,  their 
good  offices  should  be  sought.  However,  should  a  minister  endeavor 
to  assist  the  rioters  in  any  way,  he  should  then  be  treated  like  any 
other  rioter. 

In  Conclusion 
Let  it  be  said: 

I.  Under  no  circumstances  should  an  officer  of  the  Organized 
Militia  (or  of  the  Regular  Army)  ever  allow  his  command  to  be  placed 


RIOT  DUTY  435 

on  riot  duty  except  by  competent  authority,  nor  should  he  ever  allow 
himself  to  be  persuaded  to  do  police  duty,  by  any  civil  officials  except 
those  who  by  law  are  authorized  to  place  him  on  such  duty. 

2.  The  conduct  of  both  officers  and  men  should  at  all  times  and 
under  all  conditions  be  such  as  to  inspire  the  confidence  of  all  law- 
abiding  citizens  and  promote  respect  for  the  military. 

3.  From  the  very  beginning  everything  should  be  done  to  create 
public  sentiment  in  favor  of  the  restoration  of  law  and  order. 

4.  In   dealing  with   mobs   offensive   measures   are  better   than   de- 
fensive ones  and  should  always  be  adopted,  if  warranted  by  the  size  of 
the   military   force.     Defensive   measures    generally   give   mobs   heart 

and  courage. 

5.  In    facing    a    mob    all    officers    must    exercise    good    judgment, 
coolness  and  courage,  and   remember   first,   last  and  always,   that  under 
no    circumstances   should   a    mob    ever    be  .  temporized   with.     While    no 
more  force  than  is  necessary  should  be  used,  mobs  should  be  handled 
with  a  strong,  firm,  decisive,  relentless  hand.     The  officer  who  tem- 
porizes with  a  mob  is  sure  to  meet  with  disaster. 


436  CHAPTER  XXXIV 


CHAPTER  XXXIV 

APPOINTMENT,  PROMOTION  AND  RETIREMENT 
OF  OFFICERS 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

All  appointments  and  promotions  of  officers  are  made  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate. 

APPOINTMENTS 

The  second  lieutenants  of  the  army  are  appointed  from — 
/  Graduates  of  the  United  States  Military  Academy  at  West 
Point,  N.  Y.  A  man  must  be  at  least  21  years  old  before  he  can  be 
commissioned  as  an  officer.  The  course  at  West  Point  being  one  of 
four  years,  the  minimum  age  for  admission  of  cadets  is  17.  Vacancies 
in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenants  existing  on  July  1  of  each  year  are 
filled  from  the  graduates  of  the  Academy.  In  case  there  are  more 
graduates  than  vacancies,  the  extra  men  are  appointed  as  additional 
second  lieutenants. 

2  Enlisted  Men  of  the  Army.     All  vacancies  existing  on  July 
1  of  each  year,  after  that  year's  graduates  of  the  Military  Academy 
have  been   commissioned,  may  be   filled   by  the   appointment   of  en- 
listed men   of  the  Army  whose   fitness   for   advancement   shall   have 
been  determined  by  competitive  examination.     A  soldier  to  be  eligible 
to  compete  for  appointment  to  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  must 
be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  unmarried,  between  21  and  30  years 
of  age.     He  must  also  be  physically  sound,  of  good  moral  character 
and  must  have  served  honorably  not  less  than  two  years  as  an  en- 
listed man.     To  be  eligible  for  appointment,  the  candidate  must  make 
a  general  average  of  at  least  75  per  cent,  in  the  competitive  examina- 
tion and  not  less  than  65  per  cent,  in  any  one  subject.     Relative  rank 
in  appointments  is  determined  b}'  relative  standing  in  the  examination. 

3  Civil  Life.     Any  vacancies  that  may  exist  after  the  appoint- 
ment of  the  successful  competitors   amongst   the   enlisted   men   may 
be  filled  by  the  appointment  of  civilians,  as  follows: 


APPOINTMENT    OF  OFFICERS  437 

(a)  Honor  graduates  of  institutions  of  learning  at  which  army 
officers  are  detailed  as  professors  of  military  science,  whose  students 
have  exhibited  the  greatest  application  and  proficiency  in  military 
training  and  knowledge,  not  to  exceed  ten  for  any  one  year.  Such ' 
graduates  are  not  required  to  undergo  any  mental  examination,  but 
each  must  be  recommended  by  the  army  officer  on  duty  at  the  insti- 
tution of  the  applicant.  Those  of  this  class  who  may  be  appointed 
second  lieutenants  will  be  so  appointed  in  advance  of  other  appointees 
from  civil  life. 

(6)  Such  civilian  applicants  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Pres- 
ident and  may  pass  the  prescribed  competitive  examination. \ 

(c)  In  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  such  vacancies  may  be  filled 
by  the  appointment  of  mechanical,  electrical  or  civil  engineers  who 
are  graduates  of  the  universities,  colleges  or  technical  schools  of  the 
country.  They  may  be  designated  by  the  War  Department  and  must 
pass  the  prescribed  competitive  examination  prior  to  appointment. 

The  Surgeons  of  the  Army  enter  the  service,  subject  to  the 
examination  prescribed  by  law,  with  the  rank,  pay  and  allowances  of 
first  lieutenants  of  cavalry.  After  three  years'  service  they  receive  the 
rank,  pay,  and  allowance  of  captain. 

The  Chaplains  (who  are  commissioned  officers)  enter  the  Army 
with  the  rank,  pay,  and  allowance  of  first  lieutenant,  mounted.  After 
seven  years'  service  they  are  given  the  rank,  pay  and  allowances  of 
captain,  mounted.  From  time  to  time  the  President  selects  for  pro- 
motion to  the  grade  of  major,  chaplains  having  not  less  than  ten 
years'  service,  in  the  grade  of  captain,  who  have  been  commended  as 
worthy  of  special  distinction  for  exceptional  efficiency.  The.  number 
so  promoted  can  not  at  any  time  exceed  fifteen. 

No  candidate  can  be  appointed  as  chaplain  unless  he  is  a  regu- 
larly ordained  minister  of  some  religious  denomination;  is  in  good 
standing  in  such  denomination;  is  recommended  for  appointment  by 
some  authorized  ecclesiastical  body,  or  by  not  less  than  five  accred- 
ited ministers  of  the  same;  is  not  over  40  years  of  age  and  passes 
a  satisfactory  examination  as  to  his  moral,  mental  and  physical 
qualifications. 

For  appointments  and  details  in  the  Adjutant  General's  Depart- 
ment, the  Quartermaster's,  the  Subsistence,  Inspectors  General's,  the 
Judge  Advocate  General's,  Pay  and  Ordnance  Departments  and  the 
Signal  Corps,  see  Supplement,  Chapter  III. 


438  CHAPTER  XXXIV 

Appointment  to  the  grade  of  brigadier  general  is  generally  made 
by  selection  from  the  Army,  and  usually  from  the  colonels,  although 
the  President  may  appoint  any  one  he  wishes,  even  a  private  soldier 
or  civilian.  (His  right  to  do  so  is  his  constitutional  authority  to  fill 
an  office  "the  appointment  to  which  is  not  otherwise  provided  for  in 
the  Constitution."  There  is  no  restriction  made  by  law  limiting  his 
power  of  appointment  in  this  case.) 

Promotion  of  every  grade  below  the  rank  of  brigadier  general 
throughout  each  arm,  corps  or  department  is  made  according  to 
seniority  in  the  next  lower  grade  of  that  arm,  corps  or  department. 

All  officers  below  the  rank  of  major  are  examined,  mentally 
and  physically,  for  promotion,  except  that  in  the  Medical  Corps 
majors  also  are  examined.  Should  an  officer  fail  in  his  physical 
examination  and  be  found  incapacitated  for  service  by  reason  of 
physical  disability  contracted  in  line  of  duty,  he  is  retired  with  the 
rank  to  which  his  seniority  entitles  him.  Officers  may  be  "wholly 
retired"  on  account  of  disability  not  incident  to  the  service,  in  which 
case  their  names  are  dropped  from  the  rolls  of  the  Army  with  one 
year's  pay. 

Should  an  officer  fail  on  the  mental  examination  he  is  sus- 
pended from  promotion  for  one  year,  when  he  is  reexamined,  and  in 
case  of  failure  on  such  re-examination,  he  is  honorably  discharged 
with  one  year's  pay,  except  that  in  the  Medical  Corps  first  lieutenants 
and  captains  who  may  fail  on  examination  for  promotion  are  at  once 
honorably  discharged  with  one  year's  pay.  However,  majors  who  may 
fail  on  their  examination  for  lieutenant  colonel,  are  not  honorably  dis- 
charged, but  are  continued  in  the  service  as  majors. 

Retirement.  Officers  may  be  retired  under  one  of  these  con- 
ditions: (a)  By  operation  of  law  upon  reaching  the  age  of  64.  (&) 
Upon  their  own  application,  after  forty  years'  continuous  service 
(c)  Upon  their  own  application,  in  the  discretion  of  the  President, 
after  thirty  years'  continuous  service.  (d)  After  forty-five  years' 
service  or  upon  reaching  the  age  of  62  years,  in  the  discretion  of  the 
President,  (e)  On  account  of  disability  contracted  in  line  of  duty. 
(f)  By  special  act  of  Congress. 

(The  only  cases  of  retirement  by  special  act  of  Congress,  are  when  the  Presi- 
dent is  authorized  to  appoint  certain  men  from  civil  life  to  certain  grades  in  the  Army 
and  to  retire  them  at  once). 

Retired  officers  receive  75  per  cent  of  the  pay  of  the  rank  held 
when  they  are  retired.  Officers  retired  by  operation  of  law  upon 


APPOINTMENT  OF  OFFICERS  439 

reaching  the  age  of  64,  are  placed  upon  the  Unlimited  List.  Retired 
officers  less  than  64  years  of  age  are  placed  upon  the  Limited  List, 
which  consists  of  not  more  than  300.  Upon  reaching  the  age  of  64, 
officers  on  the  Limited  List  are  transferred  to  the  Unlimited  List. 
Officers  retired  by  special  act  of  Congress  are  not  placed  upon  the 
Limited  List.  Officers  may  be  wholly  retired  on  account  of  dis- 
ability not  incident  to  the  service,  in  which  case  their  names  are 
dropped  from  the  rolls  of  the  Army  with  one  year's  pay. 

Retired  officers,  like  retired  enlisted  men,  are  subject  to  the 
rules  and  articles  of  war  and  may  be  court-martialed  for  violation 
thereof. 

Any  officer  of  the  Army  below  the  grade  of  brigadier  general 
who  served  with  credit  in  the  Civil  War  as  an  officer  or  as  an  enlisted 
man  in  either  the  Regular  or  Volunteer  forces,  who  may  be  retired  on 
account  of  wounds  or  disability  incident  to  the  service,  or  on  account 
of  age  or  after  forty  years'  service,  may,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Pres- 
ident, by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  be  placed  on 
the  retired  list  of  the  Army  with  the  rank  and  retired  pay  of  one 
grade  above  that  actually  held  by  him  at  the  time  of  retirement. 

No  officer  holding  a  rank  above  that  of  colonel  can  be  retired, 
except  for  disability  or  on  account  of  age  until  he  shall  have  served 
at  least  one  year  in  such  rank. 


440  CHAPTER  XXXV 

CHAPTER  XXXV 
MISCELLANEOUS 

(See  corresponding  chapter  in  SUPPLEMENT  for  additional  matter  and  changes,  if  any.) 

Publication  of  Books  and  Articles.  The  authority  of  the  War  Department  for 
an  officer  or  a  soldier  to  publish  a  book  or  an  article  of  any  kind,  is  not  necessary. 
However,  should  such  book  or  article  contain  matter  of  a  nature  considered  sub- 
versive of  good  order  and  military  discipline,  this  would  be  cause  for  action  by  the 
Department. 

Officers  Engaging  in  Business.  With  the  exception  of  A.  R.  603,  '10,  which  pro- 
hibits officers  from  furnishing  supplies  or  services  to  the  Government,  there  is  nothing 
in  law  or  in  the  Army  Regulations  on  this  subject,  which  is  a  matter  entirely  within 
the  regulation  of  the  War  Department.  It  is  quite  common  for  officers  to  make  in- 
vestments and  sometimes  to  engage  passively  in  reputable  business  that  in  no  way 
interferes  with  the  proper  performance  of  their  duties.  However,  there  is  con- 
siderable doubt  of  the  propriety  of  an  officer's  engaging  actively  in  business,  even 
though  such  act  in  no  way  interfered  with  the  proper  performance  of  his  military 
duties.  Of  course,  should  an  officer  engage  in  a  disreputable  or  fraudulent  business, 
or  should  he  use  his  official  position  to  further  an  undertaking  of  any  kind,  he 
would  lay  himself  liable  to  trial  under  the  61st  or  62nd  Article  of  War. 

On  the  ground  that  retired  pay  is  hardly  sufficient  for  an  officer  to  support 
himself  and  family,  retired  officers  are  permitted  to  engage  actively  in  business,  and 
a  number  of  them  do  this. 

Dropping  "jr"  After  Name.  If  an  officer  or  enlisted  man,  in  the  case  of  the 
death  of  his  father,  for  instance,  wishes  to  drop  the  "jr"  after  his  name,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  write  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  stating  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  and  requesting  authority  to  drop  the  "jr."  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  may  give  such  authority. 

Changing  Name.  An  officer  desiring  to  have  his  name  changed  may  do  so  by 
going  before  a  court  and  procuring  the  necessary  judicial  decree  and  then  notifying 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  of  same,  with  the  request  that  the  proper  changes 
be  made  on  the  records  of  the  War  Department. 

An  enlisted  man  desiring  to  have  his  name  changed  may  do  so  by  applying  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  through  his  company  commander,  setting  forth  in 
his  letter  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case. 

Changing  Date  of  Birth.  An  officer  or  enlisted  man  desiring  to  have  changed 
the  date  of  his  birth  as  recorded  in  the  War  Department,  may  do  so  upon  application 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  furnishing  with  his  application  a  copy  of  his 
birth  certificate  or  baptismal  record,  or  an  affidavit  of  parent. 

Information  Regarding  Inspection  by  Customs  Officials  of  Baggage, 
etc.,  upon  return  from  Foreign  Service. 

The  following  instructions  were  issued  by  the  Treasury  Department,  February 
4,  1910: 


MISCELLANEOUS  441 

NOTICE   TO    PASSENGERS. 

Paragraph  709,  appearing  in  the  free  list  of  the  present  tariff  act,  governing 
passengers'  baggage,  is  as  follows: 

709.  "Wearing  apparel,  articles  of  personal  adornment,  toilet  articles,  and 
similar  personal  effects  of  persons  arriving  in  the  United  States;  but  this  exemption 
shall  only  include  such  articles  as  actually  accompany  and  are  in  the  use  of,  and  are 
necessary  and  appropriate  for  the  wear  and  use  of  such  persons,  for  the  immediate 
purposes  of  the  journey  and  present  comfort  and  convenience,  and  shall  not  be  held 
to  apply  to  merchandise  or  articles  intended  for  other  persons  or  for  sale: 
PROVIDED,  That  in  case  of  residents  of  the  United  States  returning  from  abroad, 
all  wearing  apparel  and  other  personal  effects  taken  by  them  out  of  the  United  States 
to  foreign  countries  shall  be  admitted  free  of  duty,  without  regard  to  their  value, 
upon  their'  identity  being  established,  under  appropriate  rules  and  regulations  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  but  no  more  than  one  hundred  dollars 
in  value  of  articles  purchased  abroad  by  such  residents  of  the  United  States  shall  be 
admitted  free  of  duty  upon  their  return." 

Foreigners  are  entitled  to  bring  in  free  of  duty  such  articles  as  are  in  the 
nature  of  wearing  apparel,  articles  of  personal  adornment,  toilet  articles,  and  similar 
personal  effects  accompanying  the  passenger  and  necessary  and  appropriate  foi-  his 
or  her  wear  and  use  for  the  purposes  of  the  journey  and  present  comfort  and  con. 
venience,  and  are  not  intended  for  other  persons  nor  for  sale,  without  regard  to  the 
one  hundred  dollars  limitation. 

Citizens  of  the  United  States  may  have  this  privilege,  provided  it  is  shown  to 
the  satisfaction  of  the  Collector's  representative  on  the  pier,  subject  to  the  Collector's 
approval,  that  they  are  bona  fide  residents  of  a  foreign  country. 

BAGGAGE  DECLARATION. 

Passengers  should  observe  that  on  the  sheet  there  are  two  forms  of  declaration; 
the  one  printed  in  black  is  for  returning  residents  of  the  United  States;  the  one  in 
red,  for  all  persons  other  than  residents  of  the  United  States. 

The  senior  member  of  a  family,  if  a  passenger,  may  make  declaration  for  the 
entire  family. 

Ladies  traveling  alone  should  state  that  fact  in  their  declarations  and  entries 
in  order  that  an  expeditious  examination  of  their  baggage  may  be  made. 

The  exact  number  of  pieces  of  baggage,  including  all  trunks,  valises,  boxes, 
packages,  and  hand  bags  of  any  description  accompanying  the  passenger,  must  be 
stated  in  the  declaration. 

The  forms  above  mentioned  will  be  distributed  to  passengers  during  the  early 
part  of  the  voyage  by  an  officer  of  the  ship.  When  a  passenger  has  prepared  and 
signed  the  declaration,  the  coupon  at  the  bottom  of  the  form  must  be  detached  and 
the  form  given  to  the  officer  of  the  ship  designated  to  receive  the  same.  Declarations 
spoiled  in  the  preparation  must  not  be  destroyed,  but  turned  over  to  the  purser,  who 
will  furnish  a  new  blank  to  the  passenger. 

After  all  the  baggage  and  effects  of  the  passenger  are  landed  upon  the  pier, 
the  coupon  which  has  been  retained  by  the  passenger  must  be  presented  at  the 
Inspector's  desk,  whereupon  an  Inspector  will  be  detailed  to  examine  the  baggage. 
Passengers  must  acknowledge  in  person,  on  the  pier,  their  signatures  to  their 
declarations. 

Passengers    who,    for    any    reason,    desire    the    examination    of    their    baggage 


442  CHAPTER  XXXV 

postponed,  may  have  all  or  any  part  thereof  sent  to  the  appraiser's  store  by  making 
a   request  therefor  to  the  officer   taking  their   declaration. 

RESIDENTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Residents  of  the  United  States  must  declare  all  wearing  apparel,  jewelry,  and 
other  articles,  whether  used  or  unused,  on  their  persons,  in  their  clothing,  or  in  their 
baggage,  which  have  been  obtained  abroad  by  purchase  or  otherwise,  with  the  foreign 
cost  or  value  of  the  same.  They  shall  state,  as  well,  all  wearing  apparel,  jewelry,  or 
other  articles  taken  out  of  the  United  States,  which  have  been  remodeled  or  im- 
proved while  abroad  so  as  to  increase  their  value,  the  said  statement  to  include  the 
cost  of  such  improvement.  By  stating  the  value  of  all  declared  articles  in  United 
States  money,  and  packing  the  same  so  as  to  be  easily  produced  for  examination 
(and  in  one  trunk  if  practicable),  passengers  will  expedite  the  appraisement  and 
passing  of  the  same  upon  the  pier.  Whenever  practicable,  passengers  should  present 
the  original  receipted  bills  for  foreign  purchases. 

Residents  of  the  United  States  are  allowed  one  hundred  dollars'  worth  of 
articles  in  the  nature  of  personal  effects  at  their  present  foreign  value,  free  of  duty, 
provided  they  are  not  intended  for  other  persons,  or  for  sale,  or  to  be  used  in  business, 
and  are  properly  declared. 

Use  does  not  exempt  from  duty  wearing  apparel  or  other  articles  obtained 
abroad,  but  such  articles  will  be  appraised  at  their  present  value. 

Residents  of  the  United  States  may  also  bring  with  them  free  of  duty  all 
wearing  apparel  and  other  personal  effects  taken  by  them  out  of  the  United  States 
which  have  not  been  remodeled  or  improved  abroad  so  as  to  increase  their  value. 

Residents  of  the  United  States  must  not  deduct  the  one  hundred  dollars 
exemption  from  the  value  of  their  wearing  apparel  or  other  articles  obtained  abroad 
by  purchase  or  otherwise.  Such  deduction  will  be  made  by  customs  officers  on 
the  pier. 

GOODS  OTHER  THAN  PERSONAL  EFFECTS. 

Household  effects  of  .persons  or  families  from  foreign  countries  will  be  admitted 
free  of  duty  if  actually  used  abroad  by  them  not  less  than  one  year,  and  not  intended 
for  any  other  person  nor  for  sale.  Such  effects  should  be  declared  whether  the 
passenger  be  a  foreigner  or  resident  of  the  United  States. 

Articles  intended  for  other  persons,  for  use  in  business,  theatrical  apparel, 
properties,  and  sceneries,  must  also  be  declared  by  passengers,  whether  foreigners 
or  residents. 

CIGARS    AND    CIGARETTES. 

All  cigars  and  cigarettes  must  be  declared,  and  are  not  included  in  the  one 
hundred  dollars  exemption.  Each  passenger  over  eighteen  years  of  age  is  entitled  to 
bring  in,  free  of  duty  and  internal-revenue  tax,  either  SO  cigars  or  300  cigarettes  for 
his  or  her  bona  fide  individual  personal  consumption. 

DUTIES  OF  CUSTOMS  OFFICERS. 

Passengers  dissatisfied  with  values  placed  upon  dutiable  articles  by  the  customs 
officers  on  the  pier  may  demand  a  re-examination,  but  application  therefor  should  be 
immediately  made  to  the  officers  there  in  charge.  If  for  any  reason  this  course  is 
impracticable,  the  packages  containing  the  articles  should  be  reft  in  customs  custody 
and  application  for  reappraisement  made  to  the  collector  of  customs,  in  writing, 


MISCELLANEOUS  443 

within  ten  days  after  the  original  appraisement.  No  request  for  reappraisement  can 
be  entertained  after  the  articles  have  been  removed  from  customs  custody. 

Government  officers  are  forbidden  by  laws  to  accept  anything  but  currency 
in  payment  of  duties,  but,  if  requested,  will  retain  baggage  on  the  piers  for  twenty- 
four  hours  to  enable  the  owner  to  secure  the  currency. 

Passengers  are  advised  that  to  offer  or  give  gratuities  or  bribes  to  customs 
officers  is  a  violation  of  law,  and  customs  officers  who  accept  gratuities  or  bribes 
will  be  dismissed  from  service,  and  all  parties  guilty  of  such  offense  are  liable  to 
criminal  prosecution. 

Any  discourtesy  or  incivility  on  the  part  of  customs  officers  should  be  reported 
to  the  collector  at  the  custom-house,  to  the  deputy  collector  or  the  deputy  surveyor 
at  the  pier,  or  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 

BAGGAGE  FOR  TRANSPORTATION  IN  BOND. 

Upon  application  to  the  customs  officer  in  charge  on  the  pier,  baggage  intended 
for  delivery  at  ports  in  the  United  States  other  than  the  port  of  arrival,  or  in  transit 
through  the  United  States  to  a  foreign  country,  may  be  forwarded  thereto  without 
the  assessment  of  duty  at  the  port  of  arrival,  by  the  various  railroads  and  express 
companies,  whose  representatives  will  be  found  on  the  pier.  Passengers  desiring  to 
have  their  baggage  forwarded  in  bond  should  indicate  such  intention  and  state  the 
value  thereof  in  their  declarations,  before  any  examinaton  of  the  baggage  has  been 
made. 

SEALSKIN     GARMENTS. 

An  act  of  Congress  of  1897  expressly  forbids  the  importation  into  the  United 
States  of  garments  made  in  whole  or  in  part  of  the  skins  of  seals  taken  in  the  waters 
of  the  North  Pacific  Ocean,  and  unless  the  owner  is  able  to  establish  by  competent 
evidence  and  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  collector  that  the  garments  are  not  prohibited 
they  can  not  be  admitted. 

Under  sections  2802  and  3082  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States,  arti- 
cles obtained  abroad  not  declared  are  subject  to  seizure,  and  the  passenger  liable  to 
criminal  prosecution. 

TREASURY  DEPARTMENT, 

Washington,  February  4,   1910.  OFFICE  OF  THE  SECRETARY. 

INFORMATION  REGARDING  THE  PHILIPPINE  TARIFF  LAW. 

Under  the  present  tariff  law,  articles  the  growth,  product,  or  manufacture  of  the 
United  States,  upon  which  no  drawback  of  customs  duties  has  been  allowed  thereon, 
are  admitted  into  the  Philippine  Islands  from  the  United  States  free  of  duty;  and 
articles,  the  growth  or  product  of  or  manufactured  in  the  Philippine  Islands  from 
materials  the  growth  or  product  of  the  Philippine  Islands  or  of  the  United  States, 
or  of  both,  or  which  do  not  contain  foreign  materials  to  the  value  of  more  than 
twenty  per  centum  of  their  total  value,  upon  which  no  drawback  of  customs  duties 
has  been  allowed  thereon,  are  admitted  into  the  United  States  from  the  Philippine 
Islands  free  of  duty;  rice  excepted  absolutely,  and  also  excepting  sugar,  tobacco, 
and  cigars  in  excess  of  certain  amounts  fixed  by  law. 

In  the  case  of  articles  sent  froifi  the  United  States  to  the  Philippines,  by  freight 
or  express,  the  manufacturer,  seller  or  consignor,  is  required  to  make  and  oign  on 
the  invoice,  both  the  original  and  the  duplicate,  this  certificate,  which  may  be  printed, 
written,  typewritten  or  stamped  : 

"I  hereby  certify  that  the  above-described  articles  are  of  the  growth,  product 
or  manufacture  of  the  United  States  or  its  possessions,  and  that  no  drawback  of 


444  CHAPTER  XXXV 

import  duties  has  been  or  will  be  claimed  thereon,  and  that  this  invoice  is  true  and 
correct  in  all  particulars." 

Both  the  original  and  duplicate  invoices  are  sent  to  the  consignee  direct. 

However,  if  the  articles  are  sent  by  mail  and  are  valued  at  less  than  $10,  no 
certificate  is  required  either  in  the  Philippine  Islands  or  in  the  United  States;  but  if 
valued  at  $10  or  more  the  shipper  must  make  the  same  certificate  as  in  the  case  of 
freight  or  express  shipments,  but  the  original  invoice  should  be  addressed  to  the  Post- 
master, Manila,  and  the  duplicate  to  the  consignee  of  the  package. 

In  the  case  of  articles  sent  from  the  Philippines  to  the  United  States,  by 
freight  or  'express,  a  certificate  of  origin  must  be  executed  by  the  shipper  and  for- 
warded by  him  direct  to  the  Collector  of  Customs  at  the  port  of  entry.  Blank  forms 
for  this  purpose  may  be  obtained  from  the  Philippine  customs  officials. 

Articles  which  do  not  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  law  for  free 
entry,  although  they  may  have  been  bought  in  either  the  Philippines  or  the  United 
States,  are  dutiable,  and  invoices  are  required  for  such  goods  over  $100  in  value. 
A  Each  passenger  over  eighteen  years  of  age  may  bring  into  the  United  States 
from  the  Philippines  50  cigars  or  300  cigarettes  free  of  duty  and  without  a  certificate 
of  origin.  For  cigars  or  cigarettes  in  excess  of  those  quantities  a  certificate  of 
origin  will  be  required.  The  internal  revenue  tax  must  be  paid  on  all  cigars  and 
cigarettes  regardless  of  their  number.  Although  under  the  law,  the  number  of  cigars 
that  can  be  imported  annually  into  the  United  States  free  of  duty  is  limited  to 
150,000,000,  at  present  there  is  no  limit  placed  on  the  quantity  that  the  passenger 
may  bring  with  him  into  the  United  States  duty  free.  Cigars  and  cigarettes  that  are 
to  be  brought  into  the  United  States  should  be  bought  in  the  Philippines  out  of 
bond,  thus  avoiding  the  unnecessary  payments  of  the  Philippine  internal  revenue 
tax,  but  the  passengers  should  see  that  stamps  for  the  United  States  internal  revenue 
taxes  have  been  affixed  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  else  they  will  be  detained  in  the 
United  States  in  order  to  have  such  stamps  attached. 

Cigars  and  cigarettes  can  not  be  imported  into  the  United  States  by  mail,  and 
officers  serving  in  the  Philippines  should  not  send  cigars  or  cigarettes  by  mail  to 
friends  in  the  United  States.  Cigars  and  cigarettes  should  always  be  sent  to  the 
United  States  by  freight  or  express,  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  origin,  packed 
in  boxes  of  not  less  than  500  cigars  in  each  box  and  in  quantities  of  not  less  than 
3,000  in  a  single  package,  with  the  stamps  for  the  United  States  internal  revenue 
tax  affixed  thereto. 

RETURNING   FROM   THE   PHILIPPINES   VIA   THE   EASTERN   ROUTE. 

(Nearly   all   the   information   here    given   was    obtained   from    officers    who   made   the 

trip  in  1908.) 

B  War  .  Dept.  Instructions.  The  Division  Commander  is  authorized  to  grant 
leaves  of  absence  under  the  provisions  of  Par.  51,  A.  R.,  to  officers  under  orders  to 
return  to  the  United  States,  who  may  desire  to  return  via  the  Eastern  route,  and  to 
grant  them  permission  to  return  that  way.  The  leave  so  granted  is  limited  to  the 
amount  accumulated  on  full  pay.  It  is  •  distinctly  understood  that  the  Government 
shall  be  put  to  no  more  expense  on  account  of  an  officer's  returning  by  way  of  the 
Eastern  route  than  it  would  cost  to  bring  him  back  to  his  station  in  the  United 
States  on  a  transport  via  San  Francisco.  A.  G.  O.  Feby.  16,  '07. 

Scout  officers  may  also  be  granted  such  leaves  of  absence. — A.  G.  O.  Sept. 
11,  '07. 


MISCELLANEOUS  445 

An  officer  on  duty  in  the  Philippines,  under  orders  to  return  to  the  United 
States  with  his  regiment,  who  is  granted  a  leave  of  absence  with  permission  to  return 
via  Europe  or  any  other  indirect  route,  is  entitled  to  actual  expenses  from  Manila  to 
San  Francisco  and  to  the  actual  amount  (payable  by  the  Quartermaster's  Department) 
that  it  would  have  cost  the  Government  to  transport  him  from  San  Francisco  to  his 
proper  station  in  the  United  States.  He  would  be  entitled  to  foreign  service  pay  up 
to  the  date  of  arrival  of  his  regiment  in  the  United  States.  An  officer  of  the  staff 
corps  or  any  other  officer  not  on  duty  with  troops,  would  be  entitled  to  actual  expen- 
ses from  Manila  to  San  Francisco  and  to  mileage  from  San  Francisco  to  his  proper 
station  in  the  United  States,  and  to  foreign  service  pay  up  to  the  date  of  his  arrival 
in  the  United  States. 

An  officer  in  the  United  States,  under  orders  for  foreign  service,  joining  his 
regiment  in  the  Philippines,  on  leave  via  Europe,  would  be  entitled  to  foreign  ser- 
vice pay  from  the  date  of  sailing  of  his  regiment  from  San  Francisco.  He  would 
also  be  entitled  to  actual  expenses  from  San  Francisco  to  Manila  and  to  the  actual 
amount  that  it  would  have  cost  the  Government  to  transport  him  from  his  station  to 
San  Francisco. .  A  staff  officer  or  any  other  officer  not  serving  with  troops  would 
be  entitled  to  foreign  service  pay  from  the  date  of  his  sailing  and  to  mileage  from 
his  station  to  San  Francisco  and  to  actual  expenses  from  San  Francisco  to  Manila. 

(See  Circular  11,  1905  and  Circulars  58  and  77,  1910.) 

An  officer  thus  going  or  returning  from  duty  in  the  Philippines  on  leave, 
is  credited  with  thirty  days'  detached  service  to  cover  the  time  necessary  to  perform 
the  travel  between  the  Philippines  and  the  United  States.  (A.  R.  60,  1910.) 

A  Passport,  which  is  an  absolute  necessity  in  Siberia  and  Russia  (and  Turkey) 
can  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the  Governor  General  of  the  Philippines. 

Letters.  It  is  suggested  if  the  officer  expects  to  come  in  contact  with  either 
British,  Russian  or  other  Army  officers,  that  a  letter  "To  Whom  it  May  Concern" 
be  obtained  from  the  Commanding  General,  Philippines  Division,  to  the  effect  that 
the  officer,  who  has  been  serving  in  the  Philippines,  is  on  his  way  to  the  United  States, 
and  that  the  Division  Commander  would  appreciate  any  courtesies  that  might  be 
extended  him  en  route  by  any  foreign  Army  officer.  The  author  knows  of  one  former 
commanding  general  of  the  Division  who  was  always  glad  to  give  such  letters. 

The  Expense  of  a  Trans-  Siberian  trip  from  Manila  to  New  York  can,  with  com- 
fort, be  limited  to  the  following: 

Manila  to  London,  via  Hong  Kong  (various  routes  to  Harbin)  and  Mos- 
cow (1st  class  steamer;  2nd  class  R.  R.) $272 

(1st  class  R.  R.  from  Mani3a  to  Moscow  is  $85  more,  i.  e.  $357). 

London  to  New  York  about ^ 90 


$362 

A  first-class  ticket  throughout  from  Manila  to  New  York  ($100  berth  from 
London  to  New  York  included),  via  Hong  Kong,  Shanghai,  Tientsin,  Newchwang, 
Dalny,  Mukden,  Harbin,  Moscow,  St.  Petersburg,  Berlin,  Cologne,  Paris,  and  Lon- 
don, costs  $479.50.  First-class  Manila  to  Harbin,  second-class  Harbin  to  London, 
with  $100  passage  across  Atlantic,  costs  $408.75. 

Cook  &  Son  advise  that  first-class  transportation  be  used  on  Chinese  and 
Trans-Siberian  railroads. 

About  the  minimum  that  one  can  allow  for  hotel  bills,  tips,  etc.,  is  $5  a  day 
for  each  day  from  Manila  to  New  York. 

Thos.  Cook  &  Son,  16  Desvoeux  Road,  Hong  Kong,  China,  will  gladly  furnish 
any  desired  information  regarding  rates,  connections,  etc.,  and  Warner,  Barnes  &  Co., 
Manila,  or  Shewan,  Tomes  &  Co.,  Hong  Kong,  will  furnish  schedules,  maps,  etc.  of 


446  CHAPTER  XXXV 

the  Trans-Siberian  Railroad.  It  may  be  said  in  this  connection  that  time  and  money 
are  generally  saved  by  patronizing  Thos.  Cook  &  Son. 

Arrangements  Regarding  Money  Matters  en  route  should  be  given  careful  atten- 
tion before  leaving  the  Philippines,  and  it  is  suggested  that  American  Express  Com- 
pany travelers'  checks  be  gotten  from  the  International  Banking  Corporation,  Manila. 
These  checks,  which  can  be  obtained  at  a  very  reasonable  rate,  are  in  convenient 
denominations  of  $10,  $20,  $50,  etc.,  and  are  accepted  the  world  over  in  almost  all 
hotels,  large  stores  and  banks,  the  same  as  cash.  In  case  of  loss  by  theft  or  other- 
wise, the  purchaser  is,  without  unnecessary  delay  or  red  tape,  reimbursed  by  the 
Express  Company.  Furthermore,  the  American  Express  Company,  if  so  desired, 
looks  after  the  care  and  forwarding  of  its  patrons'  mail. 

However,  some  officers  advise  Shanghai   Banking  Corporation  letters  of  credit. 

Our  Missionaries  in  China  and  other  foreign  countries  are  generally  very  kind 
and  willing  about  furnishing  information,  extending  courtesies,  etc.  to  their  fellow- 
countrymen. 

Usual  Itinerary  Via  Siberia.  Manila  to  Hong  Kong,  2J4  days;  stop  over 
about  a  week,  making  excursions  to  Canton,  Macao,  etc. ;  Hong  Kong  to  Shang- 
hai, 2H  days;  Shanghai  to  Hankow,  600  miles  up  the  Yangtze,  3 1/->  days;  Hankow  to 
Pekin,  700  miles  by  rail  (with  connections,  count  on  about  5?  days  from  Shanghai 
to  Pekin)  ;  Pekin  to  Mukden  via  Newchwang,  (from  there  a  run  of  about  200  miles 
south  may  be  made  to  Port  Arthur)  and  Liaoyang,  about  11A  days,  which  includes 
stopping  over  one  night  in  a  railroad  hotel.  (It  is  sometimes  possible  to  catch  a 
steamer  to  Dalny  from  Taku;)  Mukden  to  Harbin,  22  hours;  Harbin  to  Moscow, 
about  10  days;  Moscow  to  St.  Petersburg,  18  hours;  St.  Petersburg  to  Berlin,  24 
hours ;  Berlin  to  Paris,  24  hours. 

NOTE.  An  Army  transport  may  be  taken  from  Manila  to  Nagasaki,  about  5 
days,  thence  to  Vladivostok,  [about  2Y2  days]  Harbin,  etc.  the  time  of  actual  travel 
from  Vladivostok  to  Paris  or  London,  being  l2>l/2  days). 

Battlefields.  A  captain  of  some  seventeen  years'  service  who  made  this  trip 
in  the  early  fall  of  1908,  suggests  that  only  two  battlefields  be  visited — Port  Arthur 
(at  least  three  days — accommodations  very  satisfactory)  and  Liaoyang  (about  two 
days — accommodations  poor).  Not  only  are  they  very  accessible  and  cover  all 
points  of  professional  intersts,  the  lessons  they  teach  being  considered  the  quintessence 
of  modem  combat,  but  they  also  stand  today  practically  as  they  were  during  the 
campaigns,  the  entrenchments,  redoubts,  pits,  etc.,  being  very  nearly  intact,  and 
even  the  places  where  shells  fell  being  clearly  marked  by  craters. 

Guides.  Japanese  guides  can  be  gotten  through  our  missionaries.  However, 
it  is  not  always  easy  to  get  one  that  can  speak  good  English. 

Books  and  Maps.  One  should  be  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  War  Depart 
ment  publications  containing  the  reports  of  our  military  observers,  especially  those 
on  Port  Arthur  (Kuhn)  and  Liaoyang  (Morrison  and  Reichmann).  Hamilton's 
"Scrap  Book"  should  also  be  read.  These  books  should  be  read  before  one  leaves  the 
Philippines.  Maps  are,  of  course,  necessary  in  order  to  study  the  battlefields  care- 
fully and  intelligently  and  those  contained  in  our  War  Department  publications  are 
considered  excellent. 

Baggage.  If  any  trunk  at  all  is  carried  it  should  be  only  a  steamer  trunk, 
but  it  is  better  to  travel  with  nothing  but  hand  baggage.  In  Europe  especially,  the 
baggage  allowance  is  very  limited  (about  66  Ibs.)  and  the  charge  on  extra  weight  is 


MISCELLANEOUS  447 

exorbitant,  while  the  amount  of  hand  baggage  that  can  be  taken  into  a  car  is  almost 
unlimited.  If  one  expects  to  ride  over  any  of  the  battlefields  a  pair  of  riding  trousers, 
leggins,  spurs  and  gloves  or  gauntlets  should  be  taken  along.  There  is  no  special 
reason  why  one  should  be  encumbered  with  uniforms. 

The  Best  Time  to  Make  the  Trip  is  probably  the  early  fall.  The  greatest 
objection  to  making  the  trip  in  winter,  is  that  blizzards  and  snow  might  interfere 
seriously,  if  not  altogether,  with  one's  visiting  the  battlefields. 

SUGGESTED  ITINERARIES  VIA  INDIA.  From  Manila  to  Singapore,  via 
Hong  Kong  (stop  over  about  a  week  for  side  trips  to  Canton,  Macao,  etc.);  or  from 
Zamboanga  to  Singapore,  via  Borneo  (side  trip  from  Singapore  to  Java ;  48  hours 
to  Batavia — ships  daily — fare  about  $50  round  trip)  ;  Penang,  Rangoon,  Mandalay, 
Calcutta,  Darjeeling  (in  Himalayas  en  route  to  Thibet,  hill  station  of  Bengal — 
wonderful  view  of  Everest,  Kanchanjanga  and  Snowy  Range,  highest  in  the 
world)  ;  Calcutta,  Benares  (the  Sacred  City  of  the  Hindoos,  and  considered  by  many 
the  most  interesting  spot  in  India),  Lucknow  (has  large  garrison),  Cawnpore  (espe- 
cially interesting  from  a  military  standpoint),  Agra  (Taj  Mahal,  the  gem  of  Indian 
architecture;  also  Fort  Agra),  Delhi  (has  large  garrison);  (side  trip  to  Simla;  if  time 
permits,  one  should  also  visit  from  Delhi,  Lahore,  the  home  of  Kipling,  proceeding 
thence  to  Bombay — if  desired,  via  Jaipur,  Ajmere  and  Ahmadabad)  ;  Jaipur,  Bombay, 
Colombo  (from  which  point  trips  can  be  made  to  Kandy  and  Matale),  Port  Said, 
Cairo  (from  which  point  a  trip  up  the  Nile  is  made  to  Luxor  and  Assouan),  Alexandria 
or  Port  Said  (from  the  latter  one  may  go  on  to  Naples  or  to  Genoa ;  from  the  former, 
to  Marseilles),  and  then  to  Paris,  sailing  for  New  York  from  either  Le  Havre  or 
Cherbourg. 

NOTE.  If  the  ocean  travel  for  the  whole  trip  is  via  North  German  Lloyd, 
one  may,  instead  of  landing  at  Naples,  Genoa  or  Marseilles,  continue  to  Bremen  with- 
out extra  cost,  and  then  proceed  to  Paris  by  rail). 

From  Cairo  or  Alexandria  one  might  take  the  Khedivial  Line  to  Constantinople, 
without  extra  cost,  and  then  proceed  to  Paris  by  rail. 

If  it  is  desired  to  visit  Madras,  the  trip  should  be  made  from  Bombay — about 
36  hours  by  rail — thence  by  rail  to  Tuticorin,  thence  by  boat,  a  short  trip,  to  Colombo. 

From  Cairo  or  Alexandria  one  might  ta.ke  the  Khedivial  line  to  Constantinople, 
stopping  at  Smyrna  and  at  Piraeus  long  enough  to  go  to  Athens ;  from  Constantinople 
take  the  express  through  Belgrade  to  Budapest  and  Vienna. 

This  Itinerary  is  also  Suggested:  From  Manila  to  Zamboanga  by  inter-island 
transport ;  Zamboanga  to  Manado,  Celebes,  by  Coast  Guard  Cutter  or  North  German 
Lloyd  ($25)  ;  thence  by  North  German  Lloyd  or  Royal  Dutch  Mail,  via  ports  in 
Celebes  and  Borneo,  to  Soerabaya,  Eastern  Java  (about  $100)  ;  thence  by  rail 
to  Batavia  (about  $40),  from  where  there  are  daily  boats  to  Singapore.  Rest  of 
itinerary  same  as  other. 

Books  Suggested.  Wallace's  Malay  Archipelago,  Scidmore's  Java  and  Van 
Bemmelen's  Dutch  East  Indies.  All  these  books  can  be  obtained  from  Kelly  & 
Walsh,  Hong  Kong  or  Singapore. 

Expense  of  Trip.  The  author  knows  of  an  officer  who  spent  four  and  one-half 
months  returning  to  the  States  via  India,  with  every  reasonable  comfort,  at  a -total 
cost  of  about  $1,350 — about  $10  a  day — which  included  first-class  transportation 
throughout. 

Not  only  is  it  a  saving  to  get  all  your  ocean  travel  via  the  same  line,  but 
it  is  also  a  decided  convenience  as  regards  the  forwarding  of  baggage.  The  expense 
of  such  a  trip  is  reduced  somewhat  when  two  or  more  are  traveling  together,  the 
guide  and  carriage  fe<?«,  for  instance,  being  about  the  same,  but  divided  pro  rata. 

Thos.  Cook  &  s^on,  16  Desvoeux  Road,  Hong  Kong,  will  gladly  furnish  any 
desired  information  regarding  rates,  connections,  etc.  It  rnay  be  said  in  this  con- 
nection that  time  and  money  are  generally  saved  by  patronizing  Thos.  Cook  &  Son. 


448  CHAPTER  XXXV 


Traveling  in  India  with  a  Servant.  Concerning  this  matter  there  seems  to  be 
a  difference  of  opinion  regarding  its  advantages.  Some  advise,  if  there  are  two  or 
more  in  the  party,  that  a  servant  be  procured  by  ait  means.  One  can  be  engaged  at 
Singapore  at  an  extremely  low  cost  a  month,  and  his  travel  fare  amounts  to  com- 
paratively little. 

Baggage.  By  all  means  do  not  take  along  any  trunks  while  traveling  on 
land,  but  carry  your  belongings  in  dress-suit  cases,  or  other  hand  baggage.  A 
hold-all  is  very  convenient. 

In  the  Far  East  and  in  Europe  the  baggage  allowance  is  very  small,  (gen- 
erally about  66  Ibs. ;  in  Italy,  nothing),  while  there  is  practically  no  limit  placed  on 
the  amount  of  hand  baggage  that  one  may  carry  in  the  cars. 

Carry  as  many  trunks  as  you  may  deem  advisable,  but  do  not  take  them  along  in 
journeying  by  rail — the  charge  on  extra  baggage  is  exhorbitant,  and  the  time  and 
trouble  in  getting  them  checked  every  time,  is  a  considerable  nuisance.  On  arriving 
at  Penang,  for  instance,  you  could  replenish  from  trunks,  sending  them  by  boat  to 
be  stored  at  the  steamship  line's  warehouses  in  Colombo,  to  await  your  arrival ;  the 
trunks  could  then  be  forwarded  by  boat  to  Port  Said,  and  after  replenishment  of 
hand  baggage,  forwarded  to  Naples,  Genoa  or  Marseilles  to  await  your  arrival,  being 
sent  to  New  York  from  one  of  the  last  named  ports. 

A  bedding  roll  is  quite  necessary  if  one  is  going  to  do  any  traveling  in  India, 
where  one  must  furnish  his  own  bedding  on  sleeping  cars,  as  no  bedding  of  any  kind 
can  be  obtained.  In  the  trip  outlined  the  bedding  roll  could  be  carried  as  far  as 
Bombay,  from  which  point  it  could  be  shipped  to  New  York — and  without  extra  cost, 
if  one  has  all  his  ocean  transportation  via  the  same  line.  One  officer  who  has 
recently  traveled  in  India  recommends  the  purchase  of  an  inexpensive  bedding  outfit 
as  soon  as  one  reaches  India — when  leaving  Bombay  throw  or  give  it  away. 

Clothing.  Take  along  four  or  five  pair  of  white  and  also  one  or  two  pair  of 
khaki  uniform  trousers,  with  civilian  coats  made  to  match. 

Pongee,  linen  and  other  suitable  suits  can  be  gotten  very  reasonably  in  India — 
probably  cheaper  than  anywhere  else  in  the  world. 

Even  in  winter,  the  days  in  India  are  quite  warm  between  10  a.  m.  and 
sunset. 

Experienced  travelers  always  travel  light,  especially  as  regards  underwear 
and  handkerchiefs,  which  can  always  be  purchased  en  route,  as  needed. 

From  about  November  1  to  about  March  1,  the  nights  in  India  are  quit" 
cold  and  in  addition  to  the  bedding  roll,  an  overcoat  or  a  warm  traveling  cloak,  one 
or  more  thick  warm  suits  as  well  as  a  traveling  rug,  should  be  taken  along  at  that 
season  of  the  year,  or  if  one  expects  to  encounter  cold  weather  on  or  before  reaching 
New  York. 

There  is  a  difference  of  opinion  as  to  what  one  should  take  along  in  the  way 
of  uniforms,  some  recommending  that  in  case  one  expects  to  come  in  contact  with 
the  military  (and  unless  he  does  the  main  professional  advantage  of  the  trip  is  lost) 
he  will  be  invited  to  dine  at  officers'  menses  and  a  well  equipped  wardrobe  is  neces- 
sary, while  other  officers  advise  against  taking  any  uniform  whatsoever  unless  going 
in  some  official  capacity.  It  seems  to  be  a  matter  of  individual  taste. 

The  tuxedo  is  generally  worn  evenings  at  table  and  one  should  be  taken  along. 

The  Best  Time  to  Visit  India,  is  between  November  1  and  March  1. 

Steam-ship  Line  Recommended.  All  officers  the  author  has  spoken  to  about  the 
matter,  who  have  traveled  on  North  German  Lloyd  boats,  recommend  them  most 
highly.  Detailed  information  regarding  rates,  dates  of  sailing,  etc.,  can  be  obtained 
upon  application  to  any  of  their  numerous  agents.  Behn,  Meyer  &  Co.,  are  their 
Manila  agents. 

Some  officers  recommend  the  Anchor  Line  from  Bombay  to  Suez.  The  fare 
is  about  half  the  rates  charged  by  the  P.  &  O.  Accommodations  are  good  and  it  is 
patronized  by  the  British  Army  officers. 


MISCELLANEOUS  449 

Hooks.  "Winter  India,"  by  N.  E.  Scidmore,  and  "Java,  the  Pearl  of  the 
Orient,"  are  excellent  books  which  can  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the  Military 
Information  Division,  Manila.  "A  Winter  in  India,"  by  W.  E.  Baxter  (75c)  and 
"India:  What  Can  It  Teach  Us?"  by  Miller  ($1),  can  be  gotten  from  the  Funk  & 
Wagnalls  Co.,  New  York.  The  Military  Information  Division's  pamphlet  on 
Colonial  Army  Systems  should  be  read  by  all  officers  making  this  trip. 

Murray's  guide  book  on  "India,  Burma  and  Ceylon,"  is  a  standard  and  is 
quite  essential  in  traveling  through  those  countries.  This  book  is  quite  expensive, 
'but  a  second-hand  copy  can  sometimes  be  obtained  in  Manila  very  reasonably. 
A  Especially  for  one  who  is  inexperienced  in  traveling,  "The  Travelers'  Hand- 
book," by  Josephine  Tozier,  published  by  the  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Co.,  New  York,  is 
worth  many  times  its  cost,  $1. 

An  Indian  Army  List,  giving  full  information  about  garrisons,  can  be  gotten 
from  Thacker  &  Co.,  Bombay,  for  about  80c. 

Passports.  Passports  are  not  required  in  India  and  Egypt.  In  Java  a 
Toelatings-Haart,  a  sort  of  passport,  is  required,  and  can  be  obtained  immediately 
after  landing — fee  about  $1.50. 

Letters.     See  "Letters,"  page  388. 

Arrangements  Regarding  Money  Matters.  See  "Arrangements  regarding  money 
matters,  page  388. 

Our  Missionaries  in  China  and  other  foreign  countries  are  generally  very 
kind  and  willing  about  furnishing  information,  extending  courtesies,  etc.,  to  their 
fellow  countrymen. 

FORM  FOR  PROCEEDINGS  OF  A  BOARD  OF  OFFICERS 

Proceedings    of  a  Board  of  Officers  convened  at   , 

pursuant  to  the   following  order: 

Headquarters    th    U.    S.    Infantry, 

,    ,   19 

Special  Orders, 

No 

(Extract) 

1     A  Board  of  Officers  is  appointed  to  meet  at  this  station  at   o'clock 

....    M.   to-morrow,   or   as   soon   thereafter   as  practicable,    for   the   purpose   of  ascer- 
taining what  disposition  has  been  made  of  certain  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  for 

which  the  late  Capt U.  S.   Infantry,  was  accountable,  and  as 

far  as  possible  to  account  for  the  same  by  proper  returns  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

Detail  for  the  Board. 

Capt th    Infantry. 

First    Lieut th   Infantry. 

Second  Lieut ,   ...  .th  Infantry.  * 

*  *  «  »          •       * 

By   order   of  Lieut.   Col : 

(Signed)    

Captain th   Infantry,   Adjutant. 

1  The  junior  member  of  a  board  always  being  the  recorder,  unless  another 
member  is  designated  in  the  order,  it  follows  that  a  contract  surgeon  is  recorder  on 
a  board  with  commissioned  officers.  (J.  A.  G.  1900.) 


450  CHAPTER  XXXV 

Fort   . 


,     19    ... 

The  board  met  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  order  at    o'clock    .  .    M. 

Present:   all   the  members. 

The  board,  not  having  sufficient  information  before  it,  directed  the  recorder  to 
open  correspondence,  with  a  view  to  ascertaining  definitely  what  disposition  was 

made  of  the  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  for  which  the  late  Captain 

....th  Infantry,  was  accountable. 

The   board   thereupon  adjourned   to   meet  at   the  call   of  the   president. 


Second  Lieut.,    th  Infantry,   Recorder. 

Fort , 

,    19.... 

The  board  met  at   o'clock    ....    M.,  pursuant  'to  adjournment   and  the 

following  order: 

Headquarters    th    U.    S.    Infantry, 

Fort    ,    , 

19 

Special  Orders 

No 

(Extract) 

*  »  »  »  « 

2     First   Lieut and   Second   Lieut , 

....th  Infantry,  are  hereby  relieved  as  members   of  the    Board  of  Officers,   convened 

by  Par.  2,  S.  O.,  No c.  s.,  these  Headquarters,  and  First  Lieut 

and   Second  Lieut th   Infantry,   are  detailed  in  their   stead. 

*  #  *  »  » 

By   order   of    Col. : 

(Signed)    , 

Captain th    Infantry,    Adjutant. 

Present:    all    the    members. 

The  board  had  before  it  all   the  information  that  could  bfe  obtained. 

From  the  invoices  of  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  from  Capt , 

th  Infantry,  and  First  Lieut ,  Ordnance  Department,  U.  S.  A., 

hereto  appended  (marked  "A"  and  "B,"  respectively),  it  is  shown  that  Capt 

th  Infantry,  deceased,  was  accountable  for  the  following  ordnance 

and  ordnance  stores: 

Enumerate  articles  and  state  individual  and  total  value. 

To  account  for  a  portion  of  the-  foregoing  the  board  has  receipts  from  the 
twelve  company  commanders  of  th  ....th  Infantry,  and  receipts  from  eleven  company 
commanders  of  the  th  Infantry. 

These   receipts   are   hereto   appended    and    marked    "C,"    "D,"    "E,"    "F,"    "G," 
"H,"    "I,"   "K,"   "L,"    "M,"    "N,"    "O,"    "P,"    "Q,"    "R,"  "S,"    "T,"    "U,"    "V," 
"W,"    "X,',    "Y,"    "Z,"    respectively.      The    ordnance    and    ordnance    stores    thus    ac 
counted    for    are   as    follows: 

Enumerate  articles  and  state  individual  and  total  value. 


MISCELLANEOUS  451 

This    leaves    the    following    not    accounted    for: 

Enumerate  articles  and  state  individual  and  total  value. 

The  issues  by  Capt are  best  shown  in  abstract  marked 

"A  '  (hereto  appended),  which  was  compiled  from  the  appended  receipts  heretofore 
referred  to. 

The  appended  quarterly  return  for  part  of  the  quarter  ending ,  19... 

(marked  "B"),  also  best  shows  the  receipts  and  issues  and  what  remains  unac- 
counted for. 

In  the  correspondence  (Appendix  "C")  relative  to  this  matter,  in  the  Sth  in- 
dorsement, First  Lieut ,...th  Infantry,  states  that  he  suc- 
ceeded Capt in  command  of  a  detachment  of  about  275  recruits  which 

Capt had    taken    to These    recruits,    armed    and    partially 

equipped,  though  originally  intended  for  other  regiments,  were  ultimately  assigned  to 
the  ...th  and  ...th  infantry. 

Since  226  rifles,  bayonet  scabbards,  and  a  corresponding  number  of  canteens, 
haversacks,  etc.,  have  been  receipted  for  by  officers  of  these  regiments,  it  is  the  opin- 
ion of  the  board  that  the  49  rifles,  etc.,  with  which  the  remaining  recruits  of  this 
detachment  were  armed,  must  still  be  in  the  two  regiments  mentioned;  receipts  failed 
to  be  given  in  the  confusion  of  war  times.  This  opinion  is  strengthened  by  the  12tb 

Indorsement    on    the    same    correspondence    in    which    Capt as 

commanding  officer,  Company  "L,"  states  that  10  rifles,  bayonet  scabbards,  cartridge 
belts,  gun  slings,  haversacks  and  straps,  canteens  and  straps,  meat  cans,  tin  cups, 
knives,  forks,  and  spoons  had  been  taken  up  on  the  ordnance  returns  of  that  company. 
He  does  not,  however,  inclose  receipts  for  that  amount  of  ordnance  for  Company  "L," 
though  as  commanding  officer  of  Company  "C,"  same  regiment,  which  he  was  also 
apparently  commanding,  he  does  send  receipts  for  11  rifles,  bayonets,  scabbards,  car- 
tridge belts,  etc. 

The  board  is  therefore  of  the  opinion  that  other  company  commanders  of  the 
...th  and  ...th  Infantry  have  likewise  taken  up  on  their  returns  the  remaining  ord- 
nance and  ordnance  stores  pertaining  to  the  detachment  of  recruits,  but  have  failed 
to  receipt  for  the  same. 

The   wrapper   inclosing    invoice    from    Captain ,  ...th    Infantry,    with 

indorsements  thereon    (hereto  appended  and   marked  "D"),    shows  the  effort   made  to 

obtain  receipts  for  the  ordnance  stores  with  which  the  recruits  sent  to were 

equipped. 

The  invoice  from  Captain has  been  heretofore  referred  to  as  Ap- 
pendix "A." 

After  going  to  various  officers,  the  wrapper  is  finally  returned  with  the  state- 
ment that  the  receipts  for  the  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  turned  over  to  the  th 

Infantry,   with   the   recruits  of   Captain 's   detachment,   had  been   forwarde 

in  compliance  with  the  27th  indorsement  of  the  appended  correspondence,  marked  "C." 

The  board,  therefore,  recommends  relief  from  further  accountability  in  the 
matter,  and  that  a  certificate  of  non-indebtedness  in  the  case  of  Captain 


452  CHAPTER  XXXV 

...th   Infantry,   deceased,   be   issued    for   the   following   ordnance   and   ordnance   stores: 

Enumerate  articles  and  state  individual  and  total  value. 
There  being  no  further  business  before  it,  the  board  adjourned  sine  die. 


Captain,   . . .   Infantry,  President. 

First  Lieutenant,    ...th  Infantry,   Member. 


Second  Lieutenant,   ...th  Infantry,  Recorder. 
(The   briefing    on    the    first    fold.) 
Proceedings    of    a    Board    of    Officers 

Convened  at    ,  per  S.   O.   No dated 

19... 

PURPOSE. 

To    ascertain    what    became    of    certain    ordnance    for    which 
Capt ,   . .  .  th  Infantry,  deceased,  was  ac- 
countable,  and,   as   far   as   practicable,  to   account   for  the  same. 
PRESIDENT. 

Captain th  Infantry. 

RECORDER. 

Second  Lieut ,  . . .  th  Infantry. 

NOTE.  Forms  for  Proceedings  of  a  Retiring  Board  and  for  a  Board  of  Exami- 
nation for  Promotion  are  given  in  a  pamphlet  issued  by  the  War  Department,  entitled, 
"Instructions  for  Retiring  Boards."  Form  235,  M.  S.  O.,  '05,  also  gives  the  Form 
of  Proceedings  for  a  Board  of  Examination  for  Promotion. 

The  Preparation  of  the  Proceedings,  Number  of  Copies,  Etc. 

How  Written.  The  report  should  commence  about  one  inch  from  the  top  and 
run  down  the  page  with  a  margin  of  about  one  inch  on  the  left-hand  side.  If  written, 
the  page  will  be  turned  over,  bottom  up,  and  the  record  run  down  the  reverse  side 
the  same  way — if  typewritten,  each  sheet  will  furnish  one  page  of  the  record,  which 
will  begin  at  the  top  as  previously  described. 

Paper — Kind,  How  Folded,  Etc.  If  practicable  legal  cap  paper  should  be 
used;  it  will  be  folded  in  four  equal  folds,  and  the  pages  will  be  joined  at  the  top 
and  numbered  consecutively.  The  left-hand  fold  of  the  outer  page  is  the  first  fold 
and  will  be  used  exclusively  for  the  brief. 

The  necessary  stationery  is  obtained  from  the  quartermaster  on  Form  41  Q. 
M.  D.,  duly  approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

Evidence.  The  evidence  is  usually  in  the  form  of  certificates  (from  officers) 
and  affidavits  (from  enlisted  men  and  civilians),  but  it  often  happens  the  board  does 
not  confine  itself  to  documentary  evidence. 

For  officers  authorized  to  administer  oaths,  see  Par.  688,  A.  R.,  1908. 

Exhibits.  All  documents  used  as  evidence  (certificates,  affidavits,  letters,  etc.), 
which  must  be  originals  or  true  copies,  are  marked  in  the  lower  left-hand  corner,  "A," 
"B,"  "C,"  etc.  They  are  marked  and  appended  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  referred 
to  in  body  of  the  proceedings. 


MISCELLANEOUS  453 

Money  Value.  Whenever  the  subject  of  the  board's  investigation  involves 
funds  or  property,  the  money  value  thereof  should  be  stated  in  the  proceedings. 

Signing  of  Proceedings.  The  proceedings  are  signed  by  all  members  who 
concur  in  the  finding. 

Adjournments   are    signed   only   by   the   recorder. 

Minority  Report.  Should  a  member  not  concur  in  the  finding  of  the  other 
members  of  the  board,  he  submits  a  minority  report,  which  is  embodied  in  the  record 
immediately  after  the  majority  report. 

Extra  -Leaf.  If  there  be  not  at  least  five  inches  of  blank  space  on  the  last 
page,  immediately  following  the  last  signature,  an  extra  leaf,  for  use  of  the  con- 
vening authority,  should  be  inserted  between  the  last  leaf  and  the  appended  evidence. 

Number  of  Copies.  The  number  of  copies  of  the  proceedings  depends  upon 
circumstances.  For  instance,  when  a  board  takes  inventory  on  the  death  of  an  officer 
in  charge  of  public  property  or  money,  the  proceedings  should  be  submitted  in 
quadruplicate — one  copy  to  be  sent  direct  to  the  chief  of  bureau  concerned;  one  copy 
to  the  representative  of  the  deceased,  or  the  person  adjusting  his  affairs;  one  copy  to 
department  headquarters,  and  one  copy  for  file  with  the  post  records. 

The  order  convening  the  board  should  state  the  number  of  copies  to  be  sub- 
mitted. 

Additional  Proceedings.  In  case  the  proceedings  are  returned  for  further 
action,  any  additional  exhibits  there  may  be,  are  marked  with  letters  succeeding  those 
already  used  and  are  appended  in  proper  order  to  the  original  evidence.  The  addi- 
tional proceedings  are  inserted  between  the  original  and  the  appended  eviience,  the 
object  being  to  form  a  continuous,  intelligent  record. 

In  case  an  extra  blank  leaf  has  been  added  to  the  original  report  for  the 
action  of  the  convening  authority,  the  unused  portion  of  this  page  may  be  used  for 
the  additional  proceedings. 

PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  POST  COUNCIL  OF  ADMINISTRA- 
TION CONVENED  AT  FORT  HARRISON,  MONTANA, 
PURSUANT  TO  THE  FOLLOWING  ORDER: 
(Quote  order  in  full) 

FORT  HARRISON,  MONT., 

January  1,  1906. 

Pursuant  to  the  foregoing  order  the  council  met  at  1  p.  m.,  to-day. 
Present:     All  the  members. 

The  council  then  proceeded  to  the  business  before  it,  and  recommends  that 
the  following  prices  be  not  exceeded  by  the  tradesmen  at  the  post: 

BARBERS 

The  necessary  shaving  and  hair  cutting  per  man,  per  month          .     $1.00 
One    hair    cut    ..........         .25 

One  shave 10 

TAZLOM 

Making    blouse,    plain        .  .....     $2.50 

Making  blouse,  with  wadding  and  canvas  ....       3.00 

Making    trousers,    plain      ........       1.50 

Making    trousers,    with    canvas    and    lining         ....       2.00 

Making     overcoat,     plain  .......       5.00 

Making  overcoat,  with  wadding,   canvas  and  double  edge     .          .       6.50 
Cleaning    and    pressing    trousers  .....         .40 

Cleaning    and    pressing    blouse  .....         .50 

Attaching     chevrons  ........         .25 

Attaching     stripes       .......  .         .50 

Altering  of  ready-made  uniforms :  according  to  the  amount,  nature  and 
quality  of  the  work,  but  not  to  exceed  the  price  for  making  new  gar- 


454  CHAPTER  XXXV 

1     The    following    are    the    prices    in    force    at    Fort    Leavenworth,    Kans.      (in 
1907):  — 

For    making   an   unmade   blouse,   or   for   general    alterations    to    a 

new-made     blouse        .........     $3.00 

For    making    an    unmade    pair    of    trousers,    or   for    general    alter- 
ations to  a  new-made  pair  of  trousers  ...         .         .       2.00 

For   making    an    unmade    overcoat,    or   for    general    alterations    to 
a   new   made    overcoat   ....  .       6.00 


For  sewing  on  chevrons,  per  pair 
For  sewing  on  stripes,  per  pair 
For  pressing   trousers 
For  pressing  blouse 


.25 
.50 
.50 
.25 


For  pressing   overcoat        .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .40 

For  all  miscellaneous  work  not  included  in  the  above  heading,  such  as  mend 
ing,  cleaning,  alterations  of  old  garments  or  field  uniforms,  sewing  on  buttons, 
insignia,  etc.,  the  prices  charged  shall  not  exceed  25  cents  per  hour  for  the  time 
actually  and  reasonably  occupied  on  the  work. 

LAUNDRYMEN 

$1.50  per  month,  per  man,  for  weekly  washings,  the  weekly  amount  of  laundn 
not  to  exceed: 

2  suits  underwear  4  collars  3  pair  white  gloves 

3  pair  socks  3  pair  cuffs  1  pillow  case 
2  shirts — white,  colored  or               3  handkerchiefs                      2  sheets 

unstarched  2  towels 

All  articles  in  excess  of  those  above  mentioned  will  be  paid  for  at  the  follow- 
ii.g  rates: 

Collars,    2    cts.    each  Trousers    (blue,    uniform),    25    cts. 

Cuffs,    4    cts.    per    pair  Trousers',  canvas,    15  cts. 

White    shirts,    10    cts.    each  Coats,    canvas,    15    cts. 

Full-dress  shirts,  \2l/2  cts.  each  Bed  sacks,  20   cts. 

It  is  recommended  that  the  foregoing  limit  of  work  and  prices  apply  to 
officers  as  well  as  to  enlisted  men. 

The    council    then    proceeded    to    audit    the    accounts    of    the    post    treasurer. 
The    receipts    and    expenditures    were    found    to    be    correct    and    in    accord 
ance    with    orders    and    regulations. 

The  funds  on  hand  were  exhibited  to  the  council.  ' 

The  council  recommends  that  the  balance  on  hand,  $5.53,  be  distributed 
amongst  the  organizations  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  flour  rations  turned 
in  by  them. 

There   being    no    further    business,    the    council    adjourned    sine    die. 

SAMUEL   SHERIDAN, 
Captain,  40th  Infantry,  President. 

THOMAS  GRANT, 
1st  Lieutenant,  40th  Infantry,  Member. 
Approved:  R.  A.  SHERMAN, 

JAMES    A.    LEE,  ist  Lieutenant,  40th  Infantry,  Recorder. 

Colonel,  40th  Infantry,  Commanding. 

PROCEEDINGS  OF  A  COUNCIL  OF  ADMINISTRATION  CON- 
VENED AT  FORT  HARRISON,  MONT.,  PURSUANT 
TO  THE  FOLLOWING  ORDER: 

(Quote  order   in  full.) 

FORT  HARRISON,  MONT., 

January    i,    1906. 
The  council  met  at  10  o'clock  a.  m.  to-day  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  order. 

1  If  the  funds  are  on  deposit  in  a  bank,  the  responsible  officer  will  furnish 
the  council  with  a  written  statement  to  that  effect,  giving  the  name  of  the  bank. 
(Par.  318,  A.  R.,  1910.) 


MISCELLANEOUS  455 

Present:      All    the   members,   except    Lieut.   Thomas,    absent   sick. 
The   council    proceeded    to    examine    the   inventory   of   effects   of    Pvt     Jackson, 
deceased    and    found    all    the    articles    enumerated    thereon    present. 
The  effects  were  then  sold  at  auction,  as  follows :  * 

2  pair  trousers  . $1.50 

1  blouse 75 

1  pair   leggins   ............         .25 

1  brush  and  dauber 

1  waist  belt  ,Q 

1  hair  brush 

1  comb 

Total  2.80 

Which   amount   was    turned   over   by   the   recorder   to    the   commanding   officer, 
Company   "A,"   40th    Infantry,    whose   receipt   is   attached   hereto. 

There  being  no  further  business,  the  council  adjourned  sine   die. 

SAMUEL    SHERIDAN, 
Captain,  40th  Infantry,  President. 
THOMAS   GRANT, 
1st  Lieut.,  40th  Infantry,  Recorder. 

Approved: 

JAMES  A.   LEE, 

Colonel,  40th  Infantry,  Commanding. 


FORT   HARRISON,   MONT., 

January   17,   /poj. 

Received  $2.80,  being  in  full  the  amount  realized   from  the  sale  of  the  effects 
of  1'vt.   Paul  Jackson,  Co.  "A,"  40th   Infantry,  deceased. 

HENRY    C.   HOOD, 

Captain  40th  Infantry,  Comdg.  Co.  "A." 

• 

FORMS    OF   DEPOSITION    AND    CERTIFICATES 
1     Damaged  Subsistence   Stores. 


Fort  of  Missoula,  1 
County  of  Missoula,  \ 
State  of  Montana.  J 


Personally  appeared  before  me  the  undersigned  authority  for  administering 
oaths,  one  Robert  Clay,  Regimental  Commissary  Sergeant,  1st  Infantry,  wlio,  being 
duly  sworn,  deposes  and  says:  He  is  on  duty  as  commissary  sergeant  at  Fort  Mis- 
soula, Montana,  under  the  immediate  orders  of  Captain  Henry  Jones,  Commissary, 

1  In  disposing  of  the  effects  of  deceased  soldiers,  it  is  not  customary  to  sell 
watches,  rings,  etc..  unless  it  be  known  definitely  that  the  same  are  not  wanted  by 
relatives.  See  A.  R.,  85,  1910,  regarding  officers. 


456  CHAPTER  XXXV 

1st  Infantry;  that  during  the  months  of  January  and  February,  1904,  certain  sub- 
sistence stores  were  received  in  original  packages  from  Captain  H.  J.  Evans.  C.  S« 
U.  S.  Army,  and  that  upon  opening  said  packages  from  Captain  H.  J.  Evans,  C.  S. 
to  be  in  a  damaged  condition  and  unfit  for  use  or  issue: 

Bacon,    issue,    100    Ibs.,    @   18c -   .     $18.00 

Apricots,   7   cans,    @    24c         .          .         .          .          .          .         .         1.68 

Apples,    10   cans,    @  8c  .  .          .         .         .         .          -80 


$20.48 

Deponent  further  deposes  and  says  while  said  stores  were  in  possession  ol 
Captain  Henry  Jones,  Commissary,  1st  Infantry,  due  care  was  exercised  in  the  han- 
dling, storing  and  preservation,  and  that  any  deterioration  they  may  have  un- 
dergone during  that  period  was  in  no  way  due  to  fault  or  neglect  on  the  part  of 
Captain  Jones. 

Further  deponent  saith  not. 

ROBERT  CLAY, 
Commissary  Sergeant,  ist  Infantry. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  First  day  of  February.   1906. 

JOHN  SMITH, 
Major,  ist  Infantry,  Summary  Court. 

2.      Deteriorated  Potatoes  and  Onions. 

FORT  COLUMBUS,  N.  Y., 

April  i,  1904. 

I  certify  that  I  received  in   good  condition  from  Captain  H.  J.   Evans,  C.   S., 
U.  S.  A.,  the  following-named  stores: 
(a)     POTATOES  : 

January     1,  1904  6,000  pounds 

January  25,   1904  5,000  pounds 

11,000  pounds 
(6)     ONIONS: 

January     1,  1904  1,000  pounds 

January  25,  1904  1,200  pounds 

2,200  pounds 

During  January  and  February,  1904,  these  potatoes  and  onions  were  sorted 
from  time  to  time  in  order  to  save  the  good  ones.  In  these  assortments  the  following 
quantities  were  found  unfit  for  sale  or  issue: 

1,000    pounds    potatoes,     @     3c  .          .          .          .          .     $30.00 

200   pounds   onions,    @    3c  .          .          .          .          .          .         6.00 

$36.00 

I  would  furthermore  certify  that  I  have  taken  proper  care  of  these  stores  and 
any  deterioration  they  may  have  undergone  while  in  my  possession  was  due  to  no 
fault  or  neglect  on  my  part. 

HENRY  JONES, 
Captain  and  Commissary,  ist  Infantry,  Commissary. 


MISCELLANEOUS  457 

3       Shortage  Upon  Receipt  of  Stores. 

State  of  Montana.    ) 
Fort  Missoula,  V  ss: 

County  of  Missoula,) 

Personally  appeared  before  me  the  undersigned  authority  for  administering 
oaths,  one  Robert  Clay,  Regimental  Commissary  Sergeant,  1st  Infantry,  who,  being 
duly  sworn,  deposes  and  says:  He  is  on  duty  as  commissary  sergeant  at  Fort  Mis- 
soula, Mont.,  under  the  immediate  orders  of  Captain  Henry  Jones,  Commissary, 
1st  Infantry;  that  on  January  1,  1906,  he  assisted  in  receiving,  examining  and  check- 
ing, amongst  other  stores  received  from  Captain  H.  J.  Evans,  C.  S.,  U.  S.  Army, 
twenty  cases  of  Lemoine  sardines;  that  of  these  cases,  three  were  broken  and  thirty 
boxes  of  sardines  were  missing.  (30  boxes  @  20c  —  $6.00.) 

Deponent  further  says  on  January  20,  1906,  he  assisted  in  receiving,  examining 
and  checking,  the  following-named  stores  invoiced  by  Captain  H.  J.  Evans,  C.  S.,  U. 
S.  Army: 

Flour,  109  sacks,  10,900  Ibs.,   @   2*4 $272.50 

Sugar,  28  sacks,  2,800  Ibs.,  @  4c 112.00 


$384.50 

and   that   the    following   discrepancies    exist   between    the    invoices   and   the   quantities 

actually  received: 

Flour,    1    sack,    100   Ibs.,  @  2%c $2.50 

Sugar,    1    sack,    100    Ibs.,   @  4c 400 

$6.50 
Further  deponent  saith  not. 

ROBERT  CLAY, 
Commissary  Sergeant,  1st  Infantry. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  First  day  of  February,   1906 

JOHN  SMITH, 

Major,  ist  Infantry,  Summary  Court. 
4       Damaged  Typewriter. 

(See  Cir.  34,  W.   D.,   1899,  and  No.   13,   1897.) 

FORT  HARRISON,  MONT., 

January  I,  1906. 

Regarding  Underwood  Typewriter,  No.  15461-1,  for  which  I  am  responsible 
and  for  which  Captain  R.  E.  Smith,  Quartermaster,  1st  Infantry,  is  accountable,  I 
hereby  certify  that  the  machine  received  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  about  February  15, 
1905,  since  which  date  it  has  been  in  use  at  regimental  headquarters  and  during, which 
time  all  care  possible  has  been  taken  of  it.  I  would  further  certify  that  it  has  not 
been  previously  repaired  at  the  expense  of  the  government;  that  the  letters  are  now 
badly  in  need  of  alignment  and  that  the  repairs  required  were  not  caused  through 
lack  of  proper  care  on  the  part  of  the  operator,  but  as  a  result  of  fair  wear  and  tear 
in  service. 

J.   B.  JONES, 
Captain  and  Adjutant,  ist  Infantry. 


458  CHAPTER  XXXV 

FORM    FOR    PROCEEDINGS    OF    A    BOARD    OF    OFFICERS 

CONVENED  TO  DETERMINE  WHETHER  A  SOLDIER'S 

SERVICE  HAS  BEEN  HONEST  AND  FAITHFUL. 

Proceedings  of  a  Board  of  Officers  Convened  by  the  Follownig  Order: 

Headquarters  31st  Infantry, 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans., 

January   1,   1908. 
Special  Orders 
No.   1. 

Under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  147,  Army  Regulations,  a  hoard  of  officers 
consisting  of 

Captain  William  Adams,   31st   Infantry, 
1st  Lieut.  John  Banks,  31st  Infantry. 
2d   Lieut.  James   Carr,  31st   Infantry, 

will    convene   at   this   post    at    10    o'clock   a.    m.,    Friday,    the    3d    instant,    or    as    soon 
thereafter  as  practicable,  to  determine  whether  the  service,  during  current  enlistment, 
of  Private  John  A.  Smith,  Company  A,  31st  Infantry,  has  been  honest  and  faithful. 
By  order   of   Colonel    Smith. 

A.  A.  ARTHUR, 
Captain  and  Adjutant,  31st  Iniantry,  Adjutant. 

FORT  LEAVENWORTH,  KANS., 

January   3,   1908. 

The  board  met  pursuant  to  the  above  order  at  10  a.  m. 
Present :   All  the  members. 

The  board  examined  with  due  care  the  Descriptive  List  and  records  of  six  (6) 
convictions  by  Summary  Court  of  Private  John  A.  Smith,  presented  by  his  company 
commander,  Lieutenant  Brown,  and  hereto  appended  and  marked  A,  B.  C,  D,  E,  F 
and  G,  respectively. 

Private  Smith  was  then  brought  before  the  board  and  the  following  wit- 
nesses examined  in  his  presence : 

First  Lieutenant  B.  B.  Brown,  31st  Infantry,  who  stated  substantially  as 
follows:  that  Private  Smith  had  been  under  his  observation  from  April,  1907,  to  the 
present  time ;  that  he  had  evinced  a  spirit  and  manner  of  insubordination  during 
that  time;  that  his  work  had  not  been  satisfactory  nor  up  to  the  standard  of  that 
of  the  other  men  of  the  company;  that  he  (Private  Smith)  had  been  insubordinate 
to  him  personally  in  the  orderly  room. 

Private  Smith  then  desired  the  board  to  ask  Lieutenant  Brown  if  he  was 
sure  that  he  (Private  Smith)  had  been  insubordinate  to  him  in  the  orderly  room, 
which  question  being  put  by  the  board,  Lieutenant  Brown  replied  that  he  was 
certain  of  it;  that  his  manner  toward  him  (Lieutenant  Brown)  was  the  most  insub- 
ordinate he  had  seen  in  his  service  as  an  officer. 

Private  Smith  did  not  desire  to  ask  anything  further  of  the  witness,  and  he 
was  then  excused. 

First  Sergeant  John  Lawrence,  Company  A,  31st  Infantry,  was  then  brought 
before  the  Board  and,  upon  being  questioned,  stated  substantially  as  follows :  That 
he  had  known  Private  Smith  since  March,  1907;  that  during  that  time  he  had 
shown  an  insubordinate  character,  answering  back  noncommissioned  officers,  dis- 


MISCELLANEOUS  459 

obeying  orders  and  speaking  disrespectfully  in  barracks  of  his  officers  and  noncom- 
missioned officers;  that  he  had  tried  to  stir  up  discontent  and  dissatisfaction  in  the 
company. 

The  witness  was  then  asked  by  the  board,  upon  request  of  Private  Smith, 
if  Private.  Smith  had  ever,  upon  being  assigned  any  specific  duty,  either  in  barracks 
or  in  the  field,  disobeyed  the  order  or  performed  the  duty  assigned  him  in  an  un- 
satisfactory manner;  the  witness  replied  that  so  far  as  he  knew  Private  Smith  had 
always  obeyed  orders  and  done  his  duty  satisfactorily. 

Private  Smith  did  not  desire  to  ask  any  further  questions  of  this  witness 
and  he  was  then  excused. 

Sergeant  John  C.  Dare,  Company  A,  31st  Infantry,  was  then  brought  before 
the  Board  and,  upon  being  questioned,  stated  substantially  as  follows:  That  he  had 
known  Private  Smith  about  a  year,  ever  since  he  had  come  from  Fort  Missoula, 
Mont.;  that  he  had  been  a  chronic  kicker;  that  his  character  had  not  been  of  the 
best ;  that  he  was  always  running  down  the  company  and  the  company  noncom- 
missioned officers. 

Private  Smith  did  not  desire  to  ask  the  witness  any  questions  and  he  was 
then  excused. 

Private  Smith  was  then  asked  if  he  desired  the  board  to  call  any  witnesses 
to  testify  on  his  behalf,  to  which  he  replied  in  the  negative,  but  stated  that  he  had 
never  had  trouble  in  the  Army  until  he  transferred  to  the  31st  Infantry,  but  that 
he  and  the  other  transferred  men  had  been  discriminated  against  by  the  noncom- 
missioned officers  ever  since  they  came  down  here  last  March  from  Fort  Missoula, 
Mont.,  and  there  was  general  dissatisfaction  in  the  company  and  that  he  had 
not  complained  any  more  than  lots  of  others. 

Private  Smith  was  then  asked  if  he  desired  to  make  any  further  statement 
to  the  board,  to  which  he  replied  in  the  negative. 

After    a    careful    consideration    of    the    above    the    board   finds    that    the    service 
of  Private  John  A.  Smith,  Company  A,  31st  Infantry,  was  not  honest  and  faithful. 
The  board  then   at   11:30   a.    m.   adjourned  sine  die. 

WILLIAM    ADAMS, 
Captain  31st  Infantry,   President. 

JOHN  BANKS, 
1st   Lieut.    31st   Infantry,    Member. 

JAMES    CARR, 

2d    Lieut.    31st    Infantry,    Recorder. 
The  foregoing  proceedings  and  findings  are  approved. 

JOHN   A.    SMITH, 
Colonel,  31st  Infantry,  Commanding. 
NOTE: 

The  board  has  a  purely  investigating  power,  and  can  not,  without  specific 
authority,  exercise  any  of  the  legal  functions  of  either  a  court  martial  or  court  of 
inquiry. 

Its  members  are  not  sworn  and  it  cannot  compel  civilian  witnesses  to  attend, 
nor  in  the  event  of  their  voluntary  attendance  are  they  entitled  to  compensation.  There 
is  properly  no  accused  party  before  it. 

Although  under  A.  R.  695,  '10,  the  recorder  has  authority  to  administer  oaths, 
in  practice  the  witnesses  are  not  generally  sworn. 


460 


CHAPTER  XXXV 


It  has  only  one  question  to  investigate,  viz,  should  the  soldier's  service  be 
considered  honest  and  faithful.  The  question  of  character  that  should  be  given  him 
is  not  to  be  determined  by  the  board. 

It  calls  for  such  witnesses  as  may  be  necessary  and  available,  receives  and 
records  the  testimony  given  and  gives  its  finding, 

The  report  of  proceedings  of  the  board  need  not  be  a  literal  statement  of 
the  evidence  received,  but  is  sufficient  if  it  contains  the  gist  of  the  testimony,  with 
the  findings  and  action  of  reviewing  officer. 

Although  the  Army  Regulations  seem  to  contemplate  that  only  one  copy  of 
the  proceedings  shall  be  prepared,  if  the  proceedings  are  typewritten,  it  is  suggested 
that  three  copies  be  made — one  for  the  post  record,  one  for  the  company  and  the 
third  to  be  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

WEIGHTS    OF   ARTICLES   USUALLY   TAKEN    INTO   THE   FIELD 

(In  such  cases  as  overcoats,  shoes,   packed  boxes,  etc.,  the  weights  are  only  approxi- 
mate, the  average  of  several  being  taken.) 


Ammunition  rifle,  1  box  (1200  rounds), 

Cartridges  and  clips   67 

Bandoliers    • 2 

Box    30 

Bandolier  (12  clips,  60  rounds) 

Belt,  (20  clips,  100  rounds) 

Blank  Cartridges,  1  box  (1000) 

Cartridges,  clips  and  cartons....  56 

Box    13 

Cartridges,  (ball,  in  clips),  10 

Clip,    1    

Revolver,  Cal.  38,  10  rounds 

Axe    

Axe  helve 

Belt,  field,  complete  

Cartridge  belt  

Cartridge  belt  fastener 

Suspenders    

Bayonet  

Bayonet   scabbard 

First  Aid  pouch 

Blanket v 

|  Full , 

Box  Locker { 

Empty 

(22x18x14  in.,   containing  8  kits).. 

Camp  Kettle   Light  Wt 

Heavy  Wt 

)  Large 


Weight. 


Ibs. 


12 


Total  Weight 


Ibs. 


100 


70 


3J 

to 

6 


5 

40 

to 

3 

48 

about 
120 

13 

49 

5 
3 
3 
4 


Weight. 


'.bs. 


Total  Weight. 


Ibs. 


Camp  hatchet,  (with  helve) 


Cot,  G.  M 

/Empty. 
Field  Desk* |Full_ 

Field  range,  complete,  includes  the 
following:  1  pipe  guard,  2  pipe 
joints,  2  elbows,  2  bake  pans,  4 
boilers,  1  cleaver,  1  butcher  knife, 
3  meat  hooks,.  1  burnisher,  1  but- 
cher's steel,  2  salt  shakers,  1  pep- 
per shaker,  1  meat  saw,  1  large 
dipper,  1  flour  sieve,  1  ladle,  1 
strainer  (dipper),  1  basting  spoon, 
1  flat  strainer,  1  meat  fork,  2  cake 
turners,  1  hash  machine ' 

Haversack,  complete. 
Haversack,  ration  bags  and  scabbard. 

Meat  can   

Knife   , 

Fork    , 

Spoon 

Hospital   Corps  knife 

Hospital  Corps  knife  scabbard 

Intrenching  tools: 

Hand  axe  with  carrier 

Pick  mattock  with  carrier   

Shovel  with  carrier   

Pliers,   wire    

Rule,  2  foot,  4  fold  

Mess  Pan  

Overcoat j- 

D.  .  '(Without  helve. 

Plck    1  With  helve.... 

Poncho     

Revolver 2 

Holster    .... 
Belt,  woven 
Belt  fastener 

Rifle*  8 

Bayonet     1 

Gun  sling 

Saber    (For   enlisted   men) 

Tin  cup  

Spade    

Shoes,  Marching,  1  pair,  No.  9  F. 
Garrison,  1  pair,  No.  9  F 

Shovel   S.   H. 

Shovel    L.    H. 

Stove,  "Sibley"  1« 

Stove  pipe,   7  joints    14 


2 

1 

3 

20 
70 

120 
to 

170 


400 


6 
9 

about 
4 


2 

to 

13 


14 


19 

7 
7 

6 

11 

7 
12 


*The  maximum  range  of  the  rifle  is  5,465  yds.  The  penetration  at  100  yds., 
through  white  pine  butts  1  inch  thick  (boards  1  inch  apart),  is  64.7  inches;  and  at 
500  yds.,  24.3  inches.  The  initial  velocity  is  2,700  feet  per  second. 


Weight 

Total  Weight 

Ibs. 

ozs. 

Ibs. 

ozs. 

Shelter  Tent  Roll.  (Consisting  of  1 
blanket,  1  suit  underwear,  1  pair 
stockings,  1  poncho,  1  hand  towel, 
1  cake  soap,  1  comb,  1  hair  brush, 
1  tooth  brush,  5  shelter  tent  pins,  1 
shelter  tent  pole,  1  shelter  tent  half.. 

13 
12 

6 
6 

about  30 

2 

4 
14 

Surplus  kit  (1  pr.  drawers,  1  pr.  march- 
ing shoes,  2  pr.  stockings,  1  under- 
shirt, 1  extra  pair  shoe  laces,  1 

_  .                          (  Empty.  .  . 

Telescope  case.  .  |  pu{j 

WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS    AND    CAPACITIES    OF    TENTS 
(Specifications,  Office  Q.  M.  G.,  February,  1912) 


Kind. 

Weight 
(complete). 

Dimensions. 

Capacity. 

Hospital,  Regulation 
Hospitafl,  Tropical.. 

Pyramidal  

236  Ibs.,  6  ozs. 
(tent   105;     fly   36; 
tent    poles    72;     18 
large  and  26   small 
pins,  23  Ibs.,  6  ozs.) 
-317  Ibs.,  9  ozs., 
(1    tent    129;    1    fly 
54  ;   tent   poles   97  ; 
36     large     and     26 
small   pins   37   Ibs., 
9   ozs.) 
171  Ibs.,  10  ozs. 
(1   tent  97  Ibs.,   10 
ozs.,  pole  and  tripod 
35  ;    28    large    and 
28    small    pins,    32 
Ibs.,  6  ozs.,  chains, 
plates,  rings,  straps, 
6  Ibs.,  10  ozs.) 

97  Ibs. 
(1    tent    45;    1    fly 
16;     poles    22;     10 
large  and   17  small 
pins   14.) 

126  Ibs.,  13  ozs. 
(1    tent    56;    1    fly 
17;    poles    30;     22 
large  and   18  small 
pins  23  Ibs.  13  ozs.) 

52  Ibs.,  12  ozs. 
(1    tent    25:    poles 
18;  pins  9&  IDS.) 

6  Ibs.,  11  ozs. 
(10  pins  10  ozs.  ;  2 
halves  6  Ibs.,  1  oz.) 

7  Ibs.,  9fi  ozs. 
(10    pins    10    ozs.; 
1  pole  14#  ozs.;  2 
halves  6  Ibs.,  1  oz.) 

Length  of  ridge  14  ft., 
3    in.,   height   when 
?  itched  11  ft.,  width 
4*A    ft.,    height   of 
wall  4*A  ft. 
Length  of  ridge  14J4 
ft.,      height      when 
pitched     12  ;    width 
15  ft.,  7  in.  ;  height 
of  wall  4  ft.,  7  in. 

Height   when  pitched 
11    ft.,    roof    16    ft. 
square  at  base  and 
18    in.     square     at 
top;      wall      3      ft. 
high. 

Length  of  ridge  9  ft. 
2  in.  ;  height  when 
pitched      Sl/2      ft.  ; 
width  8  ft.,  1^  in.; 
height   of  wall   3^4 
ft. 

Length  of  ridge  9  ft., 
2  in.  ;  height  when 
pit  ched  Sl/3  ft.: 
width    8    ft.,    11^ 
in.:   height  of  wall 

zyl  ft. 

Length  of  ridge  6  ft., 
11  in.  ;  height  when 
pitched     6     ft.,     10 
in.;    width   8   ft.,   4 
in.,   height    of   wall 

Length    of    ridge    6 
ft.,   7   in.;   length 
of   base   6    ft.,    6 
in. 

Will    accommodate    6 
patients  com- 
fortably. 

do 

Will  acconTmodate  10 
infantrymen  c  o  m  - 
fortably,    but    may 
be  made  to  hold  20 
foot  or  17  mounted 
men. 
The    authorized    al- 
lowance for  perma- 
nent   or    maneuver 
camps  is  1  for  each 
8   foot   or   mounted 
men. 
Authorized  allowance  : 
1  to  captain,  1  to  2 
subalterns.    Will  ac- 
commodate 4  men  — 
preferably  3. 
The  authorized  allow- 
ance for  permanent 
or  maneuver  camps 
is  1  for  each  3  men. 

do 

Will    accommodate    3 
men    comfortably. 
No     allowance     for 
enlisted     men     pre- 
scribed by  existing 
orders. 

Affords    cover    for    2 
men. 

Wall,  Regulation... 
Wall,  tropical  

Shelter  (dismounted 
troops)  2  halves. 

do     (when  used 
with  pole)  

MISCELLANEOUS 


463 


WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS   AND    CAPACITIES    OF   TENTS. 
(Specifications,  Office  Q.  M.  G.,  February,  1912) 


Kind 

Weight 
(complete) 

Dimensions 

Capacity 

Shelter    (mounted 
troops)   2  halves. 

do     (when  used 
with  poles  

6  Ibs.,  15  ozs. 
(10    pins,     10    ozs. 
2    halves    6   Ibs.,    5 
ozs. 
8  Ibs.,  12  ozs. 
(10     pins     10    ozs 

Length  of  ridge  5 
ft.,  5  in,,  width 
5ft  1  in 

Affords    cover    for    2 
men. 

2    poles    1    lb.,    13 
ozs.,  2  halves  6  Ibs., 
5   ozs. 

HEATING  TENTS.  Conical  wall  and  wall  tents  are  heated  by  means  of  the 
Sibley  stove,  issued  by  the  Q.  M.  Dept.  A  tent  can  also  be  very  comfortably  heated 
by  means  of  a  small  oil  stove  (sometimes,  but  not  generally,  obtainable  from  the 
Q.  M.  Dept.) 


RATIONS. 

(February,  1912) 


Emergency 

Components  and  Kind  of  Packages. 

Net  Wt. 

Gross   Wt 

Lbs.  1    Ozs. 

Lbs. 

O7,S. 

1 

15.7 

3 

o 

Haversack   Ration 

Bacon  (in  boxes)  or  canned  meat 

Hard   Bread  —  in  tins  packed   in  boxes. 

Coffee,  R.  &  G.—  in  tins  packed  in  boxes. 

Travel  Ration 

Sugar  —  in  double  sacks. 
Salt  —  in  double  sacks. 

2 

15.42 

4 

2 

Canned  Meats  —  in  tins  packed  in  boxes. 

Hard  Bread  —  in  tins  packed  in  boxes. 

or 

Soft  Bread  —  in  sacks. 

Beans  —  in  double  sacks. 

Tomatoes  —  in  cans  packed  in  boxes. 

Jam  —  in  cans  packed  in  boxes. 

Coffee,  R.  &  G.  —  in  tins  packed  in  boxes. 

Sugar  in  double  sacks. 

Milk  —  in  cans  packed  in  boxes. 

Emergency 

8 

0 

12 

In  finding  the  weight  of  the   Field   Ration,  bacon  has  been  considered   as  the 
meat   component. 

In  finding  the  gross   weight,   the  gross   weights   of  original   packages,   as   pur 
chased  by  the  Purchasing  Commissaries,  have  been  taken. 


464  CHAPTER  XXXV 

CAPACITIES  OF  WAGONS 

Six-Mule    Army    Wagon,    on    good    roads,    load    should    not    exceed    4,000    pounds; 
Swrtrt*!1?  to  .'^"!          for    avei'age    conditions,    3,500    pounds    is    considered    a    fair 

WlQtn,      *>    »**      II.  •  .  .  »«r»««       ,         ,    ,        - 

depth,   1  3-4  ft.)  load-      Wl11   hold   75°    rations. 

Four-Mule    Escort    Wagon  (the   standard    wagon),   on   good    roads,    loads   should   not 
SUSF^htVi?  .ft''  exceed  3,000  pounds;   for  average  conditions,   2,500  pound*. 

WlQin,     O     1-«S      It.   t  WIT***      •         ,    , 

depth,   1  3-4  ft.  Will  hold   65°   rations. 

PACK  ANIMALS 

Under  favorable  conditions  a  pack  animal  can  carry  a  load  of  about  250 
pounds.  However,  when  long  or  hard  marches  are  to  be  made  the  load  should  not 
be  much  in  excess  of  200  pounds. 

DIMENSIONS  AND   CAPACITIES  OF  STANDARD  RAILROAD   CARS 

Day  coach — 3  men  to  2  seats,  42  men  to  45  men. 

Pullman  standard  sleeper — 14  or  16  sections. 

Tourist  sleeper — 12,  14  or  16  sections,  3  men  to  a  section. 

Freight  car  (box)— length,  34  to  36  feet;  capacity,  40,000  to  60,000  pounds. 

Flat  car — length,  34  to  36  feet;  width,  8  feet  6  inches. 

Gondola  or  coal  car — length,  34  to  36  feet;  width,  8  feet  5  inches. 

Palace  stock  car — length,  36  to  40  feet;  capacity,  16  to  20  head. 

Improved  stock  car — length,  36  to  40  feet;  capacity,  20  to  24  head. 

Ordinary  stock  car — length,  30  to  34  feet;  capacity,  16  to  20  head. 
ALLOWANCE  OF  WATER 

The  daily  allowance  of  water  for  a  horse  at  rest  is  about  six  gallons;  when 
at  work,  from  eight  to  twelve  gallons;  for  a  man,  one  gallon  for  all  purposes.  One 
gallon  of  fresh  water  weighs  81-2  pounds,  approximately  1  pint  to  1  pound. 

RATION  OF  FORAGE 

Horse — 14  Ibs.  hay  and  12  Ibs.  oats,  corn  or  barley. 
Mule — 14  Ibs.  hay  and  9  Ibs.  oats,  corn  or  barley. 

To  each  animal  3  Ibs.  of  bran  may  be  issued  in  lieu  of  that  quantity  of  grain. 

POWER  OF  ATTORNEY 

(General  form.) 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  John  A.  Smith,  of  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  Kansas,  do  hereby  make,  constitute  and  appoint  John  Doe,  of  New  Orleans, 
Louisiana,  my  true,  sufficient  and  lawful  attorney  for  me  and  in  my  name  to  (here 
state  in  plain  terms  the  subject-matter  of  power),  and  to  do  and  perform  all  neces- 
sary act  in  the  execution  and  prosecution  of  the  aforesaid  business  in  as  full  and 
ample  a  manner  as  I  might  do  if  I  were  personally  present. 

In    witness    whereof,    I    have    hereunto    set    my    hand    and    seal,    this    1st    day 
of  January,  1908. 
Witnesses : 

Robt.  A.  Harris.  JOHN  A.  SMITH  (Seal).  J 

Jas.   B.  Robinson. 

FORM  OF  CONTRACT 

Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Robert  Smith  Publishing  Co.  of  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.f  and  John  A.  Smith  of  Fcrt  Leavenworth,  Kansas. 

ARTICLE  I.  The  Robert  Smith  Publishing  Co.,  in  consideration  of  the  agree- 
ments hereinafter  stated,  agrees  to  (insert  in  full  the  subject  matter  of  the  agreement). 

*A  circle  or  a  rectangle  made  with  a  pen,  and  with  the  word  "Seal"  written 
in  it,  is  a  "Seal." 


MISCELLANEOUS  465 

ARTICLE   II.     The   Robert   Smith   Publishing   Co.    further   agrees   to,   etc. 

ARTICLE  III.  John  A.  Smith,  in  consideration  of  the  above  agreements, 
agrees  to  (insert  in  full  the' subject  matter  of  the  agreement). 

ARTICLE  IV.  It  is  mutually  agreed  that  either  party  may  put  an  end  to  this 
agreement  by  one  month's  notice  thereof. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  parties  have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals, 
this  1st  day  of  January,  1908. 

Attest:  )  THE   ROBERT   SMITH   PUBLISHING   CO., 

John  Doe.  Per  Robert  Smith,  President. 

Henry  Smith.  I  JOHN    A.    SMITH. 

FORMS  OF  A  WILL  ,, 

(a)  I,  John  A.  Smith,  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  State  of  Kansas,  being  of  sound 
and  disposing  mind  and  memory,  do  make  and  publish  this  my  last  will  and  testament, 
that  is  to  say: 

First  I  will  and  direct  that  all  just  debts  that  may  exist  against  me  at  my 
decease  shall  be  settled. 

Second.  I  give  and  bequeath  to  my  beloved  wife,  Mary  Smith,  the  sum  of 
five  thousand  dollars,  same  being  in  lieu  of  all  her 'dowry  rights  in  my  personal 
estate;  also  all  my  household  furniture. 

Third.  To  my  son,  Andrew  J.  Smith,  I  give  and  bequeath  the  sum  of  one 
thousand  dollars. 

And  lastly,  all  the  rest,  residue  and  remainder  of  my  personal  estate  I  give 
and  bequeath  to  my  esteemed  friend,  Captain  Henry  R.  Jones,  his  heirs  and  assigns 
forever. 

I  hereby*  appoint  Samuel  Sherman,  of  New  Orleans,  La.,  the  sole  execute, 
of  this,  my  last  will  and  testament 

I  hereby  revoke  all  former  wills  by  me  made. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  peal,  at  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  aforesaid,  this  first  day  of  January,  nineteen  hundred  and  eight. 

JOHN  A.    SMITH   (Seal). 

Signed  and  sealed  by  said  John  A. ") 
Smith,  who  at  the  same  time  pub- 
lished and  declared  the  same  as  and 
for  his  last  will  and  testament  in  the 
presence  of  us,  who,  in  his  presence, 
and  in  the  presence  of  each  other, 
and  at  his  request,  have  hereunto 
subscribed  our  names  as  witnesses,  j 

Robert  A.  Harris,  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. 

Jas.  B.  Robinson,  of  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Arthur  Coles,  of  Leavenworth,  Kans. 

(fr)  The  following  form,  to  be  written  in  the  testator's  own  handwriting,  is  the 
simplest  there  is  : — 

FORT  LEAVENWORTH,  KANS., 

December  25,    1908. 

This  is  my  last  will  and  testament,  revoking  all  previous  wills  made  by  me: 
First — I  give  and  bequeath  to,  etc. 
Second — I   hereby   direct,   etc. 

Third— I  hereby  appoint  my  brother,  John  R.  Smith,  executor  of  this,  my  last 
will  and  testament.  HENRY  J.  SMITH. 


466  CHAPTER  XXXV 

DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE. 

A  Declaration  by  the  Representatives  of  the  United  States  of  America 
in  Congress  Assembled. 

(July  4,  1776.) 

When,  in  the  course  of  human  events,  it  becomes  necessary 
for  one  people  to  dissolve  the  political  bands  which  have  connected 
them  with  another,  and  to  assume  among  the  powers  of  the  earth, 
the  separate  and  equal  station  to  which  the  Laws  of  Nature  and  of 
Nature's  God  entitle  them,  a  decent  respect  to  the  opinions  of  man- 
kind requires  that  they  should  declare  the  causes  which  impel  them 
to  the  separation. 

We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident,  that  all  men  are  created 
equal,  that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with  certain  unalien- 
able  rights,  that  among  these  are  Life,  Liberty  and  the  pursuit  of 
Happiness.  That  to  secure  these  rights,  Governments  are  instituted 
among  Men,  deriving  their  just  powers  from  the  consent  of  the 
governed;  that  whenever  any  Form  of  Government  becomes  destruc- 
tive of  these  ends,  it  is  the  Right  of  the  People  to  alter  or  abolish 
it,  and  to  institute  a  new  Government,  laying  its  foundation  on  such 
principles  and  organizing  its  powers  in  such  form  as  to  them  shall 
seem  most  likely  to  effect  their  Safety  and  Happiness.  Prudence, 
indeed,  will  dictate  that  Governments  long  established  should  not  be 
changed  for  light  and  transient  causes;  and  accordingly  all  experience 
hath  shown,  that  mankind  are  more  disposed  to  suffer,  while  evils 
are  sufferable,  than  to  right  themselves  by  abolishing  the  forms  to 
which  they  are  accustomed.  But  when  a  long  train  of  abuses  and 
usurpations,  pursuing  invariably  the  same  Object  evinces  a  design 
to  reduce  them  under  absolute  Despotism,  it  is  their  right,  it  is  their 
duty,  to  throw  off  such  Government,  and  to  provide  new  Guards  for 
their  future  security.  Such  has  been  the  patient  sufferance  of  these 
Colonies,  and  such  is  now  the  necessity  which  constrains  them  to 
alter  their  former  Systems  of  Government.  The  history  of  the  present 
King  of  Great  Britain  is  a  history  of  repeated  injuries  and  usurpa- 
tions, all  having  in  direct  object  the  establishment  of  an  absolute 
Tyranny  over  these  States.  To  prove  this,  let  Facts  be  submitted 
to  a  candid  world. 

He  has  refused  his  Assent  to  Laws,  the  most  wholesome  and 
necessary  for  the  public  good. 


MISCELLANEOUS  467 

He  has  forbidden  his  Governors  to  pass  Laws  of  immediate 
and  pressing  importance,  unless  suspended  in  their  operation  till  his 
Assent  should  be  obtained;  and  when  so  suspended,  he  has  utterly 
neglected  to  attend  to  them. 

He  has  refused  to  pass  other  Laws  for  the  accommodation  of 
large  districts  of  people,  unless  those  people  would  relinquish  the 
right  of  Representation  in  the  Legislature,  a  right  inestimable  to 
them  and  formidable  to  tyrants  only. 

He  has  called  together  legislative  bodies  at  places  unusual,  un- 
comfortable and  distant  from  the  Depository  of  their  Public  Records, 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  fatiguing  them  into  compliance  with  his 
measures. 

He  has  dissolved  Representative  Houses  repeatedly,  for  oppos- 
ing with  manly  firmness  his  invasion  on  the  rights  of  the  people. 

He  has  refused  for  a  long  time,  after  such  dissolutions,  to 
cause  others  to  be  elected;  whereby  the  Legislative  Powers,  incapable 
of  Annihilation,  have  returned  to  the  People  at  large  for  their  exer- 
cise; the  State  remaining  in  the  meantime  exposed  to  all  the  dangers 
of  invasion  from  without,  and  convulsions  within. 

He  has  endeavored  to  prevent  the  Population  of  these  States; 
for  that  purpose  obstructing  the  Laws  for  Naturalization  of  Foreign- 
ers; refusing  to  pass  others  to  encourage  their  migrations  hither,  and 
raising  the  conditions  of  new  Appropriations  of  Lands. 

He  has  obstructed  the  Administration  of  Justice,  by  refusing 
his  Assent  to  Laws  for  establishing  Judiciary  Powers 

He  has  made  Judges  dependent  on  his  will  alone,  for  the  tenure 
of  their  offices,  and  the  amount  and  payment  of  their  salaries. 

He  has  created  a  multitude  of  New  Offices,  and  sent  hither 
swarms  of  Officers  to  harrass  our  People,  and  eat  out.  their  substance. 

He  has  kept  among  us,  in  times  of  peace,  Standing  Armies 
without  the  Consent  of  our  legislature. 

He  has  affected  to  render  the  Military  independent  of  and 
superior  to  the  Civil  Power. 

He  has  combined  with  others  to  subject  us  to  a  jurisdiction 
foreign  to  our  constitution,  and  unacknowledged  by  our  laws;  giving 
his  Assent  to  their  Acts  of  pretended  Legislation- 

For  quartering  large  bodies  of  armed  troops  among  us: 

For  protecting  them,  by  a  mock  trial,  from  Punishment  for 
any  Murders  which  they  should  commit  on  the  Inhabitants  of  these 
States : 


468  CHAPTER  XXXV 

For  cutting  off  our  Trade  with  all  parts  of  the  world: 

For  imposing  Taxes  on  us  without  Consent: 

For  depriving  us,  in  many  cases,  of  the  benefits  of  Trial  by 
Jury: 

For  transporting  us  beyond  the  Seas  to  be  tried  for  pretended 
offenses: 

For  abolishing  the  free  System  of  English  Laws  in  a  neigh- 
boring Province,  establishing  therein  an  Arbitrary  government,  and 
enlarging  its  Boundaries  so  as  to  render  it  at  once  an  example  and 
fit  instrument  for  introducing  the  same  absolute  rule  into  these 
Colonies: 

For  taking  away  our  Charters,  abolishing  our  most  valuable 
Laws  and  altering  fundamentally  the  Forms  of  our  Governments: 

For  suspending  our  own  Legislatures,  and  declaring  themselves 
invested  with  Power  to  legislate  for  us  in  all  cases  whatsoever. 

He  has  abdicated  Government  here,  by  declaring  us  out  of  his 
Protection  and  waging  War  against  us. 

He  has  plundered  our  seas,  ravaged  our  Coasts,  burnt  our 
towns,  and  destroyed  the  loves  of  our  People. 

He  is  at  this  time  transporting  large  Armies  of  Foreign  Mer- 
cenaries to  complete  the  works  of  death,  desolation  and  tyranny, 
already  begun  with  circumstances  of  Cruelty  and  perfidy  scarcely 
paralleled  in  the  most  barbarous  ages,  and  totally  unworthy  the  Head 
of  a  civilized  nation. 

He  has  constrained  our  fellow-Citizens  taken  Captive  on  the 
high  Seas  to  bear  Arms  against  their  Country,  to  become  the  exe- 
cutioners of  their  friends  and  Brethren,  or  to  fall  themselves  by  their 
hands. 

He  has  excited  domestic  insurrections  amongst  us,  and  has 
endeavored  to  bring  on  the  inhabitants  of  our  frontiers,  the  merciless 
Indian  Savages,  whose  known  rule  of  warfare  is  an  undistinguished 
destruction  of  all  ages,  sexes  and  conditions.  » 

In  every  stage  of  these  Oppressions  We  have  Petitioned  for 
Redress  in  the  most  humble  terms:  Our  repeated  Petitions  have 
been  answered  only  by  repeated  injury.  A  Prince,  whose  character 
is  thus  marked  by  every  act  which  may  define  a  Tyrant,  is  unfit  to 
be  the  ruler  of  a  free  People. 

Nor  have  We  been  wanting  in  attentions  to  our  British  breth- 
ren. We  have  warned  them  from  time  to  time  of  attempts  by  their 
legislature  to  extend  an  unwarrantable  jurisdiction  over  us.  We 


MISCELLANEOUS  469 

have  reminded  them  of  the  circumstances  of  our  emigration  and 
settlement  here.  We  have  appealed  to  their  native  justice  and  mag- 
nanimity, and  we  have  conjured  them  by  the  ties  of  our  common 
kindred  to  disavow  these  usurpations,  which  would  inevitably  inter- 
rupt our  connections  and  correspondence.  They  too  have  been  deaf 
to  the  voice  of  justice  and  of  consanguinity.  We  must,  therefore, 
acquiesce  in  the  necessity  which  denounces  our  Separation,  and  hold 
them,  as  we  hold  the  rest  of  mankind,  Enemies  in  War,  in  Peace 
Friends. 

We,  therefore,  the  Representatives  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  in  General  Congress,  Assembled,  appealing  to  the  Supreme 
Judge  of  the  World  for  the  rectitude  of  our  intentions,  do,  in  the 
Name,  and  by  the  Authority  of  the  good  People  of  these  Colonies, 
solemnly  publish  and  declare,  that  these  United  Colonies  are,  and  of 
Right  ought  to  be  Free  and  Independent  States;  that  they  are  Ab- 
solved from  all  Allegiance  to  the  British  Crown,  and  that  all  political 
connection  between  them  and  the  State  of  Great  Britain,  is  and  ought 
to  be  totally  dissolved;  and  that  as  Free  and  Independent  States,  they 
have  full  Power  to  levy  War,  conclude  Peace,  contract  Alliances,  es- 
tablish Commerce,  and  to  do  all  other  Acts  and  Things  which  Inde- 
pendent States  may  of  right  do.  And  for  the  support  of  this  Declara- 
tion, with  a  firm  reliance  on  the  Protection  of  Divine  Providence,  We 
mutually  pledge  to  each  other  our  Lives,  our  Fortunes  and  our  sacred 
Honor. 

The  foregoing  declaration  was,  by  order  of  Congress,  engrossed 
and  signed  by  the  following  members: 

JOHN  HANCOCK. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE:  Josiah  Bartlett,  Wm.  Whipple,  Matthew  Thornton. 

MASSACHUSETTS  BAY:   Saml.  Adams..  John  Adams,  Robt.  Treat  Paine,   Elbridge 
Gerry. 

RHODE  ISLAND:   Step.  Hopkins,  William  Ellery. 

CONNECTICUT:     Roger     Sherman,     Sam'el      Huntington,     Wm.     Williams,     Oliver 
Wolcott. 

NEW  YORK:  Wm.  Floyd,  Phil.  Livingston,  Frans  Lewis,  Lewis  Morris. 

'    St°ckton>  Jno'   Witherspoon,   Fras.   Hopkinson,  John   Hart, 


PENNSYLVANIA:  Robt.  Morris,  Benjamin  Rush,  Benja.  Franklin,  John  Morton, 
Geo.  Clymer,  Jas.  Smith,  Geo.  Taylor,  James  Wilson,  Geo.  Ross. 

DELAWARE:   Cesar   Rodney,  Geo.   Read,  Tho.   M'Kean. 

MARYLAND:  Samuel  Chase,  Wm.  Paca,  Thos.  Stone,  Charles  Carroll  of  Carrollton. 

VIRGINIA:  George  Wythe,  Richard  Henry  Lee,  Th.  Jefferson,  Benj.  Harrison, 
Thos.  Nelson,  Jr.,  Francis  Lightfoot  Lee,  Carter  Braxton. 

NORTH  CAROLINA:    Wm.  Hooper,  Joseph  Hawes,  John  Penn. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA:  Edward  Rutledge,  Thos.  Heyward,  Junr.,  Thomas  Lynch, 
Junr.,  Arthur  Middleton. 


470  CHAPTER  XXXV 

GEORGIA:   Button  Gwinnett,  Lyman  Hall,  Geo.  Walton. 

Resolved,  That  copies  of  the  Declaration  to  be  sent  to  the  several  assemblies, 
conventions  and  committees  or  councils  of  safety,  and  to  the  several  commanding 
officers  of  the  Continental  Troops:  That  it  be  PROCLAIMED  in  each  of  the 
UNITED  STATES  and  at  the  HEAD  of  the  ARMY.  (Journals  of  Congress,  1.396.) 

PATENTS 

The  Right  of  Officers  and  Soldiers  to  Their  Inventions.  An  officer  or  a 
soldier  has  as  much  right  to  his  inventions  as  has  any  private  citizen,  these  rights 
being  limited  only  by  the  general  rule  of  patent  law  as  to  relations  of  employer  and 
employee — that  is,  where  an  employee  is  engaged,  in  time  and  at  the  expense  of  his 
employer,  and  using  his  employer's  tools  to  develop  any  invention,  the  employer 
has  a  right  to  use  this  invention  in  his  own  works,  but  he  has  no  right  to  authorize 
third  parties  to  manufacture  or  use  said  inventions. 

It  is,  therefore,  evident  that  only  in  the  rarest  instances  has  the  Government 
any  right  whatsoever  to  the  patented  inventions  of  any  of  its  officers  or  soldiers, 
and  even  then  such  rights  are  of  a  limited  nature  only. 

How  to  Apply  for  Patent.  If  you  have  made  an  invention  that  you  wish  to 
have  patented,  the  first  questions  which  will  naturally  arise  are: 

/     Is  the  invention  patentable? 

2  Is  it  worth  the  expense  of  demonstrating  its  utility  and  obtaining  a  patent; 
for  an  invention  may  be  new  and  patentable  and  at  the  same  time  worthless  from  a 
financial  standpoint. 

Having  determined  that  your  invention  is  worth  the  expense  of  testing  its 
efficiency  and  procuring  a  patent,  it  is  often  advisable,  before  Roing  to  much  expense 
in  demonstrating  its  utility,  to  ascertain  whether  it  is  patentable ;  for  if  not,  the 
time,  money  and  labor  expended  in  reducing  it  to  practice  will  be  lost. 

Preliminary  Examination.  Generally  the  inventor  has  not  the  experience  and 
knowledge  of  Patent  Law  necessary  to  determine  whether  an  invention  is  patentable, 
nor  has  he  the  facilities  for  making  the  examination  upon  which  a  sound  opinion 
must  be  based.  He  must,  therefore,  employ  an  agent  or  attorney  to  examine  and 
report  as  to  whether  a  patent  can  probably  be  secured  for  his  invention.  Victor  J. 
Evans  &  Co.,  Victor  Building,  Washington,  D.  C.,  are  a  reliable  firm,  which  is 
recommended.  They  issue  carefully  compiled  literature  that  contains  much  valuable 
information  regarding  Patents,  Trade  Marks,  and  Copyrights.  A  pamphlet,  "Rules  of 
Practice  in  the  U.  S.  Patent  Office,"  can  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Patents,  Washington,  D.  C.  A  sketch  or  model  of  the  invention,  accom- 
panied by  a  description  of  its  mode  of  operation,  must,  of  course,  be  furnished  the 
agent  or  attorney. 

A  fee  of  about  $5  is  generally  charged  for  this  preliminary  search.  If,  after 
the  preliminary  examination,  it  is  thought  the  invention  is  patentable  the  application 
for  the  patent  is  then  made.  If  the  invention  is  patentable  Victor  J.  Evans  &  Co.,  do 
not  charge  anything  for  the  preliminary  search. 

The  Cost,  in  ordinary  cases,   is : 

First   Government   fee    $15.00 

Draughtsman's  fee  (one  sheet  of  drawing,  about   10x15  inches) 5.00 

Attorney's    fee,    about    35.00 

Final    Government    fee,   payable   at   any   time    within   six   months   after 

the  patent  has  been  allowed 20.00 

Total    about    . 


MISCELLANEOUS  471 

This,  of  course,  includes  the  preliminary  examination. 

In  complicated  cases  requiring  several  drawings  and  considerable  study  on 
the  part  of  the  attorney,  the  cost  is  greater. 

Should  the  application  be  finally  rejected  by  the  Patent  Office  or  should  the 
inventor  decide  to  abandon  it,  the  final  Government  fee  of  $20  need  not  be  paid. 

COPYRIGHTS. 

As  an  essential  prerequisite  to  obtaining  copyright  protection,  the  law  requires 
that  before  the  application  can  be  filed  the  book  or  other  article  must  be  published 

under  the  copyright  notice,  which  is  "Copyright,  19..,  by "  and  that  within 

a  reasonable  time  after  such  publication  two  copies  thereof  as  published  must  be  de- 
livered at  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C.  An  applica- 
tion for  copyright  protection  must  be  made  simultaneously  with  or  preceding  the  for- 
warding of  the  copies,  the  application  not  being  complete  until  the  copies  are  received. 

The  Government  fee  for  copyright  is  one  dollar. 

An  attorney  is  not  absolutely  essential,  but  the  employment  of  one  is  advised 
to  avoid,  delay  and  assure  compliance  with  the  law's  technicalities.  The  attorney's 
fee  is  nominal,  usually  $5.00. 

DOMESTIC  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES. 

Apothecaries'  Weight:  20  grains  =  1  scruple;  3  scruples  =  1  dram;  8 
drams  =  1  ounce;  12  ounces  =  1  pound. 

Avoirdupois  Weight  (short  ton):  27  11-32  grains  =  1  dram;  16  drams  =  1 
ounce;  16  ounces  =  1  pound;  25  pounds  =  quarter;  4  quarters  =  1  cwt. ;  20 
cwt.  =  1  ton 

Avoirdupois  Weight  (long  ton):  27  11-32  grains  =  1  dram;  16  drams  =  1 
ounce;  16  ounces  =  1  pound;  112  pounds  =  1  cwt.;  20  cwt.  =  1  ton. 

Troy  Weight:  24  grains  =  1  pennyweight;  20  pennyweights  =  1  ounce;  12 
ounces  —  1  pound. 

Circular  Measure :  60  seconds  =  1  minute ;  60  minutes  =  1  degree ;  30  de- 
grees =  1  sign;  12  signs  =  1  circle  or  circumference. 

Cubic  Measure:  1728  cubic  inches  —  1  cubic  foot;  27  cubic  feet  =  1  cubic 
yard;  128  cubic  feet  =  1  cord.  A  pile  8  feet  long,  4  feet  high,  4  feet  wide  =  1  cord. 

Square    measure:      144    square    inches   =    1    square    foot;     9    square    feet    =    1 
square  yard;    30   1-4  square  yards  =   1  square  rod,  pole  or  perch;    40  square  rods  = 
1  rood;  36  square  miles  (6  miles  square)  =  1  township. 
1  acre    =      160  sq.  rods. 
1  acre    =    4840  sq.  yards. 
1  acre    =  43560  sq.  feet. 

640  acres  =          1  sq.  mile. 

A  plot  of  ground  209  feet  square — also  a  plot  70  yards  square,  contains  a  little 
more  than  an  acre. 

A  ten-acre  lot  is  equal  to  a  space  about  200  x  250  yards. 

Dry  Measure:  2  pints  =  1  quart;  8  quarts  =  1  peck;  4  pecks  =  1  bushel; 
The  bushel  (Winchester)  contains  nearly  2150.42  cubic  inches,  and  is  a  cylinder  meas- 
ure 18  1-2  inches  across  and  8  inches  deep. 

Liquid  Measure:  4  gills  =  1  pint;  2  pints  =  1  quart;  4  quarts  =  1  gallon; 
311-2  gallons  =  1  barrel. 

A  standard  U.  S.  Gallon  =231  cubic  inches,  and  contains  8.33  pounds  of  pure 
water  at  62  degrees  F. 


472  CHAPTER  XXXV 

A  cubic  foot  of  pure  water  at  62  degrees  F.  =  62.32  pounds. 

A  liquid  quart  is  about  6-7  of  a  quart  of  dry  measure. 

Long  Measure:  12  inches  =  1  foot;  3  feet  =  1  yard;  5  1-2  yards  =  1  rod 
or  pole;  40  rods  =  1  furlong;  8  furlongs  =  1  statute  mile;  3  miles  =  1  league. 

Land  Measure:    7.92  inches  =  1  link:  100  links  =  1  pole;  4  poles  =  1  chain; 
80  chains  =  1   mile  =  8  furlongs. 

Mariner's  or  Nautical  Measure:  6  feet  =  1  fathom;  120  fathoms  =  1  cable 
length;  7  1-2  cable  lengths  =  1  mile;  5280  feet  =  1  statute  mile;  6088  feet 
=  1  nautical  mile  or  knot;  1  knot  equals  1.11  statute  miles. 

Paper  Measure :  24  sheets  —  1  quire ;  20  quires  =  1  ream  (480  sheets)  ;  2 
reams  =  1  bundle;  5  bundles  =  1  bale. 

Note:  A  book  in  which  each  sheet  is  folded  into  2  leaves  is  a  folio;  into  4 
leaves,  a  quarto,  or  4-to;  8,  an  octavo,  or  8-vo;  12,  a  duodecimo,  or  12-mo;  16,  a 
16-mo;  24,  a  24-mo;  32,  a  32-mo. 

NUMBER  OF  POUNDS  IN  A  BARREL. 
Flour,  196.     Beef,  pork  or  fish,  200 ;    Salt,  280. 

CYLINDERS  FOR  LIQUID  MEASURES. 
Diam.  Height 

1  pint 3#  3 

1  quart 3#  6 

1  gallon 7  6 

NUMBER  OF  POUNDS   IN  A   BUSHEL. 

Wheat     60  pounds    White  beans   60  pounds 

Corn  in  the  ear   70       "          White  Potatoes   60 

Corn    shelled    56       "          Sweet   Potatoes    55 

Rye     56      "         Onions   57       " 

Buckwheat     48       "          Turnips    55 

Barley    48       "          Com  Meal    48 

Oats    32       °f        Bran   20       " 

Peas 60       " 

Salt.  Weight  per  bushel  as  adopted  by  different  States  ranges  from  50  to  80 
pounds.  Coarse  salt  in  Pennsylvania  is  reckoned  at  80  pounds,  and  in  Illinois  at 
50  pounds  per  bushel.  Fine  salt  in  Pennsylvania  is  reckoned  at  62  pounds,  in  Ken- 
tucky and  Illinois  at  55  pounds  per  bushel. 

WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

pulgada    (12   lineas)    , 927      inch. 

pie    11.125 

vara    33.375  inch 

ganta    8796  gallon 

caban 21.991       " 

libra    (16   onzas)    1.0144  Ib.  av. 

arroba 25.36       "     " 

catty    (16   tael)    1.394     "     " 

pecul    (100   catty)    139.48       "     " 

METRIC  SYSTEM. 

Measure  of  length,  1  metre  =  39.37  inches  =  1.09  yards  =  .00062  mile 
Measure  of  surface,  1  are  =  100  sq.  metres  =  119.6  square  yards. 


MISCELLANEOUS  473 

Measure  of  capacity,  1  litre  =  .908  quart  (dry  measure),  =  1.056  quart  (liquid 
or  wine  measure). 

Measure  of  Weight,  1  gram  =  15.432  grains,  =  .03527  ounces,  =  .0022  Ibs. 
Note:  Myria  means  10,000;  kilo,  1,000;  hecto,  100;  deka,  10;  deci,  1-10; 
centi,  1-100;  milli,  1-1000. 

CAPACITY  OF  BOXES. 

A  cubic  yard  contains  21.69  bushels, 
barrell  =  24  x  16  x  28  inches, 
bushel  =  16  x  16.8  x  8  inches, 
peck  =  8  x  8.4  x  8  inches. 

gallon  =  8  x  8  x  4.2  (dry).      6  x  6  x  6.42  (liquid), 
quart  =  4  x  4  x  4.1  (dry).      4  ,x  4  x  3.61    (liquid). 

TO  DETERMINE  THE  QUANTITY   OF  GRAIN   OR  HAY. 

Corn.     2  cubic  feet  sound,  dry  corn  in  ear  will  make  1  bushel  shelled  corn. 

To  determine  the  number  of  bushels  of  shelled  corp  in  crib  of  corn  in  the  ear, 
multiply  together  the  interior  length,  breadth  and  height  of  the  crib  in  feet  and 
divide  by  2. 

Oats.  A  nose  bag  of  good  oats  weighs  about  25  3-4  Ibs.  To  determine  ap 
proximately  the  number  of  bushels  of  oats  in  a  bin,  multiply  together  the  inteiio. 
length,  breadth  and  height  in  feet,  and  multiply  the  result  by  .8047. 

To  determine  the  number  of  bushels  a  wagon  will  hold,  apply  the  same  rule. 

Hay,  loose,  allow  5  Ibs.  to  a  cubic  foot. 

In  stock,  allow  8  Ibs.  to  a  cubic  foot. 

Baled,  allow  11  Ibs.  to  a  cubic  foot. 

Wagon  load  of  stock  hay,  allow  450  to  500  cubic  feet  to  a  ton. 

Wagon  load  of  new-mown  hay,  allow  700  cubic  feet  to  a  ton. 

Straw,  allow  10  to  12  Ibs.  to  a  cubic  foot. 

A  MISCELLANEOUS   VALUES. 

4  inches  make  one  hand,  used  in  measuring  horses. 
9  inches  make  one  span,  used  in  sacred  history. 
18  inches  make  one  cubit,  used  in  sacred  history. 
6  feet  make  one  fathom,  used  in  measuring  depths. 
1   acre  =  160  sq.  rods; 
1  acre  =  4840  sq.  yds ; 
1   acre  =  43560  sq.  ft. 
640  acres  =  1  sq.  mile. 

A  plot  of  ground  209  feet  square — also  a  plot  70  yds.  square — contains  a  little 
more  than  one  acre. 

In  case  of  limited  space,  a  regiment  of  Infantry  can  be  camped  in  a  ten  acre 
lot — that  is,  in  a  space  about  200  x  250  yds. 

JAPANESE  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES. 

Bu     1    inch       Koku    4.96    bushels 

Ken    6    ft.       Sho    1.6    quarts 

Shaku     11.93    ins.       To 2    pecks 

Sun     1.793     ins.        Se   0245  acre 

Catty  or  Kin    1.31   Ibs.       Tan    25    acre 

Kwan    8.28    Ibs.        Tsubo    6  sq    ft. 


474 


CHAPTER  XXXV 


APPROXIMATE  VALUE  OF  FOREIGN  COINS  IN  AMERICAN  MONEY. 


Bolivar    (Venezuela)     19  cts. 

Colon  (Costa  Rica)    46  cts. 

Crown    (Austrian)    20  cts. 

Crown     (British)    $1.20 

Crown   (Denmark,  Sweden. 

Norway)     27  cts. 

Drachma    (Greece)    19  cts. 

Florin   (Netherlapo^. )    40  cts. 

Franc  (France,  Belgium,  Switzerland 

19    cts. 

Gourde  (Haiti)     96  cts. 

Lira  (Italy;  19  cts. 

Louis    (France)    $2.00 

Mark   (Finland)   19  cts. 

Mark   (Germany)   24  cts. 

Milreis    (Brazil)    55  cts. 

Milreis    (Portugal)     $1.08 

COMMITTEES  OF  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  LARGE  RECEPTION  OR  DANCE. 
The   chairman    of   each    committee    will    apportion    the    various   duties    among 
the  members  of  his  committee  as  he  deems  best. 


r'enny  (England)   2  cts. 

Peseta  (Spain) 19  cts. 

Piaster    (Turkey)    04  cts 

Pound — 100    piasters — (Egypt) $4.94 

Pound    (England)    $4.86 

Ruble   (Russia)    51  cts 

Rupee    (India)    32  cts. 

Shilling   (England) 24  cts. 

Sol   (Peru)   49  cts. 

Sucre   (Ecuador)    49  cts. 

Tael  (China)  Varies  in  value  from 
about  55  cts.  to  about  75  cts., 
depending  upon  the  Province 
and  upon  the  market  value  of 
silver. 
Yen  (Japan)  50  cts. 


INVITATION  COMMITTEE. 


Chairman. 


Secretary. 


DUTIES. 

To  obtain,  prepare  and  mail  invitations  to  guests  asked  for  by  contributors ; 
keep  alphabetical  lists  of  same;  receive  and  note  acceptances  and  declinations  and 
inform  other  committees  on  application  of  number  of  guests  expected;  certify  bills 
to  Secretary,  Finance  Committee,  for  payment. 


FINANCE    COMMITTEE 


Chairman. 


Secretary. 


DUTIES. 

To  confer  with  invitation  committee  as  to  number  of  guests;  prorate  expense 
between  contributors  proportional  to  pay  of  the  individuals;  collect  assessments  and 
pay  bills  certified  by  all  committees,  and  render  accounts  of  expenses  to  Chairman 
of  Invitation  Committee  for  information  of  contributors. 


COMMITTEE   ON   DECORATIONS. 


Chairman. 


DUTIES.     . 

To  be  responsible  for  interior  lights  and  heating;   to  procure  proper   articles 
(or  interior   and   exterior  decorations  suitable  to  the   occasion   and   arrange   same  in 


MISCELLANEOUS  475 

place  with  artistic  effect,  and  after  close  of  entertainment  return  to  respective  owners 
any  borrowed  articles. 

Confer   with   Secretary,    Finance    Committee,   before    contracting   any   indebted- 
ness and  certify  bills  to  him  for  payment. 


RECEPTION  COMMITTEE. 


DUTIES. 


To  make  presentations  on  evening  of  reception ;  to  provide  proper  exterior 
lighting;  confer  with  Invitation  Committee  as  to  number  of  guests  expected;  to 
provide  transportation  for  guests ;  provide  attendants  in  dressing  rooms  and  arrange 
for  checking  wraps,  etc.,  receive  guests  and  guide  them  to  dressing  rooms  and 
assembly  room ;  show  general  attention  to  all ;  reduce  as  far  as  possible  congestion, 
and  in  a  general  way  promote  sociability. 

COMMITTEE    ON    MUSIC,    DANCING    PROGRAM    AND    FLOOR    MAN- 
AGEMENT. 


DUTIES. 


Secure  music  for  occasion ;  prepare  program ;  print  dancing  programs  and 
cause  distribution  of  same  to  guests ;  have  dancing  floor  properly  .waxed  and  see  that 
it  is  thoroughly  cleaned ;  look  after  the  ventilation  and  the  temperature  of  the  hall ;  avoid 
delays  and,  as  far  as  possible,  take  advantage  of  every  opportunity  to  provide  guests 
with  partners  by  introducing  strangers,  and  assist  in  promoting  sociability.  Certify 
to  the  Secretary  of  Finance  Committee  bills  for  expense  of  payment. 

1  Whenever  a  reception  and  dance  are  given  in  honor  of  an  incoming  or- 
ganization 'the  floor  managers  should  make  it  their  special  business,  during  the 
reception  particularly,  to  see  that  those  attending  meet  the  newcomers.  Officers 
attending  the  dance  should  make  it  a  special  point  to  dance  with  and  otherwise 
pay  attention  to  the  ladies  of  the  incoming  organization.  The  author  has  attended 
such  receptions  and  dances  where  these  details  were  neglected  and  as  a  result  the 
affairs  were  "cold  frosts." 

In  a  way,  this  is  the  most  important  of  all  the  committees — it  requires  more 
savoir-faire,  more  unselfishness  than  any  other  committee.  Its  members  can  not,  of 
course,  fill  their  programs  and  still  be  able  to  perform  their  duties  properly.  They 
should  not,  as  a  rule,  fill  more  than  half  of  their  program.  A  good  plan  is  for  one- 
half  of  the  committee  to  engage  only  the  even-numbered  dances  and  the  other  half, 
the  odd-numbered  ones,  the  time  when  free  to  be  devoted  to  looking  after  girls  with- 
out partners,  introducing  people  and  otherwise  promoting  sociability. 

The  music  selected  is  an  important  factor  in  determining  the  success  of  a 
dance.  Popular,  catchy  airs  that  inspire  good  cheer,  life  and  action,  should  be 
selected.  Good  suggestions  in  this  connection  can  always  be  gotten  by  consulting 
ladies  and  officers  who  are  known  to  have  good  taste  about  such  matters.  It  is  thought 
the  best  results  are  obtained  by  having  short  dances  (about  four  minutes  each),  with 
intermissions  of  about  the  same  length  of  time,  encores  of  about  two  minutes  being 
freely  given. 


476  CHAPTER  XXXV 

COMMITTEE  ON  REFRESHMENTS. 


DUTIES. 

Confer  with  Invitation  Committee  as  to  number  of  guests;  provide  refresh- 
ments and  all  servants  and  equipment  necessary  to  serve  guests,  and  arrange  for 
guiding  guests  to  refreshment  rooms  and  stands;  certify  bills  to  Secretary,  Finance 
Committee,  for  payment. 

(NOTE.  Whenever  punch  and  lemonade  are  served,  arrangements  should  also 
be  made  to  serve  plain  water,  as  there  are  quite  a  number  of  people  who  drink 
only  plain  water  at  dances. 

RECEIVING   LINE   IN   ORDER. 

2 

3 

Etc 

Members  of  receiving  line  are  requested  to  be  in  position  promptly  at  recep- 
tion hour,  9  p'clock  p.  m. 

One  copy  of  this  list  has  been  furnished  to  every  one  concerned. 

RECIPES  FOR  PUNCHES. 

(Note:    Only  the  very  best  ingredients  should  be  used.? 

1.  Champagne  Punch. 

(a)     To  1  quart-brick  lemon  water  ice,  add  3  quarts  American  champagne  and 
1  quart  Apollinaris. 

(ft)     Juice  of  24  lemons ;  2  jiggers  creme  de  vanilla  ; 

10  tablespoons  of  sugar;  2  jiggers  benedictine; 

2  jiggers  curacoa  ;  4  bottles  champagne  ; 

2  jiggers  maraschino;  3  bottles  Tansan  or  other  mineral  water; 

2  jiggers  syrup ;  J  bottle  rum. 

Let    cinnamon    steep    in    rum.      If   wanted    strong,    substitute    J4    bottle    XXX 

brandy  instead  of  rum. 
(<:)     Considered  by  connoisseurs   as   "The   Elixir   of  Life,"    (For  forty  people, 

more  or  less.) 

3  Ibs.  loaf  sugar  (or  rock  candy)  ; 

4  large  cups  strong  black  tea,  made,  straine    d,  cold; 
1   gallon  brandy;  2  quarts  rum; 

6  oranges,  juice  only;  6  lemons,  juice  only. 

4  quarts  water ;  \  pint  chartreuse ; 

1  pint  benedictine  ;  £  pint  curacoa. 

All   the   above   mixed    several   days    in   advance.    (It    may   be   bottled    and    kept 
indefinitely.)     When  the  time  comes,  add: 

1  large  cube  ice;  1   bottle  maraschino  cherries; 

2  cans  sliced  pineapple ;  6  sliced  lemons,  removing  seeds ; 
4  quart  bottles  champagne. 

2.  Rum  Punch. 

2  quarts  New   England  rum;  Juice  of  4  oranges; 

1  quart  rye  whiskey.  Juice  of  4  lemons. 

1  quart  plain  water.  3  tablespoonsful  sugar. 
Serve  cold. 


MISCELLANEOUS  477 

3.  Whiskey  Punch. 

(a)     2  quarts  rye  whiskey;  Juice  of  6  lemons; 

1  quart  sherry  wine ;  Sugar  to  taste ; 

1  quart  Apollinaries ;  Serve  with  lump  of  ice. 

(&)  To  five  gallons  good  whiskey  add  three  pounds  of  sugar,  dissolved  in  ten 
gallons  water;  add  two  quarts  port  wine;  three  quarts  rum  and  five 
dozen  lemons.  Oranges  or  other  fruit  to  suit  taste.  To  be  thoroughly 
mixed.  If  ice  is  to  remain  in  punch  long  enough  to  dissolve,  amount  of 
water  should  be  reduced  correspondingly. 

4.  Sauterne  Punch. 

2  quarts  white  whine.  \  pint  lemon  juice; 

2  quarts  Apollinaris ;  Sugar  to  taste. 

5.  Claret  Punch. 

2  quarts  claret;  2  quarts  Apollinaris; 
\  pint  lemon  juice;  Sugar  to  taste. 

6.  Claret  Cup.      (For  twelve  persons.) 

3  bottles  claret ;  4  tablespoons  granulated  sugar ; 

1   tumbler  rye  whiskey;  Juice  of  4  lemons  and  2  oranges,  and 

slice  2  or  3  oranges  in  the  bowl. 

TO  POLISH  FLOORS. 

(a)  Scrub  with  lye  and  water,  using  a  hard  brush;  at  the  same  time  using 
sapolio,  which  is  applied  directly  by  rubbing  the  cake  on  the  floor; 

(6)  After  the  floor  has  dried  thoroughly,  put  on  a  coat  of  shellac  (light 
orange)  ; 

(c)  After  the  shellac  'has  dried,  put  on  a  coat  of  liquid  granite  ("A") ; 

(d)  After  the  granite  has  dried  thoroughly   (takes  about  36  hours),  wax  the 

floor  with  Johnson's  wax. 

GOVERNMENT  WHITEWASH. 

Slack  one-half  bushel  of  lime  with  boiling  water,  keeping  it  covered  during  the 
process.  Strain  it  and  add  a  peck  of  salt  dissolved  in  warm  water,  three  pounds 
ground  rice  put  in  boiling  water  and  boiled  to  a  thin  paste,  one-half  pound  of  pow- 
dered Spanish  whiting  and  a  pound  of  clear  glue  dissolved  in  warm  water.  Mix  these 
together  and  let  the  mixture  stand  for  several  days.  Keep  the  wash  thus  prepared 
in  a  kettle  or  portable  furnace,  and  when  used  put  it  on  as  hot  as  possible. 
PEST  EXTERMINATORS 

The  Waltham  Chemical  Co.  of  Waltham,  Mass.,  make  exterminators  of  rats, 
mice,  moths,  bed  bugs,  roaches,  fleas,  ants,  lice,  etc.  Their  exterminator  powders  are 
well  spoken  of.  They  cost  $6.75  per  dozen  cans.  In  ordering  it  is  necessary  to  state 
for  which  insect  the  powder  is  to  be  used. 

CLEANING  SLATES  AND   URINALS. 

Mineral  oil  is  not  necessary  in  cleaning  slates  and  urinals.  Frequent  washing 
with  soap  and  water  is  all  that  is  necessary  to  keep  the  porcelain,  glazed  earthen- 
ware and  marble  in  a  sanitary  condition. 

Urinal  stalls  are  the  most  offensive  fixtures  in  a  toilet  room,  on  account  of 
the  slate  slabs  becoming  saturated  with  urinary  salts,  and  both  the  slabs  and  urinals 
should  be  thoroughly  washed  when  offensive  with  a  weak  solution  of  muriatic  acid 
and  water;  1  part  of  acid  to  15  parts  of  water,  applied  with  a  mop  and  then  rinsed 
off  with  water.  The  muriatic  acid  can  be  gotten  from  the  hospital  and  is  not 
injurious  to  the  hands. 


478  CHAPTER  XXXV 

HOW  TO  TAKE  CARE  OF  UNIFORMS;    SUGGESTIONS  RE- 
GARDING VARIOUS  ARTICLES  OF  EQUIPMENT 

1.     Coats,  Blouses  and  Trousers: 

(a)  When  not  in  use  should  be  kept  on  hangers. 

The  best  coat  hanger  on  the  market  to-day  is  "The  Tourist,"  (price  35  cts.) 
The  best  trouser  hanger  (will  hold  six  pair  of  trousers)  is  "The  Portable  Mili- 
tary Trouser  Hanger,"  price  $1.00.     Both  for  sale  by  The  Warnock  Uniform  Co.,   19 
West   31st   St.,   New  York. 

(b)  Large  paper  hags.  "Wayne  Cedar  Wardrobes,"  are  excellent 
for  preserving  coats,  blouses  and  trousers.     They  are  practically  air- 
tight, thus  protecting  the  cloth  from  both  dust  and  moths  and  the  gold 
lace  and  braid  from  tarnishing.     Sold  by  The  E.  A.  Armstrong  Mfg. 
Co.,  315  Wabash  Ave..  Chicago.  Til.,  Price,  uniform  size,  75  cts;  over- 
coat size,  $1. 

NOTES. 

1.  In   cutting  blouses   a    mistake   that   tailors   often   make,    especially  in    case   of 
men    with   wide   hips,    is   not   to    allow    enough   material    for    the   circumference    of   the 
skirt,  with  the  result  that  the  lower  ends  of  the  garment  in  front  only  partially  over- 
lap, giving  a  -Raring  effect,  which  looks  very  bad.     When  ordering  a  blouse  be  sure  to 
caution  the  tailor  about   this  and   if  your   instructions   are   not   heeded,    do   not  accept 
the  blouse. 

2.  In   ordering  blue   trousers,   always  order  one   or  two   extra  pair  of  stripes  to 
replace  soiled  stripes — they  cost  about  $1    a  pair.     There  is  nothing  that  looks  worse 
than  soiled  trouser  stripes 

3.  The  best  and  most  attractive  button  for  the  white  vest  worn  with  the  special 
full  dress,  are  those  sold  by  Henry  V.  Allien  &  Co.,  734  Broadway,  New  York.     They 
are  extra  fine  quality  gold  plate  with  coat  of  arms  separate  and  applied  on,  and  cost 
$2  per  dozen.     The  same  button,  but  coat  size,  sells  at  $3  per  dozen. 

2.  Gold  Lace  and  Braid,  Shoulder  Straps  and  Knots  to  retain 
their  luster  must  be  protected  from  the  air.  There  is  nothing  more  de- 
structive to  gold  lace,  shoulder  straps,  belts,  etc.,  than  the  fumes  of  sul- 
phur and  gas,  and  especially  is  this  so  at  posts  where  soft  coal  is  burned. 
Aiguillettes,  shoulder  knots  and  dress  belt  should  be  wrapped  in  the  black 
tarnish  proof  paper  used  by  military  tailors  to  protect  gold  lace  from  the 
action  of  the  air,  and  then  placed  in  the  air-tight  boxes  in  which  these 
articles  come  from  the  dealers.  The  lace  and  braid  on  coats  and  the 
shoulder  straps  on  blouses  not  in  use  for  several  days  or  more,  should 
be  carefully  wrapped  with  the  paper  just  described,  which  is  pinned  in 
such  a  way  as  to  protect  the  lace  and  the  shoulder  straps  from  the  air 
as  much  as  possible.  In  fact,  when  practicable  articles  of  the  uniform 


MISCELLANEOUS  479 

containing  gold  lace  or  braid  should  always  be  packed  in  a  trunk  or  box 
as  nearly  air-tight  as  possible.  The  full-dress  cap  should  be  wrapped  in 
the  same  kind  of  paper  and  kept  in  a  specially  made  tin  box  that  is  as 
nearly  air-tight  as  possible. 

The  M.  C.  Lilley  &  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio,  make  an  excellent  tin 
cap  box  that  sells  at  $1.10. 

Black  tarnish  proof  paper  can  be  obtained  from  The  Warnock  Uni- 
form Co.,  19  West  31st  St.,  New  York,  at  50  cts.  a  quire. 

Water  or  moisture  will  not  injure  gold  lace  and  braid,  provided  it  is 
thoroughly  dried  without  delay.  But  under  no  circumstances  should  such 
articles  be  stored  away  in  a  moistened  condition. 

3.  Collar  Insignia.     While,   as   a  rule,   the  collar  insignia  fur- 
nished by  our  military  dealers  are  satisfactory,  the  handsomest   (al- 
though perhaps  a  little  more  expensive)  insignia  are  made  by  Bailey, 
Banks    &    Biddle,    Philadelphia,    Pa.,    who    will    gladly    send    you    a 
catalogue  upon  request. 

The  Warnock  Uniform  Co.,  makes  letters  and  crossed  rifles  with 
an  ingenious  hook  attachment.  These  look  especially  well  on  white  uni- 
forms. 

4.  Auxiliaries  of  the  Uniform.     In  buying  collar  insignia,  shoul- 
der straps,  gold-lace  saber  knots,  gloves  and  other  auxiliaries  that  so 
to  speak,  really  put  "the  finishing  touches"  on  the  uniform,  get  the 
best.     It  is  a  mistake  to  attempt  to  economize  on  such  articles.     At 
the  very  best  the  amount  you  would  save  would  be  small  and  does  not 
warrant  the  purchase  of  mediocre  articles  when  the  best  last  so  much 
longer  and  look  so  much  better — more  dressy,  more  chaste.     At  first 
the  two  classes  of  goods  may  look  about  the  same,  but  after  brief  use 
the  difference  is  very  marked. 

5.  Shoes  when  not  in  use  should  be  treed.    The  best  shoe  tree  is 
the  "R.  P.  K."  aluminum  tree,  sold  by  J.  and  J.  Slater,  1121  Broadway, 
New  York,  Price  $1. 

The  Stetson  Shoe  Co.  (Factory,  South  Weymouth,  Mass.;  offices,  7 
Cortlandt  St.,  New  York),  make  a  marching  shoe  that  is  constructed  on 
scientific  lines.  It  is  the  shoe  used  by  the  West  Point  Cadets.  A 
descriptive  pamphlet  will  be  sent  upon  application. 

6.  White  Gloves.     Lisle  gloves  are  washed  in  the  regular  way, 
but  the  white  chamois  gloves  recommended  on  page  304E  should  be 
washed  as  there  explained. 

There  is  no  better  white  lisle  glove  than  that  sold  by  the  Cadet  Store,  West 
Point,  N.  Y.  Price,  58  cts.  a  pain 


480  CHAPTER  XXXV 

7.  White  Collars  and  Cuffs.    Use  a  plain  soft  bosom  shirt,  with 

detachable  cuffs.  Of  course,  with  the 
special  full  dress  the  regular  evening  dress 
shirt  must  be  worn. 

The  Warnock  Military  Collar  is  by 
far  the  most  satisfactory  white  collar  there 
is.  It  is  about  1J4  inches  high  and  is 
fastened  to  the  collar  of  the  coat  by  means 
of  four  small  buttons,  which  should  be 

inserted  when  the  blouse  is  made,  although  it  may  be  done  later.  For 
sale  by  The  Warnock  Uniform  Co.,  19  West  3ist.,  New  York.  Price: 
Buttons  75c  a  set  (4)  ;  Collars,  $2.50  per  dozen. 

The  -"Washburne"  cuff  holder  is  the  best  the  author  has  ever  seen — the  name 
is  stamped  on  the  fastener.  Price  10  cts.  For  sale  by  The  Warnock  Uniform  Co.,  19 
West  31st  St.,  New  York. 

8.  Always  keep   on   hand   a   good,   first-class   whisk  broom   and    a 
bottle  of  Carbona  or  carbon  tetrachloride  (obtainable  from  any  first  class 
drug  store)  for  removing  stains. 

9.  If  the  man  who  works  for  you  does  not  know  how  to  press 
and  clean  clothes,  have  him  learn.     If  he  can  not,  or  does  not  wish  to 
learn,  then  arrange  with  the  company  tailor  or  some  one  else  to  clean 
and  press  your  clothes  for  so  much  a  month.     It  is  generally  possible 
to  get  clothes  cleaned  and  pressed  very  reasonably  in  an  Army  post. 

Notes. 

(a)  Gold  braid  on  the  sleeves  of  coats  must  be  dried  soon  after 
the  pressing;  otherwise  the  moisture  from  the  damp  ironing  cloth 
will  tarnish  the  braid. 

(&)  In  ironing  clothes  the  utmost  care  must  be  taken  that  the 
iron  is  not  too  hot.  If  the  iron  be  too  hot,  the  cloth  will  have  a  worn, 
shiny  appearance  that  can  not  be  removed. 

(c)  The  person  who  presses  your  clothes  should  be  especially 
cautioned  about  these  matters. 

GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS 

Be  careful  not  to  have  rubber  goods  in  the  same  closet  with  gold  lace, 
gold  braid,  shoulder  knots  and  shoulder  straps,  and  nor  should  any  of 
these  articles  ever  be  stored  with  camphor — rubber  goods  and  camphor  will 
tarnish  them.  However,  moth-balls  will  not  tarnish  them.  It  may  be 
said  in  this  connection  that  some  tailors  consider  good  gum  camphor 
superior  to  moth  balls — furthermore,  the  smell  left  in  the  clothes  by  the 
gum  camphor  is  not  disagreeable,  but  on  the  contrary  it  is  quite  pleasant. 


MISCELLANEOUS  481 

Lockers  and  other  receptacles  in  which  uniforms  are  stored  must 
be  free  from  dust — they  should  be  wiped  off  occasionally  with  a  cloth 
wrung  out  of  soap  suds. 

Uniforms  not  in  use  should  be  brushed,  aired  and  sunned  once  a 
month. 

A  part  of  every  officer's  wardrobe  should  consist  of  an  A-l  whisk 
broom  and  a  first-class  clothes  brush  with  good,  stiff  bristles. 

Uniforms  should  be  dried  thoroughly,  brushed  and  properly  folded 
before  being  stored  away — the  number  of  folds  should  be  reduced  to  a 
minimum. 

Wetting  gold  lace  or  braid  or  moistening  same  in  pressing  the 
sleeves  of  the  coat,  does  not  injure  it,  provided  it  is  thoroughly  dried 
without  delay.  Under  no  circumstances  should  gold  lace  or  braid  be  put 
away  in  a  moistened  condition;  for,  if  it  is,  it  will  invariably  tarnish. 

Before  uniforms  are  put  away  they  should  always  be  carefully 
examined  and  any  missing  buttons,  tears  or  stains  should  be  attended  to 
at  once. 

Occasional  pressing  helps  to  preserve  and  freshen  garments — it 
puts  new  life  into  the  cloth. 

It  is  considered  quite  "swell"  to  crease  the  trousers  only  in  front. 

Tailors  usually  remove  stains  with  a  rubber  made  by  rolling 
tightly  a  piece  of  woolen  cloth  of  some  kind,  about  2  inches  wide,  until 
the  roll  is  about  an  inch  in  diameter. 

Rings  in  removing  stains  may  be  avoided  by  rubbing  until  very  nearly 
dry. 

Ordinarily  benzine  is  a  good  stain  remover  in  case  of  grease  spots 
but  its  use  is  more  or  less  dangerous.  It  should  be  used  in  an  opened 
room  or  out  of  doors  and  never  near  a  fire  or  lights. 

"Carbona,"  which  can  be  purchased  in  almost  any  drug  store,  is 
excellent  for  removing  stains  and  it  is  perfectly  safe. 

Carbon  tetrachloride  (Merck's)  is  much  cheaper  than  "Carbona," 
and  about  equally  as  good.  It  retails  at  45  cts.  a  pint.  In  bulk  it  can  be 
bought  from  almost  any  large  drug  store  for  about  $2.40  a  gallon  and  in 
quantities  of  5  gallons  or  more,  about  $2  a  gallon. 

Rust  or  ink  stains  can  be  removed  with  a  solution  of  oxalic  acid. 
Apply  rapidly  and  rinse  at  once  with  plenty  of  fresh  water;  this  is  most 
important — otherwise  it  will  probably  discolor  the  material. 

Sweat  stains  can  not  be  removed.  However,  the  color  can  be  partially 
restored  and  the  material  cleaned  with  a  solution  of  ammonia  and 
water — 1-3  liquid  ammonia,  2-3  water. 


482  CHAPTER  XXXV 

The  shine  that  is  sometimes  left  from  pressing  is  caused  by  leaving 
the  iron  on  too  long  or  using  an  iron  that  is  too  hot. 

This  shine,  if  the  cloth  is  not  scorched,  may  be  removed  by  "spong- 
ing," i.  e.,  by  placing  a  piece  of  damp  muslin  cloth  on  the  material  and  then 
applying  the  iron  only  long  enough  to  steam  the  surface  of  the 
garment. 

Grease  and  oil  stains  on  white  trouser  stripes  can  be  removed  with 
benzine,  naphtha  or  gasoline,  applied  with  a  stiff  nail  brush.  Stains 
of  rust  and  ink  can  be  removed  by  means  of  oxalic  acid  (2  ounces 
of  oxalic  acid  to  I  pint  of  water — dissolves  quickest  in  warm  water — 
applied  with  cloth  or  brush — then  rinsed  thoroughly  with  plain 
water  and  sponge).  After  the  stripes  have  dried,  apply  English  pipe-clay, 
rubbing  with  the  cake  itself;  then  rub  in  uniformly  with  woolen  cloth 
rubber — rub  vigorously — then  brush  off  surplus  pipe-clay. 

The  Care  and  Preservation  of  Shoes. 

Shoes  should  at  all  times  be  kept  polished,  by  being  so  kept  they 
are  made  more  pliable  and  wear  longer. 

Shoes  must  withstand  harder  service  than  any  other  article  worn, 
and  more  shoes  are  ruined  through  neglect  than  by  wear  in  actual 
service. 

Proper  care  should  be  taken  in  selecting  shoes  to  secure  a  proper 
fit,  and  by  giving  shoes  occasional  attention  much  discomfort  and 
complaint  will  be  avoided. 

Selection.  A  shoe  should  always  have  ample  length,  as  the  foot 
will  always  work  forward  fully  a  half  size  in  the  shoe  when  walking, 
and  sufficient  allowance  for  this  should  be  made.  More  feet  are 
crippled  and  distorted  by  shoes  that  are  too  short  than  for  any  other 
reason.  A  shoe  should  fit  snug  yet  be  comfortable  over  ball  and 
instep,  and  when  first  worn  should  not  lace  close  together  over  instep. 
Leather  always  stretches  and  loosens  at  instep  and  can  be  taken  up  by 
lacing.  The  foot  should  always  be  held  firmly  but  not  too  tightly 
in  proper  position.  If  shoes  are  too  loose,  they  allow  the  foot  to  slip 
around,  causing  the  foot  to  chafe;  corns,  bunions,  and  enlarged  joints 
are  the  result. 

Repairs.  At  the  first  sign  of  a  break  shoes  should  be  repaired,  if 
possible.  Always  keep  the  heels  in  good  condition.  If  the  heel  is 
allowed  to  run  down  at  side,  it  is  bad  for  the  shoe  and  worse  for  the 
foot;  it  also  weakens  the  ankle  and  subjects  the  shoe  to  an  uneven 
strain,  which  makes  it  more  liable  to  give  out.  Shoes  if  kept  in 
repair  will  give  double  the  service  and  comfort. 

Shoe  Dressing.  The  leather  must  not  be  permitted  to  become 
hard  and.  stiff.  If  it  is  impossible  to  procure  a  good  shoe  dressing, 


MISCELLANEOUS  483 

neat's-foot  oil  or  tallow  are  the  best  substitutes;  either  will  soften 
the  leather  and  preserve  its  pliability.  Leather  requires  oil  to  preserve 
its  pliability,  and  if  not  supplied  will  become  brittle,  crack,  and 
break  easily  under  strain.  Inferior  dressings  are  always  harmful, 
and  no  dressing  should  be  used  which  contains  acid  or  varnish. 
Acid  burns  leather  as  it  would  the  skin,  and  polish  containing  varnish 
forms  a  false  skin  which  soon  peels  off.  spoiling  the  appearance  of 
the  shoe  and  causing  the  leather  to  crack.  Paste  polish  containing 
turpentine  should  also  be  avoided. 

Perspiration.  Shoes  becoming  damp  from  perspiration  should 
be  dried  naturally  by  evaporation.  It  is  dangerous  to  dry  leather  by 
artificial  heat.  Perspiration  contains  acid  which  is  harmful  to  leather, 
and  shoes  should  be  dried  out  as  frequently  as  possible. 

Wet  Shoes.  Wet  or  damp  shoes  should  be  dried  with  great 
care.  When  leather  is  subjected  to  heat,  a  chemical  change  takes 
place,  although  no  change  in  appearance  may  be  noted  at  the  time. 
Leather  \vhen  burnt  becomes  dry  and  parched  and  will  soon  crack, 
through  like  pasteboard  when  strained.  This  applies  to  leather  both 
in  soles  and  uppers.  When  dried,  the  leather,  should  always  be  treated 
with  dressing  to  restore  its  pliability.  Many  shoes  are  burned  while 
on  the  feet  without  knowledge  of  the  wearer  by  being  placed  wh'ile 
wet  on  the  rail  of  a  stove  or  near  a  steam  pipe.  Care  should  be  taken 
while  shoes  are  being  worn  never  to  place  the  foot  where  there  is 
danger  of  their  being  burned. 

Keep  Shoes  Clean.  An  occasional  application  of  soap  and  water 
will  remove  the  accumulations  of  old  dressing  and  allow  fresh  dressing 
to  accomplish  its  purpose. 

Directions   For   Polishing.     Russet    calf    leather    should   be  treated 

with  great  care.     Neither  acid,  lemon  juice,  nor  banana  peel  should 

be  used  for  cleaning  purposes.  Only  the  best  liquid  dressing  should 
be  used  and  shoes  should  not  be  rubbed  while  wet. 

Black  calf  shoes  should  be  cleaned  frequently  and  no  accumula- 
tion of  old  blacking  allowed  to  remain.  An  occasional  application  of 
neat's-foot  oil  is  beneficial  to  this  leather,  and  the  best  calf  blacking 
only  should  be  used  to  obtain  polish. 

Liquid  Dressing.  Care  should  be  taken  in  using  liquid  dressing. 
Apply  only  a  light  even  coat  and  allow  this  to  dry  into  the  leather  before 
rubbing  with  a  cloth.  When  sufficiently  dry  to  rub,  a  fine  powdery 


484 


CHAPTER  XXXV 


substance  remains  on  the  surface.  This,  when  rubbed  with  a  soft  cloth, 
produces  a  high  polish  that  lasts  a  long  time  and  which  is  quickly  re- 
newed by  an  occasional  rubbing.  Too  much  dressing  is  useless  and 
injurious.  (Quartermaster  General's  Office,  June  16,  1889). 

Remember 

1.  A  uniform  that  has  been  worn  some,  even  if  of  only  mediocre 
material,  if  pressed  and  clean,  looks  much  better  than  a  new,  expensive 
uniform  that  is  soiled  and  mussy. 

2.  By  taking  proper  care  of  your  uniforms  and  other  articles  of 
equipment  not  only  will  they  always  appear  neat, , clean  and  dressy, 
but  they  will  also  last  much  longer — in  other  words,  it  is  economy  to 
take  proper  care  of  them. 

PAY. 

(The  Pay  Bill  is  published  in  (5.  O.  80,  '08). 
OFFICERS. 


Yearly 

Monthly 

Daily 

$11,000 

$916.67 

$30.56 

8,000 

666.67 

22.22 

Brigadier    General    ff  

6,000 

500.00 

16.67 

Colonel     

4,000 

333.33 

11.11 

Lieutenant    Colonel    

3,500 

291.67 

9.72 

Major     

3,000 

250.00 

8.53 

Captain     

2,400 

200.00 

6.67 

First  Lieutenant    

2,000 

166.67 

5.56 

Second  Lieutenant    .  .  .  .  :  

1,700 

141.67 

4.72 

1.  An  officer's  pay  is  increased  10  per  cent  for  every  five  years'  service,  until 
the  total  increase  reaches  40  per  cent,  after  which  the  increase  ceases.     However,  by 
law,  the  maximum  pay  of  a  major  is  $4,000 ;  a  lieutenant  colonel,  $4,500  and  a  colonel 
$5,000. 

2.  Officers   serving   outside   the  United   States,    except   in   Porto    Rico   and  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  receive  an  increase  of  10  per  cent  on  their  pay  proper. 

3.  Retired  officers  receive  three-fourths'  pay  of  their  grade  at  date  of  retirement. 

4.  In  case  an  officer  below  the  grade  of  major,  who  is  required  to  be  mounted, 
provides  himself  with  suitable  mounts  at  his  own  expense,   he   receives  in  addition  to 
his  pay  $150  per  annum  for  one  mount,  and  $200  for  two. 

5.  The  lieutenant  general  may  select  two  aides  and  a  military  secretary,  who 
shall  have  the  rank,  pay  and  allowances  of  a  lieutenant  colonel  while  so  serving. 

6.  An  aid  to  a  major  general  is  allowed  $200  per  year  in  addition  to  the  pay 
of  his  rank,  not  to  -be  included  in  computing  the  service  increase. 

7.  An  aid  to  a  brigadier  general  is  allowed  $150  a  year  in  addition  to  the  pay 
of  his  rank,  not  to  be  included  in  computing  the  service  increase. 

8.  An  acting  commissary  of  subsistence  is  allowed  $100  a  year  in  addition  to 
the  pay  of  his  rank,  not  to  be  included  in  computing  the  service  increase. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


485 


ENLISTED  MEN. 

Per 
Month. 

1.  Private — Infty.,  Cavy.,  Arty.,  Signal  Corps  (2nd  Class,  Musician,  Trumpeter     $15 

2.  Private,  Hospital  Corps 16 

3.  Ist-Class  Private — Engineers,  Ordnance,  Signal  Corps,  Hospital  Corps   ....       18 

4.  Corporal— Infty.,  Cavy.,  Arty.,  Wagoner,  Artificer,  Farrier,  Blacksmith,  Sad- 

ler, Mechanic   (Field  Arty.)    21 

5.  Corporal — Engineers,   Ordnance,   Signal   Corps,   Hospital   Corps;   Chief   Me- 

chanic (Coast  Arty.)  ;   Private   (Band)    24 

6.  Sergeant— Infty.,   Cavy.,  Arty.,  Hospital  Corps;   Stable  Sergt. ;   Co.   Q.   M. 

Sergt.,  Infty.,  Cavy.,  Arty.,  Cook;   Corporal   (Band),  Fireman   30 

7.  2nd-Class    Electrician    Sergt. ;    Sergt.,    Engineers,    Ordnance,    Signal    Corps, 

Band;  Co.  Q.  M.  Sergt.,  Engineers;  Color  Sergt.;  Drum  Major 36 

8.  Junior  Sergt. — Major;   Squadron  and   Battalion  Sergt.-Major ;   Battalion  Q. 

M.  Sergt.,  Field  Arty.;  Master  Gunner;  Chief  Trumpeter;  Principal  Musi- 
cian    40 

9.  Senior  Sergt.— Major ;    1st   Class   Electrician  Sergt.;    1st   Class   Sergt.,   Sig. 

Corps ;  Post  Ordnance  Sergt. ;  Post  Q.  M.  Sergt. ;  Post  Commissary 
Sergt. ;  Regtl.  Q.  M.  and  Commsy.  Sergts.  and  Regtl.  Sergt.-Major. ;  Bat- 
talion Sergt.-Major  and  Battalion  Q.  M.  Sergt.,  Engineer;  First  Sergt...  45 

10.  1st  Class  Sergt.,  Hospital   Corps    50 

11.  Engineer    65 

12.  Master  Electrician;  Chief  Musician 75 

The  following  receive  additional  monthly  pay: 

1.  Horseshoer,  Casemate  Electrician,  Observer  (1st  Class),  Plotter,  $9;  Chief  Planter, 

Chief  Loader,  Observer  (2nd  Class),  Gun  Commander,  Gun  Pointer,  $7;  Mess 
Sergt.,  $6;  Expert  Rifleman,  $5;  Sharpshooter,  1st  Class  Gunner,  $3;  Marks- 
man, 2nd  Class  Gunner,  Certificate  of  Merit,  $2. 

2.  Privates,  musicians  and  trumpeters  who  re-enlist  within  three  months  after  expi- 

ration of  their  first  enlistment  are  given  a  bonus  of  three  months'  pay. 

3.  Enlisted  men  serving  outside  of  the  United  States,  except  in  Porto  Rico  and  the 

Hawaiian  Islands,  receive  an  increase  of  20  per  cent  on  their  pay  proper. 

4.  Retired  enlisted  men  receive  three-fourths  of  their  pay  at  date  of  retirement  and 

also  $6.25  per  month  as  commutation  of  fuel  and  light  and  $9.50  as  commuta- 
tion of  clothing  and  rations. 


Pay. 

1st  Enlistment. 

Additional  Pay  by  Enlistments. 

2nd  and  3rd. 

4th,  5th,  6th,  7th. 

$75 

$4 

$4 

65 

4 

4 

50 

4 

4 

45 

4 

4 

40 

4 

4 

36 

4 

4 

30 

3 

3 

24 

3 

3 

21 

3 

3 

18 

3 

3 

16 

3 

1 

15 

3                     |                     1 

486  CHAPTER  XXXV 

Pensions.  An  enlisted  man  disabled  by  a  wound,  injury  or  disease  incurred  in 
the  line  of  duty,  is  entitled  to  a  pension  of  from  $6  to  $100  per  month,  depending  upon 
the  degree  of  disability.  (An  officer  of  the  Regular  Army  thus  disabled  is  retired  on 
three-fourths'  pay). 

The  widow  of  an  officer  or  an  enlisted  man  whose  death  resulted  from  a  cause 
incurred  in  line  of  duty,  is  entitled  to  a  pension  without  regard  to  her  financial 
status.  The  rate  of  pension  depends  upon  the  rank  of  the  deceased  at  the  time  the 
death  cause  was  incurred,  without  regard  to  subsequent  promotion,  and  ranges  from 
$12  per  month  in  the  case  of  the  widow  of  a  private  or  noncommissioned  officer,  to 
$30  per  month  in  the  case  of  the  widow  of  a  lieutenant-colonel  or  any  officer  of 
higher  rank,  with  $2  additional  for  each  legitimate  child  under  the  age  of  sixteen. 
A  widow  who  remarries  is  deprived  of  a  pensionable  status. 

The  legitimate  children  under  the  age  of  sixteen  of  an  officer  or  enlisted  man 
who  died  of  a  disability  incurred  in  line  of  duty,  and  who  left  no  widow,  or  whose 
widow  remarried  or  was  otherwise  deprived  of  a  pensionable  status,  are  entitled  to  a 
pension,  the  rate  of  pension  depending  upon  rank  when  death  cause  originated. 

The  mother  of  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  who  died  from  a  wound,  injury  or 
disease  incurred  in  line  of  duty,  and  who  left  no  widow  or  minor  child,  under  the 
age  of  sixteen  surviving,  is  entitled  to  a  pension  of  from  $12  to  $30  a  month,  provided 
such  mother  is  without  other  means  of  support  than  her  own  manual  labor  or  the  con- 
tributions of  others  not  legally  bound  to  support  her.  When  the  mother  of  such  an 
officer  or  enlisted  man  is  dead,  the  father  may  be  entitled  to  a  pension  under  the 
same  conditions. 

There  is  no  limitation  as  to  the  date  of  filing  of  pension  claims  in  the  cases 
cited  above,  and  it  is  entirely  optional  as  to  whether  or  not  an  attorney  shall  be  em- 
ployed in  connection  with  a  claim  for  i  pension.  A  person  wishing  to  file  a  pension 
claim  himself,  should  address,  "The  Commissioner  of  Pensions,  Washington,  D.  C." 

SUGGESTIONS  TO  LADIES  GOING  TO  THE  PHILIPPINES 

(These  suggestions  are  given  as  the  result  of  the  experiences  of  three  Army  women.) 

Before  Sailing: 

All  women  and  children  should  be  vaccinated  at  least  one  month 
before  sailing. 

On  either  end  of  every  trunk  should  be  pasted  a  white  label  with 
your  name  in  black  letters  about  four  inches  high. 

Thus,  "JONES,"  "SMITH,"  etc. 
On  The  Transport: 

Take  along  a  pair  of  blue  or  amber  glasses  to  protect  your  eyes 
against  the  tropical  glare  of  the  water. 

A  warm  wrap  or  two,  taken  along  as  hand  baggage,  is  often  a  con- 
venience and  a  comfort.  It  is  not  an  uncommon  thing  to  strike  damp, 
chilly  days  on  the  Pacific.  Warm  clothing  is  often  needed  as  far  as 
Honolulu,  the  amount  depending  on  time  of  year,  but  it  is  always  cool 


MISCELLANEOUS  487 

for  a  few  days  out  from  San  Francisco,  and  more  than  that  in  returning 
to    the    States. 

It  is  a  good  plan  for  those  who  have  'children  to  take  along  a  gener- 
ous supply  of  talcum  powder.  Children  suffer  a  great  deal  from  the 
prickly  heat  and  salt  baths.  While  talcum  powder  can  be  gotten  from 
the  transport  commissary,  the  demand  is  so  great  that  it  sometimes 
runs  out. 
In  The  Philippines : 

Furniture,  Bed  Furnishings,  etc.  To  begin  with,  don't  take  along 
fine  expensive  clothing,  furniture,  silver,  china,  glass,  table  linen  or  any- 
thing else  that  it  would  break  your  heart  to  have  damaged  or  broken. 
And,  also,  don't  take  along  any  photographs  you  value.  Not  only  will 
they  fade,  but  the  roaches  will  very  likely  damage  them. 

Let  your  furniture  be  of  the  simplest  and  as  little  as  possible. 
Iron  or  brass  bedsteads  are  preferable.  Have  mosquito  nettings  to  fit 
and  the  springs  well  varnished  so  as  not  to  rust.  Mattresses  and  pillows 
according  to  personal  taste.  Plenty  of  sheets  and  pillows  cases  and  a 
few  blankets,  both  cotton  and  woolen. 

Mosquito  netting,  of  a  fine  mesh  is  a  necessity,  but  it  is  hard  to  get 
in  the  Philippines. 

Native  mats  are  used  instead  of  ordinary  rugs,  but  better  still  are 
the  inexpensive  washable  cotton  rugs  that  one  can  get  in  the  United 
States.  Not  only  are  they  easily  washed  and  sunned,  but  they  do  not 
become  oily  and  musty  the  way  the  mats  often  do. 

Neither  curtains  nor  hangings  are  needed  as  a  rule,  but  white  wash 
curtains  of  the  sash  variety  are  at  times  an  aid  to  privacy. 

Take  along  some  good  lamps  with  a  supply  of  extra  wicks  and  chim- 
neys. The  Rochester  lamp  gives  an  excellent  light,  but  it  also  gives  out  a 
great  deal  of  heat.  Acetylene  lamps  have  been  used  with  satisfaction 
by  many.  (See  A,  page  18). 

Carry  with  you  a  generous  supply  of  inexpensive  table  linen  and 
some  plated  silver — do  not  take  along  any  solid  silver. 

Be  sure  to  have  a  liberal  outfit  of  cooking  utensils — these  articles  are 
difficult  to  replace.  And  have  in  the  outfit  an  ice-cream  freezer  and  a 
coffee  mill. 

An  iron  or  other  strong  washstand,  a  plain  chest  of  drawers  and 
some  mirrors,  small  and  large,  will  add  greatly  to  comfort.  (The  mirrors 
in  Manila  have  a  way  of  making  the  features  look  distorted.) 

A  few  wicker  chairs,  rocking  and  ordinary,  can  be  purchased  very 
reasonably  in  Manila. 


488  CHAPTER  XXXV 

An  American  washboard  and  a  galvanized  tub  are  a  great  protection 
against  the  rapid  wearing  of  the  clothes  by  beating  with  paddles,  the  native 
method.  Take  along  three  or*  four  washboards,  (preferably  glass  ones, 
as  they  are  durable  and  do  not  rust)  and  a  couple  of  galvanized  tubs. 

The  Filipino  flatiron,  a  large  affair  filled  with  charcoal,  is  better 
adapted  than  ours  is  to  warm  climates,  and  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
make  the  native  use  any  other  kind. 

While  the  regular  American  sewing  machine  is  a  great  convenience, 
it  will  rust  readily  and  in  the  damp  climate  of  the  Philippines  the  wooden 
part  will  warp.  One  can  buy  in  Manila,  for  from  $7  to  $10,  a  good 
Singer  sewing  machine  especially  made  for  that  trade,  and  which  answers 
every  purpose. 

Get  your  needles  put  up  in  tin  tubes,  which  are  thus  protected  from 
rust. 

Thread,  pins,  safety-pins  and  hair  pins  are  all  necessary  articles,  and 
should  be  carefully  protected  against  dampness. 

Dress.  As  regards  dress,  an  ample  supply  of  thin  underwear  and  of 
white  and  light  colored  wash  material  for  every  day  use,  and  of  kimonos, 
or  wrappers,  is  imperative.  As  the  heat  induces  extra  perspiration,  extra 
washings  are  required,  and  from  a  third  to  a  half  more  clothing  will  be 
needed  in  the  Islands  than  in  the  States.  White  is  preferable  for  steady 
wear,  as  it  can  be  boiled,  but  colors  can  be  worn  and  are  a  great  relief  to 
the  ojmni-present  white.  Colored  dresses  can  be  kept  bright  and  fresh  by 
using  "Easy  Dye"  of  various  colors.  The  use  of  "Easy  Dye,"  which  should 
be  gotten  in  the  States,  is  very  simple,  being  used  the  same  as  blueing  in 
the  rinse  water  after  washing. 

A  few  evening  gowns  or  some  little  more  dressy  than  those  for 
every-day  wear  will  be  needed.  In  Manila  more  dress  is  required.  One 
needs  high  and  low  waists  of  varying  thickness,  and  the  same  variation  in 
skirts.  These  latter  are  usually  short,  as  the  floors  have  to  be  oiled  to 
keep  down  the  ants,  and  long  skirts  get  much  soiled  and  worn. 

Silk  and  taffeta  ribbons  do  not  keep  well,  cracking  badly,  and  should 
be  protected,  when  not  in  use,  by  rolling  in  paper  and  keeping  in  tin. 
However,  satin  ribbon  does  not  crack. 

It  is  well  to  take  along  a  large  supply  of  corsets  and  lacings,  and 
plenty  of  canvas  shoes  of  various  colors — white,  gray,  tan,  etc.  Leather 
shoes  are  very  little  worn  by  ladies. 

Lay  in  a  supply  of  bianco  and  also  a  good  supply  of  colored  prepara- 
tion (tan,  gray,  etc.)  for  your  canvas  shoes. 


MISCELLANEOUS  489 

Hats  and  gloves  are  little  used,  but  one  has  to  have  something  on  the 
trip  and  for  traveling  in  the  islands,  and  they  are  worn  in  Manila.    A  sup- 
ply of  silk  or  lisle-thread  gloves  is  recommended.  They  are  very  convenient 
when  shopping,  riding,  driving,  etc.,  in  the  sun. 
General : 

People  in  Manila  can  get  many  articles  such  as  are  noted  above,  the 
shops  being  quite  up-to-date.  In  the  provinces,  one  can  do  fair  shopping 
at  Iloilo  and  Cebu. 

For  your  portly  male  relatives  make  them  bring  ten  or  a  dozen  suits 
of  underclothing  or  nainsook  or  some  other  thin  variety,  in  the  large 
sizes  easily  obtainable  in  the  States.  It  is  difficult  to  get  such  things  in  the 
Philippines,  and  the  lack  of  them  brings  trials  to  the  helpmeet;  or- 
dinary sizes  can  be  had  in  the  Q.  M.  D. 


490  CHAPTER  XXXV 


THE  STAR  SPANGLED  BANNER. 

(Key  of  A) 
Oh,  say,  can  you  see,  by  the  dawn's  early  light, 

What  so  proudly  we  hail'd  at  the  twilight's  last  gleaming. 
Whose  broad  stripes  and  bright  stars,  thro'  the  perilous  fight, 

O'er  the  ramparts  we  watch'd,  were  so  gallantly  streaming? 
And  the  rockets'  red  glare,  the  bombs  bursting  in  air, 
Gave  proof  thro'  the  night  that  our  flag  was  still  there. 

Cho. — Oh,  say,  does  that  star  spangled  banner  yet  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the  brave? 

On  the  shore  dimly  seen  thro'  the  mists  of  the  deep, 

Where  the  foe's  haughty  host  in  dread  silence  reposes, 

What  is  that  which  the  breeze,  o'er  the  towering  steep, 
As  it  fitfully  blows,  half  conceals,  half  discloses? 

Now  it  catches  the  gleam  of  the  morning's  first  beam, 

In  full  glory  reflected,  now  shines  on  the  stream. 

Cho. — 'Tis  the  star  spangled  banner;  oh  long  may  it  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the  brave! 

Oh,  thus  be  it  ever  when  freemen  shall  stand 

Between  their  loved  home  and  wild  war's  desolation; 

Blessed  with  vict'ry.and  peace,  may  the  heav'n-rescued  land 
Praise  the  pow'r  that  hath  made  and  preserv'd  us  a  nation! 

Then  conquer  we  must,  when  our  cause  it  is  just, 

And  this  be  our  motto:  "In  God  is  our  Trust!" 

Cho. — And  the  star  spangled  banner  in  triumph  shall  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the  brave. 


AMERICA. 
(Key  of  G.) 

My   Country,    'tis   of   thee, 
Sweet  land  of  Liberty, 

Of  thee  I  sing; 
Land  where  my  fathers  died, 
Land  of  the  pilgrims'  pride, 
From   every  mountain  side. 
Let  freedom   ring. 

My  native  country,  thee — 
Land  of  the  noble  free, 

Thy  name  I   love; 
I  love  thy  rocks  and  rills. 
Thy  woods  and  templed  hills. 
My  heart  with  rapture  thrills, 

Like  that  above. 

Let  music  swell  the  breeze, 
And  ring  from  all  the  .trees, 

Sweet  freedom's  song; 
Let  mortal  tongues  awake, 
Let  all  that  breathe  partake, 
Let  Rocks  their  silence  break, 

The  sound  prolong. 

Our  fathers'  God,  to  thee, 
Author  of  Liberty, 

To  thee  we  sing; 
Long  may   our  land  be  bright, 
With  freedom's  holy  light, 
Protect  us  by  thy  might, 

Great  God,  our  King. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


491 


Points  of  the 


Head. 

17,  Fetlock  or  pastern 

31',  The  root  of  the  dock 

1    Muzzle 

joint. 

or  tail. 

•2,  Nostril. 
:t,  Forehead. 

4,   .T;iw. 

18,  Coronet. 
19,  Hoof  or  foot. 
20,  Heel. 

Hind  quarter. 
31,  The  hip  joint,  round, 
or  whirlbonc. 

5,  Poll. 
fhet 

Body  or  Middle  piece. 

32,  The  stifle  joint. 
33,  33,   Lower  thigh  or 

6,  C,  Cn-st. 

21    Withers. 
22,  Hack. 

gaekin. 
34,  The  quarters. 

pipe. 
Fo.r  flimHn- 

23,  23,   Ribs  (forming 
together  the  bar- 
rel or  chest). 

35,  The  hock. 
36,  The  point  of  the  ho.  k. 
37,  The  curb  place. 

8,  8,  Sl-oulrlcr  blade. 
!),  Point  of  shoulder 

21,  24,  The  circumfer- 
ence of  the  chest 

38,  The  cannon  bone. 
39,  The  back  sinew. 

10.  Bosom  or  breast. 

at  this   point. 

40,  Pastern     or    fetlock 

1,  11,  Truunrm. 

called  the  girth. 

joint. 

2,  Klhow. 

25,  The  loins. 

41,  Coronet. 

3,  Forearm  (arm). 

20,  The  croup. 

42,  Hoof  or  foot. 

1    Knee- 

27,  The  hip. 

43,  Heel. 

r,,  CM,  nun  l.uuc. 
0.  Hack  sinew. 

28,  The  flank 
29,  Sheath 

44,  Spa»in-plac«. 
45    Che»t-uut. 

Diseases  of  the  Horse. 


1,  Caries   of  the   lower      9,  Fistula  in  the  with-  20,  Contrarted  or  ring 

jaw.  crs.  foot  of  a  foundered 

2,  Fistula  of  the  parotid  10,  Saddle  gall.  horse. 

duct.  11.  Tumor   of   the   el-  21,  Capped  hock. 

3,  Bony  excrescence  or  bow.  22,  Malandcrs. 

exostogls  of  the  12,  Induration    of   the  23,  Spavin. 

lower  jaw  knee.  24,  Curb. 

4,  Swelling  by  pressure  13,  Clap    of   tlio    back  25,  Swelled  sinews. 

of  the  bridle.  sinews.  20,  Thick  leg. 

5,  Poll  evil.  14,  Malandcrs.  27,  Grease. 

C,  Inflamed     parotid  15,  Splint.  28,  A  cni.-k  in  front  ,.f 

gland.  10,  Uingliono.  the  foot, .  all.  .1 .  ,,w 

7,  Inflamedjugularvein  17,  A   tread    upon    the  crack. 

8,  Fungus    tumor,    pro-  coronet. 

din-cd  by  pressure  of  18,  fjuitlur. 

tho  collar.  l:i,  Sunderaeli  S1J  Rat-tu 


. 

29,  Quart.-r  crark. 
SO,  V«mml  I..TIM  , 


492 


CHAPTER  XXXV 


A,  Pommel. 

B,  Cantle. 

C,  Sidebar. 

B,    E,    Spider   (quarter 
straps). 

F,  Spider  (or  girth-strap) 

ring. 

G,  Oincha. 

H,    Cincha  strap. 
Cincha  ring. 
»,     Cincha-rinjf  safe. 
K,  Stirrup  loop. 
L,    Stirrup  strap. 
M,  Stirrup  tread. 
N,    Stirrup  hood. 
P,    Shield. 
Q,    Stud. 
R,    R,  Rings. 
S,     S,  Saber  stops. 
T,    Staple. 
0,0,  a,  a,  Coat  straps. 


VOMENCLATtTRE  OF  THE  BRIDLE 

Headstall 

A,  Crownpiece. 

B,  Brow  band. 

C,  Ornament. 

D,  D,  Cheek  piece 

E,  Throatlatch. 

Bit. 

F,  F,  Mouth  piece. 

G,  Por£. 

H,  H,  Branches. 
I,    I,  Rein  rings. 
K,  Curb  strap. 
R,  Reins. 

Link: 

L,  Liuk  strap. 
M,  Link  snap. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


493 


SIGNAL  CORPS,  U.  S.  ARMY. 

Army  Code  Card.— The  Myer  System  for  U.  S.  Army  and  U.  S,  Navy 
Signaling  (Prescribed  by  G.  O.  No.  32,  A.  G.  O.,  1896). 


A    

22 

j 

1122 

S    

212 

2112 

T^ 

2121 

T 

.  2 

C    

121 

T, 

.221 

U   

112 

D   

222 

M 

1221 

V    

1222 

E     .... 

12 

N 

..11 

W    

1121 

F    

2221 

O 

1211 

X    

2122 

G    

2211 

P 

1212 

Y    

Ill 

H     .... 

122 

0 

1211 

z  

2222 

I    

.      1 

R 

.211 

tion    

1112 

NUMERALS. 

1     

,...1111 

2     ... 

,..2222 

3     

....1112 

4     ... 

2221 

5     

....1122 

6     ... 

2211 

7     

....1222 

8     ... 

2111 

9     

....1221 

0     ... 

2112 

ABBREVIATIONS. 

a    

after 

n 

,  .not 

ur 

5 

.  the 

with 

h    

have 

u 

.you 

y  

yes 

CONVENTIONAL  SIGNALS. 


End   of  a   word 3 

End   of   a   sentence 33 

End   of  a  message 333 

2122  2122  3    numerals    follow     (or) 
numerals    end. 

sig.    3    signature   follows 

Error     12   12  3 

Acknowledgment,     or     "I  <  under- 
stand"      22  22  3 


Cease    signaling    ...22  22  22  333 

Wait   a  minute 1111  3 

Repeat    after    (word) 

121    121   3  22  2   (word) 

Repeat   last   word    121    121  33 

Repeat   last   message    ...121   121   121  333 

Move  a  little  to  right 211  211  3 

Move  a  little  to  left 221  221  3 

Signal    faster    22123 

To  Call  a  Station. — Signal  its  call  letter  until  acknowledged;  if  the  call  letter 
be  not  known,  signal  "E"  until  acknowledged. 

To  Acknowledge  a  Call. — Signal  "I  understand"  (22  22  3),  follow  by  the  call 
letter  of  the  acknowledging  station. 

To  Break  or  Stop  the  Signals  from  the  Sending  Station.— Signal  12  12  12  con- 
tinuously. 

To  Start  the  Sending  Station.— Signal  121  121  3  22  3,  followed  by  the  last  word 
correctly  received;  tne  sender  will  resume  his  message,  beginning  with  the  word 
indicated  by  the  receiver.  9 

To  Acknowledge  the  Receipt  of  a  Message. — Signal  22  22  3,  followed  by  the  per- 
sonal signal  of  the  receiver.  Each  station  should  have  its  characteristic  call  letter, 
as  Washington,  W.  and  each  signalist  his  personal  signal,  as  Jones,  Jo. 

TAPS. 


Advertising  Directory 


The  firms  whose  names  appea J 
in  this  Directory  are  all  first- 
class,  reliable  concerns  that 
the  author  recommends. 


The  approved  portable 
typewriter  -  for  field  use 

is  the  light,  compact 

CORONA 

This  unique  machine  is  used  in  the  military  or- 
ganizations of  nearly  every  country  in  the  world. 

It  will  handle  all  forms  up  to  8%  ins.  wide  and 
down  to  a  postage  stamp.  It  will  write  in  two  colors, 
cut  clean  stencils  and  make  excellent  carbon  copies. 

Its  aluminum  frame  makes  Corona  practically  in- 
destruc table,  and  as  a  French  officer  expressed  it,  "the 
machine  has  proved  to  us  that  it  will  withstand  as 

much  hardship  as  the 
toughest  soldier."  . 

Weight  6  Ibs. 

With  carrying  case  9  Ibs. 
(Case  measures  lOin.  x  Iliin.x4iin.) 


Price  complete 

$50.00 


Corona  Typewriter  Co., 

Inc. 

Groton,  N.  Y. 


TROPHIES  AND  PRIZES 

For  Military,  Athletic  and  Sporting  Events 

Of  Quality  as  Designed  and  made  for  the  U.  S.  Army 

and  Navy,  West  Point  Academy  and 

U.  S.  Naval  Academy 

Catalogues  and  Information  upon  Request 


BAILEY,  BANKS  &  BIDDLE  CO. 

Diamond  Merchants,  Jewelers,  Silversmiths,   Goldsmiths,  Heralists 
PHILADELPHIA 


Outdoor  Equipage 

MEYER'S  MILITARY  SHOPS 

Riding  Breeches 
and  Habits 

TAILORS 

F  Street,  between  13th  and  14th  Sts.  N.  W. 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

Complete  Outdoor  Equipage 

Ready  to  Wear 
For  Men,  Women  and  Children 

RIDING      BREECHES,      PUTTEE      LEGGINS, .    NORFOLK     JACKETS, 

HUNTING    CLOTHES,    BOOTS    AND    SHOES,    MIDDY    BLOUSE 

AND    SKIRTS,    TENTS    AND    SLEEPING    BAGS,    RIDING 

SKIRTS     AND     NORFOLK     JACKETS,     MOCCASINS 

Write  for  Catalogue 
Visit  Our  Camp  Rooms  When  in  Washington 


RIDABOCK  &  COMPANY 

149-151  West  36th  St.,  New  York 


U.  S.  Army,  National  Guard  Officers'  Uniforms  and 

Equipments 
Military  School  Uniforms  and  Equipments 

Military  Training  Camp  Outfits 
Military  Supplies,  Military  Textbooks 


IndividuaKDepartments  and  Workshops  for  the  Respective 
Grades  of  Uniforms 


USED  BY  UNCLE  SAM'S  EXPERT  RIFLEMEN 


Hoppe's 
Nitro  Powder  Solvent  No.  9 

Trade  Mark  Registered 

For  Cleaning  High  Power  (Springfield)  Rifles, 
Revolvers  and  Firearms  of  All  Kinds 

A  compound  that  will  remove  the  residue  of  any 
high-power  powder,  including  Black  Powder.  It  will 
neutralize  any  residue  and  loosen  metal  fouling  and 
leading  that  may  be  left  in  the  barrel  after  cleaning, 
and  prevent  Pitting.  No.  9  is  the  only  Rifle-cleaning 
Solvent  that  will  remove  Rust,  Metal  Fouling  and 
Leading.  For  cleaning  the  .22  cal.  Rifles,  Revolvers 
and  Automatic  Pistols  it  has  no  equal.  Nitro  Powder 
Solvent  No.  9  is  endorsed  by  the  most  prominent 
Riflemen  in  America.  Used  by  U.  S.  Rifle  Teams, 
and  at  Buenos  Ayre§,  Argentine  Matches.  No  Rifle- 
man or  Quartermaster's  Department  should  be  with- 
out it. 

Sold  by  Sporting  Goods  Dealers  and  at  Post  Exchanges 

FRANK  A.  HOPPE,  Sole  Manufacturer,  Station  0,  Philadelphia,  U.  S.  A. 


A  NEW  PERIODICAL 


The  International  Military  Digest 

The  United  States  stands  at  the  beginning  of  a  new  epoch  in  its  inter- 
national and  military  relations.  The  great  war  now  waging  in  Europe  brings 
home  sharply  the  realization  of  the  fact  that,  in  a  few  of  the  fundamentals 
and  many  of  the  details  of  modern  military  science,  we  in  America  still  bear 
the  relation  toward  Europe  of  pupil  and  teacher. 


The  Literature  of 


No    army    officer    can    be    expected    to    subscribe    to    more 
than  one  or  two  of  the  eight  or  ten  journals  of  military 


*»-...,  Q       •  UUcLU      U11C      Ul        tWU      IP*       LUC      tA&HL      Ui        l^ll      j  \JUliiaia      Wl       LUXJU«A»jr 

tary  acier  science   published  in   this   country;    nor  to  the  even  more 

important  and  much  more  numerous  journals  published  in  Great  Britain,  France, 
Germany,  Russia,  etc. 

««nM-     T   i.         4.-       i       The  International  Military  Digest  offers  the  officer  a  happy 

J™  International       solution  of  this  particular  problem.     It  essays  a  field  of 

current     bibliography     now     practically     untouched,     viz., 

material  in  military  science  in  all  languages  and  in  every  country,  and  does 
so  not  merely  by  indexing  this  material  but  by  once  summarizing  it  for  the 
reader  and  directing  him  to  the  latest  periodical  source  for  it. 

c^         ,«/r  r>  ,  Stated  simply,  the  scope  and  purpose  of  the  Digest  is  to 

Scope  and  Purpose  digest  in  brief  abstract  form  an  the  contents  of  the  seventy 
odd  journals  of  military  science,  both  American  and  foreign,  which  are  of  any 
professional  importance.  These  abstracts  are  not  critical,  but  concise,  readable, 
impartial  and  informative  summaries,  varying  in  length  from  100  to  5001  words, 
according  to  the  length  and  importance  of  the  article  abstracted.  Citations  are 
given  in  each  case  directing  the  inquirer  to  the  source  of  the  abstract  where  the 
full  text  of  the  article  may  be  found.  The  Digest  aims  in  no  sense  to  supplant 
any  existing  military  periodical,  but  to  supplement  and  render  more  valuable 
all  of  them. 

~         ,   .    ,  KT       .  The  arrangement  of  the  material  in  each  issue  is  alpha- 

betical   or    cyclopedic,    with    copious    cross-references    in 

related  topics.  The  material  of  the  monthly  issues  is  "cumulated"  or  consolid- 
ated quarterly  into  a  single  alphabet,  making  each  quarterly  issue  one  of 
approximately  two  hundred  pages,  facilitating  in  this  way  immediate  ready  refer- 
ence through  the  year.  At  the  end  of  the  year  these  quarterly  issues  are  again 
"cumulated"  into  a  single  alphabet.  Every  issue  of  the  Digest  is,  in  effect,  a 
"current  cyclopedia"  of  military  science,  while  the  annual  volume  (of  approxi- 
mately eight  hundred  closely  printed  pages)  becomes  automatically  an  invalu- 
able cyclopedia  of  the  military  progress  of  the  year  in  every  branch  of  the 
service  and  in  every  country. 

tfA-t.     •  i    e*  a        Of  tne  professional  standing  of  the  Digest  we  can  only  say 
that  both  its  editors  are  well  known  professionally,  being  pro- 
fessors at  the   United  States   Military   Academy   at  West  Point. 

Subscription,  including  quarterly  and 
annual  cumulations 

$5  A  YEAR 

The  International  Military  Digest 

241  West  37th  St.,  New  York  City 


Established  1854 


UNIFORMS 


For 
U.  S.  ARMY 

and 

NATIONAL  GUARD 
Officers  and  Enlisted  Men 

UNIFORMS 
Independent  Military  Organizations 

UNIFORMS 
Military  Training  Camps 

UNIFORMS 
Boys  Military  and  Society  Clubs 

UNIFORMS 

Official  National  Outfitter 
Boy  Scouts  of  America 

SIGMUND  EISNER  CO. 

Red  Bank,  N.  J. 

New  York  Office,.  103  Fifth  Avenue 


B.  PASQUALE 
COMPANY 

115-117  Post  St. 
SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAL. 

The  Only 

Manufacturers 

of 

Army  and  Navy 
Equipments 

and 

Uniforms 

on  the 
Pacific  Coast 


'Quality  and  Fit  Guaranteed" 
(Write  for  Catalogue) 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO—  *>      202  Main  Library 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1  -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405 

6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books  to  Circulation  Desk 

Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


/.UG201382 

RECEIVED  Bl 

JUL  1  2  19bZ 

CIRCULATION  Del* 

i 

AUG08199E 

-J- 

AUTO.  DISC. 

mN  u;-i  1992 

JUli 
/^IDOIIf   ATIOM 

yinOULMi  iui>i 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6,  60m,  12/80        BERKELEY,  CA  94720 

®s 


YC  62847 


358431 

16* 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


